3"/ C. J^LsClsLe^ ,<1>X £> U^J '. /# 2-/ s CENT^ n no TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK CONTAINING Several Thousand Receipts and Processes, Covering the Latest, Most Important and Most Useful Discoveries in Chemical Technology and Their Practical Application in the Aris and the Industries Compiled and Edited by WILLIAM T. BRANNT Author of " Metallic Alloys," " Animal and Vegetable Fats and Oils," " Soap Maker's Hand Book," "Manufacture of Vinegar," Etc. and WILLIAM H. WAHL, Ph.D. Author of " Galvanoplastic Manipulations" NEW ENLARGED EDITION To which has been added many new formulas and processes Illustrated by Seventy-Eight Engravings NEW YORK HENRY CAREY BAIRD & CO., Inc. Publishers of Mechanical and Industrial Books 116 Nassau Street 1919 Copyright by Henry Carey Baird & Co., Inc., 1919. Printed in U. S. A. TliC OCTTV PCWTCO P R E F A C E The principal aim in preparing The Techno-Chemical Receipt Book has been to give an accurate and compendious collection of ap- proved receipts and processes of practical application in the industries, and for general purposes. The work is essentially what it claims to be — a receipt book; and all theoretical reasoning and historical detail have been omitted. Popular and simple descriptions have, wherever possible, been preferred to technical and scientific language. The materials have been principally derived from German technical literature, which is especially rich in receipts and processes which are to be relied on; most of them having been practically tested by competent men before being given to the public. In the laborious task of translation and compilation only the best and latest authorities have been resorted to, and innumerable volumes and journals consulted, and wherever different processes of apparently equal value for attaining the same end have been found, more than one has been introduced. Every care has been taken to select the best receipts of each kind, and we are confident that there are few persons, no matter in what business or trade they may be engaged, who will not here find something of use and benefit to them. In regard to the use of the receipts, the observance of the following rules is recommended: 1. Be careful to use the exact proportions pre- scribed. 2. Always experiment first with small quantities. 3. Should the first attempt prove unsuccessful, do not condemn the receipt, but make another trial, as the fault can generally be traced to a mistake in the manipulation or an error in the quantities. The alphabetical arrangement adopted and a very copious table of contents, as well as index, will render reference to any subject or special receipt prompt and easy. In order to keep up with modern scientific progress, the matter in previous editions has been read and revised and the scope of the work augmented by the addition of numerous miscellaneous receipts. It is believed that the enlarged 1919 Edition contains more really useful matter than any other publication of the character. The Publisher. New York, May 1st, 1919. (in) CONTENTS. ADULTERATIONS, IMITATIONS, ETC. HOW TO DETECT THEM : Olive oil ; Animal charcoal ; Determination of percentage of oil in seeds 1 Vinegar, the substances with which it can be adulterated ; Simple pro- cess of distinguishing genuine gilding and silvering from imitations ; Milk adulterations; Adulteration of wax with tallow .... 2 To test dyes for adulterations ; To detect alum in red wine ; Simple method for distinguishing genuine butter from artificial ; Crock's method 3 Alloys: Alloys for teapots ; Oroide ; Britannia metal ; Alloys for taking impres- sions of coins, medals, wood-cuts, etc. ; Chrysorine ; Prince's metal ; Pinchbeck ; Robertson's alloy for filling teeth ; Aluminium alloys . 3 Aluminium bronzes; Aluminium alloy for soldering aluminium; Sil- ver and aluminium alloys ; Gold and aluminium ; Zinc and alumini- um; Tin and aluminium ; Bismuth and platinum ; Lead and alumini- um ; Iron and aluminium 4 Tissier, Debray, and Roger on iron aluminium alloys ; American sleigh- bells; Platinum bronze; White metal; Alloys resembling silver; Nickel alloys; Alloy of Christofle and'Bouilhet ; Lutecine, or Paris metal ; A new and very fusible alloy; Wood's metal ; Alloy of Lipowitz 5 Type metal ; Alloy for music printing plates ; Spence's metal ; New al- loys for journal-boxes ; Alloys for dental purposes ; Manganese bronze 6 Unalterable alloy; Chinese and Japanese bronzes; Bronze for objects of art ; Chinese silver ; Composition for metal stop-cocks which deposits no verdigris; Alloy for anti-friction brasses; Fenton's alloy for axle- boxes for locomotives and wagons ; English copper alloys; Brass; Brass for turned articles 7 Red bronze for turned articles ; Bronzes for castings ; Coin metal; Metals for gongs and bells ; Bell metals ; Bronze for cocks ; Statuary bronze ; Bron«es for medals, rivets, and ornaments ; New alloy resembling gold ; Alloy resembling silver ; Alloy for imitation gold and silver wires ; Minargent ; Composition of some alloys $ artificial Gems, Pearls, and Turkish Beads: J esem's glass-melting furnace; Schrader's fluxes 9 Donault-Wieland's flux ; " Strass ; " Ruby ; Splittgerber's receipt for ruby glass ; Sapphire ; Emerald ; Chrysoprase 10 Coal ; Beryl, or aqua-marine ; Hyacinth ; Garnet ; Tourmaline ; Topaz and Chrysolite ; Amethyst; Lapis Lazuli; Agate . . . .11 Schrader's and Wagner's processes for producing artificial gems ; Color- ing substances; Artificial Pearls, Geissler's process; Turkish beads . 12 Bitters, Cordials, Elixirs, Liqueurs, Ratafias and Essences; Extracts, Tinctures, and Waters Used in their Manufact- ure, and the Manner of Coloring them : Mode of coloring cordials, liqueurs, etc. ; Coloring substances . . .12 Essences, extracts, tinctures, and waters ; Absinthe tincture ; Ambergris essence ; Angelica essence ; Anise-seed essence and extract ; Anise-seed tincture; Aromatic tincture; Barbadoes essence; Bergamot essence; Bitter almond essences 13 filter essences ; Bitter extract for Griinewald bitters ; Calamus tinctures ; (v) vi CONTENTS. Caraway essence (Cumin essence); Cardamon extracts; Cherry ex- tract ; Cherry water ; Chocolate essence ; Cinnamon essence ; Clove essence; Coffee essence; Cognac essence; English bitters essence; Fennel essence ; Gold water essence .. . . . . . .14 Herb cordial essence ; Juniper berry essences; Lavender essence ; Lemon essence ; Mace extract ; Marjoram essence ; Musk essence ; Nut essence ; Nutmeg essence; Orange-blossom extract; Orange-blossom water; Orange juice; Orange peel extract; Parfait d'Amour essence; Peach essences 15 Peppermint essences; Quince essence; Raspberry extracts; Raspberry water ; Rose essence ; Rose water ; Rosemary essence ; Sage essence ; Spanish bitters essence; Strawberry extract; Strengthening tincture; Vanilla essence; Vanilla water and tincture; Wormwood essence; Elixir 16 Angel elixir; Elixir de St. Aur; Elixir-Colombat: Elixir of life; Elixir Monpou ; Elixir des Troubadours ; Elixir vital ; Juniper elixir ; Ta- bourey elixir; Bitters, cordials, liqueurs and ratafias; Anise-seed cor- dials; Anisette cordial ; French anisette 17 Holland anisette; Angelica cordial; Aqua Bianca; Aqua reale; Aqua- Turco liqueur; Aromatic cordial; Ambergris water; Berlin bitters; Bitter Rosso! i; Breslau bitter cordial 18 Calamus liqueur ; Cardinal water ; Cardinal de Rome; Carminative cor- dial ; Capuchin cordial ; Chartreuse ; Cherry liqueur ; Cherry cordial 19 Chocolate liqueur ; Christofle; Citronelle; Crambambuli ; Danzig cram- bambuli ; Cumin cordial (Kiimmel); Cumin liqueur; Curacoa; French and Holland curacoa; Eau Americaine . . . . . .20 Eau d'Amour; Eau d' Argent; Eau d'Ardelle ; Eau d'Absynth Citronne; Eau de Cypre ; Eau de Dauphin ; Eau de Napoleon ; Eau d'Orient ; Eau d'Or (Gold water) 21 Eau de Paradise ; Eau des Princesses ; Eau Precieuse ; Eau royale ; Eau deSante; Eau de Sept Graines; English bitters; Greek bitters ; Ham- burg bitters ; Juniper liqueur 22 Koch's herb extract; Maraschino; Mogador; Nectar; Orange peel cor- dial ; Parfait d'Amour; Peach cordial; Peppermint cordials; Polish water; Polish whiskey ; Quince cordial (Quittico); Rosemary cordial 23 Rossolio de Turin ; Rostopschin; Scubac; Soya aqua vitae; Spanish bit- ters ; Stettin bitters ; Stomach bitters 24 Vienna stomach bitters ; Swiss cordial; Thiem's bitters; Tivoli cordial; Trappistine; Vanilla cordial; Veritable extrait d'absinthe ; Vienna bit- ters ; Wormwood cordial ; Ratafias ; Barbadoes ratafia . . .25 Cocoa ratafia; Citronat-ratafia ; Claret ratafia; English bitters ratafia; Fennel ratafia; Ginger ratafia; Ratafia Chinoise (Chinese liqueur); Ratafia de Grenoble ; Mulberry ratafia ; Orange ratafia ; Apple ratafia; Pear ratafia ; Stomachic ratafia . .26 Celery, Scotch, Vanilla and Wormwood ratafias 27 Blasting Compounds, Blasting Powder, Dynamite, Gun-Cotton, Gunpowder, Nitro-Glycerine, Fulminates, etc. : Nitro-glycerine; Mowbray's process of manufacturing nitro-glycerine . 27 R. Bottger's process of manufacturing nitro-glycerine ; Dynamite and various formulae of making cellulose dynamite; Lithofracteur •. Ditt- mar's dualin ; New dynamite by Anthoine & Genaud ; Carboazotine . 29 Brise-rocs; Pudrolith ; 'Pyrolith ; Trets' blasting powder; Frozen dyna- mite ; Augendre's white powder ; Hafenegger's gun and blasting powder 30 Dr. Borlinetto's gunpowder ; Sharp & Smith's patent gunpowder : Spence's powder for cannon of large calibre ; Non-explosive powder ; Green's blasting powder; Giant dynamite; Blasting compound fro" potato-starch . % Martinsen's new blasting powder; To protect blasting agents containing CONTENTS. vii nitro-glycerine and ammonium nitrate from moisture, and to prevent the exudation of thenitro-glycerine; Giant powder; Faure & French's Blasting compound ; Gun-cotton; New blasting compounds ; Peralite; Jaline; New blasting compound from a combination of honey and glyc- erine 32 Preparation of blasting compounds by directly nitrating crude tar oils; Gelatinous nitrp-glycerine ; " Forcite ; " Cartridge shells of easily com- bustible substances; Fulminate of mercury ; Fulminate of silver; Ful- minating platinum ....... ... 33 Fulminating gold 34 Bleach ini.: New method of bleaching cotton yarns, tissues, etc.; Cleansing of cotton and other vegetable fibres ; To bleach cotton goods with woven borders ; To bleach muslin; Frohnheiser's method of bleaching cotton; To bleach cotton goods ; Cotton, bleaching 34 Bleaching of woollen tissues 35 To keep woollen goods white ; To bleach wool without sulphur ; To make wool bleached without sulphur beautifully white; Bleaching of silk; Hartmann's quick method of bleaching flax yarn . . . .36- To bleach sponges; To bleach and harden tallow; To bleach bristles; To bleach copper plate engravings, wood-cuts, etc. ; To bleach shellac 37 To bleach straw ; David's new process of bleaching 38 To bleach stained marble 39 Boiler Incrustations: Receipts to prevent and remove boiler incrustations . . . . 3& Altieri's receipt ; Baudet's preventive ; Rogers' preventives . . .40 Bone, Horn and Ivory — To Bleach and Dye them, and Make Imitations and Compositions: To bleach bone and ivory; To bleach bones; Hedinger's method of bleaching bones for turners' use ; Peineman's process of bleaching ivory turned yellow ; To make ivory soft and flexible 40 New process of bleaching ivory and bones ; Dyeing of bone and ivory ; Receipts for different colors 41 To produce black and colored drawings upon ivory 42 Artificial ivory; Artificial ivory for photographic purposes; New arti- ficial ivory ; To bleach ivory articles fastened upon leather, etc. ; Com- pound for buttons, dice, dominos, etc. ; A new method of treating horn ; To dye horn to resemble tortoise shell .43 Buttons from waste of horn 44 Bronzing and Coloring of Metals: Green bronzes for brass ; Chinese bronze; Bronzing process used in the Paris Mint; Oxidized silver ; Antique green 44 Fire-proof bronze upon copper and brass; Commercial bronzes; Bronze for plaster-of-Paris figures; Bronze powders; Copper-colored bronze powder; Moire metallique ......... 45 Black bronze for brass (R.Wagner); Walker's chemical bronze; Blue bronze; Brown bronze ; Gold bronze of great lustre on iron ; Steel blue on brass; Black on brass; Red copper-bronze on white sheet tin and tinned articles; To give copper a durable lustre; New method of col- oring metals 4& Graham's bronzing liquids for brass .47 Graham's bronzing liquids for copper and zinc ; Dead-black on brass in- struments; Substitute for gum-Arabic in manufacturing bronze colors; Preservation of bronze monuments 48 BriLDiNG Materials, Artificial Building Stone, Mortars, etc.: Various formulae for artificial stone; Artificial building stone; Artificial building stone prepared with cork; Artificial stone from quartz sand and plumbic oxide; E. Schaifer's artificial stone (Elizabeth, N. J.) ; E. viii CONTENTS. E. Westermeyer's artificial stone (Chicago, 111.) ; F. Coignet's (Paris) ; A. Quesuot's (Bloomington, 111.) 49 Artificial stones of J. Schellinger, New York ; Of J. Ordwav, Jamaica Plains, New York; Of S. Sorel, of Paris; Of Adolph Ott, New York; "Victoria stone" (Highton's process); Ransome's artificial stone; Apcenite 50 Frear's artificial stone; Building stones, pipes, etc.; Artificial mill- stones; Grindstones; New plastic water-proof grindstones ; To imitate variegated marble; A. Garvey's, of Memphis, Tenn., " lithomarlite;" Artificial marble; Cement frcm blast rzr^ace slag . . . . M Very hard and durable cement; To manufacture cement from blast fur- nace slag; To prepare white cement; To prepare artificial cement; To harden cement, lime, and similar materials; Oil cement paint for felt roofing; Requisites for good mortar . 52 Hydraulic mortar from lime and alum shale ; Bitumen mortar ; Hydraulic mortar; Water-proof mortar; To prepare clay plaster; Plaster for damp walls; Treatment of asphaltum for paving purposes; Marble- izing sandstone . . . 53 To make sandstone and other porous stones tough and impermeable ; To repair worn-down sandstone steps; Concrete marble; To make wood almost incombustible ; To dry damp walls; Lyons asphaltum . . 54 To make glass roofs water-tight ; To preserve wood ; Bricks, size and weight of; Making brick masonry impervious to water . . .55 Cocoa and Chocolate: Machines required for manufacture of chocolate . .... 55 Receipts for ordinary and spiced chocolate . . .... 56 Receipts for fine Spanish spiced, for Vienna, Paris, Milan, Hygienic, and Iceland moss chocolates; Chocolate with meat extract; Iron chocolate; Chocolate with carbonate of iron; Racahout des Arabes ; Dr. Koeben's nourishing and healing powder . 5/ Vakaka indorum ; Palamaud or Palmgrene pr allataim du harem ; white chocolate . . . . 58 Celluloid, Caoutchouc, Gutta-pekcha, and similar Compositions : Preparation of celluloid ; Treatment of pyroxyline in the manufacture of plastic masses 58 How to work and treat celluloid; New celluloid; Manufacture of rubber stamps 59 To soften rubber hose after it has become hard; Metalized caoutchouc ; To remove stickiness from.the surface of dried caoutchouc ; Cement for vul- . canized caoutchouc ; Utilization of vulcanized caoutchouc waste ; Gutta- percha composition ; To color caoutchouc and gutta-percha black or green ; Solution of gutta-percha for shoemakers ; Caoutchouc com- positions for sharpening and polishing knives, etc. . . . . 60 Caoutchouc cements for glass ; Cement for rubber shoes and boots ; Gutta- percha cements for glass, leather, and rubber combs; Elastic gutta- percha and linseed oil cement ; Gutta-percha cement for horses' hoofs ; Substitute for caoutchouc . .61 Substitute for gutta-percha ; Compositions for ornaments, busts, toys, etc. ; and for rollers of wringers and washing machines ; Asbestos and rubber packing; Composition for billiard balls; and for picture frames; A masses for toys, vessels, etc., and for dolls' heads ... . . 62 Marmorin ; New mass for hollow articles ; Papier mache from flour ; Fine pasteboard mass for moulding large figures; Composition for razor strops . . ^6 Cements, Pastes, and Putties: To cement iron to iron ; Mastic cement ; Cement for steam-pipes, for glass retorts, and for porcelain ; Water and fireproof cement for metal, per- celain, and earthenware .......... 63 CONTENTS. ix Cements for fastening metal letters upon glass, marble, wood, etc. ; Cement for fastening iron articles in stone ; Cement for stone troughs and wooden vats ; Cement for repairing articles of sandstone ; Davy's universal cement; Cements for joining leather driving belts, for fastening rubber upon metal, for aquaria, and for repairing defective places in castings. 64 Cement for leather ; Glycerine cement; Cement for petroleum lamps, for tortoise shell, for ivory and bone; Caseine cements; Chinese blood cement ; Blood and ash cement . 65 Jewellers' cement; Armenian glue; Cement for quickly closing leaky places in barrels; Cement for iron stoves; To prepare liquid glue; Liquid glue ; Glues for labels, for fancy articles, fine leather goods, etc. ; Water-proof glue for wooden utensils ; Glue for ivory and bone ; Glue for joining glass to wood ; Diamond glue of the best quality . . 66- Chromium glue; Mouth glues; Lime putty and French putty for wood; Powdered wood, oil, and glue putties ; Putty for floors of soft wood ; Putty for floors which are to be scrubbed, and for floors which are to be lacquered . . 67 Paste for wall-paper ; Paste for microscopic objects ; Glycerine glue for microscopic preparations; Paste for postage stamps; Sugar and lime paste; Fluid paste; Dry pocket paste; Good cements for filling teeth. 68- Cement for injured trees ; German tree wax and grafting wax ; Durable paste ; Paste for fixing printed labels on machines ; Safety pastes for post-office packages . . . . ...... 6& Chemical and Techno-Chemical Expedients, Preparations: Johnson's process and apparatus for manufacturing potassium ferro- cyanide ; Phosphorescent (illuminating) powder ; To thaw frozen ground 70 Artificial sandstone for filtering ; To prepare tincture of litmus ; New method of extracting tannin 71 Process and apparatus for purifying water with a mixture of caustic mag- nesia or carbonate of magnesia and saw-dust ; Caustic potash ; Caustic soda ; Pure chlorine gas ; Chloride of zinc 72 Chloride of gold ; To prepare pure oxalic acid ; To prepare purified oleic acid; Cream of tartar; Lunar caustic ; Pure acetic acid ; Sulphocyauic acid ; Molybdic acid from molybdenum di-sulphide . . . .7? Potassium acetate ; To prepare sulphate of copper ; Liver of sulphur ; Schiel's apparatus for testing the percentage of nicotine in tobacco; Wilson's process of preparing glycerine; To restore faded manuscripts. 74 Cleansing, Polishing, and Renovating Agents: To remove ink stains from wood; Ink and rust stains from clothes ; Mil- dew, wine, or fruit stains from silk or linen ; Tar, grease, oil, and var- nish from silk ; Ink stains from silk ; To remove wax from velvet ; Grease stains from paper; Scouring water for removing grease stains; Le Francois scouring fluid ; " Gantein " for cleansing gloves . . 7& To cleanse glasses and saucers ; Longet's polishing powder for gold workers ; To cleanse glass vessels ; To cleanse manilla indigo ; To cleanse files ; To cleanse paint brushes from dried-in paint ; To cleanse steel and iron from rust ; To cleanse barrels ; Polishing powder for glass and metal ; To cleanse straw hats ; Scouring soaps 76 To purify bisulphide of carbon; Polishing powder for plate glass, mir- rors, etc. ; Polishing rags and polishing paste for metals ; Wabeck's pol- ishing wax ; Fine jewellers' rouge; To remove stains from books; To free paper from fatty substances .... .... 77 To cleanse gloves without wetting them ; To cleanse tea and coffee trays, marble busts, alabaster, and precious stones ; To cleanse and beautify old oak furniture ; To cleanse brass and silver ; Polishing powder for silverware, gold, etc. ; Magnus' patent polish for slate . . . . 78 x CONTENTS. Colored Chalks, Crayons, Pencils, and Inks for Marking Linen, Blue chalks ; Colored crayons; Pencils for writing on glass, and for mark- ing linen ; Marking-ink for linen • • .79 New marking ink; Colored indelible inks; Blue stamp color . . SO Confectionery: To prepare elaeosaccharum, or oil sugar; Malt and orange sugars ; lee- toril ti*OClit^S ,.•••■•"•"* ^^ Pectoral, raspberry, carrot, cream, and malt bonbons; Cream walnuts; To prepare bonbons of caramel sugar with soft filling; Sweetmeats (conserves) ; Chocolate and orange sweetmeats . . . # . .81 Orange blossom, rose, jasmine, carnation, vanilla, filbert, heliotrope, angelica, lemon, cinnamon, cherry, peppermint, and love sweetmeats . 82 ■Sweet smelling and violet sweetmeats; Medicinal sweetmeats: Spoon- wort water cress, antiscorbutic sweetmeats ; Creme du cafe ; Creme du chocolade ; Coated filberts ; Roasted almonds and filberts ; Coated chestnuts ; Candied cherries • . . 83 Glazed almonds; Coated orange blossoms; Candied oranges; Peppermint drops ; Punch drops ; Lozenges : Spice for lozenges ; Chinese, lemon, peppermint, ginger, and stomachic lozenges ; Cherry marmalade . 84 Iceland moss, isinglass, gelatine, buckhorn, sago, tapioca,- and Irish moss jellies; Ground mass for creme (Creme fondant); Red color for sweetmeats, jellies, etc. ; Innoxious green color for candies ; Receipts for preparing bandoline or Fixateur ; baking powder . ... So Topying and Printing: t A new method of copying engravings, drawings, and designs; (jeJatin- o^raphy : A cheap, quick, and simple process of duplicating drawings by means of the printing press ; Autographic method of printing ; To duplicate writings and drawings ; Printing in colors . . .86 To copy drawings in black lines on white ground; Cyanotype (blue prints) ; Almography ; Polygraphs method . ... . . 87 Jacobsen's callograph; The hektograph ; Edison's electric pen; lne cyclostyle . Damaskeening Steel: . ..,.,, ., QO Genuine damask ; Imitation of damask ; Damaskeening with gold or silver. 89 Decoration, Ornamentation, etc.: To gild glass . . . •••:,.,• * \ , / Gold for illuminating ; To gild porcelain ; To gild an ornamental frame ; Applying the first coat ; Preparation of gilding size ; Applying the gilding size • • • , • m ' Bright lustre ; Dead lustre; Silvering; Silvering with a dead lustre ; To silver wooden figures with bismuth ; To gild and silver visiting cards ; To gild or silver morocco paper; To gild cotton; Gilding and silvering on parchment and paper; Italian method of gilding wood . . . 91 Buret's process of silvering and gilding silk, cotton, and woollen yarns; To make glass opaque or frosted ; Ornamenting metal surfaces ; Au- briat's new process of decorating glass . . *..*-' ,'-, / Artificial wood for ornamental purposes ; Use of wood tar lor architect- ural decorations ; To produce ornaments from wood mass . . To fasten leather ornaments, etc., upon metal ; To decorate tin with cop- per plates and lithographs ; Impressions of flowers on glass ... 94 Dentifrices and Mouth Washes : _ American tooth powder ; Asiatic dentifrices ; Cartwnght s tooth powder; Deschamp's alkaline and acid tooth powders . . . . ■ • ■ Charcoal Circassian, red, Hufeland's tooth powder; Paris tooth powder; Mouth 'wash for strengthening the teeth and gums ; Mouth wash against toothache ; Antiseptic mouth paste ; Kolbe's mouth wash ; Hager s red tooth powder and tooth paste ; Quillaya dentifrice . . . . ! CONTENTS xi Dyeing Woollen and Cotton Goods and Yarns, Silk. Str^.w Hat£, Felt Hats, Kil Gloves, Horsehair, etc. Mordants: Cleansing old silk to be dyed 95 Dyeing silks of various colors; To dye woollen goods and yarns; Dark blue 96 Blue (dark fugitive color) ; Gens d'Armes blue on loose wool, yarns, and piece goods; Various shades of brown; Brown (sanders wood, fast); Chamois . 97 Various shades of gray; Green: Olive and brownish olive ; Lilac; Or- ange ; Yellows 98 Cotton goods and yarns : To dye black, chocolate-brown, chamois, crim- son; Gold color (cotton for fringes, etc.) ; Silver-gray; Dark green . 99 Mineral green ; Yellow ; Chrome-yellow ; To dye wool, silk, and cotton with aniline colors : Fuchsine on wool ; Fuchsine on silk (bluish . shade) ; Fuchsine on cotton ; Eosine on wool 100 Eosine on silk ; Eosine on cotton; Scarlet and erythrosine on wool ; Violet on wool; Violet on silk; Aniline blue (blue, light blue, and soluble blue) ; On wool and silk; On cotton; Alkali blue; For 100 pounds of wool ; Light blue on cotton . . 101 China blue on cotton ; Dahlia and primula; Methyl-violet; Methyl and emerald-green ; Wool, silk, and cotton ; Woollen yarn ; Malachite green 102 Napthaline colors (ponceau, orange, and Bordeaux) on woollen yarn and piece goods ; Composition of tin ; To dye silk and cotton with naptha- line colors ; Acetate of alumina free from lead ; To dye felt hats with aniline colors; To dye felted fabrics with aniline colors . . . 103 To dye mother-of-pearl with aniline colors; To dye straw and straw hats, black, chestnut-brown, silver-gray, and violet; To dye kid gloves; Mo- rocco-red ; Gray 104 To dye kid gloves orange-yellow ; To dye horsehair black, blue, brown, and red; To dye imitation corals; Animalizing of hemp, jute, etc.; Mordants: Olivier's mixtures as substitutes for tartar in dyeing wool ; Huilard's substitute for tartar in dyeing wool black ; Mordant for dark red on cottons ; Mordant for light red on cottons . . . . 105 Mordants for scarlet, light scarlet, crimson, rose-red, fiery red, purple, and violet on cottons ; Manner of preparing the mordants ; Use of metallic sulphides as mordants in dyeing cottons with aniline colors; Practical directions for dyeing cotton yarn Turkey-red with alizarine . . . 106 To prepare the so-called Turkey-red oil ; English alizarin oil (Patent oil) ; A new dye ............. 107 Electro-plating, Galvanoplasty, Gilding, Nickelling, Silver- ing, Tinning, etc.: Nickel plating 107 Improvement in nickel plating (E. Weston, Newark, N. J.) ; Martin and Delamotte's process of nickel plating ; Latest improvements in nickel plating (Powell, of Cincinnati, O.) 108 Receipts for ordinary nickel baths; American nickelling ; Bath for iron, cast-iron, and steel; Bath for brass, copper, tin, Britannia metal, lead, zinc, and tinned sheet metal ; Latest Anglo-American nickelling . . 209 Preparation of the metals to be nickelled ; To nickel iron without the use of electricity ; Doumesnil's process of platinizing metal . . .110 Platinizing of metals; To electroplate metals with cobalt ; Plating with aluminium; Gilding copper by boiling ....... Ill To impart a more brilliant gold color to gilded or gold-plated articles; To silver articles of Bessemer steel ; Adrielle's process of silvering metals; Pirfard's galvanoplastic silvering ; Silvering tincture; Cold silvering of copper 112 New process of making silvered telescopic mirrors ; New process for sil- xii CONTENTS. vering iron and steel (Pierre de Villiers, St. Leonards, England) ; Tin- ning of cast-iron 113 To tin cooking utensils; Cold tinning; New process of galvanizing iron; Gourlier's salt mixtures for galvanic coppering, bronzing, etc.; Coating of brass; Bronzing wrought and cast-iron ; To coat wire with brass . 114 Coppering bath for wrought and cast-iron or steel articles; Simple fire- plating for iron ; Method and apparatus for preparing paper matrices for stereotype plates; Composition for moulds for galvanoplastic de- posits; Elastic moulds for galvanoplastic copies in very high relief . 115 Enamels and Enamelling : To enamel cast-iron utensils 115 Enamel for sheet-iron vessels; To enamel iron ; To enamel copper cook- ing utensils ; Process of enamelling cast-iron ; To enamel and cement metals and other substances . 116 Enamel for watch dials ; Colored enamels; Preparation of fluxes; Blue, brown, reddish-brown, Vandyke-brown, yellow, orange, green, dark red, pale red, and black enamels 117 Very beautiful black enamel for inlaying and ground ; Black enamel for painting and mixing with other colors; Opaque white enamel; Glass enamel for iron ; Niello 118 Feathers, Ostrich, Marabouts, etc., how to Wash, Restore and Dye: Description of feathers, plumes, and marabouts 118 To wash feathers and marabouts ; To bleach feathers ;. To restore crushed and bent feathers ; To dye feathers ; To dye feathers black . . . 119 To dye feathers black, brown, and puce colors 120 To dye feathers blue ; To dye with indigo red, Bleu de France, crimson, and ruby-red; Rose-colors; Yellow; Garnet-brown; Gray . . . 121 Green; Chestnut-brown; Lilac; Orange; Ruby-red; Violet; To dye feathers with aniline colors; Rose-color; Reddish-blue; Greenish-blue; Genuine alkali (Nicholson's) blue; Green; Orange; Puce; Bronze lustre . . 122 Fire-extinguishing Agents and Means of Making Tissues, Wood, etc., Incombustible : Munich fire-extinguishing powder; Vienna fire-extinguishing powder; Fluids for making tissues incombustible ; To make tissues incombusti- ble (Prize process of J. A. Martin, Paris, France) 123 For all light tissues ; For painted decorations and wood ; For coarse linen, ropes, straw, and wood ; Cartridges for extinguishing fire ; To make paper incombustible ; To make theatre scenes, wood, etc., incombusti- ble; Bucher's fire-extinguishing powder ; Hand-grenades . . . 1L'4 Fireworks: Bengal lights 124 Quick matches; White fire; Mohr's white fire; White fire for theatres ; Greenish-white fire; Bluish-white fire 125 Red fire ; Braunschweiger's red fire ; Holtz's red fire ; Red fire mixtures ; Purple fire; Rose-red light ; Red-orange fire; Dark-violet, pale-violet, and blue fires 126 Dark-blue and pale-blue fires ; Blue fire with a bluish-green flame ; Green fire ; Green fire according to Braunschweiger ; Other receipts for green fire; Pale-green fire ; Dark-green fire; Yellow fire; Other colored fire- works; White, red, green, and blue stars 12T Bluish-green, yellowish -green, and yellow stars; White, red, green, blue, bluish-green, and yellow candles; Japanese matches; Prof. Bottger's imitation of Japanese matches ; Fireworks for use in rooms according to Perron; Pharaoh's serpents 128 Harmless substitute for Pharaoh's serpents 129 CONTENTS. xiii Food and Food Preparations : Soup extract; Meat flour; Pressed feed for horses; Strengthening foods known as " Dictamia " and " Pajarnoud ; " Soup tablets - Stilton cheese as prepared in England; Honey from beets and carrots . . . 129 To prepare potato flour for soups; Meat biscuit; Apparatus and method for preparing a substitute for coffee ; Bread for horse-feed : Pudding powders (vanilla); Almond and chocolate puddings; Manufacture of artificial butter 130 Margarine ; Mege's process for oleomargarine 131 Other processes for oleomargarine; Tables of the composition of the best- known milk foods for children ; Condensed milk ; Infants' food . . 132 Receipts for Vienna economical butters; Ambrosia; Hydroleine . . 133 Freezing Mixtures: Freezing salt; Other mixtures 133 Fruit and Other Syrups : American syrups for mineral waters and lemonades ; Receipts for lemon syrups; Mulberry, vanilla, vanilla cream, and cream syrups; Ginger, pineapple, strawberry, peach, raspberry, currant, cherry, and orange syrups; Sherbet, nectar, coffee, and wintergreen syrups . . . 134 Maple syrup ; Chocolate syrups ; White or red wine syrup ; Coffee cream syrup ; Solferino syrup ; Ambrosia syrup ; Orgeat syrup ; Milk punch syrup; Champagne syrup; Sherry cobbler syrup; Orange-flower syrup; Cinnamon syrup ; Ginger beer syrup ; How to clarify sugar syrups ; Marshmallow, balsam, and barberry syrups ...... 135 Blackberry, lemon, camomile, manna, rhubarb, saffron, senna, Seneca root, licorice, violet, cinnamon, egg, and cochineal syrups ; Syrup of ferrous nitrate 136 Fuel and Heating. Heat Insulation (Non-conducting Cover- ings) : Necker's kindling compound ; Economical fuel ; Fuel from coal and rosin; King's patent fuel; Coal-dust fuel (Loiseau's patent); Blair's patent fuel ; Infusorial earth for insulating steam-pipes ; Heat-insulating coverings for steam-pipes, etc 137 Fusible Colors Used in Porcelain Painting : Brianchon's peculiar process of painting glass, porcelain, etc.; Preparing the flux ; Ador and Abbadie's zinciferous metallic colors ; Solution of zinc salt 137 Bronze color ; Chamois color (leather yellow) ; Gray, green, rose-red, golden yellow, Roman yellow, and yellowish-green colors; Other colors; Black (cobalt and manganese); Black (iridium); Black (re- fractory) ; Blue (azure) ; Blue (dark) ; Blue (shading) ; Blue (Turk- ish) ; Bluish-green 138 Bluish-red ; Brown (Bistre) ; Brown (dark) ; Brown (pale) ; Brown (sepia) ; Brownish-red ; Chamois ; Flesh color ; Gray (chrome) ; Gray (iridium); Green (dark) ; Green (grass) ; Green (shading) . . . 139 Lustre colors ; Gold ; Orange-red ; Orange ; Prismatic colors ; Purple (dark) ; Purple (pale) 140 Purple (rose-red) ; Yellow (dark) ; Yellow (lemon color) ; Yellow (pale} ; Yellow (uranium) ; Yellowish-red ; Yellow for figures and landscapes ; Yellow for landscapes; White (covering) 14J Glass. Composition of the Various Kinds of, Colors for, and Processes for Enamelling, Engraving, Gilding, Silvering, Pulverizing, Filing, Bending, etc.: Dark-green bottle glass 14?. Jahkel's glass for champagne bottles ; Elli's cryolite glass ; Bohemian crystal glass (free from lead) ; Plate glass of the mirror manufactory at Aix la Chapelle; French mirror glass; Belgian, Bohemian, English, French, and Prussian window glass; Stein's receipts for composition? xiv CONTENTS. of glass as actually used in various glass works ; Potash crystal glass; Bohemian mirror glass ; Bohemian chalk glass (ground glass, white concave glass) ; Bohemian window glassy French mirror glass ; French soda glass 142 White soda window glass; Semi-white potash window glass; Bottle glass; Lead crystal glass; Crown glass (Bontemp) ; Crown glass (Guinaud) ; Flint glass ; Flint glass (Bontemp) ; Compositions for strass (according to Donauit-Wieland) 143 Compositions for opaque glass ; Tin enamel ; Arsenical enamel ; Bone glass ; Opal glass ; Alabaster glass ; Compositions for colored glass ; Aventurine glass (according to Clemandot); Blue glass; Sapphire- blue ; Azure-blue ; Golden topaz glass ; Green glass .... 144 Hyalite glass ; Orange glass ; Red glass ; Red with copper ; Red with gold; Turquoise glass ; Violet glass; Yellow glass; New combination of materials for the production of glass ; Iridescent glass ; Engraving on glass ; Colored designs upon glass ; Glass engraving . . . 145 To pulverize glass ; To bend glass tubes 146 Glazes for Earthenware: Glazing for common earthenware ; English glaze for earthenware ; Glazes free from lead for earthenware ; New glazing free from lead for kitchen utensils ; Very fine composition for white glaze (Feilmer's, of Berlin). 146 White glazes ; To give earthenware or porcelain a marbled or granite ap- pearance 147 Glass and Other Signs; To etch glass (fine and coarse grained) ; Gilding glass .... 147 Silvering on glass ; Gilding on show windows ; Correcting the isinglass mixture; Backing the inscription on show windows; Backing glass signs without shades ; Backing glass signs with shades ; With mother- of-pearl insertions ; Mother-of-pearl insertions ; Backing with tin-foil ; Transparent glass sign (Child's American patent) ; Sign-painting . . 148 Japan gold size 149 Glue, Manufacture of: The raw material ; Steeping the stock in lime 140 Glue boiling ; Boiling with wet waste ; Boiling with dry waste . . 150 Clarifying the glue ; To color the glue yellow ; To whiten the glue ; Pour- ing into the boxes (moulds) 151 Taking the glue from the moulds ; Ruthay's new process of making glue from waste of hides and skins in tanneries ; Glue from waste of tanned leather . . . . 152 Maclagan's apparatus and process for manufacturing glue and gelatine ; Extracting the gelatine 153 To make gelatine from glue; Liquid steam-glue; Heller's steam-glue; Cold liquid glue ; To prepare excellent glue which will hold in water ; Good furniture glue ; Glue for books ; Glue resisting wet and moisture ; New liquid glue ; Bone glue 154 Dupasquier's process of preparing bone glue as a substitute for isinglass ; Selecting and bleaching the bones; Comminuting the bones; Immers- ing the comminuted bones in hydrochloric acid ..... 155 Bleaching; Pouring the gelatine into moulds; Isinglass (fish glue); Printers' rollers from glue and glycerine; Birdlime .... 15G Household and Rural Economy: How to construct a table fountain ; Pine leaves or " needles " as a sub- stitute for hair, feathers, etc. ; To keep milk from souring ; Mass for artificial flowers and fruits; Simple process for preparing potato flour; Roasted malt as a substitute for coffee; Lemonade powder; Cham- pagne powder; Champagne mixture 157 Currant champagne ; English champagne ; Fruit champagne ; Fruit wines ; Apple wine (cider, English process ; Cider (Nonnaudy process) ; CONTENTS. xv Apple champagne (champagne cider) ; Birch wine; Blackberry wine . 158 Cherry, currant, damson, elderberry, ginger, honey, and orange wines; Orange wine with lemon ; Raisin wine ....... 159 Raspberry wine; Remedy for warts ; Remedy for chilblains; Remedy for corns; Ginger beer; English ginger beer ; Spruce beer; English spruce beer; Root beer .... ........ 160 To prepare fly paper ; Fly paper free from poison ; Persian insect powder ; To destroy insects and worms infesting wall paper, etc. ; To preserve animal skins; To preserve stuffed animals; To destroy insects infesting herbaria and collections of insects ; To protect woollen goods and furs; Hager's mixtures for preserving cloth and furs 161 Receipts for destroying moths; For the destruction of bed-bugs and other insects ; For the destruction of fleas on dogs, horses, and cattle ; To de- stroy cockroaches, mosquitoes, and gnats ; To drive away ants from closets, etc. ; To drive rats away from a building; Phosphorous paste for destroying rats and mice; To destroy field-rats and mice; London purple for the destruction of insects (Prof. C. V. Riley); Hager's uni- versal composition for the destruction of vermin ..... 162 For the destruction of phylloxera (vine grub) ; Simple disinfectant; Dis- infecting powder of Max Friedrich 163 Efficacious disinfectants; To cleanse lacquered and stained articles of wood ; To cut and pierce rubber corks ; To protect stone and brick walls from moisture ; Rosin as a protection against moisture in walls ; To pre- vent rust on iron; To prevent wooden posts from rotting; Excellent wash for wood and stone 164 Brilliant whitewash closely resembling paint; Utilization of chicken feathers ; Preservation of wooden labels ; Collodion for plant slips ; To destroy stumps of trees; To prepare beef tea ...... 16f To disguise the taste of cod-liver oil ; Remedy for hoarseness ; Extract of elder blossoms; Belladonna ointment; Cantharides ointment; Com- pound chloride of sulphur ointment; Compound lead ointment; Creo- sote ointment ; Elderberry ointment ; Elemi ointment; Gall-nut oint- ment ; Hemlock ointment ; Iodide of lead ointment ; Iodide of mercury ointment ; Iodide of potassium ointment ; Iodide of sulphur ointment ; Lead ointments ; Litharge ointment; Prussian lead ointment; Saxon lead ointment 166 VVhite lead ointment; Lead cerate ; Mercury ointment; Opium ointment ; Pitch ointment ; Savin ointment ; Spermaceti ointment ; Sulphur oint- ments; Tar ointment; Tartar emetic ointment ; Zinc ointment; Am- monia liniment; Camphor liniment; Compound camphor liniment; Lime liniment ; Opium liniment; Soap liniment ; Turpentine liniment ; Verdigris liniment; Betton's celebrated cattle liniment (critical oil); Turkish balsam for fresh wounds 167 To soften hard water ; To keep tallow and lard from becoming rancid ; To purify rancid butter; To purify rancid fat ; DougaPs powder for puri- fying the air in stables; To remove foul air from wells ; To keep ice without an ice-house 168 To keep fruits in ice-houses ; Substitute for coffee ; To preserve canvas, cordage, etc. ; Stove-polishing compound ; Wiggen's process of purify- ing lard and tallow; Manure salt from urine; Solution of guano for flowers; Substitute for guano; Manure from coal ashes; Manure for turnips, rutabagas, etc. ; Stockhard's manure mixture for vegetable gardens ; Manure powder from blood ; Manure from waste animal sub- stances 169 Illuminating Materials: Incombustible wicks; Metallic wicks ; Material fpr preparing incombus- tible torches ; Gas from cork ; Naphtha ether, a new illuminating mate- rial ; Air-tight and flexible tissue for dry gas-nieters .... 170 xvi CONTENTS. To detect » leak in a gas-pipe; Improvement in dry meters ; Apparatus for manufacturing illuminating gas from ligroin and air by the cold method; Purification of illuminating gas; Preparation of wicks for stearine candles; " Melanyl " candles; To coat tallow candles with a hard substance which will not crack 171 To color paraffine, wax, stearic acid, etc., black ; Coloring tallow; June- mann's process of producing white and hard tallow candles burning with a large flame and consuming the wick ...... 172 Fabrication of stearine candles without the use of presses and other ex- pensive machinery ; New automatic gas lighter 173 Imitations, Substitutes, etc. : Artificial leather for lithographers' rollers ; Vegetable ivory ; Substitute for horn, hard rubber, ivory, etc. ; Vegetaline ; Substitute for linseed oil and oil of turpentine in preparing paints; Substitute for bristles ; Artificial chalk ; Artificial leather (X. Karchesky, Belleville, N. J.) . 174 Artificial leather (Stierlin's German and French patent) ; Artificial wool ; Substitute for meerschaum, ivory, etc 175 Porous substance as a substitute for felt, for trays, for beer glasses; Sub- stitute for cast-iron, stone, clay, and cement ; To make heels of boots and shoes, buttons, etc., from pulverized leather ; Hall's substitute for leather; Preparation of leather cloth ; Micoud's artificial leather . . 176 Artificial slating for blackboards and school slates ; Artificial ebony ; Leather, soap, and glue, from sea-weed (al gas); Transparent sea-weed leather; Opaque sea- weed leather; Sea-weed soap ; Sea- weed glue, sub- stitute for animal glue; Artificial stone for sharpening lead and slate pencils ; To convert ordinary agate into onyx . . . . . 177 Substitute for opaque window glass (Chardon) ; Porous substance as a sub- stitute for blotters; Flexible mirrors; Artificial whalebone for umbrella and parasol ribs, busks for corsets, etc. ; Buffalo skin as a substitute for horn(Eohn); Substitute for tinfoil ; Zeiodelite ; Imitations of mother- of-pearl and marble with glue 178 Preparation of the plates, and of the glue solution ; Imitation of mother- of-pearl veneers 179 Pouring the colored glue solutions upon the plates 180 Transferring the layer of glue to a layer of gelatine; Drying and detach- ing the veneers ; To make gelatine foils 181 Sorel's substitutes for gutta-percha and caoutchouc ; To give a pearl lustre to various articles ; Substitute for slate; Bertolio's substitute for meer- schaum . . • 182 To prepare ratan to be used in the manufacture of corsets ; Composition for cane heads, gun and pistol stocks, etc. ; Soren Sorensen's imitations of leather ; For soles, heels, and insoles ; Imitation of marble for plastic ornaments and picture frames ; To dye hard-nut shell buttons, coal black, and brown 183 To dye hard-nut shell buttons, dark brown, gray and fancy colors, olive colors ; For coloring with aniline colors ; Blue, red, scarlet, and green . 184 Indigo, Indigotine, and Alizarine : Crystallized indigo ; Indigo carmine ; Acetate of indigo .... 184 Indigo-violet ; Indigo-carmine in the form of extract ; Kopp's process of gaining indigotine and alizarine ; The apparatus . . . . . 185 The operation ; Artificial alizarine ; Coloring artificial alizarine, dark red and rose color • 186 Inspissation for red ; Aluminium acetate ; Aluminium hydrate; Solution of calcium acetate of 16° B. ; Printing colors for red and violet articles by using a past e containing 10 per cent, of dry dye-stuff, very dark red ; Aluminium nitrate; Another red without oil ; Violet printing color; Violet inspissation ; Geitner's alizarine liquor 187 CONTENTS. xvii Inks, Lithographic, Printing, and Writing: To make a good printing ink 187 1 1. scription and il lustration of apparatus for making printing ink . . 188 Receipts for printing inks 189 Printing ink from coal-tar; Thick printers' varnish with coal-tar varnish oil ; Fine printers' ink with coal-tar varnish oil ; Black printing colors patented in Germany ; New process of preparing printing inks ; Print- ing and stamping ink containing iron; Bronze color for direct printing upon paper, oil-cloth, etc. ......... l'.'O Black printing ink which may also be used as etching ground ; Prepara- tion of tannin black, and its use for printing ink and other purposes; Lithographic inks ........... 191 Autographic ink ; Lithographic printing ink; English lithographic ink; Writing inks 192 Indestructible inks according to Traille, P. A. GatTard, of Paris, and Stark ; Stark's patent copying ink ; Bottger's copying ink .... 193 Solid inks (ink powders and ink stones) ; Karmarsch's black ink; Reid's black ink ; Lipowitz's process of preparing black ink; Brand's black ink ; Booth's excellent black ink; Van Moos' good black ink ; Geiss- ler's black ink ; Jahn's black ink 194 Lewis' black ink ; Ure's black ink ; Schmidt's ink for steel pens ; Ruuge's ink for steel pens; Haenle's ink which does not corrode steel pens 195 English inks ; Duncan, Clockhart & Co.'s, of Edinburgh, celebrated bluish-black inks; Ink for steel pens; Vanadium ink (Berzelius' re- ceipt) ; Alizarine ink ; Eisner's alizarine ink ; Dubell's alizarine ink . 196 Winternitz's alizarine inks; Receipt with oxalic acid; Copying inks; Beau's French copying ink ; Black copying inks 197 Alkaline copying ink ; Aniline inks of various colors; Indestructible or permanent inks; Indestructible inks according toBosse, Kindt, Bossin, and Braconnot; Excellent blue ink 198 Red inks ; Carmine ink ; Winckler's durable red ink ; Violet inks ; Violet copying and violet writing inks; Encre violette de Rouen; Solid inks (cakes and powders) ; Platzer's ink powder ; Ink powder in capsules (G. J. Collins, Brooklyn, N. Y.) ; Ink cake .199 Marking ink ; Ink for writing on glass ; Indestructible ink for writing on glass ; Red and black ink, not acted upon by acids, for marking glass and metal labels ; Stamping ink ; Sympathetic ink ; Incombustible ink and paper; Indestructible ink for stamping cotton and woollen goods which are to be bleached with chlorine; Changing writing executed with pale ink immediately into black 200 Colored sands ; Brush for marking boxes, etc. ; Chemical test of written documents (Wm. Thompson's, Manchester, Eng.) ; Printers' rollers . 201 Jeweller's Foils: Turnbull's blue foil; Green, red, and yellow foils; To prepare a crimson fluid for Dutch gold or paper ; Yellow fluid for foils ; Green fluid for Dutch gold; Process of producing cameos 202 Lacquers and Varnishes: Manufacture of fat copal varnish (Violette) 202 Illustrations of apparatus for manufacturing varnish .... 203 Spirit lacquers ; Iron lacquers ; Clarifying varnish ; Filtering varnishes . 205 Spirit gold-lac varnishes; Gold-lac varnish with shellac and other resins; Gold varnish without lac ; Gold-lac varnishes with oil of turpentine and oil of lavender, with and without linseed-oil varnish . . . 206 Walton's process of preparing linseed-oil varnish ; Several universal fur- niture varnishes ; Balloon varnish ........ 207 Copal varnish with spirit of sal-ammoniac ; Chinese varnish ; Incombus- tible varnish for wood; Varnish for wood not acted upon by boiling 2 xviii CONTENTS. water ; Varnish for earthenware vessels ; Japanese transparent lac var« nish ; Japanese black lac varnishes; Varnish for fans, fancy boxes, etc.; Varnish for umbrellas; Black varnish for tinsmiths ; Gold var- nish on iron ; Pitch varnish for buildings 208 Spirit varnish for violins and other musical instruments ; Black var- nish' for zinc; Parisian wood varnish; Furniture varnish ; To lacquer flowers ; White unchangeable lacquer for leather ; To polish carved work 209 French polish ; Parisian bronze lacquer; Black polish on iron and steel ; A new varnish (German patent); Parisian bookbinders' lacquer; Ex- cellent glass-like varnish ; Varnish for wood naturally colored or stained ; Colorless varnish ; French leather lacquer .... 210 Cheap lacquer for harness and carriage tops; Lacquer for drawings; Trans-parent lacquer for closing bottles ; Tar varnish ; Polishing of wood ; Elastic lacquer ; Black harness lacquer ; Parchment fluid ; To provide bars of spring steel with a coating not acted upon by acids, alkalis, chlorine, and steam ; Aluminium palmitate and its uses in different branches of industry 211 New method of preparing fat lacquer and varnish, patented in Germany by Zimmermann and Holtzwich ; Light copal varnish with coal-tar varnish oil ; Light Parisian varnish with coal-tar varnish oil ; Light varnish for lacquering photographic negatives ; English method of varnishing coaches ; Pumicing 212 Puttying, saturating the panels with oil ; Laying on the ground ; Pumicing the ground ; Laying on the paint; First, second, and third pumicings of the paint ; Laying on the lac varnish 213 Polishing the lacquer; Ordinary body-carriage lacquer; Quick-drying body copal varnish ; Neil's carriage lacquers 214 Leather, Tanning and Dyeing, Including Furs, etc. : New tanning process ; Quick tanning process ; Manufacture of calf-kid in Philadelphia 214 To depilate hides ; Curriers' black gloss ; Heating the liquor in tanning; Heinzerling's quick method o* inning . 215 Boegel's process of quick tanning ; Jungschlager's process of quick tan- nin? ; New process of depilating hides ; To prepare transparent leather; To preserve and water-proof skins . 216 To prepare calf leather with a white flesh-side smooth as a mirror ; To preserve the yelks of eggs used in tawing glove leather ; To preserve hair in a tannery ; To improve hides and skins ; Dyeing leather ; Azure on tawed white leather ; Black on leather; Blue on leather; Red on morocco ; Saffron-yellow on leather ; Dyeing of chamois skins ; Black, green, gray, tan, yellow, and yellowish-brown ; Dyes for ordinary tawed leather ; Blue, camel-brown, chestnut-brown . . . .21) Coffee-brown, flesh color, garnet, green, lilac, olive-green, orange, rose color, scarlet, violet, and dark and pale yellow ; Dyes for kid leather, azure, black, brown, English gray, French green . . . . . 218 Gray, gray-brown, gray-green, gray stone color, green stone color, light and dark green, olive and orange-brown, orange-red, pensee, or violet- blue, silver gray, straw color ; Apparatus and process for dyeing and patterning animal skins ; To dye rabbit skins black ; To dye sheep skins brown ■ 219 Process of dyeing naturally white skins, or skins with naturally white points, various shades ot brown, leaving the points white ; Imitation of sable skins; To protect furs against moths; To tan linen, hempen, and cotton fabrics ; To give leather the smell of Russia leather . . . 2t20 Liquors and Beverages: Beer, Brandy, Gin, Whiskey, Wines, etc. : Beer brewing; Fabrication of malt ; Steeping ; Germinating (couching) : CONTENTS. six Kiln-drying ; Preparation of the liquor containing the dextrine and sugar (mashing) 221 Boiling the wort with hops ; Cooling; Fermentation ; Improved brewing process; New brewing process ; Clarifying«ueer; Flaxseed pulp for clar- ifying beer . 222 Brewers' pitch ; Brown brewers' pitch ; Hop pitch ; Glaze for beer bar- rels; Glaze of Prof. Artemus; Testing beer for foreign bitter sub- stances ; Pure beer 223 Acid mixtures ; Petroleum-ether; Benzole; Chloroform; Ammoniacal shakings; Beer wort"; Wormwood; Benzole and chloroform; Marsh rosemary (sedum palustre) ; Bog bean; Marsh trefoil; Quassia; Col- chicum seeds 224 Indian berries (cocculi Indici), petroleum ether, and benzole ; Colocynths ; Willow bark ; Strychnine ; Atropin ; Hyoscyamin ; Aloes . . . 223 Gentian root ; Determination of glycerine in dark and light beers ; Al- cohol and compressed yeast from uncrushed cereals without the use of steam-pressure; To convert alcohol of 70 per cent, into 90 per cent, in the cold way ; To purify alcohol obtained from beets and molasses . 226 To purify alcohol ; To prepare absolute alcohol ; Manufacture of cognac; Artificial cognacs ; Dutch method of distilling and manufacture of compressed (dry) yeast 227 Mashing; Setting (Anstellen) . 228 Clarifying the wash ; Receipt for Holland gin ; Rum (Facon rum) ; To destroy fusil oil (amyl alcohol) 229 To purify alcohol and liquors ; To remove the taste of the barrel from whiskey; Wines; Bordeaux, Burgundy, Champagne; Artificial Cham- pagnes; Champagne liqueur; Chandon et Moet (green seal); Louis Roderer (green and bronze seal) ; Heidesick et cie (sealed with tinfoil) . 23(1 LembergGeldermann et Deittz (sealed with tinfoil) ; Schneider; Fleur de Sillery ; Jacquesson et fils; Madeira; Malaga; Essence de Goudron ; Port wine ; To improve wine must ; Remedy for ropiness or viscidity of wines ; To remove the taste of the barrel from wine .... 231 Lubricants for Machines, Wagons, etc. : Adhesive grease for machine belts ; Grease for water-proofing leather . 231 To make kid leather soft ; Lubricant for industrial purposes ; Pulverulent lubricant for axles, etc. ; Doulon's caoutchouc lubricant; Patent wagon- grease from rosin oil soap ; Blue patent grease ; Yellow patent grease ; Black patent grease; Patent palm-oil wagon grease; Lubricant from paraffine residues ; Consistent machine oil 232 Lubricant for belts ; French's machine grease ; Lubricant for car axles ; Belgian wagon grease ; Excellent carriage grease ; Lubricant from oil residues; Pyroleine (lubricant for machinery) ; Thinly fluid pyroleine ; Thickly fluid pyroleine 233 Metalline ; New lubricant for machines from sea-weed (solid and liquid) ; Lubricating oil for astronomical instruments ; Vulcan oil, for spindles, for carding machines, for hydraulic motors ; Machine oil from coal-tar varnish oil ; Lubricant for carriages from coal-tar varnish oil ; Persoz's patent wagon grease 234 Oil for watchmakers ; Very fine lubricant for clocks and watches ; To test the fitness of oils for lubricating watches and clocks . . .235 Marine Glue : Hard marine glue ; Elastic marine glue; Marine glue for damp walls . 235 Matches : Swedish matches ; Striking surface of Swedish matches ; Matches with- out sulphur; Inflammable compounds (Schwarz) ; Inflammable com- pound without phosphorus ; Parlor matches ; Colored parlor matches . 238 Anti-phosphorus matches; Matches inextinguishable by the wind; Matches without phosphorus ; Amorces d'Allumettes ; Nickle's process of preparing an amorphous phosphorus from the ordinary article . 237 ix CONTENTS. Metal Industry : To harden cast-iron ; To give iron articles a brilliant lustre and silvery appearance ; To restore burnt cast-steel ; To make steel so soft that it can be worked like copper; Wielding steel to cast-iron ; Hardening and welding compounds; Hardening compound; Welding compound for welding wrought-iron to wrought-iron ; Welding compound to weld steel to wrought-iron at a red heat; To weld wrought-iron to wrought- iron at a white heat _ . 238 Hardening compound to make wrought-iron very hard ; Welding cast- steel ; To harden files and other steel instruments ;-To re-sharpen files . 239 Dr. Hartmann's hardening compound for thin steel ; New process of hardening gun-barrels; To harden steel in sealing-wax; Hardening water; Poncelet's fluids for hardening steel articles ; New case-harden- ing compound ; To obtain smooth castings ; To harden saws and springs 240 To convert iron into steel (J. H. Wilson, of Liverpool) ; Hard silver ; Mal- leable brass ; Very tenacious brass ; Steel wire for musical instru- ments (Webster & Horsfall) ; To weld copper; New process of pre- paring malleable nickel 241 To obtain dense and flexible copper castings ; To obtain copper steel ; Si- licium ; To protect lead pipes ; To protect iron from rust ; To protect lightning-rods, metal roofs, etc., from rust; To protect wire, iron, and steel from rust 242 Cleaning guns with petroleum ; To protect wrought-iron bridges from rust ; Staining metals ; Blue stain on iron and steel ; Gray on steel and iron .............. 243 Black ; To stain iron, gun-barrels, etc., brown ; English process of staining gun-barrels brown, light brown, and light yellowish-brown ; Lacquering of sheet metal ; Glazing 244 Glazing : Green, yellow, blue, chamois, red-brown ; White lac color ; Lilac or violet ; Black lacquer; Blue or steel glaze ; Red glaze . . 245 Mustards : To prepare ordinary mustard ; Frankfort and wine mustards; Lenor- mand's method of preparing mustard 245 Moutardede Maille; Moutarde a la Ravigotte; Sour Diisseldorf mustard; Soye's method of preparing mustard ; Aromatic and English mustards ; Black and compound mustard powders ; Compound English mustard powder; Compound black mustard powder; Very fine table-mustard . 246 Oils and Fats— Animal, Vegetable, and Mineral : Purification of mineral oils ; Uses of the residues in the manufacture of shale oil ; French process of cleansing vegetable fat oils ; Manufacture of castor oil (Brosius & Co.) ; Baeder, Adamson & Co.'s process . . 247 Manufacture of neat's-foot oil ; To prepare Chinese drying oil ; To solidify petroleum and other mineral oils ; Rosin oil and its uses . . . 248 To prepare pure naphthaline ; Vaseline or cosmoline .... 249 New process of purifying paraffine ; To purify and bleach fat of bones extracted with benzine, and make it available for the manufacture of soap ; Process of gaining glycerine • • 250 Corn oil from corn mash ; Oil from acid tar ; To refine cotton-seed oil ; To purify train oil ; To purify illuminating oil ; To purify turbid or impure poppy-seed oil ; To purify animal oils ... ... 251 Bottger's simple process of making commercial petroleum clear as water without distillation ; Oil from sunflower seed ; Macassar oil ; To pre- pare oil used in pumicing wood ; Cowper's process of deodorizing coal- tar, rosin oil, etc. ; To detect rape-seed oil and all oils derived from cruciferae ; To detect rape-seed oil in other fat oils 252 Preparation and uses of paraffine • 253 Belmontine and Sherwood oil ; A new oil from California ; To distinguish light oils from crude petroleum from light tar oils 254 CONTENTS. xxl Practical purification of crude, heavy wood-tar oil and preparation of crude wood-tar creosote ; Separating and purifying fats . . . .255 To remove sulphuric acid and sulphur adhering to mineral oils after re- fining (Perutz) ; Coal-tar varnish oil ; Process of producing heavy coal- tar oil in England 25b' Manufacture of yellow shoemakers' wax from purified coal-tar oils; Manufacture of blacksmiths' pitch from coal-tar ; Testing oils (Mau- mene) 257 Oil-paintings : How to Cleanse, Pack, and Vaknish them, and to Restore Gilt Work : To cleanse oil-paintings ... 257 Action of water, olive oil, or butter ; Wood-ash, potash, soap, spirit of wine, oil of turpentine, oil of lemon, and oils of lavender and rose- mary, upon paintings 258 To remove a painting from the old canvas and transfer it to a new ; How to pack oil-paintings for transportation ; To paste an oil-painting on wood; To cleanse beef-gall to be used as a varnish on paintings; Cleansing and lacquering of oil-paintings 259 To cleanse and renovate the gold and framework of old altars ; For cleans- ing the framework from dirt ; To repair lustre gilding on altars; To restore silver on altars and tabernacles 260 Paints and Pigments. Grinding and Mining Colors. Graining. Imitation of Marbles. Paints and Washes for Various Purposes, etc. Grinding colors ; Brushes 260 Graining oak, mahogany, and rosewood 26i Satinwood, maple, and walnut; Imitation of marble; Green marble; Dove-colored marble ; Receipts for colors, American green, apple-green, aurora, azure-blue, blue (cornflower), bluish-white, Bremen green, chamois, cherry-red, chestnut-brown, crimson, enamel-white, flax -gray, golden-yellow, beautiful golden-yellow, grass-green, hazel-yellow, jon- quil, and lemon color .......... 262 Light-gray, lilac, mahogany, oak, olive-green, sea-green, silver-gray, straw, sulphur, violet — dark, medium, light, very light, bluish — and walnut — dark, light, and very light — colors ; Paints for various pur- poses; Flexible paint; New paint for floors, stone, wood, and brick work ; Water-proof paint ; Paint suitable for vessels, submarine work, etc 263 Cheap and durable paint for brick work ; To prepare a zinc wash for rooms; Durable paint for tin roofs; White paint for metallic sur- faces ; Green paint for articles exposed to the action of the weather, such as doors, shutters, etc.; Universal paint; Paint for outside walls ; Paint which resists all moisture, for wood or stone; Cheap white paint for outside work ; Red wash for brick floors and pavements ; To prevent disintegration in stone work 264 For marble ; For sandstone ; To make sail-cloth pliable, durable, and water-proof; Swedish paint for wood work ; Paint for constructions of iron; Parafline paint ; Quickly drying oil-paint ; Paint for roofs ; Paint on wood exposed to the action of the weather 265 Water-proof paint for metal ; Coating for blackboards ; To protect the bottoms of ships and other articles under water ; Dryer for oil colors and varnish ; To prepare dryers ; Patent dryer ; Dryer for zinc paint ; Drying oil ; To paint tiles red ; Pigments; Black; Lampblack . . 266 Frankfort black ; Carbon from peach stones ; Ivory black ; Brunswick black; Black from coal ashes aud blood ; Berlin blue; Mountain blue; Ultramarine (artificial) ; Robiquet's artificial ultramarine . . . 267 Carmine ; Carmine lake ; Florentine lake ; Green borate of copper for oil and porcelain painting; Chrome-green; Chrome-green for painting; xxii CONTENTS. Innoxious green color ; Mineral green ; Neuwied green ; Paris green or Scheele's green ; Schweinfurth green as made in Schweinfurth . . 26$ Verdigris ; Indigo carmine ; Chrome-red ; Cassel yellow ; American chrome-yellow ............ 269 Baltimore chrome-yellow ; French chrome-yellow (Spooner's) ; Paris chrome-yellow; Naples yellow (various shades) ; Patent yellow ; Van- dyke red ; Innoxious colors for painting toys ...... 270 Colors which, on account of the poisonous qualities, should not be used for painting toys or in coloring articles of food ; Artists' colors and for restoring pictures ; Kremnitz or Venetian white ; Light and dark ochres 271 Light and dark burnt ochres ; Sienna ; Burnt sienna"; Umber ; Cologne earth; Ivory black; Parisian blue; Cinnabar; Naples yellow; Fine Vienna lake ; Minium ; Ultramarine ; Verona earth ; Cobalt blue and brown Munich lake ; Water colors ; Deep black ; Blue ; Indigo blue ; Green ; Red ; Violet blue ; Yellow ; White ; Sap red . . . . 272 Painting with sympathetic colors ; Preparation of the colors used ; Purple and rose red ; Yellow, Green, and blue ; Painters' cream . . 273 Paper and Paper Materials. Manufacture, Staining, # etc, Glass, Sand, and Emery Paper: Preparation of the different kinds of straw used in the manufacture of paper . . 273 Corn leaves and stalks ; Oats, barley, wheat, and rye straws ; Process of gaining fibrous substances from different plants ; Transformation of woolly fibre ; Paper for documents, checks, etc. ; Improved cigarette paper; Safety paper (to prevent erasures) 274 Cork paper (II. Felt kinnon stylographic pen as made by John Holland (Cincinnati) . . 43& Phosphor-iridium and its properties ; Cowles' electric furnace for reducing refractory ores 440 Fleetman's process of refining nickel ; Ostberg's process for wrought-iron (or mitis) castings ; Mechanically hardened steel ; New solder for metal, glass, and porcelain ; Oxidized silver 441 Phosphorizing bronze or brass 442 Prevention of rusting-in of screws ; To mark tools with a name ; Utiliza- tion of nickel waste ; Zincing screw bolts 443 Miscellaneous : Continuously-working furnace for the manufacture of animal charcoal . 444 Gilding and silvering leather ; Coating leaden water pipes to prevent con- tamination of the water supply ; New floor covering ; New process of manufacturing gold wall paper 445 Phosphorescent mixtures ; Preparation of precipitated chalk for tooth- powders ; Process of joining two pieces of horn ; To make horn combs elastic ; Roach and moth exterminator ; Shaving cream . . . 446 To preserve India rubber goods from becoming hard and cracking; To render rubber hose odorless ; Washing white straw hats ; Window panes which indicate the moisture of the atmosphere .... 447 Oils and Fats: Bleaching of bone-fat; Bleaching of paraffine and similar substances for the manufacture of candles ; Bleaching of oils and fats . . . 447 Bleaching tallow 448 Clarifying olive oil ; Detection of water in essential oils ; Manufacture of cotton-seed oil 449 Fat from sheep's wool ; " Suint," or potassic sudorate in sheep's wool . 450 Refining of cotton-seed oil ; Production of light-colored soap, or light- colored sebacic acids, from crude cotton-seed oil, or from residues obtained by its purification ; To remove the disagreeable odor of soap made from cotton-seed oil ; Utilizing cotton-seed hulls ; Neu process of extracting fish oil ; Preparation of heavy oils and paraffine from petro- leum residues 451 Purification of oils; Solidification of liquid hydrocarbons; Substitute for linseed oil ; To purify oils 452 White vaseline oil ; Solvent power of glycerine ; Tables showing the parts of other substances dissolved by 100 parts (by weight) of glycerine . 453 Paper : Cupro-ammonium for rendering paper and textile fabrics water-, rot-, and msect-proof (Willesdenizing) ......... 453 Fabrication of parchment; Fire-proof papers, colors, and printed matter; Gas-pipes from paper ; Luminous paper 454 Manufacture of bottles, etc., from paper; New method of manufacturing paper pulp; Paper for covering boilers; Preparation of soap paper; To make parchment paper impermeable to oil 455 Straw, Bleaching and Dyeing of : Bleaching straw . 455 Dyeing straw of various colors . 456 Strength of Materials : Thurston's autographic torsion testing machine 456 Willow- ware : Bleaching willow-ware; Stains for willow-ware; Receipts for various colors 458 Coloring osiers with aniline colors 459 Varnishing, gilding, and painting willow-ware 460 CONTENTS. APPENDIX Testing for Adulterants : Testing lubricating oils for acids ; Tests for determining wool ; Silk and cotton ; Distinguishing butter from lard, beef fat, etc. ; Test- ing olive oil ; Tests for flour adulterations ; Lead in enamels ; Tests for bad water ; Tests for sulphuric acid in vinegar . . 463 Metals and Alloys : Imitation gold and silver ; Gold alloy — Silver alloy — A soft alloy solder — Soldering flux — Bell metal ...... 403 Cleaning, Polishing 'and Renovating Agents : Cleansing fluid ; Harness blacking ; Stove blacking : Glycerine polish for leather ; French shoe dressing ; Glove cleaner . . . 4G4 Pharmaceutical Preparations : Theatrical grease paints ; Litmus test papers ; White fillings ; Oil of wintergreen for acute rheumatism ; Palatable cod liver oil ; Mos- quito oil ; Hair tonics ; Amalgams for filling teeth ; Removing odor from petroleum ; A cure for night sweats ; Treatment for boils ; Uses of glycerine ; Deodorizing petroleum benzine ; Saw dust soap ; Dandruff remover .......... 467 Coloring and Silvering : Silvering glass ; Colored films on metals ; Golden yellow : Dull gray- ish green ; Purple ; Golden red ; Imitation ebony ; Black Finish on iron and steel .......... 409 Lubricant : Wagon grease ; Plumbago grease ; Common heavy shop oil ; Cylinder oil ; Sewing machine oils ; Bicycle oil ; Bicycle chain lubricant . 471 Preservation of Materials : Preserving ^leather ; Preserving skins and furs; Preserving Wood; zinc creosote process ; Kyanizing ; To render wood incombustible and impermeable .......... Photographic : A backing formula ; Pyro-soda which will not stain ; Tank develop- ing formula? ; Glycin-stock solution ; Edinol-stock solution ; Hydro- chinon-stock solution ; Rodinal ; Pyro ; Microgen ; A simple com- bined toning and fixing bath ; Yellow stains on pyro negatives . 474 Industrial : Writing on glass ; Etching on glass ; Writing on metals ; Pickling and cleaning castings ; Pickling brass castings ; Packing paper ; Safety paper ; Wax paper ; Printers rollers ; To make hole in glass ; Drilling glass ; Removing scale in boilers ; Testing quality of leather belts ; Hints for the workshop ; Hardening steel ; Pro- tecting molten lead from explosion ; Flour paste ; Cement for holes in castings ; Cement for leather belting .... 47S Paints and Finishes : Lacquer for bright steel ; Zapon cold lacquers ; Iron paint : Trans- parent paint for glass ; Coloring cements ..... 478 Miscellaneous : Outline drawings on glass slides ; Safety matches ; Swedish safety matches ; Fuses ; Champagne cider ...... 479 Index 481 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. ADULTERATIONS, IMITATIONS, ETC. HOW TO DETECT THEM. Olive Oil. The following process of testing olive oil for cotton-seed oil has been authorized by the Italian Govern- ment: Mix 1 part of pure nitric acid with 2J parts of the oil to be tested. Place a clean copper wire in the mix- ture, and stir thoroughly with a glass rod. The oil, if it contains cotton-seed oil, will turn red in the course of half an hour. Animal Charcoal. To detect adul- terations of animal charcoal used in the manufacture of sugar, place a (reigned quantity of the suspected char- coal, previously finely powdered and dried, in a porcelain crucible, and heat until all organic substances have been incinerated. Not more than one-tenth of the weight should be lost by this operation. To determine whether the charcoal has been used before, boil the sample several times with pure water, dry, add a small quantity of potassium hydrate and bring again to the boiling point. After a few minutes, filter. If the filtrate appears colored, the char- coal has already been used, and not thoroughly revivified. Determination of Percentage of Oil in Seeds. The apparatus, Fig. 1, con- sists of the vessel «, the cylindrical vessel b, and a small air pump c on the side of the vessel a. Further, of a small copper still, d (Fig. 2), and a boiler e f, a tinned copper saucer g, and the water-bath h. The lower half of this is perforated, and connected with the still by a rubber hose. A convenient quantity, say 4 oz., of the seed to be tested is ground as fine as possible. One-half of it is placed in the cylindrical vessel b, a diaphragm placed upon it, and on the top of this, *Le second half of the seed, also covered by a diaphragm. A sufficient quan't of bisulphide of carbon, to thorougo Fig. 1. moisten the seed, is then poured ovt it. After a few minutes the vessel a *• emptied by means of the air pump c the oily bisulphide of carbon runs off. 2 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. the vessel is charged anew with bisul- phide, and tiie pumping and charging repeated, until the liquid runs off quite colorless, and leaves no grease stain upon printing paper after evaporation. Four ounces of seed will usually re- quire about 16 ounces of bisulphide of carbon. To separate the bisulphide of carbon from the oil, the still is filled three quarters full with water, heated by a lamp placed under it, and the fluid to be evaporated poured into the saucer. When the bisulphide of carbon has been es-aporated, the still is removed, the saucer placed over the lamp, and re- moved the moment the oil commences to boil. It is then allowed to cool off, and the oil contained in the saucer is weighed. Bv this process it was found that Rape seed . . yielded 40 to 50 per cent Flaxseed . . " 34 " " White poppy seed . . . ii 46 " " Peanuts . . . ii 38 " " Water melon seed . ii 36 " " White mustard 6 1 . . . ii 30 " " Black mustard 6eed . . . " 29 " " Hemp seed " 28 " " Vinegar may be adulterated : a. With Sulphuric Acid. To detect this adulteration mix a small sample with some powdered starch, boil it for half an hour, then allow it to become entirely cold (this is absolutely neces- sary ) ; and add a few drops of iodine solution. The vinegar, in case it is adulterated, will be colored blue. b. With Nitric Acid. Mix a sample with solution of sulphate of indigo. The fluid becomes discolored, or as- sumes a yellowish color, if adulterated. c. Tartaric Acid. A specimen of the vinegar to be tested is evaporated nearly to dryness. The residue is extracted with alcohol, filtered and treated with a solution of potassium chloride. A white .precipitate indicates adulteration. d. Lead is present when a sample of vinegar is evaporated to one quarter of its volume, and this, being treated with sul- phuric acid, yields a white precipitate. Saffron . Concentrated sulphuric aci4 is the surest means of testing saffron. The stigmas of the genuine article will immediately assume an indigo color, which t c/iges quickly into dark red and brown, while the leaves of crocus vermis, the most, common adukemtion of saffron, are colored dark green. Asphaltum. To detect adulterations, dissolve a sample in bisulphide of car- bon, filter, evaporate to dryness, and heat until it can be rubbed to a fine powder in a mortar. One part by weight of this is gently digested with 50 parts o f sulphuric acid for twenty- four K-.J-S, and then gradually with 100 pa.m of water, and allowed to cool thoroughly. This mixture is fil- tered and diluted with 1,000 parts of water. The unadulterated asphaltum gives a colorless or pale-yellow fluid, while, if pitch, coal-tar, etc., are pres- ent, it is dark brown or black. Simple Process of Distinguishing Genuine Gilding and Silvering from Imitations, a. Gilding. Diluted so- lution of chloride of copper produces a black discoloration on imitation gild- ing, but has no effect whatever upon the genuine, b. Silvering. A mixture of equal parts of bi-chromate of potas- sium and nitric acid produces a red coloration on genuine silvering, while it nas no effect upon the imitation. 31 ilk. Besides the common method of diluting milk with water, another species of adulteration has recently been detected. It is now frequently sophisticated with dextrine. This fraud can easily be detected by means of a solution of iodine ; if the specimen contains the smallest quantity of dex- trine, it will acquire a red color. Adulteration of Wax with Tallow. W«' floats in alcohol of 29°. By ob- se— -w- the strength of the alcohol in \\ un « me sample floats, the percentage of wax mav be deduced as follows : If the alcoholometer shows : 29° 39.63° 50.25° GO. 87° 71.50° The wax contains wax : 100 per cent. 75 " " 50 " " 25 " " " " ADULTERATIONS, IMITATIONS, ETC. To lest Dyes for Adulteration. Red dyes must neither color soap solution nor limewater, nor must they them- selves become yellow or brown after boiling. This test shows the presence or absence of Brazil-wood, archil, saf- flower, Banders-wood or the aniline colors. Yellow dyes must stand being boiled with alcohol, water and lime water. The most stable yellow is madder yellow; the least stable are anotto and turmeric, while fustic is rather better. Blue dyes must not color alcohol red, nor must they de- compose on boiling with hydrochloric acid. The best purple colors are com- posed of indigo and cochineal or pur- purin. The test for blue applies also to them. Orange dyes must not color water, boiling water, alcohol, nor hy- drochloric acid green. Brown dyes must not lose their color on standing with alcohol, or on boiling with water. If black colors have a basis of indigo, they turn green or blue on boiling with sodium carbonate ; if the dye be pure gallnuts, it turns brown. If the material changes to red, on boiling with hydrochloric acid, the coloring substance is logwood without a basis of indigo, and is not durable. If it changes to blue, indigo is present. To Detect Alum in Red Wine. Boil a sample of the wine for a few minutes. Pure wine remains unchanged, while the adulterated article becomes turbid. Simple Method for Distinguishing Genuine Butter from Artificial. Heat the suspected butter in a crucible or test-tube, to about 300° to 320° F. At this temperature artificial butter froths but little, and the mass exhibits irregu- lar movements resembling those of boil- ing, accompanied by sudden, forcible shocks which frequently throw a part of the fat from the crucible. Casein at the same time is separated and forms on the edge of the crucible in small balls, which assume a brown tint, while the fat retains its original color. Genu- ine butter, under these circumstances, foams copiously, the agitation occa- sioned by boiling is not nearly so forci- ble, and the entire mass assumes a uni- form brown color. W. G. Crock melts and filters the suspected butter. He then takes 10 grains of this, heats it in a test-glass, 150.8 F., then adds 30 minims of phe- nole, shakes the mixture and heats it in a water hath until the fluid becomes transparent. The test-glass is then al- lowed to stand quietly for some time. Genuine butter will give a clear solu- tion, but suet, tallow or lard forms two separate layers of fluid, the upper of which becomes turbid on cooling. Alloys. Alloys for Tea Pots. 88.55 parts oj tin, 9.53 of antimony, 9.94 of zinc, 0.88 of copper. Oroide. This alloy, resembling g< > 1 1 1 (specific gravity 8.79), consists of 68.21 parts of copper, 13.52 of zinc, 0.48 of tin and 0.24 of iron. Britannia Metal. Roller prepares this as follows : 85.72 parts of tin, 10.34 of antimony, 2.91 of zinc, 0.78 of copper. Alloys for Taking Impressions of Coins, Medals, Wood Cuts, etc. Melt at as moderate a heat as possible, 4 parts of bismuth, 2i of lead, 2 of tin and 1 of worn-out metal types. Chrysorine. This alloy, in color, closely resembles 18 to 20 carat gold. It has a beautiful lustre and does not tarnish when exposed to the air. It consists of 100 parts of copper and 50 of zinc. It is used, like Prince's metal, for watch cases and parts of the works. Prince's metal consists of 6 parts of copper and 1 of tin, and resembles gold in color. Pinchbeck. This alloy, resembling gold in color, derives its name from the English town Pinchbeck, where it was first manufactured, and consists of 90 parts of copper and 30 of zinc. Robertson's Alloy for Filling Teeth. 1 part of gold, 3 of silver and 2 of tin. First melt the gold and silver in a cru- cible, and at the moment of fusion add the tin. The alloy, when cold, may be finely pulverized. Equal quantities of the powder and mercury are kneaded together in the palm of the hand to form a paste for filling teeth. Aluminium ■ Alloys. Aluminium forms alloys with many metals. Those with copper, silver and tin are to some extent employed for technical purposes, the most important being those "vr'.'i TKCHNO-CftEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. copper, with which aluminium can easily be alloyed. Lange cv. Sons have obtained a patent in the United States for an alloy consisting of 95 parts of aluminium and 5 of copper, which is malleable, and used forelock springs. Ten parts of aluminium and 90 of copper give a hard alloy, but nevertheless ductile. It takes a high polish, resem- bles gold and is but little attacked by ammonium hydrosulphide. A I kiii i iiium Bronzes contain from 6 to 10 per cent, of aluminium. They .are prepared by fusing chemically pure copper with aluminium. Aluminium bronze, consisting of 90 parts of copper and 10 of aluminium, is used more than any other composition. It gives sharp castings, is more easily worked than steel, may be engraved, rolled in sheets, and when exposed to the air suffers less change than brass, silver, cast- iron or steel. It is serviceable for orna- mental articles, household utensils, parts of geodetical and astronomical instruments, pivots, gun and cannon barrels. Aluminium bronze can only be soldered with an aluminium alloy. A hi in in in in A lloyfor /Soldering A lu- minium. I. Melt 20 parts of alumin- ium in a crucible. Then add gradu- ally 80 part of zinc, and when this is melted some fat. Stir the mass with an iron rod and pour into moulds. II. Take 15 parts of aluminium and $5 of zinc. III. Or, 12 parts of aluminium and •8S of zinc. IV. Or, 8 parts of aluminium and £2 of zinc. All these alloys are \ire- pared as indicated above. The flux consists of a mixture of 3 parts of copaiba balsam, 1 of Venetian turpentine and a few drops of lemon mice. The soldering iron is dipped into this mixture. Si I re r and Aluminium are very easily alloyed. The alloys are harder than aluminium, but more easily worked. An alloy of 3 parts of silver and 97 of aluminium has a beautiful color, and is not affected by ammonium hydro- sulphide. Equal parts by weight of silver and aluminium give an alloy as hard as bronze. \n alloy of 5 parts of silver and 100 of aluminium can be worked like pure aluminium. It is harder than the lat- ter, and takes a very high polish. An alloy with one-tenth per cent, of gold is as ductile as pure aluminium, but harder, although not as hard aa that with 5 parts of silver. An alloy of 95 per cent, of aluminium and 5 of silver is white, elastic and hard. It is used for blades of dessert and fruit knives. Gold and Aluminium. 99 parts of gold and 1 of aluminium give a very hard but not ductile alloy, possessing the color of green gold. An alloy of 90 parts of gold and 10 of aluminium is white, crystalline and brittle. . Ninety-five parts of gold and 5 of alu- minium give an alloy as brittle as glass. An alloy, the color of which re- sembles gold so closely as to defy de- tection, is obtained by fusing together 90 to 100 parts of copper, 5 to 7_ L of aluminium, and 2h of gold. The re- sulting alloy is used for jewelry as a substitute for gold. Zinc and Aluminium. These alloys are very hard and take a beautiful polish. 3 parts of zinc and 97 of alu- minium give an alloy as white as the pure metal, very ductile and harder than aluminium. It is the best of all alloys of zinc with aluminium. An alloy of 30 parts of aluminium and 70 of zinc is white, very brittle and crystalline. Tin and aluminium give brittle al- loys when they contain little tin and much aluminium, but those with a small quantity of the latter are very ductile, and may be used as substitutes for tin. They are harder and morb elastic. An alloy of 3 parts of. aluminium and 100 of tin is hard, and but little affected by acids. Five parts of aluminium and 95 to 100 of tin give a useful alloy. With bismuth and platinum alu- minium gives very brittle alloys. Lead and aluminium do not alloy. With iron aluminium alloys so easily that the iron rods used in preparing aluminium become coated with a lus- trous covering, giving them the ap- pearance of being tinned. ALLOYS. According to Tissier, a slight per- centage of iron exerts an injurious in- fluence upon aluminium. He claims that 5 per cent, makes the aluminium hard and biittle, and so refractory that the pure metal can be fused upon the alloy. Debray, on the other hand, asserts that 7 to 9 per cent, of iron pro- duces no perceptible change in the properties of aluminium. Iron can be easily separated from aluminium by fusing the alloy with saltpetre, which oxidizes the iron. Roger claims that the presence of aluminium in steel makes it very hard, and gives to it the properties of " wootz," or Indian steel. When steel contains but 0.008 per cent, of aluminium, the articles manufactured from it, when etched with sulphuric acid, will show wavy lines like Da- mascus steel. America it Sleigh Bells. These bells, excelling in beauty, fine tone and small specific weight, are manufactured by fusing together 10 parts of nickel and til) parts of copper. When this alloy has become cold, add 10 parts of zinc and two-fifths parts of aluminium, fuse the mass and allow it to cool; then remelt it with the addition of two- fifths parts of mercury and 60 parts of melted copper. Platinum Bronze. By alloying nickel with a small quantity of platinum, it loses its slight tendency to oxidation, and is not affected by acetic acid. To prepare the alloy, the nickel is fused with the platinum and definite quan- tities of tin, without the aid of a flux- ing agent. The following alloys may be used: Parts. Plati- Sil- Nickel. num. Tin. ver. For knives and forks . 100 1 10 " bells 100 1 20 2 " fancy articles . . 100 \ 15 ;t telescopes ami ope- ra glasses . . . 100 20 20 The following alloy will not oxidize : 120 parts of brass, 60 of nickel, 5 to 10 of platinum. White Metal. Fuse together 750 parts of copper, 140 of nickel, 20 of black cobaltic oxide, 18 of tin, 72 of sine. Alloys Resembling Silver. I. 25 pel cent, of manganese, 55 of copper, and 20 of zinc. II. 5 per cent, of manganese, 10 of nickel, 45 of copper, and 40 of zinc. III. 5 per cent, of iron, 20 of man- ganese, 6.5 of nickel, and 57 of copper. New Nickel A Hoy. Fuse together in a reverberatory furnace 20 cwt. of finely powdered nickel sesquioxide and 1 to 2 cwt. of copper with 2 cwt. of fluor- spar, or 1 cwt. of cryolite and 2 cwt. of anthracite coal. Purify the result- ing alloy in any known manner. A nickel allot/ in great demand for technical purposes has been prepared by Christofle and Bouilhet. It consists of 50 per cent, of nickel and 50 of copper, can be easily remelted, and is especially adapted for the manufacture of argetan (German silver). An alloy with 15 per cent, of nickel is remark- able for its ductility, homogeneity and white color. It can be rolled out into sheets about one-twentieth millimetre (0.019 inch) thick, and drawn out into wire of any desired diameter. It is used for ornaments of every kind. Lutecine, or Paris Metal. Eight hundred parts of copper, 160 of nickel, 20 of tin, 10 of cobalt, 5 of iron, and 5 of zinc. A new anel very Fusible Alloy. Fuse a mixture of 79 per cent, of cast-iron, 19.50 of tin, and 1.50 of lead. This alloy has a beautiful appearance, fills the mould completely, and is therefore well adapted for casting small articles. It is malleable to a certain extent. Wood's metal, fusing below 158° F., consists of: Parts. Bismuth Lead . . Tin . . Cadmium According to Lipovntz, an alloy con- sisting of 3 parts of cadmium, 4 of tin, 8 of iead, and 15 of bismuth, becomes soft between 122° and 140° F., and en- tirely liquid at 140° F. ; while Wood found that the mixture most easily fusible became sufficiently liquid for casting purposes at 159.8° F. and con> gealed at 150° F., and therefore he fixe*! I. II. in. IV. 49.87 49.89 49.81 49.72 26.81 26.73 26.80 26.90 13.25 13.36 13.53 13.41 10.13 9.93 9.69 10.10 6 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. its melting point as between 150° and 159.8° F. The following proportions give the lowest melting points in both cases, 150° F. or very close to it : Parts. Cadmium 1 3 Tin 1 4 Lead ... 2 8 Bismuth 4 15 Type Metal. The following are some of the principal alloys made for this purpose : Parts. >> E Type Metal. o t.' _: «j — ■^ c a. c x OS = >3 i of zinc, V2h of tin. Bronze for Hard Castings. Twenty- five parts of copper, 2 of zinc, 4A of tin. Bronze. Seven parts of copper, 3 of zinc, and 2 of tin ; or, 1 part of copper, 12 of zinc, and 8 of tin. Coin Metal. Six parts of copper and 4 of tin. This alloy can be rolled, and is treated warm. Metal for Gongs and Bells. One hundred jjarts of copper with about 25 of tin. To give this alloy a very clear tone, the castings are heated, and then dipped in cold water. Another Receipt. A composition of 78 parts of copper and 22 of tin gives very satisfactory results, and can be rolled. Bell Metal (Best Quality). Seventy- one parts of copper, 26 of tin, 2 of zinc, and 1 of iron. For Large Bells. One hundred parts of copper and 20 to 25 of tin. For Small Bells. Three parts of copper and 1 of tin. Bronze for Cocks. Twenty parts of copper, 8 of lead, 8 of litharge, 13 of an- timony. Statuary Bronze. 91.4 parts of cop- per, 5.53 of zinc, 1.7 of tin, 1.37 of lead; or, 80 parts of copper and 20 of tin. Bronze, for 3Iedals. Fifty parts of copper and 4 of tin. Bronze for Rivets. Sixty-four parts of copper and 1 of tin. Bronze for Ornaments. Eighty-two parts of copper, 3 of tin, 18 of zinc, 2 of- lead ; or, 83 parts of copper, 17 of zinc, 1 of tin, and J of lead. New Alloy Resembling Gold. (Pat- ented by Meiffren of Marseilles.) Eight hundred parts of copper, 25 of plati- num, and 20 of tungstic acid are melted together with a flux in a crucible. Tke mass, when melted, is granulated by pouring it into alkaline water. The alloy is then melted with 170 parts of gold. To Prepare an Alloy Resembling Silver. Sixty-five parts of iron are melted with 4 of tungstic acid, and granulated ; and also 23 parts of nickel, 5 of aluminium, and 5 of copper. To avoid oxidation, a piece of sodium is placed in the crucible. The granulated metals are then melted together. This alloy resists the action of hydrogen sulphide. Alloy for Imitation Gold and Silver Wires. In place of copper, generally used, Helouis of Paris employs argen- tan, composed as follows : 70 per cent. of copper, 15 of nickel, and 15 of zinc. From this alloy he has drawn wire as tine as 0.01 inch in diameter. Minargent. This new alloy contains 100 parts of copper, 70 of nickel, o of tungsten, and 1 of aluminium. Composition of some Alloys. Ordinary sheet brass and wire. No. 1 . J 70 Ordinary sheet brass | . and wire, No. 'i . , 64.8 Brass of si light yel- ; low color . . 66.6 Tombac .... 83.4 Red brass Bell metal . . . Gun metal and med- al bronze . . . Alloy for journal boxes, soft . . . Alloy for journal boxes, hard . . Alloy for valves and piston rings . . Alloy for chilled work No. 1 . . Alloy for chilled work No. 2 . . Alloy for chilled work No. 3 . . Alloy for chilled work white, and brittle . . . . Alloy for gongs . . Statuary metal . . ii 1 10 33.3 60 5.5: 14.5 2 80 13.3 73 3 so 20 91.4 1.7 N — - OS 30 32.8 2 33.3 ,166 9 20 2 1.25 85 80 5.33 1.37 44.4 L0 18 13.4 ARTIFICIAL GEMS. 9 Artificial Gems, Pearls, and Turkish Beads. The art of imitating gems consists simply in the production of a glass possessing greater hardness and density than the ordinary product, and colored to simulate the precious stones. These properties are imparted to the iiux, partly by special treatment, partly by admixtures, but principally by the purity of the substances used. Besides the essential components, lead oxide, minium, etc., are added to the fluxes. These impart greater density to the glass, more lustre and specific gravity. But too much lead oxide must be avoided, as it disintegrates the surface and spoils the lustre. A great degree of hardness can be obtained by using large proportions of silica, but the flux becomes refractory, to prevent which borax is added. The following requisites will be neces- sary for mixing a good flux : 1. Pure silica. It is best to use for this finely- powdered rock crystal. 2. Pure potash or soda. 3. Borax. 4. Lead oxide, carbonate, or minium. 5. A little saltpetre, partly to promote the fusion, but especially to destroy by oxida- tion any carbonaceous impurities which might injure the color. 6. A metallic oxide to give color to the flux ; but of this usually very little must be taken. It is best to fuse the mass in a new Hessian crucible. It is filled about half full with the flux, which has been finely powdered and sifted through a fine sieve, and is then covered with a clay plate. The glass-melting furnace manufac- tured by Th. Jesem, of Berlin, is de- cidedly the best to use. It has been introduced almost everywhere, as it excels in suitability of construction and cheapness. Fig. 3 represents a cross- section of this furnace, a is the gas- conducting pipe from which the pipes b b branch off. The upper end of the pipes b is bent inward. The gas flame is under the fire-brick furnace k, the thick walls of which form the hearth. The bottom is provided with an opening through which the gases enter into the crucible h, placed exactly over it, in order to circulate around ihe actual crucible / containing the flux, and resting upon a support of fire-clay e, and the movable rod c. The gases, after playing around /, pass out through a hole in the cover Fig. 3. of the crucible h and then around and down the walls of h towards the escape pipe. The cover i moves on a hinge joint. Schrader, who made these combina- tions a special study for many years, uses the following mixture for fluxes. Powder and mix : Rock crystal 29.23 parts. Dry sodium carbonate .... 14.61 " Calcined borax 10.96 " Minium 7.20 " Saltpetre 1.21 to 3.65 " The mixture is fused in the manner indicated above. A harder flux is obtained by mixing the following proportions : Rock crystal 43.84 parts Powdered dry sodium carbonate . 14.61 " Calcined and powdered borax . 10.96 " Minium . . . .• 7.20 " Saltpetre 1.21 " 10 TECIINO-CHEMICAL KECEIPT BOOK. Pure flint finely powdered may be used instead of rock crystal, or white powdered glass, but in the latter case some white arsenic must be added to obtain the frit entirely colorless. A flux so hard that it will emit sparks when struck with a steel can be pre- pared from the following substances : Powdered glass 29.23 parts. Rock crystal 10.96 " Minium 10.96 " Calcined borax 7.20 " Saltpetre 2.43 " Arsenic 0.00 " Donault- Wieland recommends the following proportions : Parts. I. II. III. IV. Rock crystal . . . 300 300 HiO Minium 470 462 loo Potash purified with alcohol 163 163 96 Borax 22 18 27 66 Arsenious acid . . . 1 % 1 5 Very white sand . . 300 Very pure white lead . 514 Saltpetre 22 These fluxes furnish the "strass" which is the basis for the manufacture of artificial gems. Ruby. The following mixtures, ac- cording to Schroder, are the best for manufacturing imitations of this beau- tiful gem. Powder and mix : Parts. I. II. Rock crystal 29.23 29.23 Dry sodium carbonate . . . 14.61 14.61 Calcined borax 10.96 4.84 Saltpetre 5.47 2.43 Purple of Cassius .... 3.65 0.91 Antimony trisulphide . . . 0.48 Manganese peroxide . . . 0.48 Minium 10.96 Sal ammoniac 3.65 D. C. Splittgerber gives the following receipt for a beautiful ruby glass : Fine white quartz sand .... 1650.0 parts. Dry white soda 966.6 " Chalk, marble, or calcium car- bonate 433.3 " White arsenic 133 3 " Minium 150.0 " Antimony bisulphide .... 133.3 " Mix the sand intimately with a solu- tion of a ducat (about two dollars gold value) and then add the other ingre- dients. Expose the mixture for thirty hours to a white heat i« a plate-glass furnace. When poured out and cold it is entirely colorless and transparent, and only assumes a beautiful ruby coloi after heating to a moderate red heat. 932° F. If exposed to a very stn n_ heat it acquires a liver color. Glass prepared with purple of Cassius has a more violet shade of color. Sapphire. Powder and mix : I. Rock crystal 43.84 Sodium carbonate .... 21.92 Calcined borax 7.20 Minium 7.20 Saltpetre 3.65 Cobalt carbonate 0.06 Copper carbonate II. 29. -.'a 14.61 10.96 5.47 1.82 1.82 Emerald. This is prepared with copper and iron. Powder and mix : Rock crystal 43.84 parts. Dry sodium carbonate .... 21.92 " Calcined borax ....... 7.20 " Minium 7.20 " Saltpetre 3.65 " Red ferric oxide 1.21 " Green copper carbonate .... 0.60 " A beautiful green is obtained by using the following ingredients. Pow- der and mix* Rock crystal . 43.84 parts. Dry sodium carbonate .... 14.61 " Calcined borax 7.20 " Minium 7.20 " Saltpetre 2.43 " Cobalt carbonate 0.09 " Chrome green 0.30 " Uranic oxide, which, as a general rule, gives yellow colors shading only slightly into green, furnishes an emer- ald green when used in the following proportions. Powder and mix : Rock crystal 36.43 parts Dry sodium carbonate .... 10.96 " Minium 7.20 " Saltpetre 3.65 " Uranic oxide 2.43 " Green copper carbonate . . . 0.18 " Stannic oxide 0.18 " Calcined bones 0.18 " Chrysoprase. The following mixture is decidedly, the best for imitating the transparent, apple-green color of i;his stone. Powder and mix : ARTIFICIAL GEMS. 11 Bock crystal 43.84 parts. Dry sodium carbonate .... 14.61 " Calcined borax 10.96 *' Minium 7.20 " Saltpetre 1.21 " Calcined bones 7.20 " Copper carbonate 0.12 " Ferric oxide 0.24 " Chrome green 0.36 " This mixture gives the dark chryso- prase. A lighter shade is obtained by taking one-quarter of the three metallic oxides, but retaining the same proportions of the other ingredients. Several differ- ent shades can be produced by varying the proportions of the three metallic oxides. Opal. Powder and mix Bock crystal Sodium carbonate Calcined borax . Minium . . . Saltpetre . . . Purple of Cassius Calcined bones . Silver chloride . 32.29 parts. 10.96 " 7.20 " 5.47 •' 0.91 " 0.06 " 0.09 " 0.12 " Beryl, or Aqua Marine. Powder and mix : Rock crystal 43.84 parts. Sodium carbonate 14.61 " Calcined borax 10.96 " Minium 7.20 " Saltpetre 3.65 " Ferric oxide 0.36 " Copper carbonate 0.12 " Instead of the last two ingredients the following may be used : Ferric oxide 0.24 parts. Cobalt carbonate 0.01 " Hyacinth. Antimony trioxide and antimony trisulphide have been recom- mended for this. By adding to this mixture manganese, or manganese with some iron, Garnet is obtained as follows : Pow- der and mix : Rock crystal ' 32.29 parts. Sodium carbonate 10.96 " Calcined borax 7.93 " Minium 5.47 " Saltpetre 2.43 " Pyrolusite 0.30 " Ferric oxide 0.1£ " If a brighter color is desired add 0.06 parts of purple of Cassius to the mix- ture. Tourmaline of a reddish •brown- Color is obtained by using nickel. Powder and mix : Rock crystal 29.23 parts Sodium carbonate 14.61 " Calcined borax 10.96 " Minium . . ■. 5.47 " Saltpetre 5.47 " Nickel sesquioxide 0.48 " Tourmaline of a greenish-blue Color. This is obtained by powdering and mixing : Glass 58.44 parts. Rock crystal 21.92 " Minium" 21.92 " Calcined borax 14.61 " Saltpetre 2.43 " Cobalt carbonate 0.09 " Topaz and Chrysolite may accident- ally be obtained if iron should be present in the mixture. They may also be produced by using 0.30 parts of yel- low uranic oxide in the above mixture, instead of cobaltic oxide. Chrysolite. A good dark chrysolite is obtained by powdering and mixing : Rock crystal 21.92 parts Sodium carbonate 7.20 " Calcined borax 5.47 '• Minium 3.65 " Saltpetre 0.60 " Pyrolusite 0.12 " Amethyst is prepared by using radi- ated pyrolusite, but not more than 0.06 parts of it must be taken for a frit pro- ducing about 30 parts of flux. Pow- dered glass in the proportion of 30 parts, 3.65 of saltpetre, and some borax and minium gives also a good imitation of the amethyst. Lapis Lazuli. This is produced by using a cobalt flux, to which is added some admixture which will dim the mass. Powder and mix : Rock crystal 21.92 parts, Sodium carbonate 7.20 " Calcined borax 5.47 " Minium 3.65 " Saltpetre 1.00 " Calcined bones 3.65 " Cobaltic oxide 0.12 " Agate can be imitated by allowing fragments of different fluxes to run to- gether, stirring the mass in the mean* while. J 2 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Schroder has obtained several varie- ties of agate by mixing about 1.82 parts of ferric oxide with 43.84 of flux. K. Wagner suggests the following method of producing artificial gems : 2 parts of pure silica (rock crystal), 1 of calcined soda, J of anhydrous borax, •fa of lead oxide (massicot), are rubbed together as intimately as possible, and heated in a crucible for one hour with- out allowing the mass to become liquid. It is then brought into fusion and kept so for one hour, when it is allowed to congeal. It is then moder- ately heated for 24 hours, and the re- sulting flux taken from the crucible, cut and ground. This forms the base for the flux of the artificial gems. The following minerals are added as coloring sub- stances : Blue: Cobaltic oxide. Yellow: Antimony pentoxide. Green : Cupric oxide. Red : Purple of Cassius. Violet : Black oxide of manganese. Artificial Pearls. Geissler's Process. The principal constituents of these pearls are hollow glass beads, silver from the scales of Cyprinus atbuonus (a species of carp), fish glue, isinglass, and wax. The so-called silver. is first obtained from the scales of the fish, cleansed, mixed with the dissolved isinglass, and blown into the hollow beads by means of a special apparatus. While doing this the beads must be constantly revolved in order that the color may be uniformly deposited on the Sides. They are then allowed to lie quietly for a few days to allow the color to become dry and hard. Filling the beads with wax gives them a more beautiful and pellucid lustre and greater durability. The manufacture ®f artificial pearls is tedious, as every pearl must be handled five or six times, but as the work can be done by girls and children, it is possible to produce them at astonishing low prices. Turkish Beads. Dissolve 4 parts of catechu in 16 of rose water. Strain and reduce the solution "by boiling to 6 parts. Then add to it: 1 part of pow- dered Florentine orris root, 20 of musk, 20 drops of oil of bergamot or lavender, and i part of swelled isinglass, and knead the whole to a paste. Form of this, first, round sticks, and then small balls, either in the hollow of the hand or by a special machine. Pierce the balls with a needle dipped in oil of almonds or of jasmine. Then pour oil of almonds or of jasmine over them and allow them to dry. Different colors and perfumes can be given to them by adding coloring substances and sweet smelling oils. Bitters, Cordials, Elixirs, Li quetjks, Ratafias and Essences; Extracts, Tinctures and Wa- ters USED IN THEIR MANUFAC- TURE, AND THE MANNER OF COLOR- ING THEM. Most of the bitters, cordials, liqueurs, etc., are produced in the cold way, either by mixing a solution of oil in alcohol with a warm solution of sugar in water, or by adding to this solution tinctures or essences, and diluting the mixture with the quantity of watei required. As every cordial or liqueur appears turbid after mixing it, clarifi- cation becomes necessary. For ordinary qualities a solution of one-half ounce of alum in a pint of water for every 20 gallons of cordial can be recommended, and if this has not the desired effect, a solution of one ounce of soda in a pint of water may be added to the same quantity of cordial. But for the finer brands it is better to use a solution of 4 ounces of isinglass to a pint of water. Mode of Coloring Cordials, Liqueurs, etc. Cordials and liqueurs should be colored after they have been filtered. A large number of cordials are not colored, especially anisette, bergamot, calamus, cardamon, caraway, fennel and maraschino. Coffee, chocolate, curacoa, nut, and most bitters are colored brown. Barbadoes and orange blossoms cordials, dark yellow or orange. Anise, lemon, orange and peach, pale yellow. The cordials prepared from fresh herbs, green. Cherry, gold water, raspberry, straw- berry, rose and nutmeg, red. We have added the color required to most of our receipts. I. Coloring substances. Blue. Dissolve i ounce of finely powdered BITTERS, CORDrALS, ESSENCES, ETC. 13 mdigo in 2 ounces of sulphuric acid, and add 6 ounces of water to the solu- tion. Green. I. Boil 2 parts of liquid wash blue, 1 of powdered turmeric; add some alum to the mixture and filter it. II. To obtain a fine green, mix the tinctures of yellow and blue as given under their respective headings. Purple. Boil archil in water, and add some alum. ■ Red. I. Crush i ounce of cochineal and 15 grains of alum ; pour over the powder 8 ounces of boiling water and filter the fluid. The color is made darker or lighter according to the quantity of cochineal used. II. Macerate 1 lb. of bilberries in 2 quarts of alcohol for 2 days, press the mass through a linen cloth and filter the fluid. III. Macerate 3 ounces of finely powdered cochineal in 3 pints of alcohol for 2 days, then add + ounce of pow- dered alum, and filter the fluid. Yellow. I. Macerate 1 ounce of genu- ine saffron in 3 pints of alcohol, and then filter the fluid. II. Take a quantity of marigolds according to the shade of color to be produced, steep them in alcohol, and filter the fluid, when it has assumed the desired shade of color. II. Essences, Extracts, Tinct- ures and Waters. Absinthe Tinct- ure. Dissolve 2 fluid drachms of oil of wormwood, \\ fluid drachms of oil of badian seed, \\ fluid drachms each of oil of anise seed, oil of fennel and oil of coriander seed ; j fluid drachm each oil of Crete marjoram (origan) and of oil of angelica, and 20 drops of oil of cardamon, 2 gallons of rectified spirits of 90 per cent. Tr. ; dilute the solution with '2h quarts of water, and color it green. Ambergris Essence. Pour 12 fluid ounces of spirit of wine of 90 per cent. Tr. over 1 ounce of coarsely powdered ambergris, and let it stand for a few days. Then draw oft' the liquid, extract the residue with spirit of wine, filter the extract, and add it to the other portion. Angelica Essence. Mix by shaking £ fluid ounce of pure angelica oil with I quart of alcohol of 90 per cent. Tr. Anise-seed Essence, Distil 1 pound of crushed anise seed, lh gallon* of strong rectified spirit, and i pint of water. Add to this $ fluid ounce of anise seed oil and £ gallon of rectified spirit, and clarify the mixture with 1 ounce of alum. Anise-seed Extract. Dissolve by shaking 40 drops of anise seed oil, 4 drops of fennel oil, and 2 drops of coriander seed oil in 3 pints of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. Anise-seed Tincture. Dissolve 2 fluid drachms of anise seed oil and 1A fluid drachms of badian seed oil in 2 gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. ; dilute the solution with i gallon of water, and color it green, as above. Aromatic Tincture. Comminute 6 ounces of zedvary, 4 ounces each of calamus root, galanga and angelica root, 2t ounces of bay leaves, 2 ounces each of cloves, cinnamon blossoms and scraped orange peel, 3 ounces of Roman camomile, i ounce of ginger, and i ounce of mace. Pour Ij gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. over the ingredients, and let them macerate for 8 days, then filter, and add 40 drops of oil of peppermint and 2£ quarts of water. Barbadoes Essence. Mix 25 drops of oil of lemon, 25 of oil of bergamot, 6 each of oil of cinnamon, oil of cloves and oil of nutmeg, with 1 gallon of rec- tified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr., shake the mixture thoroughly, and filter it. Bergamot Essence. Dissolve I fluid ounce of oil of bergamot in J gallon of spirit of wine of 90 per cent. Tr. Bitter Almond Essence. Crush 9 ounces of bitter almonds, place them into a still with 2J gallons of water, let them macerate for 12 hours; then add 2| gallons of spirit of wine of 90 per cent. Tr., and distil off a distillate 75 per cent, strong. Or, Pour 3i quarts of strong rye whiskey over 1 pound of crushed apri- cot kernels, 4 ounces of cherry kernels, 1 fluid drachm of cloves, and i fluid drachm of mace, and distil off 3 quarts of essence of bitter almonds, or kernel extract. Or, Dissolve 1 fluid drachm of oil of bitter almonds in 3 quarts of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr., and store the fluid for some time before using it, I) TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Bitter Essence [single^. Macerate i ounce of dried orange peel, \ ounce of calamus root cut in small pieces in li quarts of spirit of wine of 90 per eini. Tr. Let the mass stand for 2 days and then filter it Bitter Essence {Double). Comminute 2i ounces of leaves of common buck bean, li ounces each of germander water, dried orange peel, and leaves of wormwood, and i ounce each of cinna- mon and gentian root. Pour 11 gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. over the ingredients and let them digest for 2 days, when the fluid is drawn off and filtered. Bitter Extract for Grilnewald Bitters. Comminute 2 ounces of orange peel, i ounce each of gentian root, leaves of common buck bean, and galanga, i ounce of leaves of blessed thistle, and 1 drachm of leaves of wormwood. Put the ingredients in a suitable flask, pour li gallons of spirit of wine 90 per cent, strong over them, place them in a warm place and let them digest. Then draw off the fluid, press out the residue, add the extract to the first fluid, and filter it through porous paper. Calamus Tincture. Dissolve 1 fluid ounce of oil of calamus in 2 quarts of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. Or, Comminute 15 ounces of calamus root and 1 ounce of angelica root. Pour 5 gallons of whiskey, 45 per cent, strong, over the roots, let them macerate for 2 days, and then distil off* 3 gallons of essence 75 per cent, strong. Caraway Essence {Cumin Essence). Pour 5 gallons of spirits of wine, 50 per cent, strong, over : Crushed caraway seed 2 lbs. Crushed anise seed 1 oz. Crushed fennel seed 1 oz. Orris root cut in pieces ...... 11^ oz. Powdered cinnamon % oz. Let the mass digest for 24 hours, and then distil off a distillate 85 per cent, strong. Cardamon Extract. Peel and com- minute 4i ounces of cardamons, pour 2£ pints of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. over them, add and mix thoroughly with it li fluid drachms of oil of carda- mon, and let the entire mass digest for 2 days, when the fluid is drawn off and filtered. Or, Mix li fluid drachms of oil of caraamon witti li quarts of rectineo spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. and filter the fluid through porous paper. Cherry Extract. Press out the flesh of ripe cherries, let the mass stain i quietly in a moderately warm room until the pure juice has separated from the pulp. Then place the mass in a bag, press the juice out, let it stand lor a few hours longer, and add an equal quantity of rectified spirit of 90 pel cent. Tr. Cherry Water. Distil 5i pounds ol crushed cherry stones with Ti gallons of water, add 4i to 5 gallons of cherries, and distil off 3 to 4i gallons of cherry water. Chocolate Essence. Pour 2i quarts of spirit of wine over 12S ounces of roasted and ground cocoa beans, i ounce of powdered cinnamon, and i ounce of powdered cloves; let the ingredients digest and filter the fluid. Cinnamon Essence. Dissolve £ fluid ounce of oil of cinnamon in li quarts of rectified spirit of 85 per cent. Tr., and filter the solution. Clove, Essence. Comminute 9 ounces of cloves, pour li quarts of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. over them, let them digest for a few days, and then filter the fluid. Coffee Essence. Pour li quarts of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. over 5i ounces of finely-roasted and ground coffee, let it digest for some time, draw off the fluid and filter it. Cognac Essence. Dissolve 3i fluid ounces of sulphuric ether in i gallon of alcohol of 90 per cent. Tr. English Bitters Essence. Comminute I ounce each of leaves of wormwood, leaves of centaury, and leaves of blessed thistle ; i ounce each of gentian root, china root, and orange peel ; i ounce of orris root, and 1 ounce of grains of Par- adise. Pour li quarts of rectified spirit of 90 per aent. Tr. over these in- gredients, let them digest for some time, then pour the fluid oft' and filter it. Fennel Essence. Dissolve 1 fluid drachm of oil of fennel, i drachm each of anise seed oil and oil of lemon, and 10 drops of cumin oil in li quarts of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. Gold Water Essence. Dissolve 4 fluid drachms of oil of lemon, 2 fluid drachms of oil of orange, 1 fluid drachm BITTERS, CORDIALS ESSENCES, ETC 15 ^h ti or rose oil, oil of nutmeg, and oil i f cinnamon, k thud drachm each of oil of calamus, oil of lavender, and oil of juniper, and J fluid drachm of oil of cloves in J gallon of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr., and filter the solution. Herb Cordial Essence. Comminute j ounce each of orange peel and lemon peel, i ounce of calamus root, ± ounce each of juniper berries, ginger, orris root, angelica root, and coriander seed, and 1 ounce each of galanga, leaves of marjoram, and leaves of rosemary. Pour 1 gallon of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. over these ingredients, let them digest for some time, then press out the fluid and filter it. Juniper Berry Essence. Dissolve 1 to \\ fluid ounces of oil of juniper in li quarts of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. and filter the solution. Or, Distil li pounds of crushed juni- per berries, 1£ ounces of bruised anise seed, and 3 ounces of powdered cinna- mon, with whiskey sufficient to give a distillate of 3 gallons 75 per cent. strong. Lavender Essence. Dissolve i fluid ounce of oil of lavender in 3i quarts of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr., and filter the solution. Lemon Essence. Dissolve 2 fluid drachms of oil of lemon in 1£ quarts of rectified spirit of So per cent. Tr., and shake the solution thoroughly. Mace Extract. Pour 3V quarts of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. over 2 ounces of mace, let it digest for a few days, and then filter the fluid. Marjoram Essence. Dissolve i ounce of oil of marjoram in 3 J quarts of recti- fied spirit of 90 per cent. Tr., and filter the solution. Musk Essence. Pour U pints of rec- tified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. over 1 drachm of powdered musk and £ drachm of pulverized gray ambergris. Let the ingredients macerate for a few days and then draw off the clear fluid. Extract the residue with spirit of wine, filter the extract and add it to the first por- tion. Nut Essence. Crush 50 large green walnuts, pour 1J gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. over them, let them digest for a few days and press out the fluid. Distil the residue with sufficient whiskey to give a distillate 80 per v'ent. strong, and add this to tLe first essence. Nutmeg Essence. Comminute 81 ounces oi nutmegs, pour »i gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. over them, let them digest for a few days and then filter the fluid. Orange Blossom Extract. Pour 1| pints of boiling milk over 10* ounces of fresh orange blossoms; place the same on the fire and let it boil up ; thea add and thoroughly mix with it S quarts of rectified spirit of 90 per cent, Tr., and add li quarts of champagne to the filtrate. Orange Blossom Water. Distil 11 pounds of preserved orange blossom* in 6 gallons of water, so that the distil- late will amount to 3 to 3i gallons of aromatic water. Orange blossoms are preserved in the following manner: Put a handful of salt on the bottom of an earthen jar, place upon this a layer of orange blos- soms, and repeat this alternately until the jar is filled. By keeping the jar in a cool place the orange blossoms will remain fresh for a long time. Rose I cares are preserved in the same manner. Orange Juice. Mix the juice of 12 or more oranges with 12 fluid ounces of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. When the sediment has all settled to the bottom, draw the fiuid ofl' and fil- ter it. Orange Peel Extract. Crush in a stone mortar the rinds of 12 oranges with some sugar, and let the mass digest for a few days by placing it in £ gallon of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. Then decant the clear fluid and fil- ter it. Par/ait D' Amour Essence. Dissolve •?. fluid ounce of oil of cinnamon, 6 fluid drachms each of oil of cardamon, oil of rosemary, and anise seed oil, and 20 minims each of oil of lemon, oil of orange, oil of cloves, oil of camomile, and oil of lavender in li quarts of rec- tified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. Shake the solution thoroughly and filter it. Peach Essoice. Dissolve 1 fluid drachm of oil of bitter almonds in 34 quarts of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr., allow the solution to stand for a few days, and then filter it. Or, Crush 81 ounces bitter almonds. put them in a still, pour 2£ gallons or 16 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. water over them, and let them digest for 12 hours. Then add 2$ gallons of rpirit of wine, and distil ofl' a distillate 75 per cent, strong. Peppermint Essence. Dissolve J to ] ounce of oil of peppermint in 2 h. quarts of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. Peppermint Essence may also be pre- pared by steeping 1 part of the leaves of the plant in 3 of spirit of wine 90 per cent, strong. After remaining in the spirit for 5 or 6 days, the clear fluid is poured off, the residue pressed, and the extract filtered and added to the clear fluid. Quince Essence. Grate the quinces, press the juice out, add equal parts by weight of rectified spirit of 85 per cent. Tr. ; let the mass stand until it settles and then filter. Raspberry Extract. Crush 2 pounds of ripe raspberries, press them out and add 2 quarts of rectified spirit of 90 per tent. Tr. Or, Take freshly picked raspberries, place them in an earthen dish, crush them to a pulp with a wooden spoon, and let this stand quietly in a moder- ately warm room until the pure juice has "separated. Then place the pulp in a bag, press it out, let the juice stand for a few hours longer, and add the same quantity of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. Raspberry Water. This is prepared from the residue left in preparing the extract by stirring it into a mash with water a>nd distilling. Rose Essence. Dissolve 2 fluid drachms of rose oil in 1$ quarts of rec- tified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr., and filter the solution. Rose Water. Preserved rose leaves are distilled in the same manner as given under Orange Blossom Water. Rosemary Essence. Mix 6 fluid drachms of oil of rosemary with 1J quarts of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. ; let the mixture stand for a few days and then filter it. Sage Essence. Dissolve 1 fluid ounce of oil of garden sage in 1J pints of rec- tified spirit of 85 per cent. Tr. Spanish Bitters Essence. Commin- ute 6 parts of calamus root, 3£ each of centaury and polypody root, 3 of orris *oot. 2 each o£ galanga, leaves of blessed thistle, elecampane root, ana gentian root, and 1 each of leaves of wormwood, angelica root, and mas- terwort root. Pour 400 parts of rec- tified spirit, 90 per cent, strong, over the ingredients, let them digest for 48 hours, then press the fluid out and filter iu Strawberry Extract. Bruise 4£ pounds of wild strawberries; pour 3 quarts of spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. over the mass; let it stand for some time and filter. The product will be about 1 gallon of strawberry essence. Strengthening Tincture. Comminute 4| ounces each of gentian root, calamus root, and oak bark, 2 ounces each of orange peel and angelica root, 1 ounce of cinnamon, and £ ounce each of cloves and ginger. Pour 1J gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr., and 12 quarts of water over the ingredients, and let them digest for eight days. Then filter the mass, add 40 minims of oil of wormwood, and a like quantity of oil of peppermint and oil of balm to the filtrate. Vanilla Essence. Cut 2£ ounces of vanilla beans, pour 1J quarts of recti- fied spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. over them ; let them digest for some time, and filter the fluid. This essence should be kept in hermetically closed flasks. Vanilla water may be made by pour- ing 1 gallon of water over the extracted residue. Vanilla Tincture. Macerate J ounce of vanilla beans for 8 days in 2 fluid ounces of rectified spirit of 90 per ceut. Tr., and filter the fluid. Wormwood Essence-. Comminute f ounce each of leaves of wormwood, leaves of centaury, and leaves ot blessed thistle, i ounce each of gentian root, china root, and orange peel, £ ounce of orris root, and 1 ounce of grains of Paradise. Pour 2£ pints of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. over the in- gredients, let them digest for some time, and filter the fluid off. III. Elixirs. Abbe Elixir. Com- minute 3$ pounds of lemon peel, 6J ounces of nutmeg, and a like quantity of cloves. Place the ingredients in a wickered demijohn, and pour 20 gal- lons of 33 per cent, alcohol over them, and let them digest for 3 to 4 weeks, placing the demijohn in a warn) plac«. BITTERS, CORDIALS. ESSENCES, ETC. 17 The mass is then strained through a cloth, the residue pressed out, the fluid filtered, and the filtrate compounded with a sufficient quantity of white sugar syrup. Angel Elixir. Comminute and mix 44 ounces of cinnamon, 2 ounces of galanga, 14 ounces of cloves, 1 ounce each of nutmeg, orange peel, and lemon peel, i ounce of ginger, * ounce each of orris root, zed vary, cubehs, and car- damons. Pour 3 pints of alcohol over the ingredients, and let them digest for 8 days. Then filter and add 24 gallons of double distilled rose water, and 13 pounds (if sugar syrup. Elixir de St. Aur. Distil 9 ounces each of lavender blossoms, orange peel and rose leaves, 54 ounces of lemon peel, 1 ounce each of cinnamon, cloves and nutmegs, with 5 gallons of alcohol and 4 gallons of water. Add 2 J quarts each of rose water, orange blossom water, balm water, and cinnamon water, and 30 pounds of sugar syrup to the distillate, and color it rose-red. Elixir-Oolombat. Dissolve 120drops of oil of juniper, 40 each of oil of an- gelica, oil of wormwood, and oil lemon, and 20 of oil of cinnamon in 14 gallons of alcohol ; add 2J pounds of sugar dis- solved in 14 gallons of water to the solution, and color it pale red. Elixir of Life. Dissolve 2 fluid ounces of oil of wormwood and 1 fluid ounce each of oil of cardamon, oil of calamus, oil of nutmeg, and oil of orange peel, in 34 gallons of alcohol 90 per cent, strong, and add j of a gallon of water to the solution. Color the fluid brown with burned sugar. Elixir Monpou. Dissolve 120 drops of oil of peppermint, 40 each of oil of balm, oil of orange peel, rose essence, and orange blossom essence ; 32 each of oil of mace and oil of cloves, and 60 of vanilla tincture, in 14 gallons of rec- tified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. ; sweeten the solution with a syrup made of 7 pounds of sugar and 1 J gallons of water. Color it rose-red. Elixir des Troubadours. Macerate 2 pounds of musk roses, 14 pounds of jasmine blossoms, 9 ounces of orange blossoms, 24 drachms of mace in 34 fallons of whiskey, 22 per cent, strong, ret the mass stand for 14 days ; distil on the water bath, and add a syrup 2 made of 11 pounds of sugar and 3 quarts of water. Color rose-red. Elixir Vital. Dissolve 120 drops of oil of bergamot, 32 each of oil of mace, oil of coriander seed, and oil of cloves; 24 each of cumin oil and oil of cinna- mon, and (30 of vanilla tincture in 14 gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. ; sweeten the solution with a syrup made of 64 pounds of sugar and 14 gallons of water. Color green. Juniper Elixir. Crush 4i ounces of juniper berries, pour 1 gallon of spirit 22 per cent, strong over them, and let them digest for 4 weeks. Then strain the fluid off, and add a syrup made of 9 pounds of sugar and 14 quarts of water. Tabourey Elixir. Comminute 4 ounce of aloes, 2 ounces each of cinna- mon and walnuts, 4i ounces each of orange peel and lemon peel, and 1 ounce of cloves. Pour 23 gallons of spirit of wine 33 per cent, strong over the ingredients, and let them digest for some time ; then distil in a water bath, and add a syrup made of 13 pounds of pulverized sugar, and 1} quarts each of orange blossom water and rose water. This elixir is colored rose-red. IV. Bitters, Cordials, Liqueurs and Ratafias. Anise-seed Cordial. Dissolve 2 fluid drachms of anise-seed oil and 20 drops of badian seed oil in 14 gallons of alcohol of 90 per cent. Tr. Compound this solution with 64 pounds of sugar in 14 gallons of water, and filter. Another Recipe. Dissolve 2 fluid drachms of anise seed oil, 40 drops of fennel oil, 32 drops of cummin oil, and 30 drops of oil of lemon, in 2} gallons of spirit of wine. Mix with this a solution of 8} pounds of sugar in 2\ gallons of water, and store it away for 3 to 4 weeks. Then draw off the clear fluid, filter the sediment and color yel- low. Anisette Cordial. Dissolve 2 fluid drachms of anise seed oil and 18 drops of oil of bitter almonds in 14 gal- lons of alcohol of 90 per cent. Tr. ; add a solution of 54 pounds of sugar in 14 gallons of water, and filter. French Anisette. Dissolve 2 fluid drachms of anise oil, 20 drops of oil of bitter almonds, and 24 fluid ounces of cognac essence (see Essences) in 14 gal- lons of alcohol of 90 per cent. Tr. Mix 18 TECIIXO-CIIE.MKAL RECEIPT BOOK. this solution with one of 5 J pounds of sugar iu 1J gallons of water, and filter. Holland Anisette. Dissolve 1 fluid drachm of anise oil, i fluid drachm of cognac essence, i fluid drachm each ofbadian seed oil, oil of bitter almonds, and vanilla essence (see Essences), 1£ gallons of alcohol of 90 per cent. Tr. Mix the solution with one of fi pounds of sugar in 1J gallons of water, and filter. A ngelica Cordial. Macerate the fol- lowing ingredients in 4 gallons of alco- hol of 90 per cent. Tr., and expose them to a moderate heat for 4 days : Lemon peel 8V< ounces. Orange pee] by± " Mace % " Nutmeg Y A " Cassia 1% " Cloves .2 " Orris root . . I " Rosemary leaves 2 " Lavender flowers 1% " Marjoram . . % " Orange flowers 2Vj " Vanilla x / z " Crushed juniper berries . . . 2J^ " Filter the mixture and compound the filtrate with a solution of 26 pounds of sugar in 2$ gallons of w T ater. Aqua Bianca. Dissolve 30 drops of oil of lemon, 27 drops of cedar oil, 33 drops of oil of balm, 30 drops of oil of peppermint, i fluid drachm of vanilla essence, and A fluid drachm of amber- gris essence (see Essences), in H gallons of alcohol of 90 per cent. Tr. Com- pound the fluid with a solution of 6i pounds of sugar in 1J gallons of water, and filter. Aqua Reale. Dissolve 1 fluid drachm of oil of lemon, j fluid drachm of oil of orange peel, 27 drops of oil of cinna- mon, 30 drops of oil of cloves, 30 drops of oil of mace, 2 fluid drachms of van- illa essence, and 'i fluid drachm of am- bergris essence. Add to this solution one of 6A pounds of sugar in 1 gallon of water, and filter. A qua- Turco Liqueur. Pour 2J quarts of boiling water over 4} ounces of im- perial tea, i ounce of green tea, 1 ounce of black gunpowder tea, 1J ounces of strong infusion of lime blossoms, and A ounce of angelica seed. Close the ves- sel tightly to prevent the vapors from escaping, until the infusion has become cold. Then draw off the clear fluid and pour 2i quarts of boiling water over the residue. Filter this infusion when cold and add it to the first in- fusion. Then add 28j pounds of siilmt and 2j gallons of rectified spirit of wine. Clarify the fluid with tin- whites of .'( eggs and lj pints of sweel cream, and perfume it with some musk and spirit of ambergris. Finally, add 8i fluid ounces of vanilla essence and let the fluid rest, quietly for 24 hours. Then filter the liquor through a hag filled with animal or wood charcoal in order to obtain it entirely colorless. Aromatic Cordial. Mix 30 drops of oil of lemon, 24 of oil of rosemary, 27 of oil of lavender, 30 of oil of pepper- mint, 27 of oil of angelica, 27 of oil of marjoram, and 33 of oil of cardamon with 1£ gallons of alcohol of 90 per cent. Tr. Shake thoroughly and then compound the solution with one of 3% pounds of sugar in li gallons of water, and filter. Ambergris Water. Macerate 2 drachms of powdered gray ambergris, 30 grains of powdered musk, 80 grains of civet in lj pints of spirit of wine 40 per cent, strong, add i ounce of refined sugar. Let the mixture stand for 14 days and then filter. Berlin Bittern. Dissolve 80 drops ot oil of juniper, 80 of oil of coriander, 40. each of Oil of angelica and badian seed oil, and 44 drops of oil of ginger in 1A gallons of alcohol of SO per cent. Tr. To this solution add 1J gallons of water and 1 pound of sugar. Filter and color brown. Bitter-Rosso/ i. Comminute 8A ounces of oranges and 4± ounces of sandal wood. Add 2i pounds of orange peel and 12 gallons of good rye whiskey. Let the mass digest for 14 days, then press, filter, and sweeten it with a solution of 3 J pounds of sugar in 1 pint of water. Breslau Bitter Cordial. Cassia \}A pounds Cloves 5J4 ounces. Mint leaves i% " Caraway seed 2 " Fennel seed 4Ji "' Anise seed 8>f " Coriander seed 2 Ginger 2% ,c Cubebs 2 " Rosemary leaves \% " Cardamons 4% ■Juniper tvevries 5ii " BITTERS. CORDIALS, ESSENCES, ETC. 1!) Lavender blossoms \% ounces. Nutmegs 4J4 " Koman camomile 3 " Orris root 3 " Angelica &/■> Crangeg 6% Orange peel V-Z Lemon peel 10}| " Gentian root 4M Oalanga 5^4 " Calamus root 3 " Wormw 1 5% " Alcohol of 90 percent. Tr. . . 8 gallons. Is sweetened with a solution of 58 pounds of brown sugar in 10 gallons of water and allowed to digest for 8 to 10 days, when it is filtered. This cordial is colored either dark yellow or dark red. Calamus Liqueur. Macerate 9 pounds each of calamus root and of angelica root in 4j gallons of alcohol of 90 per cent. Tr., and let it stand for 6 days. Then filter the fluid, sweeten it with a solution of 22 pounds of sugar in li gal- Ions of water, and color it red. Cardinal Water. Distil: Fresh lemon peel 3.3 pounds. Balm 534 ounces. Anise seed 4} ! A ounces. Dried green lemon peel . . . 6 a <£ " Caraway seed 4% " Juniper berries 3% " Anise seed 3J^ " Camomile 3 l /£ " Mint 2% Nutmeg 1 " Alcohol of 90 per cent. Tr. . . 4% gallons. Water 4 " Add 274 pounds of syrup and 3§ gal- lons of water to the distillate. Capuchin Cordial. Dissolve H fluid drachms of oil of parsley, 1 fluid drachm of oil of orange blossoms, 24 drops of oil of cinnamon, li fluid drachms of cumin oil, and 20 drops each of anise seed oil, oil of mace,- and fennel seed oil in 2 gallons of alcohol of 90 per cent. Tr. ; sweeten the solution with a syrup made of 5i pounds of sugar and li gallons of water. Color brown. Chartreuse. Three varieties of this liqueur, differently colored, are found in commerce. The following receipts can be highly recommended for manufac- turing this liqueur. Green. Yellow. White. Ozs. Ozs. Mountain wormwood Aloes Angelica seed .... % Angelica root .... '■A Arnica blossoms ... y% Buds of poplars ... 1 Calamus root .... Cassia % Cardamons .... Coriander seeds . . . Tonka beans .... Cloven Hyssop in bloom ... 2 Nutmeg % Mace Balm 3l/£ Peppermint .... 1% Thyme % Spirit of wine of 85 per cent. Tr. ... 2%gl. Sugar 11 lb. Ozs. % % 10 grains. 10}* %" X" 35 grains. 1; l&gl. 2%gl. 11 lb. 1UJ4 lb. Macerate the herbs in the alcohol for about 36 to 48 hours, add a quantity of alcohol equal to that of the distillate, and rectify the resulting product with the addition of an equal quantity of water. Then mix the distillate with the cold solution of the sugar, and add a sufficient quantity of water, so that the entire product will amount to 4t gallons; then color the liqueur green or yellow. Cherry Liqueur. Mix 1} gallons of cherry juice and 2i gallons of pure alco- hol, and dissolve in the mixture i ounce of Indian balsam, 1 drachm each of oil of cinnamon and oil of bitter almonds, and 35 drops of oil of cloves. Sweeten the solution with 13i pounds of syrup and 4i pounds of white sugar dissolved in 4J gallons of water, and after shaking the fluid thoroughly store it away until it becomes clear. Cherry Cordial. To a mixture of 4$ 20 TECHN0-CIIEM1CAL RECEIPT BOOK. pounds of cherry juice and 3 quarts of alcohol of 80 per cent, add 16 drops of oil of cloves, 1 pound of sugar, and 3 A quarts of water, and filter the cordial. Chocolate Liqueur. Cocoa beans moderately roasted and crushed 3% pounds. Finest cassia 3^ ounces. Cloves 1!^ » Vanilla f M " Cardamons % " Saft'ron % " Cinnamon flowers 1J4 " Alcohol of 90 per cent. Tr. . . '2% gallons. Water 5% White sugar 2S}4 pounds. Color dark red with cochineal. Christofie. Dissolve HO drops of oil of orange peel, 60 of oil of lemon, 40 of oil of cinnamon, 40 of oil of balm, 32 of oil of cloves, and 24 of oil of mace in 13 pounds of alcohol of 90 per cent. Tr., add a solution of 54 pounds of sugar in li gallons of water and filter. Citron elle. Comminute 8£ ounces of lemon peel, 3i ounces of orange peel, i ounce of nutmegs, and £ ounce of cloves. Pour 1 f gallons rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. over these ingredients and allow them to digest for 8 days, when they are pressed out and the fluid is fil- tered and compounded with a solution of 64 pounds of sugar in 14 gallons of water and the liqueur colored yellow. Crambambuli. Mix 1 fluid drachm each of oil of cloves and oil of mace, A fluid drachm of oil of cinnamon, and 20 drops of oil of cardamon with If gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. Sweeten the solution with a syrup made of 5J pounds of sugar and 14, gal- lons of water, and filter. Danzig Crambambuli. Comminute A\ ounces of cinnamon, 1 ounce of cloves, 4 ounce of ginger, 1 ounce of mace, and £ ounce of anise seed. Pour 2£ gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. over these ingredients, let them digest for 14 days, then press them out, filter the fluid, and sweeten it with a solution of 8} pounds of sugar in 2f gallons of water. Cumin Cordial (Kummel). I. Dis- solve 2 fluid drachms of cumin oil and 4 fluid drachms of anise seed oil in If Sell Ions of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr., and sweeten the solution with a syrup made of 64 pounds of sugar and J. 4. gallons oi water. II. H fluid drachms of cumin oil, 24 drops of oil of coriander seed, 24 drops of oil of orange peel, 24 drops of cognac essence. Treat and sweeten in the same manner as No. I. III. Dissolve lj fluid drachms of cumin oil, 24 drops of fennel oil, 12 drops of oil of cinnamon, in 1* gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. Sweeten the solution with a syrup made of li pounds of sugar and 14. gallons of water, and filter. Cumin Liqueur. Macerate for 6 days 1 pound of caraway seed, 1 ounce of anise seed, i ounce of orris root, 4 ounce of cinnamon, J ounce of angelica root, A. ounce of cloves, in 24 gallons of alcohol of 90 per cent. Tr. Sweeten the solution with a syrup made of 11 pounds of sugar and 2 gallons of water, and filter. Curaqoa. Comminute 1 pound of fresh orange peel, \ ounce of nutmegs, 2 ounces of cinnamon. Pour 2 gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. over them, allow them to digest for 8 to 10 days, and compound the filtered fluid with a solution of 64 pounds of sugar in \\ gallons of water. French Curaqoa. Dissolve 1J fluid drachms of oil of orange peel, 20 drops of oil of cinnamon, 12 drops of oil of mace, 30 drops of vanilla essence, 30 drops of raspberry essence, and 4$ fluid ounces of Jamaica rum in 13 gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr., and add a solution of 6i pounds of sugar in 14 gallons of water. Holland Curaqoa. Dissolve li fluid drachms of oil of orange peel, 20 drops of cognac essence, 8 drops of oil of lemon, 10 drops of oil of mace, and 1 fluid drachm of vanilla essence in If gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr., and compound the fluid with a solution of 6% pounds of sugar in 14, gallons of water. Color the liquor light brown. Eau Americaine. Orange peel 1 pound. Rosemary " rave^ **<£ fluid oz. Lavender Dlossc.-ns 4% Cinnamon 3V£ '■ Cloves 214 '■' Nutmegs 1 " Alcohol of 90 per cent. Tr. . . 4% pallor..-. Water 4 " Add to the distilled fluid 3 gallons of BITTERS, CORDIALS, ESSENCES, ETC. 21 water and 2(5 pounds of syrup, and color the distillate green. Eau, D' Anwar. Distil: Bitter almonds 13J^ ounces. Fresh lemon peel VA l /± " Cinnamon 6J^ " Mace 1 " Cloves ]4 Lavender blossoms 9 " Alcohol of y per cent. Tr. . . 4% gallons. Water 4 " Then add 1J gallons of Muscatel wine, 37 drops of ambergris essence, 22 pounds of syrup, and li gallons of water, and color the fluid rose-red. Eau D' Argent. Distil: Fresh lemon peel 1 pound. Cl"\vs 2)4 ounces. Angelica seed 1% " Badian seed 1% " Florentine orris root .... 1% " Cinnamon 2J4 " Alcohol of 90 per cent. Tr. . . 4% gallons. Add to the distillate 1J quarts of balm water, 26 i pounds of sugar syrup, and 2| gallons of water. Color the fluid led, and mix some silver leaf macerated with honey with it. Eau D'Ardelle. Distil 4i ounces each of mace and of cloves, 4| gallons of alcohol of 90 per cent. Tr., and 4 f;allons of water. Mix with the distil- ate 3i gallons of syrup and 2| gallons of water, and color violet. Eau I)' Absynth Citronne. I. Distil 4i pounds of wormwood leaves, | ounce of lemon peel, 4J gallons of' alcohol of 90 per cent. Tr., and 4 gallons of water. Add to the distillate li fluid drachms of oil of peppermint, 26i pounds of syrup, and 3£ gallons of water. II. Dissolve li fluid drachms of oil of lemon, } fluid drachm of oil of worm- wood, 24 drops of oil of peppermint, 15 drops of anise seed oil, li fluid drachms of oil of cardamon in 1J gallons of rec- tified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. ; sweeten with a solution of 5J pounds of sugar in li gallons of water, and color green. The same quantity of oil of orange blossoms may be used instead of carda- mon oil. Eau De Cypre. Dissolve li fluid drachms of oil of lemon, 30 drops of oil of berjanot, 20 drops each of oil of cin- namon, oil of orange blossoms and of vanilla essence, and 24 drops of oil of cardamon in lj gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr., and sweeten with a solution of 6J pounds of sugar in li gallons of water. The liquor is left either colorless or colored pale yel- low. Eau de Dauphin. Dissolve 5 drops of oil of juniper, 20 drops each of an- gelica oil, coriander oil, and oil of gin- ger, 10 drops of oil of cardamon, and a like quantity of badian seed oil in If gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. ; sweeten by adding a solution of 3i pounds of sugar in li gallons of water, and filter. Eau de Napoleon. Distil : Fresh jasmine blossoms . . . 6J^ ounces. Fresh lemon peel 11 " Cloves SV " Cinnamon 3^2 " Nutmegs . 2*4 " Alcohol 5 gallons. Then add to the distillate: 2 fluid drachms of vanilla essence, 3i quarts of double distilled rose water, 3i quarts of orange flower water, 1J quarts of peppermint water, 3 pounds of sugar syrup 3i quarts of water, and color blue. EauD' Orient. Distil: Fennel 1 pound Dates |£ " Lemon peel % " Orange peel % " Pine apples % " Grains of Paradise 2 oun<"'-\ Calamus 2 1 4' " Allspice 2 " Alcohol of 90 per cent. Tr. . . 4% gallon*. Waier 4 " Add to the distillate 2i gallons of sugar syrup and 5i gallons of water, and color blue. Eau D'Or (Gold water). Dissolve i fluid drachm of oil of lemon, 24 drops of oil of cinnamon, 24 drops of oil of coriander, 20 drops of oil of mace, 15 drops of oil of orange blossoms in 1| gallons of rectified spirit of 90 percent. Tr., and sweeten by adding a solution of 7 pounds of sugar in 15 gallons of water. Color the fluid pale yellow, filter, and add a small quantity of finely macerated gold leaf. 22 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Eau de Paradise (Paradise Water). distil : Fresh lemon peel ..... 2^ pounds. Angelica root 3J4 ounces. Orris root 2 Calamus 2jJ£ " Anise seed 2% " Rosewood 2 " Cardamons 1 " Alcohol of 90 per cent. Tr. . . 4% gallons. Add to the distillate 26£ pounds of sugar syrup and 3 gallons of water. Color green and add some silver leaf rubbed fine. Ea u des Princesses. Dissolve 80 drops of oil of lemon, 80 of oil of bergamot, 40 of oil of cloves, 40 of oil of balm, 20 each of oil of cinnamon, oil of bitter almonds, and oil of peppermint, 60 of vanilla essence, and 40 each of rose essence and orange blossom essence in 2 gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per ^nt. Tr., sweeten with a solution of 71 rounds of sugar in li gallons of water, and filter. Eau Precieuse Comminute 4J ounces of rosewood and a like quantity of bit- ter almonds, and let the mass digest for t> to 10 days in 3 gallons of rectified spirit. Then press out, filter, and add to the filtrate 20 drops of oil of cloves, 12 of oil of lemon, and 12 of oil of nut- meg, and also a solution of 8J pounds of sugar in 24, gallons of water. This liquor is colored green, and a small quantity of silver leaf macerated in al- cohol is added. Eau Royale. Distil : Lemon peel 11 ounces. Orange peel 11 ** Jasmine blossoms . . . . . 8'j£ " Mace 4^| " Cinnamon 4]/, " Cloves 2\i " Nutmeg 1 " Alcohol of 90 per cent. Tr. . . 4% gallons. Water \% " Add to the distillate 20 drops of am- bergris essence, 2 fluid ounces of vanilla essence, a like quantity of orange flower water, 2i gallons of water, 26i pounds of sugar syrup, and color the fluid red. Eau, de Saute. Mix 4 fluid drachms of oil of lemon, | fluid drachm each of oil of rosemary, oil of lavender, oil of peppermint, oil of angelica, oil of mar- joram, and oil of cubebs, and 134, pounds of sugar 'u 3 gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. Color the solution green and filter. Eau de Sept Graines ( Water of Seven Seeds). Comminute i ounce each of anise seed, fennel seed, caraway seed, and coriander seed, and 6 grains each of dill seed and of wild thyme seed. Macerate the seeds for about 14 days in 3i quarts of French brandy, then filter, and sweeten with a solution of 2f pounds of sugar in J of a pint of water. English Bitters. I. Compound 4i ounces of English Bitters essence (see Essences) and i fluid drachm of cognac essence ; sweeten the liquid with a solu- tion of 4i pounds of sugar in 14 gallons of water, filter, and color brown. II. Compound 80 drops of oil of orange peel, 60 of oil of angelica, 40 of oil of wormwood, 24 of oil of marjoram, and 16 of oil of cardamon with 13 gal- lons rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. ; sweeten the solution with 5i pounds of sugar in li gallons of water, filter, and color brown. Greek Bitters. Dissolve 80 drops of cil of lemon, 48 of oil of wormwood, 40 each of oil of angelica and oil of cala- mus, 24 each of oil of mace, oil of cloves, oil of bitter almonds, and 12 of carda- mon oil, in 1J gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. ; sweeten this solu- tion with a syrup of 6 pounds of sugar and li gallons of water, filter, and color reddish brown. Hamburg Bitters. Dissolve 120 drops of oil of cinnamon blossoms, 40 each of oil of cloves, oil of calamus, and oil of wormwood, 24 of oil of mace, and 20 of oil of cardamon, in lj gallons of rec- tified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr., and add a solution of 5i pounds of sugar in 1J gallons of water; filter the fluid and color it brown. Juniper Liqueur. I. Compound 2 fluid drachms of oil of juniper and 24 drops of oil of cardamon with 1} gallons of spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. ; sweeten the mixture with a solution of 5i pounds of sugar in li gallons of water, and fil- ter the fluid. II. Dissolve 2 fluid drachms of oil of juniper, 24 drops of oil of ginger, 24 drops of oil of coriander, and li fluid drachms of cognac essence in 2 gallon* of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr., and sweeten the solution with 5i pounds of sugar dissolved in li gallons of water. BITTERS, CORDIALS, ESSENCES. ETC. 23 Kjch's Herb Extract. Macerate : Lemon peel l l /i minces. Calamus 2J4 " Cinnamon 1 X A " White ginger 2 l x " Peruvian bark 2 l A " Orris rout -\% " Juniper berries i\4 " Bav leaves -]A " Cubebe 2'4 " Orange peel 2 l /i Roman camomile . . ... \y% Elder tto\\'9rs 1>S " in 2} gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. Then press out and filter the fluid. Maraschino. Compound 1 pound of maraschino essence with 4i gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. and 9 gallons of water ; sweeten the mixture with a solution of 44 pounds of sugar, and filter. Jlogador. Dissolve 40 drops each of oil of wormwood, oil of calamus, oil of peppermint, and oil of orange peel, and 20 drops each of oil of cinnamon, oil of cloves, oil of ginger, and oil of halm in 1 $ gallons rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. ; sweeten the solution with 6 pounds of sugar dissolved in 7 pints of water, color it red with bilberry juice, and filter. Nectar. Dissolve 120 drops of oil of lemon, 80 of fennel oil, 40 each of oil of calamus, oil of cinnamon, oil of car- damon, and oil of orange blossoms in \i gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. ; sweeten the solution with 6i pounds of sugar dissolved in 1J gallons of water, color it blue, and filter. Orange Petl Cordial. I. Dissolve 2 fluid drachms of oil of orange peel in lj gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. ; add 6J pounds of sugar in 1£ gal- lons of water, color the fluid yellow, and filter. II. Comminute % pound of fresh orange peel, pour If gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. over them ; sweeten with <3J pounds of sugar dis- solved in li gallons of water, and filter. Parfait D' Amour. Dissolve SO drops of oil of lemon, 40 of oil of cinnamon, 30 of oil of bergamot, 20 of oil of cloves, 16 of oil of nutmegs, and 10 each of "il of lavender blossoms and oil of rose- mary in 23 gallons of rectified spirit of SO per cent. Tr. ; sweeten the solution with 8i pounds of sugar dissolved in 2} gallons of water, color the fluid pale red, and filter. Peach Cordial. Cut 1 pound of peaches in slices, then pour 1| gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. over them, and allow the mass to digest for S to 10 days. Then filter and mix the filtrate with 1£ gallons of good white wine and 73 pounds of sugar dis- solved iu 13 quarts of water. Peppermint Cordial. Dissolve 2 fluid drachms of oil of peppermint in 13 gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. ; sweeten the solution with 6k pounds of sugar dissolved in 1£ gallons of water, and filter. Or, Dissolve 2 fluid drachms of oil of peppermint and 1 fluid drachm of cog- nac essence in 13 gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. ; sweeten the solution with 6£ pounds of sugar dis- solved in 14 gallons of water, and filter. Polish Water. Comminute 6-i ounces of dried currants, 1 ounce each of anise seed, cinnamon, cloves, fennel seed, mint, rosemary, marjoram, and galanga. Pour 4 gallons of alcohol and 3 gallons of rose-water over them, and let the mass digest for 14 days. Then add 44 pounds of sugar syrup, and filter. Polish Wh iskei/. Comminute i pound of large raisins, 1 ounce of licorice root, S ounce each of cinnamon and carda- mons, i ounce each of cloves, galanga, gum ammoniac, anise seed, and corian- der seed, and & ounce of saffron. Pour H quarts of whiskey over these ingre- dients, let the mass digest for a few days, then press the liquor out, filter it, and sweeten it to the taste with sugar dissolved in rose-water. Quince Cordial (Quittico). Powder coarsely 2 ounces of cinnamon, i ounce of coriander seed, i ounce of w-.lte ginger, and J ounce of nutmeg. Macer- ate these ingredients for 8 days in 1 pint of spirit of wine 85 per cent, strong, then strain and press out the liquid and add 7 pounds of fresh quince juice in which 6 pounds of white sugar have been dissolved, and add 3 quarts of spirit of wine 85 per cent, strong. Mix the mass thoroughly and filter through felt or blotting paper. Rosemary Cordial. Dissolve 2 fluid drachms of oil of rosemary and 24 drops of oil of ler*ior> in li pints of r»c 24 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. tified spirit of 80 per cent. Tr. ; sweeten the solution with 1 pound of sugar dis- solved in 14 gallons of water, and filter. Bossolio de Turin. Comminute 1 pound of fresh rose leaves, 4 pound each of jasmine blossoms and orange blossoms, 1 ounce each of orris root and cinnamon, i ounce each of cloves and vanilla. Pour 1$ gallons of spirit of wine over these ingredients and let them macerate for 8 to 12 days, placing them in a warm place. Then pour off the fluid, press out the residue, sweeten the liquor with 74 pounds of sugar, and let it stand for 3 to 4 weeks. Then pour off the clear liquor, filter the sedi- ment, and color red with cochineal or cherry juice. Rostopschin. Dissolve li fluid drachms of anise seed oil, 4 fluid drachm of oil of cardamons, 40 drops of oil of lemon, and 20 drops each of oil of cin- namon and oil of coriander seed in If gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. ; sweeten the solution with 64 pounds of sugar dissolved in 14 gallons of water, and filter. Scubac. Comminute 4J ounces of juniper berries, 2 ounces of coriander seed, 1 ounce each of saffron and cinna- mon, 4 ounce each of angelica seed and anise seed, i ounce each of mace and cloves, and the fresh peel of 4 lemons. Pour 2 gallons spirit of wine over these ingredients and let them macerate for 2 to 3 weeks. Then boil 14 ounces of raisins or dates in If gallons of water, pour off the liquor, press out the residue, and sweeten with 64 pounds of sugar, and add this to the liquor pressed out of the macerated mass. Let the whole stand for 3 or 4 weeks, then pour off the clear liquor and filter the sediment. Soya Aqua Vitce. Comminute 3 ounces of anise seed, 1 ounce each of coriander seed, elecampane root, nut- meg, and cloves, £ ounce each of cara- way seed and elderberry blossoms, \ ounce of Roman camomile, 4i ounces each of lemon peel and orange peel, and 14 ounces of cinnamon. Macerate these ingredients in alcohol for 2 or 3 weeks, then distil them with 54 gallons of rectified spirit, add the necessary quan- tity of sugar, and compound the distil- late with If pints of rose-water and as 4nich water as may be required. Spanish Hitter," Dissolve 80 drops of oil of Crete marjoram (origan), 40 each of oil of bitter oranges and oil of wormwood, and 20 each of oil of angel- ica, oil of cardamon, oil of calamus, oil of marjoram, and oil of thyme in If gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. ; sweeten the solution with 64 pounds of sugar dissolved in 14 gallons of water, color it brown, and filter. Stettin Bitters. Macerate 1 pound of gentian root, 8} ounces of wormwood, 1 pound of cloves, 44 ounces each of coriander seed, cinnamon, and orange peel, 2i ounces each of green oranges and quassia in 9i gallons of spirit of wine 40 per cent, strong. Pour off the fluid, strain the residue, add 11 pounds brown sugar, filter the liquor, and color it brown. Stomach Bitters. I. Comminute 2 ounces each of calamus, anise seed, car- away seed, and fennel, 14 ounces each of ginger and cinnamon, £ ounce of mace, 1 ounce of cloves, 4} ounces of lemon peel, 1 ounce each of galanga, zedoary, and cubebs, 4 ounce of pepper, i ounce of sassafras bark, 14 ounces each of rose leaves, myrrh, and laven- der blossoms, and 2 ounces of orris root. Pour 2 gallons of whiskey and If pints of water over the ingredients, let them macerate for 8 days, then press them out, filter the liquor, and add some common salt and 44 pounds of crushed sugar. II. Comminute 4 ounce each of speed- well, mint, balm, wormwood, arum root, zedoary, calamus root, small pome- granates, caraway seed, and cinnamon. Pour over them If quarts of good whiskey and let them macerate for 14 days in a warm place, with frequent shaking in the meanwhile. Then press the liquor out, filter ^nd put it in bottles. III. Dissolve 40 drops each of oil of orange peel, oil of wormwood, oil of mint, and oil of calamus, 20 drops each of oil of marjoram, oil of cinnamon, oil of cloves, and oil of cardamon, and 1$ fluid drachms of cognac essence in If gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr.: sweeten the solution with 64 pounds of sugar dissolved in 14 gallons of water, color the liquor brown, and filter. IV. Dissolve 60 drops of oil of orange peel, 40 each of oil of calamus, oil of angelica, oil of cardamon, oil of worm- BITTERS, CORDIAI*. ESSENCES, ETC. 25 crood, oil of ginger, and <>il of mar- joram, and 2 fluid drachms of cognac essence in lv gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per ecu. IV. ; sweeten the solution with 54 pounds of sugar dissolved in lj gallons of water, and Alter. V. Vienna Stomach Bitters. Dis- solve 40 drops each of oil of balm, oil of orange peel, and "il of angelica, 24 drops eaeli of oil of marjoram, oil of wormwood, oil of cinnamon, oil of cori- ander seed, and oil of mace, and } Huid tunce of cognac essence in t| gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. ; sweeten the solution with 71 pounds of sugar dissolved in '2\ quarts of water. ( lolor red and filter. Swiss Cordial. Dissolve 40 drops each of oil of wormwood, oil of calamus, and oil of peppermint, 24 drops each of oil of bitter oranges, oil of marjoram, oil of cinnamon, oil of cloves, and oil of cardamons in 15 gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. ; sweeten the solution with 4i pounds of sugar dis- solved in 1£ gallons of water, color the fluid green, and filter. T/tiem's Bitters. 1 pound of peeled calamus root, 2} pounds of orange peel, J pound of galanga, 5 pound of white cinnamon, 55 ounces of cardamons, 45 ounces each of cloves and allspice, 2i ounces each of anise seed and fennel, 55 ounces of nutmeg, 1 ounce of Roman camomile, and 2J ounces of elecampane root are digested in 17 gallons of spirit of wine 50 per cent, strong for 24 hours in a still, and then 8£ gallons of liquor are distilled off, 55 pounds of sugar are dissolved in the distillate, and a suffi- cient quantity of water is added to give i volume of 26£ gallons of liqueur 30 per cent, strong. Tivoli Cordial. Dissolve 80 drops each of oil of coriander seed and oil of mace, and 40 drops each of oil of lemon, tincture of vanilla, oil of cinnamon, and tincture of orris root in 15 gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. : sweeten the solution with 5£ pounds of sutiar dissolved in 1£ gallons of water, and color the cordial brown. Trappistine. 3£ ounces each of wormwood and angelica root, 15 ounces each of myrtle leaves and calamus root, i ounce of cloves, 3i ounces of carda- mons, 7 ounces of peppermint, 2£ ounces of common balm leaves, £ ounce of cin- namon, and h ounce of nutmeg are macerated for 48 lionrs in 2| gallons of rectified spirit 85 per cent, strong; 2| gallons of water are then added and the macerated mass is distilled. One gallon of water is then added to the distillate, and this is compounded with a cold syrup of 174 pounds of sugar in 1 gallon of water, and finally a sufficient quan- tity of water is added to give an entire product of 5i gallons. This liqueur is colored green. Vanilla Cordial. Macerate 21 ounces of vanilla beans for a few days in 1J gallons of rectified spirit and 3 gallons of water, and then distil the mass. Add 22 pounds of dissolved sugar to the dis- tillate, color it with cochineal, and filter. Veritable Extrait d' Absinthe. Five pounds of anise seed, a like quantity of fennel, 1£ pounds of elecampane root, 2 pounds of calamus, 2 ounces of wormwood, 2A ounces of leaves and stalks of wild basil, 6$ ounces of bittef almonds, 2 ounces each of hyssop, mint, and gnaphalium flowers are commi- nuted and digested in 3 gallons of recti- fied spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. The macerated mass is then pressed out, the liquor filtered, and 2 gallons of rum are added, and the fluid sweetened with 5 pounds of brown sugar dissolved in 2J gallons of water. Vienna Bitters. Dissolve 40 drops each of oil of bitter oranges, oil of wormwood, and oil of Crete marjoram (origan), 32 of oil of calamus, 20 each of oil of peppermint, oil of marjoram, oil of anise seed, oil of thyme, and oil of cinnamon, 24 of oil of coriander seed, and 12 of oil of cloves in 2 gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. Add 3 quarts of good red wine to the solu- tion, sweeten it with 6£ pounds ofsugai dissolved in 3£ quarts of water, color it red, and filter. Wormwood Cordial. Dissolve 1J fluid drachms of oil of wormwood, 32 drops of oil of lemon, and 20 drops each of oil of cinnamon and oil of cardamon in 15 gallons of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. ; sweeten the solution with 5j pounds of sugar dissolved in 1J gallons of water, and filter. VI. Ratafias. Barbadoes Rata- fia. Dissolve 80 drops of oil of lemon, a like quantity of oil of bergamot, 4 pounds of sugar dissolved in 1 gallon of water. Ratafia de Grenoble. Comminute 1 drachm of cinnamon, $ ounce of cloves, 8£ ounces of peach leaves, and a like quantity of cherry stones. Poui' 1 gal- lon of whiskey over these ingredients, and let them digest for 2 to 3 weeks, when they are distilled. Add to the distillate 1 gallon of cherry juice, in which 21 pounds of sugar have been dissolved. Mulberry Ratafia. Pour 22 pounds of spirit of wine over 26i pounds of mulberries, 1 pound of orris root, the juice of 4 lemons and of 4 oranges, and the peel of these fruits. Let them ma- cerate for 4 to 6 weeks, then filter and compound the filtrate with 6i to 9 pounds of sugar syrup. Orange Ratafia. Slice 20 oranges, pour 13| pounds of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. over them, and let them stand for S days. Then press out the fluid, filter it, and add a solution of 10 pounds of sugar in 1J gallons of water. Apple Ratafia. 26 V pounds of apple juice, h ounce each of cloves and mace, 7» pounds of sugar, and 22 pounds of spirit of wine are allowed to digest for 4 to 6 weeks, then add some ambergris, filter, and color the fluid yellow. Rear Ratafia. 26J pounds of pear juice, ■' ounce each of mace ami cloves, 75 pounds of sugar, and 22 pounds of spirit of wine. Treat in the same manner as apple ratafia. Stomachic Ratafia. Comminute 84 ounces of pomegranates, 1 ounce of calamus root, J ounce of cloves, 2 ounces of caraway seed, 1 ounce of cinnamon, and J ounce of mace. Pour 1 gallon of spirit of wine over the ingredients, and allow them to digest for 16 or 20 days. Then pour off ihe 'iquid, and press out the residue. Pour 3 quarts of boiling water over 1 ounce of peppermint, drain off the fluid, dissolve in it 3i pounds of sugar, and BLASTING COMPOUNDS. ETC. 27 add this to the above fluid. Then let it stand quietly for 3 or I weeks, when iiie clear fluid is poured off, and the sediment Altered. Celery Ratafia. 41 ounces of celery set d, 5 drachms of coriander seed, and 3 drachms of cardamons are commi- nuted and digested for 3 weeks in 2-J quarts of whiskey 24 per cent, strong, when they are distil led on a water hath. The distillate is sweetened with _! pounds of sugar dissolved in 1A pints of water. Scotch Ratafia. Mix 5h ounces of jujube berries, 2\ ounces of saffron, \'_ ounces of dates, 1 \ ounces of grapes, J drachm of coriander seed, y drachm of cinnamon, and pour 'i gallon of whiskey of 24 percent, over the mixture. After allowing it to digest for 14 days, pour off the ftuid, and add to it the fluid pressed from the residue. Sweeten with 2| pounds of sugar dissolved in 14 pints of water. ]~(tuill(i Ratafia. Cut 1 ounce of vanilla beans in small pieces. Pour lo| pounds of rectified spirit of 90 per cent. Tr. over them, add ' fluid drachm of oil of orange blossoms, let them stand for 8 days, then filter, add 11 pounds of sugar dissolved in 1A. gallons of water, and color pale red. Wormwood Ratafia. Dissolve 2 fluid drachms of oil of wormwood, 32 drops of oil of cinnamon, 20 drops each of oil of cloves and oil of cardamons in 1A gallons of rectified spirit of 90 percent. Tr. ; sweeten the solution with a syrup of 83 pounds of sugar, add 1 gallon of water, and color green. Blasting Compounds, Blasting Powder, Dynamite, Gun-< otton, Gunpowder, Nitro-glycerine, Fulminates, Etc. Among the blasting compounds nitro- glycerine and the explosive substances, dynamite, etc., derived from it, occupy the foremost place. Nitro-glycerine is obtained in the fol- lowing manner: Fuming nitric acid of 4'.< to 50° Heaume is mixed with twice its weight of highly concentrated sul- phuric acid in a vessel kept cool by being surrounded with cold water. Ordinary commercial glycerine, free from lime and lead, is evaporated to 30" or 31 Keaume. When entirely •cold, it should lie of a syrupy consistency. 7 \ pounds of the cold acid mixture are brought into a glass flask or earthen vessel ; this is place' in cold water, and I pound of glycerine is slowly poured into it ; constant stirring being kept up during the addition of the glycerine. Greal care must be observed to avoid any heating of the mixture, as the con- sequence of this would he an oxidation of the glycerine with development of earbonic acid. When the mixture it complete, it is allowed to stand quietly for 5 or 10 minutes, when it is poured into 5 or 6 times its volume of cold water, to which a rotary motion has previously been imparted. The nitro- glycerine subsides quickly as a heavy oil. w»'"ft, \y decantation, is brought into a vessel of greater height than width. It is now washed with water, until not a trace of acid reaction is in- dicated by blue litmus paper, when it is put in flasks ready for use. It is a yellow or brown oil, heavier than water, and practically insoluble in it, but soluble in alcohol and ether. When impure or acid, it decomposes spon- taneously in a short time, with develop- ment of gas, and formation of oxalic and glyceric acids. Mowbray's Process of Mam ufacturing Nitro-glycerine. This product is pre- eminent because of its stable character. It freezes at 45° F., is clear as water, and never of an orange color. When detonated it does not produce what is known as glycerine headache and is non-explosive when frozen. These excellent qualities are imparted to it by the care taken in its preparation. The nitrifying acid is made in a well- ventilated building, in which are placed five retorts each of IV pounds' capacity and charged with 104 ounces of sodium nitrate and Ml ounces of sulphuric acid. Terra-cotta pipes conduct the vapors from each retort into a row of four earthenware receivers standing upon a trestle raised slightly above the floor. 165 pounds of sul- phuric acid are poured into the first two receivers and 1 10 pounds into the third, while the fourth remains empty. The- nitric acid vapors are condensed in the -"eeive r s thereby the mixture of acid? 28 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOR. required for nitrating is at once ob- tained. When the distillation, which 'requires 24 hours, is finished, the acid mixture (about <><>(> pounds) is drawn off and emptied into a large trough of soapstone. To remove the hyponitric acid, as well as to obtain a homogeneous mixture, Mowbray passes a current of air into the trough through an iron pipe, which answers the purpose per- fectly. This operation is of great im- portance, as the presence of hyponitric acid and nitrous acid probably causes the spontaneous decomposition and con- sequent explosion of this substance. The room in which the nitrating pro- cess is carried on is about 103 feet long and contains 116 jars of earthenware in wooden troughs. 18 J pounds of acid are poured into each of the jars and the troughs are filled with ice water, or with a mixture of ice and salt, to within 1 inch of the edge of the jars containing the acid. Upon a shelf above the troughs are placed glass vessels, one for each jar. Each contains 2i pounds of pure glycerine (not crude glycerine), which is conveyed drop by drop into .he acid mixture by means of a siphon rnd rubber hose. Beneath the shelf upon which the glycerine vesseis stand runs an iron pipe 2i inches in diameter, through which passes a current of cold and dry air, which is introduced into the jars, while the acid and glycerine intermingle, through glass tubes 16£ iuches long and i inch in diameter. 1£ hours are required for the glycerine to run off, and the greatest attention and care are necessary during this time. The three workmen overseeing the mixing process walk constantly up and down with a thermometer in hand, and should they find the temperature rising in one of the jars, or that red vapors are emitted, they stir the mix- ture with a glass rod. It happens some- times that the glycerine runs too rap- idly, when the flow must be diminished, and in case the engine should cease working must be entirely stopped and the mixture stirred. When the conversion of glycerine into nitro-glycerine is completed, and no more red vapors escape, the jars are emptied into a vat containing cold water (42.8° F.). The quantity pro- duced amour's at each operation to 405 ponr.ds. In this vat the oil sul> sides to the bottom, being covered with water about 6 feet deep. It remain* here for 15 minutes, when, after the water has been run off, it is drawn off into another vat resembling an old- fashioned churn, but much larger. Here it is washed 5 times — three times with pure water and twice with a solu- tion of soda, a current of air being passed through it at the same time. The water from the washing apparatus is allowed to run into a vat, and from this through two barrels buried in the ground, whence it finds its way to the outside. If any of the oil should have been carried olf with the wash-water, it is regained in one of the barrels. The nitro-glyeerine is then transported in copper vessels to a magazine about 300 feet distant from the work-room and emptied into crocks each having a capa- city of 66 pounds. These are placed on wooden shelves, each holding about 20 crocks, which are immersed in water of about 70° F., reaching to within 6 inches of the edge of the crocks. Here they remain for 72 hours, during which time the impurities that may be con- tained in the oil rise to the surface in the form of a scum, which is removed with a spoon. The nitro-glycerine is then chemically pure, transparent as water, and strongly refracts light. In this condition it is ready fr>r packing. The tin cans used for this purpose are coated inside with paraffme, and have a capacity of 61A pounds each. When they are to be filled they are placed in a shallow wooden vat; the oil is first poured into copper cans and then through a rubber funnel into the tin cans. To render any oil which may be spilled harmless the precaution is used to cover the bottom of the vat with a thick layer of plaster of Paris, which quickly absorbs the fluid. When the cans have been filled they are placed in a wooden vat filled with ice water, or ice and salt, until their contents are frozen, and 30 to 40 of them are stored away together in smaller magazines at a distance of about 325 feet from the factory. For transporting the nitro- glycerine the tin cans are packed in open wooden boxes, the bottom of which is covered with several inches ot sponge. Around the cans themselves BLASTING COMPOUNDS, ETC. 29 are fastened two gutta-percha tubes crossing each other on the bottom of the can. To thaw the nitro-glycerine each can is provided with a tube about 1(J inches long and Ik inches in diame- ter, passing through the centre from top to bottom, into which water of from 70 to 90° F. is poured. The cans are closed by a cork covered with a piece of blad- der. Sleighs are used in winter for transporting the cans, and in summer wagons covered with a layer of ice and this with a blanket. E. Bbttger recommends the following process as free from risk for preparing small quantities of nitro-glycerine : A few grammes of anhydrous and entirely pure glycerine are poured into a test- glass kept cool by being surrounded with a freezing mixture, and containing 1 part by volume of concentrated sul- phuric acid of 1.52 gravity, and 2 parts by volume of stronger sulphuric, acid of 1.83 gravity. The mixture is poured as quickly as possible into a larger vol- ume of water. In this the nitro-glycer- ine, resembling drops of oil, subsides to the bottom ; it is then washed and re- washed, first with water, and finally with a weak solution of soda. It is freed from water by means of a few small pieces of chloride of calcium, when a product will be obtained of such purity that it may be kept with- out risk for an indefinite time and with- out sufiering decomposition. Dynamite possesses all the properties of nitro-glycerine for blasting purposes, and is less dangerous. Explosion is accomplished by means of a percussion cap in the same manner as with nitro- glycerine. The most common mode of making dynamite is by mixing 75 per cent, of nitro-glycerine with 25 per cent, of powdered sand. Dynamite, according to 77. Champion and H. Pellet, may be divided into, a, dynamite with an inert absorbent (in- fusorial earth, ashes, tripoli, etc.), and b, dynamite witli an active absorbent. In the latter variety rosin, finely-pow- dered coal, or saltpetre are used as absorbents. To this class belong dualin, iithofracteur, etc. To make the manufacture of dyna- mite less dangerous, A. Sobrero suggests to stir infusorial earth with water into * dough, form it into shapes of suitable size, dry them at 212° F., and finallj dip them into nitro-glycerine. Dyna- mite with 75 per cent, of etfective ex« plosive can be prepared in this manner. Cellulose Dynamite. Franzl has suc- ceeded in producing a nitro-glycerine powder which, while it possesses all the properties of dynamite prepared with infusorial earth, has the advan- tage of being unatfected by water. He tound that certain organic absorbents possessed the property of retaining ab- sorbed nitro-glycerine, even when placed under water, and did not lose their ex- plosive power. The nitrogenized ab- sorbents — wood fibre and gun-cotton — were found to be too dangerous for manufacturing large quantities. But Franzl has now succeeded in preparing a wood fibre which absorbs from 70 to 75 per cent, of nitro-glycerine, which retains these proportions unchanged when in contact with water, and which retains also its explosive power after being pressed out and dried. Norbin & Ohlsson's Patent Dynamite consists of a mixture of ammonium nitrate, with 8 to 10 per cent, of pulver- ized charcoal or coal, and 10 to 30 per cent, of nitro-glycerine. The compound, which, on account of the hygroscopic property of the ammonium nitrate, must be kept in metallic cases or glass vessels, is exploded by means of a per- cussion cap. A. Nobel's Dynamite is a mixture of 69 parts of saltpetre, 7 of paraffine or naphthaline, 7 of coal dust, and 20 of nitro-glycerine. It is claimed that the addition of paraffine or naphthaline renders the mixture less hygroscopic. Lithofracteur, as manufactured by Krebs & Co. of Deutz, is composed of 52 parts of nitro-glycerine, 30 of infusor- ial earth, 12 of coal, 4 of saltpetre, and 2 of sulphur. Dittmar's Dualin consists of 50 parts of nitro-glycerine, 50 of nitrated saw- dust, and 20 of saltpetre. New Dynamite by Anthoine & Gen- aud. In this preparation unsized paper takes the place of silica. The paper is not only saturated with nitro-glycerine, but dipped in succession into solutions of saltpetre, potassium chlorate, and potassium picrate. Carbodzotine. This explosive mix- ture, patented in France by de Soulages 30 TECHNO CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. and Cahuc, is composed of 50 to 64 parts of saltpetre 13 to L6 of sulphur, 14 to Hi of spent tan, <>r very fine saw- dust, 9 to In of lampblack, and 1 to 5 • it' ferrous sulphate. The mixture is heated with a suitable quantity of water to 230° to 248° V., then allowed to cool, and the solid mass dried and shaped into bricks. Brise-rocs, an explosive agent patent- ed by Rubautti, consists of 40 parts of saltpetre, 20 of soda saltpetre, 15 of sulphur, 1 of rock salt, and )5of woody substance, spent tan, sawdust, etc. Pudrolitk. Por./i's blasting powder, known under this name, consists of 3 parts by weight of spent tan, 5 of saw- dust, 3 of soda saltpetre, '■'< of barium nitrate, 6 of wood charcoal, 12 of sulphur, and 68 of saltpetre. The barium and sodium salts are dissolved in hot water, the tan and sawdust stirred into the solution, r.nd the mix- ture is evaporated to dryness. The other ingredients, previously pulver- ized, are intimately mixed with the powdered residue in a revolving cylin- der. Pyrolith. This blasting powder, patented by Wattlen, and used for blasting hard rocks, such as granite, etc., consists of 12.5 parts by weight of saw- dust, 67.5 of saltpetre, and 20 of flowers of sulphur. For blasting softer rocks, such as limestone, coal, etc., Wattlen recom- mends the following composition: 11 parts by weight of sawdust, 50.5 of salt- petre, 16 of soda saltpetre, 1.5 of pow- dered charcoal, and 20 of flowers of sulphur. Trets' Blasting Powder, patented in England, consists of 52.5 per cent, of Chili soda saltpetre, 20 per cent, of sulphur, and 27.5 per cent, of spent tan. Frozen Dynamite. Dynamite, when frozen solid, is comparatively valueless, as in thawing for use it becomes injured and sometimes ignites ; but by granulat- ing it, as freezing takes place, and keep- ing it in this condition, it may be trans- ported, handled, or poured and rammed into bore holes with entire safety and convenience. Freezing the dynamite in grains may be readily accomplished by passing it through a coarse sieve after it is manufactured, but just before it congeals, and allowing it to fal* loosely and lie undisturbed 'hiring it» exposure to a freezing temperature The particles will slightly adhere, but may be readily separated by stirring. Dynamite so frozen will readily exploae by the ordinary means, but the cap Should have about three times tin- usual quantity of fulminate. Augendre's White Powder. This powder may be advantageously used for blasting very hard rock, although it is somewhat expensive. < lonsiderable care and caution are required in ram- ming it into the drill hides, and for this reason the work should be only in- trusted to experienced workmen. By the following process Augendre's gun- powder can be produced as a very ho- mogeneous mixture and of great explo- sive energy. The three ingredients of white gunpowder, potassium ferrocy- anide, sugar, and potassium chlorate, are pulverized, each by itself, in a mor- tar, and then thoroughly dried. Each of the ingredients, when dry, is again pulverized as finely as possible, and passed through a fine hair sieve. The respective quantities of the ingredients are then weighed off, poured upon a sheet of paper, and intimately mixed with the fingers or with a feather. The powder is then placed in a capacious porcelain mortar, moistened with abso lute alcohol, and an intimate mixture is produced by continued rubbing with a pestle, the process being entirely free from danger if done in this manner. The powder, which is now in the form of a stiff dough, is spread upon a smooth board and dried in a warm room. The alcohol evaporates quickly, when the thin, dry cakes of powder are crushed between two smooth boards, and the powder passed through a fine sieve. In this manner it is obtained in the form of very fine, intimately mixed dust r possessing excellent explosive proper- ties. Hafenegger's Gun and Planting Pow- der, several varieties of which have been patented in England, resemble? Augendre's white powder. Their com- position is as follows: I. Nine parts of potassium chlor- ate, i of sulphur, ami % of wood char- coal. II. Two parts of potassium chlorate. BLASTING COMPOUNDS, ETC. 31 1 of refined sugar, and 1 of potassium ferroeyanide. III. Four parts Of potassium chlorate, 1 of sulphur or sugar, ! of wood char- coal, and 1 of potassium ferroeyanide. IV. Four parts of potassium ch lorate, 4 of sugary \ of wood charcoal, and ^ of sulphur. V. One part of potassium chlorate and 1 of sugar. VI. Eleven parts of potassium chlor- ate, i of sulphur, and { of wood char- coal. Dr. Borlinetto's Gunpowder. Mix very intimately lit parts of Chili salt- petre, in of picric acid, and 8i of potas- sium bichromate. Sharp & Smith's Patent Gunpowder consists of 2 parts of saltpetre, 2 of po- tassium chlorate, 1 of potassium ferro- eyanide, 1 of potassium tartrate, and 2 of sulphur. Spence's Powder for Cannon of Large < 'a fibre. Two parts by weight of finely- pulverized charcoal are boiled with 38 parts by weight of water. The boiling is interrupted after a short time, and, with constant stirring, 20 parts by weight of potassium chlorate, 2 of pul- verized coal, and 4 of sodium bicarbon- ate are added to the mixture of charcoal and water. The mass is again brought to the boiling point, 7 parts by weight ■of fine sawdust are added, and the boil- ing continued until the woody mass has formed a magma with the water. When this is done the mass is evaporated in open pans until it is of a consistency to be granulated in the usual manner in the powder-mill. Non-explosive Pow ler. When this powder is ignited it does not explode, but burns slowly with a hissing noise. It loosens and raises stones without blasting them. It is cheaper than the ordinary powder, of quite .a coarse grain, and contains 3 parts of potassium nitrate to 1 of sodium nitrate. The powder is mixed in the following pro- portions: 56.22 to 56.23 per cent, of potassium nitrate, 18.33 to 18.39 per cent, of sodium nitrate, 9.68 per cent. of sulphur, and 14.14 to 15.01 per cent, or' charcoal. Green's Blasting Powder consists principally of barium nitrate, contains bur little saltpetre and no sulphur. There is less danger in manufacturing it than gunpowder, but it is not fit for firearms. It possesses the great advan- tage of not emitting thick smoke oi choking gases, and therefore does not interrupt the work in mines; and fur- ther, that it takes up less room than gunpowder and is much cheaper, its effect as compared with gunpowder is as 18 to 11. (Jiant Dynamite is a mixture of 18 to 28 parts by weight of pyroxylin* , 55 to 44 of nitroglycerine, 5 to 10 of pyro- paper, 20 to 10 of nitro-starch, 1 to 1 of nitromannite, and l to 2 of water-glass. The materials, which should he tree from acid, are carefully mixed anil brought under a cartridge press, in the stamp of which is fastened a needle which makes a hole in the cartridge for tlie reception of the fuse. The cartridge thus prepared is hermetically closed with collodion, and packed in the same manner as lithofracteur. Shortly be- fore the cartridge is to be used ■„:.•■ coating of collodion is broken on those places where the holes are for the re- ception of the fuse. This consists of soft gun-cotton impregnated with potas- sium chlorate and plumbic ferroeyan- ide, and is prevented from dropping through by a knot on one end. It is drawn through the holes and a Bick- ford's fuse fastened to the other end. Blasting Compound from Potato- Starch. The process is similar t<> that of manufacturing nitro-glycerine. The potato-starch is shaken with concen- trated nitric acid until it is dissolved, and then, with vigorous stirring, poured into sulphuric acid, whereby the prep- aration is separated in a finely-divided condition. All races of acid are then removed by washing and rewashing, and treating the preparation with so- dium carbonate. The explosive starch flour, when dry, forms a tender white powder. When touched with a glowing piece of wood it is quickly consumed with a yellow flame without leaving a residue. A great advantage of the ex- plosive starch flour is that it explodes only after having been repeatedly struck with a hammer up in an anvil. Its ignition temperature is between 356° and 374° F. In external appear- ance this explosive agent does not dirf'er from ordinary standi flour, it remains entirely unchanged when ooiied r 82 TECHN0-CUEM1CAL RECEIPT BOOK. water, but loses the property of being colored blue by iodine. If examined with the microscope the well-known starch globules cannot be detected. A New Blasting Powder, patented in Germany by Th. Marlinsen, consists of: Parts. I. II. III. Saltpetre 70 64 56 Sulphur 12 12 22 Lampblack 5 3 3 Sawdust or tan 13 21 29 Ferrous sulphate 2 3 5 The ferrous sulphate is completely dissolved in a little water, and the other components are mixed with it at 248° to 266° F. The mixture is cooled off >y constantly stirring it and then dried. this powder can be stored, transported, jmd used without danger, and develops no smoke in the mine. The first mix- ture is intended for dense rocks, the second for anthracite, and the third for bituminous coal. To protect blasting agents containing nitro-glycerine and ammonium nitrate from moisture, and to -prevent the ex- udation of the nitro-glycerine, Nobel adds paraffine to them. He recom- mends the following proportions: 69 per cent, of sodium nitrate, 7 per cent. of paraffine, and 4 per cent, of charcoal. These ingredients are carefully mixed, and 20 per cent, of nitro-glycerine is added to the mixture. Or, 75 per cent, of ammonium nitrate, 3 per cent, of charcoal, 4 per cent, of paraffine, and 18 per cent, of nitro-glycerine. Giant Powder. Forty parts of nitro- glycerine are mixed with 60 parts of a dry mixture, consisting of 40 parts of sodium nitrate, 6 of rosin, 6 of sulphur, and 8 of infusorial earth or other anal- ogous absorbent substance. This forms a powerful blasting compound, which will not ignite from contact with flame nor from a blow, but may be readily exploded by the shock given by dis- charging a cap containing fulminate. Faure & French's Blasting Com- pound is a mixture of 1 part of char- coal, 16 of barium nitrate, and 1 of nitro-cellulose stirred into a dough with some water and then formed into disks and dried. Gun-Cotton. Cocton-wool is im- mersed in a boiling dilute solution of potassium carbonate, then washed with water and well dried. It is now steeped for a few minutes in a cold mixture "I 1 part of concentrated nitric acid and ."■ of oil of vitriol, then squeezed, and again placed in a fresh acid mixture and left there lor 48 hours. It is then again well squeezed and washed for a long time with running water, and fin- ally steeped in a solution of potassium carbonate. Gun-cotton thus manufactured will keep without change indefinitely, and may be kept under water for safety's sake, and possesses, after drying, all "its original properties. It is insoluble in water, alcohol, and ether. It takes fire at 300° F., burning away rapidly but without explosion; but when ignited in a confined space, cr by percussion, it decomposes with a violen 4 detonation, the energy of which equals that of -ive times its weight of gunpowder. New Blasting Compounds. 1. Per a lite is a coarse-grained pow- der consisting of 64 per cent, of salt- petre, 30 per cent, of charcoal, and 6 per cent, of sulphide of antimony. 2. Jaline contains 65 to 75 per cent, of saltpetre, 10 per cent, of sulphur, 10 to 15 per cent, of lignite, 3 to 8 per cent, of sodium picrate, and 2 per cent, of potassium chlorate. New Blasting Compound from a Combination of Honey and Glycerine. The following proportions by weight are used : No. I. Fifty parts of combination of honey and glycerine, 12 of potassium chlorate, 16 of potassium nitrate, 17 of prepared sawdust, and 5 of prepared chalk. No. II. Thirty-eight parts of com- bination of honey and glycerine, 19 of potassium chlorate, 24 of potassium nitrate, 10 of prepared sawdust, and 9 of prepared chalk. The combination of honey and gly- cerine is prepared as follows: Mix 1 part of nitric acid of 1.50 specific grav- ity and 2 parts of sulphuric acid of 1.84 specific gravity, and let the mixture cool off to 62° F. Eight parts of this mixture are placed in a wooden vessel lined with lead, and to this is added, with slow and constant stirring, 1 parr BLASTING COMPOUNDS, ETC. 3a of a mixture of equal parts of honey and glycerine, keeping the temperature of the compound between 59° and 68° F. After stirring for about 5 minutes the combination of honey and glycerine settles on the bottom of the vessel. It is then separaisd from the supernatant acid and washed first with water and next with a solution of soda to remove the last traces of acid. It is now ready for mixing with the other ingredients, which must have been previously pul- verized and intimately mixed. The sawdust flour is prepared by passing ordinary sawdust through a fine sieve and boiling it in a solution of soda until all resinous and coloring substances have been extracted, when it is washed in coJd water and dried. Preparation of Blasting Compounds by directly Nitrating CHide Tar Oils. The crude tar oils are gradually com- pounded by constant stirring with nitric acid of a high grade. The clear oil standing over the precipitate is poured i)ff into another vessel, nitric acid added jo the residue, and the process repeated. The nitrogenized substances obtained in this manner are washed, dried, and mixed with substances yielding oxygen, ""he nitrates of alkalies, potassium thlorate, and the strongest nitric acid (1.5 specific gravity) are principally used for the purpose. Gelatinous Nitro-glycerine. Cotton carefully cleansed and comminuted is boiled in a closed boiler with 5 parts by weight of dextrine and some acetate of ammonium ; the resulting jelly, of which as much as 7 per cent, may be dissolved in nitro-glycerine, forms with it a mass from which no nitro-glycerine can es- cape. To prepare the blasting compound "Forcite " 76 parts of the above gelat- inous nitro-glycerine are mixed with 15 parts of saltpetre and 9 of sawdust. Cartridge Shells of Easily Combusti- ble Substances. The material consists of very loosely woven cotton or silk tissue, which is impregnated with nitro- glycerine, or with a mixture of sulphur and saltpetre. When the tissue is dry, collodion, to which a small quantity of castor oil has been added, is poured over it and it is then smoothed between tollers. Fulminate of Mercury is used for 8 filling percussion caps. It is prepared on a large scale by dissolving 1 part of mercury in 12 of pure nitric acid of 1.36 specific gravity, and adding 12 of spirit of wine, when a violent reaction takes place, which is kept in check by adding gradually more alcohol. First, the liquid becomes black by the separation of metallic mercury, which, however, soon disappears. When the liquid be- comes cool the fulminate of mercury separates as a crystalline powder. It is nearly insoluble in cold water : from a boiling solution it is obtained in white prismatic crystals. When kindled in the open air it burns away like gun- powder, but by percussion it is decom- posed with a violent detonation. The explosion of the fulminate is so violent and rapid that it is necessary to moder- ate it for percussion caps. For this purpose it is mixed with potassium nitrate or chlorate. For gun caps potassium chlorate is generally mixed with the fulminate, and powdered glass is sometimes added to increase the sen- sibility of the mixture to explosion by percussion. After a little of the com- position has been introduced into the cap, it is made to adhere by a drop of solution of shellac in spirit of wine, which renders it also water-proof. Fulminate of Silver. Ten grains of pure silver are dissolved, at a gentle heat, in 70 drops of concentrated nitrie acid of 1.42 specific gravity and 50 drops of water. As soon as the silver is dissolved the heat is removed and 2,000 drops of alcohol are added. If the action does not commence after a short time, a very gentle heat may be applied until effervescence begins, when the fulminate of silver will be deposited in minute needles, and may be further treated as in the case of fulminate of mercury. When dry the fulminate of silver must be handled with the greatest caution, since it is exploded far more easily than the fulminate of mercury. It should be kept in small quantities, wrapped up separately in paper, and placed in a pasteboard box. The vio- lence of its explosion renders it useless for percussion caps, but it is employed in detonating crackers. Fulminating Platinum is obtained by dissolving binoxide of platinum in diluted sulphuric acid and mixing ihi :;l TEi'lINO CHEMICAL RECEIPT HOOK. ""'uiion with an excess of ammonia, wlien a black precipitate will result which detonates violently at about 400° F. Fulminating Gold is obtained as ;i buff-colored precipitate when ammonia is added to a solution of terchloride of gold. It explodes violently when gently heated. Bleaching. New Method of Bleaching Cotton Yarns, Tissues, etc. This new method of bleaching, invented by Banes and Grisdales, is based upon rendering the goods more porous and receptive of the bleaching agent of any kind by treating them in a vacuum boiler from which the air is removed by an air-pump. Cleansing of Cotton and other Vege- table Fibres. Mix 8 parts of soda with 1 part of unslaked lime, and stir the mixture with a quantity of water suffi- cient to dissolve the soda. Then allow the fluid to clear by standing, and pour it off from the residue. The clear fluid, according to circumstances, should show 1.5° to 2.5° of Twaddle: 1.5° is suffi- cient for fine, light goods, while a stronger fluid is required for coarse, heavy materials. The yarns or tissues are dipped for 30 to 50 minutes in the fluid, and then bleached in the usual manner. To Bleach Cotton Goods vith Woven Borders. 1. Soak in alkaline lye. 2. Rinse thoroughly, using a centrifugal. 3. Boil with solution of soap in a high- pressure boiler. 4. Place them for 6 to 8 hours in Javelle's lye. 5. Rinse thoroughly with water. 6. Pass them through a hydrochloric acid bath. 7. Rinse in ammoniacal water. 8. Pass them through a centrifugal, and dry. To Bleach Muslin. For 100 pounds. Boil the muslin for 4 to 6 hours in a lye consisting of 4J pounds of caustic soda, then rinse it out and winch. Now place the muslin in a bleaching bath composed of 54 pounds of chloride of lime of 100° and water ; allow it to re- main in this for 8 to 12 hours and then place it in fresh water to which 1 pound of sulphuric acid has been added. Here it remains for 1 hour, when it is mused and dried. Frohnkt isrr's Method of Blenching < 'niton. Five pounds of calcined soda and 3 pounds of chloride of lime ai? mixed, each by itself, with water, and then poured together. The mixture i> allowed to settle and the clear fluid poured oft". In it 200 pounds of cotton yam are boiled for 8 hours and then rinsed in water. Now in pounds of chloride of lime are stirred with ater and 1A pounds of sulphuric acid added to it. In this the yarn is placed for € to 8 hours, when it is brought into a cold-water bath to which 5 pounds of sulphuric acid have been added. It remains here for 6 hours, when it is rinsed in warm water and is then brought into a solution of 3 pounds of potash or 4 pounds of calcined soda, where it remains for 3 to 4 hours, when it is thoroughly washed, passed through a centrifugal, and then completely dried. To Bleach Cotton P.'cce Goods. 1. Wash the pieces thoroughly in a wash ing machine. 2. Boil for 6 hours in a high-pressure boiler with an addition of milk of lime. 3. Place them ove, night in a hydrochloric acid bath of 3 1 ' Beaume. 4. Rinse them thoroughly to remove all traces of acid. 5. Boil for 4 hours in a solution of soda of 5° Beaume. 6. Remove all traces of the solution of soda by rinsing. 7. Place them for 6 hours in a perfectly clear bath of chlo- ride of lime of 4° Beaume. 8. Place them for half an hour in the hydro- chloric acid bath. 9. Remove all traces of acid by rinsing. In place of the hydrochloric acid bath a sulphuric acid bath may be used. The lime separated by this has the effect of loading the fibre. Cotton, as it comes from the spinning machine, can be bleached by placing it in a hermetically closed box and passing through a current of freshly developed chloroform. The chloroform is devel- oped in an alembic from equal parts of chloride of lime, caustic lime, and alco- hol, and a sufficient quantity of water to form a thin paste, and enters the box in the form of vapor. Towards the end of the operation sulphuric acid is slowly added to the chloroform mixture, where- by the development of vapor is pro- moted. After the vapor has acted upon the cotton for 1 hour t.'ie alembic is re- BLEACHING. 35 moved and a strong current of a mix- ture of carbonic acid, vapor of ether, and hydrogen gas is passed into the box for in t" l- hours, when the cotton will be thoroughly bleached and is dried in the drying room. Bleaching of Woollen Tissues. The process of bleaching woollen tissues may be divided into Cleansing and Bleaching the goods. 1. Cleansing. This is done with soap and soda in aspecial apparatus. Woven woollen goods should not be brought into the apparatus in loose folds like cotton, but must be kept stretched, or else they lose much of their beauty. The temperature of the bath must not be raised too high. If the goods are to be bleached entirely white the treat- ment with soda and soap must be re- peated several times. Clauzon cleanses the wool without employing heat, and uses for this purpose a weak solution of ordinary soda, brings it then into very dilute sulphuric acid, and finally into water. For very fine goods he uses ammonium carbonate instead of soda. In bleaching he first dips the wool in a solution of soda, then exposes it to the fumes of burning sulphur, and finally washes it. The use of caustic soda is not without danger, as, besides the fatty substances, the wool itself may be decomposed. The operation must be carefully and constantly watched to prevent the pres- ence of an excess of caustic soda in the bath. When the cloths have been thoroughly cleansed the next ojiera- tion is 2. Bleaching. This is accomplished by means of sulphurous acid. This gas has an entirely different effect from that of chlorine, as, instead of destroy- ing the coloring matter, or of transform- ing it so that it can be removed from the goods by washing, it forms a per- manent combination which remains fastened upon the fibre. The sulphur- ing is done either with gaseous or with fiuid sulphurous acid. In the first process, which is generally employed, large chambers which can be hermeti- cally closed are used. These are pro- vided with valves, opening inward, for the admittance of air during the time the gaseous acid is absorbed by the tloth. After the goods hove been stretched over frames in the chamber, an iron pot containing sulphur is placed in the room, which is then hermetically closed. The developed sulphurous acid is absorbed by the wet goods and comes in contact with the coloring matter and bleaches it. A rarefied space is formed by the absorption, but this is immedi- ately equalized by the air entering through the above-mentioned valves, which supply the oxygen necessary for the combustion of the sulphur. The goods remain for 24 hours ex- posed to the action of the sulphur- ous acid, although sometimes this ifi not sufficient. If this should be the case, a fresh quantity of sulphur is placed in the room and the operation repeated. Forty pieces of goods from 20 to 30 yards long are arranged together, singed like cotton good's, and then treated as follows: 1. Bring them 3 times into a bath composed of 25 pounds of crystal- lized soda and 12 poinds of soap to 125 to 150 gallons of water, and heated to about 100° F. Add i to $ of a pound of soap to the bath every time after the goods have been passed through it. 2. Binse them twice in clean water of the same temperature. 3. Bring them 3 times into a similar bath as No. 1, but containing no soap. After having been passed through for the first time add £ pound of fresh soda to the bath. 4. Sul- phur them for 12 luar/s in the apparatus mentioned above. Twenty-five pounds of sulphur are burned for the 40 pieces. 5. Bring them 3 times into a bath con- taining 30 pounds of soda to 125 to 150 gallons of water, and heated to 120° F. Add i pound of soda to the bath each time after the goods have been passed through it. 6. Second sulphuring like No. 4. 7. Repeat the bath as in No. 5. 8. Wash them twice in water of 85° F. 9. Sulphur them for 12 hours. 10. Wash them twice in lukewarm and once in cold water. 11. Blue them with in- digo. These operations generally suffice for ordinary woollen goods, but not if they contain much coloring matter, or if they are intended for fine dyes. All traces of fatty matter must be removed, as they exert an injurious effect upon the dye-stuffs. In these cases the following process is employed : After singeing and 36 TECHNO-CTIEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. washing the goods in water pass them, I. Through an alkaline soap bath con- sisting of 50 pounds of crystallized soda and 10 pounds of soap to 125 to 150 gal- lons of water, and heated to 140° to 150° F. 2. Rinse them in warm water. 3. Pass them twice through a bath consist- ing of 25 pounds of soda to the same quantity of water as No. 1 and of the same temperature. 4. Wash them in warm water. 5. Sulphur them for 10 hours with 25 pounds of sulphur for 250 pieces. 6. Wash them. 7. Pass them twice through a bath of 16i pounds of soda to the same quantity of water as No. 1, but heated to 140° to 150° F. 8. Pass them twice through a bath of 1.3 pounds of soda to the same quantity of water as No. 1, but heated to 140° to 150° F. 9. Wash them in warm water. 10. Sulphur with 17 pounds of sulphur to the same number of pieces. 11. Wash, and, 12. Blue them. To Keep Woollen Goods White. The goods, after bleaching by sulphuring, are placed in a bath of 10 gallons of water, 3 pounds of castile soap, and 1 to Ik pounds of spirit of sal ammoniac. The addition of sal ammoniac prevents the goods from turning yellow when stored, and that of soap from feeling Tough to the touch. To Bleach Wool without Sulphur. The loose wool, or yarn, is thoroughly washed Avith soda and soap in the ordi- nary manner. It is then brought into a cold bath of 2 pounds of hyposulphite of sodium to 11 gallons of water, where it remains for 1 hour, when it is taken out t>i pounds of hydrochloric acid are then added to the same bath, the wool is replaced in it, and allowed to remain for 1 hour. The vessel con- taining the wool must be well covered during the last treatment, and the bath must be large enough to conveniently handle the wool in it. The loose wool, or yarn, acquires, by this operation, a much better appearance than that bleached with sulphur, and keeps white for a longer time. To make Wool bleached without Sul- phur beautifully White. Take to 1 pait of spun wool 2 of chalk, scrape this fine and stir it into a thin paste with soft water. The wool is thoroughly rubbe4 with this paste, as if it were to be washed with soap, and is thus left for 24 hours. It is then rinsed in soft water until all traces of the chalk are removed. By repeating the oper- ation the white becomes more bril- liant. Bleaching of Silk. Raw silk, accord- ing to R. Wagner, can be bleached en- tirely white without previously remov- ing the gum by boiling, and with but a small loss of weight. This is done by digesting the raw silk in a mixture of 1 part of hydrochloric acid and 23 of alcohol. The fluid assumes a green color, and the silk, after it has been washed and dried will be perfectly white. One hundred parts by weight of raw silk give by this process 97.19 parts by weight of bleached silk. The loss in weight, therefore, amounts to but 2.91 per cent. Quick Method of Bleaching Flax Yarn, according to C. Hartmann. The yarns are soaked for 48 hours in water at 110 to 122° F., to dissolve the dirt accumulated in spinning. The water is then drawn off and fresh water poured over them until it runs off quite clear. The yarns are then dried and boiled 2 to 3 hours in a soda lye of 2i° to 3° Twaddle. Fresh water is again poured over them until it runs off clear. The yarns are dried, and again boiled in equally strong lye, and soaked in water. They are then dried and winched in a solution of sodium chloride |° to 1° Twaddle strong, or in a solution of chlorine. They are then thoroughly washed and laid upon the bleaching ground, where they remain for 8 days, are then turned and allowed to remain for 3 days longer. They are then again boiled, treated as above, dried, brought into a weak chlorine bath, dried, and placed upon the bleach- ing ground. If the yarns are to be only J bleached, they are placed in a 1° strong solution of sulphuric acid. If they are to be bleached entirely white, they are boiled a fourth time in the same manner as above, and, after hav» ing been dried, are brought into a weak chlorine bath, and finally in a sulphuric acid bath as above. For a better comparative view, Hart- mann recapitulates the process for en- tirely bleached and J bleached yarn* as follows : BLEACHING. 37 Entirely Bleached. J Bleached. Soaking 43 hours. Soaking 4S hours. Rinsing with water. Rinsing with water. Drying. Drying. Boiling with soda 4 Boiling with soda 4 (sours. hours. Rinsing with water. Rinsing with water. Drying. Drying. Boiling with soda. Roiling with soda. Rinsing with water. Rinsing with water. Drying. Drying. Chlorine bath or Chlorine bath or winching. winching. Washing. Washing. Bight days upon the Eight days upon the bleaching ground. bleaching ground. Tinning upon the Turning upon the bleaching ground. bleaching ground. Boiling with soda. Boiling with soda. Rinsing with water. Rinsing with water. Drying. Drying. Chlorine bath. Chlorine bath. Washing. Washing. Four to 6 days upon Sulphuric acid bath, the bleaching ground. Drying. Boiling with soda. Rinsing in water. Drying. Chlorine bath. Washing. Sulphuric ucid bath and washing. Drying. Hartmann remarks that the yarns should be washed as little as possible, or else they will lose too much weight, which should never amount to more than 18 to 20 per cent. After each boil- ing, rinsing the yarns in water is suf- ficient, but washing is absolutely neces- sary, after treating them in the chlorine bath, and with sulphuric acid. To Bleach Sponges. Beat the sponges carefully, and then place them in a mixture of 1 part of hydrochloric acid and 20 of water. They are then boiled in water and thoroughly washed, after which they are placed in a water bath to which a sufficient quantity of sul- phuric acid has been added to bring it to 4° Beaume. This bath is com- pounded with bleaching liquor, until it is entirely saturated with gas. The sponges remain in this for half an hour, when they are taken out, rinsed off in soft water, and passed through an acid bath. They are placed several times in succession in a bath acidulated with sulphuric acid to 4° Beaume, and to which a sufficient quantity of potassium hydrate or of sodium hydrate has been added to impregnate it with gas. The sponges remain here for some time, when they are taken out, rinsed in soft water, squeezed out and dried. To Bleach and Harden Tallow. Place 100 pounds of the brownish tal- low in a copper boiler, and add £ gal- lon of clean water. Then melt the tal- low at a moderate heat, and add, with constant stirring, a mixture of 1 pound of sulphuric acid in 1A gallons of water. Next add A pound of finely powdered potassium bichromate, and finally li gallons of pure water. The fire is now allowed to go out, and the tallow, which will be as clear as water, and of slightly greenish tint, is left to congeal, when it is skimmed from the dark g/een fluid on the bottom of the boiler. To Bleach Bristles. Wash the bris- tles thoroughly in a solution of soft soap in tepid water ; then rinse them in cold water. Now place them for 2 or 3 days in a saturated aqueous solution of sul- phurous acid, wash them in cjean water and dry them. To Bleach Copper Plate Engravings, Woodcuts, etc. Place a quantity of phosphorus in glass carboy with a wide mouth, such as is used for storing sul- phuric acid will answer the purpose. Pour into the carboy sufficient water at 85° F. to half cover the phosphorus fragments. Close the carboy looselj with a cork, and let it stand" for 12 or. 18 hours in a moderately warm place. The paper, print, etc., to be bleached, is moistened with distilled water, then fastened to a platinum wire, and sus- pended in the carboy, where it will be- come entirely white in a short time. But as there will be some acid reaction after the paper has been taken from the carboy, it must be rinsed with water until the latter does not turn blue lit- mus paper red. The paper is then passed through a weak solution of soda, next through clean water, and finally dried upon a glass plate. To Bleach Shellac. Rub 2 pounds of chloride of lime to a paste with water, strain this through linen, and wash out the residue with 2 pounds of water. A solution of 1 part of potash in 3 of water is added to the filtrate until no more precipitate is formed, when the precipitate is filtered off. Generally 4 ounces of potash or 1 pound of the solution of potash is allowed for eac* pound of chloride of lime. 38 fECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Two pourn/S /»f the shellac to be bleached are digested for a few days in 1 gallon of highly-rectified spirit of wine. To this is added, with constant stirring, the above fluid, and, in the course of half an hour, a sufficient quantity of hydrochloric acid is added to produce an acid reaction. The shellac will assume the appear- ance of a white, tough mass. This is freed from the acid by rinsing, and washed with boiling water until this has no longer a milky appearance. The shellac is then placed upon a moist board, formed into strips, and dried in the air. The fluid, which is first poured off, is saturated with hydrate of lime, and the spirit of wine contained in it can then be recovered by distillation. To Bleach Straw. There is no better process than treatment with sulphur in ■connection with very weak chlorine, as by this the straw will lose nothing of its lustre and durability. Bleaching by natural means does not suffice, as the coloring matter is not sufficiently destroyed, and, moreover, the straw will lose its durability by having to remain for a long time upon the bleaching ground. Bleaching by chlorine alone cannot be recommended; for although it exerts a powerful bleaching effect upon straw, as it must be used very Strong, it makes the straw brittle and destroys its lustre. In using sulphur in combination with chlorine, the straw is first soaked for "J 4 hours in hot water, and then boiled for 3 hours in water containing 1 pound of potash to 9 gal- ions of water. The straw is then soaked in cold water, this being repeated until the water runs off entirely colorless. The straw is now boiled in a lye half as strong as the first and then soaked in cold water for 3 days. This finishes the cleansing operation. The straw is now subjected to the actual bleaching process. For this purpose it is brought into a hermetically closed chamber and exposed, while still moist, for 12 to 16 hours to the action of sulphurous vapors f reduced by the combustion of sulphur, t is washed in water and soaked for about 30 hours in a very dilute solution of chloride of* lime, which should be as clear as water. It is then rinsed off with ^tire water. «nd finally, to free it from the odor of chlorine, a very weak solution of sodium hyposulphite is poured over it and allowed to act upon it for several hours. When the odor of chlorine has disappeared the straw is washed with pure water and dried. David's New Process of Bleaching. Gaseous chlorine is generated in a closed receptacle by one of the ordinary meth- ods (as by the action of an acid on chloride of lime diluted with water"), and is conveyed by a pipe into a cham- ber containing the articles to be bleached. The sides of the chamber are constructed of a transparent mate- j rial in order to admit the entrance of I light, which assists considerably in the process of decolorization. After some length of time, varying with the nature of the articles to be bleached, a rapid current of carbonic acid gas, obtained by any of the well-known methods, is sent into the chamber. The apparatus in which the carbonic acid is generated communicates with a vessel containing liquid ammonia, the fumes of which combine with the carbonic acid and are conveyed into the chamber, where the two gases neutralize the hydrochloric I acid and accelerate the decolorization ! of the materials contained therein. The ammonia should be contained in a ves- sel of such a shape that the evaporating i surface of the liquid can be augmented or diminished according to the quantity 1 of chlorine employed. In the second process, permanganate of lime is obtained by the action of per- J oxide or binoxide of manganese on lime aided by heat in the following manner: ; One part by weight of peroxide of man- ganese and 3 parts by weight of quick- lime in powder are mixed together and submitted to a red heat for about 3 I hours. When the heat has been con- tinued for 1 hour a rapid current of i carbonic acid is rjassed through the mixture and continued until the pro- cess is completed ; the object of this being to peroxidize the compound. The permanganate of lime thus prepared is placed in a closed receptacle which communicates by a pipe with the bleaching chamber, ordinary sulphuric acid is gradually added, and "ozonized oxygen" is evolved. In order to accel- erate *Uf evolution of this gas a vegeta- BOILER INCRUSTATIONS. 3» ble acid in quantity equal to the sul- phuric acid is added. In the third process phosphorus and acetic acid arc employed. The produc- tion of .ozone by means of phosphorus in a moist atmosphere is well known, but the quantity thus obtained is very small. ■ liy causing air which has been previously forced through acetic acid to bubble through the water containing the phosphorus, the quantity of ozone is considerably increased, fhe ozoue is conveyed to the bleaching chamber in the same manner as before de- scribed, the air being forced through the liquids by means of 'a fan. When the materials are removed from the bleaching chamber it is de- sirable to expose them for a time to the action of the atmosphere iu order to remove the odor of ozone. This pro- cess is adapted to the bleaching of raw or worked materials, especially those which from their shape or nature can- not be immersed in a liquid, and also to books, papers, and engravings. To Blench Stained Marble. Soap the stained marble with a fine piece of liuen. Then cover it with a cloth and pour upon this a solution of 1 ounce of sream of tartar in 2J gallons of water. Repeat the moistening 6 to 8 times a slay for 6 weeks, and expose the marble to the action of the sun, when the stains will be removed and the marble become entirely white. Cracks in white marble are filled with a paste of powdered alabaster with glue water; for gray marble a paste of powdered slate and glue water is used; for red marble, ochre, etc. Boiler Incrustations. The following remedies are recom- mended to remove and prevent boiler incrustations : • Saillard's Receipt. Catechu 100 parts. Potash 50 " 3oda SO " Commoa rosin 10 " Lime 20 " Watet 200 " The lime, rosin, soda, and water are oileu for 30 minutes and then allowed to settle. A decoction of the catechu in 100 parts of water is prepared in an- other boiler, strained, and mixed with the other solution. The fluid is then stored for future use. Every 6 weeks 1 pint of the liquor for each horse-power is introduced into a boiler by means of the feed-pump. For a 10 horse-power boiler, fed with water containing calcic sulphate, take: Catechu 4 pounds. Dextrine 2 " Crystallized soda 4 " Potash 1 pound. Cane sugar 1 " Alum 1 " Gum Arabic 1 " For a boiler of the same size, fed with water containing lime, take : Turmeric 4 pounds. Dextrine 2 " Sodium Dicarbonate 4 " Potash i Molasses y each 1 pound. Alum J For a boiler of the same size, fed with water containing iron, take : Gamboge 4 pounds. Soda 4 " Dextrine 2 " Potash Alum f* each X P° und - Gum Arabic For a boiler of the same size, fed with sea water, take : Catechu 4 pounds. Glauber's salt . . 4 " Dextrine 4 " Alum 1 pound. Gum Arabic 1 " When one of the above preparations is to be used \ gallon of water is added to it, and, in ordinary incrustation, the boiler is charged with it every month ; but, if the incrustation is strong, every 2 weeks. For boilers of 30 horse-power, fed with river water, the following mixture is used, which should be renewed every time the boiler is emptied : Crystallized soda 6 pounds Dextrine 6 " Alum 2 " Suftar 2 " Pota»h 1 pound. 40 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOR. For the sama sized boiler, fed with sea water : Soda 8 pounds. Dextrine 8 " Sugar 4 " Alum 1 pound. Potash 1 " Alfieri's Receipt. A mixture of 250 parts of carbonate of baryta, 325 of am- monium nitrate, 225 of sodium chloride, and 200 of animal charcoal, prevents in- crustations, and dissolves those already formed. Baudet's Preventive consists of 15 parts of sodium hyposulphite, 10 of rain water, and 10 of glycerine. It aug- ments the solubility of gypsum (calcic sulphate), and separates the carbonates and phosphates in the form of powder, and the other salt forms a jelly with the glycerine. .Rogers' Preventives. Dr. Joseph G. Rogers has proposed two methods for preventing boiler incrustation : one con- sists in introducing into the boiler a sufficient quantity of sodium oxalate, which converts the scale-forming im- purities of the feed water into insoluble oxalates as soon as they enter the boiler. These oxalates are precipitated as a mushy sediment, which has no tendency to form scale, and which may be blown out from the mud drum from time to time : another consists in the use of sodium tannate, which is kept con- stantly present in the boiler in solution ; it decomposes the calcium and mag- nesium carbonates as they enter, tan- nates being precipitated in a light, flocculent, amorphous form, which gradually accumulate in the mud drum, from which they may be readily blown out from time to time. The so- dium carbonate formed in the reaction remains in solution, becoming bicar- bonate by appropriation of the free car- bonic acid in the water. This reacts upon the calcium sulphate, forming sodium sulphate and calcium carbon- ate, which latter in turn is acted on as above by fresh portions of the sodium tannate. The constant presence of the alkali protects the iron from any in- jurious action of the tannic acid. A similar reaction will take place be- tween the tannate and the already formed scale, though the actios will be i gradual one. Rogers' processes are based on sound chemical principles, and can be com- mended. (W.) bone.hokn, and ivory — to bleach and Dye them, and Make Imita- tions and Compositions. To Bleach Bone and Ivory. Prepare a solution of 1 part of fresh chloride of lime in 4 of water. Place in it the dis- colored articles of bone or ivory, and allow them to remain for a few days. Then take them out, wash, and dry them in the open air. Articles of ivory must remain somewhat longer in the solution. To Bleach Bones. Place the bones in a mixture of unslacked lime, bran and water, and boil them until they are entirely free from fatty substances, and are white. Hedinger's 3lethod of Bleaching Bones for Turners' Use. Pour oil of turpentine over the bones in tin boxes which can be hermetically closed, let them remain for 10 hours, remove, and boil them for 3 hours in water contain- ing soft soap. Skim off the impurities floating on the surface, cool the hot water with cold, and dry the bones upon pine boards in the open air protected from the sun. Peineman's Process of Bleaching Ivory turned Yellow. According to one receipt, the ivory is placed in a satur- ated solution of alum, and allowed to soak in it for 1 hour. It is then rubbed with a woollen cloth, next wrapped in linen, and allowed to dry. The other process which, according to experiments we have made, is to be preferred, is as follows : Prepare a thin lime paste, heat it over a fire, place the ivory in it, and allow it to remain until it has become white. Then take it out, dry, and polish. To Make Ivory Soft and Flexible. Place the ivory articles in a solution of phosphoric acid of 1 . 130 specific gravity, and allow them to remain in it until they have assumed a transparent ap- pearance. Then take them out of the acid, wash them carefully in water, and dry them between soft linen. They are now as soft as thick leather, become hard on exposure to the air, but regain BONE, HORN, IVORY, ETC. 41 their plasticity in warm water. Weaker phosphoric acid than the above has no effect. New Process of Bleaching Ivory and Bones. The following is a very effi- cacious means of removing the dis- agreeable odor and fatty emanations of bones or ivory, while it leaves them beautifully bleached. The articles are placed in a glass vessel with oil of turpentine, and exposed to the sun for* 3 or 4 days ; a little longer in the shade. The turpentine acts as an oxidizing agent, and forms an acid liquor which sinks to the bottom of the vessel, and strongly attacks the bones if they are allowed to touch it. To prevent this they should rest upon strips of zinc, so as to be a fraction of an inch above the bottom of the vessel. The action of the turpentine is not confined to bones and ivory, but extends to wood of various kinds, especially beech, maple, elm, and cork. Dyeing of Bone and Ivory. Bone and ivory are dyed either without any preliminary preparation, or are first treated for 3 to 4 days with a mixture of sulphuric acid and water, with an addition of a small quantity of tartaric acid, until they are rough and can be pressed with the fingers. The articles may also be placed in boiling vinegar instead of the diluted mineral acid. After the ivory has been softened in this manner it can be dyed by placing it in the alcoholic solution of any coloring substance, and then worked into the article for which it is intended. The original hardness is re- stored by wrapping it in a sheet of white paper covered with dry, decrep- itated common salt, and allowed to remain for 24 hours. If alcoholic solutions are not used, the ivory must first be placed in a mor- dant. This, for most colors, consists of tin salt or a solution of stannous sul- Ehide, obtained from 4 parts of tin, 6 of ydrochloric acid, 8 of sulphuric acid, and 6 of water. Receipts for Different Colors. Yellow. I. Prepare a decoction of rasped fustic in water, place the ivory in a solution of tin in aqua regia, and then in the decoction of' fustic, which iiould be previously strained. II. An orange color is obtained by adding shavings of Brazil wood. III. Or, place the ivory in a concen- trated solution of potassium chromate and then in a boiling hot solution of sugar of lead in water. IV. Mordant the ivory in a solution of stannous sulphide or of alum and then place it in a hot decoction of weld. V. Place the ivory in a solution of yellow orpiment saturated with am- monia. Blue. I. Prepare a highly diluted solution of sulphindigotic acid, which must be partly saturated with potash. Allow the ivory to remain in this for a longer or shorter time, according to the intensity of the color desired. II. Dissolved precipitated indigo (blue carmine) may also be used for dyeing ivory blue. Hydrochloric acid should be used as a mordant instead of nitric acid, as the latter colors the car- tilage yellow and therefore produces a green color with the indigo. Green. I. Dip the articles already dyed blue for a few minutes in a solu- tion of tin in aqua regia, and finish dyeing in a hot decoction of fustic ill water. II. Dip the ivory in a solution of verdigris in vinegar. III. Place the ivory for a few hours in a partly saturated solution of potas- sium chromate, and expose it for some time to the direct rays of the sun. It will acquire a dark bluish-green color. IV. It has been recommended to treat the articles to be dyed green, first with nitric acid, then with a solution of yellow prussiate of potash (potassium ferrocyanide) and an iron salt, and finally with a solution of picric acid. Bed. I. Place the articles for a few minutes in a solution of tin in aqua regia and then in a hot decoction of Brazil wood, cochineal, etc., which should first be strained. II. Boil the ivory with } pound of Brazil wood and 1 gallon of water, then add J pound of alum, and boil once more. III. Dip the ivory in a weak solution of aqua fortis and then place it in a solution of carmine. IV. A more beautiful red is obtained by finishing the dyeing in a decoction of cochineal, or dissolving the carmine 42 TK< UNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. in ammonia. When cochineal is used add alum and a small quantity of tar- taric acid to the bath. Crimson. ". Preparation of the Mor- dant. Place the prepared and polished ivory in a solution of' 1 pound of chlo- ride of'ziuc in i pint of rain or distilled water; allow it to remain 1 hour, though a longer time does no harm. b. Preparation of the Bye. Boil for 5 minutes in a porcelain saucer 1 ounce of cochineal and 2 pinches of purified tartar in 1 pint of water. Then, I. Place the mordanted ivory in the fluid and boil until it has acquired a beautiful crimson color. If a darker tint is desired, repeat the process, rinse the ivory off with clean water, dry, and lacquer it with bookbinders' lacquer. II. A carmine color is also produced by rubbing 2 drachms of carmine with 6 drachms of crystallized soda and com- pounding them with lj pints of water. To the solution add acetic acid slightly in excess. Boil the ivory in this bath until it has acquired the desired color. III. The articles are first dyed in a decoction of weld and then in a solu- tion of carmine. To prepare the latter, dissolve a pinch (as much as will lay upon the point of a knife) of carmine in 4i fluid ounces of spirit of sal am- moniac, dilute the solution with 1 pint •f water and heat the bath. Then place the articles in it and allow them to remain until they are sufficiently dyed. A still more brilliant color will be produced by mordanting the articles with a solution of phosphate of tin in- stead of with stannous sulphide. Cherry-Red. This is obtained by placing the articles which have been dyed crimson in an aqueous solution of potash. Purple. Boil the ivory in a decoction of logwood, then add for every pint of ghe decoction i ounce of alum and boil the articles in this. Violet. I. The articles are mordanted with the solution of tin, as given under carmine, and then brought into a de- coction of logwood in water. II. Dye the ivory red and then dip tor a moment in a solution of indigo. Lilae is obtained by placing the mor- danted ivory in a nearly exhausted bath •f logwood. ■Black. I. Place the ivory for some time in a diluted solution of nitrate of silver and then expose it to the sun. But as the color has frequently a green ish shade it will be necessary to repeat the operation several times to deepec the black. II. iA beautiful black color is ob- tained by boiling the ivory in a strained decoction of rasped logwood, then tak- ing it out and placing it in a solution of sulphate or acetate of iron. III. Boil the articles first in a de- coction of gall-nuts and logwood and then in a solution of sulphate or acetate of iron. If, as for instance in billiard balls, white stripes are desired on a black ground, lay a ribbon saturated with wax around the ball and wrap some cord around it. The places thus covered will remain white in dyeing. We will remark here that all colors adhere better to unpolished than to polished ivory, and it is therefore bet- ter to polish the articles after they have been dyed. This is done by rubbing with soap and Vienna lime with the naked hand. In dyeing the boiling should not be continued too long or else the ivory will become full of cracks, and the pieces should be cooled off quickly by being placed in cold water when taken out of the dye. To Produce Black and Colored Drawings upon Ivory. Bub 1 ounce of tears or drops of mastic to a fine powder and gradually pour into it the same quantity of melted wax, to which add 9 drachms of powdered asphaltum, and stir them into a homogeneous mass wh^ch should be placed in tepid water, and, after cooling, rolled into balls about 1 inch in diameter, and when entirely cold wrapped in taffeta. White wax is cheaper and can he substituted for mastic by using the following pro- portions: 21 ounces of asphaltum, 1 ounce of rosin, and 9 drachms of wax. The warmed and polished surface of the ivory is covered with this and the drawing scratched into the ivory sur- face. Concentrated sulphuric acid is poured over the wax enamel and forms a black deposit upon the surface of the ivory exposed by the etching. Warm- ing the ivory or acid facilitates the operation. Immersion in a solution of nitrate of silver, and subsequent ex- posure to the sun, gives, also a very BONE, HORN, IVORY, ETC. 4?. titrable black etching. Solution of gold gives purple. The etching ground is removed with oil of turpentine. Artificial Ivory. I. Comminute the waste of ivory, bones, hoin, etc., by rasping, and immerse the shavings in a somewhat diluted solution of a mineral (■i- vegetable acid. The maceration of the material may be accelerated by heating in a water bath to 95° or 100° F. Strain and compound the shavings with if of their volume of ivory glue, and free them from excessive moisture by meaus of an air-pump. The mass is then mixed with a solution of cojjal in alcohol and poured into sulphur moulds, where it soon becomes hard. This arti- ficial ivory has the appearance of genu- ine ; thin plates of it are as translucent and can be dyed in the same manner. Artificial Ivory for Photographic Purposes. Allow glue or gelatine to remain in a bath of acetate or sulphate of alumina until it combines with the alumina. The mass is dried until it becomes hard and is polished in the %xuw manner as genuine ivory. A jnixture of equal parts of bone dust, glue, and albumen, brought into a suitable form by rolling and pressing, is also used as a substitute for ivory.* Neir Artificial Ivory. Mix 10 parts by weight of white shellac, 8 of ivory dust, 4i of acetate of lead, and 5 of camphor. Heat the mixture, dry, pow- der, and press it. To Bleach Ivory Articles fastened upon Leather, etc. Add hydrochloric acid to a solution of chloride of lime, apply the mixture to the ivory by means of a brush, and then expose it to the action of the sun. To prevent the leather, etc., from being attacked by the bleaching agent, it is best to cut the pattern of the ivory ornament out of strong paper, lay this over the leather, and if necessary fill up the joint with wax When the ornament is bleached, wash off" the particles of lime with a brush and water and polish with chalk. For ornaments of horn the bleaching agent must be applied several times; the acid used may also be more con- centrated, and a paste consisting of 1 part of water and 1 of chloride of lime * For this purpose uotliing equals cellu- trid. (W.j may be employed instead of the solu tion of chloride of lime. Artificial Ivory. Two pounds of pun India rubber are dissolved in 32 pound* of chloroform and the solution saturated with purified ammoniacal gas. The chloroform is then distilled off. The residue is mixed with pulverized phos- phate of lime or carbonate of zinc, pressed into moulds, and cooled. When the phosphate of lime is used the result- ing compound partakes in a great de- gree of the nature and composition oi genuine ivory. Compound for Buttons, Dice, Uom- inos, etc. The powder or other filings of soapstone (steatite), obtained in the manufacture of gas burners, is saturated with water-glass, dried, and ground. Buttons and similar articles are pressed from this powder, burned in ovens, dipped again in water-glass, and once, more burned. They are then placed in a tumbling box with some water and polished by tumbling, dried, and again polished in a similar box with soap- stone powder. Hominos and dice ar& pressed in a similar manner in dies of brass or steel and then polished. A New Method of Treating Hori\ By this process horn is converted into a substance resembling whalebone. It consists in first cutting the horn into strips, then softening and pressing flat, and next boiling in a closed boiler in a decoction of sage leaves to which has been added a little jx>tash. Horn so treated can be rolled into long strips by passing through rollers, aud the ends of the strips can be joined together by the pressure of the rollers; or large sheets may be made by joining the strips at the sides, the rolling firmly unit- ing the edges so as to form on _ piece. To Dye Horn so as to Resemble Tor- toise /Shell. I. Make a dough of 2 parts of unslacked lime, and 1 of litharge, by adding a sufficient quantity of soap boiler's lye. Cover with this all parts of the horn which a r e to be dyed. By placing a brass plate under the horn so treated, the imitation will be still more perfect. II. To produce semi-transparent spaces upon horn, mix with the above dough a substance, for instance chalk or fine sand, which will decrease the caustic power of the dough. This treat 44 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. ment produces red stains upon the sur- face of the horn, which enhances the beauty of the article, and its resemblance to genuine tortoise-shell. III. Mix orpiment with filtered lime- water, and apply the solution with a brush. Repeat the application if neces- sary. IV. Mix 1 ounce of litharge and 9 drachms of unslacked lime to a paste with a sufficient quantity of wine. This composition is applied to the horn, and removed in 3 or 4 hours. V. By using a solution of gold for dyeing the horn, red stains are produced upon it. VI. A solution of silver in nitric acid dyes horn black. VII. A brown color is obtained by brushing the horn over with a solution of nitrate of mercury. Buttons from Waste of Horn. The waste is pulverized by cylindrical graters, and the powder brought into cylindrical moulds, and subjected to jigh pressure, the temperature being in- creased at the same time. The cylin- ders of horn thus obtained, as soon as they come from the moulds, and while still hot, are cut into disks of the de- sired thickness. Bronzing and Coloring of Metals. Green Bronze for Brass. No. 1 . Mix 80 parts of strong vinegar, 1 of min- eral green, 1 of red umber, 1 of sal-am- moniac, 1 of gum Arabic, and 1 of green vitriol, and add 4 of Avignon berries (fruit of Rhamnus infectorius). Boil the mixture, and strain when cold. The articles to be bronzed should be cleansed with weak aquafortis, then rinsed, and the fluid applied with a brush. Should the color not be dark enough, heat the article until it cannot be held in the hand, and then give a coat of spirit of wine mixed with a little lamp-black. Finally apply a coat of spiri' varnish. No. 2. Add to a solution of 8J drachms of copper in 1 ounce of strong nitric acia 10J fluid ounces of vinegar, 3£ drachms of sal-ammoniac, and 6j drachms of aqua-ammonia. Put the liquid in a loosely corked bottle, and allow it to stand in a warm place for a few days, when it may be used. Aftet applying it to the articles, dry them. by exposure to heat, and, when dry, ap ply a coat of linseed oil varnish, which is also dried by heat. Chinese Bronze. Small articles bron- zed by this process possess a peculiar beauty, and lose none of their lustre, even when exposed to atmospheric in- fluences and rain. Powder and mix thoroughly 2 parts of crystallized verdigris, 2 of cinnabar, 2 of sal-ammoniac, 2 of bills and livers of ducks, and 5 of alum. Moisten the mixture with water or spirit of wine, and rub it into a paste. Cleanse the article to be bronzed thoroughly, and polish it with ashes and vinegar. Then apply the paste with a brush. Heat the article over a coal fire, and wash the coating off. Repeat this operation until the desired brown color is ob- tained. By adding blue vitriol to the mixture, a chestnut brown color is pro- duced, while an addition of borax gives a yellowish shade. Bronzing Process used in the Pari& Mint. Powder and mix 1 pound each of verdigris and sal-ammoniac. Take a quantity of this mixture, as large as a hen's egg, and mix into a dough with vinegar. Place this in a copper pan (not tinned), boil in about 5 pints of water for 20 minutes, and then pour off the water. For bronzing, pour part of this fluid into a copper pan, place the medals sepa- rately in it upon pieces of wood or glass, so that they do'not touch each other, or come in contact with the copper pan, and then boil them in the liquid for a quarter of an hour. Oxidized Silver. {Argent oxyde.) Place the silver, or plated, articles in a solution of liver of sulphur diluted with spirit of sal-ammoniac. They are then taken out, washed, dried, and polished. The above process produces a blue black tint, while a solution of equal quantities of sal-ammoniac and blue vitriol in vinegar gives a brown shade. Antique Green. This can be imitated upon new articles by the following pro- cess : Dissolve 1 part of sal-ammoniac, 3 of powdered tartar, and 3 of common salt in 12 of boiling water. Tl-en add 8 parts of a solution of cupric nitrate, and coat the articles with the l.quid. BRONZING AND COLORING OF METALS. 4D Fire-proof Bronze upon Copper and Brass. Dissolve 1 drachm of crystal- lized verdigris and a like quantity of finely-powdered sal-ammoniac in 14 ounces of rain-water. Cover the vessel containing the solution, and allow it to stand quietly for 3 to 4 hours, and then add li pints of water. In bronzing, hold the copper or brass article over a coal fire and heat to a uniform heat and color. Then brush it over with the above mixture and dry carefully. In case the article is tinned it must not be heated enough to melt the tin. By thus heating copper 5 or 6 times it acquires a brassy color, and after 6 to 10 applications a beautiful yellow tint. If it is desired to give a copper article a color shading from yel- low into brown, it must be very hot when the mixture is applied ; for light brown the operation must be repeated 20 to 25 times. When the copper has acquired the desired color place it at once into clean water, but do not cleanse or dry it immediately after taking it out. In fact the- greatest care is here required. It is best to dry the article over a moderate coal fire, when the bronze will become durable and fire- proof. Commercial Bronzes. The colors are Jtrepared by beating bronze to thin eaves similar to those of gold. They are then rubbed upon a stone with a pestle, an inspissating agent being added during the process. Samples analyzed by Koenig con- tained : Parts. Colors. c — o 2 a a u IS l-H H Pale yellow . . 82.33 16.69 0.16 Bright yellow 84.50 15.30 0.07 Orange .... 98.93 0.73 0.08 Green .... 84.32 15.02 0.03 trace. Copper red . . 99.90 trace. Reddish yellow . 90.110 9.60 0.20 Violet .' . . . 8.22 0.50 0.30 trace. White .... 2.39 0.56 96.46 The permanent tone is produced by heating. All bronzes contain a small percentage of fat, the English more than the German. The object of the fat is to obtain a uniformly low tem- perature during the superficial oxida- tion of the bronzes. One-half per cent, of wax or paraffine is, for this reason, frequently added to bronzes. Bronze for P/aster-of- Paris Figures. The mass used in France for this pur- pose is prepared as follows : Linseed oil is boiled to a soap with soda lye, com- mon salt being added until the soap separates. This soap is then dissolved in rain-water and compounded with a solution of 4 parts of blue and 1 of green vitriol until a precipitate is no longer formed. The soap is washed out and used for preparing the antique green in connection with a varnish prepared from 12J ounces of litharge and 3i pounds of linseed oil and wax. Now melt together 1 pound of varnish, 8J ounces of bronze soap, and 5i ounces of white wax. Apply this to the fig- ure, previously heated to 190° F., by means of a brush. If necessary place the figure in a heated box until it is thoroughly permeated with the color. The raised parts are rubbed with bronze powder. Bronze Powders. Melt together in a crucible over a bright fire equal parts of sulphur and the white oxide ol tin. Stir them continually with a glass rod until they acquire the appearance of a yellow flaky powder. An iron rod must not be used in stirring any mix- ture of sulphur when melted, as the sulphur -and iron will unite. Another way to pre]>are it is to take equal parts of' mercury, tin, sulphur, and sal-ammoniac. First melt the tin, then pour the quicksilver into it. When the amalgam thus formed has become cqld rub it together with the sulphur and sal-ammoniac. Place the mixture in a crucible and heat until the powder in the crucible becomes gold colored and fumes of mercury cease to arise. Copper-colored Bronze Powder. This is prepared by dissolving copper in aquafortis until it is saturated and then placing in the solution some small pieces of iron, when the copper will be precipitated in a metallic state. The fluid is then poured off and tiie impalpable powder carefully washed, dried, and put away for use. Moire Metaliique. Cleanse sheet iron with diluted sulphuric acid, rinse In 46 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. water, and dip it several times in melted tin, covered with melted tallow. Now heat the iron and cool it off quickly in water, and pour over it a mixture of 1 part of nitric acid, 2 of hydrochloric acid, and 3 of water. Then cleanse it with water, dry, and coat it with lac- quer. The tinned sheet iron prepared in this manner has the appearance of mother of pearl. [The surface of com- mercial tin plate may be given this spangled appearance by the use of the same acid licpior. The acid may be applied with the end of a sponge or pad of tow, and followed always by a thorough rinsing in water. The span- gled appearance is produced by the solution of the smooth surface of the tin and the exposure of the crystalline structure of the underlying metal. The beauty of the moire may be enhanced by covering the surface with transparent colored varnish. W.] Black Bronze for Brans (R. Wagner). Brush the brass with a diluted solution of nitrate of mercury and then several times with a solution of liver of sulphur. Walker's Chemical Bronze. Boil 1 ounce of ammonium carbonate and a like epiantity of blue vitriol in li pints of vinegar until the latter is nearly evaporated. Then add li pints of vin- egar in which has been dissolved J drachm of oxalic acid and a like quan- tity of sal-ammoniac. Place the mix- ture over the tire until it commences to boil, then allow it to cool, filter, and put by in Veil-closed bottles. If a medal, etc., is to be bronzed, it is first thoroughly cleansed, then heated, and the liquid applied by means of a badger's hair brush. In a short time boiling water is poured over the medad, and, when dry, it is rubbed with a cot- ton rag dipped in oil and then with dry cotton. Blue Bronze. Prepare a sand bath as large as the article to be bronzed. Cleanse the metal from all grease by dipping in boiling potash lye, and treat it with white wine vinegar. Wipe and dry the surface thoroughly and rub it with a linen rag moistened with hydro- chloric acid. Allow the coating t<> dry for a quarter of an hour and then neat the article on the sand bath until it has assumed the desired color, when it should be removed. Brown Bronze. Observe the same process as in the foregoing. The blue bronze is finally rubbed over with a linen rat,' saturated with olive oil, which will change the blue color into brown. Gold Bronze of Great Lustre on Iron. Dissolve 3 ounces of finely- powdered shellac in If pints of spirit of wine. Filter the varnish through linen and rub a sufficient quantity of Dutch gold with the filtrate to give a lustrous color to it. The iron, previously polished and heated, is brushed over with vinegar and the color applied with a brush When dry the article may be coatee with copal lacquer to which some am- ber lacquer has been added. Steel-blue on Brass. Dissolve 1£ drachms of antimony sulphide and 2 ounces of calcined soda in J pini of water. Add 2} drachms of kevnies, filter, and mix this solution with an- other of 2J drachms of tartar, oi drachms of sodium hyposulphite, and J pint of water. Polished sheet braaj placed in the warm mixture assumes a beautiful steel-blue. Black on Brass. Dissolve, with con- stant stirring, 1 ounce of copper vjdrbon- ate in 8J fluid ounces of spirit of sal- ammoniac and add 1 pint of water to the solution. Suspend the articles by brass or copper wires in the solution for a short time. It is recommended not to polish the articles with very tine emery paper, as the coating adheres much better if coarser paper has been used. The coating is very durable in the open air. Red Copper-bronze on White Sheet Tin and Tinned Articles. Dissolve 9 drachms of copper sulphate in rain water until this is saturated ; then add 40 to 80 drops of sulphuric acid and brush the tin, previously cleansed with onion juice, with the fluid. When dry rub the article with chalk and rinse with water. To Give Copper a Durable Lustre. Place the copper articles in a boiling solution of tartar and water for 15 min- utes. Remove, rinse off with cold water, and dry. New Method, of Coloring Metals. Metals may be colored quickly and cheaply by forming on their surface a coating of a thin film of a sulphide. BRONZING AND COLORING OF METALS. 47 Bv an immersion of 5 minutes brass ar- ticles may be coated with colors varying from gold tn copper-red, then to ear- mine, dark red, and from liudit blue to a blue-white, and at last a red- dish-white, according to the thick- ness of the coat, which depends on the length of time the metal remains in the solution used. The colors possess a very good lustre, and if the articles to be colored have been previously well cleansed by means of acids and alkalies, they adhere so firmly that they may be operated upon by the burnisher. To prepare the solutions dissolve 1J ounces of sodium hyposulphite in 1 pint of water and 1J ounces of acetate of lead previously dissolved in 1 pint of water. When this clear solution is heated to about 190° to 200° F. it decomposes slowly and precipitates sulphide of lead in brown flakes. If metal is present, a part of the sulphide of lead is deposited thereon, and, according to the thick- ness of the deposit, the above colors are produced. To produce an even color- ing the article must be evenly heated. Iron treated with this solution takes a steel-blue color, zinc a brown color. In the ease of copper objects the first gold color does not appear. If, instead of the acetate of lead, an equal weight of sulphuric acid is added to the sodium hyposulphite, and the process carried on as before, the brass becomes coated, first, with a very beau- tiful red, which is followed by a green, and changes finally' to a splendid brown, with green and red iridescence. This last is a very durable coating and may be especially recommended. [It will be found very difficult to ob- tain by this process the precise shade of color desired, unless the operator has had much experience in its use. The thorough cleansing of the articles from grease by immersion in boiling potash ly r e and rinsing is absolutely necessary to success. W.] Graham's Bronzing Liquids. These are used by simple immersions and have a wide range of application, as will appear from the three following tables : I. For Brass (by simple immersion). •No. u aj "S pt. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ?, 1 1 1 1 a a o © dr. 5 16 a ~ Oh dr. 5 2 5 4 u CD c. — o CD ? oz. o CD . T U l< as H OZ. a 1 Potash solution ■"■ | of Sulphur. t - Pearlash solution. => S as 5 £ OS. oz. O.J - - CL, pt. o o i| "5 dr. Cm O CD dr. 2 < "C dr. 12 'o < "5 o oz. Remarks. 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 Va, 1 10 1 6 1 1 2 16 16 20 1 3 4 1 Brown, and every shade to black. Brown, and evei'3' shade to black. ' Brown, and every shade to red. Brown, and every shade to red. Brownish-red. Brownish-red. Park brown. Yellow to red. Orange. Olive-green. Slate. Blue. Steel-gray. Black. [*I.iquid No. 6 must be boiled and cooled. No. 13 must be used at 180° F. or over. No. 6 is slow in action, sometimes taking an hour to give good results. The action of the others is asuallv immediate W.] 48 TECHNO-CHEMICAL EECEIPT BOOK. II. For Copper (by simple immersion). No. 3 pt. =' p o 3 ■£ dr. P< O o o co OJ!. o >. 2 3 dr. 5 dr. < o o a dr. oz. © . "3 S P "3 = ' - en dr. cm o "3 5 i- co OZ. 2 < dr. Remarks. 15 16 17 18 19 20 l i i l l l 5 5 1 2 Y Y 1 1 2 Y 2' Brown, and every i-hade to black. Dark-brown drab. Dark-brown drab. Bright red. Ked, and every shade to black. Steel-gray (at 180° F.) III. For Z INC AS ABOVE] a M 3° H u 0, a" p -j . 2 a 3 CO S 4h a "5 2 3 "S Is O u ■(8 3 ■ ■3 J3 O 0. 2 O O Remarks. O.Pn No. !* 03 «=i s CO p. W 3 O , — ^ P t. dr. dr. dr. dr. oz. oz. dr. dr. 21 1 5 22 1 1 Black. 23 l 1 1 Dai k gray. 24 'i 1 1 * Dark gray. 25 26 2 1 Green -gray. 27 * Ked (boil). '28 1 4 4 Copper color. 29 1 8 8 Copper color (with agitation^. 30 * Purple (boil). *Made to the consistency of cream. (W.) Dead-black on Brass Instruments. Place about a thimbleful of lampblack on a smooth surface of glass or porce- lain, drop 4 or 5 drops of gold size on it, and thoroughly incorporate the same with a spatula. It should form a stiff paste. Use as little of the size as pos- sible, as an excess will give the coating a glossy, instead of the desired dead fin- ish. Add about double the volume of turpentine; mix with a camel's hair brush, and apply to the surface to be coated. (W.) Substitute for Gum Arabic in Manu- facturing Bronze Colors. Thecoarsely- powdered metallic dust used in manu- facturing bronze colors was formerly rubbed fine with a concentrated solu- tion of gum Arabic. By using a con- centrated aqueous solution of 5 parts of dextrine and 1 of alum, instead of solu- tion of gum, a far more beautiful and cheaper article is obtained. Preservation of Bronze Monuments. The unsightly, dark coating with which most new monuments <>f bronze become covered, giving them the appearance of cast iron, does not consist, as has been frequently assumed, of sulphide of cop- per, but of a mixture of soot and at- mospheric dust with the oxides of the bronze metals. It is impossible to re- BUILDING MATERIALS, ETC. 49 move this coating by mechanical means, or by diluted sulphuric acid, but it can be done very quickly and efficaciously by washing the surface with a con- centrated solution of carbonate of am- monium. By this means a layer of patina is formed, which protects the sur- face of the monument against a renewal of the formation of the black coating. But as this operation requires skilled and experienced workmen, Magnus has devised the following treatment for at- taining the same object. The surface ot the monument is brushed over, at interv-als of a few weeks, with a mixture of 21 i parts of acetic acid in 100 of neat's- foot oil. The acetate and oleate of cop- per produced thereby form a thin green layer, which prevents an accumulation of dirt and dust, and also causes the for- mation of a patina. Building Materials, Artificial Building Stone, Mortars, etc. Various Formulae for Artificial Stone. Artificial Building Stoyie. No. 1. jlix 100 parts of hydraulic lime, which kas fallen to a powder, with water to form a paste. To this add 250 parts of gravel and 50 of coal ashes, or lixiviated wood ashes. The mass is then thoroughly mixed, and a sufficient quantity of water added to make the volume of the mass equal to 500 parts. It is then poured into moulds made of pine boards, where it is allowed to re- main until set. No. 2. One hundred and twenty-five parts of hydraulic lime, which has fall- en to a powder, are mixed with a suf- ficient quantity of water to form a paste. To this are added 250 parts of ground oyster shells and 150 of ground peat ashes, and a sufficient quantity of water to make the bulk of the mass equal to 500 parts. It is then poured into moulds as above and dried. Artificial Building Stone Prepared with Cork. A very light building stone which does not absorb moisture, and does not rot, is prepared according to the following process: Comminuted cork, or cork waste, is mixed with cement, sand, clay, lime, »ud solution of water-glass, by adding x sufficient water to form a plastic mass, which is pressed in moulds and dried in the air. The most advantageous plan is to combine the comminuted cork with a mixture of clay, lime, solution of water- glass, and a small quantity of hair. The addition of clay is necessary to prevent the calcium carbonate which is formed from becoming detached from the surface of the comminuted cork wood. The water glass is added in or- der to form calcium silicate, which contributes to the solidity of the stone. The hair is added to keep the formed stones together while drying. Artificial Stone from Quarts Sand and Plumbic Oxide. Ground quartz sand is mixed with 2 to 10 per cent, of finely-ground plumbic oxide. The harder the stones are to be the more plumbic oxide must be used. The mix- ture is moistened with water-glass, again thoroughly mixed, and then pressed firmly into moulds. The re- sulting stone is dried and then burned. E. Schaffer's Artificial Stone (Elisa- beth, N. J.). A mixture of 1 part of cement and 3 of sand is made into a dough with diluted sulphuric acid (100 parts of water to 2 of the acid) and sub- jected to a strong pressure. The stones are then dried in the air for 2 days, when they are again placed for 12 hours in diluted sulphuric acid (100 parts of water to 3 of acid), and finally dried. E. Westermeyer's Artificial Stone {Chicago). Two parts of Portland ce- ment, 1 of sand, and 1 of cinders are mixed together dry and then moistened with an aqueous solution of sulphate of iron. The resulting mortar is pressed in moulds, dried for 2 weeks in a warm place, then placed for 24 hours in water, and finally dried for 4 weeks. F. Coignel's (Paris). Ten parts of unslaked lime are carefully ground with 3 to 4 parts of water and then mixed with 40 to 60 parts of dry sand and 2A to 10 parts of hydraulic cement. The mixture is again ground and pressed into moulds. A. Quesnot's (Bloomington, III.), Dissolve 1 part of alum in 15 parts of water, and add 2 parts of hydraulic lime, 10 of sand, and 1 of cement to^th* required consistency ; press into inoulif * 50 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. and allow to remain 24 hours. The blocks are fit for use in 14 days, but only become thoroughly hard after longer drying. J. Shellinger, of New York, mixes 4 parts of coarse sand, 1 of cement, with gravel, pebbles, etc., in lime-water to a paste, which is pressed in moulds and the surface covered with a composition of 2 parts of fine sand, 1 of cement, and 1 of dry metallic coloring matter. If the surface of the stone is to be orna- mented the design is laid upon the bot- tom of the mould, and on the top of this is placed the layer of the last-men- tioned mixture. When the stone is nearly dry its surface is brushed over with a thin solution of water-glass. Sidewalks of such flags have been laid in several streets of New York, and found to do excellent service. J. Ordway, of Jamaica Plains, N. Y. Thirty parts of quartz sand and 1 of plumbic oxide are mixed to a dough with 10 of water-glass. Suitable color- ing substances, if necessary, are added to the mass, which is then pressed into moulds and exposed for 2 hours to a red heat. 8. Sorel, of Paris. Natural carbonate of magnesia is heated in a furnace to a red heat for 24 hours; it is then powdered, mixed with sand, gravel, marble waste, etc., or with cotton, wool, and other fibrous substances, in the proportion of i to 20 and more to 1, according to the results to be obtained. The mass is moistened with solution of chloride of magnesium, pressed into moulds, or worked and rolled into slabs. Adolph Ott, New York. A mixture of hydraulic cement with lime, soluble siliceous earth, or water-glass is stirred into a stiff dough with a mixture of hydraulic cement and heated dolomite. The mass is pressed into moulds and dried without the use of heat. The dolomite should only be heated to about 750° F., to prevent the carbonate of lime from losing its carbonic acid, and then powdered. Stones manufact- ured in this manner resemble the Portland stones, and, it is claimed, are harder. " Victoria " Stone (Highton's Pro- cess). The refuse of the granite quarries is broken up into pieces of suitable size, and 4 parts of the fragments thus ob- tained are mixed with 1 jrart of Portland cement, with the addition of sufficient water to bring the mass to the consist- ency of dough. The mass is run into moulds, in which it is allowed to re- main for several days, or until it ha» set solid. The blocks are then im- mersed in a solution of silicate of soda. (W.) Ransome's Artificial Stone. Clean and dry sand and other suitable sili- ceous and earthy ingredients are thor- oughly incorporated in a mixing mill with silicate of soda. The resulting pasty mass is then pressed into moulds of any required pattern or size, and when set sufficiently, immersed in a solution of chloride of calcium. In the case of large pieces the saturation with chloride of calcium is facilitated by the use of the air-pump. The resulting re- action is the formation, by double decomposition of the ingredients, of an insoluble calcium silicate and of sodium chloride. The first named forms a solid and indurate binding material for the stone, and the sodium chloride is removed by a subsequent thorough washing with water. This last operation is important, since if not completely removed from the stone it will make its appearance sub- sequently in the form of a white efflor- escence on its surface. (W.) Aposnite (Ransome's Patent). To avoid the difficulty encountered in washing out the soluble sodium chloride in the process just described, Mr. Ran- some devised a process whereby the insoluble calcium silicate should be formed without the simultaneous pro- duction of a soluble salt — thus dispens- ing with the washing process. This he accomplishes by incorporating with the foregoing mixture a material capa- ble of yielding silica in form suscepti- ble of dissolving freely in the presence of free alkali. Such a material is found in the earth known variously as infusorial earth, diatomaceous earth, fossil meal, etc., and which is made up largely of the siliceous coverings of microscopic plants which are readily soluble in caustic soda or potassa. Mr. Ransome introduces some of this earth into his mixture of lime, sand, and silicate of soda solution. When " BUILDING MATERIALS, ETC. SI intimately mixed, the mass is intro- duced into moulds and allowed to harden gradually. Calcium silicate is formed by the interaction of t lie in- gredients present, and the mass gradu- ally becomes indurated, forming a compact stone, which improves in strength and hardness as it ages. The action of the siliceous earth introduced is as follows: The free lime and alumina of the mixture seize on the siliea of the sodium silicate, forming calcium and aluminum silicate and free soda. This last reacts promptly on the silica of the infusorial earth to form a fresh portion of sodium silicate, and so on, the soda acting as the carrier of silica to the lime, until it is all com- bined. A portion of the soda appears also to combine at each operation, so that this is gradually united with the lime as a double silicate, leaving noth- ing to be removed by washing. (W.) Freur's Artificial Stone. A mixture of Portland cement and sand is moist- ened with a solution of shellac, then reduced to the consistence of dough by the addition of water, and formed by pressure into moulds of any desired shape. After a short time the mass acquires considerable tenacity, and may be removed from the moulds with- out injury. The "Frear" stone was at one time quite largely used in Chicago and other cities of the West and Northwest. (W.) Bui/ding Stones, Pipes, etc. Sand 4000 parts. Limestone 528 " Burned clay (brickdust) .... 60 " Water-glass 130 to 250 " are mixed together. Artificial Millstones. Coarsely-broken quartz or flint . 4000 parts. Chalk or limestone 500 " Calcium phosphate 45 " Feldspar 60 " Fluorspar 10 " Water-glass 250 " Grindstones. Quartz sand or emery Limestone . . . . Calamine . . . . Calcium phosphate Feldspar Fluorspar Water-glass . . . . . . 235 parts. 75 '* 30 " 30 '* 4 " . . 1 part. . . 75 parts. are mixed and the mass treated in the same manner as indicated for artificial marble. New Plastic Water-proof Grind* Stones. Melt 100 parts of caoutchouc and add to this 25 parts of sulphur mixed with 450 to 1050 parts of emery or some other abrading substance. Knead the mass thoroughly, press it into moulds, and subject it first in the moulds, and then after it has been taken out, to a temperature of o72° F. Tolmit'iti Variegated Marble. Mix hydraulic lime and ground marble, and incorporate with the mixture a solu- tion of alum and suitable coloring sub- stances. Differently colored masses are then mixed together and cut into slabs. A. Garvey, of Memphis, Tenn., pre- pares " lit homar lite " by adding to 3 gallons of water, i pint of glue water, and 4i ounces of powdered borax, a suf- ficient quantity of plaster of Paris to form a dough. An imitation of marble is produced by stirring the coloring substances into the mass. Artificial Marble. The following mixtures have been recommended for making artificial marble. Grind and thoroughly mix: Parts. Comminuted stone 280 280 Limestone or chalk 140 140 Burned calamine 5 6 Calcined feldspar 3 3 Fluorspar 2 1.5 Calcium phosphate 2 Water-glass 40 40 On the addition of the water-glass the ingredients are quickly mixed and thereupon pressed into moulds. The finished pieces are dried at a tempera- ture gradually rising to 125° F. Cement from Blast-furnace Slag. Mr. Ransome has lately wrought out an important invention by which he is enabled to convert blast-furnace slag into a hydraulic cement having even greater strength than Portland, and be- sides being much lighter in color. In this process granulated slag is mixed and ground with chalk or lime, or, in his latest practice, with the spent lime of the gas works. The resulting mixture is then calcined and attain ground. The resulting cement is found to possess high qualities both as regards quick setting aud strength. When spent gas lime is used. Mr. 52 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Uj.asome gets rid of the sulphur with which it is saturated by mixing a cer- tain proportion of powdered coke with the slag and lime, which, in the furnace, reduces the sulphate of lime present to sulphide, and passing a jet of steam through the mass, by which the sulphur is carried off as sulphuretted hydrogen, leaving pure lime behind. He has also devised a revolving retort for the calcination of his materials, by which they are prevented from caking, and a subsequent grinding rendered unneces- sary. This cement exhibited con- siderably greater strength than Port- land. (W.) Very Hard and Durable Cement. The following mixtures give three qualities of a very hard and durable cement capable of resisting the action of the weather. It is very suitable for cementing fractures in marble or stone statues, monuments, or ornamental work which are exposed to atmospheric influences : Parts. I. II. III. Portland cement 12 6 9 Bhalk paste 6 12 6 Fine sand 6 6 G Silk-eons earth 1 1 1 The above ingredients are made into «i thick paste with soda water-glass. No. II. gives the hardest cement. To Manufacture Cement from Blast- fur tmee Slag. Blast-furnace slag 2 parts. Lime . 5 " Clay 2 " are mixed, calcined, and ground. To Prepare White Cement, which hardens under water, stir 25 parts of fossil meal (infusorial earth), free from iron, and 75 of chalk, free from iron, into a solution of 2.5 parts of potash or soda, and form the mass into bricks, which are dried, burned in a white heat, and then ground. To Prepare Artificial Cement. Schott- ler's artificial cement consists of: Plaster of Paris (best freshly ground) 6 parts by weight. Brickdust 3 " " Finery cinders .... 4 " " The substances are ground or pounded fine, then sifted through a wire sieve (so fine as not to allow mus- tard seed to pass through), mixed with water, and, shortly before the cement is to be used, mixed thoroughly with 2 parts of sifted iron filings. The mix- ture should be used as thin and soft as possible — in all other respects like ordinary mortar. To Harden Cement, Lime, and Sim- ilar Materials. Solutions of sulphate of zinc, sulphate of iron, or sulphate of copper are used for this purpose. The plastering of cement or lime mortar may be brushed over with these solu- tions or the mortar mixtures may be stirred together with them. In the lat- ter case the percentage of lime or cement in the mortar can be considerably de- creased. Oil Cement Paint for Felt Hoofing. Washed graphite ... 2 parts by weight. Red ochre 2 " " Cement 16 " " Barium sulphate ... 16 " " Plumbic oxide .... 6 " " are ground in an oil varnish prepared in the following manner : One hundred parts by weight of good linseed oil are boiled for 8 hours in a copper boiler with 5 per cent, of pyrolusite. Ten parts by weight of flowers of sulphur and 20 parts by weight of French pitch are then dissolved in the mixture and the mass filtered before it becomes cold. Twenty-five pounds of oil cement color and H gallons of linseed-oil varnish or linseed oil for reducing the paint are sufficient to give 2 coats to 1000 square feet of roof surface. The first coat, while still wet, is uniformly covered with fine dry sand by means of a sieve. The sanding should be done during the progress of the painting, so that the workman is not obliged to step into the wet paint. The free sand is removed with a broom before the second coat is given, and it is best to apply this 8 days after the first. The second coat need not be sanded ; its purpose being to combine with the first to an insoluble mass hard as stone and to give to the roof a neat, finished appearance. Requisites for Good Mortar. To ob- tain a good mortar as much depends on the character of the ingredients and the manner of mixing them as on the qual« BUILDING MATERIALS, ETC. 53 ity of the lime. It does not necessarily follow that because a lime is good the quality of the mortar will be good also. The best lime ever burned would be spoiled by the custom, common among some builders, of mixing with it earth and rubbish taken from the foundations of intended buildings. The sand should be hard, sharp, gritty, and, for purposes of construction, not too fine; it should be free from all organic matter. Good sand for mortar may be rubbed between the hands without soiling them. The water should also be free from organic matter, and, on this account, should never be taken from stagnant ponds. The presence of salt in sand and water is not found to impair the ultimate strength of most mortars ; nevertheless it causes an efflorescence of white, frothy blotches on the face of the structure. It also renders the mortar liable to re- tain moisture, and for these reasons should never be present in mortar in- tended for architectural purposes, al- though for dock and sea walls it may generally be used with advantage and economy. Sand is used to increase the resistance of mortar to crushing, to lessen the amount of shrinking, and to reduce the bulk of the more costly material, lime. Water is the agent by which a combi- nation is effected, and, as sand does not increase in volume by moisture, it neces- sarily follows that no more of the dilut- ing element should be employed than is absolutely necessary to fill the inter- stices between the sand and render the whole into a paste convenient for use, and the greater strictness with which this is adhered to the more compact and durable will be the mortar. Hydraulic Mortar from Lime and Alum Shale. Alum shale, which is very abundant and cheap in some local- ities, mixed with lime, gives to the latter all the properties of hydraulic mortar. It dries quickly, becomes very hard and impermeable. To prepare it add J to i part of alum shale to the lime. To Prepare Bitumen Mortar. One part of bitumen, gained as a by-prod- uct in the manufacture of paraffine oil and mineral oil, and thoroughly cleansed by means of acids and alkalies, is mixed with 2 to 6 parts of lime mor- tar. The latter is prepared from 1 part of good slaked lime and 2 parts of sharp quartz sand. After it is mixed and has become iiard it is brought into the bitumen, which has been previously melted and heated to 140° F. To Prepare Hydraulic Mortar. Burn- ed lime is changed into dry calcium hydrate as fine as dust by moistening it with water and allowing it to decompose. It is then mixed with infusorial earth, which has also been reduced to an im- palpable powder by washing, drying, gentle heating, and pulverizing the lumps which may have been formed. For mortar to be used for work under water, equal parts by weight of the two powders are mixed together ; while for work not so much exposed to the action of water, 1 part by weight of infusorial earth to 2 parts by weight of calcium hydrate is sufficient. Water-proof Mortar. The lime is slaked with a solution of green vitriol instead of ordinary water. The neces- sary quantity of green vitriol is dis- solved in warm water, the lime slaked in the usual manner, and then mixed with fine quartz sand. To Prepare Clay Plaster. Stk gradually 1 part of rye flour into 2tr parts of water. Boil and the mixture will give 24 parts of paste. Take 1 part of this to 8 parts of dry clay, and mix with as much water as necessary to apply it. Plaster for Damp Walls. Two coats of ordinary lime mortar are applied to the wall. The last, coat is smoothed with a steel float. Upon this is applied a third coat of very fat lime, and this is glazed with pure lime compounded with some alumina and jn part of alum. Treatment of Asphaltum for Paving Purposes. The asphaltum should not be softened by heat, but, in a powdered state, partly dissolved by impregnating it with bisulphide of carbon, naphtha, or benzine. Marbleizing Sandstone. By impreg- nating sandstone with a solution of sulphate of alumina and next with one of water-glass, it acquires a marble-like appearance and can be polished. It resists the action of fire and atmospheric influences and is especially adapted for hydraulic works. By treating the im- pregnated sandstone at a very high tern- 54 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. perature it acquires a kind of vitrifica- tion, to which any desired color can be giveii. To Ma/ce Sandstone and other Porous Slums Tough and impermeable. The stones are "dried at 350° F. and then immersed for 8 hours in coal tar heated to 350° F. Stones treated in this man- ner become so tough that they can scarcely be broken with a hammer. Bricks become hard and impermeable by allowing them to lie for 4 hours in tar heated to 235° F. To Repair Worn-down Sandstone Steps. This can be very well accom- plished with good cement mortar. The steps are first thoroughly" moistened with water before applying the mortar, consisting of 1 part of cement and 1 of fine quartz sand. The cement and sand must be mixed dry, some water is then gradually added, while the mass is constantly stirred, so that the result will be as plastic a mortar as possible, in which every grain of sand is en- veloped in a coating of cement. For repairing broken sandstone steps, ihe fracture should first be cut as rag- , ged as possible and soaked with water. Finely-sifted cement and sand should oe used, or, instead of the latter, finely- powdered and washed sandstone as near the color of the steps as possible. The mortar is prepared from 1 part of cement and 2 of sand. Concrete Marble. Mix milk of lime with finely-powdered marble or lime- stone, or, what is still better, with chalk, until the mixture acquires the consistency of paste. A certain quan- tity of coarsely-powdered limestone may be added to the mixture to give it more cohesion. Ihe mortar should be ap- plied at once, as it dries very quickly and becomes hard. To Make Wood Almost. Incombustible. Well-seasoned wood is steeped for 24 hours in a solution of water-glass in three times its volume of water. It is then dried in the air for a few days, and the soaking for 24 hours in the same •olution and drying repeated several times. It is finally thoroughly dried and given a coat of a mixture of 1 part of fresh cement and 4 parts of the above solution of water-glass. Not too much of this last mixture must be prepared at one time, as it would become solid and therefore useless. The first coat is allowed to dry for 24 hours. The wood receives then a second but somewhat thicker coat of cement and water-glass, and, when dry, a final coat of ordinary water-glass, which gives a smooth, glassy appearance to it. Wood treated in the above manner will not ignite even in a strong fire, as has been proved by ex- periments on a large scale. This treat- ment protects it also against the attacks of insects and rotting. To Dry Damp Walls. The old plas- ter is first removed from the walls and the joints. Slabs consisting of: Rosin 3 parts. Tar 2 " Asphaltum 5 " Quartz sand " are then prepared. The smooth sur- faces of these slabs are coated with a lacquer consisting of: Oil of turpentine 2 parts. Shellac 1 part. Spirit of wine 4 parts. and then strewed with sharp sand, while the rough surface of the plates is fast- ened to the wall with a mortar consist- ing of: Sand 4 parts. Hydraulic lime 2 Portland cement 1 part. The joints are filled in with a putty consisting of: Rosin 6 parts. Asphaltum ......... 1 part. Powdered lime 2 parts. They receive then a coat of the above- mentioned varnish and are also strewn with sharp sand. The wall is then lilastered. Lyons Asphaltum. Bitumen 15 parts by weight. Coal cinders 35 Powdered coke .... 10 " Lime 130 " Kine gravel 160 The bitumen and coal cinders are mixed in a boiler, heated, and skimmed until the formation of froth has ceased. The powdered coke and lime are then intimately mixed and heated to 575° COCOA AND CHOCOLATE. 55 F. in order to dry them, when they are mixed with the ingredients in the boiler, and finally the gravel is added. To Make Glass Roofs Water-tight. It is very difficult to keep glass roofs with iron frames water-tight, as the iron contracts by cold and expands by heat more than the .glass. To remedy this it is necessary to use an elastic putty which will follow the variations in the iron. This is prepared in the following manner: Two parts of rosin and 1 of tallow are melted together and intimately mixed with some red lead. This putty, while hot, is spread upon both sides of strips of linen or cotton cloth, and these, while the putty is still warm, are pasted, one-half upon the iron riles and the other upon the glass. The strips should be about i inch wide. To Preserve Wood. The following is a new process to protect wood from rotting: Boil in an iron boiler 4 to 8 parts of linseed oil with 50 parts of rosin, 40 parts of pulverized chalk (whiting), and 2000 to 3000 parts of sharp white sand. When the paste is thoroughly boiled add 1 part of cuprous oxide and finally 1 part of sulphuric acid. The mass is then thoroughly stirred together and applied, while hot, to the wood with a stiff brush. If the mass is too thick it should be thinned with linseed oil. Bricks (Size and Weight). Traut- wine gives the usual size of bricks in Eastern cities as 8i by 4 A inches, equiva- lent to 66 cubic inches, or 26.2 bricks to the cubic foot, or 707 to the cubic yard. The weight of a good common brick of the above dimensions will average about 4 A pounds, or 118 pounds to the cubic foot, or 3186 pounds (nearly 1A. tons) to the cubic yard. A good pressed brick of the same size will average about 5 pounds, or 131 pounds to the cubic foot, or 3537 pounds (somewhat over It tons) to the cubic yard. (W.) Making Brick Masonry Impervious to Water. Sylvester's process, used with success on the Croton Reservoir in Central Park, consists in the successive application to the walls of two washes, one composed of Castile soap and water and the other of alum and water. The proportions are J of a pound of soap to 1 gallon of water, and A pound of alum to 4 gallons of water. The walls should be quite dry and clean and the temper- ature of the air should not be below 50° F. The soap wash should be laid on first : it should be laid on with a flat brush and at a boiling heat. After 24 hours the wash will be dry and hard, and the alum wash should be applied at a temperature of 60° to 70° F. This is allowed to remain for 24 hours, when the whole operation is repeated until the wall has become impervious to water. The number of applications required will depend on the water pressure to which the wall will be sub- jected. In the case of the Croton Reservoir above named 4 coatings were found to render the reservoir free from leakage under 40 feet head. (W.) Cocoa and Chocolate. Cocoa and chocolate are prepared from the cocoa bean. This is character- ized by the presence of more than half of its weight of a fatty substance, known as cocoa butter, consisting of oleine and stearine, and does not become rancid like the natural fats generally. The beans, carefully cleansed and selected, partly by sifting, and partly by picking out the injured and unripe ones, are allowed to ferment in heaps for a short time (which improves their flavor), and then roasted like coffee. The drums used for this purpose should be of such a size that about 450 pounds of the seeds will fill them about s full. Inside of the drum are 4 blades, the object of which is to stir and mix the seeds while roasting. The beans should be roasted not quite as much as coffee ; they must not have an empyreumatic odor, but a peculiar, agreeable aroma. The roasted beans having been crushed and winnowed, are ground in warm mills, in which the fatty matter melts and unites with the ground beans to a paste. The mill for grinding (Fig. 4) consists of 3 large granite rollers, A, B, C, the surfaces of which must be smooth. The centre roller B runs in brasses, while A and C rest upon the blocks r, r, and r' , r' . Each of these can be uni- 56 TECH NO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. t'onnly pushed forward upon the iron rails x x by the action of an endless Fig. 4. screw v, i>',and thus are brought nearer to, or removed from, the centre roller B. The rollers are geared to turn at different speeds. The centre roller B generally makes 2 revolutions, while C makes 6, and A 1. The effect of this is that every roller grinds upon the sur- face lying behind it, and that the cocoa between the first pair is transferred from one roller to the other. The paste is scraped from the roller C by a blade of hardened steel, and conveyed into a tin mould placed under the machine. To keep the fatty matter in a melted state, a copper box, into which steam is introduced, is placed under the rollers. When the machine has worked for some time, sufficient heat is generated by fric- tion to allow of the steam being shut off. For the manufacture of chocolate 3 machines are required : The mixing boiler, roller, and moulding tables. The mixing boiler consists of a round trough of granite provided with a mix- ing apparatus. The cocoa is intimately mijed with a corresponding quantity ' of sugar and other ingredients, the warm, soft mixture divided into lumps of a determined weight, and placed in tin moulds upon a shaking table. The soft mass, by this motion, spreads out uniformly in the moulds, and the air bubbles enclosed in it escape. The chocolate in cooling off contracts ana detaches itself from the sides of the mould. Good chocolate forms a brown homogeneous mass of great density. The surface of the cake should have a dull lustre, and, when broken, the frac- ture, in cool weather, must be sharp and show no lustrous or white gran- ules. Starch, either 2 to 3 per cent, of arrow- root or other starch, or 4 to 6 per cent, of kiln-dried wheat or barley flour is added to almost every kind Of chocolate. (This adulterant is frequently added in much larger proportion. W.) Va- nilla, spices, and other flavoring sub- stances are also added. We give in the following a number of receipts for manufacturing dif- ferent varieties and qualities of choco- late: Ordinary Chocolate. I. Mix 2 pounds each of roasted and ground cocoa and pulverized sugar, and £ ounce of powdered cinnamon. II. Mix 6i pounds of roasted and ground cocoa, a like quantity of sugar, 1 ounce of powdered cinnamon, a like quantity of rice roasted light brown, i ounce of cardamons, and £ ounce of cubebs. Spiced Chocolate. Twelve hundred and fifty parts of roasted cocoa and a like quantity of sugar. The cocoa is ground very fine, at a moderate heat, until it forms a thin paste. It is then mixed with the sugar and the following ingredients, all finely powdered : Fine cinnamon - 18 parts. Cloves 9 " Cardamon 4 " The mass is then pressed in moulds. Other Receipts for Spiced Chocolate. Parts. I. II III. Roasted cocoa . . . 2000 5000 5000 Sugar 1750 5000 5000 Ceylon cinnamon . . 50 166% 200 Cloves 1)4, 83 66^' Vanilla ground with sugar 50 Cardamon .... 1% lS 1 -^ Mace \i 8 Coriander .... 8 Sugar ground with . 133 Oil of lemon .... 1% COCOA AND CHOCOLATE. 57 Fine Spanish Spiced Chocolate. Cocoa 1500 parts. Fine white sugar 1500 " Ground vanilla 16)^ " Cloves iey 2 " Cardamon 33 " Cinnamon 50 " Mace 10 " Cedratoil 30 drops. Vienna Chocolate. Mix : Parts. i " > I. II. Cocoa mass 5000 15n0 Powdered sugar 5000 750 Powdered cinnamon .... 200 Powdered cloves 100 Powdered cardamon .... 25 Peruvian balsam ground with sugar 25 Vanilla 25 Ambergris y 2 Paris Chocolate. Milan Chocolate. Cocoa mass . 1000 parte. 1500 parts Sugar . . . 1000 " 1500 " Vanilla . . 33 " 16 " Ambergris . 1 part. Peruvian bal- sam . . . IK " Fine cinna- mon . . . 33 " Hygienic Chocolate. This consists either of cocoa formed into cakes, or equal quantities of cocoa and white sugar, or 1 part cocoa to \h parts sugar, but contains no spices whatever. Iceland 3Ioss Chocolate consists of: Cocoa 250 parts. Sugar 250 " Finely-powdered Iceland moss . . 125 " Finely-powdered salep .... 10 " Other Receipts for Iceland Moss Choc- olate. One quart of hot water in which I ounce of potash has been dissolved is poured over 5} ounces of selected Ice- land moss. This is allowed to stand quietly for 1 hour; the fluid is then strained off through a cloth, the moss squeezed out with the hands, and thor- oughly washed 3 or 4 times with fresh water. It is again squeezed, dried in a warm place, powdered, and sifted. Four and three-quarter ounces of this powder are mixed with J ounce of pow- dered salep root and 14 pounds of pow- dered sugar. One and one-half pounds of cocoa mass are added and the whole thoroughly mixed. Dollar's Moss Chocolate. Roasted and finely-ground cocoa . 1 ,und. Finely powdered white sugar . . 13^ .inces. Dried and finely-powdered' moss . flounce, Powdered salep root yi " Chocolate with Meat Extract. One- half ounce of meat extract is dissolved in the same quantity of lukewarm dis- tilled water and mixed, while still warm, with 8| ounces of cocoa. The ingredients must be very intimately mixed. The mass is then formed into cakes like ordinary chocolate. Iron Chocolate. Mix : Chocolate 1000 parts. Cloves 5 " Cardamon 2% " Ethereal oil of cinnamon ... 1 part. Peruvian balsam 2 parts. Iron in an impalpable powder . 10 " Chocolate with Carbonate of Iron. Mix : Chocolate 1000 parts Carbonate of iron 10 " Vanilla 4 " Chocolate lozenges with Carbonate of Iron. Five ounces of pure crystal- lized ferrous sulphate, or, what is still better, freshly precipitated with alco- hol, are dried at a moderate heat until the residue weighs 4| ounces. Add t« this 4i ounces of dried and powdered sodium bicarbonate and 4 ounces of powdered sugar. Four ounces of co- coa, melted at a moderate tempera- ture, are then gradually incorporated with the mixture and 60 lozenges formed from the resulting mass. Bacahout des Arabes. Mix : Parts. I. II. Fine oatmeal 500 Powdered chocolate .... 500 500 Powdered vanilla sugar . . . 125 Powdered starch 250 Fine wheat flour 250 Powdered sugar 125 Powdered cinnamon .... ^ to ^ Dr. Koeben's Nourishing and Healing Powder. I. II. Parts. Parts White Sugar . . 65 Chocolate . . 60 Prepared cocoa . 30 Sugar ... 35 Finest flour . . 25 Finest flour . 25 Roasted acorns . 10 Roasted acorns 10 68 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Vakaka Indorum. This consists of: Roasted cocoa 117 parts. Bugar 320 Cinnamon 14 " Vanilla 3.5 " Gray ambergris & part. Musk ife " Palamaud or Palmgrene, or Allataim iu J fit rem. This consists of: Roasted oocoa 8 parts. Finest starch 32 " Rite 32 " Powdered red sandal wood ... 1 part. According to other formulae ground jicorns are substituted for starch. White Chocolate. The following mixture is kneaded into a dough by adding a sufficient quantity of boiling water. The resulting paste is then formed into small cakes or lozenges : White sugar 3J4 pounds. Powdered rice l l /£ " Arrowroot ....... 5% ounces. Tincture of vanilla . . , . 5%drachms. Cocoa butter 5% ounces. Sum Arabic 2% " celluloid, Caoutchouc, Gutta- percha, and Similar Composi- tions. Preparation of Celluloid. Any sub- itanee containing cellulose, or vegetable fibre free from incrusting components, as unsized paper, cotton, wool, linen, hemp, white rags cut fine and perfectly clean, certain varieties of white wood, may be used as material in the manu- facture of celluloid. They are dried at 212° F., ground up, and stored in a place free from moisture. Three ves- sels of glass, or any other material not liable to be attacked by acids, are re- quired for converting the cellulose into pyroxyline. The cellulose is first soaked in one of the vessels for 10 to 15 minutes in acid ; it is then pressed out, trans- ferred to the second vessel containing fresh acid, consisting of a mixture of 3 parts of sulphuric acid of 1.834 specific gravity and 2 of concentrated com- mercial nitric acid. The acids in the first and second vessels may be used in subsequent operations by raising the temperature to about 86° to 0,5° F., and keeping the material in the bath for a, lew hours. When the conversion i» complete, the pyroxyline is pressed out and freed from adhering acid by wash- ing it in the third vessel. It is again pressed out and further washed in tanks resting on an inclined plane and fed with running water. To convert the pyroxyline into celluloid, 42 to 50 parts of camphor are intimately mixed with 100 of pyroxyline, wrapped in a strong tissue capable of great resistance, then enclosed in bags made of horse-hair cloth, and placed between the plates of a warm press, and subjected to pressure for 1 hour or longer. The cakes re= maining in the ba.^scan then be brought into a heated cylinder press, and next into an apparatus in which a vacuum prevails, while the cylinder jacket con- tains such substances as chloride of calcium, concentrated sulphuric acid, etc., for the absorption of moisture. Resinous or other substances and color- ing matter may be incorporated with this product, to obtain uniformly colored or marbled masses. Celluloid made by this and similar processes becomes plastic when heated, and may be cast. The celluloid is made incombustible by washing the pyroxyline in a solution of silicate of soda, and incorporating with it phosphate of ammonia or soda, borate of lead, or fluxes used in porce- lain and glass painting. G. Magnus & Co., of Berlin, dissolve 50 parts of gun-cotton in a mixture of 100 parts of ether and 25 of camphor k and evaporate the solvent from the re- sulting transparent, jelly-like mass un- til it is plastic. It is then exposed in thin plates to the air until it is hard and capable of taking a polish. Billiard balls, etc., are prepared by rolling several plates together, and rasping the new-formed plate into a coarse powder. This is dried at 222.8° F., pressed in metallic moulds, and heated for li or, at the utmost, If hours at 248° F. Treatment of Pyroxyline in the Man n facture of Plastic Masses. Pyroxyline is prepared by T saturating some form of cellulose, linen, cotton, starch, dex- trine, etc., in a mixture of nitric and sulphuric acids. After a sufficient soaking the acid is drawn off, the material thoroughly washed and allowed to dry for 12 to 24 hours. The resulting product, while CELLULOID, CAOUTCHOUC, ETC. .59 >ill moist, is treated with a solvent, as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, sul- phuric ether, etc., to which gum, bal- Bam, resins, coloring matter, etc., have been added. The solvent may be used in I he proportion ofi gallon to2j pounds of pyroxy line, hut may vary according to circumstances. The proportion of gums and pigments depends on the color, tenacity, and degree of hardness desired. The mass is now heated in a suit- able vessel from 150° to 220° I'\, whereby it becomes plastic; it is then ground, thoroughly mixed, and dried at a tem- perature not exceeding 150° F., when it is brought, while still plastic, iuto the desired moulds. How to Work and Trent Celluloid. Celluloid is worked and treated in the same manner as all other horn-like substances. The same instruments Hay be used for turning, boring, and planing it. By heating it to 165° F. it oeeomes sufficiently plastic to assume all desired forms by pressing. It is necessary to heat the mould, which should be of brass, before pressing, and the article of celluloid should be cooled »ff in the mould by means of cold water. If the heat is raised above 1(35° F. the material should remain in the mould only a few minutes. For polishing, it is best to use very fine pumice stone and powdered emery mixed in equal Sarts, and kneaded into a dough with ot soap, which must be free from rosin. The mixture is then dried and spread upon the polishing instrument. To cement celluloid upon wood, leather, etc., a solution of 1 part of shellac in 1 part of spirit of camphor and 3 to 4 parts of alcohol 90 per cent, strong is required. The best cement is pure, very finely-scraped celluloid dissolved in spirit of wine 90 per cent, strong. When the material is cut with iron in- struments, moving quickly to and fro, creating considerable heat, it is recom- mended to allow water to trickle upon the cutting or sawing tool. When articles are to be punched or pressed from the material, it should be heated in lukewarm water to 100° F., as this will prevent it from tearing and splinter- ing. Incase it has become brittle, it is dipped into spirit of camphor, but must not remain in it too long. Finished articles should not be kept in air-tight boxes, since these will prevent the evap- oration of the camphor. New Celluloid, Pared potatoes are treated for 36 hours with a mixture of 8 parts ot' sulphuric acid and 100 parts of water. The mass is then washed and dried between sheets of blotting-paper and pressed. Tobacco pipes, closely resembling meerschaum, are manu- factured from this mass in France, and it is claimed that a strong pressure im- parts sufficient hardness to it so that it can be used as a substitute for ivory and for the manufacture of billiard balls, etc. By using sodium hydrate "> per cent, strong instead of sulphuric acid, the mass becomes more elastic, but acquires a dirty white color. By using soda lye 19 per cent, strong a horn-like mass is obtained which cau be worked in the same manner as horn. The action is far more energetic if white turnips are treated in the same nianner. To obtain a mass closely resembling buck's horn, the turnip is bored through in the centre of the conical end, but the upper, larger end is left uninjured. It is then stuck upon a stick, dipped in hot tallow, and placed near a warm stove, when, in a few days, it will as- sume a form closely resembl ing a buck's- horn handle, which requires only to be colored by coating it with Paris polish- ing lacquer. A variety of articles can be manufactured in the same manner. The mass is principally used for veneer- ing. It can be colored in any manner desired, and by moistening with diluted glycerine water it becomes as pliable as leather and well suited for coating various articles. By using yellow tur- nips instead of white, forms resembling buck's horn, but of the color of coral, are obtained. They are used for knife, umbrella, and whip-handles, and walk- ing-sticks. This substance has bees called coral celluloid, or corallin. Manufacture of Rubber Stamps. For this a vulcanizing apparatus with lamp and thermometer, as used by dentists, is required, and an iron chase, in which the types are firmly held. The types are oiled in the usual manner, and the vulcanite poured over them. The matrix is not allowed to become dry, but a plate of vulean ized caoutchouc is laid upon it. The caoutchouc is forced into the matrix by 60 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. pressing between two iron plates; a lew sheets of paper being placed be- tween them to prevent the caoutchouc from sticking to the matrix. The whole is then placed in the water of the vul- canizing apparatus, and heated to 3U5° F. After it has become cold the mould is taken out and the caoutchouc de- tached. To Soften Rubber Hose after it has become Hard. Dip the hose in petro- leum, and hang it up for 2 days to al- low the oil to drip off, and repeat the operation once or twice. Metallized Caoutchouc. Mix non- vulcanized caoutchouc with powdered lead, zinc, or antimony, and vulcanize the product in the usual manner. To Remove all Stickiness from the Surface of Dried Caoutchouc. Pour 11 parts of oil of turpentine over 1 part of caoutchouc. This will give a thin paste. Stir into this a small quantity, about J part, of hot, concentrated liver of sulphur. This gives a yellow emul- sion, which, in drying, leaves the caout- chouc entirely elastic and without the slightest stickiness. Cement for Vulcanized Caoutchouc: Stockholm pitch 3 parts. American rosin 3 " Crude caoutchouc 6 " Oil of turpentine 12 " are heated and stirred together. Should the mass be too thick for desired pur- poses, add some more oil of turpentine. The surfaces to be cemented should be roughened with pumice-stone or emery before the cement is applied. Utilization of Vulcanized Caoutchouc Waste. The waste is comminuted as much as possible and exposed to a tem- perature of 570° F. until a plastic mass is formed. The heating is done by passing steam through a cylinder con- taining the comminuted waste. Ten pounds of the mass are then mixed with Palm oil 2 ounces. Sulphur 5% " White lead or magnesia, lime, zinc oxide, or clay 3 pounds. if necessary the articles manufactured from this mass are exposed to heat. Gutta-percha Composition. The fol- lowing compositions are suitable for ornaments, mouldings, iea-trays, pict ure frames, etc. : 1. II. Parts. Part* Gutta-percha . . 4 Gutta-percha . . 4 Bone-black ... 2 Powdered whale- White arsenic . . fa bone or horn shavings ... 2 A hard composition of a light coloi consists of: Gutta-percha 3 parts. Ivory or bone dust 1 part. Pipe-clay % " To Color Caoutchouc and Gutta- percha Black. Boil the material in a solution of 1 part of blue vitriol in 10 parts of water, and compounded with 1 part of caustic ammonia, or in a solu- tion of 1 part of potassium bisulphate and $ part of blue vitriol in 10 parts of water. Green. Boil : Sal-ammoniac 1 part. Blue vitriol « • • % " Burned lime 2 parts. Water 10 " The dark or light shade of the colot can be regulated by adding more or less of the substances. Solution of Gutta-percha for the Ust of Shoemakers. Waste of gutta-percha is soaked in boiling water and cut into small pieces. The pieces are placed in a tin or sheet-iron vessel with a close- fitting cover, and covered with coal-tar oil, and allowed to stand quietly from 12 to 18 hours. They are then heated in hot water until they melt, and the mass is thoroughly stirred for some time. As the solution congeals on be- coming cold, it must be placed in boil- ing water until it is to be used. Caoutchouc Compositions for Sharp- ening and Polishing Knives, etc. Mix : Parts by weight. IE TI. III. IV. V. Caoutchouc . . 280. 280 280 280 280 Powdered emery 1120 112G Graphite ... 512 488 Zinc white . . 1120 Yellow ochre . 56 Sulphur ... 84 Lampblack . . 6% 6% &/Z Nos. I. and V., containing emery, are the hardest and best suited foi CELLULOID, CAOUTCHOUC, ETC. 61 f rinding compositions, while Nos. II., II., and IV. are used for polishing purposes. Caoutchouc Cements. For Glass. Parts. I. II. Caoutchouc 1 12 Mastic 12 120 Dammar 4 Chloroform 50 600 Benzine 10 The cement, on being applied to the glass, adheres at once, and when dry possesses a high degree of elasticity. Transparent Caoutchouc Cement for Glass. ' Caoutchouc 2 parts. Mastic 6 " Chloroform 100 " The solution is effected by allowing the ingredients to stand for a few days in a cold place. The cement, which is quite transparent, must be applied at once, as it becomes viscid in a very short time. Cement for Rubber Shoes and Boots. To repair holes in rubber shoes the fol- lowing cement is used : A. Caoutchouc 10 parts. Chloroform 280 " B. Caoutchouc 10 " Kosin 4 " Gum turpentine 2 " Oil of turpentine 40 " The solution A is prepared by allow- ing the caoutchouc to dissolve in the chloroform. For the solution B the paoutchouc is cut into small pieces and melted with the rosin. The turpentine is then added, and the mass is finally dissolved in the oil of turpentine. Both solutions are then mixed together. To repair a hole in a rubber shoe or water-proof garment a piece of close linen is dipped in the cement and laid upon the place to be repaired, which has been previously brushed over with the cement. As soon as the linen adheres the cement is applied and smoothed. With some skill the shoe can be repaired so that it cannot be detected. Gutta-percha Cements. For Glass. Gutta-percha 100 parts. Black piteh or asphaltum . . . 100 " Oil of turpentine 15 " This cement, which should be used hot, is well suited for every purpose, but adheres particularly well to leather. For Leather. A solution of gutta- percha in bisulphide of 'carbon of the consistency of syrup, and sufficiently diluted with petroleum, does excellent service. A thin layer of the cement is applied and the pieces of leather are tightly pressed together. Cement for Rubber Combs. A. Avery thick solution of gutta-percha in bi- sulphide of carbon is prepared. B. Dissolve sulphur in bisulphide of carbon. The parts to be cemented are brushed over with the solution A and pressed together. When dry the solution B is applied. Elastic Gutta-percha and Linseed-oil Cement. Gutta-percha 10 parte. Benzine 100 " Linseed-oil varnish 100 " Dissolve the gutta-percha in the ben- zine, and when the solution is clear mix it with the varnish. This cement is very elastic, serviceable for making tissues water-proof and for cementing shoe soles to uppers, as it does not break when bent. Gutta-percha Cement for Horses' Hoofs. To fill cracks and fissures in the hoofs of horses a cement is required which resists the action of water and possesses great elasticity combined with solidity. The following compound an- swers all demands : fiiim ammoniac ... 10 parts by weight. Purified gutta-percha . 20 to 25 " " The gutta-percha Is heated from 195° to 212° F., and the powdered gum kneaded into it until a homogeneous mass is formed. The place to be cemented should be thoroughly cleansed. The cement is heated until it becomes soft, and the crack in the hoof filled with it by means of a heated knife. It be- comes hard when cooled off* to the ordi- nary temperature, and acquires in a short time such a degree of solidity that nails may be driven into it. Substitute for Caoutchouc. Chloride of sulphur is mixed with bisulphide of carbon and- naphtha, or any suitable 62 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. volatile solvent. Some fat oil, for in- stance rape-seed oil, is added to the mixture, which is allowed to stand quietly until the greater part of the volatile materials has evaporated. The vapors are condensed for future use. The color of this substitute for caout- chouc is yellowish-brown, and can be colored by adding suitable pigments. Substitute for Gutta-percha. This is prepared by boiling the external part of the bark of the birch tree in water over an open fire. A black fluid sub- stance remains in the evaporating ves- sel, which, when exposed to the air, becomes hard and very compact. The mass possesses all the properties of gutta-percha and may be used for the same purposes. Composition for Ornaments, Busts, Toys, etc. The mass consists of isin- glass or any other animal glue, vegeta- ble or beeswax or rosin, and glycerine. The proportions depend on the degree of hardness the composition is to have. Fifty of glue, 35 of wax or rosin, 15 of glycerine, and the necessary quantity of a metallic oxide as a coloring sub- stance, give a composition as hard as horn. For a soft composition 50 parts of glue, 25 of wax or rosin, and 25 of glycerine are required. The glue is dissolved in the glycerine by means of steam, and the wax or rosin added to the solution. When this is melted and mixed with the ingredients, the mineral color is added, and the mass, while in a liquid state, poured into moulds of plaster of Paris, wood, or metal. By adding 30 to 35 per cent, of zinc white, or another mineral pigment according to the color the article is to have, the hardness of the composition can be much increased. Composition for Rollers of Wringers mill Wash Machines. This consists of a mixture of sulphured linseed oil or other oil, fibrous materials (comminuted linen or cotton rags), and rosin or pitch. The materials are kneaded or passed between hot rollers until all parts are intimately mixed together. The mass is then poured around the spindle of the roller, which has been placed in a suitable mould. Asbestos and Rubber Packing. Equal parts by weight of asbestos and caout- chouc are mixed together, forming an elastic mass capable of resisting heat. As it contains no metallic oxides or foreign substances, it does not attack the piston-rods, and as it resists even caustic agents, it is very useful in chem- ical manufactories, etc. < ''imposition for Billiard Balls. Allow ,so parts of Russian glue and 10 of ordinary glue to swell up in 10 parts of water. Heat the mass in a water bath and add 5 parts of heavy spar, 4 of chalk, and 1 of boiled linseed oil. Take out part of the mass and when sufficiently cool form it into small sticks. Dip these sticks into the re- maining mass, allow what adheres to them to dry„ and repeat the dipping and drying until a crude ball has been formed. When this has become quite dry, which will require from 3 to 4 months, it is turned in the usual man- ner, then placed for 1 hour in a bath of acetate of alumina, dried, and polished in the same manner as an ivory ball. Picture-frame Composition. Mix : Glue previously soaked and melted in witter 13 parts. Pulverized litharge 4 " White lead 8 " Plaster of Paris 1 part. Very fine sawdust 10 parts. The mixture is poured into moulds consisting of 2 parts, which should bf first brushed over with oil. A Mass for Toys, Vessels, etc., con sists of a mixture of clay and absorbenv substances such as infusorial earth, cel- lulose, fibrous substances, etc., stirred into a paste with water and cast in plaster-of-Paris moulds. When hard the mass is taken out and dipped into a solution of water-glass, which is en- tirely absorbed by the composition. The articles are then dried at 212° F. If they are to be colored outside a thin layer of colored clay is first placed in the mould and on top of this the above- mentioned mass ; the further treatment being the same as above. Dolls' heads, boxes, etc., are manufactured in this manner. By using metallic moulds, instead of those of plaster of Paris, the ingredients may be mixed with solution of water-glass before they are brought into the moulds. Mass fur Dolls' Heads. Clay slate is ground fine and 50 per cent, of it CEMENTS, PASTES, AND PUTTJES. 63 stirred into a fluid paste with 20 per cent, of paper pulp and 30 per cent, of plaster or Paris and a sufficient quantity of water. The muss is then cast in moulds. Marmor-in. Heat, grind, and wash some magnesite and mix it intimately with an equal amount of solution of sul- phate of magnesia, 1.190 specific gravity. The mass is east in oiled moulds. Winn hard it can be washed with soapsuds. New Mass for Hollow Articles. These articles are manufactured by bringing a frame of the article, made of fibrous substance or paper, into a mould with a Composition, and pressing both together. The best composition consists of 32 parts of solid (oxidized) oil, a like quantity of finely-ground cork, 2 parts each of minium and unslaked lime, and 3 of paraffine wax. Papier Mache from. Flour. The mass is prepared by stirring either wheat, oat, rye, barley, or bean flour into a thick paste with linseed-oil var- nish. It is then pressed in moulds or rolled out in plates and dried in the usual manner. The articles, when en- tirely dry, are saturated with linseed oil, then treated with colored lacquers, and finally polished. Fine Pasteboard Mass for Moulding Large Figures. Boil 4 parts of waste paper in water and mix them thor- oughly with 6 of whiting. The mass is then kneaded, rolled out upon a board, and cut in pieces, which are pressed hit l the separate parts of the mould and then taken out and dried. The pieces are then joined together with the same mass and glue water, and when they are dry the uneven places are smoothed by means of a knife, tile, and shave-grass, ami finally the figure is coated with a composition consisting of French chalk and decoction of Bra- zil w >od, and when dry is painted, gilded, etc. Composition for Razor Strops. Mix 18 parts of tine paper pulp with 3 of powdered emery and 2 of starch. Fer- ric oxide or stannic oxide can be sub- stituted for the emery. Cements, Pastes, and Putties. To Cement Iron to Iron. Mix : Powdered cast iron bore chips . . . on parts. Sal-ammoniac 2 " Flowers of sulphur 1 part. and stir the mixture into a stiff paste by adding water. The cement must be used while fresh. Mastic Cement. Powder: Slaked lime .go parts, Sand 3;» Litharge 3 " and knead them to a stiff mass with ? to li) parts of old linseed oil, or linseed- oil varnish. It is best to do this in a mortar with a pestle, and the mas* should be thoroughly worked. Cement for Steam-pipes. Pub as fine as possible : Litharge 2 parts. Powdered slaked lime . . . . . 1 part. Sand 1 " and mix the mass with a sufficient quantity of hot linseed-oil varnish to form a stiff paste. This cement must be used while fresh and warm. Cement for Glass Retorts. Mix: Iron filings 13V£ pounds. Cement i% Plaster of Paris 1 pound. Sal-ammoniac 'A6 ounces. Powdered sulphur 1% " Vinegar 1% piuts. and stir the mass into a paste with water. The cemented articles must not be ex- posed to moisture. English Cement for Porcelain. Soak 1 drachm of isinglass in water; pour upon this a sufficient quantity of alcohol to cover the isinglass, and allow it to dissolve, placing it in a warm room. Next dissolve i drachm of mastic in 1 fluid drachm of rectified spirit of wine ; mix both solutions together, add J drachm of powdered gum ammoniac, and evaporate the mixture in a water- bath until it has acquired the requisite consistency. Keep the cement in a e;lass bottle, and when it is to be used place the bottle in hot water, when the cement will become soft so that it can be conveniently applied to the frag- ments of porcelain to be cemented, which should be previously heated. Water and Fire-proof Cement, avail- able for Metal, Porcelain, and Earthen ware. One and three-quarter pints of sweet milk are curdled with the addition of some wine vinegar. The whey is taken and the whites of 4 to 5 eggs stirred into it. Finely-pulverized quick- lime is added, and the mass thoroughly 54 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. mixed together with a spatula.. This cement will stand tire and water if it is first dried in the air and then over a fire. Cements for Fastening Metal Letters upon Glass, Marble, Wood, etc. No. 1. Mix : Copal varnish .15 parts. Liuseed-oil varnisb ...... 6 " Oil of turpentine 5 " Glue 5 " The glue is dissolved by placing the mixture in a water-bath. When the solution is complete, 10 parts of slaked lime are added to it. No. 2. Fifteen parts of a varnish pre- pared from sandarach and white pine rosin are mixed with 5 parts of linseed oil boiled with litharge, and 5 parts of oil of turpentine. To this add 5 parts of marine glue, and, after this mixture has been dissolved by placing it in a water-bath, add 10 parts of Hake white and white lead. No. 3. Mix 15 parts of copal var- nish prepared with au addition of rosin, and 5 parts of oil of turpentine, with : Powdered isinglass 2 parts. Silted iron filings 5 " Washed clay or ochre 10 " No. 4. Mix 15 parts of copal var- nish prepared with gum-lac, 5 of lin- seed oil boiled with litharge, 8 of solu- tion of caoutchouc in tar oil, 7 of tar oil with 10 of Roman cement and plas- ter of Paris. Cement for Fastening Iron A r tides in Stone. Mix : Good plaster of Paris 7 parts. Iron filings 1 part. and stir the mixture into a paste with water. This cement dries very quickly. Cement for Stone Troughs and Wooden Vats. Melt: Rosin 2 parts. Yellow wax 2 " in an iron ladle. Then add 2 parts of very finely-pulverized and calcined ochre, and keep the mass for a short time in a fluid state. By pouring the mass into the joints and cracks of the stone or wood, it forms a cement as hard as stone. Cement for Repairing Articles of Sandstone. Mix: Dry, clean, fine Rand 20paits. Pulverized plumbic oxide .... 2 " Pulverized lime 1 part. and form a thick paste by adding lin- seed oil or linseed-oil varnish. Davy's Universal Cement. Melt: Common pitch 4 parts. Gutta-percha 4 " in an iron vessel, mix intimately to- gether, and keep the resulting cement either fluid under water, or in a dried and hard condition. This cement holds equally well upon wood, stone, glass, porcelain, ivory, leather, parchment, paper, feathers, wool, cotton, linen, etc. Cement for Joining Leather Driving Belts. Mix 10 parts of bisulphide of carbon and 1 of oil of turpentine, and dissolve in it a sufficient quantity of gutta-percha to form a paste. The pieces of leather to be joined are cleansed from oil and grease by laying a rag up- on their surfaces and placing a hot iron upon it. Both pieces are then spread with the cement and subjected to press- ure until the cement has become dry. Cement for Fastening Rubber upon Metal. This cement is prepared by soaking pulverized shellac in ten times its weight of strong ammonia. The re- sult will be a transparent mass which becomes fluid in 3 to 4 weeks without the use of water. This fluid makes the rubber soft, but after the evaporation of the ammonia it becomes hard and impermeable to gases and fluids. Cement for Aquaria, etc. Two and one-quarter pounds each of litharge, fine white sand, plaster of Paris, and 1 pound of boiled linseed oil are mixed to a paste and drying oil added. This cement can only be used after it has stood for a few hours, but then does ex- cellent service for salt and fresh-water aquaria, reservoirs, etc. It becomes very hard, but acquires its greatest de- gree of hardness when in salt water. Cement for Repairing Defective Places in Castings. One part of black pitch and 1 of rosin are melted in a . crucible and a sufficient quantity of fine iron filings added to form a stiff mass, and allowed to become cold. The defective place is heated, a piece CEMENTS, PASTES, AND PUTTIES 65 of the cement laid upon it and prosed into the defective place with a hot iron. Cement for Leather. Ordinary glue and isinglass are soaked for 1<> hours in sufficient water to cover them. It is then brought to the boiling point and pure tannin added until the solution be- comes sticky and lias tlie appearance n!' white of egg. Glycerine Cement. This cement is prepared by moistening litharge with glj i erine. It forms a cement which be- comes very hard in 10 minutes. The cement is well suited for vessels con- taining benzole, ether, oils, acids, etc., and also for iron and stone. Cement for Petroleum Lamps. Rosin 12 parts. Strong lye 16 " Water 20 " Plaster of Paris 20 " The rosin is boiled with the lye until it is entirely dissolved and, when cold, forms a tenacious solid mass. This is sufficiently diluted by adding the water, and the plaster of Paris is then care- fully worked in. This cement is in- soluble in petroleum, and can be recom- mended for fastening the metal parts npon glass lamps. Best Cement for Tortoise Shell. Mastic 30 parts. Shellac 90 " Turpentine 6 " Spirit of wine 90 per cent, strong . 350 " Cement for Ivory and Bone. White wax, rosin, and oil of turpentine are melted together at a moderate heat so as to form a thick fluid mass. If the cement is to be colored, finely-powdered coloring substances, as red lead, ultra- marine, etc., are added to the mass. Caseine Cements. Caseine can be used for preparing a number of cements. It is best to prepare an entirely pure caseine, although that found in old cheese may be used; but this always contains some fat, salt, and free acids, which exert an injurious effect upon the hardness and solidity of the cement. Pure caseine is prepared in the follow- ing manner: Milk, carefully skimmed 60 that not a trace of cream remains, is allowed to curdle by lettine it stand in 5 a warm place. The curdled milk it then ] ion red tli rough, a paper filter, and the caseine remaining upon the filter is washed with rain water until the latter shows no trace of free acid. To remove the last traces of fat the caseine is tied in a cloth and boiled in water. It is then spread out upon blotting-paper and allewed to dry in a moderately warm place, when it will shrivel up to a horn-like mass. This pure caseine, when properly dried, ca^ be kept for a long time without injury. Caseine Cement for 3Ietals. Mix : Washed quartz sand 10 parts. Caseine 8 " Slaked lime 10 " Caseine Cement for 3Ieerschaum. Dis- solve caseine in water-glass, stir quickly finely-powdered burned magnesia into the solution and use at once, as the cement rapidly becomes hard. By mixing genuine meerschaum powder with the magnesia, a mass closely re- sembling genuine meerschaum is ob- tained. Ordinary Caseine Cement. Caseine .12 parts. Slaked lime 50 " Fine sand 50 " Tlv's cheap cement is well adapted for filling large holes in freestone and joints between building stones. Best Caseine Cement. Fresh cheese is boiled in water until it has been dis- solved to a mass which will draw into threads between the fingers. Slaked lime and very finely-sifted wood ashes are then stirred into the solution. Take : Cheese 100 parts. Water 200 " Slaked lime 25 " Wood ashes 20 " Chinese Blood Cement. This cement is in general use in China to make wooden and pasteboard vessels, willow- ware, etc., water-proof. Mix : Slaked lime 100 parts. Beaten bullocks' blood 75 " Alum 2 " Blood and Ash Cement. Slaked lime 100 part* Sifted coal ashes 50 " Beaten bullocks' blood 15 " 66 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. This cement is used for filling joints between bricks and building stones. Jewellers' Cement. Isinglass 100 parts. Jlastic varnish 50 " The isinglass is dissolved in as small a quantity of water as possible, with the addition of some strong spirit of wine. The mastic varnish is prepared by pouring highly-rectified spirit of wine and benzine over finely-powdered mastic and dissolving this in as. small a quantity of the solvent as possible. The two solutions are then poured into a porcelain dish and intimately worked together. Armenian Glue. This preparation possesses about the same properties as the diamond glue and is used for the same purposes: Isinglass 600 parts. Gum ammoniac 6 " Mastic 60 " The isinglass is allowed to swell up in water to which some spirit of wine has been added. The gum ammoniac and mastic are dissolved in as little spirit of wine as possible, and both solu- tions are then intimately mixed to- gether. Cement for Quickly Closing Leaky Places in Barrels. Tallow 25 parts. Wax 20 " Lard 40 " Sifted wood ashes 25 " are mixed together by heating and ap- plied to the defective place by means of a heated knife blade. Cement for Iron Stoves. Wood ashes 10 parts. Clay 10 " Burned lime 4 *' are mixed with sufficient water to form a stiff paste. To Prepare Liquid Glue. Dissolve 3i ounces of ordinary gelatine in a mixt- ure of 1 pint of water and \ ounce of crude oxalic acid, and keep the solu- tion 5 or 6 hours in a flask on a water- bath. It is then poured in a porcelain dish, diluted, neutralized with calcium carbonate, filtered, and evaporated at a moderate temperature. The quantity of glue obtained by this process will be about double the quantity of the gela- tine used. It is very clear, slightly colored, and very tenacious. Liquid (Hue. Soak the glue in water, then melt it at a moderate heat, and add strong vinegar until the solution re- mains a thick fluid when cool. Add a small quantity of acetic or nitric acid, which will keep it fluid at an ordinary temperature until the acid evaporates. Glue for Labels, etc. Dissolve at a moderate heat 2 parts of white gelatine and'l of rock candy in 3 of water. Or dissolve at a moderate heat 9 ounces of ordinary glue, 4V ounces of rock candy and IJ ounces of gum Arabic in 1 2Jar| of rain, or distilled, water. Glue for Fancy A Hides, Fine Leather Goods, etc. Compound 1 pint of rya whiskey with the same quantity of water. Add to this 4i ounces of pow- dered starch, and stir the mass into a paste. Then dissolve 1{ ounces of good glue in the same quantity of water, add li ounces of thick turpentine, mix thoroughly, and finally combine this mixture, constantly stirring, with the above paste. Water-proof Glue for Wooden Uten- sils. Boil for 10 minutes a mixture of: Thick solution of glue 10 parts. Linseed-oil varnish 5 " Litharge 1 part. and use the compound while hot. ( Hue for Ivory and Bone. Colorless isinglass is boiled with water until a thick solution has been formed. Add to this a sufficient quantity of washed zinc white to form a liquid of the con- sistency of honey. Glue for Joining Glass to Wood. A. solution of ordinary glue is made very fluid by bringing it to the boiling point. Add to it, with constant stir- ring, a sufficient quantity of very finely- sifted wood ashes to form a mass of the consistency of syrup. It should be used while hot. This cement, which resists the action of water, adheres re- markably well and can also be used for joining stone and wood. Diamond Glue of the Best Quality. The following preparation is highly valued by jewellers for cementing gems and corals and can also be advanta- CEMENTS, PASTES, AND PUTTIES. 67 Teously used for fastening colored pastes upon white glass. It can l>c- ex- posed for some time to the action of water without becoming soft. It ad- heres most tenaciously to glass or gems : Isinglass 8 parts. Gum ammoniac 1 part. Qalbanum 1 " Spirit of wine 4 parts. The Jsinglass is allowed to swell up in water to which some of the spirit of wine has been added. The resins are dissolved in the remaining spirit of, wine and added to the isinglass. The cement, before it is used, should be sufficiently heated to make it soft. Chromium (line. Glue, when com- bined with eliminates and exposed to the light, loses its solubility in water, and can therefore be used for repairing valuable glass or porcelain articles. It is prepared in the following manner: Pure white glue is dissolved in boiling water, potassium bichromate is added to the solution and intimately mixed with it by stirring, and immediately poured into tin boxes, where it is allowed to congeal. The following proportions are used : White glue 5 to 10 parts. Water 90 " Potassium bichromate . ... 1 to 2 " Dissolved in water 10 " When the glue is to be used a suffi- cient quantity of it is melted, spread uniformly upon the fractured surfaces of the glass, and the article exposed for a few hours to the sun. Good Mouth Glue. No. I. Pieces of ordinary gJ ue a re soaked for 2 days. The water is then poured off and the glue melted over a moderate fire. To 1 pound of glue add J pound of white sugar, mix thoroughly, and then pour tlie mass into suitable moulds and allow it to stand quietly for a tew days. In using the glue it is moistened with the tongue. No. II. Soak for 2 or 3 days 1 part of isinglass, $ of parchment shavings, ± of rock candy. Then boil the whole in an earthen pot, stirring constantly to prevent the mass from burning. When it is boiled down to about one-half the quantity, strain the fluid through a coarse cloth, and when about half cold pour a thin layer of it upon a "tone slab. Excellent Mouth Chic. Isinglass, tit which some sugar has been added, is boiled until it forms a, yellow trans- parent mass. This glue may also be used for joining torn pieces of paper. Lime Putty for Wood. Powdered slaked lime 1 part, Rye tiour J parts, Linseed-oil varnish .1 part, and a sufficient quantity of umber to color it. French Putty for Wood. Gum Arabic 1 part. Water 2 parts. Potato starch 3 to 5 " Powdered Wood and Oil Putty. Very fine sawdust is formed into a dough by moistening it with linseed-oil varnish and continued kneading. This very plastic mass forms an excellent putty. Powdered Wood and Glue Putty. Water 20 parts. Glue 1 part. Finest sawdust as much as may be required. The glue is first entirely dissolved by boiling it in the water, and the, sawdust is then gradually stirred in. Putty for Floors of Soft Wood. No. I. For Floors which are to be Scrubbed. Caseine 1 part. Water 7 parts. Spirit of ammonia V part. Burned lime • • ^ " No. II. Glue 2 parts. Water 1_ " Cement 7 " Sawdust 3 to 4 " Both putties should be prepared im- mediately before they are tc be used. Putty for Floors which ire to be Lacquered. Glue 2 parts Water 14 " Piaster of Paris . 4 " Litharge 2 to 4 " TECHNO-CIIEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Paste for Wall Paper. Flour paste 100 parts. Alum water 3 " Solution of dextrine 5 " The object of adding solution of dex- trine is to give more adhesive power to the paste ; that of alum water to pre- vent the paste from spoiling and the wall paper from becoming mouldy in case the wall is not entirely dry. Paste for Microscopic Objects. A thick fluid paste which dries quickly, does not crack, and adheres tenaciously to the glass, is required for fastening the glasses covering microscopic objects. A paste or cement prepared from solu- tions of dammar resin, asphaltum, or caoutchouc, or a mixture of the last two in very volatile solvents, is best adapted for the purpose. After the object to be preserved has been placed in the right position upon the glass, a ring of the paste is formed around it and the cover pressed down and held there until the paste has become hard. Benzine, petroleum, or bisulphide of carbon may be used as a solvent for dam- mar resin, caoutchouc, or asphaltum. If the enclosure is to contain a fluid be- sides the microscopic preparation it is best to prepare the paste from a mix- ture of caoutchouc and asphaltum, as this resists fluids far better than a solu- tion of dammar resin. The paste prepared from dammar resin has a yellow color; that from caoutchouc and asphaltum is black. A white paste is made by rubbing ( !an- ada balsam with zinc white, and adding a sufficient quantity of benzine to give a syrupy consistency to the mass. Glycerine Glue for Enclosing Micro- scopic Preparations. One part by weight of white glue (gelatine) is placed in a porcelain vessel, 6 parts by weight of water are poured over it, and it is allowed to swell up for 24 hours. It is then heated at 175° to 200° E. until it is entirely dissolved. Seven parts of concentrated, colorless glycerine are added to the solution and intimately mixed with it by stirring. The mixt- ure is then heated for 10 to 15 minutes and filtered, while warm, through cotton. Paste for Postage Stamps, etc. Dextrine . . . 2 parts. Acetic acid 1 part. Water , 5 parts. Alcohol . . . , 1 part. The foregoing mixture is used fat United States postage stamps. Sugar and Lime Paste. White cane sugar ....... 12 parta Water . 36 " Slaked lime 3 " The sugar is dissolved in water, the solution heated to the boiling point, the lime poured in, and the fluid allowed to stand for several days in a covered vessel and stirred once in a while. When it has settled the thick fluid is •poured oft' from the excess of lime. The solution obtained in this manner has all the properties of a solution of gum Arabic, possesses great adhesive power, and dries to a lustrous mass. Fluid Paste. I. Ten pounds of po- tato starch are placed in a porcelain vessel and 5 quarts of water and \ pound of nitric acid poured over it. The mixture is allowed to stand for 24 hours in a warm place, being several times stirred, and is then boiled until it becomes thickly fluid and very trans- parent. If necessary it is diluted with water and filtered through a close cloth. II. Dissolve 10 pounds of gum Arabic anij 2 pounds of sugar in 1 gallon of water; add 1| ounces of nitric acid, heat to the boiling point and mix both fluids I. and 1 1. The resulting paste is liquid, does not mould, and dries to a trans- parent layer upon paper. It is espe- cially well adapted for flaps of envel- opes, fine bookbinders' work, etc. Dry Pocket Paste. Glue 6 parts- Sugar 2^ " The glue is dissolved by boiling in water, the sugar added to the hot so- lution, and the mass evaporated until a test sample congeals on becoming cold. The hard mass dissolves quickly in lukewarm water, and furnishes a paste adapted especially for paper. Good Cement for Filling Teeth. The following preparations furnish cements for tilling teeth: I. II. Parts. Parts. Zinc oxide . . . 200 Zinc oxide . . 500 Silica .... 8 Powdered amber 1.5 Borax .... 4 Yellow ochre . 1.5 Powdered glass . 5 Borax .... 10 Powdered glass . 100 CEMENTS, PASTES, AND PUTTIES. 69 III. IV. Tarts. Parts. Zinc oxide . . 500 Zinc oxide . . 500 Powdered pyro- Powdered pyro- lusite ... 1.5 lusite ... 1.5 Yellow ochre . 3.5 Yellow ochre . 4 Powdered glass . 11HJ Powdered glass . 100 Borax .... 10 Borax .... 10 The ingredients are well mixed, sifted through a hair sieve, and preserved in well-corked bottles. When any of the cement is to be used, it is mixed with concentrated solution of zinc chloride to form a paste, and the hollow tooth filled with it. In ten minutes the paste becomes hard, and remains unchanged for years. Nos. I. and II. furnish the lightest colored cement, and No. IV. the dark- est. Cement for Injured Trees. Mix: Sifted wood-ashes 5 parts, Yellow ochre 10 " Ordinary white lead 50 " Venetian turpentine 10 " with a sufficient quantity of linseed oil to give to the mixture the consistency of an electuary. It should be applied twice to the injured part of the tree. German Tree Wax. Mix: Finely powdered lime 3 parts, Finely powdered charcoal .... 1 part, with a sufficient quantity of linseed oil to form a homogeneous dough. It should be kept in a pot hermetically closed. It is applied to the injured parts of the tree by means of a large brush. Grafting Wax. Pine rosin 50 parts. Tallow . 10 " Oil of turpentine 5 " Spirit of wine 5 " The resin is melted in an iron vessel, the turpentine added, next the tallow, and finally the spirit of wine, and the ingredients are thoroughly stirred to- gether. Durable Paste. Four parts by weight of glue are allowed to soften in 15 parts of cold water for some hours, and then moderately heated until the solution becomes quite clear. Sixty-five parts of water are now added, with constant stirring. In another vessel 30 parts of I starch paste are stirred in 20 of cold I water, so that a thin milky fluid is ob- tained without lumps. Into this the boiling solution of glue is poured, with constant stirring, and the whole kept at the boiling temperature. After cooling, 10 drops of carbolic acid are added to the paste. This paste is of extraordi- nary adhesive power, and may be used for leather, paper, or card-board with great success. It must be preserved in closed bottles to prevent evaporation of the water, and will in this way keep good for years. Paste for Fixing Printed Labels on Mn chines. Labels are often required to be affixed to parts of machines ; but the paste, etc., used for this purpose often becomes damp, and the label falls off. A paste to resist damp is made as follows : Prepare a paste of good rye flour and glue, to which linseed oil varnish and turpentine have been added in the proportion of i ounce of each to the pound. Safety Paste for Post-Office Packages. The postal wrappers and envelopes in common use can be easily opened by loosening the gum with mois- ture. Postage stamps can, in the same way, be dishonestly detached. The following compositions will meet this evil : Two adhesive compounds are used — one is applied to the flap of the envelope, the other to the part against which it is pressed, or the first to the stamp, and the other to the place on the envelope where it is to be affixed : I. Upon the Letter. Chromic acid 2.5 parts. Caustic ammonia ...... 15 " Water 15 " Sulphuric acid % part. Cupro-ammonium solution ... 30 parts. Fine white paper 4 " II. Upon the Flap or Stamp. Dis- solve isinglass or glue in a mix- ture of 7 parts of water and 1 of acetic acid. The chromic acid forms with glue a combination insoluble in water. When the parts of the wrapper, envelope, etc., are fastened together, the union is no firm as to resist all loosening influences, acids, alkalies, hot or cold water, or steam. The wrapper can only be opened by tearing or cutting. 70 TECHNO-CIIEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Chemical and Techno-Chemical Expedients, Preparations. Johnson's Process and Apparatus for ManufacttiriiHj Potassium Ferrocyan- ide. Potassium carbonate 65 parts, w 1 charcoal, or coke, 115 parts, Mater 65 parts, are heated until the coal is entirely dry. It now contains in its pores the decomposed potassium carbonate, which, together with 5 parts of iron filings, are placed in cylindrical cast-iron retorts. Fig. 5 represents the vertical section of the furnace and re- torts, and Fig. 6 the horizontal section in the direction of 1 2. In Fig. 6. Johnson's Apparatus for Manufacturing Potassium Ferrocyanide. Fig. 5 a b are the retorts standing alongside each other in the furnace x. They are connected by the pipe r, which passes from the upper part of the retort a to the lower part oi b. The mass in the retorts is heated to a white heat t.> expel all moisture; ammoiiiaeal gas is then passed through it. This is pro- duced by heating equal parts of am- monium sulphate and burned lime ii> the cast-iron retort d. As less heat is required for developing the gas, the re- tort d is provided with a special fire- place g, while the other two retorts are heated from e. The retort , and is carted away. The retort d is then charged anew. The retorts a and b are emptied in the same manner, after the gas has sufficiently acted upon the mass. This falls into sheet-iron boxes standing upon the wagon q, which, like the wagon p, runs upon rails. The retorts are opened and shut by the valves s ami t. The mass taken from the retorts a and b is treated with water in the usual manner, and lixiviated, and the potas- sium ferrocyanide allowed to crystallize from the fluid. The grate bars in the retorts a and b must be so arranged that they can be easily removed. By omit- ting the iron, potassium cyanide can also be prepared with this apparatus. Phosphorescent (Illuminating) Pow- der. Mix 100 parts each of calcium carbonate and phosphate (obtained by burning shells, especially those of tridama and sepia), add unslaked lime 100 parts, calcined salt 25 parts, and 25 to 50 per cent, of the entire mass of sulphur. This powder illuminates barometers, compasses, etc., and be- comes especially phosphorescent when acted upon by an electric current. [The well-known "luminous paint" is composed of substantially the same ma- terials. It remains faintly luminous for some time after being exposed to the light, and is used for match-safes, etc. (W.)] To Thaw Frozen Ground. If there is snow on the ground, place alternate CHEMICAL AND TECHNO-CHEMICAL EXPEDIENTS, ETC. 71 layers df unslaked lime and snow over the spot to be thawed. Slaking of the lime generates heat, and in a few hours will soften the ground so that it can easily be dug up even at a temperature »f zero F. Artificial Sandstone for Filtering. Mix: Parts. 1~ II. III. Clay 10 10 15 Chalk 1 1 1 Glass-sand, coarse ... 55 " fine .... 25 65 Flint 30 5 The mixture is kneaded with water, shaped into the desired form and •strongly burned. mus, which is nearly insoluble in water free from alkali. In the usual manner of preparing tincture of litmus, the substances passing into the filter remain in it, and this frequently injures the sharpness of the reaction. When a solution is to be prepared from the powder obtained in the above manner, place the necessary quantity of it upon a filter, pour hot water and a few drops of ammonia upon it, and wash out until the sand is exhausted, which can be accomplished in a few minutes. The filtrate is then acidulated with a few drops of sulphuric acid, and again neutralized. New Method of Extracting Tannin. With this new apparatus the lixiviation To Prepare Tincture of Litmus. A quantity of commercial litmus is pow- dered as fine as possible and extracted with cold water until exhaustion just commences; fine sand is then added and the solution evaporated. During evaporation a sufficient quantity of hy- drochloric acid is added, that the fluid, after the evaporation of the carbonic acid, may have a deep red color. The brown-red and perfectly dry powder ob- tained in this manner is rubbed as fine as possible, washed upon large, smooth filters, first with hot and then with cold water, and the residue dried on the water- bath. This contains, precipitated upon the sand, the actual constituent of lit- of the materials containing tannin is carried on systematically. The first vat A (Fig. 7) of a battery of five lixiviat- ing vessels is filled with the wood, the alkaline sulphite (1 of the latter to 250 of the former), and water. This is boiled by steam and the fluid allowed to pass through the pipe a into the reservoir M. From here it is brought by the pump P into the vat N, and then drawn off into the reservoirs R and R'. The contents of the vat A are once more lixiviated, and the entire process is repeated. The third time the fluid from A through N does not pass into R, but into the vat B, which has in the meanwhile been filled with fresh n TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. material. The lixiviating water trav- erses the same course as before for the fourth time. The same process is gone through with the vats C, D, and E, so that every vat participates in two opera- tic:::;. In the vats R and R' the decoc- tion is slightly acidulated with sul- phuric acid. From here it is brought into the clarifying vat H. The tempera- ture of the cover is lowered to about 100° F. by cold water passing through the coil pipe S. Albumen (blood) is then added, which is coagulated by steam passing through the pipe S'. The precipitate settles and the fluid passes through the perforated float F, and the filter t filled with lixiviated wood-shavings, into the cistern X. The solution of tannin obtained in this manner shows 2° B. It can be used for tanning without further prep- aration. For transportation the ex- tract is still further concentrated. Process and Apparatus for Purifying Water with a Mixture of Caustic Mag- nesia or Carbonate, of Magnesia and Sawdust. The purifying battery con- sists of several cylinders containing boxes e (Fig. 8) with perforated bottoms. Fig. 8. Upon these are placed an intimate mixture of equal parts of magnesia and sawdust. The water to be purified enters through the cock v, the cataract w, and the cock h from below into the first cylinder. From here it is conveyed through the pipe r into the second cylinder and so on. The finely pow« dered magnesia absorbs the carboni", acid of the water, and, in consequence, precipitates the calcium carbonate of the water in crystalline form upon the mass. From the last cylinder the purified water reaches the discharge pipe. The apparatus works continuously. Caustic Potash. Take 1 part of po- tassium carbonate and 4 of water, add 1 part of fresh-slaked powdered lime, boil for a few minutes and add gradually 6 parts of water. Caustic Soda, (Soda Lye). Fill a vat of a capacity of 555 gallons half-full of water, and bring this to the boiling point by introducing steam. Dissolve in this 120 pounds of the best calcined soda. Have ready 165 pounds of freshly burned lime. Add this gradu- ally to the soda lye, and as soon as one portion is dissolved add another. As a strong effervescence takes place, water must be kept ready to prevent the fluid from running over. When all the soda has been added the boiling is con- tinued until everything has been dis- solved. The clear liquor, when the lye has settled, is brought into an iron boiler at least half as large as the vat, and heated over a fire. Water is poured upon the residue of soda and lime in the vat, steam introduced and it is boiled once more. The cleat liquor is added to that in the boiler. Water is again poured upon the sedi- ment in the vat in order to lixiviate it entirely, and this liquor also added to that in the boiler. This liquor is then evaporated until the desired degree, 30° to 35° B., has been obtained. To Prepare Pure Chlorine Gas. Put 1 part by weight of powdered potas- sium bichromate in a retort or matrass, compound it with 6 parts by weight of hydrochloric acid, and heat gently over a spirit lamp until a vigorous reaction takes place. The chlorine gas will now develop itself continually and quickly without the necessity of con- tinuing to heat the mixture. Chloride of Zinc. Heat in a glass vessel 6 ounces of hydrochloric acid, and compound this with 2J ounces of carbonate of zinc. The fluid, when cold, is filtered through powdered glass, and finally evaporated to dryness over a moderate fire, with constant stirring. CHEMICAL AND TECHNO-CHEMICAL EXPEDIENTS, ETC. 73 The mass, while still warm, is powdered, and placed immediately in heated ves- sels, which should be tightly closed. I'.\ this process a white powder is ob- tained which deliquesces easily on ex- posure to the air. ( 'hloride of Gold. This is prepared by dissolving small pieces of i?< >1<1 free from copper fti aqua regia (formed of 2 parts of pure hydrochloric acid and 1 part of pure nitric acid) until, even when the acid is boiling, no more gold is dissolved. As some gold always re- mains undissolved, the solution is filtered from the residue, and gradually evaporated to dryness, in order to ex- pel the excess of aeid. The residue is dissolved in distilled water, and the solution of gold obtained in this man- ner kept for future use. To JPrepart Pure Oxalic Acid, Pot- ash lye of 36° Baume is brought to the boiling point in a strong iron boiler, and sawdust of pine wood added until the mass becomes thick. By continu- ing the heating, and after the water has evaporated, the mass, while being con- stantly stirred, becomes again thinly fluid, homogeneous, and assumes a tur- meric-yellow color. The heat is kept up for 2 to 2V hours; the fire is then drawn, and the mass allowed to cool off. Water is now slowly poured into the mass while still hot, until the so- lution shows 40° Baume when, after stirring thoroughly, it is allowed to cool ofi*. The yield of oxalate of po- tassium, which is entirely insoluble in the lye of 40° Baume, is considerable. This method of preparing oxalate of potassium is not new, though consider- ably improved, but the following pro- cess of preparing pure oxalic aci prepared in the following manner- Dissolve aked in spirit of wine. Silver is cleansed by placing the arti- cles for a few minutes in a boiling hot solution of tartar, and then rubbing them with soft leather. Polishing Powder for Silver-ware, etc. Mix intimately 4 parts of washed pipe. clay, and I of purified tartar. Cnlil is cleansed with Paris red and soft Leather. To Polish Slate (Magnus' Patent). Mix intimately 7 parts of linseed oil, 1 of ground ochre, '■'> of tar oil, and 1 of aspnaltum. Apply the mixture to the surface of the slate by means of a brush, then submit the article to a heat of about 200° P., when it is cooled off and polished with pumice stone and tripoli. Colored Chalks (Crayons), Pen- cils, and Inks for Marking Linen, etc. Colored chalks (crayons), besides beauty of color, must possess a certain decree of solidity, 7. e., they must be neither too hard nor too soft. In choosing the white or ground body the chemical nature of the coloring sub- stances to be mixed with it must be taken into consideration. For instance Paris and Berlin blue, lakes, chronic yellow, etc., must not be mixed with chalk, as this would injure the color. Plaster of Paris, alabaster, alumina, and chalk are most suitable for the white ground mass. White lead, zinc white, bones burned white, and pearl white may also be used, but as a general rule are too expensive. Oil, wax, and fats serve as agglu- tinants. The finished and dried chalks are dipped in oil, by which they become softer and color better. Gum tragacanth is much used as an agglutinant. Soap water is used for many colors, as also yeast from beer which has not been hopped. Glue and gum are best for cinnabar ; and, for pig- ments which become hard in drying, oatmeal gruel. The pigments are made into a paste with water and divided into three equal portions. The first portion is mixed with agglutinants for finest crayons. The second portion is mixed with white substances for lighter colors, and the third mixed with other desired pig- ments. Small boards covered with 5 or 6 sheets of waste paper, and on the top of this a sheet of white printing paper, COLORED CHALKS, PENCILS, ETC. are used in making chalks from the first portion of the pigment. The pro- cess is as follows: The ground pigment is spread upon the board, and, as the paper with which this is covered ab- sorbs much of tin' moisture, it will acquire considerable consistency. When it lias become sufficiently dry to allow of it being treated with the hand \\ ith- out sticking, a piece of the .size of a hazel-nut is formed into a ball and rolled out between the hands into a cylinder pointed on both ends. The cylinder is then rolled between smooth boards to make the surface smooth and even. It is then laid upon another board, covered with paper, and dried in the shade. The second portion is rubbed with half the quantity of a white body and formed into cylinders of a Lighter color. The last pari of the pigment is used for mixing with other colors. Blue Chalks. Paris blue gives the dark shades. To prevent the chalks from becoming too hard tie following process is used ; Paris blue, finely pul- verized, is treated with concentrated sulphuric acid, which decolorizes it. Washing it in water restores the color and deposits a fine sediment, which is mixed with equal parts of alumina and calcareous earth. Cobalt Blue and Nilrnberg Ultra- marine give excellent crayons. Brown Crayons, Brown ochre with lampblack, terra japonica, umber with chalk, liquid gum and beer yeast, etc. Crimson Crayons. 1. These are pre- pared from madder lake, round lake, and alumina, with beer yeast, oatmeal gruel, milk, or gum water as agglu- tinants. 2. Mix 4 parts of chalk with I of calcareous earth, and color with a decoct inn of cochineal and alum. Very beautiful crayons are manufactured from 2 parts of scarlet ochre and 1 of carmine mixed together with milk, oat- meal gruel, and yum tragacanth. Car- mine and pearl white also furnish very fine crayons. Ordinary crayons are prepared from red chalk, red bole, col- cot liar, etc. Yellow Crayons. Yellow ochre, chrome yellow, or turpeth mineral are used, either by themselves or rubbed with chalk and mixed with gum water »i beer veast. Green Crayons are prepared from green earth (mountain green) with chalk and beer yeast; or mixtures of Berlin blue and chrome yellow, or yel- low lake and Seh weini'urt greenj or green ultramarine. Red i Vayons. Red crayons are ma.de from cinnabar, red lead, and beer j east. The ingredients are boiled until a vis- cous mass has been formed; then add gum tragacanth. Black Crayons. These are prepared IV willow-wood charcoal, finest qual- ity of lampblack or boneblack, with an addition of a small quantity of Paris blue and an agglutinant. White Crayons. Pure white chalk is cut into crayons, or they tire made from white lead, zinc white, or zinc oxide stirred into a dough with milk. Pencils for Writing Upon Glass. Melt in a saucer: Spermaceti 4 parts. Tallow 3 " Wax . 2 " Add to this, with constant stirring: Re 1 lend 6 parts. Potash 1 part. Continue to heat the mass for half an hour and then pour it into small glass tubes the size of a lead-pencil. When the compound has become cold it is forced into small wooden tubes and sharpened with a knife. Pencils for Marking Linen. Eight parts of alumina are thoroughly dried and mixed with 2 parts of very finely powdered pyrolusite. Add to these a solution of .3 parts of nitrate of silver in 5 of distilled water, and mix the mass intimately by rubbing and kneading. Pencils are formed from this mass and dried, and used for marking linen, either in this form or enclosed in wood like a pencil. The alumina is prepared by precip- itating a solution of alum with ammo- nia. But pure clay may also be used instead of alumina. Marking Ink for Linen. To use this ink it is necessary to soak the linen with a fluid consisting of 1 part of sodium hypophosphite, 2 of gum Arabic, and lti of distilled water. When the linen is dry it is smoothed and marked with an ink consisting of 1 part of silvei so TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT ROOK. nitrate, 6" of gem mucilage, and 6 of distilled water. New Marking Ink. An excellent marking ink can be obtained from the anacardium nut (Anacardium orient- ale). The juice contains an oily matter which becomes black on exposure to the air, is proof against all known de- tergents; decolorizes acids, alkalies, cyanide of potassium, and chlorine, li' linen is marked with this natural ink and then moistened with a little ammonia, the black becomes very in- tense and is perfectly permanent. Red Indelible Harking Ink. Ecpial parts of green vitriol and cinnabar are powdered as fine as possible, bolted, carefully mixed with good linseed oil, and finally strained through a cloth. The resulting thickish fluid is used for marking. It is best to do this with a quill. Brown Indelible Ink. Rrush the linen with a solution of 2 parts of yel- low prussiate of potash and 3 of gum Arabic hi 12 parts of water. When dry Hark it with a mixture of equal parts tif manganous hydrate and water. Bine Indelible Ink. Mix together: gesquioxide of molybdenum . . 5 parts. Oxalic acid 6 " Bum Arabic . . '. 6 " Powdered licorice 2 " Water 9 ounces. Mark the linen with this and moisten the writing with solution of tin salt. Black Indelible Ink. Mix together 2.5 parts of lunar caustic and a like quantity of tartar with 10 parts of spirits of sal-ammoniac, and add to the mixture a solution of 0.6 part of sugar, 1 of gum Arabic, and 0.1 of lampblack in 10 of water. No. 2. Dissolve 5 parts of lunar caustic in 10 of spirit of sal-ammoniac. Add to the solution 7 parts of pure soda, 5 of gum Arabic, and 12 of water. No. 3. Dissolve 1.7 parts of chloride of copper, 2.1 of sodium chlorate, and 1.1 of sal-ammoniac in 12 of water. Next dissolve 24 parts of aniline hydro- chlorate in 40 of water, and add to this 24 parts of gum mucilage and 12 of glycerine. When the ink is to be used 1 part of the first solution is mixed with 4 of the second. Blue Stamp Color. Bleu de Lyons is dissolved with the aid of gentle he& in concentrated glycerine, some of Thenard's blue added, and the liquid thickened with finely-powdered gum Arabic. Confectionery. The sugar used in the manufacture of all kinds of confectionery must be boiled until it "breaks;" that means until a sample, when taken from the boiler and dropped on a plate of glass, breaks oil' when cold. To Prepare Elaeosaccharum, or Oil Sugar. This is generally prepared by thorougbly mixing in a porcelain mor tar $ ounce of sugar with 12 drops of any ethereal oil ; for instance, the oil of anise seed, lemon, fennel, pepper- mint, etc. Malt Sugar. Roil for half an hour over a moderate fire, 2 pounds of brown sugar and 2 pounds of sugar-house mo- lasses; then add 1J ounces of extract of malt and 60 drops of tincture of vanilla. Allow the mixture to boil up once more, and then pour it, while in a liquid state, upon a marble slab, mixed with a moderate quantity of oil of almonds. When half cold the sugar is cut into strips and these twisted into spirals. Orange Sugar. Dissolve 2 ounces of tartaric acid or citric acid in 12| ounces of fresh orange iuice, and drop the so- lution upon a sugar-loaf weighing 10 pounds placed with the pointed end downward. T/ie sugar-loaf is left in this position antil the solution has soaked through to the pointed end, which can be easily recognized by the darker color of the moistened places. This simple method of impregnation can of course be also used for the prep- aration of many varieties of finely flavored sugars, for instance vanilla, rose, strawberry sugar, etc., by employ- ing either watery or alcoholic extracts of spicy substances or solutions of ethereal oils in spirit of wine. Pectoral Troches, prepared according to the following receipt, can be highly recommended : Mix ^ ounce of sal-am- moniac, 80 grammes (2| ounces) of pul- verized licorice, 1 ounce of sugar, 30 grains of gum tragacanth, and li fluid drachms of glycerine, with a sufficient quantity of water to form a paste. Roll SW EETM EATS (CONSERVES) • his ipon a marble slal> rubbed with oil into tablets \ to i inch thick, cut these, into rhombic troches froir; I bo J inch square, and allow them to dry. If desired the troches can be wrapped in stiver foil. Confections are now wrapped in a glycerine paper or paraf- fined paper. They should be kept in tin boxes. Pectoral Bon-bons. Take 2 parts of Iceland moss, 2 of common red poppy flowers, 2 of endive, and 1 of marsh mallow, and boil them once up in water. Let the decoction stand for half an hour; then press it out, and boil it to a cara- mel with 90 parts of sugar ; then it is treated in the same manner as other bon-bons. Raspberry Bon-bons. Take 3 table- spoonfuls of juice of preserved rasp- berries, then boil about 2 pounds of sugar until it "breaks," pour the juice and 4 drops of essence of raspberry into it, and let it boil up once more. Carrot Bon-bons. Scrape 4 large carrots, grate them, and strain through a cloth. The juice pressed out is added to 2 pounds of sugar and boiled to cara- mel. Cream Bon-bons. Boil 3 pounds of 6ugar until it "breaks," and then add 1 cupful of good cream. Let the sugar boil up repeatedly, and add 2 drops of fine oil of cinnamon. Malt Bon-bons. Boil 1 pound of roasted barley malt with 14 pounds of water until it is reduced to half the quantity ; strain the infusion, and clarify with it 1 pound of sugar boiled until it 'breaks." Then pour it upon a mar- ble slab rubbed with olive oil or un- salted butter, and, before it becomes cold, cut it with a knife into square pieces. Cream Walnuts. Take the white of 1 egg, stir into it powdered sugar to make it stiff enough to handle, and flavor with vanilla. Dip the walnuts into a syrup made of two tablespoon - fills of sugar and 1 of water, boiled for 3 or 4 minutes. The cream must be moulded between the fingers, and then placed between the two halves of a wal- nut. To make chocolate cream walnuts, stir 2 tablespoonfuls of dissolved choco- late into the cream. To Prepare Bon-bons of Caramel Sugar with Soft Pilling. Pour the 6 81 incited caramel sugar upon a marble slab and place the filling upon it. Then fold the sugar over the filling and join the two sides by pressing. A pack- age is formed which, by drawing out, is made into a roll. This is placed at once upon the board A (Fig. 10), covered Fig. 10. with steel plates c. Then the board B, covered with steel plates e! analogous to e, is vigorously pressed against A, by which the roll is divided into bon-bons, which, shortly after the pressing, are broken apart. Sweetmeats (Conserves). Chocolate Sweetmeat. Boil 2 pounds of sugar. Then rub 4J ounces of va- nilla chocolate, put it into a small ves- sel, sprinkle some of the boiled sugar over it, stir them thoroughly together, and add to the other sugar, mixing thoroughly with it. The mass is done as soon as a crust is formed on the sur- face of the sugar, or when no bubbles arise ; a ladleful of sugar is then taken from the boiler and allowed to flow back into the mass. It is then poured into capsules about J of an inch deep. The mass after having been allowed to cool for a short time is marked ofF with a knife into sticks about A inch wide, and when entirely cold the cap- sules are turned ftver and moistened with a sponge, when the paper will be easily detached. Orange Sweetmeat. Two pounds of sugar and 2 oranges. Treat in th» same manner as above. Another Receipt. Bring 2 pounds of pulverized loaf-sugar into a scoop, pour orange-blossom water over it, and stir 82 TECHNO CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. fo a thick paste. Place this over a moderate coal-fire ami, with constanl stirring, make it quite hot, but do not allow it to boil. Then, pour the mass into paper capsules and mark it into square or oblong pieces. Orange-Blossom Sweetmeat. Clear and boil 3 pounds of loaf-sugar, add a good handful of selected orange blos- soms somewhat cut up, and let it boil up once. When the sugar has settled, rub it with the ladle on the edge of the boiler until it becomes white; scrape this white sugar from the edge, stir it up with the rest of the sugar, and con- tinue this operation until all the sugar is white and thickish, but uot more so than that it can be conveniently poured out. It is then poured into capsules of paper and treated as above. Rose Sweetmeat. Convert powdered sugar into a thick mass by adding rose- water; dilute a little carmine or cochi- neal with rose-water, and add a sufficient quantity of it to give a rose-color to the mass. The further treatment is the same as above. Jasmine Sweetmeat is prepared in the same manner as rose sweetmeat, with the exception that no color is used, and distilled jasmine water instead of rose- water. ( 'a mat ion Sweetmeat. Take the flow- ers of dark red carnation, which gener- ally have a strong odor, and place them with a few cloves or some essence of cloves in a tin box. Pour sufficient hot water over them to cover the leaves, close the box with a cover, and let it stand on a warm stove for 6 to 8 hours. Then press the contents through a nap- kin, and proceed in the same manner as given for orange-blossom sweetmeat. If essence of cloves is used it is added after the carnations have been pressed. Vanilla Sweetmeat. Pound 2 vanilla beans into small pieces and place them in a tin box or earthen pot. Now pour I pint of hot water over them, close the box as tight as possible, and let it stand over night. Then strain the con- tents through a napkin, add 2 pounds of loaf-sugar, and proceed as above. Filbert Sweetmeat. Pound 4\ ounces of peeled filbert kernels with sufficient water to prevent them from becoming oily ; boii 1 pound of sugar, stir the nuts into it gradually, so as to prevent their lumping together, and pour thf mass into paper capsules ; after cooling make it into strips and remove the paper. Heliotrope Street meal. Pour a Clip of boiling water over a handful of rinsed heliotrope blossoms placed in an earthen pot. Close the pot tight, and let it stand for 2 hours in a moderately warm place. Strain the liquor of the heliotrope blossoms over pulverized sugar, and add a few drops of lemor juice and enough water to make a medium thick paste, and proceed as above. Angelica Sweetmeat. Cut the young stems and shoots of angelica into finger- lengths and powder them in a mortar, and pass through a fine sieve. Flavor pulverized sugar with the angelica pow- der, and add water to make a medium thick paste, and treat as above. Another Receipt. Put pulverized loaf-sugar in a pan, add a few table- spoonfuls of angelica seeds and form the mixture into a thin paste. For the rest proceed as above. Lemon Sweetmeat. Mix pulverized loaf-sugar with a sufficient quantity of lemon juice to form a stiff paste, and proceed as above. Another Receipt. Pub 2 to 3 lemons with 2 pounds .of sugar, boil this, and treat the mass as above. ■ Cinnamon Sweetmeat. Boil2pounds of sugar, add powdered cinnamon ; stir in the sugar uniformly in the manner indicated above, until it forms a quite thick mass, and then pour it out. Cherry Sweetmeat. Pulverize 2 pounds of sugar, add sufficient fresh cherry juice to form a thick mass, and make it hot without allowing it to boil, stirring constantly in the meanwhile; then pour the mass out, and, when cooled off somewhat, mark it with a pointed knife into sticks about half an inch wide. Peppermint Sweetmeat. Pulverize 2 pounds of loaf-sugar, stir it with water to a thick paste, and heat this over a gentle coal fire, stirring it constantly. When hot, take it from the fire, add 6 drops of oil of peppermint, stir it up several times, then pour it out and mark it into oblong sticks. Lore Sweetmeat. Pulverize 3 pounds of loaf-sugar, 2 ounces of ginger, i ounce MEDICINAL SWEETMEATS. 83 of oriental saffron, 4\ grains of musk, Ik grains of ambergris, 71 grains of cloves, and a lik<- quantity of cubebs. Then put 1 ounce of apricots in a glass, pour boiling water over them and let itstand for 3 hours, then strain it through a cloth; and add to the liquor 3 grains of tincture- of mastic. With this mix- ture stir the ingredients given above into a thick paste. Sweet-Smelling Sweetmeat. Mix 2 pounds of pulverized sugar with 10 drops of essence of mignonette, lOdrops of essence of tuberose, 10 drops of essence of jasmine, 4 drops of essence of ambergris, and 4 drops of essence of musk. Stir this mixture into a paste with orange-blossom water and pour it out. Violet Sweetmeat. Pour 1 pound of boiling water over a handful of cleansed violet leaves in a porcelain pot, which close tight and let it stand in a warm place over night. Then filter and pour the filtrate upon 2 pounds of pulverized sugar, and proceed as above. All these sweetmeats are poured into paper capsules and marked in sticks with a pointed knife, as indicated above, or are dropped in round drops upon metal plates. Medicinal Sweetmeats. Spoonwort {Scurvy Grass) Sweetmeat. Convert 1 part of fresh spoonwort into paste by rubbing it with a wooden pestle in a marble mortar, and then work 2 parts of sugar into it. Water Cress Sweetmeat. 1 part of fresh leaves of water cress and 2 parts of white sugar. The manner of prep- aration is the same as above. A ntiscorbutic Sweetmeat. Take equal parts of spoonwort, water cress, leaves of feverfew, juice of Spanish radish, juice of oranges, add the necessary quantity of pulverized sugar, and pro- ceed as above. Crime du Cafe. One ounce of roasted Mocha coffee is made into cof- fee in the ordinary manner with k pint of boiling water, and poured upon :-> pounds of boiling sugar. Then add 2 cupfuls of rich cream, ami boil the sugar to caramel. Now add 2 ounces of fresh butter, let the mass boil up several times, and then treat it in tin same manner as other bon-bons. Crime du Chocolade. Boil 3 pounds of sugar and add 1 cupful of ordinary boiled chocolate. Then add 1 cup- ful of rich cream, boil the sugar to caramel, and add 2 ounces of fresh butter. Let the mass boil up several times, and then treat it in the same manner as other bon-bons. Coatt, of turmeric. A New Baking Powder consists of 180 parts of crude alum, 75 of bicarbon- ate of soda, and 50 of less basic phos- phate of lime. By less basic phosphate of lime is meant a product obtained by pouring an equal quantity by weight of hydro- chloric acid of 10 per cent, over bones calcined white and ground to flour. By po.uring water over this baking powder, carbonic acid and sulphate of potash and of soda are formed, while alumina is separated. As the alum is entirely deci impi isei 1 the inventor of the powder considers it innoxious. Three- quarters of an ounce of powder suffice for 1 pound of flour. It is added dry to the ready dough. Copying and Printing. New Method of Copying Engravings, Drawings, and Designs. Place the sheet of paper on which the drawing is made on the top of a sheet of cardboard which has previously been exposed to vapor of hydrochloric acid, and on the top of the drawing spread a sheet of paper sensitized with an oxygen salt of silver. The double nitrate of iron and silver is one of the best for this purpose. The vapors of the hydrochloric acid rising from the pasteboard beneath pass through the paper at all points, except those at which the lines of the picture are found. The oxy-salt in the sensi tized paper quickly becomes convened into chloride of silver; but those points at winch the hydrochloric acid has not penetrated remain in their first con- dition. When the paper, treated in this manner, is laid on a plate of copper, or exposed to hydrogen, or vapor of phos- phorus, the unchloridized parts blacken, and a perfect copy of the design is ob- tained, which may be afterwards fixed ja the regular way. Qtlati/nography. A Cheap, Quick, and Simple Process of Duplicating Drawings I"/ means oj the Printing- press. Cleanse tin surface of a smooth zinc plate, and coat it with a paste of plaster of Paris and water, using a camel's-hair brush. When the coating is nearly dry, scratch the drawing upon it with a sharp-pointed instrument, cut- ting down through the plaster to I In- metal, so that all the lines and points shall show clear and sharp on the zinc plate. A rim of ordinary glazier's putty is then made around the zinc plate, ami a gently heated mass prepared from bone glue and glycerine, such as is used for printers' rollers, is poured to about a thickness of i to ^ of an inch upon the matrix of gypsum. When entirely cold it is removed from the matrix, which is readily accomplished. This gelatine plate reproduces the entire drawing in relief, like a wood- cut or zinc etching. It is attached to a smooth surface of glass or metal, placed in a frame with raised rim, and a plas- ter cast is made of it, from which a stereo- tyj ie plate or an electrotype may be made in the usual way, and made ready for the press. (W.) Autographic Method of Planting. The writing in autographic ink is trans- ferred in the usual manner on a cop- per plate, and this is treated with a solution of salts of mercury, and then with metallic mercury. By this all the points left free by the automatic ink receive an amalgamated surface which does not take printing ink. To Duplicate Writings and Draw- ings. A mass consisting of gelatine, glycerine, and water is spread upoi water-proof paper. The original writ ing or drawing is executed with a solu- tion of Kin parts of water, lti of chrome alum, 5 of sulphuric acid, and 10 of gum Arabic, and transferred by placing it upon the water-proof paper. Solu- tion of aniline color is then poured over this, and the excess removed with tissue paper. By placing clean paper tt| tin- prepared paper, negative impres sions of the original are obtained. Solution of water-glass, or of astrin gent salts, may be used in place of the above ink. Printing in Colors In ordinarv color printing its many plates or stones have to be used as there are varieties COPYING AND PRINTING. 87 of color. Mr. Goeth, of Zurich, has recently invented a process in which all the colors are printed at once with one stone. The colors used are fusible by heat. The most prominent color is first |ioured on a perfectly smooth mar- hie slab, and the parts not to be covered with this color are cut out with a knife down to the surface of the marble. A second color is now poured in, and the parts not to be covered with it are cut out, and so on until the colors required are complete. The thickness of the coloring matter is determined by the number of impressions, and after each impression the plate is very slightly raised. The paper is moistened with turpentine, and the impressions may be made with nearly the same rapidity as those with one color only. The num- ber of colors has a quite insignificant influence on the price of the prints, whereas the number of stones in the ordinary method raises the price enor- mously. To Copy Draivings in Black Lines on White Ground. The following pro- oess has recently been patented by A. Colas, of Neuilly, France. Paper is prepared with the following solution: i ounce each of sulphate of iron, sesqui- chloride of iron, gelatine, and tartaric acid in 10£ ounces of distilled water. The paper, kept flat, is stored in a dark closet. When exposed to the light beneath a transparent drawing, the parts influenced by the light lose their greenish-yellow color. It is afterward dipped into a bath made of 7 ounces of gallic acid, § fluid ounce of alcohol, and 1 quart of water. The greenish- yellow lines turn black at once, and the sheet requires only to be rinsed in water. Cyanotype (Blue Prints). In a man- ual distributed by the Department of Public Works, of France, among the offi- cials occupied with producing and copy- ing plans and drawings, the following cyanotype processes are recommended : I. Dissolve in 100 parts of water, 10 of sesqui-ehloride of iron, and 5 of citric or tartaric acid. Paper dipped in this bath and exposed, after drying, under a transparent drawing gives, on develop- ment with yellow prussiate of potash, a blue negative. II. Dissolve 10 parts of ferric-am- monium citrate in 100 of water, and 10 parts of red prussiate of potash in 60 of water, and mix the two solutions. Pa- per dipped in this and, after drying, exposed to the light, gives a blue nega- tive, which is fixed by simply washing it. The prepared paper should be kept in a dry place. Atmography. Gamier coats a pol- ished copper plate with solution of sugar and bichromate of ammonium, and, when dry, exposes it to the light under a diapositive and powders the plate with the finest dust of albumen. The plate is then exposed to vapors of fluoric acid, which are absorbed by the albumen, adhering only to the points of the copper plate which have not been exposed to the light. The plate treated in this manner is then quickly laid, with the picture side down, upon a glass plate which has been previously coated with solution of sugar and borax in water, and dried. The coating on the points touched by the absorbed fluoric acid becomes fluid and is dusted over with fusible color. The action is al- most instantaneous, and the operation can be repeated several times with the same copper plate without subjecting it again to vapors of fluoric acid. Mag- nificent burned-in pictures are obtained in this manner. Polygraphia Method. A solution of i ounce of aniline color and 8 drops of glacial acetic acid in 3£ fluid ounces of water is used as an ink in this process. Japanese paper, a copying press, and a smooth, polished zinc plate are used for producing copies. The paper, after the corners have been moistened, is spread out upon the zinc plate. On the top of the paper is placed a linen cloth first soaked in water and then wrung out, and on the top of this a sheet of water-proof paper. A cushion formed of ordinary paper by folding it several times together is pressed upon the zinc plate thus prepared. The side of the sheet written on is placed upon the sheet fastened on the zinc plate, and on the top of this a sheet of paper of the same size. The sheets of paper which are to receive the copy must be damp- ened. It is now pressed ; in a few min- utes the impression will be ready, which fan be used at once for 20 to 25 copies. After the impression is drawn off the 88 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Japanese paper is removed and the zinc plate washed and cleansed. If 4 pages of a sheet have to be copied the pages must be enveloped in sheets of paper, which will prevent the ink from one page depositing itself on the other. The Callograph, an instrument in- vented by Jacobsen, of Berlin, for dupli- cating manuscripts, supplies a greater number of copies than by any other process, and in printers' ink, which makes them accepted by the Post Office, as printed matter, at cheaper postage than when written. The callograph printing plates are composed of gela- tine, glycerine, and soap, and before using are washed with a mixture of tannin and glycerine, leaving a kind of tanning on the surface. The manuscript is written with a fluid ink prepared from salt of alumina, which forms upon the plate a sebate of aluminous substance similar to that in lithography, capable of taking print- ers' ink. The plate should be moist- ened like a lithograph stone. The Hektograph. A composition is made as follows : Best gelatine or glue, 1 part, is soaked over night in cold water and the excess of water poured off. The glue is then warmed in a water-bath with the addition of from 10 to 12 parts of glycerine, to which may be added 4 to 6 parts of finely-ground heavy spar and 1 part dextrine, thor- oughly mixed with constant stirring. (In summer less glycerine should be used.) This melted mixture is poured into a shallow metal pan or box of tin or zinc and allowed to cool, when it should have the tough, elastic consistency of a printers' roller. The letter or sketch to be duplicated is then written or traced on a sheet of heavy paper with an aniline ink (which has great tinctorial qualities). When dry this is laid, inked side down, on the gelatine plate above described and sub- jected to moderate and uniform press- ure for a few minutes. It may then be removed, wheu a copy of the original will be found on the gelatine plate, which has absorbed a large quantity of the ink. The blank sheets to receive the copies are now laid one by one on the gelatine plate, subjected to moderate pressure over the whole surface with a wooden or rubber roller, or with the hand, and lifted oil' by taking hold <>f the corners and stripping it gently with an even movement. If this is done too quickly or roughly the composition may be torn. Each succeeding copy thus made will be a little fainter than its prede- cessor. From 40 to 60 legible copies may be made in this manner. When the operation is finished the plate should be gone over gently with a wet sponge and the ink remaining on its surface soaked out. The superfluous moisture is then carefully wiped off, when the plate will be ready for another operation. A good purple hektograph ink is made as follows: Dissolve 1 part methyl-violet in 8 parts water and add 1 part glycerine. Gently warm the solution for an hour, and add, when cool, I part alcohol. Or, take methyl- violet 1 part, water 7 parts, glycerine 2 parts. (W.) Edison' s Electric Pen. This ingen- ious method of duplicating written copy is the invention of Mr. Thos. A. Edison. The pen is a slender tube of metal within which is a steel needle which is slightly driven forward out of the tube many times per second by means of a small electro-magnetic en- gine carried at the other extremity, which engine is actuated by a voltaic battery. The operator slowly directs the pen by hand over a sheet of pre- pared paper laid on a smooth metal plate. At every blow of the armature the needle punctures the paper, and the result is, finally, the production of a stencil of the letter, design, etc., in which the Avords or lines are made up of dots so close together that at a little distance they appear to the eye as con- tinuous lines. The sheets to be printed are overlaid by this stencil and an inked roller passed over it — the result being an impression of the letter, de- sign, etc. A great number of copies may thus be produced from a single stencil. The apparatus comprises a compact and convenient printing frame. (W.) The Cyclostyle. This new duplicat- ing process is a substitute for the " Edi- son Pen," and does away with the use of a 1 lattery and other electrical appli- ances. The process is purely u mechan- DECORATION, ORNAMENTATION, ETC. 89 leal one. The essential feature of this invention is the pen. This consists of a suitable holder, carrying at one ex- tremity a very small disk of hardened steel (or other suitable metal), with ser- rated edge and so mounted as to revolve freely. A sheet of prepared paper is Jaid on a smooth metal surface, and the 1 iter, design, etc., to be duplicated is traced thereon with the cyclostyle. The tine serrations of the wheel, pass- ing over the paper, produce an infinite number of minute punctures, identical with those produced with the "Edison Electric Pen." A stencil is thus pro- duced from which any desired number of copies can be made by placing sheet after sheet beneath it and going over the stencil with an inked roller. Sev- eral thousand duplicates, it is claimed, may thus be obtained from a single stencil . This apparatus comprises a convenient printing frame. (W.> Damaskeening Steel. Genuine Damask. Cut 8 sheets of steel 12 inches long, 1 inch wide, and & inch thick. Now prepare 5 sheets of soft iron and 4 of brittle iron, of equal dimensions with the steel sheets. These are then joined together in the follow- ing manner: A sheet of steel is laid upon one of soft iron, upon this one of brittle iron, then one of steel, and so on to the seventh sheet, which should be one of soft iron. This bundle is placed in the fire and, without heating it over much, welded together. It is then squared and worked smooth under the hammer and brought to a white heat. One end is then placed in a vise, the other is grasped with a pair of tongs and the mass strongly twisted into the shape of a screw. It is then smoothed and wrought into a bar £ to | inch wide and J to i inch thick. This is cut into 2 equal parts. A sheet of steel k inch thick and as long and as wide as 1 of the 2 parts of the prepared bar is cut and placed between the 2 parts. The mass is placed in the fire and then beaten under the hammer to the thick- ness required for the articles to be man- ufcLctured. A pickle consisting of li pi ii* ef water, 1 ounce of aqua-fortis, 1 ounce of sal-ammoniac, and 4i drachms of blue vitriol is now prepared in a copper vessel. Paint the places which are not to be damaskeened with some kind of varnish, and place the articles manufactured from the prepared bar into the bath. When the pickle has taken effect they are taken out, rinsed off with cold water, and dried. Imitation of Damask. Prepare t» mixture of equal parts of good linseed- oil varnish, white rosin, and wax. Coat with this the iron, which should have been previously cleansed and polished, and draw with a pen the pattern usually used in damaskeening. Make a rim of wax around the pattern and pour nitric acid mixed with an equal quantity of lemon juice upon the pattern. As soon as the nitric acid assumes a brownish color pour it oft', wash the iron thor- oughly with water, and remove the var- nish by melting. If the article is small, round, or lias an uneven surface, place it for a few minutes in a mixture of S parts of water, 1 of nitric acid, and 1 of lemon juice, and allow it to remain un- til the fluid assumes a brownish color, when it is taken out and cleansed. Damaskeening with Gold or Silver. There are two methods of practising this process. By one method the sur- face of the metal to be damaskeened U roughened with a file; the artist, by his skill, causes to adhere to the roughened surface threads of gold or silver, which are applied and burnished down. Broad surfaces are produced by working the threads or wires side by side. Heat is applied, but the necessary degree re- quires great judgment. In the other method the surface to be damaskeened is incised or cut into, the incision at the bottom being expanded. Into this channel gold or silver is introduced and beaten down. Decoration, Ornamentation, etc. To Gild Glass. Make a paste of fine bole, burned ochre, umber, and copal varnish, and, to make the mass as fine as possible, strain it through a cloth. Cleanse the glass to be gilded by rub. bing it with pulverized chalk and a rag, and, when clean, avoid touching it with the naked hand. Then by means of a brush draw or paint the desired 00 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. decoration upon the glass with the above mass, fill it with water to prevent it from cracking, and expose it to a moderate heat. Protect the glass from dust and other contaminations. When it is sufficiently dry to allow of the gold leaf being applied, cut this with a finely- polished knife into the necessary shape and press it gently upon the glass. The glass is then protected against dust in the same manner as before, but heated somewhat stronger to burn the gold in. This gilding will adhere as well as fire gilding. Gold for Illuminating. Procure a book of leaf gold ; gently take out some of the leaves and grind them in a mor- tar with a little honey until it is thor- oughly intermixed with the gold, then add a little water and work it again. Put the whole into a vial and shake it well. Let it stand quietly for an hour or two and the gold will deposit at the bottom of the vial. Pour off the liquid standing over the gold and add weak prepared gum in its stead, sufficient to make it flow freely from the pen or camel's-hair pencil. When required for use shake it occasionally. To Gild Porcelain. Dissolve 1 ounce of gold in a mixture of 4£ ounces each of nitric acid and hydrochloric acid; then add 18i grains each of tin and butter of antimony, and when the whole is dissolved dilute the fluid with 1 pint of water. The solution of gold is decomposed by a peculiar balsam prepared in the following manner : Dissolve at a mod- erate heat £ ounce each of sulphur and Venetian turpentine in 23 fluid ounces of oil of turpentine, until the solution has acquired a thick consistency and a dark-brown color, and, when cold, add 13 ounces of oil of lavender. Pour the solution of gold upon this balsam, heat it moderately, and stir. The solution of gold will be decolorized, and the gold, entirely dissolved, passes into the oily fluid, which, when cold, resembles rosin. The liquid standing over it, which contains the acid, is poured off", the oily fluid washed with warm water, and when the last traces of moisture have been removed, 2± ounces of oil of lavender and 3h ounces of oil of turpen- tine are added, and the mixture is heated until the whole is dissolved, when it is poured over 1£ drachms ^l subnitrate of bismuth and allowed to settle. The clear portion is poured off and concentrated. An auriferous bai* sam consisting of a thick ish fluid with a light greenish lustre is obtained in this manner. The Venetian turpentine is added as a drier. The auriferous resins remain- ing after the evaporation of the volatile oils become decomposed when exposed to heat, and, without melting, produce at a low temperature a residue of car- bon and gold having the appearance of a very thin leaf. To Gild an Ornamental Frame. Cleanse the frame from all impurities. Then boil 4* ounces of fine glue with Ik pints of water. Saturate the cleansed frame with this by means of a brush until the wood is thoroughly permeated and has acquired some lustre. Applying the First Coat. Take 83 ounces of Spanish chalk and 4i ounces of French chalk and triturate both with the glue water; bring the mass into a pot, heat it somewhat, and dilute it to the consistency of syrup, but avoid making it too thinly fluid. Now spat- ter the mass upon the frame with a brush so that it assumes a rough ap- pearance, and as soon as the coat is dry repeat the application 5 or 6 times; but the mass, after the second applica- tion, should be spread instead of being spattered. When the frame thus pre- pared is dry, the surface is first rubbed with pumice stone and then finished with shave-grass (horse-tail), when it is set aside in a clean, dry place to receive later on the gilding size. Preparation of Gilding Size. Melt 3 ounce of beeswax and 1 ounce of Vene- tian soap, then add 83 ounces of Arme- nian bole, and roast the whole thor- oughly. When this has been done add the whites of 16 eggs, rub the whole together upon a rubbing stone, and from the resulting mass form balls of the size of a hazel-nut; dry these upon a glass plate and put them by in a dry place. Applying the Gilding Size. Take a piece of gilding size, triturate it with water, place it in a clean glass, and dilute witli water. Brush the frame slightly with the dissolved gilding size 5 or 6 times, allowing one application DECORATION, ORNAMENTATION, ETC. 91 to dry before laying on the next. If the frame is to be gilded with a bright lustre a stiff brushing is required to re- move the dust which may have settled upon the gilding size; but if a dead lustre is wanted, the gilding size is coated with a very thin parchment size J and if the dead Lustre is to be very characteristic it is first smoothed with a burnisher. Bright Lustre. A palette is required for this. The gold sizing is moistened with very pure white fruit brandy by means of a camel's-hair pencil, the gold leaf cut with a knife and placed upon the moistened spot with the palette. It is then allowed to dry, and those places intended to show a bright lustre are smoothed with the burnisher. By this a gilding is produced, which closely resembles fire-gilt work. All dust should be avoided during the work. Dead Las/re. After the gold leaf has been applied to those places which are to show a dead lustre, apply lukewarm fruit brandy and parchment size. Then take some dragon's blood and orpiment, rub them very fine, and make a simple gold glazing with water and a little parchment size, and apply this 2 or 3 times. For lemon-colored gold take saffron instead of dragon's blood. Silvering. Preparation of the Silver Size. Thoroughly roast in a pan 4J ounces of finely-pulverized fat pipe- clay, 2| ounces of Spanish chalk, i ounce each of Venetian soap and bees- wax. Rub these fine with the whites of 20 eggs, and apply in the same man- ner as the gold sizing. Silvering with a Dead Lustre. Rub 3£ ounces of white lead and i ounce of white litharge with linseed-oil varnish ; mix the mass with an oil varnish and apply in the same manner as indicated above under gilding. To Silver Wooden Figures with Bismuth. Paint the figure over with light glue, make a fine white chalk priming of glue and chalk, and apply this two or three times. Melt the bis- muth in a crucible, and pour it out care- fully so that the impurities remain be- hind. Triturate the melted bismuth upon a hard stone, and stir it into a paste with light-colored glue. Lay this on the chalk priming, and, when dry, polish with a burnisher. To Gild and Silver Visiting Cards. Make a small matrice of pasteboard and surround this with a low edge of the same material, so that the cards can be firmly held during the printing. Then coat the plate twice with thick white of egg, and dry the coating until it shows not the slightest trace of moist° ure. Now place the gold or silver leaf upon the plate, and press. The plate should not be too hot ; it is better to use it almost cold. The gold or silver in excess is removed with cotton. To Gild or Silver Morocco Paper. Wash the paper with urine, and paint it over but once with white of egg. A moderate heat only should be used. To Gild Cotton. Spread the cotton over with glue, dry it, and then apply a thick solution of parchment size and dry it again entirely. The gilding wh* adhere to this very well. Gilding and Silvering on Parchment and Paper. Triturate Venice glass up- on a hard stone with gum water, write or paint with this upon the parchment or paper and allow it to dry. Then rub the places written over or painted with a gold coin, which will gild them, or if they are to be silvered, with a piece of fine silver, and burnish them. Italian Method of Gilding Wood. Paint the wood over several times with hot, but not too strong, glue water, so that the pores of the wood become thor- oughly permeated. If the surface of the wood is flat, apply the glue water with a flat brush. When the glue water is dry, a priming of chalk is laid on the wood. For this as much whiting as necessary is rubbed very fine upon a stone with glue water. This is laid on the wood twice or three times, allowing each application to dry before applying the next. The ground is then smoothed with shave-grass (horse-tail) until the surface is entirely even. It is then polished with a coarse cloth wrapped around a piece of soft wood, square on one end and pointed on the other. During the polishing, which is con- tinued until the ground shows some lustre, the work must be frequently dampened with a moist brush. The gilding size is prepared as fol- lows : lj ounces of graphite, 1 pound of French white bole, and 3% pounds of Armenian bole are pulverized as finely 92 I'ECIINO-CIIEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. as possible in a mortar, then passed through a sieve, intimately mixed P>- gether, and brought into a well-lined crucible. Eight and three-fourth ounces of shavings of white beeswax arc then added; the mixture is placed over a. moderate fire, and allowed to remain there until the mass has become en- tirely homogeneous. It is then poured upon a stone slab,, and allowed to cool, when the whites of 24 to 28 eggs are added, and the whole rubbed to an im- palpable powder upon a hard stone. This powder is placed upon paper and dried, when it is stored away for future use. Every time it is to be used it is triturated with water. The gilding is done in the following manner: Take avessel filled with ordi- nary whiskey, and a few brushes of different sizes; also a cushion stuffed with cotton and edged with parchment, which is placed upon a board covered with leather. The gold leaves are placed upon the cushion, and cut into the required size with a knife. A broad, flat camel's-hair pencil is used for ap- plying and fastening the gold leaf. The parts to be gilded are first moistened with whiskey by means of the brush, and the gold leaf is then laid on. When the work is finished, it is allowed to dry for a few days, and the parts which are to be polished are then rubbed with the burnisher until the required lustre is produced. Those parts which are to have a dead lustre are brushed over with a solution of saffron in spirit of wine. Burot's Process of Silvering and Gild- ing Silk, Cotton, and Woollen Yarns. Arrange the cords to be silvered in proper order, and immerse them for 2 hours in a solution of nitrate of silver mixed with caustic ammonia until it is clear. Dry the cords and expose them to a current of pure hydrogen. As the threads, by this process of silvering, have become good conductors, they can be easily electroplated with gold. To Make Glass Opaque or Frosted. First cleanse the glass. If only por- tions of it are to be frosted, leave those bare and protect the others by a coat- ing of wax or other Impermeable sub- stance. Then rub some fluorspar to a fine powder, and mix it with concen- trated sulphuric acid, so as to make a thin paste. Pad) this by means r,f a piece of lead upon those parts of the glass which are to be rendered opaque. A fine frosted outline of the design may thus be produced upon a sheet of smooth, transparent glass. T<> finish the oper- ation toe glass is gently heated in an iron vessel placed beneath a chimney Hue, tn carry off the noxious tunics that are thrown on'. The plate, when cool, is washed with a diluted solution of soda or potash, to remove the last traces of acid, and is then rinsed in water, focusing- glasses for the photo-camera, and development-glasses for pigment printing, can be prepared in this way at very little expense. Ornamenting Metal Sv/rfaces. A new process for ornamenting metal surfaces consists in plating, electro- plating, or othewise covering a plate, bar, or ingot of soft metal with a thin film of harder metal, and then rolling out or pressing the ingot or bar into a sheet ; whereby the coating is broken into irregular forms, and a marbleized appearance produced on the surface of the sheet. Aubriat's New Process of Decorating Glass. The present methods employed to render glass opaque are likely to fall into disuse when this new process be- comes better known, for muslin glass, as it is termed, can be produced in a variety of colors and in a number of pleasing designs which will compare favorably with the dull monotony of the present ground glass, and even with etched or embossed glass. A sheet of the material to be covered is floated with a verifiable pigment dis- solved in gum water, and, when dry, the stencil pattern is laid on, and the exposed parts are cleaned with a stiff brush. The sheet of glass is then placed in a furnace and the remain- ing color burned in. When simple opsvque glass is desired, a plate is cov- ered with gum water and dried ; it is then placed in a frame, and a piece of tulle, muslin, or other suitable mate- rial stretched over it in close proximity to the gummed surface. The frame is then placed in a box containing a quantity of the powdered pigment, which is forced against the muslin by an air-blast, and, passing through the interstices, adheres to the gummed DECORATION, ORNAMENTATION, ETC. 93 glass. In this way the patterns of the lace or muslin are reproduced, and the powder being first caused to adhere firmly by placing the plate in a steam chamber for a few moments, is burned in, as before described, in a special fur- nace. By means of stencil plates of different designs, and muslin and lace of different patterns, together with pig- ments of various hues, very beauti- ful glass screens can be produced, which for many purposes will be pre- ferred to the plain opaque glass at present manufactu red . Artificial Wood for Ornamental Pur- poses. Mix very fine sawdust with bul- locks' blood ami subject the paste to hydraulic pressure. Great varieties of articles, having the appearance of the most beautiful ebony carvings, can be thus pressed iu strong, suitable moulds. This process may also be used in the manufacture of brushes. The horse- hair is set into the paste while it is still soft. This is then covered with a per- forated plate to allow the passage of the hair. Pressure is now applied whereby brushes of one piece are produced which are more durable and cheaper than those manufactured by the old process. [A composition of this char- acter, called by its inventor " ha'mosite," is largely utilized in this country for the production of door-knobs and other articles. W.] Use of Wood Tar for Architectural Decorations. Prepare a mass by melt- ing together 80 parts of wood tar, 20 of pine rosin, and 5 of caoutchouc. Add to this a sufficient quantity of chalk, marl, burned clay, or a mixture of these earths, to give it the necessary consist- ency. The moulds employed for shap- ing the mass into such architectural ornaments for which formerly plaster of Paris and stone were used, must be oiled or greased before the mass, which should be somewhat heated, is pressed • into them. Flags for sidewalks or tiles for roofs may also be produced from this mass. It can be readily painted with any desired color. To Produce Ornaments from Wood Mass. A cheap composition for mould- ing mirror and picture-frames, rosettes, arabesques, etc., is made of sawdust and glue with the addition of other •suitable substances* The sawdust should be sifted to remove coarse parti- cles. Boil 5 parts of good furniture glue and 1 of isinglass in such a quantity of water that the fluid in cool- ing does not form an actual jelly. Strain it through a cloth and, while hot, mix it with a sufficient quantity of sawdust to form a quite stiff paste. Press this carefully with the fingers into the moulds, which should be greased with oil, place an oiled plate or plunger over it, load this down with weights, or place the whole under a press. When the mass in the moulds is about half dry, remove the moisture which has been pressed out, take the ornaments out by inverting the moulds upon a board, and allow them to be- come entirely dry, when they may be gilded or bronzed. If the ornaments are to be fastened upon oblique surfaces they must be bent and laid on before they are entirely dry. The mass may be made of various components. Gum tragacanth may be added to the glue, and pulverized chalk and similar substances to the sawdust. Mixtures containing very little or no sawdust are also used for the same purpose. We give in the following a few receipts for such compositions : I. Dissolve 13 parts of glue in the necessary quantity of water ; then stir into it 4 parts of pulverized litharge, 8 of white lead, 1 of fine sawdust, and 10 of plaster of Paris. II. Mix plaster of Paris and sawdust and form a paste of the required con- sistency by adding glue water. III. Liquefy 2 parts of glue in 2 of linseed-oil ; then melt 1 part of black pitch in 2 of oil of turpentine ; mix the two solutions together and add 2 parts of sawdust, 2 of whiting, and 2 of colco- thar. IV. Mix 8 parts of whiting, 4 of fine sifted sawdust and 1 of pulverized lin- seed-oil cake, and knead the mixture into a paste with a strong solution of glue. V. Melt together 4 parts of turpen- tine and 1 of white pitch, and mix it, while hot, with 4 parts of glue boiled thick. To this mixture add gradually 8 parts of whiting, 4 of fine shavings of sanders wood, and 1 of copal varnish, and knead the whole thoroughly. A thick solution of as2)haltuni in turpen- 94 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT HOOK. tine may be used instead of the copal varnish. The two masses given under III. and V. must be kneaded before they are pressed. VI. Knead 5 parts of chalk with 1 of glue, and add oil of turpentine to the mixture. In working the mass a suffi- cient quantity of linseed-oil varnish is added to prevent it from sticking to the hands. VII. The potato paste consists of potatoes boiled in water or by steam until done. They are then mashed fine and mixed with sawdust, peat dust, or pulverized tan, and worked into a pliant dough. To Fasten Leather Ornaments, etc., upon Metal. Digest 1 part of crushed nut-galls for 6 hours with 8 of distilled water and strain the mass. Soak glue in its own weight of water for 24 hours and then dissolve it. The warm infu- sion of galls is spread upon the leather and the glue solution on the roughened surface of the warm metal ; the moist leather is pressed upon it and then dried, when it adheres so that it cannot be removed without tearing. To Decorate Tin with Copper Plates and Lithographs. Prepare a printing- ink of linseed oil and lampblack and apply it to the etched parts of the plate after it has been heated. The superfluous ink is wiped off and the plate cleaned with lye. Dampened paper is laid upon the plate and cov- ered with a cloth folded several times and pressed. The paper is carefully removed, moistened, and laid upon the tin, upon which the picture is imprinted by means of a small cloth-covered roller, and the paper removed. The same process is used for lithographs. The decorated plates are heated in an oven to 188° F., and remain from 12 to 18 hours, when they are coated with a solution of copal lacquer, varnish, oil of turpentine, and alkanet (coloring matter obtained from the roots of An- chusa Tinctoria), and placed in an oven (280.4° F.) and kept for 12 hours. By properly regulating the tempera- ture of the oven, every desired color of silver-white, brass, gold, tombac, etc., can be obtained by the use of alkanet. Impressions of Flowers on Glass. Gum the articles and fasten them on the glass. The glass is then coated with a warm mixture of oil, tallow, and wax, and when this is dry the articles are removed and the glass exposed to the action of hydrofluoric gas. Solution of hydrofluoric acid in water may also be poured over the glass, or the plate may be covered with a paste of fluor- spar and sulphuric acid. The designs may then be colored by burning the colors in in a furnace. Dentifrices and Mouth Washes. American Tooth Powder. Mix the following ingredients, which should be finely powdered : Coral 250 park. Cuttle bone (ossa sfpia) .... 250 ' ' Dragon blood 250 " Burnt alum 120 " Red sanders wood 120 " Orris root 250 " Cloves 15 " Cinnamon 15 " Vanilla rubbed with sugar ... 4 " Rosewood 15 ' Pinks 250 " Asiatic Dentifrice. Powder and mix : I. II. Parts. Parts. Prepared corals . 120 Bole .... 3 Venetian red . 9 Chalk ... 2 Ochre .... 15 Ochre ... 1 Pumice stone . 15 Pumice stone . 1 Musk .... T {J5 Musk . . . trace. Cartwright's Tooth Powder. Powder and mix : Prepared chalk 30 parts. Orris root 20 " Castile soap 2 " Deschamp's Alkaline Tooth Powder. Powder as fine as possible and mix : Sugar 30 parts. Wood charcoal 30 " Pe»" ,vi au bark 15 " C*am of tartar ....... 5 " • Cinnamon . 1.5 " Deschamp's Add Tooth Powder. Pow- der and mix : Venetian talc 120 parts. Sodium bicarbonate 30 " Carmine ^j part. And add : Oil of mint 15 drops DYEING WOOLLEN AND COTTON GOODS, ETC. 95 Charcoal Tooth Powder. Powder and mix : Willow-wood charcoal 120 parts. Peruvian bark 120 " Cloves 2 " Circassian Tooth Powder. Powder and mix : Prepared buck's horn 60 parts. Potassium sulphate 60 " White cuttle bone 250 " Orris root 2oi> •' Yellow sanders wood 30 *' Florentine luc 90 " And add: Oil of rosewood 1 part. Red Tooth Powder. Powder and mix: Bound lake 5 parts. Ordinary alum 24 " Pumice stone 33 " Prepared cuttle bone 33 " Magnesia alba 10 " Hufeland's Tooth Powder, which may be especially recommended for diseased gums, is prepared by mixing and pow- dering : Sanders wood . Peruvian bark Oil of cloves . 200 parts. 25 " 1 oart. Paris Tooth Powder. Convert the following ingredients into an impalpa- ble powder and mix : Dragon blood 16.5 parts. Cuttle bone 125 " Cream of tartar 66.5 " Orris root 125 " Prepared buck's horn .... 66.5 " And add : Oil of cloves 15 drops. Mouth Wash for Strengthening the Teeth and Hardening the Gums. Pow- der and mix myrrh, camphor, Peruvian bark, each 1 ounce, and digest them for a few days in 1 pound of spirit of wine. Then strain through a cloth and filter. Use a teaspoonful daily for rinsing the mouth. Mouth Wash against Toothache. Cut in pieces and rub fine 4i drachms of the root of Spanish camomile (anthemis pyrethrum) and 2} drachms of sal- ammoniac. Pour 2J ounces each of vinegar and lavender water over the above mixture, in a glass flask, and let it digest for 12 hours, and filter. Hold a teaspoonful in the mouth as long as possible. Antiseptic Mouth Paste. Salicylic acid* 30 grains, purified honey 1 ounce. Kolbe's Mouth Wash. Salicylic acid 12 parts. AJeohol (96 per cent.) 315 " Distilled water 60 " Oil of wintergreen (ol. gautiherise) 10 to 15 drops. Essence of orange (lowers ... 15 " Color with tincture of cochineal. Hager'sRed Tooth Powder. Sodium salicylate 23 drachms, sugar of milk, sodium bicarbonate, orris root, red san- ders wood, each 11J drachms, and oil of peppermint 15 drops. Hager's Tooth Paste. Two and three- quarter drachms sodium salicylate, 30 grains sodium bicarbonate, 1£ ounces each of powdered talc and powdered Castile soap, carmine 4£ grains, 20 drops peppermint, 5i drachms glycerine, and 5i drachms diluted spirit of wine are made into a paste. Quillaya Dentifrice. The following is one of the best of modern dentifrices, as it not only cleanses the teeth thor- oughly, but also refreshes the mouth : Quillaya saponaria 4 ounces. Glycerine 3 Diluted alcohol 33 " Oil of wintergreen (ol. gaultherise) . 20 drops. Oil of peppermint 20 " The quillaya saponaria is macerated in a mixture of the glycerine and alco- hol, and then filtered over a small quantity of magnesia which has been mixed with the oils. A finer prepara- tion is obtained in this manner than by macerating the quillaya in alcohol and then adding the glycerine. Dyeing Woollen and Cotton Goods and Yarns, Silk, Straw Hats, Felt Hats, Kid Gloves, Horsehair, etc., etc. Mordants. Silk. Cleansing of Old Silk to be Dyed. Boil 2 pounds of the silk in 3£ ounces of crystallized soda dissolved in * Benzoic or boracic acid, being more soluble in water than salicylic acid, is preferred by many as a substitute in all tooth powders and pastes in which salicylic acid is prescribed. W. T. B 96 TECHNO- CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. a sufficient quantity of water, and next jii soa|3 and water. Black. Let the material remain in a mordant of solution of nitrate of iron of 40° Beaunie for 4 hour; then rinse and dye it in a decoction of 3i pounds of logwood and 1 pound of fus- tic. It remains in the dye-bath for i hour. Blue {Raymond's). Mordant with solution of nitrate of iron of 1° to 2° Beaume, rinse the material, place it in a hot soap bath, and rinse again; then it is dyed with prussiate of potash and sulphuric acid. It is then rinsed, brightened in cold water containing some spirit of sal-ammoniac, and finally "insed. Brown {Fast toith Madder). Mor- dant in a mixture of 3 parts of acetate of alumina and 2 of acetate of iron, each 5° Beaume. Then rinse and dry the material and dye with madder. Crimson {Dark, with Cochineal and Brazil Wood). Mordant with acetate of alumina of 6° Beaume, to which 1 to If ounces of blue vitriol dissolved in water have been added ; then winch and dry the material, cleanse it in a bath of bran and chalk, and dye it in a hot, but not boiling, decoction of 3i pounds of Brazil wood, 13 ounces of cochineal, and 1 pound of wheat bran. It remains in the bath for 1 hour, when it is rinsed in a bath of spirit of sal- ammoniac. Drab {Fast). Mordant with a cold decoction of 3i pounds of sulphuric acid, S'i ounces of blue vitriol, a like quantity of common salt, and 4V ounces of purified tartar. Squeeze and rinse and then dye in water not hotter than the hand can hear, which contains a decoction of fustic (for yellowish gray), or decoction of gall-nuts ( for dark gray ), or of bablah (for greenish gray). Gray. Place the silk in a solution of 2 pounds of alum, and let it remain in it for 6 to 8 hours. Then rinse it, and dye in a bath containing indigo ex- tract and decoction of logwood, allowing it to remain for i hour. Red {Fast with Madder). Mordant rtith acetate of alumina of 5° Beaume. Winch, dry, and cleanse the silk with bran and chalk. Then dye in a bath of 64 pounds of madder, 8| ounces of sumach, and 14 pounds of bran, allow- ing it to remain for 14 hours, when it is brightened by boiling gently for k hour with M| pounds of Castile soap, 1 pound of bran, and 2 ounces ot solu- tion of nitro-muriate of tin. Roge-red {with Carthamine). Tru- rale | drachm of carthamine with 1? ounces of alum free from iron, and dye with the mixture dissolved in water. The silk is worked for 15 minutes in the bath, and then in a bath acidulated with wine vinegar. Hose-red {with Cochineal). Prepare a mordant of 2 pounds of alum, let the silk remain in this for (i to ,s hours, then rinse it and dye (as hot as the hand can bear) with 1 ounce of cochineal, and rinse. Scarlet {with Cochineal and Brazil Wood). Mordant with acetate of alu- mina of 0° Beaume; winch and dry. Then work the silk in a hot, but not boiling, decoction of 3| pounds of bran and 8'i ounces of chalk ; rinse, and dye with 3i pounds of Brazil wood and 8| ounces of cochineal. An addition of 1 pound of bran makes the dye more brilliant, but somewhat lighter. Violet {Fast). Mordant with a cold solution of 3i pounds of sulphuric acid, 8{ ounces of blue vitriol, a like quantity of common salt, and 44 ounces of puri- fied tartar. Winch, dry, and cleanse with bran and chalk. Then dye in a nearly hot bath of 64 pounds of madder and It pounds of bran, allowing the silk to remain for 1 hour. Woollen Goods and Yarns. Blue {Dark). Boil the material for 1 hour in a solution of 2\ ounces of alum in hot water, then take it out and throw away the bath. Now boil in the same boiler 5J ounces of logwood in pure water for $ nour ; then lift thfc beg which contained the logwood out, and place the material, which has been previously washed, into the de- coction, work it for 4 hour, and then let it boil for 4 hour longer. The hath is now cooled off by adding cold water, the material lifted out, and 2i ounces of potash are dissolved in the hath, when the material is worked in it until it has assumed a beautiful blue color. DYEING WOOLLEN AND COTTON GOODS, ETC. 9? Blue (Dark Fugitive Color). The goods are mordanted pale blue and washed. Boil clear water, and add 5£ ounces ofblue vitriol, 1| ounces of green vitriol, l pound of alum, I3i ounces of crude tartar, 2\ ounces of tin salt, and 1 ounce of crude nitric acid. Boil the goods in the mixture for 1 hour. They are then lifted out, allowed to stand for 1 day, and washed. Clean water is then' heated in a boiler, 25 pints of ex- tract of logwood added, and the roods worked in this for J hour, during which the heat is raised to the boiling point. From 27i to 33 pounds of woollen goods can be dyed by the above pro- cess. Gens (V Amies Blue on loose Wool, Yams, and Piece Goods. Boil for li hours 440 pounds of wool with 88 pounds of alum, 8| pounds of chromate of potash, 83 pounds of tin salt, and 6-V pounds of sulphuric acid. The next day dye with 65 pounds of indigo-car- mine, 22 to 26 pounds of logwood, and 13 pounds of common salt. Let the wool boil for IV hours in the bath. Brown (Chestnut). Boil in pure water for 5 minutes A ounce of madder, a like quantity of sumach or i ounce of gall-nuts, i ounce of tartar, and 1} to 2i ounces of sanders wood. Place the goods in the bath, and let them boil for \\ hours. Then lift them out, cool the bath by adding cold water; then dis- solve i ounce of green vitriol in it, and work the wool in this for i hour longer. Brown (Coffee). Boil in pure water for 5 minutes 4t ounces of sanders wood 2i ounces of sumach or gall-nuts, and 1 ounce of green vitriol. The bath is cooled off by adding cold water, when the goods are placed in it and boiled slowly for half an hour, when they are taken out and the fire is extinguished ; 2| ounces of green vitriol are then dissolved in the bath, in which the goods are worked for f of an hour, when they are cooled off and rinsed. Brown (Baric). Boil in water 4i ounces of sanders wood and 2£ ounces of logwood, add 2J ounces of sumach or gall-nuts, and 1 ounce of green vitriol. Cool the mixture by adding cold water, then place the goods in it and let them boil slowly for- i hour, when they are taken out. Should the dye not 7 lie dark enough, add 1 ounce more of green vitriol, and repeat the opera- tion. Brown {Grayish). Boil 1 ounce of sanders wood, a like quantity of mad- der, and 1% ounces of gall-nuts, or 3 ounces of sumach. Place the goods in the decoction and boil them for 1 hour. Then lift them out, dissolve 1 ounce of green vitriol in the bath, replace the u'oods in it, and work them, without allowing them to boil, until they are dyed sufficiently dark. Brown [Nut). Fill a small bag with 41 ounces of fustic and lj ounces of log- wood, and boil them. When the color- ing matter has been extracted lift the bag out and add 1| ounces of madder and a like quantity of sanders wood, then place the goods in the bath and let them boil for V. hours, when they are lifted out. The bath is now cooled off with cold water and \ ounce of green vitriol is added. The wool is worked in it until it is sufficiently dyed. Brown (Olive). Treat the following ingredients in the same manner as for nut brown : Seven ounces of fustic, 2£ ounces of logwood, 1 ounce of gall-nuts, 2i ounces of madder, and 3£ ounces of tartar. As soon as the tartar is dis- solved place the goods in the bath, and, later on, when it is somewhat cooled off, add 1^ ounces of green vitriol and work the wool in the vat until it has assumed the desired shade. Brown (Sanders Wood, Fast). Thor- oughly extract 4i pounds of rasped sanders wood in water. Place the wood, together with the extract, in a boiler, add 2\ pounds of sumach and 2i pounds of fustic liquor, and let the bath boil for i hour. Then place the wool in the bath, work it thoroughly, and let it boil for LV hours. The wool is then lifted out, the bath cooled off by adding cold water, and 1 pound of green vitriol added, when the wool is placed back into the bath, 'thoroughly worked in it, and boiled for i hour more. It is then lifted out, 4i ounces more of green vitriol and a bucketful of urine are added, and the wool worked in this without allowing it to boil. Chamois. Triturate £ ounce of an- notto with water and add to this fluid i ounce of potash. Let the bath boil for 5 minutes and then work the wool TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK, in it. Now dissolve in warm water 1? ounces of alum, and work the wool for a few minutes in this solution. Gray (Ash). Boil J ounce of gall- nuts in a suitable quantity of water for i of an hour. Then dissolve in it \ ounce of tartar, place the wool in the bath and let it boil for 1 hour, fre- quently' stirring it in the meanwhile, when it is lifted out. The bath is then thoroughly cooled, \k ounces of green vitriol are added, and the wool worked in it until it has assumed the desired shade of color. Gray (Bluish). Boil If ounces of gall-nuts, 4J ounces of tartar, and i fluid drachm of indigo tincture. Place the cloth, previously moistened, in this mixture and let it boil for li hours, with frequent working. It is then lifted out and the bath compounded with 4-V ounces of green vitriol and the cloth worked in it for £ hour longer. Gray (Dark). Put 1 pound of log- wood and 13J ounces of sumac in a small bag and boil them for J hour in a boiler full of water. Then take the bag out, place 13 pounds of cloth, pre- viously moistened with hot water, in the bath, and let it boil for 1 hour, when it is lifted out. The bath is then cooled by adding cold water ; 8i ounces of green vitriol are added, and the goods worked in it for £ hour, and then boiled until they have acquired the de- sired shade. Gray (Fast Dark). The cloth is first grounded blue with indigo and then boiled in a solution of 8| ounces of blue vitriol, 4£ ounces of tartar, and some indigo tincture. Gray (Light). Rub 1 ounce of ver- digris as fine as possible with 3i pounds of good vinegar ; let the fluid stand over night and boil it the next day with water. Add to the solution 1 ounce of gum Arabic and work the goods in it un- til they have acquired the desired shade. Gray (Silver). Boil for 10 minutes * ounce of tartar, i ounce of gall-nuts, and 1 drachm of blue vitriol. Work the wool in this bath and then let it boil until the desired color has been obtained. Green (Olive). The goods are first grounded light blue. One pound af fustic is then tied in a small bag, placed in a boiler, and boiled for 1 hour, when it is taken out and 3J ounces of bint vitriol, 2J ounces of tartar, 3J ounces of madder, and 1$ ounces of logwood liquor are dissolved in the bath. The goods are then placed in the hath ami boiled for 1 hour, when they are lifted out. Four and one-half ounces of crushed gall-nuts are now added to the liquor and the goods boiled in this for i hour more, when they are taken out. The bath is now compounded with 1J ounces of green vitriol and some urine, and the goods are worked in this until they are sufficiently dyed. Green (Brownish-olive). Boil 2£ ounces of fustic and 1 ounce of madder, then add to the fluid 2i ounces of tar- tar and 1 drachm of gall-nuts. Place the goods in the bath, let them boil for IV hours, take them out and cool them off in the open air. The bath is cooled by adding cold water, and compounded with ^ ounce of green vitriol, when th« goods are placed back in it, worked for i hour, cooled off, and rinsed. Lilac. Dissolve | ounce of crystal- lized tartar and 2J ounces of alum in hot water, add i ounce of pulverized cochineal to the solution, work the goods in the bath for i hour, and then boil them for h hour. Orange. Put 1 pound of quercitron bark in a small bag and boil it fot i hour in a boilerful of water. Then add to the fluid 1 pound of alum, { ounce of tartar, and 2J ounces of tin salt. Boil the cloth in the bath for i hour ; cool the bath off, work the cloth once more, let it again boil for half an hour, and then wash it out. Now boil 8} ounces of madder with water, and work the cloth in the bath with. con- stantly increasing temperature. Yellow (Dark). Place 3i pounds of quercitron bark in a bag, boil it in a tin boilerful of water for I hour. Then add 2 pounds of alum, 1 ounce of tartar, and 8} ounces of tin salt. Now boil the goods in the bath for 8 to 10 min- utes, when they are taken out. Cool the bath by adding ccld water, work the wool once more in it, and then let it boil for i hour. Yellow (Sulphur). Go through the same process as for dark yellow, but add, when that is finished, quercitron bark and solution of tin. to the bath ano 1 let the wool boil in it for i hour. DYEING WOOLLEN AND COTTON GOODS, ETC. 99 Yellow (with Weld). Dissolve 5i pounds of alum in a corresponding quantity of water and boil the woollen goods in this for 2 hours, when they are put in a cool place, where they remain for 1 day and are then washed. Now sew 3i pounds of good French weld in a bag, boil it in a boilerful of water, cool the liquor, and work the wool thoroughly in this, without allowing it to boil. Cotton Goods and Yarns. Black. For 10 pounds of yarn. Pre- pare a lukewarm bath of 1 pound of dry extract of logwood and IS quarts of water. Dissolve further 2 pounds of dry extract of logwood in 2 gallons of water. Now dye 2 pounds of the yarn in this dye-bath, take it out, wring it, and let it dry in the open air. One- quarter of the first solution is then added to the bath, and the second s of the yarn treated therein. The same process is repeated with the remaining yarn until all the solution has been used. No. II. Prepare a bath by dissolving 81 ounces of bichromate of potash and 2 A ounces of crystallized soda in 2 gallons of water. After the first h part of the yarn has been taken from the dye-bath, £ of the solution is added to it ; the next portion of the yarn is dyed, and so on. Brmvn (Chocolate). For 10 pounds. Boil the material for 1 hour with 1£ pounds of sanders wood, 81 ounces of gall-nuts, 1} ounces of extract of log- wood, 5i ounces of prepared catechu, and 3£ ounces of tartar. After boiling let it remain in the bath for 1 hour, then add a solution of 8| ounces of green vitriol and IS ounces of blue vit- riol ; mix them intimately with the bath and place the material in it for 1 hour longer, when it is taken out and rinsed. Chamois. For 10 pounds. Treat the materials, after they have been pre- pared for dyeing, in a warm decoction of 4i ounces of annotto and H ounces of potash ; lift them out, rinse, and then work them in fresh water mixed with sulphuric acid, and rinse. Crimson. For 10 pounds. Red yarns are boiled in clean water. Place them in a bath of 2 pounds of sumac. Let them remain for 12 hours, then place them in a bath of tin salt of 3° Beaume. Allow them to remain for 1 hour, when they are winched and brought into a bath of 3i pounds of Brazil wood. Here they remain for several hours, when they are winched and dried. Gold Color (Cotton for Fringes, etc.). Boil, with constant stirring, 8S ounces of sugar of lead and 1 pound of litharge in 3 gallons of water. After the fluid has boiled for 5 to 10 minutes allow it to stand quietly until a precipitate is deposited, then pour the fluid off and mordant the yarn in this. When thor- oughly permeated it is dried at a uni- form heat, and then, without being washed, dyed in a bath of bichromate of potash. For the above-mentioned quantities a bath is used of 8S ounces of bichromate of potash, to which 4i ounces of nitric acid have been added. To produce a perfectly pure chrome yellow the bath must be entirely clear. If it has been used the clear liquor must be drawn off from the sediment. As soon as the yarn is taken from the batk it is washed for i hour in a stream of running water to remove all traces of chrome yellow adhering mechanically to it. To produce a beautiful golden lustre dissolve i ounce of saffron in 2 pounds of spirit of wine of 20° Beaum6, and add to the solution a sufficient quantity of fruit brandy to produce the desired shade. As a general rule 2 minutes are sufficient for the yarn to remain in this solution. The excessive moisture is wrung out and the yarn dried in the shade at a moderate heat. The yarn, as it comes from the saffron bath, must not be washed, as the color becomes dull in hard water containing lime and the yarn rough. Gray (Silver). Boil the yarn in clean water and bring it into a wooden vat containing hot water and 8S ounces of catechu boiled in 3A quarts of clean water. Work the yarn in this bath for i hour and wring it. Now fill a vat with clean cold water; add to this 2 ounces of green vitriol dissolved in hot water. Work the yarn in this until it has acquired the desired color, then rinse and dry it. Green (Dark). Boil 5J pounds of fustic in pure water for S of an hour, and add 51 ounces of verdigris dissolved in 100 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. water. Treat the material in a bath of 11 pounds of sumac, and place it for i hour in the liquor heated to 190° F. and boil for a few minutes ; then lift out and wring. The dyed material is brought into a vat contain- ing hot water and extract of logwood and worked for i hour at 190° F. and rinsed. Mineral Green. ■ Prepare a lye of caustic potash by dissolving in a wooden vat 1J parts of potash in water and gradually adding 2i parts of burned lime to the solution. The liquor is then thoroughly stirred, and allowed to stand quietly for 12 hours, when the clear fluid is drawn off into a vat filled with co±d water. Twenty-five parts of the material to be dyed are worked in the liquor for 5 hour, when it is winched, and dyed in a hot bath to which have been added lh parts of sul- phate of copper dissolved in hot water ; here it remains for \ hour, when it is winched and dried. Yellow. Dissolve 1 ounce of sugar of lead and i ounce of alum in warm water; place 1 pound of material in this bath, work it for some time, and finish the dyeing process in a solution of chromate of potash. Yelfaw (Chrome). For 15 pounds of yarn or cloth. I. Slack 6 pounds of freshly burned lime in 50 gallons of water, and then dissolve 3 pounds of sugar of lead in the liquor. II. Stir 3 pounds of acetate of lead into 2 gallons of water and slake 6 pounds of freshly burned lime in the liquor. The plumbiferous liuie formed in this manner is brought into 50 gal- lons of water and the fluid allowed to become clear by standing, when it is ready for use. The cotton material is then moistened twice in succession with one of the above fluids, and, while still moist, brought into a bath of chromate of potash. This gives a beautiful chrome yellow color. A beautiful green is obtained by dye- ing indigo-blue cotton goods in the above manner. To Dye Wool, Silk, and Cotton with Aniline Colors. Fuchmne on Wool. In using aniline colors it is of the greatest advantage to transform them by dissolution into a very much diluted fluid. For instance fiK'iisine, soluble in water, is dissolved with gradual stirring in boiling water in the proportion of 2 pounds of crys- tallized fuchsine in 60 gallons of water. The resulting solution is filtered and used for dyeing. The wool, uniformly moistened, is dyed without any further preparation in a very clean, tepid bath of 85° F. to which some solution of fuchsine is added from time to time, and the temperature raised to 120° F. Two pounds of fuchsine, soluble in alco- hol, is gradually dissolved in 4 to 4J gal- lons of good spirit of wine of 90 per cent., previously heated to 100° to 120° F., and the solution used for printing and dyeing. For printing on silk and wool the ordinary inspissations are used, such as gum, etc., but on cotton it is necessary to use albumen, which should always be preferred to its substitutes. Fuchsine on Silk, Bluish Shade. One of the above-mentioned solutions of fuchsine is added to a cold bath acidulated with acetic or tartaric acid, and the silk dyed in this, with slow addition of color, until the desired shade has been obtained. If less bluish shades are desired, no acid is added to the bath. Fuchsine on Cotton. Only thorough- ly mordanted cotton can be well and uniformly dyed with fuchsine. An oil mordant, as for Turkish red, is excel- lent, but, instead of this, an acid mor- dant consisting of 1 part of sulphuric acid and about 3 parts of olive oil may be advantageously used. A tannic acid mordant can also be recommended. The yarn is then brought into a solu- tion of sumac of 120° F., then into a bath of stannate of soda, and finally into a bath containing sulphuric acid, when it is washed and dyed as given above. Eosine on Wool. Eosine, soluble in water, is dissolved in hot water, and that, soluble in alcohol, in spirit of wine, in the same manner as fuchsine. Prepare a water bath of 85° F., add a sufficient quantity of the eosine dis- solved in water, place the thoroughly moistened wool in it and heat to 105° F. Then add alum in the pro- portion of 1 j to 2| ounces to 2 pounds DYEING WOOLLEN AND COTTON GOODS, ETC. 101 of wool, bring the bath slowly to the boiling point and let it boil for about i hour. The wool is then finished by thorough washing. The following receipt .has been thoroughly tried and found to be excel- lent : For SO pounds of wool take 3 pounds of tartar and 2 pounds of eosine dissolved and filtered through a cloth. Enter the moist wool and let it boil slowly for | hour. The wool is then lifted out, 2 pounds of chloride of tin is dissolved in the same bath and thoroughly stirred. The wool is again placed in the bath, and slowly boiled for I hour longer. It is best to allow the wool to cool in the boiler. Eosine on Silk. Dye in a boiling soap bath with an addition of an organic acid. Eosine on Cotton. For bluish shades, the cotton is placed in a bath of cas- tile soapsuds of 120° F. and allowed to remain in it for J hour. It is then mordanted for £ hour with ni- trate of lead'of 3° Beaume, then thor- oughly washed, and finally dyed in a bath of eosine of 120° F. For a yellowish shade more or less alum, according to the tint desired, is added to the bath of nitrate of lead. Very pure, soft water should be used for all baths. Scarlet and Erythrosine on Wool. Dissolve the color in hot water. Then prepare a bath of 120° F., which con- tains 10 pounds of alum to 100 pounds of wool, and place the wool in it. After the lapse of i hour add the color- ing matter, bring the bath slowly to the boiling point, and let the wool boil for i hour, when it is taken out and thoroughly washed. Violet on Wool. Two pounds of ani- line violet is dissolved with slow stir- ring in 6 to 8 gallons of spirit of wine, 90 per cent, strong, the solution heated to 105° F., and then filtered. The wool is dyed in a weak sulphuric acid bath of 105° to 125° F., to which the dye- stuff is added. The bath is slowly brought to the boiling point. A more or less reddish tint can be given by an addition of sulphuric acid. Violet on Silk. The silk is placed in a bath of 105° to 125° F., slightly acid- ulated with sulphuric acid, and the desired shade is obtained by slowly adding the dye-stufl". Aniline Blue (Blue, Light Blue, ana Soluble Blue). The color is dissolved in the same manner as violet, but it is advisable to take more spirit of wine. The soluble blue is dissolved in boiling water. On Wool and, Silk. The same direc- tions hold good as for violet, but more alum is added and generally more sul- phuric acid. A clearerand more beauti- ful color on wool is obtained by boiling the wool first with chloride of tin and alum. Of all the colors mentioned here, blue is the most difficult to dis- solve in Avater, and as the fibres do not absorb it uniformly it is requisite thai the coloring matter should be added very gradually. ( 'otton is dyed in a bath to which acetate of alumina has been added as a mordant. The acetate of alumina is obtained by boiling 15 parts of sugar of lead and 20 of sulphate of alumina with 100 of water. The resulting clear solution is used zz a mordant. A/kali Blue. Two pounds of this is dissolved in at least 4 gallons of boiling water, and when the solution is com- plete 15 gallons more of hot water are added to it. For 100 pounds of Wool. Prepare a bath with 8i pounds of borax, heat it to 105° F., then add the solution of coloring matter, and gradually heat to the boiling point. The wool is then washed in cold water, placed in a luke- warm bath acidulated with sulphuric acid, and heated to the boiling point. To dye according to sample, dissolved coloring matter is added to the first bath until a sample of the wool, taken from this bath and worked in a boiling hot acid bath, has assumed the desired color. A bath of waterglass is now generally preferred to that of borax, 15 pounds of it being required for 100 pounds of wool. The further treatment is the same as with borax. Light Blue on Cotton. For 100 pounds. The cotton is soaped and dried. A solution of 2 pounds of alum, 2 pounds of tartar emetic, and 6 pounds of dissolved calcined soda is used as a mordant. After mordanting the cotton it is dyed in a fresh bath, to which diluted sulphuric acid has been added the temperature being gradually raised ,02 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. from 75° F. to 140° F. The cotton should be cooled off in the bath. China-blue on Cotton. The color is dissolved in the same manner as the blue soluble in water. Some alum is added to the tepid water-bath, and the cotton dyed by heating the bath to the boiling point and allowing it to cool in it. Dahlia and Primula. These colors are soluble in water and in alcohol. Those soluble in water are dissolved in the same manner as fuchsine, but those soluble in alcohol, like the aniline violet. The wool is dyed with these solutions, without any further prepa- ration, at 85° to 105° F., and, when finished, worked several times in the boiling bath. Silk is dyed with the dissolved and filtered coloring matter in a bath heated to 85° to 105° F., to which a very small quantity of tartaric acid or some sulphuric acid has been added, until it has acquired the desired shade, and is then frequently turned over in the boiling bath. For dyeing cotton, acetate of alumina is added, and the goods treated in the same manner as given for blue. Methyl-violet. This is soluble in water. The dyeing is accomplished by adding acetic acid, or some other or- ganic acid. Methyl and Emerald-green. Dis- solve 2 pounds of green powder in 7 to 8 gallons of lukewarm water ; add, with constant, stirring, some acetic acid, and heat the solution to 140° F. Boiling must be strictly avoided. Then dis- solve 2 pounds of concentrated green paste in 3 gallons of alcohol of 90 per cent., and, with constant stirring, add water and some acetic acid, noting that the temperature must not be allowed to rise above 95° F. This solution, as well as that of green powder, is filtered and then used for dyeing. For 20 pounds of Wool (Dyed in the Wooden Vat). Dissolve 6 pounds of hyposulphite of sodium, and add 3 pounds of hydrochloric acid. Heat the liquor to 105° F., place the wool in the bath, and, with vigorous stirring, heat it to the boiling point. The wool is then lifted out and washed in a fresh, cold bath. Now prepare a fresh, luke- warm bath, and add to it 10 ounces of acetic aeid and 2 pounds of oil soap dissolved at 85° F. The wool is placed in this bath, dyed with the above solu- tions at 120° to 140° F., and then thor- oughly washed. For dyeing silk, a little acetic acid is added to the bath, and the dyeing ac- complished at a temperature of 1 10° F. Cotton is first brought into a sumach bath, wrung out, and then into a bath of stannate of sodium. It is then placed in the dye-bath heated to 105° F. and weakly acidulated with acetic acid. To obtain yellowish tints on cotton, add picric acid to the bath, or, what is still better, it is dyed with picric acid in a special bath, which can be used again. The following receipt for 35 to 45 pounds of woollen yarn has been thor- oughly tried and found to be excellent : Add 10 pounds of hyposulphite of so- dium and 5 pounds of hydrochloric acid to a lukewarm bath, enter the wool at 120° F., and raise the heat to 160° F. ; then let the yarn stand in the bath for 1 hour, when it is thoroughly rinsed. In the wooden vat, the feed pipe of which should be if possible of rubber or glass, as metal must be avoided wherever possible, 95 ounces of methyl- green dissolved and filtered are added, and according to requirement from 3$ to 7 ounces of picric acid, and the dye- ing is finished at 105° to 120° F. Malachite-green. Dissolve 2 pounds of malachite-green (la.) in about 35 gal- lons of water ; heat, with constant stir- ring, to the boiling point, and, after boiling, filter for 15 minutes. Malachite-green on wool is treated in the same manner as given for methyl- green, namely, with hyposulphite of sodium and hydrochloric or sulphuric acid. Silk is also dyed in the same manner as given for methyl-green ; but as mala- chite-green is of a more yellowish tint, considerable picric acid may be saved. If that shade is desired, but a very small quantity of the acid need be ad- ded. Cotton is mordanted with sumach, then placed in the dye-bath containing tartaric or acetic acid, and dyed at a lukewarm temperature. Malachite-green may be highly rec- ommended for printing on cottons, the more so as this color can stand any de- gree of heat and the hottest steam with- DYEING WOOLLEN AND COTTON GOODS, ETC. 103 out changing or losing its shade. To 10 pounds of solution of coloring mat- ter add 3i ounces of tannin, and heat to 140° F. The same remarks hold good for printing on woollens. Two pounds of malachite-green (la.) dissolved in 7 gal- lons of boiling water are generally used. The solution is filtered, and 7 gallons of gum-water and about 6i pounds of glycerine are added to it. Naphthaline Colors. Ponceau, Orange, and Bordeaux. These colors Are dissolved in boiling water. For 100 pounds of Woollen Yarn. Prepare a bath containing 23 pounds of tartar, heat to 105° F., place the yarn in it, turn it 5 times, and then add the quantity of coloring matter required. After turning it several times add very slowly 5i pounds of the composition of tin given below, bring the yarn to a boil, and let it boil for £ hour, when it is taken out, cooled off, and thorough- ly washed. The color takes quickly after the composition of zinc is added and becomes very brilliant. For 100 pounds of Piece Goods. The goods are placed in the vat at 105° F. The bath should contain from 2 to 3 per cent, of tannin. The coloring matter and 2i per cent, of composition of tin are then added ; then the goods are strongly boiled for h hour, allowed to cool, and thoroughly washed. Even the thickest goods are thor- oughly dyed in this manner. Composition of tin is prepared in the following manner: Mix 3 parts of hy- drochloric acid, 1 of nitric acid, and 1 of water. The mixture is moderately heated and 1 pound of English granu- lated tin is then added for every 6£ pounds of the mixture. Silk is dyed with these magnificent colors in the soap bath, with an addi- tion of some acetic acid and the quantity of coloring matter required. Cotton is first soaped and then dried. It is then strongly mordanted for 1 hour in acetate of alumina which must be "free from lead," wrung out, and directly dyed in a fresh water-bath to which the dissolved coloring matter has been added. The temperature is raised to the boiling point, and the cotton allowed to cool in the hath. The baths, once prepared, can be used again. Acetate of alumina free from, lead is prepared as follows : Dissolve 4 parts of sulphate of alumina and 34 of crystal- lized soda in 7 parts of water. Then dissolve 5 parts of sugar of lead in 3 -J of water. Boil each solution by itself, mix them slowly while lukewarm, and filter this mixture ; then the alumina is ready for use. The naphthaline colors, ponceau, Bordeaux, and orange, should be used in a wooden vat or in a well-tinned boiler, and this especially for wool and woollen goods, as unsatisfactory results are obtained by using a copper boiler, as is evident to every practical dyer. The colors will wash and are not changed by atmospheric influences or light. To Bye Felt Hats with Aniline Colors. For the dyeing of felt hats aniline colors can be used in every case. The coloring matter is used repeatedly to make the shade satisfactory. If the dyeing follows the fulling, the felt is not penetrated so easily, but the hair can be directly dyed, and the dyed hair fulled. For this purpose a solution of the dye is made in boiling water, then allowed to cool, and filtered. A pan with water heated to 85° F. is prepared, the necessary quantity of coloring mat- ter added, the mixture thoroughly stirred up, and the hair, moistened and enclosed in a basket, is placed in the bath. The bath is heated to 140° F. and the basket agitated continually. Fresh coloring matter is introduced when the hair has absorbed a certain amount, the basket being for the time removed. When the hair is fully dyed, the basket is lifted out and the hair allowed to cool and well rinsed. Mixt- ures of aniline colors may be used for particular tints. For brown, cerise, merron, etc., are used. These give with indigo-carmine and picric acid, with addition of a little sulphuric acid, beau- tiful brown shades. For the prepara- tion of the favorite "Bismarck" a solu- tion of Manchester brown can be used, which is toned down by addition of indigo-carmine, picric acid, and fuch- sine. To Bye Felted Fabrics with Ani. line Colors. In making felted fabrics of a mixture of animal and vegetable fibres, it is found difficult to dye them 104 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. ■evenly, as the vegetable fibre does not take the dye equal)}' with the animal. To overcome this difficulty the vege- table matter is neutralized by subject- ing the felted fabric to an acid bath of from 6° to 12° Beaume, and then wash- ing to remove the acid, after which the fabric will dye an even tint. To Dye Mother-of-Pearl with Aniline Colors. Wash the thin plates with lukewarm solution of potash, then place them in a concentrated aqueous solution of the coloring matter, and iet them stand in a warm place, frequently stirring them. If the dye is to pene- trate to some depth the plates must re- main in the coloring matter for two weeks, then be rinsed and dried. To Dye Straw and Straw Hals. Black. For 25 Straw Hats. Prepare a boiling bath, and add to it 4\ pounds of logwood, 1 pound of gall-nuts or sumach, and 4f ounces of turmeric, or fustic. Let the hats boil in this bath for 2 hours. Then place them in a bath of ferric nitrate of 4° Beaume and rinse them carefully in water, and dry and brush them. Chestnut-brown. For 25 Strata Hats. One and one-half pounds of ground red sanders wood, 2 pounds of ground turmeric, 6± ounces of gall-nuts or sumach, and } ounce of rasped log- wood are boiled for at least 2 hours in a boiler of sufficient cajiacity to hold the hats without being pressed against each other. The hats, after being boiled for 2 hours in this bath, are rinsed out and allowed to remain over night in a bath of ferric nitrate of 40° Beaume, when they are carefully rinsed out several times to remove the acid. For a darker chestnut-brown the quantity of sanders wood is increased. When the straw is dry the hats are brushed with a brush of dog's (or couch) grass to give them lustre. Silver-gray. For 25 Straio Hats. The whitest straw should be selected for this color. The hats are first soaked in a bath of crystallized soda to which a little of a clear solution of lime and 4J pounds of alum and 3i ounces of tartaric acid have been added. The hats are then allowed to boil in this bath for 2 hours, when they are rinsed with slightly acidulated water. Violet. For 25 Straw Hate. Two pounds of alum, 1 pound of tartaric acid, and a like quantity of chloride of tin. Let the hats boil in this bath for 2 hours and then add, according to the shade to be produced, decoction of log- wood and indigo-carmine, and rinse them with water with a slight addition of alum. To Dye Kid Gloves. The dye solu- tions are brushed over a glove drawn smoothly over a wooden hand. In order to dye black, the glove is first washed with alcohol and dried, and then brushed with a decoction of log- wood, left for 10 minutes, and then brushed over once more with logwood. After 10 minutes, the glove is dipped into a solution of sulphate of iron, and brushed afterward with warm water. If the color is not dark enough, add a little fustic or decoction of quercitron iu the logwood bath. In place of the sulphate of iron, the nitrate may be ad- vantageously employed. When the glove begins to dry, it is rubbed with a little Provence oil and talc, laid be- tween flannel, and pressed. It is agaia rubbed with oil and talc, and drawn oil a wooden hand. The glove must not get black on the inside, consequently none of the coloring matter should reach the inside of the glove. Brown is dyed by brushing the glove with a decoction of fustic red and logwood with a little alum. The quantities of the dyestuff to be used are regulated according to the shades desired. For darkening the color a small quantity of solution of sulphate of iron is. used. Morocco-red is produced by brushing the glove with a decoction of cochineal, to which a little tin salt and oxalic acid are added. The shade is easily made darker by adding a little logwood. Gray is produced by brushing the glove with a decoction of sumach, and then treating it with a weak solution of sul- phate of iron; a greenish-gray shade is obtained by the addition of fustic and logwood, or fustic and indigo-carmine, to the decoction of sumach. The aniline colors all fix themselves without any further addition by brush- ing their solutions on the gloves. In place of the brush a sponge may be used where it seems suitable. In order to give black a pleasing bluish appear- ance, after the dyeing, it may be washed DYEING WOOLLEN AND COTTON GOODS, ETC. 105 with a little sal-ammoniac. Should the seams in the gloves remain white after dyeing, they are coated with a paste to which a little fat is added. To Dye Kid Gloves Orange-yellow. Take a good pinch of saffron, 1 drachm of ami otto, and a like quantity of isin- glass; pour li pints of boiling water over these ingredients, and let them stand over night. Cleanse the gloves with alcohol, draw them over wooden hands, and apply the solution with a brush. The isinglass gives durability and a beautiful lustre to the color. To Dye Horsehair. The hair is kept in a soap bath of 120° F. for 24 hours, and frequently stirred, taken out and washed, and is then ready for the dye. Black. Boil the hair with milk of lime, then place it for several hours in a decoction of logwood, and finally treat it with acetate of iron. Blue. Mordant the hair in a warm eolution of alum and tartar, and then dye it in a bath of indigo-carmine com- pounded with alum, or in a solution of indigo in sulphuric acid. Brown. Place the hair in a decoc- tion of logwood prepared with lime- water, raise the temperature of the bath to 120° F., allow the hair to remain in it for 12 hours, and then wash it in water. Red. Place the hair for J hour in a solution of tin salt to which some warm water has been added. Then wring it out .and bring it into a decoc- tion of logwood compounded with alum. Allow it to remain in this for 24 hours, and then rinse and dry it. To Dye Imitation Corals. Alabaster is generally used for making imitation corals'. For the purpose of dyeing them, prepare a bath of 1 part of tartar, i part of composition of tin, and 70 of water. The composition of tin is prepared from 8 parts of nitric acid, 1 of sal-ammoniac, 1 of tin, and 25 of water. Saturate this bath with cochineal and bring it to the boiling point. Then allow it to cool and decant it. The alabaster is placed in this clear fluid, boiled for 1 hour in it, then dried in the open air, and finally put for 2 or 3 hours in a bath composed of equal parts of stearic acid and wax. When the articles are taken from this bath they are wiped off with paper and pol- ished with a substance which should not be too hard. Anima/izing of Hemp, Jute, etc. Every dyer who handles these article* knows how difficult it is to mordant and dye hemp and jute. To overcome this difficulty place these fibrous sub- stances in a steam boiler, and let them boil for 1 hour in a sufficient quantity of soda; then rinse and subject them in a well-closed vessel to the action ot chloride of lime. The substances ani- mal ized in this manner can be easily bleached or dyed. Mordants. Olivier's 3Hxtures as Substitxites for Tartar in Dyeing Wool. I. Dissolve 100 parts of common salt in 300 parts of water ; add to the solution 1 part of white arsenic, 10 of sulphuric acid, and 3 of nitric acid. II. Mix 100 parts of Glauber's salt with 1 4 pounds Zinc oxide -' 1 Stannic oxide 10/^ " Hone Hour \% pound. Smaltine ...... 1 to 1% ounces. To this are added : Fluorspar 35 l 4 pounds. Borax ....... 20 to 21J4 " 116 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Sodium cai bonate 7 pounds Nitre 1% to 3>£ " ami the mixture fused in refractory crucibles with a hole in the bottom through which the liquid mass escapes into a vessel placed beneath the fur- nace. The mass, when cold, is pounded and ground, and 4 ounces of washed white clay and i pound of zinc oxide added, during the grinding process, to every 66 pounds of the mass. The com- position is then applied like the first, and bnrned in. Enamel for Sheet-iron Vessels. Cleanse the vessels by " pickling " in diluted sulphuric acid, rinse off with water, and scour with fine sand. Then apply a solution of gum Arabic in water; dust upon this, while still moist, the enamelling powder, and dry at 212° F. When the vessel is dry, knock the excess of powder gently off with the hand, and observe whether there are any places which have not been dusted. Should this be the case, they must be again treated in the same manner. The enamel is prepared in the •follow- ing manner: Sixty-five parts of povv- d iv. 1 crystal glass, 10 of calcined soda, an 1 i of boracic acid are mixed, ground and sifted several times to make them homogeneous. This powder, after be- ing liquefied upon the sheet-iron vessel in a red hot muffle, forms the ground for the actual enamelling, which is not quite so refractory. This consists of 65 parts of crystal glass, 10 of calcined soda, 2 of boracic acid, and 4 of litharge. To Enamel Iron. Powder and mix 3 j ounces of crystal glass, 1 ounce of purified potash, 1 ounce of saltpetre, 4 ounce of borax, and 5| ounces of minium. Heat the ingredients in a clean covered crucible, whereby a strong effervescence will at first' take place, and the mass will finally fuse to clear liquid glass. This is poured upon an iron plate previously moistened, cooled off with water, and rubbed to a thin paste upon a glass plate. Pour this paste over the article to be enamelled, allow'it to dry very slowly, and then place the article in a hot muffle furnace. The enamel will in a few minutes fuse very uni- formly without bubbles and form a lustrous, transparent surface. To impart an agreeable tint to this enamel, mix with the above li drachmi of a preparation of cobalt obtained by saturating nitric acid with cobalt, de- composing this with common salt and evaporating the mixture to dryness. This gives a pale blue color to the enamel. To Enamel Copper Cooking Utensils. Powder and mix 12 parts of white fluor- spar, 12 of unburned gypsum, and 1 of borax, and fuse the mixture in a cru- cible. Pour the mass out and when cold rub it into a paste with water. Apply this with a brush to the inside of the vessel, and place this in a moderately warm place, so that the paste will dry uniformly. When dry, heat the vessel to such a degree in a muffle furnace that the paste, which has been applied, liquefies. When cold, the result will be a white, opaque enamel. A nother Process of Enamelling Cast- iron. Keep the articles at a red heat in sand for h hour, cool off slowly, and cleanse them with hot diluted sul- phuric or hydrochloric acid ; then rinse with water, and dry. Coat them with a mixture composed of 6 parts of flint ijlass, 3 of borax, 1 of minium, 1 of oxide of zinc, finely powdered and roasted for 4 hours at a red heat, then rendered semi-fluid by increased tem- perature, then cooled in cold water, and 1 part of it mixed with 2 parts of bone meal and made into a paste with water. When the coating on the article is dry, apply a mixture composed of 32 parts of calcined bones, 16 of kaolin, 14 of feldspar, 4 of potash, mixed with water, dried, cooled, and, when powdered, made into a paste with 16 parts of flint glass, 5-V parts of calcined bones, and 3 of calcined quartz with sufficient water. When this second coat is dry, apply a mixture composed of 4 parts of feldspar, 4 of pure sand, 4 of potash, 6 of borax, 1 of oxide of zinc, 1 of saltpetre, 1 of white arsenic, and 1 of pure chalk, mixed, calcined and cooled, and rubbed to a fine powder with 3i parts of cal- cined bones and 3 of quartz. The coated articles are heated in a muffle in a furnace, which fuses the last two coat- ings, and forms an adhesive and bril- liant white enamel. To Enamel and Cement Metals and Other Substances. Cleanse the surface ENAMELS AND ENAMELLING. 117 of the metal and coat it with water- glass. Then treat it with a mixture of watery-lass and pulverized asbestos, to which lime or gypsftm can be added, and heat it strongly. This mixture may also be used to join metallic and other substances. Enamel for Watch Dials. The dials are prepared with a backing of sheet- iron having raised (■d^cs to receive the enamel in powder, which is fused. After cooling, the lettering and figuring are printed on the plate with soft black enamel by transferring. The dial is again placed in a muffle to fuse the enamel of the lettering or figuring. The enamel used is composed of white lead, arsenic, . flint glass, saltpetre, borax, and ground flint, reduced to powder, fused, and formed into cakes. ( 'olored Enamels. The ingredients are pounded to a fine powder in a stone mor- tar and then placed in a heated crucible. To prepare the fluxes a suitable fur- nace is used, which must be entirely free from rust and lined up to the cover with fire-bricks set in clay so that only the opening for the door remains free. Through a hole in the centre of the cover, which is also provided with a cover, the ingredients in the crucible are stirred with an iron rod. To secure the crucible a piece of brick is laid upon the grate. The firing is done either with charcoal alone or with charcoal mixed with coke. Preparation of Fluxes. I. Fuse : Eight parts of minium, li of borax, 2 of ground flint, and 6 of flint glass. II. Fuse: Ten parts of flint glass, 1 of white arsenic, and 1 of saltpetre. III. Fuse : One part of minium and 3 of flint glass. IV. Fuse : Nine and one-half parts of minium, 5V of borax, and 8 of flint glass. V. Fuse : Six parts of flint glass, 7 of the flux prepared according to No. II., and 8 of minium. VI. Fuse : Six parts of the flux pre- pared according to No. IV., with 1 of colcothar. VII. Fuse: Six parts of minium, 4 of borax, and 2 of powdered flint. The fluxes prepared as above are cooled off in water, then dried and finally powdered in a stone mortar. Blue Enamel. Powder and mix 4 parts of black oxide of cobalt, 9,of flint, and 13 of saltpetre. Fuse them thor- oughly over a charcoal or coke fire, pulverize, wash in cold water, and triturate 1 part of this powder with 1 of flux No. V. Another Receipt. Fuse together 1 part of black oxide of cobalt and 1 of borax. Then mix by melting over a good fire 2 parts of this, 10 of blue pot metal glass, and i of minium. Brown Enamel. Fuse together 2£ parts of pyrolusite, 8i of minium, and 4 of pulverized flint. Take li parts of this mixture and triturate it with 1 part of flux No. IV., and li of iron filings. Reddish-Brown Enamel. Triturate in water 1 part of brown sulphate of iron and 3 of flux No. I. Vandyke-Brown Enamel. Fuse to- gether in a crucible 3 parts of flux No. IV., and 1 of iron filings, and lift it out by the tongs. Take 5 parts of this and 1 of black oxide of cobalt, and rub to a paste with water. Yelloiv Enamel. Mix in a stone mortar 8 parts of minium, 1 of anti- mony oxide, and 1 of white oxide of tin. Place the mixture in a crucible, bring it to a red heat, then cool it off, and rub 1 part of this and 4i of flux No. IV. to a paste with water. Orange Enamel. Mix and heat without fusing 12 parts of minium, 1 of red sulphate of iron, 4 of antimony oxide, and 3 of pulverized flint. Tritu- rate with water 1 part of this and 2h of flux No. VII. Green Enamel. Triturate with water 5 parts of green frit, i of flux No. II., and 2i of flux No. VI. The green frit is prepared by fusing together 3 parts of pulverized flint, 3 of flux No. I., li of green pot metal glass, 7i of minium, 7i of borax, and li of green oxide of copper. Pound the mixture to a fine powder in a stone mortar. Dark Red Enamel. Triturate with water 1 part of brown sulphate of iron and 2i of flux No. VII. Pale Red Enamel. Triturate with water 1 part of red sulphate of iron, 3 of flux No. I., and li of white lead. Black Enamel. Triturate with water 1 part of black calcined umber, li of black oxide of cobalt, li of black oxide 118 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. of copper, and 3 of flux No. IV. Allow it to dry thoroughly, then heat it in a tire upon a brick covered with pul- verized flint, and add £ part of flux No. III. Very Beautiful Black Enamel for Inlaying and Ground. Mix and tritu- rate with sufficient water 1 part of black oxide of copper and 2 of flux No. IV. Black Enamel for Painting and Mixing with Other Colors. Heat small pieces of umber in a crucible until they become black ; then wash in boil- ing water and dry. Fuse together 10 parts of this pre- pared umber, 10 of black oxide of cobalt, 10-i of blue flint glass, 7i of borax, and 12 of minium. For use, triturate 2 parts of this mixture and 1 of flux No. IV. Opaque White Enamel. Calcine in a crucible 1 part of buck's-horn shav- ings until they are entirely white, and rub them to a paste with 1 part of flux No. I. Then triturate with water 1 part of Venetian white enamel in cakes, and 1 of flux No. VIII., and fuse the two mixtures together. Glass Enamel for Iron. The articles, kitchen utensils, signs, etc., coated with this enamel, are not affected by atmospheric influences, nor destroyed by an ordinary fire, and do not rust. Intimately mix 4 parts of powdered glass, 2 of spar, 1 of saltpetre, £ of a part of zinc oxide. Fuse them in a crucible, and pour into moulds to be- come cool. For use, the necessary quantity is triturated with water. Heat the iron utensil to a red heat in a muffle furnace and apply the enamel, which will present a brilliant glass appearance. To color the enamel blue, add cobaltic oxide; for red, ammonium; for black, manganic oxide ; for yellow, uranic oxide ; for brown, ferric oxide ; for green, a mixture of 2 parts of stan- nic oxide and 1 of manganic oxide; for pure white, stannic oxide. Niello. This metallic enamel is composed of 4 parts of fine silver, 9 of pure copper, 9 of pure lead, 2 of borax, and 48 of flowers of sulphur. The silver is first melted, the copper is then added and, when both are liquid, the lead. The melted metals are stirred with stick charcoal to insure homo- geneity. The mixture is then poured into a large crucible containing the sulphur. The crucible is placed again upon the fire for a»few minutes to keep the mass liquid. It is then poured over brushwood into water so that granules are formed. These granules are collected, dried by exposure to the air, and then pulverized in a mortar. This powder is mixed with spirit of sal-am- moniac to a paste, applied by heating the object to be decorated and rubbing the paste into the lines. The design is engraved on the metal object to be ornamented, the lines being more pro- nounced and stronger than on an or- dinary copper plate for printing. When skilfully applied the paste adheres firmly. An excess of it is removed by files, the surface is then stoned and polished. Niello is undoubtedly the best means for decorating, in a quiet, rich manner, surfaces exposed to fric- tion or wear; it is tougher than enamel. Feathers, Ostrich, Marabouts, etc. How to Wash, Restore, and Dye. Ostrich feathers, as is well known, are used most for ornamental purposes. The most beautiful ostrich feathers come into the market from Algiers, Barbary, and the Cape of Good Hope ; inferior qualities from Senegal, Mada- gascar, and by way of Alexandria. The next prominent are the cock feathers. Heron plumes from ctifferent va- rieties of herons are dearer and scarcer. The black feathers, which come mostly from Crete, are very highly valued, the white less so. The latter come from Crete, Canada, and the East Indies; the gray mostly from East Prussia. Falcon plumes are the feathers of the gerfalcon. Bird of Paradise plumes are the tail and wing feathers of a species of bird inhabiting New Guinea and New Holland. 3Iarabouts. These come mostly from South America, especially from the American ostrich. According to others from a species of stork inhabiting the East Indies, Java, etc., where it is frequently raised for the sake of its FEATHERS— TO WASH, RESTORE, AND DYE. Ill) feathers. Imitations of marabouts are produced from the white down of the turkey. To Wash Feathers and Marabouts. Take a piece of while soap of the size of a walnut and dissolve it in a pint of water by beating over a fire. When the soap water has become tepid pour it into a wash bowl and dip the feather into it. Then take the feather into the Veft hand and, with the thumb and in- dex finger of the righl hand, squeeze carefully from the top down to the bot- tom of the vane. After having cleansed the feathers in this manner dip them in fresh, clean water, rinse them off care- fully, and starch them by dipping in water in which a tablespoonful of raw starch has been dissolved, and colored with a few drops of liquid wash-blue. Feathers which have been frequently washed especially require this starch- ing. After the feathers have been starched lay them upon a clean linen cloth and allow them to dry — in sum- mer in the sun, in winter near a fire. Before they are entirely dry rub them Oetween the hands until they have re- gained their former appearance. As the paper wrapped around the wire softens during the washing it must be renewed. For this purpose cut long and narrow strips of paper. Fasten the strip where the wire joins the feather, and wrap the paper obliquely around the wire by turning the latter between the fingers. To Bleach Feathers. Feathers turned yellow are bleached, according to one process, by soaking them for a few hours in a warm soap bath (175° to 185° F.), which should not be too strong, rinsing, and exposing them, strung upon a thread, for some time to the sun, frequently moistening them in the meanwhile. According to another process, the feathers, after having been treated in the warm soap bath, are rinsed off and brought into a bath of water acidulated ■with sulphurous acid. Here they re- main for 20 to 30 hours, are then washed, drawn through a weak, lukewarm soap bath, and dried in the sun, or left in the sun for 1 or 2 days, being frequently moistened. According to Dobereiner a solution of carbonate of ammonia is the best means of bleaching feathers, as it effects the same purpose in a much shorter time than sulphurous acid. To h'fxliirc < 'rtislictl ami Bent Feath- ers. Expose the feathers for a few moments to steaming, or dip them for one minute into boiling water. Then take them out and let them lie for some time in water of medium temperature. To be convinced of the extraordinary effect of this simple process it is oidy necessary to crush an ordinary goose- quill lengthwise and to treat it in this manner, when it will come from the water-bath in a condition which will not show in the slightest degree that it ever had been bent or crushed. To Dye Feathers. The dyeing of feathers is not very difficult ; it can be done either warm or cold. All colors, except black, take the more brilliantly the whiter the feathers were before dyeing. The quill is first made as porous as possible without injuring its lustre. This is done by rubbing it with a piece of carbonate of ammonia without allow- ing the thumb of the hand to touch the quill. By this the horn-like skin upon the quill is softened and the oil removed from the surface. The feather is next placed in a warm soap bath and then rinsed in cold water until all traces of soap have been removed. The feathers are then prepared for dyeing. To remove the oil, Reimann recom- mends baths of carbonate of ammonia or a weak solution of soda, in which the feathers are carefully placed so that they cannot bend or break. After they have been dyed they must be kept in constant motion while drying, so that the down will raise up and the feather assume its natural shape and form. To Dye Feathers Black. This is the most important and at the same time most difficult color. A warm bath (85° F.) of 10 gallons of water in which 1 pound of soda has been dissolved is used for 8 ounces of feathers. The quills are rubbed with a piece of car- bonate of ammonia, and the feathers placed in the bath and allowed to re- main for 24 hours. Instead of soda, twice the quantity of carbonate of am- monia may be used and the feathers allowed to remain in the bath over night. They are then taken out, rinsed 120 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. off with warm water, and placed for 5 to 6 hours in a bath of ferric nitrate 7° Beaume strong, when they are taken out and rinsed in cold water. Now make an infusion of 2 pounds of log- wood aud 2 pounds of quercitron ; place the feathers in the tepid bath, work them while in it, and heat the latter gradually until it is hot, but not to the boiling point. Finally dissolve 3£ ounces of potash in 1£ gallons of water, and stir 8 ounces of oil into the solu- tion until it is uniformly distributed in it. Draw the feathers separately through this bath, allow them to drain off, and swing them. For this purpose the quills of all the feathers are fastened to a long cord and this is put up in a dry- ing chamber. Several such cords are connected in the centre by a cord drawn across them, the end of which is moved to and fro for some time. By this means a constant swinging motion is imparted to the feathers suspended to the cords while they are drying, and they thus regain their natural lustre. If but few feathers are to be dyed, take each feather by the quill and swing it before the open door of a stove until it is dry. Many dyers, after the feathers have been dyed and rinsed, place them in layers in a box, dusting each layer with gypsum. They are taken out, while still moist, and dried by swinging, when the last traces of gypsum are removed with a soft brush. In this case no oil bath is used. The quills are then rubbed smooth and the feathers curled with a suitable iron. Other Receipts for Dyeing Feathers Black. I. A mordant is j>repared by dissolving: Green vitriol 1 pound. Blue vitriol ........ 4 ounces Alum .......... 4 *' In water . „ 1% gallons. The feathers to be dyed are kept in this solution for 3 days, being frequently turned during the time, when they are taken out and rinsed in clean, cold water. New prepare an infusion of: Ground logwootl 1 pound. Ground fustic 1 " In, water J4 to % gallon. When it has been thoroughly boiled, filter the decoction, place the mordanted feathers in it, and allow them to re* main until they are entirely black. Take them out and rinse them in cold water until this runs off entirely clear. They are then dried and rubbed be- tween the hands with a very small quantity of oil, and finally curled. II. Mix 2 pounds of a solution of ferric nitrate of 60° Beaume with 13 gallons of cold water. Keep the feath- ers in this mixture for 12 hours. Then take them out, rinse in cold water, and finish the dyeing in a mixture of 6i pounds of an infusion of logwood and a like quantity of an infusion of fustic, not hotter than the hand can bear. Place the cold feathers in this batli and heat gradually in a water-bath. When the feathers have absorbed the coloring matter take them out and add to the bath i ounce of turmeric. Place the feathers in this for £ hour. After they are dyed black bring them successively into 3 lukewarm baths of soap and water and then dry them. When dry rub them between the hands with a lit- tle oil and curl them. To Dye Feathers Drotvn. Prepare the feathers in the same manner as for dyeing black, and treat them in an in- fusion of 2 pounds of catechu in the same manner as given under black. After they have been taken from this bath place them in a warm bath 120° to 140° F. of 4 ounces of potassium chromate in 1J gallons of water, and work them until they are dyed. If a Dark Brotvn Color is desired, put the feathers, after they have been taken from the catechu bath, into a cold bath of acetate of iron of 2° Beaume, and then into the potassium chromate bath. Puce-colored. Dissolve 44 ounces of alum in 3£ quarts of water. Soak the feathers in this for 12 hour3, take them out, rinse with cold water, and place them in a lukewarm bath of 4£ pounds of infusion of logwood, and a like quantity of infusion of Brazil wood until they have acquired the desired color. Then take them out, wash, and place them repeatedly in a quite hot bath of logwood and Brazil wood, when the puce-color will be obtained. The color may also be produced by placing the feathers in a hath of $ gallon of cold water and a like quantity of decoction of logwood, and heating FEATHERS— TO WASH, RESTORE, AND DYE. 121 this. The feathers arc then taken out, | 3A ounces of hydrochlorate of tin are added to the bath, the feathers re- placed in it, and allowed to remain until the bath is cold. They are then taken out and rinsed off with cold water. T<> Dye Feathers Blue. Prepare a solution of 1 pound of finely ground indigo in 4t pounds of sulphuric acid. Of this solution stir 10 drops into 3 pint of boiling water, and fix the color contained in this fluid on a close white woollen cloth of about 2 square inches. Then remove every traee of aeid by washing with clean eold water. After the cloth has been wrung out place it in a solution of 1 ounce of crystallized soda in 34 pints of boiling water, draw off the fluid, and dissolve in it 2i ounces of tartaric acid. If the feathers are to be dyed pearl blue, dis- solve 1 ounce of alum in 2 gallons of water, add to this 55 gallons of indigo solution, place the feathers in the bath, and heat by placing the tub in boiling water. As soon as the feathers have acquired the desired color they are dried without washing. For darker colors take more indigo solution. To Dye with Indigo Red. A light blue color is produced by placing the feathers in a solution of \ ounce of tartaric acid, and 1 ounce of indigo red in 13 pints of water. By adding a little alum to the solution the color be- comes more durable. Bleu de France. Dissolve 4J ounces of tin salt in 2 gallons of water, then add 3 pounds of ferric nitrate of 50° Beaume, and stir 1 pound of sulphuric acid into the fluid. Then prepare a mordanting bath by taking 1 pound of the above fluid and 1 gallon of cold water. Mordant the feathers in this, rinse them thoroughly, and dye by placing them in a solution of 2 ounces of red phosphate of iron in water, and heating the bath. The feathers must be dipped alternately into the mor- danting and the dyeing bath. After they have passed through the last bath, which should be that of phos- phate of iron, they are drawn through a bath acidulated with tartaric acid. Crimson and Ruby-Red, Dissolve 1 pound of alum in 1| gallons of water, soak the feathers in this solution for a few days, take them out and rinse ii, cold water. To dye the feathers crim sun, place them in 13 pounds of a de- coction of Brazil wood and heat the bath. For ruby red, add to the above bath 1 pound of blue archil liquor, place the feathers in it and, when dyed, rinse them in cold water. By adding 4J ounces of ground turmeric to this bath the feathers can be dyed chestnut brown. The decoction of Brazil wood used is prepared by boiling 1 pound of ground Brazil wood in \\ gallons of water, and straining the liquor. Rose-color. A fine rose-color is pro- duced by dyeing the feathers with carthamine. Put the carthamine in warm water, place the feathers in the fluid until they have absorbed the dye- stuff, and then take them out. Now compound the bath with some tartaric acid, place the feathers repeatedly in this, rinse them out in cold water acidulated with tartaric acid, dry, and curl them. For Dark Rose-color use the same baths of carthamine and of tartaric acid, but each by itself. It is best to dip the feathers alternately into the acid bath and the carthamine bath, but they must be finished in the acid bath. Yellow. Mordant the feathers with alum or a solution of acetate of alumina, and then rinse them with water. Now prepare a decoction of quercitron bark freed from tannin, by precipitating it with a solution of animal glue, or an infusion of fustic, and finish dyeing the feathers in this. A yellow color can also be produced by pouring boiling water over powdered turmeric, placing the feathers in the warm fluid for 5 minutes, when they are taken out. Some tartaric acid is now added to the bath, the feathers are again placed into it and allowed to re- main for 5 minutes longer, then rinsed with cold water, and dried. Garnet-Brown. The dye is obtained by adding to the bath for ruby red (see above) 4i ounces of finely ground tur- meric, heating the bath and dyeing the feathers in it. Gray is produced by dyeing the feath- ers in a sumac bath and passing them afterwards through a solution of sul< phate of iron. :22 TECIINO-CIIEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Green. Boil 2 pounds of fustic twice, each time in \\ gallons of water, and dissolve '21 ounces of alum and 1 ounce of tartaric acid in the decoctions. Place the feathers for a short time in this solution, then take them out, add solution of indigo, or indigo-red, to the bath ; and dip the feathers repeatedly in it. When the feathers have assumed a light green color rinse them with acidulated water. Eor a dark green color add more blue. Chestnut-brown. The feathers are first dyed ruby-red and then garnet- brown, next washed, and placed for 5 minutes in a solution of 4A ounces of sulphate of iron in 3i pints of water. They are then rinsed, replaced in the dye bath, and heated. Lilac. This color is produced with archil, and the different shades by means of indigo-red and alum. A weak solu- tion of logwood and hydrochlorate of tin may also be used. Orange. Boil 1 pound of the best annotto with 4£ ounces of potash in 1J quarts of water until they are dissolved. Then let the fluid cool off to a hand heat, when the feathers are placed in the bath and allowed to remain in it until they have acquired the desired shade of color, then they are rinsed with lukewarm soap water and passed through a weakly acidulated bath. Ruby-red. Distribute 1 pound of cudbear in 13 gallons of water, place the feathers in the bath and heat it to a hand heat. When the feathers have acquired a ruby-red color they are washed in clean water, dried, and then curled. Violet is produced by soaking the feathers in a solution of alum, dyeing in a simple decoction of logwood, rins- ing, drying, and finishing. To Dye Feathers with Aniline Colors. Feathers may be dyed without prelimi- nary preparation in a lukewarm bath of aniline colors. For lighter shades of color they are placed, after having been freed from oil, in the sulphuring chamber and sulphured. The dyeing bath is prepared by adding the filtered solution of the aniline color to luke- warm water. The feathers, after hav- ing been prepared in the manner as mentioned in the commencement of this article, are worked in the bath until they have assumed the desired color. The further treatment in rinsing and drying is the same as mentioned under black. Hose-color. Use a weak solution ox fuchsine, and a strong solution for ma- genta. Reddish-blue. Use Bleu de Lyons., which will dissolve in water. Greenish-blue. Use Bleu de lumiere, soluble in water. Genuine A/kali-blue (Nicholson's blue) can also be used for dyeing feath- ers by dissolving 1 ounce of soda in the dyeing bath, and adding the solution of alkali-blue. The feathers are then placed in the bath and dyed a light blue ; then they are brought into a bath of 1 ounce of sulphuric acid. Green is produced by dyeing the feathers in a solution of aniline green; Orange in a solution of yellow coral- line; Puce in a solution of red coralline. By adding ammonia to a solution of yellow coralline it changes from orange to red, and the red solution is changed back into orange by an addition of acetic acid. Therefore, by adding aqua- ammonia to a solution of yellow coral- line, every shade of color can be ob- tained and used for dyeing, A bronze-lustre can be given to the tips of the down by using the following process : Blue or red patent-violet is dissolved in alcohol 90 per cent, strong by placing it in the water bath. The places which are to be bronzed are brushed over with this solution after the feathers have been dyed and oiled. The alcohol evaporates quickly and a beautiful bronze remains behind. Only the violet dissolvable in alcohol should be used for the purpose, as that soluble in water rubs off on the fingers. Fire-extinguishing Agents and Means of Making Tissues, Wood, etc., Incombustible. Such substances as ammonium sul- phate, borax, sodium phosphate and tungstate, and, last but not least, water- glass, which were recommended years ago by Gay-Lussac, Fuchs, and others, form essentially the staple of most of the means recommended at the present FIRE-EXTINGUISHING AGENTS, ETC. 12.1 time, although other substances have also been used with more or less suc- 0eS8. In the following we give the results of analyses ami experiments made in the laboratory of the " Chemi- ker Zeitung." Munich Fire-extinguishing Poiv- der is composed of : Common salt 43 per cent., alum 1 «i. 5, < Haulier's salt 5.1, soda 3.5, water-glass 6.6, water 22.3 percent. A mixture composed of 4j pounds of alum, in pounds of common salt, 1 pound each of glauber's salt and soda, and IV pounds of water-glass was given to the Ccethen fire-brigade and tried in extinguishing a fire in a distillery. It did excellent service. The following mixture can also lie recommended: Four parts of common salt, 3 of sodium bicarbonate, and l each of Glauber's salt, water-glass, and calcium chloride. This mixture cannot he used for im- pregnating tissues, as from the chloride of calcium are formed sulphates, car- bonates, and silicates which are insol- uble in water. Such a mixture might be used for painting the backs of scenes for theatres, etc. If the calcium chlo- ride is omitted — as for instance in the following mixture: 10 pounds of com- mon salt, 6 pounds of sodium bicar- bonate, and 2 pounds each of water- glass and sodium sulphate — it would be possible to dissolve it completely in water, but its effect in making the tissues incombustible would not be sufficient to recommend it. Experiments indicate that a mixture of water-glass and ammonium sulphate acts very well. While water-glass forms a protecting coat which excludes the air, the high value of ammonium sul- phate lies in the fact that it becomes decomposed at a high heat, developing vapors, which, like the water-glass, prevent the access of air. But it is found impossible to combine the two agents in a permanent mixture, as the water-glass, which is always alkaline, expels ammonia from the dry am- monium sulphate. Sal-ammoniac in the following mixt- ures gives partially satisfactory re- sults : I. II Per cent. Per cent. Common salt . . 30 Sodium sulphate 30 Sodium bicarbonate 40 Sodium bicarbonate20 Sal-ammoniac . . 30 Sal-ammoniac 50 Although the impregnated substances do not ignite in an ordinary flame, they cannot resist the more intense heat of a Hansen burner. If tissues are to be dyed and impreg- nated it can be done in one bath, pro- vided aniline colors are used. Some aniline color is dissolved in the solution of an impregnating agent, and the tis ; sue, previously mordanted, is drawn' through it. The sizing can also be combined with the impregnating agent. The starch is boiled to a paste in the mixture, and the goods are drawn through itintheusualmanner. Muslin curtains, filtering paper, and other loose tissues can be made fire-proof without much trouble, but it is more difficult to so impregnate heavierand closer goods, as linen and flannel, so that absolutely no flame is formed. Vienna Fire-extinguishing Powder consists of a solution of 4 parts of green vitriol and 18 of ammonium sulphate in 100 of water. It is sold at the rate of about 6 cents per pound, while its actual value is about li cents. A brown precipitate of ferrous hydrate is formed when the fluid which is at first clear is exposed to the air, and for this reason the mixture is not adapted for impregnating fine colored tissues. For all other purposes it does excellent service. Fluids for Making Tissues Incom- bustible. I. A solution of sodium tungstate of 28° Twaddle compounded with 3 per cent, of sodium phosphate. II. Six parts of alum, 2 of borax, 1 of sodium tungstate, 1 of dextrine, dis- solved in soap water. III. Five parts of alum, 5 of ammo- nium phosphate, 100 of water. IV. Three parts of borax, 2i of Epsom salt, 20 of water. V. Eight parts of ammonium sul- phate, 2i of ammonium carbonate, 3 of boracic acid, 2 of borax, 2 of starch, and 100 of water. To Make Tissues Incombustible. The Societe d' Encouragement of Paris has recently awarded a prize of 2000 francs to J. A. Martin of Paris for the fol- lowing preparations for making tissues fire-proof. The conditions under which the award was offered were as follows: The ingredients constituting the prepa- rations must be cheap and easily an- 124 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. plied, must neither injure the tissues themselves nor their colors, must be neither ofa poisonous nor caustic nature, must not change in a very moist nor very dry atmosphere, and finally the impreg- nated tissues and wood must remain incombustible after they have been exposed for one month to a temperature of 100° to 120° F. It was found that Martin's fluids made the tissues and the surface of wood incombustible, that they do not attack the tissues and their colors, and that they remained incom- bustible after having been exposed for several months in" a drying chamber to a temperature of 97° F. The experi- ments were made by the society and at the same time in the difl'erent Paris theatres. I. For all Light Tissues. Ammo- aium sulphate 8 parts, pure ammonium carbonate 2£ parts, boracic acid 3 parts, starch 2 parte, water 100 parte ; § part of dextrine (or the same quantity of gel- atine may be substituted for the 2 parts of starch). The fluid is heated to 85° F. and the tissues immersed in it until they are thoroughly permeated. They are then slightly wrung and dried sufficiently for ironing. The quantity of the starch or dextrine or gelatine may be changed according as the tissues are to be more or less stiff. II. For Painted Decorations and Wood. Sal-ammoniac 15 parte, boracic acid 5 parts, glue 50 parts, gelatine 1£ parts, water 100 parts, and sufficient powdered talc to give the mass the necessary consistency. For use it is heated to 120° or 140° F. and applied with a brush. For decorations already painted it suffices to apply it to the back and wooden frames. III. For Coarse Linen, Ropes, Straw, and Wood. Sal-ammoniac 15 parte, boracic acid 6 parts, borax 3 parts, water 100 parts. The fluid is heated to 220° F. and the articles are submerged in it for 15 to 20 minutes, wrung out slightly, and dried. Cartridges for Extinguishing Fire. Make the shells of parchment paper or sheet lead, and fill them with 4 parte of a salt obtained by mixing 343 parte of sulphate of alumina and 142 parte of sodium sulphate with 432 of water ; and I part of sodium sulphide, separated from the 4 parts of the salt by a disk of parchment paper. The cartridge is broken and its entire contents are poured into the water to be used for ex- tinguishing the fire. To Make Paper Incombustible. The paper, as it comes from the machine and betore it is brought upon the dry- ing rollers, is drawn through a solution of 8 parts of ammonium sulphate, 3 of boracic acid, 2 of borax, and 100 of water. The fluid should be heated to 120° F. To 3Iake Theatre Scenes, Wood, etc., Incombustible. A mixture recently re- commended for this purpose consists of the following ingredients : Boracic acid 5 parte, sal-ammoniac 15 parts, potash- feldspar 5 parts, gelatine 1.5 parts, paste 50 parts, water 100 parts. It is applied with a brush. Other mixtures of the same ingredients, with a slight change in their proportions, serve for impregnating sail-cloth, straw, ropes, and wood. Bucher's Fir-e-extinguishing Powder, the value of which has been shown at several fires, consists of 30 parts of pow- dered sulphur, 60 of purified saltpetre, and a small quantity of coke and bole. Hand-grenades. These consist of glass vessels of various shapes — usually spherical — containing various fire-ex- tinguishing liquids. They are hermet- ically sealed to prevent the evaporation of their contents. They are designed, as their name indicates, to be thrown into the fire, and by the breaking of the glass to liberate the fire-extinguishing solution on the burning object. (W.) Fireworks. Bengal Lights. Besides the combus- tible and coloring components, the fire- works known under this name contain substances which, by yielding oxygen, aid combustion. The principal ingre- dients used for this purpose are char- coal, lampblack, sulphur, stearine, lin- seed oil, colophony, sugar, etc. For coloring the lights the following sub- stances are made use of: Sulphide of antimony, arsenical sulphides, nitrate of barium, nitrate of strontium, sul- phate of potassium, carbonate of sodium, cupric oxide, boracic acid, chlorate of FIREWORKS. 125 potassium, saltpetre, etc. In preparing colored lights the greatest attention should In' ] >;t ill to tlic absolute purity of the ingredients used, and thai they are powdered as finely a.s possible and very intimately mixed with a spatula after pulverization. Every mixture containing chlorate of potassium must be treated and handled with the utmost care and caution, as sueli mixtures are liable to spontaneous ignition and even to explosion. For preparing a very fine powder of it, it is best to allow a supersaturated hot solution of chlorate of potassium to become cold, with con- stant stirring, when the salt will be separated in the form of a very fine crystallized flour, which should be dried without exposing it to direct heat. To secure uniformity the ready mixt- ures should be sifted. It is advisable to use dry materials only in manufact- uring them, not to prepare large quan- tities at one time, and to store the mixtures in a dry place in hermetically closed vessels. Colored lights are best used by press- ing the mixture into eases (cartridges) of paper twice as long as wide and ig- niting it by means of a quick match. Quick Matches are made of 4 parts of saltpetre, 2 of gunpowder, 2 of charcoal, and 1 of sulphur. Quick matches made of this composition never miss fire and are not extinguished by rain or wind. White Fire. This excellent light, on account of its brilliant whiteness, is especially adapted for night signalling and also for festive occasions. It is produced by mixing 24 parts of salt- petre, 7 of flowers of sulphur, and 2 of realgar. In mixing the saltpetre with the flow- ers of sulphur sulphurous vapors are developed which form moist lumps in the mass. To secure a good ignition ami quick combustion of the mass it is necessary to dry it thoroughly in an iron pan with gentle heat, as, if this precau- tion is neglected, it frequently misses fire or ignites and then goes out. Tli§ mixture is cheaper than gunpowder, as less labor is required in preparing it and very little danger incurred. 3Iohr's White Fire, which is very effective and scarcely ever misses fire, is composed of 24 parts of saltpetre, 7 *f sulphur, and 1 of fine charcoal. The charcoal increases the inflammability of the mixture and shortens the Length of time during which the light burns, but adds to its intensity. It is not per- missible to use a larger amount of char- coal than that given, as the composition would then approach that of gunpowder. White Fire for Theatres, etc. I. Forty-eight parts of saltpetre, 13.2") of sulphur, 7.25 of sulphide of antimony. II. Twelve parts of saltpetre, 4 of sulphur, 1 of sulphide of sodium. III. Sixteen parts of saltpetre, 12 of mealed powder, 12 of cast-iron filings, 8 of powdered charcoal. IV. One part of charcoal, 3 of sul- phur, 7 of saltpetre, 1 of chlorate of potassium, 4 of sulphide of antimony. V. Thirty-two parts of saltpetre, 12 of sulphur, 8 of sulphide of sodium, 1 of gunpowder. VI. One hundred to 133 parts of pulverized antimony, 48 to 206 of pul- verized sulphur, 375 to 500 of saltpetre. VII. Sixty-four parts of pulverized saltpetre, 21 of pulverized sulphur, 15 of gunpowder. VIII. One hundred parts of potas- sium carbonate, 10 of sulphide of anti- mony, 15 of boiled linseed oil. IX. Eleven parts of chlorate of potas- sium, 4 of nitrate of potassium, 1 of stear.ne, 1 of carbonate of barium, 5 of milk sugar. X. Forty-five parts of sulphide of antimony, 15 of washed flowers of sul- phur, 96 of saltpetre, 15 of stearine. The stearine is either grated or cut in shavings and then rubbed with some pulverized saltpetre into as fine a pow- der as possible. The other powdered ingredients are then mixed with it and the mixture passed through a fine sieve. XL Eighteen parts of saltpetre, 3 of sulphide of antimony, 10 of sulphur, 4 of burned lime (unslaked). Greenish-white Fire. I. Two parts of sulphur, 1 of oxide of zinc, 2 of sul- phide of antimony, 1 of powdered char- coal. II. Fifty parts of saltpetre, 25 of sul- phur, 5 of sulphide of antimony, and 0.5 of alum. Bluish-white Fire. Widen has made experiments in regard to the availabil- ity of sulphide of cadmium for pyro- technic purposes. In the following 126 TECHNO-CIIEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. mixture the sulphide of cadmium burns with a brilliant white tlame surrounded with a magnificent blue border: Mix 20 parts of saltpetre, 4 of sulphide of cadmium, 5 of sulphur, and 1 of pulver- ized charcoal. This mixture may be used for fire-balls. Red Fire. I. Forty parts of nitrate of strontium, 15 of sulphur, 5 of chlo- rate of potassium, and 2 of charcoal. II. Fifty parts of chlorate of potas- sium, 50 of nitrate of strontium, 5 of charcoal, and a sufficient quantity of linseed oil to knead the mass together. Red Fire according to Braunschweig- er. Nine parts of nitrate of strontium, 3 of shellac, 1.5 of chlorate of potas- sium. The shellac need only be coarsely powdered. The above 3 mixtures for red fire possess the advantage of not emitting injurious vapors, and can therefore be used in rooms, etc. Ifo/tz's Red Fire, which was so much used in Berlin during the festivities in celebration of the victories in the French war, contains no chlorate of potassium, but is simply composed of 1 part of shellac and 4 of nitrate of strontium. The absence of chlorate of potassium makes it possible to store such mixtures without any danger, though the light produced is less in- tense and brilliant in color. The mixt- ure is not very inflammable, burns better if slightly moistened, develops but little smoke, and, as it burns very slowly, is without doubt the cheapest material for red lights. A very small addition of chlorate of potassium im- proves the color of the flame very much. Receipts for other Red-fire ifixtures. I. Fifty-six parts of nitrate cf strontium, 24 of sulphur, 20 of chlorate of potas- sium. II. Twenty-three parts of carbonate of strontium, 16 of sulphur, 61 of chlo- rate of potassium. III. Mix 40 parts of pulverized ni- trate of strontium, 6 of pulverized chlo- rate of potassium, 13 of washed flowers of sulphur, and 2 of pulverized char- coal. Instead of the rather expensive pre- cipitated chalk, salts of strontia, car- bonate of calcium, and the native sulphate of strontium (coelestine), may be used for preparing red fire according to the following receipts : I. Mix carefully 3 parte of powdered coelestine, 2 of sulphur, and 5 of chlo- rate of potassium. II. Three parts of precipitated chalk, 2 of sulphur, 6 to 8 of chlorate of po- tassium. III. Twelve hundred and fifty parts of sulphate of strontium, 375 of purified sulphur, 166 of chlorate of potassium, and 133 of antimony. IV. Seven hundred and fifty parts of carbonate of strontium, 500 of purified sulphur, 1750 of chlorate of potassium. V. Rub fine and mix 195 parts of nitrate of strontium, 45 of chlorate of potassium, 45 of washed flowers of sul- phur, 7.5 of powdered charcoal, and 22.5 of stearine. VI. Eleven parts of chlorate of potas- sium, 4 of nitrate of potassium, 5 of milk sugar, 1 of earth-moss seed, 1 of oxalate of strontium. Purple Fire. Powder and mix 61 parts of chlorate of potassium, 16 of sulphur, 23 of chalk. Rose-red Light. I. Rub fine and mix 61 parts of chlorate of potassium, 16 of sulphur, 23 of chloride of potassium. II. Pulverize and mix 20 parts of sulphur, 32 of saltpetre, 27 of chlorate of potassium, 20 of chalk, 1 of charcoal. Red-orange Fire. Pulverize and mix 52 parts of chlorate of potassium, 14 of sulphur, 34 of chalk. Dark-violet Fire. Rub fine and mix 60 parts of chlorate of potassium, 16 of sulphur, 12 of carbonate of potassium, and 12 of alum. Pale-violet Fire. Rub fine and mix 54 parts of chlorate of potassium, 14 of sulphur, 16 of carbonate of potassium, and 16 of alum. Blue Fire. I. Eighteen parts of chlorate of potassium, 24 of saltpetre, 14 of sulphur, 6 of cupric oxide. II. Four parts of mealed gunpowder, 3 of sulphur, 3 of powdered zinc, 2 of saltpetre. III. The following mixture gives a loudly detonating compound : Two parts of saltpetre, 1 of sulphur, 2 of car- bonate of potassium, 6 of common salt. IV. Mix 27 parts of pulverized salt- petre, 28 of triturated chlorate of potas- sium, 15 of pulverized sulphur, 15 of pulverized sulphate of potassium, and 15 of powdered cupro-ammonkim sul- phate. FIREWORKS. 127 The dark-blue color will pain inten- sity by adding potassium sulphate to the mixture. V. Seventeen hundred and fifty parts of chlorate of potassium, 500 of sulphur, 575 nf carbonate of copper, and 375 of burned alum. VI. Twenty-one parts of chlorate of potassium, 23 of copper precipitated with chlorate of potassium, 12 of sul- phate of copper, 12 of calomel, 4 of milk sugar, and 3 of stearine. Dark-blue Fire. Mix 60 parts of chlorate of potassium, 16 of sulphur, 12 of carbonate of copper, and 12 of alum. Pale-blue Fire. I. Mix 61 parts of powdered chlorate of potassium, 16 of pulverized sulphur, and 25 of strongly heated and pulverized alum. II. Mix 61 parts of powdered salt- petre, 17 i of pulverized sulphur, 20 of powdered anhydrous soda, and 1J of pulverized charcoal. . Blue Fire with a Bluish-green Flame. Rub fine and mix 12 parts of nitrate of barium, 5 of chlorate of potassium, and 4 of sulphur. Green Fire. I. Rub fine and mix 433 parts of purified sulphur, 2250 of nitrate of barium, 166 of chlorate of potassium, 66 of arsenic, and 100 of charcoal. II. Fifty parts of chlorate of potas- sium, 50 of nitrate of barium, 5 of char- coal, and a sufficient quantity of linseed oil to knead the mass. Green Fire according to Brawn- schweiger. Three parts of shellac, 9 of nitrate of barium, 1£ of chlorate of potassium. Other Receipts for Green Fire. I. Sixteen parts of nitrate of barium, 4 of sulphur, and 16 of chlorate of potas- sium. II. Forty-five parts of nitrate of barium, U» nf sulphur, 20 of chlorate of potassium, 2 of calomel, 1 of lampblack. III. Mix very carefully 12 parts of nitrate of barium dry as dust, 4 of sul- phur, and i) of chlorate of potassium. IV. Powder and mix 6 parts of nitrate of barium, 1 of sulphur, 2 of chlorate of potassium, and A of charcoal. Pale-green Fire I. Rub fine and mix 60 parts of chlorate of potassium, 16 of sulphur, and 24 of carbonate of barium. II. Sixty pa lis of nitrate of barium, 14 of washed flowers of sulphur, and 40 of chlorate of potassium. III. Thirty-eight parts of nitrate of barium, 10 of chlorate of potassium, and 8 of charcoal. IV. Six parts of nitrate of barium, 1 of sulphur, 2 of chlorate of potassium, and j of charcoal. Dark-green Fire. One hundred and twenty parts of nitrate of potassium, <>0 of washed flowers of sulphur, 45 of chlorate of potassium, 37i of anhydrous carbonate of sodium, 2 of pulverized charcoal, and 22.5 of stearine. Yellow Fire. I. Mix carefully 48 parts of sodium nitrate, 16 of sulphur, 4 of sulphide of antimony, and 1 of charcoal. II. Rub as fine as possible and mix 20 parts of sodium nitrate, 3 of sulphur, and 1 of sodium sulphide. III. Two thousand parts of chlorate of potassium, 500 of purified sulphur,' and 750 of sodium carbonate. IV. Fifteen hundred and sixty-six parts of saltpetre, 625 of sodium car- bonate, and 400 of gunpowder. V. Six parts of chlorate of potassium, 6 of potassium nitrate, 5 of sodium ox- alate, and 3 of shellac. VI. Sixty-one parts of chlorate of potassium, 16 of sulphur, and 23 of anhydrous soda. VII. One hundred and twenty parts of potassium nitrate,. 30 of flowers of sulphur, 45 of chlorate of potassium, 374 of anhydrous sodium carbonate, 2 of charcoal powder, 22J of stearine. VIII. Sixty-one parts of saltpetre, 17i of sulphur, 20 of soda, and 14 of charcoal. Other Colored Fireworks. White St.a7-s. Mix 32 parts of pul- verized saltpetre, 12 of pulverized sul- phur, 8 of powdered sodium sulphide, and 1 of gunpowder. Re of sul- phur, 1 of mastic, and 3 of sodium sul- phide. Yellowish-green Stars. I. Rub fine and mix 60 parts of chloride of barium, 30 of nitrate of barium, 20 of sulphur, and 1 of mastic. II. Twenty parts of chlorate of potas- sium, 5 of sulphur, 1 of mastic, and 1 of carbonate of barium. Yellow Stars. Rub fine and mix 16 parts of sodium nitrate, 5 of sulphur, 2 of sodium sulphide, and 1 of charcoal. White Candles. Powder and mix 4 parts of saltpetre, 1 of sulphur, and 1 of sodium sulphide. Red Candles. Rub fine and mix 26 parts of nitrate of strontium, 15 of chlo- rate of potassium, 12 of flowers of sul- phur, 2 of charcoal, 2 of sodium sul- phide, and 1 of mastic. Green Candles. Mix 20 parts of chlorate of barium, 30 of nitrate of barium, and 10 of sulphur. Blue Candles. Rub fine and mix IS parts of chlorate of potassium, 6 of salt- petre, 10 of sulphur, and 6 of cupric oxide. Bluish-green Candles. Rub fine and mix 20 parts of chloride of barium, 30 to 42 of nitrate of barium, 40 of chlorate of potassium, 10 to 22 of sulphur and of sodium sulphide. Yellow Candles. Rub fine and mix 80 parts of sodium nitrate, 7 of sulphur, 3 of sodium sulphide, and 2 of mastic. Japanese Matches. One part of pow- dered charcoal, li of sulphur, and 3i of saltpetre. According to another receipt they consist of 5 parts of lampblack, 11 of sulphur, and 26 to 30 parts of gunpow- der. The mixture is made into a paste with alcohol, formed into small dice, and dried. When dry one of the little squares is fixed into the cleft of a laven- der stalk, lighted on a candle, and held stem downward. After the first blazing off, a ball of molten lava will form from which the curious and very beautiful jorruscations will soon appear. Prof. Bdttger says about Japanese matches: 'flic mixture consists either of 3 parts by weight of lampblack, 8 of flowers of sulphur, and 15 of saltpetre (dry as dust) ; or* 2 parts by weight of finely sifted lime-wood charcoal, 4 of flowers of sulphur, and 7 of saltpetre (dry as dust). The mode of preparing the matches is as follows : Cut the finest commercial tissue paper into strips about 6i inches long, 1 inch wide on one end, and running into a point at the other. By rolling these small strips of paper tightly together, commencing at the pointed end, and filling the lower part with from 30 to 45 grains of one of the above mixtures, a close imitation of the genuine Japanese matches will be the result. Fireworks for Use in Rooms, accord- ing to Perron. Mix 12 parts of salt- petre, 15 of flowers of sulphur, and 30 of gunpowder. Then dissolve 2 parte of camphor in 8 of spirit of wine, and 4 of gum Arabic in water. Knead the whole into a dough, and form small cornered pieces from it which are dried. When ignited they give a beautiful light. Pharaoh's Serpents. This curious chemical toy is prepared as follows : Dissolve mercury, with the aid of heat, in dilute nitric acid, being careful that there shall always be an excess of mer- cury present. When the action of the acid has ceased, decant the solution, and pour into it a solution of sulpho- cyanide of potassium or ammonium, which may be procured at any drug- gist's. Use about equal quantities of the two solutions. A precipitate of sulpho-cyanide of mercury falls out, which should be filtered off, washed, and dried. Then take for every pound of this substance 1 ounce of gum traga- canth, which should be soaked in water. When the gum is completely softened it is transferred to a mortar, and the dried precipitate is gradually rubbed up with it into a homogeneous paste, with the addition of a little water. This mass is filled into moulds of coni- cal or other shape, made of silvered paper, and dried. When these are ignited by the application of a match at the conical end they form an enor- mous volume of ash, which proceeds in great coils from the body of the mass. FOOD AND FOOD PREPARATIONS. 123 and which by its serpentine movements, as it is formed, has suggested the name. (W.i Harmless Substitute for Pharaoh's Serpents. The above-named experi- ment, though curious and interesting, is not altogether free from danger be- cause poisonous mercurial fumes are evolved during the combustion of the mass. On this account several substi- tutes have been suggested. One of these, which is almost as good as the original, and is not poisonous, is prepared in the following manner: Take Bichromate of potassium .... 2 parts. (Saltpetre 1 part. White sugar 3 parts. Pulverize each of the ingredients sepa- rately, and then mix them thoroughly. .Make small paper cones of the desired size, and press the mixture into them. When quite dry they are ready for nse. They should be kept away from mois- ture and light. (W.) Food and Food Preparations. Sotip Extract. Vegetables are gently boiled in a steam apparatus for G hours, and then pressed. In the resulting liquor beef and bones are boiled for 6 hours longer. The fluid is then pressed out, and, after it has become cold, the fat is skimmed off, a part of which is afterward added again, with 30 per cent, of common salt. The whole is then evaporated to the consistency of syrup. Meat Flour. Meat free from fat is covered with 2 to 3 per cent, of salt, dried first at 120° to 140° F., then com- pletely at 212° F., and ground. Pressed Feed for Horses. One hun- dred and fifty parts of cut hay, 400 of crushed oats or corn, 50 of crushed horse beans or pease, and 20 of wheat bran or flour, are mixed with 1 of rock- salt. The mixture is then moistened with water, wrapped in press-cloths, and subjected to a high pressure in a heated hydraulic press for i hour. The mixture is converted into a solid cake of gluten which is dried at 85° F., and divided into suitable pieces. Strengthening Food Known as " Die- tamia." Mix 14 parts of sugar, 8 of 9 arrowroot flour, 6 of wheat flour, 2 of Trinidad chocolate, 2 of Granada chocolate, and £ of vanilla. Strengthening Food Known as" Pala- moud." Mix 2 parts of chocolate, 8 of rice flour, 8 of arrowroot flour, i of finely powdered red sanders wood, and add some Indian arrowroot. Soup Tablets. Mince 9 pcunds of perfectly lean beef, make it into a paste with water, then press it out and evapi ir- ate the resulting fluid to 4 pint. Now put in a pot 6i pounds of calves' feet, and a Mke quantity, each, of roasted onions, carrots, celery, and water, with the addition of a small quantity of cloves. Boil the whole thoroughly, strain the fluid, and evaporate it to tWo- thirds of the quantity. Now add the strained fluid to the meat liquor, mix all with a solution of 2 ounces of gum arabic, and evaporate the whole to a thick mass, which is formed into small tablets. Stilton Cheese as Prepared in Eng- land. A tin cylinder open at both ends is required, 6 inches long and 12 inches in diameter, with perforated sides to allow the escape of the whey. Lamb's maw is used as a rennet, and a lemon filled with cloves is placed in the curd. Nine gallons of fresh milk and the cream from 2 to 3 gallons of milk are used for 1 cheese. The milk is heated to its natural temperature be- fore adding the rennet. When the mass is curdled, it is strained through a jdoth, broken short and allowed to remain quiet, wrapped in the cloth, until it is fit to be cut. The tin cylinder is then placed upon a board and filled with alternate layers of curd and salt and covered with another board. The cylinder with the cheese is turned over every 2 or 3 hours for the first day, and 2 or 3 times a day for the succeeding 3 or 4 days, after which the cheese is taken out, wrapped in a cloth wet with boiling water, and pressed until it is dry. It is turned twice a day, and protected from flies and insects. Considerable time is re- quired to make it fit for the table. Honey from Beets and Carrots. This is generally prepared from 2 parts of sugar beets and 1 of carrots. The roots are washed clean and scraped. They are then placed about a foot 130 TECHNO CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. deep in a boiler, covered with water, and boiled until soft, being frequently stirred to prevent scorching. The boiled mass is pressed out, and the juice boiled down to the consistency of a syrup, and filled in well-closed earthenware vessels. Its flavor im- proves with age. To Prepare Potato Flour for Soups, etc. Cleanse good potatoes, boil, peel, and cut them in slices. Now add to 100 parts of potatoes 4 of salt; then dry thoroughly, and grind them to flour, which should be kept in well- closed tin boxes. Meat Biscuit. Fresh meat is thor- oughly boiled, and the liquor concen- trated by evaporation until it has ac- quired the consistency of thick syrup. It is then mixed with the best wheat flour and and made into a dough. This is rolled out, cut into biscuits, and baked in an oven at a moderate heat. Perfectly dry biscuits, easily broken and resembling the finest ship biscuit, are obtained by this process. They contain no fat, and can be used for the preparation of soups and puddings. They contain 5 times as much nutri- ment as an equal volume of good fresh meat, and will keep for a long time. Apparatus and 3Iethod for Prepar- ing a Substitute for Coffee. A substi- tute for coffee is prepared in England, which has been patented by Bolanachi, of West Dulwich. The fruit of the carob tree {Ceraton'ia siliqua) is roasted and ground, and mixed with roasted and ground vetches and coffee. Some chicory, or gentian root, and a lit- tle carbonate of potassium are also added. The roasting apparatus (Fig. 12) con- sists of the cylindrical drum A. the in- terior of which is provided with spiral flues a, a. The outer cylinder of the drum forms with the inner narrowercyl- inder E, and the spiral flues, a series of divisions which communicate with the interior of the cylinder E through openings in the wall of E. Upon the face of E is placed the ventilating pipe c. This, with the perforated cylin- drical wall of E, forms a chamber for charging the apparatus through the funnel b'. D is a double jacket en- closing A ; e e are hot water pipes an ranged around A and heated from /, c' c' are openings in the back of the cylindrical wall of A, through which the roasted mass, pressed backward by the turning of the spiral flues a a, falls down upon | > of the water. It is then skimmed off, poured through a sieve, and preserved for use. Margarine is an imitation of butter made from beef suet after it has been treated as just described. The suet is melted and allowed to cool, then put in tin moulds lined with linen cloths and submitted to powerful pressure. From 50 to 60 per cent, of margarine is obtained, the residue being used in the manu- facture of candles. The lumps of mar- garine should not exceed 2 or 3 pounds each. Meat's Process for Oleomargarine. The process, as carried on in American manufactories working under the Mege patents, is substantially as follows : The selected beef fat, which is received a few hours after killing, is first carefully worked free from adhering blood and other impurities by first soaking in warm water and afterwards thoroughly washing in cold water. Only the pieces appearing richest in oil are reserved for butter making, these being cut off by an experienced workman ; the other parts being thrown into tubs that find their way to the tallow factory. The selected fat, after another wash- ing, is next introduced into a hashing machine, which is an iron cylinder provided with a number of revolving knife-blades, which cut up and com- pletely disintegrate the fat as it is fed in at one end and forced out through a perforated plate at the other. This proc- ess is important, as thereby the cel- lular tissue is thoroughly broken up, and the oil separates from the material in this condition at a low tempera- ture, and the prolonged application of heat to effect this, as is necessary in the melting of tallow, and which will develop a rank and tallowy flavor, is avoided. The disintegrated fat is then melted in caldrons, which are provided with a water jacket and heated by steam. By this means the melting of the fat takes place at a temperature of 122° to 124° F. When the fat is completely melted the contents of the caldrons are permitted to stand until they deposit the floating fragments of membrane, which collect on the bottom, forming " scrap." Or top there is formed a layer of a white emulsion of oil and water which is re- moved, and the clear, yellow oil is drawn oil' into suitable vessels and re« moved to the " press " room. Here the melted fat is allowed to remain quietly for about 24 hours, at a temperature of about 85° F., to allow the oil to granu- late by the crystallization of the stearine. The granulated mass is next filled into bags, set in moulds, and placed on galvanized plates in a series of presses. When these are filled with the bags they are subjected to a gradually increasing pressure, under which the fluid oil is separated, leaving the hard cakes of stearine in the cloths. The resulting oily product is a clear, sweet, yellow oil, substantially similar in composition to the oil of butter, and in this condition it forms an excellent oil for cooking, and is largely consumed for this purpose. The next step is the conversion of this oil into butter substitute, or " oleo- margarine " butter. For this purpose it is churned with fresh milk for about 20 minutes, in which operation it is thoroughly emulsionized or broken up into minute globules. A small quan- tity of annotto is added at this stage, to impart a richer color to the product. The emulsionized oil is then drawn off into tubs containing pounded ice, in which it cools suddenly without granu- lation. Here it remains for several hours, when it is thoroughly " worked " by hand and the fragments of ice removed. To impart the peculiar butter flavor the solidified product must be provided with more of the butyric elements which impart to natural butter its rich odor and flavor, and, for this purpose, it is again churned with fresh milk. After this second churning the product goes through the same series of opera- tions, of working by hand, salting, and packing, as ordinary butter. The fin- ished product, known as " oleomar- garine." made in this way, while not equal in flavor to the best grades of dairy butter, is really preferable, in taste, smell, and wholesomeness, to much of the butter sold in the shops, and is substantially identical in com- position to butter made from cream, (W.) 132 TECHNO-CHEMK AL RECEIPT BOOK. Composition of the best-known Milk Foods for Children. A. Condensed Mile. CD 1 "3 TO 12 '3 c S 3 < & s TO M i C 3 5) 3 TO a> c C8 O I. American Condensed Milk Co., NY 27.72 26.14 24.26 26.10 25.56 25.21 31.3 24.75 25.43 32.80 24.89 21.67 1.81 2.05 2.16 2.12 1.87 2.03 2.56 2.17 1.89 3.01 2.61 2.61 8.61 9.92 9.63 9.46 9.90 9.21 10.19 11.53 7.01 9.8 10.64 9.15 9.92 11.90 11.82 11.73 12.39 14.65 12.53 12.67 11.34 13.13 13.08 15.86 51. 84 2. Anglo-Swiss Co., Switzerland . . 3. Austria Condensed Milk Co., near 50.180 53. 13 4. Gerlier & Co., of Thun, Switzerland 5. Hooker's Cream Milk Co., London . 6. Italian Condensed Milk Co., Milan . 7. Keppel Bros., Kempten .... 8. H. Nestle, Vevey, Switzerland . . 9. New York Condensed Milk Co., N. Y 50. 10.18 13.42 43. 11.19 10.11 41. 13.31 13.48 59 40. 10 35.48 42 37.69 42.22 10. Norwegian Condensed Milk Co., 11. West of England Condensed Milk Co 25 35.47 12. Waterloo Dairy Co., Waterloo, Bel- 36.23 i "3 TO "3 2 'S .2 5 3 .a < Carbo-Hydrates. B. Infants' Food. CD 3 3 3 TO CD 3 3 n 2. Faust & Schuster, Gottingen . { 5 to 6 6.29 6.43 5 to 6 5.52 4.22 9.47 7.72 6.07 5.1 5.78 6.36 2 to 2.5 1.76 1.85 2 to 3 1.35 1.78 1.53 1.85 1.65 2.2 1.52 1.85 5 to 6 5.03 4.75 5 to 6 4.42 4.34 6.81 4.93 5.39 5.4 4.49 4.70 14 to 15 10.71 10.96 17 to 18 12.36 12.86 11.29 9.21 11.0 11.8 9.96 10.96 54 to 55 48.62 39.12 45 to 50 44.32 47.68 35.81 42.60 42.0 47.0 45.0 76. 15 to 16 27.59 34.7 15 to 20 4. Gerber & Co. , Thun ...... 31.56 5. Gieffey, Schiele & Co., Rohrbach, 29.94 34.59 7. Oettli Montreux Tablet Powder . { ! 33.39 28.5 32.75 32.75 08 Ordinary artificial butter is made from cotton-seed oil ; better qualities from peanut oil and olive oil. I. Ordinary Oleomargarine. Two hundred and fifty parts of suet and 350 of good cotton-seed oil are melted and compounded with 5 of palm oil in order to color the mixture. The fat, while Still warm, is poured through a fine sieveorcloth into awooden vat and, with constant stirring, allowed to congeal. II. Better Quality of Oleomargarine. Two hundred and fifty parts of ordinary suet. 350 of good cottoa-seed oil, 50 to 100 of lard, and 6 of palm oil ; or, 250 of ordinary suet, 350 of good cotton- seed oil, 50 to 100 of margarine, and 6* of palm oil. III. Very Fine Quality of Oleomas garine. Two hundred and fifty parts of ordinary suet and 350 of good cotton- seed oil are melted together. Into this are stirred 1 part of coarsely powdered cloves, 1 of coarsely powdered orris root, and 12 anchovies cut very fine. The mass is then again gently heated for 2 to 3 hours, and colored with 5 parts of palm oiL FREEZING MIXTURES. 133 Other Varieties of Oleomargarine. I. Two hundred and fifty parts of suet, 350 of <>il of sesame seed, or pea- nut oil, 5 of palm oil, or butter color, and 200 of genuine butter. II. Two hundred and fifty parts of suet, 350 of oil of sesame seed, or peanut oil, 200 of margarine, 7 of palm oil, or butter color, 300 of genuine butter. III. Twc hundred and fifty parts of BUet, 350 of oil of sesame seeds, or pea- nut oil, and 200 of margarine are treated with cloves, orris root, and anchovies as given under the first No. III., and then compounded with 7 parts of butter color and 200 of genuine butter. IV. Four hundred parts of marga- rine, 100 of genuine butter, and 4 of butter color. Vienna Economical Butter. Mar- garine is melted at a very moderate heat, 20 percent, of sour whey is added, and the mixture thoroughly worked together until the whole is formed into a white froth. This is then beaten in a large vat until it congeals, by which the whey is separated and drawn off by a cock. The butter is then salted, if necessary, and pressed into prints. A n other Receipt. Two hundred parts of perfectly fresh beef suet, 100 of lard, 100 of water, and 1 of crystallized soda are treated in the same manner as the suet for oleomargarine, and to 50 to 60 parts of the mixture is added a like quantity of oil of sesame seed, or pea- nut oil. Ambrosia, a new nourishing flour food, is composed of the following in- gredients : Four hundred and fifty-five parts of pulverized chestnuts, 305 of potato flour, 125 of lentil flour, a like quantity of bean flour, and 91 parts of powdered vanilla. It is claimed that this flour is very strengthening and can be used as a substitute for coffee and chocolate. Hydroleine, which is much adver- tised in American and English papers, and claimed to be very strengthening, contains, according to the statements of the manufacturer, in 2 teaspoonfuls (120 drops) 30 drops of the purest cod- liver oil, 35 drops of distilled water, 6 grains of soluble pancreatine, i grain of soda, i grain of boracic acid, and ^b grain of glycocholic acid. Freezing Mixtures. Freezing Salt. The mixture intro. dueed under this name can be espe- cially recommended to confectioners, beer brewers, and consumers of ice in general. It is inexpensive, and a tem- perature of 5° to — 22° F. can be pro- duced with it. It is composed of 20 per cent, of calcium chloride, a like quantity of magnesium chloride, 6 per cent, of sodium chloride, 13 per cent, of potas- sium chloride, and 41 percent, of water. By mixing this salt with equal volumes of snow of 32° F. a freezing mixture of 5°to — 4° F. is obtained. Byusingequal volumes of snow or pounded ice of 23° F. the temperature of the mixture falls to below —22° F. Other Mixtures. In the following we give a number of other mixtures, with the degree of temperature ob- tained with them : 1. Mix 1 part of ammonium nitrate with 1 of water. — 5° F. 2. Mix 4 parts of ammonium nitrate with 3 of water. —13° F. 3. Mix 3 parts of pounded, sal-ammo- niac, 1 of saltpetre, 6 of potassium chlo- rate with 10 of water. —21.2° F. 4. Mix 5 parts of pounded sal-amraiT niac, 5 of powdered saltpetre, 8 oi crystallized Glauber's salt with 16 of water. — 5° F. 5. Mix 10 parts of water, 6 of salt- petre, 6 of sal-ammoniac, 4£ of crystal- lized Glauber's salt. —23° F. 6. Mix 16 parts of crystallized Glau- ber's salt with 5 of crude hydrochloric acid and 5 of cold water. — 3.2° F. 7. Mix 8 parts of crystallized Glau- ber's salt with 5 of hydrochloric acid. —1.4° F. 8. Mix 1 part of crude hydrochloric acid with 1 of water, and add 3 of crys- tallized Glauber's salt. — 5° F. 9. Mix 4 parts of crystallized Glau. ber's salt and 3 of sulphuric acid of 41 per cent. 23° to — 17.6° F. 10. Mix 2 parts of pounded ice or snow with 1 of common salt. — 5° F. 11. Mix 1 part of pounded ice or snow with 1 of common salt. —1.4° F. 12. Mix 3 parts of pounded ice or snow with 4 of crystallized calcium chloride. —13° F. 13. Mix 2 parts of pounded ice oi 134 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOR. snow with 3 of crystallized calcium chloride. ' —13° F. 14. Mix 3 parts of snow and 2 of di- luted sulphuric acid. 32° to — 22° F. Fruit and O^her Syrups. American Syrups j or Mineral Waters and Lemonades. Lemon Syrup. Peel fresh lemons and grate the peel with a sufficient quantity of granulated sugar. Press the peeled lemons, and compound each pint of juice with 1 pint of water and 3J pounds of granulated sugar, in- clusive of that treated with the peel. Heat until the sugar is dissolved and strain. Another Receipt. One gallon of white syrup, 25 drops of oil of lemon, and 10 drachms of citric acid. Compound the oil with the acid, add the syrup gradually, and mix. Another Receipt. Dissolve 6 drachms of tartaric acid and 1 ounce of gum Arabic in a gallon of white syrup, and give it the necessary flavor by adding \\ drachms of the best oil of lemon, or, instead of this, a sufficient quantity of tincture of lemon peel prepared with eau de Cologne. Mulberry Syrup. Six parts of not entirely ripe mulberries and 6 of granulated sugar. Boil them with con- stant stirring until the juice shows 30° Beaume ; then strain. Vanilla Syrup. One ounce of fluid extract of vanilla, £ ounce of citric acid, 1 gallon of white syrup. Dissolve the acid by rubbing it with a small quantity of the syrup, add the extract, and mix. Vanilla (.'ream Syrup. One ounce of fluid extract of vanilla, 3 pints of white syrup, 1 pint of cream or con- densed milk. May be colored, if de- sired, with carmine. Cream Syrup. Half pint of fresh cream, £ pint of fresh milk, and 1 pound of powdered sugar. Mix by shaking, and keep in a cold place. By adding a few grains of sodium bicar- bonate it will keep longer. Ginger Syrup. Tincture of ginger 2 ounces, white syrup 4 pints. Mix. Pineapple Syrup. Cut up pine- apples of good quality, let them stand for 24 to 36 hours, and then press oul the juice. This is allowed to stand over night; then add for each pound 1 ounce of eau de Cologne or alcohoi free from fusel oil, mix, let it again stand over night, and filter. For each pound of filtered juice take 1£ pounds of sugar, let it boil up once, skim, and put the syrup in bottles, which must be perfectly clean and previously rinsed out with a little eau de Cologne. This syrup, as well as all others pre- pared in the same manner, is strong enough to allow of being mixed with 2 to 3 parts of white syrup, esjiecially for effervescing waters. Strawberry Syrup. Use only very fine and aromatic berries, as otherwise the syrup will not be of excellent quality. Especially avoid rotten fruit. Mash the strawberries, and let the paste stand for 12 to 24 hours, at a tem- perature of 70° to 80° F. Then stir it once more and press. The further treatment is the same as for pineapple syrup. * Reach, Raspberry, and Currant syr- ups are prepared in the same manner as strawberry syrup. Cherry Syrup. A sufficient quantity of cherries are pounded in a porcelain or stone mortar in order to comminute the stones also. Press out the juice, let it stand for 3 days, to allow it to ferment, filter, and then treat in the same manner as strawberry syrup. Orange Syrup. Oil of orange 30 drops, tartaric acid 4 drachms, white syrup 1 gallon. Rub the oil with the acid, dissolve and mix. Sherbet Syrup. Vanilla syrup 3 pints, pineapple syrup 1 pint, lemon syrup 1 pint. Mix. Nectar Syrup. Five pints of vanilla syrup, 1 of pine-apple syrup, 2 of straw- berry, raspberry, or lemon syrup. Coffee Symp. Ground roasted coffee £ pound and sufficient boiling water to filter off i gallon of infusion. Dis- solve in it 7 pounds of granulated sugar without using heat. Another Receipt. Two ounces of roasted coffee, 2 of white syrup. Mix, and bring the mixture into a filter and add a boiling solution of 12 ounces of sugar and 8 of distilled water. Wintergreen Syrup. Twenty-five drops of oil of wintergreeo, 5 pints of FRUIT AND OTHER SYRUPS. 133 white syrup, and as much sugar color as is required for coloring. Maple Syrup. Four pounds of maple sugar and 2 pints of water. Dissolve like white syrup. Chocolate Syrup. Eight ounces of the finest chocolate, 2 pints of water, 4 pounds of sugar. Mix the chocolate with the water at a moderate heat, strain, and dissolve the sugar in it. Another Receipt. Pound 2 ounces of roasted cocoa shells to a coarse powder, mix this with 2 ounces of white syrup, bring the mixture into a strainer and exhaust it with a boil- ing solution of 12 ounces of sugar and 8 of water. Then add 2 drachms of vanilla extract. White or Bed Wine Syrup. Mix 1 pint of red or white wine with 2 pints of white syrup. Coffee Cream Syrup. Mix 2 pints of coffee syrup with 1 of cream. Solferino Syrup. Mix 1 pint of cognac and 2 pints of white syrup. Ambrosia Syrup. Mix 2* pints of raspberry syrup with 2 of vanilla syrup and 4 ounces of white wine. Orgeat Syrup. Eight ounces of sweet almonds, 2J of bitter almonds, 3 pounds of sugar, 26 ounces of water, and 4 ounces of orange-flower water. Peel the almonds and pound them to a smooth paste with 2 ounces of water and 12 of sugar. Mix the paste gradu- ally with the remaining water, subject it to a strong pressure, and dissolve the remaining sugar at a moderate heat. When cold, add the orange- flower water. 3Iilk Punch Syrup. Mix 1 pint of white syrup, 8 ounces of cognac, 8 ounces of Jamaica rum, and 1 pint of cream syrup. Champagne Syrup. Two pints of Rhine wine, 2 ounces of cognac, 1 ounce of sherry, 3 pounds of granulated sugar. Dissolve the sugar by macer- ating it without the use of heat. Sherry Cobbler Syrup. One pint of sheny and 1J pints of white syrup. Cut one lemon into thin slices, macerate for 12 hours, and strain. Orange-flower Syrup. One pint of orange-flower water, 28 ounces of gran- ulated sugar. Dissolve without the use of heat. Cinnamon Syrup. Thirty drops of oil of cinnamon, 60 grains <>( carbonate of magnesia, 2 pints of water, "it; ounces ut' granulated sugar. Rub the "il t<> getner with the magnesia, aext with the water, and filter. Dissolve the sugar in the cold filtrate. Ginger Beer Syrup. Two pints of ginger syrup, 1 of lemon syrup, 3 grains of tincture of Spanish cress. Mix. To make the syrups sparkle add 2 to 4 ounces of gum Arabic, dissolved in equal parts of water t" each gallon. How to Clarify Sugar Syrups. It happens sometimes that the syrup dues not turn out sufficiently clear notwith- standingthe use of a clear infusion and the best sugar. This is sometimes caused by a small percentage of lime in the sugar, or by the coloring substance which has been added to increase the whiteness of the sugar. To clarify the syrup with white of egg increases the cost of preparing it and contributes nothing to its keeping quality. The best means of clarifying is by the use of a pulp of good filtering paper. The pulp of 1£ drachms of paper will, in mostcases, suffice fori pint of syrup. It is added to the fluid which is to be made into syrup with the sugar. The paper pulp is prepared by picking the paper to pieces, placing it in a capacious flask, pouring distilled water over it, shaking it vigorously several times, and collect- ing it upon a strainer. The moist pulp , which should not be squeezed out,isused. Other Fruit Syrups. 3Iarsh-mallou> Syrup. Peel and cut in pieces 2 ounces of marsh-mallow root and pour li pints of hot water over it. Strain when cold, and dissolve in it 44 pounds of white sugar. Beat the white of two eggs, pour this into the mass, boil, skim, and strain it. Balsam Syrup. Digest in a glass vessel 1 ounce of black Peruvian bal- sam with 1 pound of water. Let it stand for a few hours. Filter the fluid, and dissolve in this by boiling li pounds of loaf sugar, and strain through a woollen cloth. Barberry Syrup. Pound and press ripe barberries, and allow the ob- tained juice to stand until it is clear. Add to 1J pounds of this juice 3i pounds of white sugar, and boil the mass to a thin syrup, which must be strained through a woollen cloth. 136 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Blackberry Syrup. Pound ripe black- berries, press the juice out, and allow it to clear. To 1 pound of this juice add 3 pounds of white sugar, boil the mass to syrup, and strain it, while hot, through a cloth. Lemon Syrup. Press the juice from Iresh lemons and let it stand until it has become clear. Then add to 1 pound of this juice 3 pounds of white sugar and boil the mass to a thin syrup. Camomile Syrup. Pour hot water over 4 ounces of camomile flowers, strain, and in 1 pound of this decoction dissolve at a moderate heat 3 pounds of white sugar. Strain, while hot, through a woollen cloth. Manna Syrup. Dissolve in boiling water 4 part of picked manna, add to the solution 2 parts of white sugar, and allow the mass to boil up once. Rhubarb Syrup. Pour 2 pounds of boiling water over 3 ounces of rhubarb root cut in pieces, 6 drachms of cassia bark, and 4 drachms of carbonate of potassium. Let it stand for 24 hours, then strain the fluid. To 1 pound of the strained fluid add 3 pounds of white sugar and boil the mass to a thin syrup. Saffron Synip. Digest for several hours 1 part of saffron with 30 of French white wine. Strain the fluid and dissolve in 20 parts of it 45 of white sugar. Then filter through a cloth. Senna Syrup. Place 8 parts of senna leaves and 1 of pounded anise seed in a porcelain vessel, and pour 60 of boil- ing water over them. Let the mass stand for a few hours, squeeze it out, and strain the fluid. Then dissolve in 45 parts of it 90 of sugar, boil it up once, and strain through a cloth. Seneca Root Syrup. Boil 2 parts of Seneca root, cut in pieces, in 45 of water. To 20 parts of this add 45 of white sugar, and boil it to a thin syrup. Licorice Syrup. Boil for i hour at a moderate fire 15 parts of licorice root, cut in pieces, in 90 of water, pour the liquid off, and evaporate it to 56 parts. Add to this 60 parts of white sugar and 60 of purified honey, and allow it to boil up once. Violet Syrup. Place 15 parts of fresh violets from which the calix has bee» removed and 60 parts of water in a vessel, and close it hermetically. Let it stand for 12 hours, strain the fluid, add 90 parts of white sugar, and boil to a thin syrup. Cinnamon Syrup. Digest in a closed vessel for 2 days 4 parts of cassia bark, with 30 of vinous cinnamon water, and 4 of rose-water. Strain it, and in 24 parts of the strained fluid dissolve at a moderate heat 45 of white sugar. Then strain through a cloth. Egg Syrup. This, according to Payen, is prepared by beating the yolks and whites of 1 pound of eggs (about 10 eggs) with the same volume of water, until the mass is sufficiently fluid to allow of it being strained through a cloth. What has passed through is then beaten to a froth, and 13 pounds of pulverized sugar are added to it, and then 20 drops of orange-blossom water. In order to make it keep better, it is ad- visable to add i ounce of common salt The mixture is thoroughly stirred foi i hour, and when it is quite fluid th« scum is removed and the syrup filled into 4 'ounce bottles. When used it is mixed with 10 times its volume of water. Cochineal Syrup. One and a half drachms of powdered cochineal, 1J pounds of boiling distilled water, 3J pounds of sugar, and 2i ounces of recti- fied spirit of wine. The cochineal is boiled in water in a closed vessel for 15 minutes, and then strained. To this fluid is added double its weight of sugar, and when this is dissolved, and after the fluid has become cool, i fluid drachm of spirit of wine is added to 1 ounce of it. This syrup is used for coloring medicines. Syrup of Ferrous Nitrate. Take 2 parts of iron wire in small pieces, 3 of nitric acid of 1.42 specific gravity, 13 of water, and 25 of sugar. Pour 3 parts of the water upon the iron, mix the rest- of the water with the acid, and pour this gradually upon the iron until the acid is saturated, which may be recog- nized with the aid of litmus paper. The fluid is then filtered over the sugar, and the syrup, if necessary, is increased to 30 parts by pouring water upon the filtrate. The syrup should be kept in well-closed bottles. FUEL AND HEATING. FUSIBLE COLORS. 137 Fuel and Heating. Heat Insula- tion (Non-conducting Cover- ings). Neckerr'g Kindling Compound. Knead melted rosin with sawdust until the mass does not draw threads hetween the tinkers, and then form long pieces of it. Economical Fuel. I. Take § of soft, moist clay containing no stones, knead it thoroughly with 4 coal dust, form small halls of the mass, and dry them. II. Take equal parts of pulverized charcoal or coal, pulverized coke, and moist clay, and form the mass into balls the size of a hen's egg. Some sawdust, finely cut straw, etc., may be added to the mass. III. Instead of the clay and coal, cow or horse dung, sawdust, peat, spent tan, or straw, can be used, and mixed with pulverized glass, pitch, tar, oil- cake, etc. The quantity of coal to be added depends on the size of the stove in which the fuel is to be burned ; the larger the stove the more coal. Fuel from Coal and Rosin. The coal and rosin are comminuted, heated, and mixed with pitch, coal-tar, and fat, by means of a mixing machine, when the mass is pressed into cakes. Coke is used in a similar manner. King's Patent Fuel. Peat is mixed with coal-tar, pitch, asphaltum, lime- stone, common salt, and borax, in vary- ing proportions according to the pur- poses for which the fuel is to be used. Coal-dust Fuel (Loiseau's Patent). Dust of bituminous coal, or anthracite, is mixed with about 7 per cent, of plastic clay, and made up into bricks, which are dipped into ordinary benzole con- taining rosin in solution. They are then exposed to a current of air, whereby the benzole is evaporated, and a coating of rosin is left on the surface which renders the coal bricks water- tight. Blair's Patent Fuel. Slate and coal waste are pulverized and mixed with coal-tar, schist oil, petroleum, or par- sffine oil and intimately impregnated with them by using steam. The entire mass is then formed into bricks by sub- jecting it to strong pressure. Infusorial Earth for Insulating Steam-pipes, though, one of the best non-conductors, is too expensive to be used by itself as an insulating materia!. But by enveloping the pipes first with a layer of about 1 inch in thickness of ordinary insulating material, such as straw and clay, etc., and coating this with a thin layer of a mixture of in- fusorial earth with soda water-yhi^s, good results will be obtained. In ap- plying the mixture care must be had to lay on a fresh quantity only when the first layer is entirely dry, which may be readily recognized by the white appearance of the coat. To make the 1 yer more durable a light coat of oil should finally be given. Heat-insulating Coverings for Steam- pipes, etc. Felt, cork waste, mineral wool, or asbestos pulp, either made into suitable forms and attached to the pipe, or filled into a casing surrounding the pipe, and with or without an air-space about the pipe, are much used for the above purpose. (W.) Fusible Colors used in Porce- lain Painting. Brianchon's Peculiar Process of Painting Glass, Porcelain, etc. Pre- paring the Flux. Melt in a saucer 30 parts of rosin, and add, during the melting, 10 parts of baric nitrate of bis- muth in small portions with constant, stirring. When the mixture begins to assume a brown color pour 40 parts of oil of lavender into the saucer and stir until the ingredients are intimately combined. Now take the saucer from the sand-bath, allow the contents to cool, and then add 35 parts of oil of lavender, when the flux is ready for use. The salts and oxides of antimony, chromium, cobalt, copper, iron, iridium, palladium, platinum, rhodium, silver, uranium, zinc, etc., are used as color- ing substances ; and gold, if the colors of mother-of-pearl or a prismatic play of colors is to be produced. Ador and Abbadie's Zinciferous Metallic Colors. Solution of Zinc Salt. A solution of zinc salt is prepared by mixing 100 parts of zinc salt with a solution of another metallic salt of known specific gravity. The mixture is evaporated to the consistency of dough and heated in a refractory clay 138 TECIINO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT ROOK. retort. As soon as the residue assumes the desired color it is time to withdraw the heated product from the furnace. This solution of zinc is requisite for producing the zinciferous metallic colors. Bronze Color. Add to the zinc solu- tion 3 parts of solution of nitrate of cobalt of 15° to 16° Reaume, 3 of solu- tion of nitrate of nickel, and 1 to It of solution of nitrate of copper. Chamois Color (Leather Yellow). Add to solution of zinc salt li to 2£ parts of solution of ferrous sulphate of 28° to 30° Reaume. Gray Color. Add 2V parts of solu- tion of blue vitriol to solution of zinc salt. Green Color. Add 2\ parts of solu- tion of nitrate of cobalt of 20° Reaume to solution of zinc salt. Rose-red Color. Add 2 to 3 parts of solution of ferric nitrate of 20° to 25° Reaume to solutioti of zinc salt. Yellow Color (Golden). Add 2\ parts of solution of nitrate of manganese of 12° to 14° Reaume and a few drops of saturated solution of silver to solu- tion of zinc salt. Yelloio Color (Roman). This is ob- tained by heating sulphate of zinc in clay retorts. Yellowish-green Color. Add 2£ parts of solution of nitrate of nickel of 15° to 16° Reaume to solution of zinc salt. Other Colors. Black ( Cobalt and Manganese). Mix 2 parts of anhydrous sulphate of cobalt, 2 of anhydrous manganous sulphate, and 5 of saltpetre. Heat the mixture to complete decomposition. Ry boiling the ma=s a residue of a deep black color is obtained, consisting of" cobalt and manganese. One part of this black, dry residue is then triturated with 2i of lead glass (for the preparation of this see Iridium, Rlack). Black (Iridium). Mix 1 part of me- tallic iridium with 1 of decrepitated salt, place the mixture in a porcelain tube, introduce a current of chlorine gas, and bring it to a gentle red heat. The resulting product is extracted from the non-decomposed iridium with water. Ry evaporating this watery solution of the double salt to dryness with sodium carbonate and extracting it with water, a black sesquioxide of iridium is ob- tained. One part of this, mixed with i of lead glass and rubbed tine upon a glass plate, gives a very beautiful black color. The lead glass is obtained by fusing together 12 parts of minium, 3 of fine white sand, and 1 of calcined borax. Black {Refractory). Triturate upon a glass plate 5 parts of violet-blue (ob- tained from gold-purple), l?i of sesqui- oxide of cobalt, and ljf of stannic oxide. Blue (Azure). Triturate upon a glass plate 2 parts of dark blue (which see), 1 of stannic oxide, and 4 of lead glass (consisting of 4 parts of minium and 1 of sand). Blue (Dark). Mix 1 part of chemi- cally pure sesquioxide of cobalt, 1 of stannic oxide, 1 of lead glass (composed of 2 parts of minium. 1 of sand, and 1 of calcined borax), and 4 of lead glass (consisting of 2 parts of minium and 1 of sand). Fuse* these substances for 3 hours at a white heat, when the mass is poured out, comminuted, and rubbed tine upon a glass plate. Blue (Shading). Mix and fuse in the manner given under dark blue 10 parts of sesquioxide of cobalt, 9 of stan- nic oxide, 25 of lead glass (consisting of 2 parts of minium and 1 of sand), and 5 parts of lead glass (composed of 2 parts of minium, 1 of sand, and 1 of borax). Blue ( Turkish). Dissolve 3 parts of chemically pure sesquioxide of cobalt and 1 of stannic oxide in sulphuric acid ; dilute the solution with water and add 40 parts of ammonia alum. The mixed solutions are now evaporated to dry- ness, then powdered and exposed in a crucible to a red heat for several hours. The Turkish-blue color is obtained by mixing 1 part of the residue with 2 of bismuth glass, which is produced by fusing together 5 parts of teroxide of bismuth and 1 of crystallized boracic acid. Bluish-green. Mix 10 parts of pro- tochloride of mercury and I part of chemically pure sesquioxide of cobalt. Triturate the mixture upon a glass plate and then heat it in small portions in a glass tube open on both ends until all mercury has been expelled. A FUSIBLE COLORS USED IN PORCELAIN PAINTING, ETC. 139 oeautiful bluish-green color is obtained in this manner. This is then placed in a porcelain crucible with a luted cover ;iml subjected to the strongest heat of a porcelain furnace as long as the burn- ing of the porcelain continues. When cold the crucible is broken up, the con- tents taken out and washed with water tn remove the last traces of the adher- ing potash. A combination of chrome green with sesquioxide of cobalt, having the color of verdigris, is obtained. Bluish-red. Heat sulphate of iron until it has acquired a loose structure and a bluish-red color. The fusible color is then prepared by mixing and rubbing fine, upon a glass plate, 2 parts of purple-colored ferric oxide and 5 of lead glass ( prepared by fusing together 5 parts of minium, 2 of sand, and 1 of calcined borax I. Brown (Bistre). No. I. Mix 1 part <>f anhydrous manganous sulphate, 8 of anhydrous sulphate of zinc, 12 of anhy- drous ferrous sulphate, and 26 of salt- petre. Heat the mixture in a Hessian crucible until the saltpetre is completely decomposed. The crucible, when cold, is broken up, the residue taken out, and the soluble parts extracted by boil- ing in water. The brown powder ob- tained is then mixed with 24 times its weight of lead glass, prepared as above indicated. No. II. Mix 1 part of anhydrous manganous sulphate, 4 of anhydrous ferrous sulphate, 4 of anhydrous sul- phate of zinc, and 12 of saltpetre. This color is prepared in the same manner as No. I. Brown (Bark). Mix 1 part of anhy- drous sulphate of cobalt, 4 of anhydrous sulphate of zinc, 4 of anhydrous ferrous sulphate, and 10 of saltpetre, and treat in the same manner as bistre brown No. I. Brown (Pule). No, I. Mix G parts of anhydrous ferrous sulphate, 4 of an- hydrous sulphate of zinc, and 13 of saltpetre, and treat in the same manner as bistre brown No. I. No. II. Mix 2 parts of anhydrous ferrous sulphate, 2 of anhydrous sul- phate of zinc, and 5 of saltpetre. Fuse and treat the mixture in the same man ner as given for bistre brown No. I. Then mix 2 parts of the residue with 5 of lead glass, prepared as above. Brown (Sepia). Mix 1 part of anhy- drous ferrous sulphate, l of anhydrous manganous sulphate, 1 of anhydrous sulphate of zinc, and 5 of saltpetre, and fuse and treat the mixture in the same manner as bistre brown No. I. Brovmish-red. Heat sulphate of iron until the sulphuric acid has been entirely expelled and a sample taken from the crucible shows a dark red color. The ferric oxide is freed from undecomposed salt by washing with water and then dried. To produce the fusible color 2 parts of this ferric oxide are mixed with 24 of lead glass, prepared as above, and rubbed fine upon a glass plate. Chamois. Mix and rub fine 1 part of ferric hydrate, produced by precip- itating it with aqua ammonia from solu- tion of ferric oxide, and 4 parts of lead glass, prepared as above. This color is laid on very thin and produces a yel- lowish-brown ground. Flesh Color. Mix and rub fine 1 part of red ferric oxide, 1 of dark yellow color, No. II. (which see), and 10 of lead glass, prepared as above. Gray ( Chrome). Mix 1 part of ferric hydrate with 2 of protochromate of mercury. Triturate the mixture upon a glass plate and heat it, by placing the saucer containing it into an open muffle, until all the mercury is expelled. The dark red combination of sesquioxide of chromium and ferric hydrate is mixed with 3 times its weight of above-de- scribed lead glass. The mixture is then rubbed fine upon a glass plate. Gray (Iridium). Mix 1 part of ses- quioxide of iridium, 4 parts of oxide of zinc, and 22 of above-described lead glass, and rub the mixture fine upon a glass plate. Green (Dark). Heat protochromate of mercury in a porcelain tube, open on both ends, until all the mercury has been expelled, and mix 1 part of the resulting sesquioxide of chromium with 3 parts of above-described lead glass. Green (Grass) is obtained by mixing 1 part of bluish-green with 6 of lemon color (which see). Green (Shading). Mix 8 parts of pro- tochromate of mercury with 1 of sesqui- oxide of cobalt. Place the mixture in a flat saucer and subject it to the full heat of a porcelain furnace. Mix the 140 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. residue with double its weight of lead glass, prepared as above described. The result will be a beautiful black-green color. Lustre Colors. Gold. Melt in a sau- cer iu a sand-bath 30 parts of colophony, and add 10 parts of uranic nitrate and, with constant stirring, 35 to 40 parts of oil of lavender. When the mixture is entirely homogeneous take it from the sand-bath and add 35 to 40 parts more of oil of lavender, By intimately mixing the mass thus obtained with a like quantity of bis- muth glass, prepared by fusing together 4 parts of oxide of bismuth and 4 of crystallized boracic acid, a brilliant yellow color will be the result. Orange-red. Melt in a saucer 15 parts of colophony, and mix with it gradually and with constant stirring 15 parts of ferric nitrate and 18 of oil of lavender. When the mixture is homo- geneous take it from the fire, and, when cool, add 20 parts more of oil of laven- der. By mixing J part of this mass with § of bismuth glass (see Gold), orange, red, and all intermediate colors can be obtained according to the quan- tity of bismuth glass used. Orange. Mix and rub fine upon a marble slab 2 parts of uranic oxide, 1 of chloride of silver, and 3 of bismuth glass (see Gold). Prismatic Colors. Rub upon a plate cyanide of gold with mercuric cyanide, so that a paste is formed. This, after drying, is triturated with oil of laven- der. The auriferous combination is mixed with 1, 2, 3 to 10 times its quan- tity of bismuth glass (see Gold). Laid on biscuit and coating it with solution of uranium, light and dark iridescent colors are obtained. The colors may all be mixed together or applied one on top of the other. Mother-of-pearl colors can be easier produced upon glass than upon porcelain. For these it is neces- sary to mix the bismuth glass with lead glass, and frequently chloride of anti- mony mixed with rosin must be added. Purple (Dark). Dilute a clear solu- tion of li drachms of gold in aqua regia, with 20 pounds of distilled water, and add, with constant stirring, 1-J drachms of solution of protochloride of tin. The fluid will assume a deep brown-red color, and precipitation will take place by adding a few drops of sulphuric acid. The fluid is now poured oil", the precipitate washed 5 or 6 times with water, and is then collected upon a filter, where it is allowed to drain off, and then, while still moist, is placed with a silver spatula upon a glass plate, where it is intimately mixed with 3 drachmsofvery fine lead glass, obtained as above. The mixture is dried, then mixed with 1' drachms of carbonate of silver, and rubbed fine. About £ ounce of dark purple will be obtained in thii manner. Purple (Pale). Dissolve 1J drachms of shavings of tin in boiling aqua regia, and concentrate the solution in a water- bath until it becomes solid. In this manner chloride of tin is obtained con- taining hydrochloric acid in excess, which is dissolved with a little distilled water and mixed with £ drachm of pro- tochloride of tin of 1.7 specific gravity The solution of tin is then gradually mixed in a large beaker glass with 2£ gallons of water, but the solution should contain a sufficient quantity of acid to prevent a separation of stannic oxide. A solution of 8 grains of gold in aqua regia, which has been previously evap- orated nearly to dryness in a water- bath, then diluted with water, and filtered in a dark room, is now added to the solution of tin, which has also been diluted with water. The fluid will assume a deep red color without a precipitate being formed. The precipitate is immediately formed by adding 1| ounces of aqua ammonia. Sometimes it happens that the precip- itate does not entirely settle after adding the aqua ammonia ; in this case the ad- dition of a few drops of concentrated sulphuric acid will suffice to bring about the desired result. The fluid must then be poured oft' as quickly as possible and the precipitate washed 5 or 6 times with fresh water. It is then collected upon a filter, allowed to drain off thoroughly, and then, while still moist, placed with a silver spatula upon an opaque glass plate with 6 drachms of lead glass, pre- viously rubbed fine. The mixture is dried upon the glass plate, upon which the gold-purple has been rubbed with the lead glass, by placing it in a room free from dust, and, when dry, is mixed with 50 grains of carbonate of silver. GLASS. COMPOSITION OF, ETC. 141 By this process a little over 1 ounce of pale purple should be obtained with tlir use of S grains of gold. Purple I Rose-red). Dissolve 16 grains of gold in aqua regia and compound the solution with a solution of L£ ounces of alum in 5 gallons of water. Add to \his, with constant stirring, i fluid drachm of solution of protocnloride of tin of 1.7 specific gravity, and then pour aqua ammonia into the fluid as long as a precipitate of alumina is formed. When the precipitate has set- tled pour the fluid oft', replace it with 10 times the quantity ot water, wash the precipitate with this, and then dry it at a moderate heat. About A ounce of dry precipitate will be obtained, which is mixed with 4u grains of carbonate of silver and 2i ounces of lead glass, pre- pared in the same manner as given under pale purple, and the mixture triturated upon a glass plate. The gold colors here mentioned can only be fused upon porcelain glaze, as, when subjected to a higher tempera- ture, the gold and silver are separated in metallic form and assume a dirty brown and leather-like appearance. Yellow (Dark). I. Mix intimately 48 parts of minium, 16 of sand, 18 of anhydrous borax, 16 of potassium anti- moniate, 4 of oxide of zinc, and 5 of ferric oxide. Fuse the mixture in a Hessian crucible until the mass is en- tirely homogeneous, when it must imme- diately be removed or the color will become dirty yellow. No. II. consists of 20 parts of min- ium, "2h of white sand, 4i of potassium antimoniate, 1 of ferric oxide, and 1 of oxide of zinc. The ingredients are fused in a Hessian crucible until the mass is entirely homogeneous. Yellow (Lemon Color). Mix inti- mately 8 parts of potassium antimoniate, 2i of oxide of zinc, and 36 of lead glass. Heat the mixture in a porcelain cruci- ble until it forms a flux. It is then taken out and, when cold, rubbed fine upon a glass plate. The mass must not be fused longer than stated or the color will become decomposed. Yellow (Pule). First prepare a lead glass by fusing together 8 parts of min- ium and 1 of white sand. Pulverize and dry this. The color is then pre- pared by intimately mixing together 4 parts of potassium antimoniate, 1 of stannic oxide, and 36 of the above lead glass. The mixture is fused in a Hes- sian Crucible and allowed to coo), when it is comminuted and rubbed fine. Yellow (Cranium). Mix 1 part of uranic oxide and 4 parts of lead glass, prepared by fusing together 8 parts of minium and l of white sand. Thiscoloris only mixed and triturated upon a stone. Yellowish-red. Heat anhydrous sul- phate of iron by placing the saucer con- taining it in an open muffle' furnace. Stir it constantly until the greatest part of the sulphuric acid has escaped. Then take it out and, when cool, wash the ferric oxide with water to remove all traces of undecomposed salt, and then dry it. To produce a fusible color mix 7 parts of the yellowish-red ferric oxide and 24 of lead glass, produced by fusing together 12 parts of minium and 1 of calcined borax, and triturate the mixt- ure upon a glass plate. Yellow for Figures and Landscapes. Add to the dark yellow colors I. and II. some Naples yellow, which is pre- pared by placing 1 part of tartar emetic, 2 of nitrate of lead, and 4 of decrep- itated common salt in a Hessian cruci- ble and subjecting the mixture to a con- tinued strong heat. The residue is com- minuted, washed, dried, and rubbed fine. Yellow for Landscapes. Mix 8 parts of Naples y-ellow and 6 of lead glass, prepared by fusing together 2 parts of minium, 1 of white sand, 1 of calcined borax. White (Covering). Mix and fuse in a porcelain crucible 1 part of minium, 1 of white sand, and 1 of crystallized boracic acid. This color is used for marking the lightest places of the de- sign which cannot be produced by leav- ing bare the porcelain, and also for mixing — but only in small quantities — with yellow and green colors to make them cover better. Glass. Composition of the Vari- ous kinds of, Colors for, and Processes for Enamelling, En- graving, GIlding, Silvering, Pulverizing, Filing, Bending, etc. Dark Green Bottle Glass is prepared from 20 parts of Glauber's salt, IS of 142 TECHNO-CIIEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. soap ashes, 90 parts of lixiviated wood ashes, 39 parts of glass flown into the hearth, 179 of broken glass, and 45 )f bas.'Ut. Jahkel's Glass for Champagne Bot- tles consists of 100 parts of feldspar, 10 of lime, 74 of common salt, and 03 of iron slag. Elli's Cryolite Glass. A composition of 1 part of cryolite and 2 to 4 parts of pure quartz furnishes s. beautiful glass, which can be easily shaped and ground. Bohemian Crystal Glass (free from lead) is composed of 100 parte of sand, 30 of potash, and 18 of lime. Plate Glass of the Mirror Manufac- tory at Aix la Chapelle consists of 100 parts of sand, 38 of sulphate, 38 of car- bonate of lime, 2.5 of charcoal, and 0.5 of arsenious acid. French Mirror Glass. One hundred parts of sand, 24 of chalk, 33 of soda or 38 of sulphate, 2.5 to 2.75 of pul- verized coke, and 1 to 2 of arsenious acid. Belgian Window Glass. One hun- dred parts of sand, 41 of calcareous spar, 34 of sulphate, 1.5 of pulverized coke, and 0.5 of arsenious acid. Bohemian Windoio Glass. One hun- dred parts of sand, 30 of chalk, 24 of 3oda, and 1 of arsenious acid. English Window Glass. One hun- dred parts of sand, 38 of limestone, 28 of sulphate, 1.3 of pulverized coke, and 1 of arsenious acid. French Window Glass. One hun- dred parte of sand, 36 of sulphate, 35 of chalk, 1.75 of pulverized coke or 5 of charcoal, and 1.25 of arsenious acid. Prussian Window Glass. One hun- dred parte of sand, 37 of calcareous spar, 34 of sulphate, 5 of soda, 2.25 of pulverized coke, and 1 of arsenious acid. Stein's Receipts for Compositions of Glass as actually used in Various Glass Works. Potash Crystal Glass. I. One hundred and ten pounds of quartz or very fine andpurewhite sand, 55 pounds of potash, 4i ounces of arsenious acid, and 16V pounds of slaked lime. II. One hundred and ten pounds of quartz, 66 pounds of potash, 22 pounds of slaked lime, 82 ounces of arsenious acid, and 1 pound of saltpetre. III. One hundred and ten pounds of quartz, 55 pounds of potash, 22 pound* of chalk, 14 pounds of saltpetre, U pounds of arsenious acid, and 2 ounct of pyrolusite. IV. One hundred and ten pounds of quartz, 374 pounds of purified potash^ 164 pounds of slaked lime, and 53 ounces of pyrolusite. Bohemian Mirror Glass. I. One hun- dred and ten pounds of quartz, 734 pounds of purified potash, 364 pounds of marble, 74 pounds of saltpetre, 12 pounds of arsenious acid, 34 ounces of pyrolusite, and 2 ounce of smalt. II. One hundred and ten pounds of quartz, 77 pounds of purified potash, 22 pounds of slaked lime, 74 pounds of saltpetre, 13 pounds of arsenious acid. 34 ounces of potash, and 2 ounce of smalt. Bohemian Chalk Glass (Grormd Glass, White Concave Glass). I. One hundred and ten pounds of white sand, 714 pounds of potash, 64 pounds of burned lime, 1 pound of arsenious acid, and 5| ounces of pyrolusite. II. One hundred and ten pounds of white sand, 55 pounds of potash, 24| pounds of chalk. If pounds each of saltpetre and pyrolusite, and 44 ounce* of arsenious acid. To make the glass produced by these compositions easily fusible, add to each composition 2} pounds of minium and 54 pounds of borax. Bohemian Window Glass. One hun- dred and ten pounds of white sand, 46i pounds of potash, and 19i pounds of limestone. French Mirror Glass. One hundred and ten pounds of white sand, 364 pounds of soda, 153 pounds of slaked lime, and 2| ounces of pyrolusite. French Soda Glass. I. One hundred and ten pounds of white sand, 68} pounds of soda, Si pounds of carbonate of lime, 44 ounces of pyrolusite, 34 ounces of arsenious acid. II. One hundred and ten pounds of white sand, 374 pounds of soda, 16 pounds of carbonate of lime, and 44 ounces of pyrolusite. III. One hundred and ten pounds of white sand, 33 pounds of soda, 384 ] mil nds of chalk, 44 ounces of pyrolusite, and 34 ounces of arsenious acid. IV. One hundred and ten pounds of white sand, 384 pounds of soda, 44 WLASS. COMPOSITION OF, ETC. 143 pounds of chalk, 4J ounces of pyrolu- Bite, and ."..'• ounces of arsenious acid. Composition No. I. gives a soft glass, No. II. a hard, and .No. ill. a \fry hard glass. White Soda Window Glass. I. One hundred ami ten pounds Of sand, is! pounds of Glauber's salt, .".j pounds of pulverized wood charcoal, 4-i pounds of burned lime. II. One hundred and ten pounds of sand, 55 pounds <>f Glauber's saifc, 34 pounds of pulverized charcoal, and 22 pounds of limestone. III. One hundred and ten pounds of sand, 492 pounds of Glauber's salt, ;U pounds of pulverized coke, and 20 pounds of limestone. I V. One hundred and ten pounds of sand, 35i pounds of Glauber's salt, 2i pounds of coal, and 49£ pounds of lime- stone. V. One hundred and ten pounds of sand, 33 pounds each of Glauber's salt and limestone, and 34 pounds of char- coal. VI. One hundred and ten pounds of sand, 384 pounds of Glauber's salt, 64 pounds of soda, 33 pounds of limestone, and 3i pounds of charcoal. Compositions Nos. V. and VI. furnish window glass of established excellence. Semi-white Potash Window Glass. I. One huudred and ten pounds of sand, 1264 pounds of lixiviated wood ashes, 364 pounds of potash, and 24i pounds of limestone. II. One hundred and ten pounds of sand, 132 pounds of lixiviated wood ashes, 384 pounds of potash, 194 pounds of limestone, and 44 ounces of pyro- lusite. III. One hundred and ten pounds of soda, 33 pounds of potash, 24± pounds of limestone, and 164 pounds of c - mon salt. All the compositions for window glass given above may also be used for hollow glassware. Bottle Glass. I. One hundred and ten pounds of sand, 22 pounds of Glauber's salt, '_'! pounds of coal, 49J pounds of basalt, and 22 pounds of carbonate of soda. II. One hundred and ten pounds of sand, 170 pounds of wood ashes, and 55 pounds of basalt. III. One hundred and ten pounds of sand, 271. pounds of Glauber's salt, 31 pounds of coal, 37-4 pounds of limestone. and 4! pounds of basalt. The last two compositions furuish & good glass for champagne bottles. Lead Crystal Glass. I. One hun- dred and ten pounds of quartz, 734 pounds of minium, and 36j pounds of purified potash. II. One hundred and ten pounds of sand, 66 pounds of minium, and 2? pounds of jjotash. III. One hundred and ten pounds of sand, 494 pounds of minium, 39 J pounds of purified potash, and 1 pound of arsenious acid. IV. One hundred and ten pounds of sand, 77 pounds of minium, 284 pounds of purified potash, 5} pounds of salt- petre, and 44 pounds of borax. V. One hundred and ten pounds of sand, 46^ pounds of minium, 364 pounds of purified potash, 184 pounds of saltpetre, and £ pound of pyrolusite. It is advisable to add broken glass to all the above compositions. Crown Glass {according to Bontemps). I. One hundred and teu pounds of white sand, 453 pounds of purified soda, 243 pounds of carbonate of lime, and 13 pounds of arsenious acid. II. One hundred and ten pounds of white sand, 33 pounds of potash, 184 pounds of soda, 133 pounds of chalk, and 134 ounces of arsenious acid. Crown Glass {according to Gui' naud). One hundred and ten pounds of white sand, 44 pounds of American potash, 54 pounds of minium, 54 pounds of borax, and 44 ounces of pyrolusite. Flint id' salt, and ashing over with 20 parts of lead and 10 of tin. White Glazes. I. Mix intimately 100 parts by weight <>f white glass, 50 of white sand, 40 of dry, common salt, 120 of plumbic oxide, and 60 of tin ashes. II. One hundred parts of plumbic oxide, 50 of tin ashes, 100 of white sand, 50 of glass, lo of common salt, 10 or heavy spar, and 5 to 10 of dry soda. This is more fusible than No. I. Both mixtures furnish a whiter coating the freer the clay is from iron with which the articles are manufactured. III. Melt together 24 to 25 parts of red lead, 15 to 16 of tin ashes, 36 to 38 of quartz sand, 12 to 14 of potters' clay free from iron, 7 of carbonate of lime, 3 of carbonate of magnesia, and 18 to 20 of calcined soda. The mass, when cold, is comminuted, ground, and sifted. To Give Earthen-ware or Porcelain a Marbled or Granite Appearance. Dis- solve gum tragacanth in water to the consistency of a thick syrup, which will require 3 to 4 days, and add about 10 times its bulk in water to reduce its specific gravity to 1.003. Now prepare a decoction of 3 ounce of seeds of flea- bane (l'syllium pulicaria) in 1 gallon of water and mix 1 part of this decoc- tion with 5 of solution of gum traga- canth. On account of the high specific gravity of the coloring substances used in the process it becomes necessary to add 1 pound of very thin solution of clay in water to each pound of the mixture, as without this precaution the pigments would not float on the surface of the preparation. The pigments — colors used under glaze are mostly em- ployed — are triturated with water and kept in special pots until used, when Miey are mixed with beef gall. To pre- vent the beef gall from spoiling some carbolic acid is added. Now spatter by means of a brush the different colors "aiixed with beef gall upon the surface <){ the mixture of the gum tragacanth, decoction of fleabane seed, and solution of clay. Marbled veins will immedi- ately be formed, which can be worked into imitation of any desired variety of marble by stirring the mass with a horse comb or similar instrument. The articles, which should be rather porous, are dipped into this solution, then washed to remove the shiny prepara- tion, heated in a muffle, glazed, and treated like common ware. Any vari- ety of decoration can be prepared by painting parts on the surface of the arti- cles with round lake or white lead mixed with gum Arabic, marbling the unpainted spots, and washing of the re- served places ; or by impressing copper prints, covering them with round lake, and marbling. If glazed articles are to be marbled pigments rubbed with oil are used. The article must first be coated with dammar resin dissolved in oil of turpentine (lif ounces of resin dis- solved in 1 pound' of oil of turpentine). After the coating is perfectly dry the article is treated in the same manner as the unglazed. With skill in the man- ipulation very beautiful articles can be prepared by this process. Glass and other Signs. The following directions for making glass signs are by W. Arrenbrecht : I. To Etch Glass (Fine-grained). Paint the entire glass, except the parts to be etched, with asphaltum or, best, with ordinary iron lacquer which covers well, and allow it to dry, but not en- tirely hard, as otherwise the acid is apt to find its way under the iron lacquer. Place a rim of putty, prepared with wax and starch, around the design, care being had that it laps over upon the iron iacquer. Then pour hydrofluoric acid upon the surface, let it stand for 5 minutes, pour it back into the flask, and wash the entire surface with water. Then remove the asphaltum with oil of turpentine and wash again with white soap and water. II. To Etch Glass (Coarse-grained). Proceed in the same manner as above, but throw emery into the acid immedi- ately after it has been poured upon the surface ; let it remain for 5 minutes, then pour it back into the flask and wash and cleanse as above. III. Gilding Glass. Polish the glass thoroughly with whiting and then with a linen rag dipped in alcohol. Prepare a size by boiling 2 ounces of isinglass in sufficient water to cover it, and, when dissolved, add 1 quart of alcohol, and then dilute to 2 quarts with water, and 148 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT ROOK. filter. Flood the surface to be gilded with the size, lay the gold leaf flat on it, and scatter elutriated chalk (whit- ing) previously warmed over the whole. Should the chalk form lumps in heat- ing, rub it fine, but the dusting over with chalk must be delayed until the gold leaf is dry. When the gold leaf is entirely dry dust it oft' with a fine brush and then polish it with a piece of silk velvet. Repeat the gilding once more, and then back all the gold which is to remain with copal or dammar lac- quer. When this is dry remove the superfluous gold by rubbing with the mi listened finger. IV. Silvering on Glass is done in the same manner as gilding, but somewhat more isinglass is used, as the silver leaf being softer than gold leaf requires a stronger agglutinant. V. Gilding on Show Windows. The . lame solution of isinglass given under III. is used. Cover the surface to be gilded with the mixture and lay on the fnld obliquely. When dry, polish the gold with a rag of silk velvet and re- peat the operation. VI. Correcting the Isinglass Mixture. If, after the second polishing, stains should make their appearance in the gold, the solution contains too much isinglass and must be diluted by adding distilled vater and rectified alcohol. But if the gold cannot be polished the mixture contains too little isinglass. It is therefore advisable to first test the solution upon a piece of glass. VII. Bucking the Inscription on Shoiv Windows. After rubbing off the super- fluous gold with the finger apply to the entire inscription a coat of good oil paint mixed with some hemp oil and English carriage lacquer, which will preserve the inscription even upon panes covered with sweat, and its dura- bility can be guaranteed for years. VIII. Hacking Glass Signs without Shades. After rubbing off carefully the superfluous gold with the finger apply 2 coats of Frankfort black rubbed up in oil to the entire back of the glass and inscription. IX. Backing Glass Signs with Shades. Apply 2 coats of the same black, but leave the shades free. When the black is dry, paint the places left for the shades with red, green, blue, etc., oil paint. X. With Mother-of-pearl Insertions, Gild in the manner given above. When the gold is dry, coat only the outlines of the inscription with copal or dammar lacquer. After carefully removing the superfluous gold apply 2 coats of the mentioned black oil paint, leaving free the inner part of the inscription, etc., for the mother-of-pearl. If the inscrip- tion is to be shaded proceed in the same manner as given under IX. XI. Mother-of-pearl Insertions. Very thin laminae of mother-of-pearl of differ-' ent colors are used. Select suitable pieces, and, if too large, break them in two. Then coat first the places left free in the inscription with dammar lacquer, and then one side of each of the pieces of mother-of-pearl; lay them on the inscription and press them gently down with the handle of the brush, continuing thus until the entire surface is covered. Do not place the pieces close together, but leave small inter- stices between them, which are after- ward filled up with lacquer and pul- verized oyster shells or other shells dusted in. XII. Backing with Tinfoil is done in the same manner as with mother-of- pearl, except that the oil paint is not allowed to dry entirely, but to remain just sticky enough to fasten the tin- foil by a gentle pressure, care being had to place the glossy side of the tin- foil upon the glass. Transparent Glass Sign (Cliild's American Patent). Coat a glass plate with paint so that the places to be transparent remain free. Back this glass plate with a second, and fill the space between them with pieces of col- ored glass of irregular sizes. By illu- minating the sign from the back a wonderful effect is produced. Further, the filling of such a sign could be set in motion by a suitable apparatus, thus producing a kaleidoscopic effect. Sign Painting. It may be laid down as a general rule for all Roman capitals, except I, J, M, and W, that the extreme breadth should equal the height ; the breadth of I and J is equal to half the height, and that of M and W to. \h times the height. Gilt letters are writ- ten with Japan size, a substance which soon acquires such a state, between dryness and wetness, that leaf gold laid GLUE, MANUFACTURE OF. 149 on it adheres perfectly. The gold leaf should in' gently dabbed over with a pad of COttOE WOOl, which will smooth the surfaces of the gilding and remove all superfluous pieces of gold leaf. Japan Gold Size. Boil 2J gallons of linseed "il for 2 hours, then add gradually and in small portions at a time l' pounds'each of litharge and min- ium ana 91 of sulphate of iron, keeping the oil boiling all the time and stirring from the bottom of the pot. It is ad- visable to have a Large iron ladle ready to cool the mass down, if it should ap- pear to rise too high, by hulling a part of it into an empty pot. After boiling the oil for about S hours melt 2£ pounds of gum anime and heat J gallon of raw linseed oil. When the gum is melted pour in the oil ; let it boil until clear, then cool for a few minutes and add it to the first oil. Wash out the pot in which the gum has been melted and melt 2\ pounds more of gum anime and heat J gallon more of oil in the same manner as before and add that also to first oil. Now urge the fire in the fur- nace, but keep it well in front, so that it can be drawn at a moment's warning. The gold size will soon throw up a frothy scum on the surface, which must be constantly kept down by stirring with the ladle, and never be allowed to rise higher than 4 inches below the edge of the pot. After boiling for about 5 hours it will commence to become stringy, but boiling must be continued until it hangs to the ladle and drops in lumps. Now take the size from the fire and cool it as quickly as possible, and when cool enough mix it with 8 gallons of turpentine, but do not stir until all the turpentine is in and the froth on the surface has disappeared, and then strain as quickly as possible. Glue, Manufacture of. Glue, as is well known, is manu- factured from the parings of skins and hides steeped in lime-water. The waste of calf and sheepskins gives the best glue; that from horse-hides is dark and of a poor quality. In buying the waste, \t frequently occurs that particles of flesh are mixed with them. This is not actually injurious, as in manufacturing tha glue they are regained as fat. The materials from which glue is boiled are called " glue stock," and con- sist of: a. Waste of tanneries, yielding as> much as II to 46 per cent, of glue; b. Waste obtained in preparing the skins of sheep, goats, and kids; c. The scarf-skin of bullocks' hides and waste in fleshing the hide, giving about 30 percent, of glue; gallons, about 125 gallons of clean water are added, if wet material is used, and about 223 gallons to dry stock. The mass is nn\v boiled until a sample taken from the boiler cools to a jelly. This, for wet material, requires gener- ally 1 hour; for dry stock, 2 hours. The glue will be ready for cutting when a sample, poured into a cup, can be con- veniently taken out when cold. The fluid is then drawn off into the cooling vat (clarifying vat). This is also pro- vided with a discharge pipe and cock and placed high enough to allow of a bucket being conveniently put under it. When the glue has become clear it is drawn off and poured into boxes (moulds). A fresh quantity of waste is added to the material remaining in the boiler, and boiled. This is called the second boiling, and is treated in the same man- ner as the first. The residue remaining in the boiler after the second boiling is boiled until the fluid forms glue. This is called the third boiling. The product is treated in the same manner as the foregoing. The residue from the third boiling is used for preparing the so-called glue- water. This is made by pouring in enough water to cover the residue in the boiler from 2i to 3i inches deep, and boiling about 2 hours, until all glutinous substances have been dissolved. This fluid is too weak to form glue. It is added to the next boiling of glue stock, to accelerate the process. Clarifying the Glue. This is done either with alum or white of egg. Pulverize 2\ to 4i pounds of alum for every 200 pounds of glue, and dissolve it in 50 pounds of boiling glue taken from the boiler. Add this solution to the mass in the boiler, and let the whole boil for 10 minutes longer, when the clarified glue is drawn off into the cooling vat. The glue may also be clarified by dissolving for every 100 pounds of glue i pound of purified borax finely powdered and 3 ounces of purified potash in boiling glue, and pouring this into the fluid in the boiler. To Color the Glue Yellow. For every 100 pounds of glue to be colored dis- solve 1 to 2 pounds of finely-powdered crystallized soda in boiling glue, and stir this into the boiler until a unifonn yellow color is obtained. To Whiten the Glue. For every 100) pounds of glue add 2 pounds of sugar of lead completely dissolved in a hot solution of glue. Mix it thoroughly with the glue in the boiler, and then add 2 pounds of pulverized white vitriol (sulphate of zinc) also dissolved in boiling glue. Pouring into the Boxes {Moulds). This is done as soon as the glue has Fig. 14. been boiled, sufliciently cooled., and clarified. The boxes (Figs. 14, 15) are \\ / 1 1 1 II L l i 1 Fig. 15. made of pine, and are generally 4 feet long, 81 inches wide, and 6 inches high. They should be very smooth inside and water-tight. Before the glue is poured into them they should be kept filled for 1 day with fresh milk of lime. This is called freshening the boxes. In the spring the boxes should be given a coat of pure linseed oil, which will facili- tate the removal of the congealed glue. The operation of pouring the glue into the moulds is a very simple one : A funnel (Fig. 16) with a flat bottom reaching over the edges of the mould sits so firmly upon them as to need no> support from the workman. In the funnel is a small sieve (Fig. 17) of horsehair, which keeps back any im- purities in the glue. When the first 152 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Fig. 16. mould is filled, place the funnel upon the next, and so on until the vat is empty. Taking the Glue from the Moulds. Twelve hours are genei - ally required for the glue to con- geal, but in warm weather 24 hours may be necessary. In taking the mass from the mould dip the blade of a large knife (Fig. 18) in cold water, and wi.th it loosen the glue from the sides of the box, which must be done skilfully and quickly. The box is then emptied on a table &' and the glue quickly cut into pieces of desired shape and thickness with a copper knife dipped in water. When a few cuts have been made the knife is again dipped in water, in order to give to the pieces a smooth surface and pre- vent them from becoming full of cracks. The hand is now dipped into water, and the pieces of glue laid upon hurdles strung with cord similar to a net (Figs. 19, 19 a) which are then carried into the drying-room and placed upon frames providedwith strips set 2| to 3 inches apart (Fig. 20). In the course of a few hours the glue upon the hurdle is turned. It is then allowed to dry gradually, and when nearly dry is Ruthay's New Process of Making Glue from Waste of Hides and Skins Fig. 18. Fig. 19. strung upon cord by means of a needle, and dried completely in the air, and is then ready for the market. Fig. 19 a. in Tanneries, The waste is placed in water until it begins to smell, and then n tc n. S -.n. 55 K ffi S K ^ 3£ m mr XL Fig. 20. washed in running water. Two and a half parts of sulphuric acid of 1.035 specific gravity to every 11.2 parts of the waste, while it is still moist, are then poured over it, and it is allowed to stand in a covered vessel for 24 hours. The acid is then poured off", the waste washed in clean water, and the same amount of sulphuric acid to the same quantity of waste again poured over it. After allowing it to stand quietly for some time, it is thoroughly washed to remove all traces of acid, pressed out, and placed in a vat of such capacity that it will be filled about § by it. The vat is then filled with water of 110° F., covered, and the mass allowed to stand quietly for 24 hours. The liquid is then drawn off", and, on cooling, con- geals to a colorless gelatine. Water of a higher temperature is poured upon the residue in the vat. After 24 hours this fluid is drawn off and allowed to congeal to gelatine, and the process is repeated until everything has been dis- solved. This gelatine can be kept for a long time in well-closed jars. Glue from Waste of Tanned Leather. Place the waste in soda lye of 1.025 GLUE, MANUFACTURE OF. 153 specific gravity for r> to 12 hours, and then press out. To extract all the tan- nin, which is absolutely accessary for the gaining of glue, the waste must be again treated with soda lye. It is then thoroughly washed, placed in dilute acid for 24 hours; then, to neutralize the acid, in a weak solution of soda, and finally thoroughly washed with water, when it is ready to b worked into glue in the ordinary manner. Muclayan's Apparatus and Process for Manufacturing (Hue and Gelatine. The apparatus is intended for the ex- traction of gelatine from bones by the aid of steam. Fig. 21 represents aside and in the evaporating pan e to the boiling point ; m cocks for the escape Of condensed steam ; and n a crank which moves a driving gear catching into a wheel, by which tne extracting pan is revolved. Extracting the Gelatine. First Operation. The bones are brought ix. contact with lime in order to free them from all fleshy parts. They are then thrown into the box d, to extract the fat, which is done by boiling them by the introduction of steam through the pipes b and c into the serpentine pipe /. The fat swimming on the top is skimmed off. The bones are then taken from d and Its fc =* L3_I =8=4 Fig. 21. view of the apparatus, and Fig. 22 the ground-plan; a is the steam-boiler; b a pipe conducting the steam to all parts placed in the extracting vessel /, which is carefully luted, and steam at a press- ure of 5 atmosphere then introduced o # fl ^o of the apparatus ; c pipes conducting the steam to the box d, serving for ex- tracting the fat from the bones, then to the evaporating pan e, and finally to the extracting pan ; /, g are cocks for regu- lating the introduction of steam ; h a pedestal upon which the extracting pan can be revolved ; i are valves for the escape of steam; k cocks through which the steam leaves the extracting vessel ; another cock is placed beneath the ex- tracting vessel, through which the liquid gelatine is drawn off; / are serpentine pipes through which steam passes to bring the fluids in the box d After exposing the bones to the action of the steam for 2 hours the gelatine is drawn off through the cock on the bottom of the extracting pan, and after filtering is brought into the evaporating pan e. Second Operation. Some of the fluid in the box d is brought into the extract- ing pan /, steam is again introduced, and after 3 hours the gelatine is drawn off, filtered, and added to the first. Third Operation. All the gelatine obtained having been brought into the evaporating pan e, it is evaporated to the proper consistency and then treated in the same manner as glue. 154 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. To Hake Gelatine from Glue. Soak 5 pounds of good glr.c for 2 days in 1* gallons cf strong vinegar, with 1 ounce of which saturate -10 to 45 grains of po- tassium carbonate. Then pour off the vinegar and place the glue in a sieve suspended in a vat of cold water, and allow it to remain 12 hours to remove the acetates adhering to the glue, which is now clear as glass, with z yellow tint. Give thus prepared gives, vhen poured upon glass plates, white sheets of gela- tine. They are somewhat more brittle than those obtained from bone glue, but this difficulty is overcome by adding more or less glycerine, according to the season of the year. In this manner gelatine can be produced which binds better than that obtained from bones, and at less cost. Liquid Steam Glue. The Russian steam glue is prepared in the following manner: Soak 100 pounds of good glue in 12 to 14 gallons of water, and add 5 to 6 pounds of aqua-fortis. The peculiar white color of Russian glue is produced by mixing 6 pounds of finely-powdered sulphate of lead with the solution. Heller's Steam Glue consists of 100 parts of good glue, 200 of water, and 12 of aqua-fortis. Cold Liquid Glue. . Dilute 2 to 2i parts of crude nitric acid with 40 to 50 of water. Soak in this 25 parts ot glue for 24 hours and then heat the mixture until it is homogeneous. The quantity of acid used depends on the quality of the glue. All other receipts have given unsatisfactory results. To Prepare Excellent Glue which will hold iu Water. Powder and dissolve 1 part of glue in 1 oi thick linseed-oil varnish boiling hot, and mix thor- oughly. In using it heat the 2 planed sides of the wood, apply the glue warm, and press the pieces together. Good Furniture Glue. Boil the de- sired quantity of glue with water. When sufficiently boiled pour it into a porce- lain dish and rub with a pestle into a thick paste free from lumps. Then pour it into an earthen-ware dish, let it cool, and cut it into pieces of desired size. When it is to be used dissolve 2 parts of the prepared glue in 1 of ordi- nary whiskey diluted with 2 of water, and let it boil up once. The glue is bow ready for use and can be kept for some time. It possesses extraordinary adhesive power. Glue for Books. Dissolve over a moderate fire 12 parts of glue in 8 of water, add 8 parts of shavings of white soap, and, when all are dissolved, 6 of powdered alum, stirring the mass con- stantly. The sheets of paper may be either dipped into this fluid or it is ap- plied with a sponge. Glue Resisting Wet and. Jlois/ure. Soak any desired quantity of glue in clean water for 11 hours, then pour the water off and stir the glue into a paste. On the other hand, take % part of the glue used of isinglass, cut it in small pieces, soak for 12 hours in ordinary whiskey, and then rub it into a paste. Place an earthen pot on the fire and put in gradually portions of the glue and of the isinglass ; stir constantly, add a few drops of linseed-oil varnish, strain through a clean cloth, and put the glue in bottles for future use. New Liquid Glue. This glue, which can be used for joining together all imaginable articles, eve , porcelain, glass, mother-of-pearl, etc., is prepared as follows : Pour 8 parts of water over 3 of glue cut in small pieces, and let it stand for a few hours. Then add 4 part of hydrochloric acid gas and } part of sulphate of zinc, and expose the mixt- ure to a temperature of 175° to 190° F. for 10 to 12 hours. The glue does not again congeal, and if necessary can be still further clarified by allowing it to settle and then filtering. Bone Glue is manufactured from bones comminuted to the size of peas, or from waste in the manufacture of bone flour. The material is first moist- ened with a solution of oxalic acid in water, then piled in heaps and left to itself, whereby spontaneous heating takes place. It is then steamed in a glue boiler, the manhole being left open during the process. When the ainmoniacal combinations have been expelled the material is subjected to a pressure of 2 to 3 atmospheres, and boil- ing water pumped in from time to time in order to completely dissolve the gel- atine. The concentrated solution of glue, containing from 25 to 30 per cent, of dry substance, is finally pressed into a wooden vat, where it can be further concentrated, if necessary, by heating a GLUE, MANUFACTURE OF. 155 iteam-pipe. The whole process re- quires from ."> to 6 hours. Dupasquier's Process of Preparing Bom Glue as a Substitute for Isinglass. Selecting and Bleaching th( Bones. Re- move all decayed and spongy parts of the bones and boil the sound portions for 1 hour to remove the fleshy and for- eign substances. Potash lye is added Dear the end of the boiling to effectually clean the bones of fat. This lye con- sists of i pound each of potash and lime to every 100 pounds of bones. Alter remaining in the lye for 2 hours the bones are placed in baskets and set in running water to wash cflfthe potash and foreign substances. Comminuting the Bones. Remove the hones from the baskets, dry, and grind them in a power mill. The mill used by the inventor is rll feet in diam- eter and driven by horse-power, a strong horse being a"ble to crush 150 pounds of hones to the .size of beans in an hour. But it is better to grind the bones in an ordinary Hour-mill, as the smaller the particles are the better the acid acts upon them. Immersing tin Comminuted Bonesin Hydrochloric Acid. The bone-dust is divided into 2 p;wts by sifting in a cyl- inder sieve. One 'part will be impal- pable powder, while the other will be about as coarse as snuff. The reason for this division of the bone flour is that experience has taught that less acid is required for the fiue powder than for the coarse. Tin- following are the pro- portions: For every 100 parts of fine powder take 25 of hydrochloric acid and 75 of water: for Kin parts of coarse powder 50 of hydrochloric acid and 75 of water. The process is as follows: Pour the mentioned proportion of water over the hone flour in a large vat of white wood, and stir with a wooden shovel until every particle of flour is thoroughly moistened. Let it stand for 1 hour, then add J of the mentioned proportion of acid, and, in intervals of 1 hour, the other *. Let the acid act for 12 hours, stirring the mixture every hour with wooden shovels. Then draw off the liquor which contains hydrochlo- rate of lime, free phosphoric acid, and a certain quantity of free hydrochloric acid. The residue is rilled into bags of a loose material and placed in running water for 24 hours. The bags are then shaken in running water until, on taking a sample from the hau r and plac- ing il upon the tongue, no acid or any other taste is perceived. The bone-dust is now brought into a boilerwith a her- metically fitting cover and 200 parts of water added to every 150 parts of hone Hour weighed before immersion. The Fig. 23. whole is now boiled until all gelatine is entirely dissolved, which may he recognized by the sediment on the bot- tom becoming pasty and containing no particles offering resistance to pressure with the finger. Fig. 23 represents the form of boiler used for the operation. The liquor is then drawn off and filtered through a bag, the residue pressed out. 156 TECHNO-CHEMICAL EECEIPT BOOK. and the liquor obtained thereby added to the first. Bleaching. Pour the liquor into a tall barrel (Fig. 24) and introduce a very vigorous current of sulphurous gas produced by decomposing sulphuric acid by charcoal. By the action of this acid the dark color of the liquor is con- verted into a bluish-white resembling that of a solution of good isinglass. Let the liquor settle and then draw it off through a faucet placed 3 inches above the bottom of the barrel. Pouring the Gelatine into Moulds. The liquor is carried in wooden buck- ets to another room where the moulds are arranged. They are made of white pine, are 5i feet long and If feet wide, and stand in a horizontal position along- side each other upon a wooden frame. Around the edge they are provided with a rim 1-J inches high. They are painted with a coat of drying oil and white lead. The liquor is poured h inch deep in them. A gelatine of firm con- sistency is soon formed, which is lifted out with wooden knives and laid upon loosely-woven cloths stretched out in a room through which a strong current of air passes. It remains here for 6 to 10 days, when it is sufficiently dry to be packed. Isinglass (Pish Glue). Genuine isin- f;lass is yellowish-white or grayish-yel- ow to brown, transparent, very tough and flexible, can be easily torn only in )he direction of the grain, has no taste or odor, and when chewed it becomes sticky. A solution of 1 part of isin- glass in 50 of warm water is colorless and cools to a jelly. It consists of: Animal glue 70 per cent. Osniiizome 16 " Water 7.5 " Insoluble particles of skin . . 2.5 " Acid and salts of soda, potash, and lime 4 " 100 " It is principally manufactured in Russia from the bladders of the stur- geon and other fishes belonging to the same family. The bladders, after being placed in hot water, are cut open, washed, and exposed to the air with the inner, silvery skin upward. This is then removed by rubbing, placed in moistemed cloths, pressed, and then takpn from the cloth and laid eithei in serpentine windings between 3 small blocks or placed together in sheets like a book and dried. Printers' Rollers from Glueand Glyc- erine. Let good cabinet-makers' glue stand, with water until a jelly has been formed, heat this in a water-bath, and, when melted, add as much glycerine as glue, stir, and then heat carefully until the water is evaporated. The product is an elastic substance well adapted for printers' rollers, moulds for galvano- plastic purposes, etc. Another process is as follows : Clean waste of skins by soaking in water for several days, then cut them in small pieces and cover them with glycerine. Boil the whole for some time at 212° to 235° F. When all the waste is dissolved pour the solution into another vessel, and, when cold, pour into moulds. Birdlime is a thick, soft, tough, and sticky mass of a greenish color, has an unpleasant smell and bitter taste, melts easily on heating, and hardens when exposed in thin layers to the air. It is difficult to dissolve in spirit of wine, bu* easily in hot alcohol, oil of turpentine and fat oils, and also somewhat in vin- egar. The best quality is prepared from the inner green bark of the holly ( Ilex aquifolium), which is boiled, then put in barrels, and submitted for 14 days to slight fermentation until it becomes sticky. Another process of preparing it is to mix the boiled bark with juice of mistletoe berries and burying it in the ground until fermented. The bark is then pulverized, boiled, and washed. Artificial birdlime is prepared by boil- ing and then igniting linseed oil, or boiling printing varnish until it is very tough and sticky. It is further pre- pared by dissolving cabinet-makers' glue in water and adding a concentrated solution of chloride of zinc. The mixt- ure is very sticky, does not dry on ex- posure to the air, and has the advantage that it can be easily washed oft' the feathers of the birds. The following mixtures give a good fly glue : I. Melt together 6 parts of colophony, 4 of rapeseed oil, and 3 of rosin. II. Eight parts of rosin, 4 each of turpentine and rapeseed oil, and £ of honey. HOUSEHOLD AND RURAL ECONOMY. 157 III. Roil to a thick paste 1 pound of rosin and 3J ounces each of* m< hisses .mil linseed oil. Apply either of the above mixtures to a thick stiek and plant it in a pot tilled with sand. Household and Rural Economy. How to Construct a Table Fountain. To a glass tube aboul 2 feet long is fused a glass funnel capable of holding about i cubic inch of fluid. The lower end of the tube passes through a perforated cork into a wide-necked bottle about 4 inches high. A glass tube a few inches long and running somewhat to a point Fig. 25) is inserted in a perforated cork in another neck of the same bottle. Sufficient water to entirely fill the bot- tle is now poured through the funnel tube, this being also filled up to the rim of the funnel, while the aperture of the short tube is closed by placing a finger over it. As soon as the finger is re- moved a jet of water will spurt from the small tube, a constant supply being kept uj> from an urn or basin provided with a cock and standing over the fun- nel. By a suitable arrangement of flowers upon the table it is easy to con- ceal the bottle as well as the funnel tube and water urn. Pine Leaves or "Needles" may be made a very suitable substitute for hair, feathers, etc., for upholstery purposes, by boiling them with lime, soda, pot- ash, or similar chemicals until reduced to a fibrous state. One of the advan- tages claimed for this material is thai it is an effectual repellant of moths, bed- bugs, fleas, and other insect pests. To Keep Milk from Souring, and to retard the separation of cream, add a small quantify of boracic acid to it. By this means it can be kept for several days. mass for Artificial Flowers and Fruits is prepared from bread crumbs, magnesia, and finely-powdered starch, which, as soon as it is fermented, can be formed and colored to any desired pattern. I ndigo-carmine, saffron, or the various lakes are used as coloring substances, and as a varnish a solution of gamboge in alcohol. Simple Process for Preparing Potato Flour. Boil the potatoes and then allow them to freeze, which will facil- itate the pressing out of the water and drying of the substance of the potato. Roasted Malt as a Substitute for Coffee. Mix 2 parts of ground malt, 1 of ground coffee, and 1 of chicory ; or use equal parts of coffee and chicory or malt. When boiled in water, or steeped in boiling water, these mixtures furnish a nourishing beverage of agreeable taste and flavor. Lemonade Powder. Rub together 1 drachm of tartaric acid and l| ounces of sugar with 3 drops of oil of lemon. Lemonade prepared with this powder is refreshing, cooling, and wholesome. II. Mix H pounds of sugar, 5 ounces of oil of lemon, and A ounce of crystal lized tartaric acid. Preserve the pow- der in glass bottles hermetically closed. Champagne Powder. To convert any wine, at a moment's notice, into cham- pagne, take 30 grains of dry, pulverized bicarbonate of sodium, 23 grains of dry, powdered tartaric acid, and 2 ounces of pulverized sugar. Put the powder into a strong champagne bottle containing the wine and cork immediately. Then turn the bottle up and the champagne will be ready in one minute. < 'hampagne Mixture. AddtoSquarts of must wine 1 pound of white sugar and a little alcohol. One jxlr.ss of this 158 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. mixture will convert any young wine into champagne. Currant Champagne. Boil pure cur- rant juice to the consistency of syrup and preserve in well-corked bottles. When to be used add a cupful of this syrup to i gallon of French wine and stir tht mixture thoroughly. English Champagne. To 10 pounds of gooseberry juice add 5 quarts of water and allow it to stand for 3 days; then press out and add 3 pounds of sugar and let it stand for 5 or 6 weeks, with occasional skimming, and add a small quantity of brandy and fill into bot- tles. Fruit Champagne. Peel and grate juicy pears and press out the juice, which pour into a cask and cover the bung-hole with a linen cloth, and let the cask stand in a moderately warm room. Fermentation will begin in a few days, when the scum must be care- fully removed. When the scum ceases, fill the cask with clear fermented pear juice (which has been fermented in a closely-corked bottle) and allow the cask to rest for 5 or 6 weeks in a cellar. Put a faucet in the cask about 4 inches above the chime, and draw the wine off into bottles and secure their corks with wire covered with pitch or wax. In about 2 weeks the wine will be fit for use, closely resembling champagne. It improves with age. Fruit Wines. Apple Wine (Cider). English Process. Store the apples for 10 to 14 days in an open shed and care- fully reject the rotten ones. Then macer- ate the sound apples, enclose the pulp in a hair cloth, and place under a press, from which the juice is conveyed into barrels. If the apples are pressed with- out the hair cloth the bung-holes of the barrels must be covered with a brick until spring. The juice is then racked oft' into other barrels and K pound of hops and some burnt sugar are added and the bung-holes closed. The wine will not be fit to drink before a year. Apple Wine (Normandy Process). The apples are crushed and pressed in the usual manner and the juice con- veyed into barrels ; but instead of allow- ing fermentation to take its course the juice, as soon as fermentation has com- menced, is poured into other barrels, and again into others ac soon as fer- mentation recommences. Thisisge* erally done ■'! 'inns. The scum and precipitation of the 3 fermentations are then placed in wool- len bags and suspended over a vat. The very clear apple wine draining from them is added i" the rest. This wine has a very agreeable taste and can be kept for a long time. Apple Champagne (Champagne Ci- der). To a champagne bottle full of apple wine take '2 to '■'> ounces of sugar, dissolve it in the wine, add as quickly as possible 3 ounce of finely-powdered tartaric acid and 1 drachm of finely- powdered bicarbonate of sodium, cork the bottle, secure the cork with wire, and let it lie for ,s days, when the cham- pagne cider is ready for use. Birch Wine. Bore holes in birch trees in the spring before the leaves ap- pear and insert tubes to drain off the sap or juice. Branches of elder bush are often used for tubes. Large trees can be tapped in several places without injury. If a sufficient quantity of juice, is not obtained in 1 day, it should be kept in bottles hermetically closed by covering the cork with wax or pitch. Boil the juice, after a sufficient quan- tity has been collected, and carefully remove the scum as it arises. Then add 4 pounds of sugar and the rind of 1 lemon to every gallon of juice, and boil for i hour longer, carefully removing the scum. When cold the juice is fer- mented by adding yeast spread upon toasted bread, and is then allowed to stand for 5 to 6 days, being stirred oc- casionally. Now take a clean barrel holding exactly the quantity of wine prepared, suspend in it a piece of ignited sulphur, close the bung until the sul- phur is extinguished, and then bring the wine into the barrel. As long as fermentation continues the bung is placed loosely in the bung-hole. When fermentation ceases the bung is driven in tight and the barrel allowed to lie for 3 months, when the wine is drawn into bottles. Blackberry Wine. Cover ripe black berries with boiling water in an earthen or wooden vessel and, when cool enough to admit the hand, crush the blackber- ries ; cover the vessel and allow if to stand until the berries are forced to the top, requiring generally 2 or 3 davs. HOUSEHOLD AND RURAL ECONOMY. 159 The clear juice is then drawn off into a similar vessel and l pound <>!' sugar added to every 3 gallons of fluid, \\ hen the whole is thoroughly stirred together and allowed to stand for 8 to 10 'lays. The wine is [hen Altered through a bag into a capacious vessel. Thenexl morn- ing l ounces of isinglass, previously soaked for 12 hours, are slowly boiled in 1 pint of white wine. When all is dissolved the above quantity is added to every gallon of the wine, tic whole allowed to boil up once, and then poured into a cask. Cherry Wine. Free perfectly ripe cherries from the stems, crush, and press them through a hair sieve. Then adtl to every gallon of juice 2 pounds of sugar and place it iu a vessel just large enough to be entirely tilled with it. When fermentation has rim its course and no noise can be detected in the barrel, drive in the bung and allow the barrel to lav for 3 months, and then fill the wine into bottles. Currant Wine. To every gallon of currant juice add 1 pound of sugar. When the sugar is dissolved put the juice in a cask, which should be en- tirely tilled with it. Put this in a cellar until fermentation has run its course, then fill it up with juice previously fermented and close the bunghole. The wine remains in this barrel for 6 months, when it is drawn off into an- other barrel or into bottles. Another Receipt. A beverage re- sembling Madeira wine is obtained by using equal parts of gooseberry and currant juice,. dissolving in it 1 pound of sugar for every gallon of juice, and allowing the whole to ferment. The clear wine is then drawn off into an- other barrel and 1 pint of French brandy added to every gallon of it, when the bun-hole is closed as tight as possible and the barrel allowed to lie in a cellar. tor 5 to t; months, when the wine is drawn oil' into bottles. Damson Wine. Ten pounds of dam- sons, when quite ripe, are crushed and boiled in l\ gallons of water. Then press out the juice, add 3 pounds of sugar, let it ferment in a barrel, and add, after a fortnight, a little good brandy to it, when it will be fit to fill in bottles. Elderberry Wine. Remove the stems from liii) pounds of elderberries, crush and boil them; then add 50 pounds of SUgar, - pounds of cream of tartar, and 35 gallons of water, and let the mixture ferment. By adding a little ginger, cloves, raisins, and yeast, it will yield at the termination of the fermentation a wine similar to Cyprus wine. Ginger Wine. Add 20 pounds of sugar to 12 gallons of water and boil to it syrup. Then boil in a separate vessel 1 pound of white Jamaica ginger in 2J gallons of water and add, while boiling, a tew lemon peels. Then mix both liquids, add a little yeast and 4 pounds of seeded raisins. Let it ferment for several weeks, and then add 1 pound of tartaric acid and 2 gallons of elderberry juice. Honey Wine. To 2 pounds of honey add 1 gallon of water. Boil the mixt- ure for 1 hour, continually skimming it ; then add some yeast and let the liquid ferment, hanging into the barrel a bag containing bruised spices, such as coriander seeds, cloves, ginger, ami calamus, of each 1 ounce. The fer- mented liquor will be clear after 1 month, when it can be drawn into bot- tles. Orange Wine. Boil 40 pounds of BUgar for i hour with 13i gallons of water. At the same time press out and filter the juice of 75 oranges and mix if, together with the rinds, with the sugary fluid after the latter has been cooled off to about 85° F. The mixture is then poured into a cask and frequently stirred during 3 or 4 days, when the cask is bunged and placed in a cellar for 6 months, when the wine is drawn off. Orange Wine with Lemon. Dissplve 6i pounds of sugar in H gallons of water at a temperature about 105° F. Add to this the juice of 5 good lemons and 3 table-spoonfuls of beer yeast, and let the mixture ferment for 48 hours. In the meanwhile grate the rinds of the lemons and those of 25 oranges upon 1 pound of loaf sugar, add this to the fermenting liquid and immediately afterwards the juice of the 25 oranges, and then let the whole ferment for 48 bonis longer. Then pour the fluid into a cask, add 1 pint of w T ine, bung the cask, and let it lie for 6 months, when the wine can be drawn off into bottles. Raisin Wine. To 6i pounds of 160 TECHNO-CIIEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. raisins add 20 pounds of water, 2 pounds of sugar, every gallon <>i' the decoction, and when the sugar is dis- solved add l table-spoonful of yeast to the same quantity of liquid, let it ferment over night, and the following day the beer will be lit for drinking. To Prepare Fly Paper. Thoroughly saturate stout unsized paper with a solution of 1 part of arseniate of potas- sium or arseniate of sodium and 2 of white sugar in 20 parts of water, and then dry it. When the paper is to be used moisten it with some water and place it in saucers. It is advisable to 6e very careful with this paper as it is poisonous. Fly Paper Free from Poison. Pour i gallon of water over 1 pound of quas- sia wood and let it stand over night, then boil the strained fluid down to 1 quart. The wood is again boiled with 1 quart of water until 1 pint remains, when the 2 infusions are mixed to- gether and i to j pound of sugar dis- solved in it. Pass the paper through this fluid, let it drain off", and hang it up to dry. Red blotting-paper is gen- erally used. Persian Insect Powder is prepared from the leaves and blossoms of Pyre- thru in caucasicum. An alcoholic ex- tract can also be prepared by digesting li parts of the powder with 12 of spirit of wine for 8 days and then pressing and filtering. To Destroy Insects and Worms In- festing Wall Paper, etc. Mix 2 pounds of starch paste with 1 ounce of finely- pulverized colocynth. To Preserve Animal Skins. Wicke recommends to pulverize sulphate of copper as finely as possible and to stir the powder into a paste with water. The flesh side of the skin is brushed with this as quickly as possible, in order to prevent evaporation of the water. The paste permeates the skins in a short time, securing them against all attacks by insects. According to another receipt 1 part of sulphate of copper is mixed with 2 of alum. This mixture forms insoluble combinations with the organic tissues. To Preserve Stuffed Animals. Mix 2 parts of air-slaked lime, sifted through a fine sieve, and 1 part of sifted tobacco 11 ashes, with J part of alum. Rub the mixture thoroughly into the flesti side of the skins to be stuffed. .1 nother Ri ceipt. Pulverize and mix 1 ounce of sal-ammoniac, J ounce of burned alum, ;U ounces of tobacco ashes, and L'f> ounces of aloes, and pro- ceed as above. .1 nother Receipt. Pulverize and mix thoroughly 1 part of cobalt and 2 of alum, and rub the mixture thoroughly into the flesh side of the skin previously brushed with pine oil. The following receipts are principally used for skins of mammalia: I. Boil i part of alum and j part of pulverized cobalt in 4 parts of water; strain the fluid and brush it over both sides of the skin. II. Dissolve i part of tar formed from the grease on the iron axle of a wagon in 1 part of strong soap-boilers lye, and coat the flesh side of the skin uniformly with the resulting thick paste. To Destroy Insects Infesting Her- baria, and Collections of Insects. Weiss recommends a solution of corrosive sublimate in sulphuric ether. To Protect Woollen Goods and Furs. Fumigation with sal-ammoniac and also laying stems of wormwood and blooming hearts clover between the articles have been proposed as excellent remedies for destroying moths. Dust- ing the articles with pulverized sulphate of iron is said to be good for keeping away moths. Formerly a mixture was used consist- ing of 4 parts of oil of lavender, 4 of ethereal oil of wormwood, and 1 of oil of turpentine, well shaken together. Strips of blotting-paper were soaked in the mixture and placed in the pockets or seams of the clothes. Hager recommends the following mixtures * I. For Cloth. One and a half fluid ounces of pure carbolic acid, 2 fluid drachms each of oil of cloves, lemon peel, and nitro-benzole, dissolved in i gallon of spirit of wine. II. For Furs. Six fluid drachms of pure carbolic acid, 3 fluid drachms each of oil of cloves, lemon peel, and nitro- benzole, dissolved in 1 quart of spirit of wine. The articles are moderately sprinkled with the fluid. One sprinkling will 162 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. suffice for the summer, provided they are stored in closed boxes or closets, but cloth in storerooms will require to be sprinkled twice. Other Receipts for Destroying Moths. I. Soak blotting-paper in a mixture of equal parts of oil of camphor and spirits of turpentine, and lay the paper among the clothing or furs. II. Use a mixture of alum, cayenne pepper, oil of camphor, and calcined plaster of Paris. For the Destruction of Bedbugs and other Insects. According to Hirzel, waterv sulphurous acid is an excellent agent "for destroying bedbugs and their €ggs, as well as other noxious insects. It is sufficient to sprinkle a few drops of the acid upon the places or into the joints and holes infested by the insects, and to repeat this several times. Wild thvme is also an infallible means of destroying bedbugs. Lay it in the beds and corners of the room, and then close the doors and windows. It is advisable to heat the room in winter. In 48 hours all traces of bedbugs will have disappeared. For the Destruction of Flats on Dogs, Horses, and Cattle. Take equal parts of beef gall, oil of camphor, oil of penny- royal, extract of gentian, and spirits of wine. To Destroy Cockroaches. Mix equal parts of Persian insect powder and ] ii .wdered Levantic wormseed, and scat- ter the mixture about the places which the cockroaches frequent. To Destroy Mosquitoes and Gnats. A solution of beefs gall in spirits of camphor and spirits of turpentine does excellent service. To Drive away Ants from Closets, Pantries, etc. Chalk the shelves upon which the provisions are put ; or apply moistened flv paper, and lay about the pantry ; or soak bread crumbs in tinct- ure of quassia, and lay them about the closet. Rats will be completely driven away from any building by smearing the rat holes which are found near the walls, in the cellar, with tar. In 24 hours there will not be found a rat about the house ; nor will they return while fresh .supplies of tar are kept about the holes. Phosphorus Paste for Destroying Rats and Mice. Melt 8 ounces of phos- phorus in 1 gallon of hot water and add 10 pounds of corn meal ; then rub up gradually and add 10 pounds of butter and 5 pounds of sugar. To Destroy Field Rats and Mice. Take equal parts of burnt lime, pow- dered cicuta, calcined plaster of Paris, powdered hellebore, and oil of anise- seed. Mix and form into small pills, and scatter them about the places the mice and rats frequent. London Purple for the Destruction of Insects. London purple, which is a waste product of the fabrication of rosan- iline, comes into commerce as a fine powder of a violet color. It is soluble in water, and is composed of: Eosaniline 12.46 percent. Arsenious acid 43.65 ( lalcium <>xi. The universal composition may be used everywhere where the vitality of insects or cryptogamous plants is to be destroyed. Seed corn is kept sound and protected from birds, mice, snails,' etc., by soaking it, half an hour before sowing, in the composition diluted with 40 times its volume of water, taking it out of the fluid with a sieve, and allow- ing it to dry in the air. For the Destruction of Phylloxera ( Vine Grub, Vine Fretter), Armand Boyreau, of La Rochelle, France, rec- ommends the following composition, for which he has obtained a patent in France and Germany : Mix 30 pounds of sodium phosphate, 10 pounds of am- monium phosphate, 40 pounds of sal- ammoniac, 30 pounds of potassium sul- phate, 50 pounds of soda, 00 pounds of flowers of sulphur, and 1900 pounds of sulphate of iron. The composition is mixed with the soil. Papasogli applies a mixture of 30 parts of nitrobenzole, 50 of sulphuric acid, and 900 of water to the roots of the vine. To kill the eggs on the trunk he uses a paste prepared from t ounce of nitrobenzole, 2 pounds of lime, and 89 pounds of earth. This mixture adheres tightly to the trunk and is not washed off by long-continued rain, the odor of the nitrobenzole remaining for a long time. Simple Disinfectant. Pulverize i pound of fresh sulphate of iron of a yel- lowish-green color and mix it with 1 pound of plaster of Paris ; bring the mixture into a vessel and pour over it, constantly stirring, 1 gallon of rain water heated to the boiling point. After stirring the mixture for 2 minutes pour it down the privy well or over the place to be disinfected. In the meanwhile place in another vessel i gallon of rain water, J pint of petroleum, and 4 pint of soda water-glass, and bring the mixt- ure to the boiling point. Then stir it for 2 minutes and pour it after the first mixture. Disinfecting Powder of Max Fried- rich consists, according to an analysis made in the laboratory of the Chenv- isker Zeitung, of: 164 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Sand and silica 4.30 per cent. Ferric oxide and alumina . . 160 " Plaster of Paris 48.13 " Calcium hydrate 32.65 " Chlorine 0.82 " Magnesia traces. Alkalies and carbonic acid . 0.62 " Extract of ether 3.16 *' Naphthaline, carbolic acid, and moisture 7.72 " 100.00 " Efficacious Disinfectants. Sulphate of aluminium and hydrochlorate of aluminium are very powerful disinfect- ants and antiseptics. Their solubility and harmlessness render their use ad- missible under all circumstances. The chloride and sulphate of iron have the same action as the above, and, further, they absorb the sulphuretted products of decomposition. For this reason these salts are the most efficacious of disin- fectants. But there is one objection to their use, namely, that the iron would injure any vegetation with which the disinfected matter might ■inme in con- tact. The best disinfectant for general use is a solution containing hydrochlo- rate of aluminium with a small quantity of chloride of iron. The hydrochlorate will do all the work of a disinfectant and antiseptic, while the chloride will absorb the sulphuretted compounds. To Cleanse Lacquered and Stained Articles of Wood use a lye prepared from 3 parts of potash and 1 of calcined tartar dissolved in 24 of soft water. The surface of the article to be cleansed is moistened with the lye diluted with water. In the course of 3 or 4 minutes the adhering dirt will be loosened, when the article should be thoroughly washed with soft water. It has also been recommended to cleanse lacquered articles by applying olive oil to the surface, dusting dour, prepared buck's horn, or infants' pow- der upon this, and rubbing off with a soft cloth. By this not only all stains and dust are removed, but the lustre of the article is also restored without in- jury to the colors and gilding. To Cut and Pierce Rubber Corks. This can be easily accomplished by dipping the instrument used in potash or soda lye. To Protect Stone and Brick Walls from Moisture. Brush the wall over with a hot solution of J pound of Cas* tile soap in 1 gallon of water ; let it dry for 24 hours and then apply a solution of h pound of alum in 4 gallons of water. Rosin as a Protection against 3Ioist- ure in Walls. Heat 5 parts of turpen- tine and stir in 10 parts of pulverized common glue and 1 part of finely-sifted sawdust. Cleanse the wall and heat it by means of a soldering lamp or other flame, and apply the rosin composition, which can be run into every crack and joint by keeping the wall warm. Smooth by use of a hot iron. An addition of boneblack to the composition will give a dark color, or if the wall is to be painted a light color can be had by using light-colored rosin and woody fibre. This composition is also good for wood buried hi the ground or ex- posed to moisture. To Prevent Rust on Iron. Rub 1 ounce of graphite to a fine powder, add 4i ounces of sulphate of lead, 1 ounce of sulphate of zinc, and 1 pound of linseed-oil varnish ; heat the whole to the boiling point and stir thoroughly. This paint can be used for all metallic articles exposed to the action of the weather. To Prevent Wooden Posts from Rot- ting. I. Melt together in an iron boiler 50 parts of rosin, 40 of powdered chalk, and 4 of linseed oil ; then add 1 part of natural cupric oxide and stir very carefully into the mixture 1 part of sulphuric acid. Apply with a stiff brush. When dry the mass forms a coating as hard as stone. II. Melt 1J parts of rosin, then mix with it 48 parts of fish oil and li of sulphur. When the mixture is thor- oughly combined and liquid add suffi- cient ochre, rubbed up with linseed oil, to give the desired shade of color. Then apply the mass, while still warm, in as thin a coat as possible, and in a few days, when the first coat is dry, repeat the operation. Excellent Wash for Wood and Stone. The following receipt has been thor- oughly tested and found to do excellent service : Slake 30 pounds of burnt lime in a suitable vessel by covering it with water. Dilute the resulting milk of lime and add first 2 pounds of sulphate of zinc and then 1 pound of common salt. A beautiful cream color is HOUSEHOLD AND RURAL ECONOMY. 1G5 obtained by adding .'> pounds of yellow ochre, pearl color by the additi f some lampblack, and stone color by adding 4 pounds of umber and 2 pounds of lampblack. The whitewash is ap- plied in the usual manner witha brush. Brilliant Whitewash Closely Re- sembling /'"in/, slake ' bushel "t lime with boiling water, covering it during the process to keep in the steam. Strain the liquid through a fine sieve or strainer, and add to it 8 quarts of salt previously dissolved in warm water, 24 pounds of ground rice boiled to a thin paste and stirred in boiling hot, £ pound of powdered Spanish whiting, and 1 pound of clean glue which has been previously dissolved by soaking it "well, and then hang the whole over a slow tire in a small kettle within a large one filled with water. Add 5 gal- lons of hot water to the mixture, stir it well, and let it stand a tew days covered from the dust. It should be put on quite hot; for this purpose it can be kept in a boiler on a portable furnace. It answers as well as oil paint for wood, brick, or stone, and is cheaper. It retains its brilliancy for many years. Colored matter, with the exception of green, may be put in it and made of any desired shade. Utilization of Chicken Feathers. Cut the plume portions of the feathers from the stem. The former are then placed in quantities in a coarse bag, which, when quite full, is closed and subjected to a thorough kneading with the hands. At the end of five minutes the feathers become dis- aggregated and felted together, forming a down perfectly homogeneous and of great lightness. It is even lighter than natural eider down, because the latter contains the ribs of the feathers, which give extra weight. The material thus prepared is worth and readily sells in Paris for about 20 francs ($4.00) a kilogramme (2.2 pounds). About 1£ ounces of this down can be obtained from an ordinary-sized chicken. Through the winter children can col- lect all the feathers about a farm and cut the ribs out as has been stated. By spring time a large quantity of down could be prepared, which could be sold to upholsterers or employed for domestic uses. Goose and turkey feathers may be treated and utilized in the same manner. The chicken down forms a beautiful cloth when woven. For about a square yard of the material about U pounds of down are required. The fabric issaid to lie almost indestructible, as, in place of frayingor wearing out at folds, it seems to felt the tighter. It takes dye readily and is thoroughly water-proof. Preservation of Wooden Labels. Wooden labels that are to be used on trees or in exposed places may be pre- served by the following process : Thor- oughly soak the pieces of wood in a strong solution of sulphate of iron ; then lay them, after they are dry, in lime- water. This causes the formation of sulphate of lime, a very insoluble salt, in the wood. The rapid destruction of the labels by the weather is thus pre- vented. Bast, mats, twine, and other substances used in tying or covering up trees and plants can be treated and preserved in the same manner. Collodion for Plant Slips. Dip the end of the plant slips in collodion before setting them out. The collodion should contain twice as much of cotton as the ordinary article used in photog- raphy. Let the first coat dry and then dip again. After planting the slips the roots will develop very rapidly. This method is especially efficacious with woody slips, as geraniums, fuchsias, and similar plants. To Destroy Stumps of Trees. In the autumn bore in the centre of the stump a vertical hole of 1 to 1A inches in di- ameter and about 18 inches deep; put in 1 to li ounces of saltpetre and fill with water and then plug the hole tight. In the ensuing spring take out the plug and pour in about 10 ounces of petro- leum and ignite it. The stump will smoulder away without blazing to the very extremities of the roots, leaving nothing but ashes. [In the United States clearing of lands of stumps on an extensive scale is done rapidly and effectively by the employment of dyna- mite cartridges. W.] To Prepare Beef Tea. Take a thin rump steak of beef, lay it upon a board and with a case-knife scrape it. In this way a red pulp will be obtained which contains all the nutritious portion of the steak. Mix this pulp thoroughly TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. with 3 times its bulk of cold water, stirring until the pulp is completely diffused. Put the whole upon a moder- ate fire and allow it to come slowly to a boil, stirring all the time to prevent the pulp from caking. In using this do not strain it, but stir the settlings thoroughly into the liuid. One to 3 ounces of this may be given at a time. To Disguise the Taste of Cod-liver Oil. Mix with each table-spoonful of oil 12 drops of the following compound : Two ounces of essence of lemon, 1 ounce of sulphuric ether, and i ounce each of oils of caraway, peppermint, ana cloves. Remedy for Hoarseness. Borax is an excellent remedy for hoarseness or loss of voice common among public speakers and singers. A few minutes before any continuous exercise of the Tocal organs dissolve a small lump of borax in the mouth and gradually swal- low the solution. This acts upon the orifice of the glottis and the vocal cords precisely as "wetting" acts upon the notes of the flute. Five grains of nitre taken in a glass of water, the body be- ing wrapped in extra clothing, will ex- cite a gentle perspiration for an entire night; and this treatment will break up a cold, if employed at its first onset. Extract of Elder Blossoms. Take 1 ounce of tincture of benzoin and add gradually li quarts of elder-blossom water. Belladonna Ointment is used to al- lay pain in cases of rheumatism, boils, etc. It is prepared by mixing i part of extract of belladonna with 1 of lard. Cantharides Ointment is used to keep blisters open. Boil 1 part of cantha- rides in 12 of distilled water to i its bulk. Then strain and add 15 parts of rosin cerate to it. Evaporate the mixt- ure to the desired consistency. Compound Chloride of Sulphur Oint- ment. Mix 8 parts of chloride of sul- phur, i of carbonate of potash, 30 of purified lard, and 4 of essential oil of almonds. Compound Lead Ointment is used for dressing inflamed ulcers. Take 6 parts of prepared chalk, 6 of diluted acetic acid, 36 of lead plaster, and 18 of olive oil. Melt the plaster in the oil at a moderate heat, add the chalk and then the acid, and stir the mixture until it is cold. Creosote Ointment is used in skin af fections. Mix 1 part of creosote with 8 ot lard. Elderberry Ointment is used as a soothing and healing application. It is prepared by boiling 1 part of elder blos- soms with 1 of lard until the blossoms be- come pulpy, and then pressing through a linen cloth. Elemi Ointment is stimulating, and is used for ulcers and to promote sup- puration. Take o parts of elemi, 3i of oil of turpentine, 0' of lard, and £ of olive oil. Melt the elemi and lard to- gether ; take the mixture from the fire, stir in immediately the turpentine and the oil, and strain through linen. Gall-nut Ointment is used for haem- orrhoids; it is astringent and soothing. Mix 6 parts of pulverized gall-nuts, 50 of lard, and £, or powdered opium. Hemlock Ointment. Boil 1 part of fresh hemlock leaves and 1 of lard un- til the leaves are soft, and then strain through linen. Iodide of Lead. Ointment is applied in cases of swollen joints and scrofulous glands. It is prepared by mixing 1 part of iodide of lead with 8 of lard. Iodide of Mercury Ointment is used for dressing scrofulous ulcers. Melt 2 parts of white wax and 6 parts of lard together, and mix with it 1 part of iodide of mercury. Iodide of Potassium Ointment is used for scrofulous glands and ulcers. Dis- solve 2 parts of iodide of potassium in 2 of boiling distilled water, and mix in 15 of lard. Iodide of Sulphur Ointment is used for the cure of itch and other cutaneous diseases. It is prepared by mixing i part of pulverized iodide of sulphur and 8 of lard. Lead Ointments are applied to ex- ternal inflammations wherever a remedy containing lead in the form of an oint- ment is admissible. a. Litharge Ointment. One part of litharge, 1 of strong vinegar, and 3 of olive oil. b. Prussian Lead Ointment. Six parts of wax, 24 of olive oil, 3 of lead vinegar, and of distilled water. c. Saxon Lead Ointment. Twelve parts of lead vinegar and 2 of olive oil ; or, four parts of lard and 1 of lead vinegar. HOUSEHOLD AND RURAL ECONOMY. 16? d. Wliite Lead Ointment consists of lard, mutton suet, white lead, ami camphor. e. Lead Cerate, Mix <> parts of wax with 24 of olive oil to which have been added 3 parts of lead vinegar and 6 of distilled water. Mercury Ointment. Take 12 parts of mercury, Hi of lard, and i of suet. Rub the mercury with the suet and a little lard until no more globules of mercury can be detected ; then add and mix with it the remaining lard. The ointment is used in all cases where an application of mercury is admissible. Opium Ointment is used as a sooth- ing dressing. It is prepared by mix- ing 1 part of pulverized opium and 24 nl lard. Pitch Ointment is used as a stimu- lating application, promoting suppura- tion. Melt together equal parts of black pitch, wax, and rosin, and press through a linen cloth. Savin Ointment is used for keeping open blisters and issues (fontanels). Spermaceti Ointment is applied as a cooling dressing. It is prepared by melting together 5 parts of spermaceti, IS of white wax, and 14 of olive oil, C( mstantly stirred until it is cold. Sulphur Ointment is used for the cure of itch. Rub the affected parts with it in the morning and evening. It is prepared by mixing £ part of sul- phur with 1 of lard. Sulphur Ointment (Compound) is also used for itch and other cutaneous diseases. Apply twice a day, morning and evening, by rubbing thoroughly into the affected parts. It is prepared by mixing together 4 parts of sulphur, 1 of pulverized white hellebore, £ of saltpetre, 4 of soft soap, and 12 of lard. Tar Ointment is also used for the cure of itch, scab, etc. Melt 1 part of tar and 1 of lard, and press through a linen cloth, Tartar Emetic Ointment is used for producing eruptions on the skin and as a counter-irritant. It is prepared by mixing 1 part of pulverized tartar emetic with 4 of lard. Zinc Ointment is used for inflamed eyelids, sore nipples, and also for ring- worm, etc. It is prepared by intimately mixing 1 part of oxide of zinc with 6 i of lard. A iu iiidii in Liniment is used as a stimulating application on ulcers and contusions, and can be made painless by adding a little extrael of belladonna. It is prepared by shaking l part of aqua ammonia with 2 of olive oil until they are emulsionized. Camphor Liniment, used as a stimu- lating application in sprains, contusions, or rheumatism, is prepared by rubbing 1 part of camphor in 4 of olive oil until the first is dissolved, then adding 3 parts of aqua ammonia, and thoroughly shaking the mixture. Compound Camphor Liniment is more active than the simple liniment. Dissolve 2£ parts of camphor in 17 parts of rectified spirit of wine, add £ part of oil of lavender and 3 of aqua ammonia, and shake until they are in- timately mixed. In case the pain is very severe, i part of its volume of tincture of opium may be added. Lime Liniment is often used for alle- viating pain caused by burns and scalds. Mix 10 parts of lime-water with 10 of olive oil. Opium Liniment is used as an ex- ternal means of soothing when opium cannot be administered internally. It is frequently mixed with the compound camphor liniment. Mix 2 parts of tincture of opiuni with 6 of soap lini- ment. Soap Liniment is used for the same purposes as compound camphor lini- ment, but is not as active. Take 2£ parts of soap, 1 of camphor, 18 of spirit of rosemary, and 2 of distilled water. Mix the water and the spirit, then add the soap and camphor, and macerate until the solution is complete. Turpentine Liniment, a stimulating application used for burns. Mix 2 parts of soft soap, 1 of camphor, and 6 of oil of turpentine. Verdigris Liniment acts as a stimu- lant on indolent venereal and other ulcers. Dissolve 1 part of pulverized verdigris in 7 parts of vinegar, and strain through linen ; add 14 parts of honey, and evaporate the mixture to the requisite consistency. Betton's Celebrated Cattle Liniment {Critical Oil). Mix 1 part of oil of rosemary, 8 of tar, and 16 of oil of tur- pentine. Turkish Balsam for Fresh Wounds. 368 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. • Pulverize and mix 23 ounces of ben- zoin, li ounces of tolu balsam, 1 ounce of storax, a like quantity of frankin- cense and myrrh, and 1£ ounces of aloes. Pour 1 pint of rectified spirit of wine over the mixture and let it digest lor 3 4ays at a moderate heat, and then quietly settle for 6 days, when the fluid is filtered off and-kept in well-closed glass bottles. To Soften Hard Water. Pulverize 2 i>arts of calcined soda, 1 of bicarbonate of soda, and mix them with 2 parts of a solution of silicate of soda. Let the mixture stand for 24 hours, during which time it becomes generally so hard that it can be rubbed into a pow- der. One to li pounds of the mixture will, as a general rule, suffice for 25 gallons of hot water, which can then at once be used for washing, etc. To Keep Talloiv and Lard from be- coming Rancid. The tallow or lard is first treated with carbonate of soda in the proportion of 2 pounds of soda to every 1000 pounds of lard, and is then subjected to a digestion with alum in the following manner : Ten pounds of alum are dissolved in 500 pounds of water and 1 pound of slaked lime added to the solution, which is then boiled. This solution is stirred well with 1000 pounds of lard, at a temperature of 150° to 195° F., for about i hour. The liquor is then separated from the lard and the lard treated with the same amount of pure water. This lard will keep for an exceedingly long time. This treatment has also the advantage of restoring the original flavor and of producing a lard of greater whiteness. Rancid Butter may be purified by melting it and removing any deposit; then boiling it with lime-water and allowing it to settle; and finally, treat- ing the liquor thus clarified by suddenly cooling. Another Process of Purifying Rancid Butter is as follows: Melt the butter over a moderate fire and add to every 10 pounds of butter 5} ounces of fresh, pulverized wood charcoal, i ounce of pulverized chalk, 1 table-spoonful of fconey, and a few carrots cut up in pieces. Keep this mixture in a melted state for A hour, constantly stirring it and removing the scum. Then pour the liquid butter through a fine strainer. Butter thus treated is, when cold, incw dorous and has an agreeable taste. Th« charcoal absorbs the badly-smelling gases, the chalk neutralizes tlie acid which may be present, the honey im- proves the taste, and the carrots impart a yellow color to the butter. When the butter is cold take it from the vessel and cut off the .sediment on the bottom, sprinkle with fresh water and keep it in a cool jilace. It is recommended to place the vessel containing the butter in another filled with fresh water, or, what is still better, in a trough through which runs a current of fresh water. To Purify Rancid Fat. Heat to the boiling point 10 pounds of the fat to be purified, 1 gallon of water, and 1 ounce of sulphuric acid ; let the mixture boil for i hour and then remove it from the fire. Now add 4i ounces of pulverized chalk and let the mixture cool. The purified fat separates from the gypsum water and the sulphate of lime (gyp- sum) which has been formed, and can be again used. Dougal's Powder for Purifying the Air in Stables is much used in Eng- land. It keeps the stables wholesome by preventing the putrefaction of ex- crement and urine. It is prepared by treating magnesian lime with sulphuric acid and adding 5 per cent, of carbolic acid. The powder obtained in this way is scattered upon the manure and in the stalls. The Removal of Foul Air from Wells is easily accomplished by fastening a line to the handle of an umbrella and low- ering it open, handle upwards, into the well and quickly drawing it up again. By repeating this several times the fouJ air will be removed. How to Keep Ice without an Icehouse. Select a dry, shady spot. Dig a ditch for carrying off the waste water and over it place a lath-work. Upon this lay a thick layer of moss, pine leaves, or sawdust. Now pile upon this the cakes of ice, the larger the better and cut or sawed square, in such a manner as to leave as few spaces as possible, filling up those which may occur with fine sawdust, in order to prevent the air from penetrating into the interior of the pile. It is best to build the stack in the form of a pyramid. When com- pleted it is covered with straw, moss HOUSEHOLD AND RURAL ECONOMY. 1G9 leaves, etc., as thick and close as possi- ble, a layer of earth being thrown upon it to secure the covering and as further proteetioti of the ice. How to Keep Fruits vn In houses. Lay the fruits upon cotton in tin boxes without any packing about them, shut down the lid ami set them upon the ice, not buried in it. After the fruits have been long on the ire they should not be brought out long before they are used, as they do not keep long afterward without showing specks. This process is of course only intended for tender fruits, as peaches, nectarines, etc. Peaches have been kept in this way more than a mouth after they were dead ripe, and nectarines nearly 2 months. Tender-fleshed melons, which will not keep a week in the fruit room in summer, will keep a month in an icehouse. Substitute for Coffee. A substance resembling coifee in appearance and taste can be made by separating the seeds from the pulp of persimmons, cleansing them, and afterward roasting and grinding them in the same manner as coffee. To Preserve Canvas, Cordage, etc. Dissolve 1 pound of sulphate of zinc in 40 gallons of water and then add 1 pound of sal-soda. After these ingre- dients are dissolved add 2 ounces of tartaric acid. The canvas, etc., should be soaked in this solution for 24 hours and then dried without wringing. Stove-polishing Compound. Mix 2 parts of copperas, 1 of boneblack, 1 of black lead with sufficient water to form a creamy paste. This will produce a very enduring polish on a stove or other ron article, and after 2 applications it will not require polishing airain for a long time, as the copperas will produce a jet-black enamel and cause the black lead to permanently adhere to the iron. Wiggin's Process of Purifying Lard inxl Tallow. Heat the melted fat with some sulphuric acid of 1.3 to 1.45 speci- fic gravity, when the fat will separate itself in a pure condition from the im- purities and membranous substances. Manure Salt from Urine. By com- pounding urine with hydrochlorate of magnesia a precipitate of phosphate of ammonia and magnesia is formed in a few days, which increases considerably in 1 weeks, when it is separated from the fluid and dried. In this way 7 per cent, of manure salt is obtained. Solution of Guano for Flowers. Dis- solve 1 pound of Peruvian guano in 5 gallons of rain water and wet the plants with it twice a week. Substitute for Guano. Mix 3.50 parts of bone-dust, 97 of sulphate of ammo- nia, lit of'pearl ash (or 78 of wood ash), 78 of rock or common salt, 19 of dry sulphate of soda, and 40 of crude sul- phate of magnesia. Manure from Coal Ashes. Place 1 part of fresh unslaked lime in the cen- tre of a heap of 100 parts of coal ashes and let it remain until it is entirely slaked. After 12 hours work the heap through thoroughly and then store it in a dry place for future use. Manure for Turnips, Rutabagas, etc. Mix 100 parts of common salt with 300 of lime and let the mixture lie for a few months. When sowing the seed strew the mixture into the furrow r s. Stockhard's Manure Mixture for Veg- etable Gardens. Mix 300 parts of peat waste, 30 of burned lime, 30 of pulver- ized brick, 30 of wood ashes, 2 of com- mon salt, 36 of horn shavings, and 45 of leaves. The above mixture suffices for 250 square yards and produces ex- cellent results. Manure Powder from Blood. Pul- verize 20 parts of plaster of Paris and 12 of calcined sulphate of soda and mix them in 100 parts of blood in a large boiler, and add 5 parts of sulphuric acid at 60° Beaume in small portions. The product will be a spongy mass which is dried and ground to powder. Manure from Waste Animal Sub- stances. Chop 100 parts of solid animal substance and treat with 18 parts of a solution made of 1 part sulphuric acid at 66° Beaume and 2 of water, and grind the mixture for an hour, and after standing 6 hours treat it with 8 per cent, of pulverized quicklime. Sul- phate of lime is thus formed in which the animal matter remains inclosed. After standing for €> hours the whole is moulded into brick-shaped masses, which are drained in the perforated moulds in which they are prepared and then dried and pulverized. Liquid and semi-liquid masses like brains or blood are treated with 9 per 170 TE< HNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. sent, of sulphuric acid at 66° Beaume ami 1- per cent, of quicklime, the rest of the process being the same. Illuminating Materials. Incombustible Wicks. Alumina, kao- lin, quartz, or combinations of calcium, magnesium, or aluminium are ground tine and intimately mixed with dragon's blood and colophoin or other resins in connection with saltpetre, permanga- nate of potash, or other combinations rich in oxygen. The mixture is then compounded with water until the mass is plastic and capable of being kneaded. From this composition, which should be as homogeneous as possible, the wicks are formed, then dried in the air, and gradually exposed to a moderate red heat for 1 or 2 hours. The wicks may also be intermingled with fibres of asbestos, or surrounded with a tissue of the same material. In the latter case it is not necessary to ex- pose the wicks to a red heat, as this is done in using them. Metallic Wicks are prepared by add- ing 1 or more threads of zinc wire to the ordinary wick of silk, cotton, linen, or asbestos. The purpose of this is to increase the vigor and intensity of the mime without a larger consumption of fuel, or to obtain equal light with a considerable saving of fuel. It has been known for many years that zinc, when heated, is consumed with a brilliant white flame, but this is the first time, to our knowledge, that this property of zinc has been used for this purpose. Suppose a wick has an illuminating power of 1, and one or more threads of zinc wire, which are brought to a red heat, have been added, they are con- sumed at the same time with the wick, increasing the illuminating power by 2, 3, etc. ; it is therefore self-evident that with the same expense of wick and fuel an increase in illuminating power must be the result. In fact, experiments we have made have shown that with 7 cot- ton and 1 zinc thread an illumination equal to that from 20 cotton threads was obtained. Wicks for all kinds of candles and lamps may be prepared in this manner. Material for Preparing Incombustible Torches. Mix •'; parts of alumina, 1 m bauxite, 4 of sawdust, and 4 of wheat chaff with water into a stiff dough, and mould into any desired shape. Sur- round this core with a jacket made of 3 parts of alumina, 1 of bauxite, 2 of sawdust, and 2 of wheat chaff, and pro- vided with draught holes. A small saucer of fat clay impervious to petro- leum is placed around the foot of the torch to catch any falling drops of pe- troleum, with which the torch is satu- rated before being ignited. A small cylinder of the same kind of clay and lined with sheet iron is inserted in the centre of the torch for the reception of the handle. When entirely dry, the torch is subjected to a red heat for 16 hours, whereby the sawdust and wheat chaff" are completely consumed, leaving the mass full of pores and adapted for a greedy absorption of oil. When the torch is entirely dry, and is to be used, it is soaked, as stated, in petroleum and ignited. It will last for an indefinite time. Gas from Cork. Illumination by gas prepared from waste of cork has been successfully tried in the Theatre National de V Opera in Paris. The waste is heated in retorts, and the pro- duct of distillation purified by being conducted through a water reservoir. The gas possesses great illuminating power, and is free from sulphuretted hydrogen and other objectionable ad- mixtures. Naphtha Ether. A nor Illuminat- ing Material. By mixing benzole with alcohol or wood spirit, a body is formed which burns without forming so.it. Air-tight and Flexible Tissue for Dry Gas Meters. Any kind of tissue is brushed over with a fluid prepared in the following manner : A solution obtained by boiling 500 parts of gelatine, 750 of glycerine, and 1500 of water is com- pounded with 40 parts of bichromate of potash and 4 of an alcoholic solution of salicylic acid, and the whole stored in a dark room until it is to be used. After the tissue has been painted with the fluid so that all pores are closed, it is exposed to the light until it has be- come entirely white. Samples of such material have been entirely indifferens to the action of sulphide of hydrogen, bisulphide of carbon, glycerine, aicohoL ILLUMINATING MATERIALS. 171 tmmonia, creosote, etc., for more thai) a year, ami hare lost nothing in elasticity. 't'n Detect a Leak in a Gas Pipe it is recommended to bring a little soap water upon the suspected place; the formation of snap bubbles will show where ami how large the leak is. Improvement in Dry Meters. The diaphragms used iu dry gas meters are usually made of leather, hut these are aeted upon by the gas in course of time and do net register correctly. To remedy this, diaphragms made from parchment paper are substituted for the leather. The parchment paper is ob- tained by treating cotton or linen paper with equal parts of sulphuric acid and water for a few minutes, washing thor- oughly with water, and then saturating with equal parts of glycerine, acetate of potassium, and water. Apparatus for Manufacturing Illu- minating Gas from Ligroin and Air by tin ( '"/. Pouring the colored glue solutions upon plates ; 4. Transferring the layer of glue to a layer of gelatine; 5. Drying the ven- eers and detaching them from the plates. 1. Preparation of the Plates. Both marble and !,dass plates are used for imitations of marble, but only glass plates are employed for imitations of mother-of-pearl. The glass plates must he ground, but need not exceed A to } inch in thickness, and only re- quire careful washing and drying for imitations of mother-of-pearl. For imi- tations of marble they should be rubbed with an oiled linen rag. Other glass plates, after being washed, are polished with pure colcothar and water, and wiped with a soft rag to remove any particles of the polishing powder. The polished surface is then gently rubbed with a rag dipped in pure Spanish chalk (soapstone), and the excess of chalk carefully dusted off. 2. Preparation of the Glue Solution. For 1 dozen plates, each 1 square yard, soak 2 pounds of good, qolorless glue for 24 hours in water, pour off the water, and melt the glue in a water-bath, and stir in 3i ounces of glycerine. For imi- tating marble with 2 colors, compound 1 to 1| pints of this glue solution with the quantities of thoroughly ground mineral colors given below; the rest of the glue solution is mixed with tii ounces of zinc white ground very fine. For imitating marble with 3 colors, mix j pint of the glue solu- tion with one coloring matter, and if pint with the other coloring matter, and the remainder with zinc white. For imitating marble with 4 colors, take A pint of the glue solution to each of the 3 coloring matters, and mix the rest with 4! ounces of zinc white. The proportions by weight of the mixtures for 10 different varieties of imitations of marble and enamel, are as follows : a. Mix 1 pint of glue solution with 1| ounces of colcothar and 2J ounces of zinc white, and the rest of the glue solution with 6$ ounces of zinc white. b. Mix 1 pint of glue solution with 1| ounces of colcothar, and the rest with 5i ounces of zinc white. c. Mix j pint of glue solution with H ounces of zinc white and 1 ounce- of colcothar, i pint of the glue solu- tion with 1 ounce of yellow ochre, and the rest with 5} ounces of zinc white. >r calcium chloride in 30 of water for 1 hour, stirring constantly. Then add 1 part of alum, boil again with constant stirring for J hour, and then wash and rewash them in water, and finally bleach them in the sun. Composition for Cane Heads, Gun and Pistol Stocks, etc. To 2 pounds of caoutchouc, previously soaked and kneaded, add 1 pound each of mag- nesia, coal-tar, and roll sulphur, and H'i ounces of flowers of sulphur. Press the mixture in moulds and heat to 250° to 285° F. Soren-Sorensen's Imitations of Leather are prepared from waste of caoutchouc aud leather. The leather waste is freed from all foreign substances and then converted by machinery into a homogeneous fibrous material. By treating this with ammoniacal liquor a gelatinous compound is formed which, after pressing in moulds or rolled out in plates, gives a very hard and stiff product of considerable cohesiveness but without elasticity, and soluble in water. To make the material elastic and capable of resisting the action of water it is mixed with caoutchouc. The latter is washed, dried, then cut up in small pieces and dissolved in oil of turpentine or other suitable solvent. The leather treated with ammoniacal liquor and the solution of caoutchouc are mixed, the mixture made homo- geneous by kneading, and the product pressed in moulds or rolled into plates. The proportions depend on the kind of material to be produced. Thus : Fo r Soles. Twenty-five parts of solid caoutchouc, 67 of leather waste, and 67 of ammoniacal liquor. For Heels. Twenty-five parts of solid caoutchouc, SO of leather waste, and 80 of ammoniacal liquor. For Insoles. Twenty-five parts of solid caoutchouc, 90 of leather waste, and 75 of ammoniacal liquor. Imitation of Marble for Plastic Or- naments and 1'icture Frames. Boil 1J pounds of good glue into a thick, solution, stir into it 10 ounces of rosin or, still better, Venetian turpentine. Mix finely-ground mineral color in a dry state with powdered French chalk to the color of the marble to be imitated, and stir enough of it into the above glue so- lution to make a stiff* paste, and then add a few drops of pure olive oil. Press the mass in stone or gypsum moulds, or roll into thin plates. Cut the plates to the desired patterns, glue them on, and allow them to dry. The mass becomes hard as stone. Any porous places which may be found are filled in with the same composition diluted, and the whole is finally coated with natural or white polish. By wrapping the com- position in a damp linen cloth, it can be kept for a long time. When it is to be used, place it in a pot heated by steam, when it will become again plas- tic. Imitations of marbles of 2 or more colors can be produced by mixing dif- ferently colored compositions together. To Dye Hard-nut Shell Buttons. Sort the buttons, selecting the whitest for light fancy colors and the more yellowish and yellow ones for brown and black. Then cleanse the buttons thoroughly by washing with hot water, and mordant them with acetate of iron, copper, or lead, or aluminium. They are then dyed. Coal Black. Dissolve by boiling 10 pounds of extract of logwood in 25 gal- lons of water, place the buttons in the bath, and work them in it for £ hour at 190° F. Then take them out, place them in a bath of iron liquor, work them i hour, expose to the air for 2 to 3 hours, then bring them in a bath con- sisting of 2 ounces of potassium chro- mate and 6 gallons of water, and finally rinse them thoroughly with water. Brown. Dissolve 5£ pounds of pre- pared catechu in 2 gallons of water, and when the solution is clear, add to every gallon of it 6 gallons of water, heat the mixture in a boiler to 100° F., throw the buttons in, and heat the bath for i hour to 190° F., stirring' constantly. Then allow them to cool, work them for £ hour in a bath of 81 ounces of potassium chromate dissolved in 6 gal- lons of water, and finally rinse them thoroughly with water. 184 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Dark Brown. Add more or less of logwood liquor of 4° B. Gray and Fancy Colors. Boil 10 pounds of gall-nuts converted into a coarse powder or sumach, with 8 gallons of water, and pour 3 quarts of this in- fusion into the dye boiler and add li gallons of water. Heat the bath to 120° to 145° F., stir the buttons in it for J hour, and then place them in a bath of iron liquor of 4° B. for 20 to 30 min- utes. After taking them from the bath spread them out in the air. By treating the buttons with the different mordants mentioned above, and adding a little liquor of logwood, Brazil wood, fustic, or other liquors, all possible fancy colors can be produced. Olive Colors are produced by dyeing with a strong infusion of quercitron with a mordant of alum, then passing them through a strong iron mordant, and finally again through the dye bath. For producing shell colors, place 5 to 6 dozens of buttons flat upon a board and sprinkle them with spirit lacquer by means of a watering-pot. When the lacquer is dry, dye the buttons in the manner indicated above, but the tem- perature of the bath must not exceed 95° to 110° F., since at a higher tem- perature the lacquer would dissolve. When dyed, bring the buttons in a warm soda bath, which dissolves the lacquer, and the places formerly cov- ered by it will appear white upon a colored ground. In this manner any design can be executed in all colors. For Colon' ng with Aniline Colors, place the buttons first in a mordant con- sisting of a solution of 1 ounce of tan- nin in 6h gallons of hot water, allow them to remain for J hour, and then bring them into the aniline dye-bath, heated to 120° to 145° F. Blue. Use aniline blue soluble in water. Red. Fuchsine. Scarlet. Fuchsine or, better, saffron- ine after the buttons have been dyed pale yellow with fustic and tin mor- dant. Green. Use methyl or malachite green, with an addition of fustic liquor or pic- ric acid if more or less yellowish-green colors are to be produce^. The buttons dyed with aniline colors need not be riased with water. They are then thor- oughly dried in a warm place, and fin ally polished in a drum with chalk ant bore chips. Indigo, Indigotine, and Aliza- . BINE. Crystallized Indigo. In preparing this the oxidation of sugar is made use of in the following manner : Place in a suitable small flask, with a well-ground stopper, i ounce of finely-pulverized indigo, 1J ounces of a strongly concen- trated solution of caustic soda in spirit of wine ; then fill the flask with boiling spirit of wine 0.880 specific gravity, pre- viously saturated with glucose or honey. Shake the mixture thoroughly and let it rest. Then draw off the supernatant clear fluid with a siphon into an open glass vessel and expose it to the action of atmospheric air. The change of color which takes place is remarkable and interesting. A precijutate of pure indigo is formed which is at first red, then becomes violet, and finally is transformed into blue. This, after fil- tering and washing with spirit of wine and hot water, is dried, and yields about J of 1 per cent, of crystallized indigo blue. By this process the for- eign substances remain either undis- solved, or, if dissolved, remain in solu- tion while the indigo is precipitated. Indigo-carmine. Place in a porce- lain or earthen pet 1 part of best indigo, finely pulverized, and 1 part each of fuming and ordinary sulphuric acid, and stir constantly to avoid too strong heating. Then cover the vessel and let it stand for 24 hours. When all the indigo has been dissolved, which may be recognized by a drop taken from the pot and thrown into a glassful of water, coloring the latter blue without forming a precipitate, pour the solution into water, dilute it to 18° B., filter and precipitate the indigo-carmine with carbonate of potash or soda ; collect the precipitate upon a filter of wool or felt and let it drain off. Pure blue-carmine is soluble in pure water, but not in water containing salt. Acetate of Indigo. Dissolve 1 pound of indigo in sulphuric acid, mix the solution with i gallon of water, then . add a solution of 7£ pounds of sugar of INDIGO, INDIGOTINE, AND ALIZARINE. ls- ?ead, stir thoroughly, add ' pound of auicklime slaked in I quart i>t' water, falter when cold, and wash. The addi- tion of lime removes the free sulphuric vcid from the mixture, whicb is too strong for many fabrics, especially fine cotton goods. Indigo-violet. Indigo gives a beauti- ful pure violet color by mixing 1 part of pure indigo with 5 of sulphuric acid and heating the mixture from S8° to 100° F. Dilute the resulting fluid with 10 parts m water, and by filtering it the vi. Let-indigO will remain upon the filter. By washing .this with a concentrated solution of carbonate of soda a durable and beautiful violet color is obtained, while a dirty, greenish fluid runs off. all parts are subjected to an equal tem- perature, which would not be the case if steam was only conducted into the cylinder containing the garancine. The steam passes from the boiler through a cast-iron pipe placed in a furnace, and before coming in contact with the garancine is conducted through a globular reservoir divided into 2 parts by a perforated division and provided with a thermometer. On the steam pipe are placed cocks, by means oi which the progress of the operation 1 regulated and, what sometimes may he come necessary, the steam conducted directly to the product. Some alizarine is carried away with the condensed water, which can be used in dyeing. Fig. 27. Indigo-carmine in the Form of Ex- tract. Pour 4 parts of concentrated sulphuric acid over 1 of the best dry indigo finely pulverized, stirring con- stantly ; let the mixture stand for 24 hours, dilute with water, and filter through a flannel cloth. Precipitate tlie blue fluid with 4 parts of common salt and collect tin- precipitate. Kopp's Process of Go in ing Indigotine nnd Alizarine. By treating madder with sulphuric acid garancine is pro- duced. This is used for the production of alizarine. It need not be as care- fully washed as when used for dyeing. The garancine is placed in a metal cyl- inder surrounded by another cylinder into which superheated steam is con- ducted, while ordinary steam is passed through the garancine. By these means By this process the alizarine is not gained in prisms but in grains. Indigo, when heated, volatilizes in purple va- pors condensing in prisms having a deep blue color with a purple lustre. This is the indigotine. Indigotine can also be obtained synthetically by heating the syrupy modification of methyl nitro-phenyl ketone until it is converted into a solid mass, which, when carefully heated with soda Ihne and zinc dust, yields a small quantity of indigotine. The A])paratus. Fig. 27 represents Kopp's apparatus for preparing indigo- tine and alizarine, a is the steam- boiler, b the steam-pipe, c the furnace for superheating the steam, which passes into the furnace from the pipe /> through the pipe d, and passes out through the pipe e. g h are cocks for regulating the 186 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. current of steam. When the cock g is closed and the cock h open, the steam passes from the boiler into the super- heating apparatus and acquires there a temperature of 570° to 6(30° F., but, when the cock g is open and h closed, passes directly to the chambers m, and finally, when both cocks are half open, half of the steam is superheated while the other half remains in the ordinary condition, and both enter the chamber m, where they mix. The globular cast- iron chamber m is divided into 2 parts by a perforated division indicated in the illustration. The object of this is to mix the superheated and ordinary steam. In one of the partitions of the chamber is placed a thermometer, i, which indi- cates the temperature of the mixed steam. The pipes must be all covered with non-conductors. The copper cyl- inder / contains the dry garancine in pieces as large as a nut, and is placed between 2 partitions. It communicates with the chamber m by a pipe provided with the cock k. n is a cylinder sur- rounding the cylinder/ and connected with the chamber m by a pipe provided with the cock /, through which the steam is introduced into the cylinder /. The excess of steam is conveyed into the open air through a pipe provided with the cock n. R is the cooling ap- paratus into which pass the products of distillation through the pipe/), which communicates with the cylinder/. The Operation. After the furnace for superheating the steam has acquired a temperature of 660° F., and the cylin- der / has been filled with garancine, superheated steam, the temperature of which is gradually raised to 356° F., is allowed to circulate in the cylinder n. The cylinder / and the garancine soon acquire both a uniform temperature, when by opening the cock k the super- heated steam is admitted to this cylin- der. The temperature of the steam is then raised to 392° F., next to 445° F., and finally to 465° F. The sublima- tion and distillation of the alizarine commences at 390° F. It volatilizes in orange-yellow vapors condensing to a powder of the same color. The cool- ing apparatus may be divided in 2 parts, 1 of which is kept at a tempera- ture of nearly 212° F., while the other is entirely cooled off. The greatest part of the alizarine condenses in the first, When distillation is finished the ali- zarine is collected upon a filter. The property of alizarine to form in- soluble colored metallic compounds is made use of in dyeing and printing. To produce madder colors on calico the desired pattern is printed on the cloth as mordant. For pinks and reds a solu- tion of aluminium acetate which is thickened with gum or starch is used, and for purples and blacks, ferrous ace- tate (iron liquor) is employed, while a mixture of the 2 salts produces brown or chocolate colors. The mordanted cloth is next hung up in a warm, airy room, whereby the acetic acid is ex- pelled and the oxides are fixed in the fibre. The cloth is now brought into the dye-bath, consisting of boiling water and old ground madder root ; the ali- zarine is gradually dissolved and ab- sorbed by the oxides. Artificial Alizarine is chiefly used for " topical " printing ; for this jrarpose it is printed together with the mordant on the cloth, which is then steamed or heated to 212° F. ; the alizarine dissolves in the free acetic acid, which soon vola- tilizes, while the alizarine combines with the oxides. The colors thus produced are more brilliant than those obtained by dyeing with madder. As artificial alizarine is now brought into commerce in a pure state, and in a paste of 10 per cent, concentration, we give in the following a few receipts for printing colors based upon a 10 percent, paste of alizarine, which have been tested and given excellent results : Dark Red. Alizarine 5£ pounds, in- spissation (see below) 174 pounds, alu- minium acetate of 10° B. 1 pound, cal- cium acetate of 16° B. 82 ounces. Rose Color is obtained by brightening the above with the inspissation for red. Articles, the first print on which is dark red, must, before smoothing, be steamed for 1 hour. After over printing they are again steamed for 1 hour, hung up for 24 hours, and then drawn for 1 to li minutes through one of the following baths: Water 220 gallons, chalk 66 pounds, tin salt 34 pounds. Or, water 264 gallons, chalk 44 pounds, and sodium arseniate 11 pounds. The bath should have a temperature of 120° to 145° F. The pieces are then washed INKS. LITHOGRAPHIC, PRINTING AND WRITING. 18? and brightened. For 10 pieces of 50 yards: 1. Soap: 3 pounds of soap, 4 ounces of tin sail at 122° F. for I hour. 2. Snap: 3 pounds of soap without tin salt at 1(17' F. I"i I hour. 3. Soap : 3 pounds of soap without tin salt at 167° to i7ii I-'. tor \ hour. The fabrics, after passing through 1 soap bath, mii-t lie washed before placing them in tlic next. Tnspissation for Red. Boil thor- oughly 13 pounds of wheat starch, 5 gallons of water, '■> quarts of acetic acid of 6 !'>.. -' gallons of gum tragacanth mucilage, and 3 pounds of olive oil. The gum tragacanth mucilage is pre- pared by dissolving lo ounces of the gum to every gallon of water. Aluminium Acetate. Mix 3 pounds of aluminium hydrate with 1^ gallons of acetic acid, heat the mixture and filter, and dilute it afterwards to any desired degree. A /a in in in in Hydrate. Dissolve 80 pounds of alum in 100 gallons of water and precipitate it with a solution ot (iS pounds of soda in 100 gallons of water. Wash the precipitate 8 times by decan- tation, then collect it upon a filter and finally press it out. A 10 per cent, paste generally requires an addition of 20 per cent, of its weight of aluminium acetate of 12° B. Solution of Calcium Acetate of 16° B. contains 25 per cent, of calcium ace- tate. For alizarine paste thoroughly washed out, 10 per cent, of its weight of the solution will be required, but it is advisable to ascertain by a test the necessary addition of calcium acetate to every portion of alizarine. Printing Colors for Red and Violet Articles by using a Paste containing 10 per cent, of dry Dyestuff. Eight and three-fourth pounds of alizarine, 2 gal- lons of inspissation (see above), 10 ounces of aluminium nitrate of 15° B., 1J pounds of aluminium acetate of 10° B., and 14 ounces of calcium acetate of 10° B. Very Dark Red. Ten pounds of ali- zarine, 2 gallons of inspissation (see above), 14 ouuces of aluminium nitrate of 15° B., lh pounds of aluminium ace- tate of 10° B., and 1 pound of calcium acetate of 1<>° B. Aluminium Nitrate. Three and a half ounces of lead nitrate, 2 pounds of ilium, and A gallon of water. By using aluminium nitrate the red becomes more yellow than when aluminium ace- tate is employed, the former requiring also more calcium acetate than the latter. Another Red without CHI. Boil thor- oughly alizarine t<| pounds, acetic acid of 8° B. loA pounds, Hour 4 pounds, water \ gallon; stir until cold and then add calcium acetate of 16° B. 17 ounces, aluminium nitrate 2 pounds, and calcium hyposulphite of y° B. 3 pounds. Violet Printing Color. Alizarine 3 pounds, inspissation (see below) 2^ gallons, methyl acetate of iron of 12' B. 7 ounces, and calcium acetate of lb 15. 13 ounces. Violet Tnspissation. Boil thoroughly 10 pounds of starch, 4 gallons of water, 2 gallons of mucilage of gum tragacanth , 2i ounces of gum to every quart of water, 2| quarts of acetic acid of 6° B., and 2 pounds of olive oil, and stir until cold. The printed fabric is steamed for 1 to 2 hours at a pressure of half an atmosphere and hung up for 24 to 36 hours. It is then passed for 1A to 2 hours through the following bath at a temperature of 120° to 145° F. : Water 220 gallons, chalk 44 pounds, sodium arseniate 11 pounds. It is then washed and soaped at 145° to 1(57° F. for 1 hour, with 3i pounds of soap for every 10 pieces, each 50 yards long. It is then washed, dried, and finally, if necessary, slightly chloridated. Geitner's Alizarine Liquor. Pour over i part of madder root cut up in a matrass, 6 parts of alcohol of 94 per cent., and let it digest for 24 hours at an ordinary temperature, shaking it fre- quently. By filtering through blottiug- paper a clear brownish-yellow tincture is obtained which is known as " Alaz~ arine Liquor." Inks. Lithographic, Printing and Writing. Good printing-ink possesses the fol- lowing properties: A homogeneous mass of a glossy black color, unchanged by exposure for a considerable time to the air, aud quickly drying after priut- 1S8 TECHNO CHEMICAL RECEIPT HOOK. ing ; of a consistency sufficient to pre- vent its penetrating t leep into the paper to blur the appearance of print- ing "li the other side. Linseed oil is the principal ingredient in the manu- facture of printing-ink. The oil should be of good quality, as an inferior article gives a bad smell and rusty shade of color. The oil is refined by being mixed with a small percentage of con- centrated sulphuric acid and heated for a few hours at a temperature not exceeding 212° F., and allowed to^ttle, after which it is drawn off from the sulphuric acid and repeatedly washed with warm water until every trace of the acid is removed. The oil, if treated in the right manner, should have a light yellow color and be entirely free from smell. It must be protected from the air, as in this condition it will dry very quickly. The refined oil is then heated to such a degree that a part of it becomes de- composed. Specially constructed ves- sels must be used for this purpose, as the volume of the oil increases in an extraordinary degree inconsequence of the many bubbles which are formed. The most suitable apparatus used for this purpose is represented in Fig. 28. It consists of a cylinder of sheet iron. A rim bent upwards like a shell is placed about half way up on the sides of the cylinder. The top of the cylinder is surrounded by a strong iron ring on which are fastened the chains of a tackle which enables the attendants to lift the cylinder quickly from the fire- place. A helmet or cover of sheet iron, fitting as air-tight as possible, com- pletes the apparatus, which should be erected in a fire-proof room. A flue connected with a well-drawing chimney is placed in the roof of the building to carry off the injurious vapors arising from the boiling linseed oil. The workman should be provided with a stool high enough to enable him con- veniently to take samples out of the cylinder. The chains of the tackle are fastened to a movable crane so that at the word of command an assistant can lift the cylinder immediately from the fire and move it aside. The cylinder is filled only half full with nil, a strong fire being kept under it at the com- mencement of the work. The oil will soon commence to bubble, making a crackling noise. This is caused by the Fig. 28. escape of water vapors whicb are de- veloped from the oil, and originate from water mixed mechanically with it. It ceases in a short time, and as the temperature rises, the oil, having now become entirely black, swims quietly and uniformly in the cylinder. From this moment on the oil rises constantly in the cylinder, and throws out small bubbles where it comes in contact with the walls of the cylinder. As soon as vapors of a pungent odor commence to rise from the oii, the at- tendant must observe the strictest vigi- lance. The moment the entire mass of the oil commences to bubble up, and vapors are also evolved from the in- terior, the fire must be quickly moder ated or the fluid will surely boil over, be the vessel never so capacious. If the oil should continue to rise notwith- standing the fire having been moder INKS. LITHOGRAPHIC, PRINTING, AND WRITING. 189 ated, the cylinder must at once be lifted from the hearth, and only replaced when the <>il has subsided. The best plan is to keep the oil at nueh a temperature that the developed vapors ignite on coming iucontact with a lighted candle, but will go out when the flame is removed, or can be at least easily extinguished by placing the cover upon the cylinder. The firing is ther: regulated in such a manner that the vapors will be developed quietly and uniformly without a further rising of the contents, and the condition of the oil is tested by the " thread-test." To make this test, a small quantity of the oil is taken from the cylinder with a wooden spatula. This is cooled off by swinging it to and fro, and a drop of it is then squeezed between the fin- gers and drawn out. In doing this a viscid thread 1* to 2 inches long before breaking should be formed from one finger to the other. If the thread breaks before reaching that length, the boiling must be continued. If the sample is of the requisite quality, the cylinder is at once lifted from the fire and the varnish allowed to cool off; or it is subjected to what is technically called " burning." This consists in igniting the vapors and allowing the varnish to burn for about five minutes, when the fire is extinguished by plac- ing the cover upon the cylinder. Burning the varnish makes it very dark. This, of course, is of no conse- quence when it is to be used for black Erinting-ink, but it is best to omit the urning if the varnish is to be used for colored inks ; in fact, for delicate shades of color, burned varnish cannot be at all used. Hemp oil being much cheaper than linseed oil is sometimes used in place of the latter. It produces a tolerably good ink, but the disagreeable odor of the oil adheres to it, and for this reason varnish prepared with this oil should never be used for fine colors. The consistency of a printing-ink de- pends upon the purpose for which it is to be used ; the more elegant the print- ing is to be, the more the varnish must be boiled down, and the greater will be the expense of producing the ink. For newspapers and, generally speaking, for matter which must be printed quickly, a more fluid varnish is used than fur printing books. The thickest varnish is used fur copper plate and lithographic printing. Sometimes rosin is added to the var- nish so that it will not be required to be boiled down so much. It is best to use the ordinary, pure, brown pine rosin for black printing-ink, but the light- colored American rosin is more suitable for printing colors. The rosin should be refined by melting and filtering to prevent pebbles or plant-parts, fre- quently mixed with the rosin, from getting into the varnish. The rosin is added to the oil when the latter has been heated so far that its boiling is plainly noticeable on the edge of the cylinder. For 120 parte of linseed oil, 40 to 50 of rosin, and also 12 to 14 of soap, are used. The purpose in adding soap is to facilitate the cleansing of the forms, which then can be accomplished by washing them with a brush. The soap to be used must be entirely dry. Yellow rosin soap answers for ordinary printing-ink, but white tallow soap must be used for fine colors. For black printing-ink, lampblack prepared in a special apparatus is gen- erally used ; for printing colors the various mineral and lac colors. All substances used for coloring must be rubbed very fine and the coloring mat- ter mixed with the varnish in the most careful manner, so as to obtain an ab- solutely uniform color. We give a number of receipts for pre- paring printing-inks. I. Mix between rollers 16 pounds of prepared linseed oil, 3 ounces of pul- verized indigo, or a like quantity of Berlin blue, and 8 pounds of finest lampblack. The linseed oil is used hot. II. Dissolve a small quantity of black rosin or melted amber in 30 parts of old linseed oil ; boil it to a thick lacquer and let it cool. Allow the mixture to stand for a few months for the im- purities to settle, and then mix it with at least 15 parte of fined lampblack, and grind the whole fine in a suitable mill. III. Boil down 100 parts of old lin- seed oil or nut oil to the consistency of syrup ; then, in order to clean it from impurities, add 2 parts of bread and a 190 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. few onions, and ignite the compound several times, so that it is reduced to A of its weight. Now boil 30 to .V> parts of turpentine until a sample taken from the boiler and placed upon paper ap- pears, when cold, clear, and breaks off without crumbling. Then mix both the fluids, which should be cold and of the consistency of syrup, boil up once more, add the necessary quantity of lampblack, and grind the whole. IV. Rub fine upon a marble slab 10 ounces of rosin, 3 ounces of lamp- black, i ounce of Berlin blue, a like quantity of indigo, I ounce of indigo- red, and a like quantity of dry, yellow rosin soap. V. Melt together, with constant stir- ring, 1 pound of rosin oil, 13 ounces of rosin, and 3 ounces of soft yellow soap, until a homogeneous mixture is formed. The consistency is regulated by an ad- dition of rosin oil. Lampblack and other coloring substances are added after the varnish is cold. VI. The heavy tar oil remaining in the manufacture of anthracene is boiled with about 10 per cent, of chloride of copper. The oil assumes a black-brown color, and requires then but a small quantity (about 2 per cent.) of aniline- violet sebate. Printing-ink from Coal-tar. Heat coal-tar with 6 to 15 per cent, of co- lophony and 10 per cent, of parafline oil. Treat the varnish with chloride of soda or chloride of lime and hydrochloric acid, to remove the odor of the tar and paraffine oil. Heat the purified varnish and compound it with 20 to 25 per cent, of glycerine and 18 per cent, of lampblack, and then grind. By another process the coal-tar is heated with sulphuric acid, the mass neutralized with soda, and then treated with chlorine. The varnish is boiled with 2i to 3 per cent, of lard and 4 to 5 per cent, of glycerine, or in place of the latter, with 8 to 10 per cent, of soap, when it is filtered and rubbed up with A to sV pound of lampblack. For finer colors a dark aniline color is dis- m lived in the glycerine, or 2 to 5 per cent, of extract of logwood, besides chro- mate of potash, alum, or tartar is added to the varnish. Thick Printer's Varnish with Coal- tar Varnish Oil. Boil 55 pounds of linseed oil with 6J pounds of fine litharge until the oil, on cooling, thickens ; then allow it to settle quietly. Now melt 22 pounds <>t' light American rosin, add it to the thick linseed-oil varnish, and continue boiling for some time, and finally add 1 1 pounds of coal- tar varnish oil, continue heating for sometime and then stir until cold. The varnish should be thickly fluid and of the consistency of honey. Fine Printer' s-i/nk with Coal-tar Varnish Oil. Rub 22 pounds of semi- calcined lampblack very fine upon a stone slab, and add gradually some rectified spirit of turpentine until a thick paste is formed ; continue rubbing until the compound acquires a gloss. Now rub 22 pounds more of semi- calcined lampblack to the same con- sistency but with an addition of coal- tar varnish oil, and intimately mix both compounds. Then rub upon a stone slab 4*} pounds of Parisian blue, add Si ounces of dryer, then the above mixture of lampblack, and mix all together. This printing-ink is specially adapted for fine lithographic work, cards, and artistic printing. Black Printing Colors patented in Germany are prepared from 45 parts of anthracene oil (green oil) previously boiled with 5 per cent, of chloride of copper, 40 parts of pitch or asphaltum, 12 parts of soft soap, 5 to 8 parts of train oil, and 3 to 15 parts of aniline colors soluble in alcohol. To remove the un- pleasant smell of the anthracene oil treat it at a temperature of above 212° F. with nitric acid. New Process of Preparing Printing- inks. In place of linseed-oil varnish solutions of 40 to 50 parts of rosin or other resins in 25 of paraffine oil are used. Printing ami Stamping Ink con- taining Iron. Add to inks prepared from linseed-oil varnish, combinations of ferric or ferrous oxides or metallic iron. These form an intimate combi- nation with the cellulose and sizing of the paper, in which, even if the black of the ink is entirely destroyed for fraudulent purposes, the iron oan be accurately pointed out. Bronze Color for Direct Printing INKS. LITHOGRAPHIC, PRINTING, AND WRITING. 191 upon Paper, Oil-cloth, etc. ■ The gold ami siivir designs <>n wall papers, oil- cloth, etc., were formerly produced by applying gold leaf i>r silver leaf to the design, printed with thick linseed-oil varnish, or sonic other agglutinant, or dusting it with bronze powder. In the new process the bronze powder is mixed with the agglutinant and printed di- rectly upon the paper. Water-glass is an excellent agglutinant for this pur- pose. By rubbing up 1 part by weight of bronze powder with 2 parts by weight of water-glass, a printing color is ob- tained, which, on being applied to the blocks or rollers, can be at once trans- ferred to paper, oil-cloth, or tissue, and wood or metal surfaces. The bronze print prepared in this manner dries very quick, cannot be removed by water or oil (if not boiling), and is in- sensible to heat and light. If, in print- ing, the bronze color dries too quickly, dilute it with 10 to 12 per cent, of water, or 5 to 10 per cent, of sugar syrup, the latter giving, besides, more body to the color. Black Printing-ink which may also In us, J iis Etching Ground. Heat and mix intimately 40 parts of pitch or as- phaltum, 28 of rectified tar oil, 8 of ani- line-violet sebate, 24 of residue of the distillation of black rosin oil. Preparation of Tannin Blackandits Use for Printing-ink and other Pur- poses. Chips and all kinds of waste of leather, animal waste containing glue and gelatine, and substances con- taining tannic acid serve as raw ma- terial in manufacturing tannin black. I. One thousand pounds of the mate- rial are heated with about 350 gallons of water. After the liquid is drawn off, water is again poured upon the mass. About 50 pounds of caustic soda are then added, the whole is boiled for a few hours, and the liquid then drawn off and added to the first liquid, to which 90 pounds of sulphate of iron have been added. After the second liquid has been added, 30 pounds more of sulphate of iron with some alum are added to complete precipitation. The mass, after being sufficiently stirred, is then filtered. To prevent subsequent moulding 3 gal- lons of heavy tar oil are added to each of the liquids drawn off. II. According to another process, the same proportions of material and water are brought into a steam boiler, and Mo pounds of caustic soda and 3 gallons of heavy tar oil added. The wnole is evaporated for a few hours and then drawn off into a pan. Here the same quantity of sulphate of iron as given in I. is added, with 350 gallons of water, 40 pounds of caustic soda, and 3 gallons of tar oil. The whole is then boiled, the fluid drawn off, 30 pounds of sul- phate of iron are added, and the pre- cipitate treated as above. For print ing- ink, the black, to which some prussiate of potash, or some decoction of logwood has been previously added, is evaporated to 4 its weight, and then mixed with linseed-oil varnish. For shoe-blacking the black is mixed with rosin soap and decomposed with hydrochloric acid, and then syrup, sugar waste, chloride of potash, non-drying oil, and crude glycerine are added in suitable propor- tions. Lithographic Inks. I. Melt 10 ounces of wax, 8 ounces of shellac, 5 ounces of mastic, 4 ounces each of pure tallow and hard tallow soap, and £ ounce of Venetian turpentine, and mix with this 21 ounces of lampblack. This ink is rubbed up with water like water-colors and forms an emulsion. II. consists of a mixture of 2 ounces of suet, 3 -J ounces each of white wax and of soap, i ounce of shellac, IS ounces of mastic, £ ounce of butter, and i ounce of caoutchouc dissolved in oil of laven- der, and H ounces of lampblack. The solid ingredients are triturated and melted, the solution of caoutchouc is then carefully added, the mass being constantly stirred. It is then ignited and allowed to burn for 2 minutes, when it is extinguished by placing the lid upon the vessel containing it. It is. then mixed with the lampblack by rub- bing on a stone, again melted and poured out, and allowed to become cold. III. Heat 40 parts of yellow wax un- til the vapors emitted become ignited. Then take it from the fire and add grad- ually 10 parts of mastic, 28 of gum lac, and 22 of Castile soap, and mix it with 9 parts of lampblack ; then ignite the compound, remove it from the fire, ex- tinguish the flame, pour the mass upon a stone, and, when <;old, divide it into disks. I'.K TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. IV. Another kind consists of 3 parts of shellac, 4 of soap, 6 of white wax, 2 of tallow, and (3 of a strong solution of sandarac, and sufficient lampblack to color the mixture black. Autographic Ink consists of 10 parts of dry soap, 10 of wax, 5 each of shellac and mastic, and 3 each of mutton tallow and fine lampblack. Lithographic Printing-ink is pre- pared by melting together 8 parts each of tallow, soap, and wax, 6 of shellac, and 4 of mastic, and adding the neces- sary lampblack. It is used to make imprints upon paper from engraved plates, which are then transferred to the lithographic stones. English Lithographic Ink. Pulverize and mix together 12 parts of shellac, 8 of mastic, and melt in 1 of Venetian turpentine. Remove the vessel from the fire, add 16 parts of wax and 6 of tallow, and when they are melted add 6 parts of hard tallow soap cut into shavings, and 11 parts of lampblack. The mass, after having been inti- mately mixed by boiling, is allowed to cool off somewhat, and is then, while still in a liquid state, poured upon a marble slab, and, when cold, cut into aquare pieces. The principal property of a good lithographic ink is that it does not penetrate into the stone, so that the most delicate lines of a drawing will stand a great number of impressions. It must therefore be capable of resisting the acid, with which the stone is prepared, to such a degree that not even the smallest particle of the fatty substances is attacked by it. Writing-ink. Although there is per- haps no other chemical preparation in such general use as writing-ink, but few inks answer all requirements. This may be explained by the circumstance that receipts for ink cannot be calcu- lated according to a chemical formula, but largely depend on experiments, and that we are forced to use the collected results of such experiments. A good black writing-ink must readily flow from the pen, show either at once or in a short time a deep black color, and must not attack the pen or the paper. When kept in a hermetically closed vessel no sediment of any account should be formed, although such will always be found in ordinary inkstand*, and this the quicker the more the ink comes in contact with atmospheric air. An ink available for documents must not be so much obliterated by water or absolute alcohol as to render the writ- ing indiscernible. Ink may be either a clear solution of any coloring matter, or, as is generally the case with ordinary writing-ink, con- sist of a finely-divided insoluble pre* cipitate, held in suspension in water. The principal materials used in prepar- ing this kind of ink are gall-nuts, sul- phate of iron, and gum, used in various proportions. The gall-nuts are con- verted into a coarse powder and boiled with water, or, what is better, digested for several hours in water of a temper- ature near the boiling point ; the decoc- tion is then filtered and the dissolved sulphate of iron and gum are added. In the following we give a few receipts : I. 12 parts of gall-nuts, 5 of sulphate of iron, 5 of gum-Senegal, and 120 of' water furnishes a very useful ink for ordinary purposes. II. The following gives a beautiful writing-ink : 11 parts of gall-nuts, 2 of sulphate of irou, \ part of solution of indigo, and 33 of water. The quantities in the above receipt being proportionally larger, allow of the omission of the gum, while the solution of indigo imparts a deeper, brilliant black. Although the writing executed with this ink can be removed from the paper by diluted acid, it can be restored by chemical means. III. Boil 2 pounds of pulverized gall-nuts in 3 gallons of water, strain the decoction through a linen cloth and filter it, and add 1 pound each of sul- phate of iron and gum- Arabic dissolved in 3 quarts of water ■ The mixture is stirred from time to time and exposed to the air until it has assumed a bluish-black color. It is then allowed to settle, when the clear ink is drawn off and bottled. This ink is sold under the name of "Double Ink;" the " Simple Ink" is obtained by adding an equal volume of water. To prevent the ink from moulding an addition of creosote or carbolic acid is highly recommended. Orit drop of creosote thoroughly stirred in suffices for 1 quart of ink. A slight addition of INKS. LITHOGRAPHIC, PRINTING, AND WRITING. 193 salicylic acid will prevent the formation of mould even in open inkstands. The sediment remaining in the stor- ing harrels is used for marking boxes, barrels, ete. As ink prepared from gall-nuts and sulphate of iron has but a dull color, a small quantity of sugar or sulphate of copper is added to give it lustre, though the latter attacks steel pens. It frequently happens that an ink which is black at first assumes, in the course of time, a yellowish tint. This is prevented by adding 2 ounces of caustic aqua ammonia to every pound of sulphate of iron used. Other substances containing tannin, as sumach, logwood, the bark of oak or alder, are frequently substituted in part or entirely for gall-nuts ; but the ink prepared in this way is not as fine, it flows badly from the pen and soon changes. In the following we give a tew of these modified receipts : ^, be bo S 60 a a .5 3 ■~ o *En> V,?% "E o a O 1-1 8 o ■< < a < « Parts. Parts. Parts. MO . 85 100 25 30 30 Sulphate of iron . . . 30 30 30 Sulphate of copper . . 30 10 Gum-Arabic .... 30 30 60 10 2000 2000 2000 An ordinary writing-ink can be pre- pared by boiling li pounds of logwood with sufficient water to leave a residue of 2£ quarts. When cold, add li drachms of yellow bichromate of pot- ash and stir thoroughly, and the ink is ready for use without the addition of gum. This ink is cheap and suitable for steel pens, but becomes thick, which defect, according to Stein,can be avoided by adding a few drops of sortition of mercury salt. It flows then freely from the pen, and its color, first of a dark indigo-blue tint, changes soon into black. The majority of the so-called inde- structibleinks contain a certain quantity of finely-divided carbon. The writing •executed with these inks resists ordinary 13 ' reagents; but they are much thicker than ordinary ink, soon form a thick sediment, and do not penetrate the fibre of the paper, so they can be readily washed off or effaced by scratching Traille prepares an indestructible ink by dissolving gluten in pyroligneous acid. A soap-like fluid is obtained which is diluted to the strength of or- dinary vinegar. To every pint of this fluid there should be added \ ounce of lampblack and 20 grains of indigo. This ink possesses a beautiful color, flows readily from the pen, and dries quickly. It cannot be effaced by water or scratching, and reagents which de- stroy ordinary ink have no effect on it whatever. The fibre of the paper must be destroyed belbre the ink can be re- moved. P. A. Gajfard, of Paris, prepares an indestructible ink from 1 part of lamp- black, 12 of potash water-glass of the consistency of syrup, 1 of aqua am- monia, and 38 of distilled water. Stark, who has devoted a great deal of time and labor to experimenting with ink, prefers for his own use the follow- ing composition: S pound of gall-nuts, £ pound of sulphindigotic acid, a like quantity of sulphate of iron, a few cloves, and i pound of gum- Arabic to every gallon of ink. Stark's Patent Copying-ink is made as follows : Dissolve 250 parts of extract of logwood, 17 each of sulphate of iron and sulphate of copper, and 50 of sugar in 1000 of boiling water; strain the so- lution, and add a solution of 16 parte of neutral chromate of potash, 100 of glycerine, and finally 200 of sulphin- digotic acid, obtained by dissolving 2.5 parts of indigo in 50 of fuming sulphuric acid, and diluting with 200 of water. B'dttger's Copying-ink is prepared by dissolving 1 ounce of extract of log- wood and I ounce of crystallized car- bonate of soda in 1 pint of w T ater and adding to the solution 1 ounce of glyc- erine of 1.25 specific gravity, 15 grains of yellow chromate of potash' dissolved in a little water, and i ounce of pulver- ized gum-Arabic converted into a mucil- age with a little water. This ink does not attack the pen, does not mould, and acquires a deep black color. If it is to be used as a writing-ink use 1 ounce of extract of logwood dissolved in 1 pint 194 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. of water, but leave out the gum and glycerine. It is well to add 15 grains of sulphate of copper to the above quantities, as this will considerably en- hance the blackness of the ink. S,,/ii/ I)i ks (Ink Potvders and Ink Stones). Various qualities of ink in the solid state are prepared as a con- venience for travellers, so as to avoid the necessity of carrying bottles and the risk of breaking them. They are mostly composed of finely-pulverized constit- uents of gall-nut ink, over which cold water is poured, but such ink is as a general rule pale and poor. The best substance for preparing a good ink powder is aniline black, which can be readily dissolved in 80 parts of water, and furnishes at once an excellent writ- ing-fluid. We add a few of the innumerable receipts for ink. Many of them have been tried and found to be excellent. Karmarsch's Black Ink. Eighteen parts of pulverized gall-nuts, 7 each of guru-Arabic and sulphate of iron, and 150 of water. Reid's Black Ink consists of 1 pound of pulverized gall-nuts, J pound of sul- phate of iron, and 3 quarts of water. Lipowitz's Process of Preparing Black Ink. Pulverize 6£ pounds of the best black gall-nuts, pour as much wa- ter over them as they will absorb, and place them upon a perforated bottom in a barrel provided with several layers of cut straw. A sufficient quantity of soft water is now gradually poured over the moistened gall-nuts to give 6 gal- lons of a clear decoction of a dark- brown color. A corresponding quantity of dissolved sulphate of iron is brought at the same time to the boiling point in a suitable earthen vessel, and oxidized with nitric acid during the boiling. The oxidized solution of iron is then precipitated with crystallized carbonate of soda dissolved in the necessary quan- tity of water. The precipitate is placed in a linen bag, washed out, and pressed with a gradually increasing pressure until it is of such a consistency that the cake, after the press-cloth has been re- moved, will cling together and not moisten blotting-paper. Three pounds of this pressed ferric oxide is then stirred together with 4* pounds of good crude wood spirit, and added, with con- stant stirring, to the 6 gallons of decoe. tion of gall-nuts. The mixture is allowed to stand for a few days, being frequently stirred, and then 23 pounds of gum Senegal is added, and the mixt- ure stirred until the gum is dissolved. J Ira ud's Black Ink consists of 20 parts of pulverized Aleppo gall-nuts, 250 parts of water, 10 parts of crystal- lized sulphate of iron, and 12* parts of gum-Arabic. Booth's Excellent Black Ink. Take 6 parts of Aleppo gall-nuts, 2 parts of sulphate of iron, If parts of gum, and 90 parts of water. Pulverize the gall-nuts and boil them 3 times, and alter each boiling add sufficient water to replace the loss by evaporation. Then strain the decoction and add to it the sulphate of iron and gum previously dissolved in the required quantity of water. The mixture is allowed to stand quietly fin a few weeks, the supernatant liquid is then poured off*, and a few drops of creosote added to prevent moulding. Van Moos' Good Black Ink. I. To 150 parts gall-nuts converted into a coarse powder add 85 parts of sulphate of iron. Pour 4000 parts of cold water over the two ingredients and let them digest for 24 to 48 hours ; then strain through a cloth and dissolve in the filtrate 48 parts of gum-Arabic. II. Take 150 parts of coarsely-pow- dered gall-nuts, 50 parts of sulphate uf iron, and 16J parts of gum-Arabic. Pour 650 parts of rain water over these ingredients, let them stand for 24 hours in a place not too warm, stir frequently, and finallv filter through a cloth. III. Boil for i hour 100 parts of galh nuts converted into a coarse powder and 30 parts of sulphate of iron in 4000 parts of ordinary wine or fruit vinegar, and when cold filter oft* the fluid. Gcissler's Black Ink. Convert into a coarse powder 1 pound of gall-nuts, I pound of sulphate of iron, and 3£ ounces of gum-Arabic. Pour over these ingredients 1 quart of vinegar and If gallons of water. Let the mixture stand for 8 to 14 days, stirring it fre- quently, and then pour off the ink. Jahn's Black Ink. Boil down to i its volume 25 parts of ground logwood, and 150 purts of bablah with 1500 parts of water. Strain the decoction through linen and then add 12* parts yNKS. LITHOGRAPHIC, PRINTING, AND WRITING. 195 each of pulverized gum-Arabic and pulverized sugar, and 37i parts of finely- pulverized sulphate of iron. Moulding is prevented by adding a very small quantity of a solution of chloride of mercury in water. Lewis' Black Ink consists of 1 ounce each of pulverized sulphate of iron and logwood, 3 J ounces of pulverized gall- nuts, 1 ounce of gum-Arabic, and 1 quart of white wine or acetic acid. lire's Block Ink. I. Place 600 parts of bruised gall-nuts in a cylindrical cop- per vessel and boil them for 3 hours in 4.500 parts of water, replacing always the water lost by evaporation. Then pour the decoction into a vat, and after a short time strain it through a linen cloth. Now dissolve 250 parts of gum Senegal in a small quantity of water, and add the mucilage thus formed, after it has been filtered, to the clear decoc- tion. Finally, dissolve 250 parts of sul- phate of iron, add this to the ink, and expose the latter to the air. As soon as it has assumed a medium black color bottle and cork it tightly. II. This ink consists of 100 parts of pulverized gall-nuts, 250 parts of sul- phate of iron, 200 parts of gum-Arabic, 6000 parts of water, and a few drops of creosote. The following receipts for the prepa- ration of black inks are esj^ecially recommended : I. Crush 600 parts of small gall-nuts into a coarse powder and boil in a copper boiler with 4500 parts of water for 3 hours, the loss by evaporation being re- placed by fresh water. The decoction is placed in a vat and drawn off when clear, and the sediment strained through a cloth. Dissolve 250 parts of gum Senegal in 1500 parts of hot water and add it to the decoction of gall-nuts, and dissolve 250 parts of sulphate of iron in 1500 parts of hot water and add this to the same decoction. The ink obtained in this way is exposed to the air until dark enough to be used. II. Digest for 8 days 16 parts of bruised Aleppo gall-nuts, 16 of sulphate of iron, 5 of gum Senegal, and 1 of alum in 216 of vinegar ; then add to the whole 36 parts more of vinegar and 200 of water. III. Boil repeatedly 160 parts of logwood with water. Pour the different decoctions together and reduce them by evaporation to 1000 parts by weight. Dissolve in this liquid 1 part of neutral yellow chromate of potash, let it clear by standing, and draw the clear ink into bottles, which should be hermeti- cally closed. This is a cheap and good ink, which flows freely from the pen, but spoils quickly if allowed to stand in open vessels. Schmidt's Ink for Steel Pens. I One ounce of calcined sulphate of iron, 1£ ounces of gall-nuts, and£ ounce of vege- table gum are digested in 1 pint of dis- tilled water. II. Boil down 2 pounds of pulverized gall-nuts with 3 quarts of water to £ its bulk, and compound this with 7 ounces of sulphate of iron previously dissolved in hot water. The whole is then boiled for a few minutes and fil- tered through linen. A part of the de- coction is poured over £ ounce of Chi- nese ink, rubbed very fine, and to thia is added £ ounce of solution of pro- tochloride of manganese of 60° Beaume The Chinese ink, which will swell up in about 24 hours, is then rubbed very fine upon a stone, the clear fluid of the decoction of gall-nuts is poured off from the sediment and mixed with the Chinese ink. A few drops of oil of cloves dissolved in acetic acid are then added, the mixture thoroughly shaken in a closed bottle, and is then allowed to stand for a few days, and the ink is finally poured off from the sediment into another bottle. Kunge' sink for Steel Pens consists of 500 parts of decoction of logwood and £ part of yellow chromate of potash. The decoction of logwood is prepared by boiling 674 parts of logwood with the quantity of water named above. The liquid is filtered and then com- pounded, with constant stirring, with j part of yellow chromate of potash. The ink is then ready ; it is of a bluish- black color, and gives no sediment. To prevent the ink from becoming too thick add a few drops of solution of chloride of mercury. Haenle's Ink, which does not Corrode Steel Pens. Boil 250 parts of pulverized gall-nuts, 125 parts of gum, and a like quantity of sulphuric acid in 4000 parts of distilled or rain water, and add a few srrains of chloride of mercurv. 100 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. English Inks. The following is a receipt recommended by Penny, of An- derson University : Macerate 12 ounces of bruised gall-nuts in 1 gallon of cold water for one week, add tj ounces of dissolved sulphate of iron, 6 ounces of gum mucilage, and 5 or 6 drops of creosote. In this receipt Penny makes use of the fact well known to chemists that tannin is n^ore soluble in cold than in warm water, ~nd for this reason rec- ommends cold maceration, which, in fact, is used in the principal ink fac- tories. Duncan, Clockhart & Co.'s, of Edin- burgh, Celebrated Bluish-black Ink is prepared by cold maceration according to the following receipt: 4J ounces bruised Aleppo gall-nuts, not gnawed by insects, 1 drachm of pulverized cloves, 40 ounces of cold water, li ounces of purified sulphate of iron, 35 grains of purified sulphuric acid, and i ounce of sulphindigotic acid in the form of a thin paste, and either entirely neutral, or nearly so. The gall-nuts are placed together with the cloves into a flask capable of holding about 4 gallons, water is poured over them and they are allowed to di- gest, being frequently shaken. The fluid is then filtered into another flask of the same size. The iron is now added, and, when entirely dissolved, the acid is poured into the mixture and the whole quickly shaken ; finally, the in- digo is added and mixed with the com- pound by shaking, and the whole fil- tered. For Copying Ink 5^ ounces of gall- nuts are used. This ink has several peculiarities: 1. The use of the cold process. 2. Entire absence of gum. 3. The use of sulphin- digotic acid. 4. The small quantity of iron, which may be explained by the fact that pure protosulphate contain- ing no sesquioxide is used, so that all the iron can combine with the tannin. 5. The use of free sulphuric acid, which has generally been considered as in- jurious to inks. Ink for Steel Pens. The ink obtained by the following process becomes black at once, does not corrode the pen, and, when thick, can be diluted with water: Convert into a coarse powder £ ounce of gall-nuts, add i ounce of gum-Arabic, and } pint of rain water. Let the whole .stand in a flask for 24 hours, .shaking it several times. Then add 7 grains of ferric oxide prepared in the following manner: Place 4 ounces of sulphate of iron in an earthen-ware pot, and heat it over a strong fire until it forms a red mass, when it is allowed to cool and stored away for future use. To prevent moulding of the ink, add a few drops of creosote or a few grains of corrosive sublimate. Vanadium Ink. Berzelius' receipt for this ink calls for 350 parts of a de- coction obtained from 250 parts of gall- nuts, to which are added 1 part of am- monium meta- vanadate and 25 of gum Senegal. A good black ink flowing readily from the pen is also obtained in a short time by rubbing together 1 part of pyro- gallic acid with 3 of finely-pulverized and sifted gum-Arabic, and 3 of neutral ammonium meta-vanadate. A lizarine Ink. Sulphate of iron per- fectly free of oxide is the first requisite in preparing this ink. A decoction of gall-nuts 5 to 6 per cent, strong is first prepared, and then a solution of indigo in fuming sulphuric acid. To the lat- ter, carefully diluted with water, are added iron filings. The acid remain- ing free after the formation of sulphate of iron is dulled by means of chalk or marble, so that only a small quantity of free acid remains in the fluid. The clear solution of indigo and sulphate of iron is poured from the gypsum which has been formed and added to the de- coction of gall-nuts. Gum-Arabic is used to render the liquid viscous. Eisner's Alizarine Ink. Extract It pounds of bruised gall-nuts with 3 quarts of water. On the other hand pour 8 ounces of sulphuric acid over 4 ounces of powdered indigo, and let it stand for 24 hours. Then dilute the blue fluid with 3 quarts of water, and add to it 71 ounces of iron filings free from rust and 5 ounces of pulverized chalk. After the fluid has stood for some time it is filtered and the filtrate added to the decoction of gall-nuts, also previously filtered. The writing exe- cuted with this ink is first greenish, but soon assumes a blue-black color. Dubell's Alizarine Ink has a pleasant green color, flows freely from the pen, INKS. LITHOGRAPHIC, PRINTING, AND WRITING. 19? and becomes black in a short time. It is prepared as follows : Convert into a coarse powder A ounce of Turkish gall- nuts, pour lj pints of tepid water over them, and allow them to digest for 24 nours at a moderate heat. Then strain •the fluid and add 2 ounces of wood spirit, next Ik drachms of gum-Arabic, and 2 ounces of neutralized solution of sulphindigotic acid, and shake the mixture thoroughly. Winternitz's Alizarine Ink. One hundred parts by weight of pulverized nut-galls are digested in 1200 parts of crude- wood spirit, allowed to stand for a few days in a moderately warm place, filtered, and the residue in the filter washed with crude wood spirit until the filtrate amounts again to 1200 parts. In this clear brown extract dissolve 12 parts of sulphate of iron and 30 of gum- Arabic ; let the mixture again stand for a few days, stirring it frequently, and finally add sufficient solution of indigo so that the whole makes 1500 parts by weight. The solution of indigo used is prepared by dissolving 1 part of indigo in 4 of fuming sulphuric acid, diluting the fluid with water, precipitating it with carbonate of potash, collecting the blue precipitate upon a filter, and wash- ing with water. Another Receipt. Five hundred and twenty-five parts of the best bruised gall-nuts are digested for 2 days in 7000 parts of water. Then add 700 parts of solution of indigo and dissolve in the liquid 190 parts of sul- phate of iron, 175 of sugar, and a like quantity of gum Senegal, and finally 20 drops of creosote dissolved in 14 parts of alcohol. Receipt with Oxalic Acid. Three hundred and fifty parts of the best gall- nuts are bruised and digested for 2 days in 3500 parts of water, and the fluid strained. In this dissolve 115 parts of sulphate of iron and 25 of crystallized oxalic acid ; then add 225 parts of solu- tion of indigo, and finally dissolve 100 parts of sugar, a like quantity of gum Senegal, and 10 drops of creosote in the fluid: Copying Inks. Bean's French Copying Ink consists of 1650 parts by weight of beer, 95 of gall-nuts, 30 of gum-Arabic, 40 of calcined sulphate of iron, 20 of tormentil root (Potentilla tormentilla), 10 of lampblack, 10 of rock candy, 60 of white sugar, and 5 of honey. Black Copying Inks. I. Boil 33 parts each of coarsely-powdered gall-nuts, extract of logwood, and bruised tor- mentil root in 500 parts of vinegar and a like quantity of water, and strain the fluid. Next dissolve 180 parts of sul- phate of iron and 33 parts of alum in 250 parts of water; add this solution to the above fluid, and dissolve in it by boiling 1 drachm of indigo-carmine, 1 ounce of gum-Arabic, and 2\ ounces of white sugar. II. Boil 1 ounce' of extract of log- wood with 1 quart each of vinegar and water, J ounce of sulphate of iron, h ounce of alum, a like quantity of gum- Arabic, and 1 ounce of sugar. III. Boil for 2 hours 4| ounces of rasped logwood in 3 gallons of water, replenishing from time to time the evaporated water. To the liquid, while still warm, add 1 pound of best gall- nuts converted to a coarse powder, 4j ounces of sulphate of iron, A ounce of sulphate of copper, and 3£ ounces each of white sugar and gum-Arabic. It is best to place the mixture in an earthen- ware pot of a capacity of 7 gallons, and allow it to stand in this for 14 days, stirring it at least twice a day ; the ink is finally filtered through a coarse woollen cloth. Excellent Black Copying Ink. Boil 9 ounces of coarsely-powdered gall-nuts and 4J ounces of ground logwood with If gallons of water until f gallon of fluid remain, and filter through a cloth. Then dissolve 4| ounces of ordinary sulphate of iron, 3 ounces of sulphate of copper, 3A ounces of gum- Arabic, and 1 ounce of rock candy in If quarts of water ; add this solution to the above decoction, stir it thoroughly, let it stand for 24 hours, and filter the ink from the sediment through a felt bag. Excellent Black Copying Ink. Con- vert into a coarse powder 8 parts of Turkish gall-nuts, 4 of sulphate of iron, 2 of gum-Arabic, 1 of alum, and 1 of indigo. Place the ingredients in a flask, pour 12 parts of vinegar over them, and let them digest in a moder- ately warm place for 24 hours. Then add 60 parts of beer, let it again stand 198 TECHNO-CHEMICAL EECEIPT BOOK. in a warm place for a few days, when tin- ink is ready for use. Another Receipt. By dissolving 1 part of rock candy in 3 of ordinary good ink, a fluid is obtained which permits the transfer of writing to another paper. Alkaline Copying Ink which pre- serves the steel pen from oxidation is produced from 5 parts of decoction of logwood, of 8° Beaume, 3 of sugar, 2 of gum Senegal, and 5 of glycerine. The fluid is colored violet by adding a solu- tion of 20 parts of potash and 3 of flowers of sulphur in 100 of water. The substances are mixed in an iron boiler, in parts of leather waste added, and, with constant stirring, boiled down to dryness. Two hundred parts of water are then poured over the residue, the fluid is pressed out, and then filtered. Aniline Inks are true solutions; the coloring matter does not precipitate ; they are very fluid, flow readily from the pen, and dry quickly. They must Hot be made too concentrated. If the writing, when dry, has a metallic lustre the ink should be diluted. The inks do not mould, and, when thick, can be restored by adding water. They do not require an addition of gum, but if desired, 1 part of dextrine may be added to 100 parts of ink ; gum- Arabic should not be used. Some of the inks, espe- cially the violet parlor ink, are very easily affected by other inks, so that a pen used for the latter must not be dipped into the former. Blue Aniline Ink. Dissolve 1 part of bleu denuit (bleu de Paris) soluble in water in 200 to 250 of hot water. Block Aniline Ink. Dissolve 1 part of aniline black soluble in water in 80 of water. Green Aniline Ink is very beautiful, but costly. Dissolve 1 part of iodgreen in 100 to 110 of hot water. Writing executed with this ink has a brilliant bluish-green color; for a more yellow- ish-green tint add some picric acid. Red Aniline Ink. Dissolve 1 part of fuchsine soluble in water in 150 to 200 of hot water. Violet Aniline Ink {Parlor Ink). Dissolve 1 part of aniline violet soluble in water in 200 of water. Yellow Aniline Ink cannot be recom- mended. It is prepared by dissolving 1 part of picric acid in 120 to 140 ai water. Indestructible or Permanent Inks. Bosse's indestructible ink is pre- pared by boiling 33 parts of logwood with 400 of water for \ hour, then adding 16.5 parts of alum, filtering the fluid down to 266.5 parts, and adding a mixt- ure of 33 parts of very fine elutriated pyrolusite and 16.5 of pulverized gum- Arabic. Kindt's Indestructible Ink for Docu- ments, etc. Mix 1 part of honey, 14 of water, 2 of sulphuric acid, and enough indigo, dissolved in fuming sul- phuric acid, that the fluid seems to be sufficiently colored to furnish legible writing on paper. The writing executed with this ink, which, of course, must not be done with a steel pen, becomes perfectly black by heating the paper. To prevent the writing from being de- stroyed by free acids, it is, after the paper has been heated, moistened with spirit of sal-ammoniac, or the document is placed in a box and there subjected to vapors of carbonate of ammonia. It is claimed that this ink answers all de- mands. Bossin's Indestructible Ink. Mix £ ounce of pulverized verdigris, 1 ounce of sal-ammoniac, 4, ounce of lampblack with 5} ounces of water. Keep the mixture in a well-closed flask, and shake thoroughly before using it. Braconnot's Indestructible Ink. Ten parts of good potash dissolved in boiling water, 4 parts of comminuted leather- waste, and 2 parts of flowers of sulphur are boiled to dryness in a cast-iron vessel. The dry substance is then heated, with constant stirring, until it becomes soft, care being had to prevent it from igniting. Sufficient water is gradually and carefully added until the liquid assumes a very dark color, which is strained through a cloth and kept in well-closed bottles. Writing on paper executed with this ink is not affected by concentrated caustic lye nor by con- centrated nitric acid. Excellent Blue Ink, of a beautiful and deep, pure blue color, is prepared as fol- lows: Dissolve 16i parts of yello\? prussiate of potash in 500 parts of water. Filter the solution and mix it with a filtered solution of 16£ parts of pure sulphate of iron in 500 parts of distilled INKS. LITHOGRAPHIC, PRINTING, AND WRITING. 199 water, and then add 1000 parts of dis- tilled water. The water standing over the nearly white precipitate is then care- fully removed with a siphon, and the precipitate filtered to remove the water, when it is placed by means of a horn spatula in a porcelain dish, which is put into a water-bath, and the precipi- tate oxidised by stirring into it a mixt- ure of 8 parts of nitric acid of 1.225 spe- cific gravity, and 6} ounces of sulphuric acid, care being had to avoid inhaling the vapors evolved. After the acids have acted upon the precipitate for 24 hours it assumes a dark-blue color ; it is then placed in a wide-mouthed flask and thoroughly washed with water un- til a sample taken from the flask shows no reaction upon sulphuric acid ; that means, until a few drops of a solution of chloride of barium no longer give a white precipitate. The precipitate is then rinsed from the flask upon a paper filter and allowed to drain off, when the filter is carefully taken from the funnel and spread out upon several sheets of filtering paper which have been placed upon porous bricks. The jelly-like precipitate is then rubbed up in a mortar with 3 parts of oxalic acid, and diluted with an equal volume of water. An addition of gum is not re- quired, but, if desired, 150 parts of best white gum may be added to the ink. Red Inks. Carmine Ink consists of 6 parts of carmine, 15 of spirit of sal-ammoniac, and 2 of tartaric acid. Dissolve the carmine in the spirit of sal-ammoniac previously diluted with 15 parts of water, and then add the tar- taric acid. Let the mixture stand for 2 or 3 days, then pour off the superna- tant red fluid, filter the sediment, and drain off the ink adhering to it. Winckler's Durable Red Ink. Four parts of red carmine are rubbed very fine with 50 parts of ordinary liquid water-glass. The resulting compound is diluted with 450 parts of rain water and allowed to stand quietly for a few days, when the fluid forming the red ink is poured off. The water-glass in which the carmine is dissolved is at the same time an ex- , cellent means of detecting an adultera- tion of carmine with cinnabar. In dilut- ing the solution of carmine with water, the cinnabar is at once precipitated. Violet Inks. Violet Copying Ink. Thirty-eight parts of extract of log- wood, 550 of water, 20 of alum, l\ of cream of tartar, 15 of gum-Arabic, and i of crystallized verdigris. Dissolve the extract of logwood in the boiling water. Then in 4 different vessels dis- solve the alum, cream of tartar, gum, and verdigris in some of the solution of extract of logwood, and add the so- lutions to the liquor of logwood in the order as given. The ink is then ready and is kept from moulding by an ad- dition of creosote. Violet Writing Ink. Eight parts of logwood and 64 of water are boiled down to 30 parts. In this fluid dissolve, with constant stirring, 24 parts of alum and 14 of gum Senegal. Encre Violette de Rouen is obtained by boiling 750 parts of logwood, 32 parts of alum, a like quantity of gum- Arabic, and 16 parts of sugar in 6000 parts of water for 1 hour. The mix- ture is allowed to stand for 2 or 3 days and is then strained through linen. This ink, it is claimed, is much improved by age. Solid Inks. (Cakes and Pow- ders.) Platzer's Ink Powder. Pulver- ize and mix intimately 100 parts of ex- tract of logwood and 1 of bichromate of potash, and -fa of the weight of the whole of indigo blue. Ink Powder in Capsules. To avoid soiling the fingers and spilling some of the powder in taking it from the boxes in which it formerly was brought int» the market, G. J. Collins, of Brooklyn, JV. Y., encloses a small quantity of pow- der in a capsule of gelatine, which, when dissolved in water, serves also to give the necessary consistency to the ink. The basis of the powders is gen- erally an aniline color. For Carmine 40 parts of eosine, 3 of lunar caustic, and 7 of gelatine. For Green 44 parts of aniline green, 4 of gelatine, and 2 of lunar caustic. For Purple 40 parts of aniline violet, 4 of gelatine, and 2 of lunar caustic. The substances are separ- ately converted into fine powder- mixed, and the mixture placed in the capsules. Each capsule contains about 15 grains of powder. It is dissolved in a corre- sponding quantity of pure water, re- quiring about 1 hour for solution. i Ink Cake. Extract 42 parts of A leppo 200 TECHNO-CHEMICAL EECEIPT BOOK. gall-nuts and 3 of madder with suffi- cient water; then filter the fluid and dissolve in it 5J parts of sulphate of iron, and compound it with 2 parts of solution of methyl acetate of iron and 1\ of solution of indigo. Evaporate this mixture to dryness at a moderate heat and form into cakes of desired size. One part of this ink dissolved in 6 of hot water gives an excellent writ- ing and copying ink, while a beautiful ordinary writing ink is obtained by dis- solving 1 part in 10 to 15 of water. Marking Ink, especially adapted for laboratory use, as it resists the action of all acids and caustic fluids, and which is highly recommended for marking articles exposed to any degree of moist- ure, is prepared as follows : Dissolve, with the assistance of heat, 20 parts of brown shellac in a solution of 30 parts of borax in 300 to 400 parts of water, and filter the solution while hot. Then add to the filtrate a solution of 7£ to 10 parts of aniline black (nigrosine) solu- ble in water, A part of tannin, Its part of picric acid, 15 jiarts of spirit of sal- ammoniac, and i ounce of water. More aniline black may be used, but the quantity given suffices for the produc- tion of a beautiful black ink, flowing freely from the pen. Ink for Writing on Glass. By rub- bing up equal parts of lampblack and iron scales (hammer scale) with strong gum mucilage, an ink is obtained which can be used for writing on glass. Indestructible Ink for Writing on Glass. An ink has recently been brought into the market in the United States with which writing can be etched on bottles, etc. With the ex- ception that it corrodes the pen, it an- swers the purpose very well. The ink, according to an analysis by Prof. Maisch, consists of ammonium fluoride, heavy spar, and sulphuric acid. The sul- phate of baryta seems to act as an ab- sorbent and to prevent the running of the ink. Red and Black Ink, not acted upon by Acids', for Marking Glass and Metal Labels. Dissolve with the aid of heat 15 parts of finely-sifted copal in 120 parts of oil of lavender ; then rub up with this solution 2 parts of thoroughly calcined lampblack and keep the mixt- ure in a well-closed bottle. Before using the ink shake it thoroughly and, if too thick, reduce it with some oil of Lavender or rectified oil of turpentine. For Red Ink use cinnabar instead of lampblack and prepare the ink accord- ing to the following proportions : One part of copal, 8 of oil of lavender, and 3i of cinnabar. Stamping Ink, which does not dry quickly upon the cushion, but is never- theless rapidly absorbed by the paper without blurring, is prepared according to the following receipt: Sixteen parts of fast aniline colors (blue, red, etc.), 80 of boiling distilled water, 7 of glyc- erine, and 3 of syrup. The aniline color is dissolved in hot water and the other ingredients then added, with con- stant stirring. Sympathetic Ink. Boil some gall- nuts in aqua-fortis, and add to the in- fusion some gum-Arabic and a little sulphuric acid. However plain the writing executed with this ink may be at first, it will entirely disappear from the paper in a few days. Incombustible Ink and Paper. This ink, which can be used either in writing or painting, is an English invention, and is made according to the following re- ceipt : Twenty-two drachms of finely- ground graphite, 12 grains of copal or other resinous gum, 2 drachms of sul- phate of iron, a like quantity of tinct- ure of gall-nuts, and 8 drachms of sul- phate of indigo are thoroughly mixed and boiled in water. The graphite can be replaced by an earthy mineral pig- ment of any desired color. The pulp for the paper is composed of 1 part of" vegetable fibre, 2 of asbes- tos, 4s of borax, and tij of alum. Indestructible Ink for Stamping Cot- ton and Woollen Goods tvhich are to be Bleached tvith Chlorine. I. Dilute 1 part of coal-tar with 1 of benzine, and stir into it A part of lampblack. Mix into a homogeneous paste which is used for stamping. By adding more or less benzine it can be given any consis- tency desired. Changing Writing executed tvith Pale Ink immediately into Black. Rub fine 4 parts of dry sulphate of iron and then mix it with 8 parts of fine white sand. Strew the mixture on the ink while still wet, and allow it to remain for some time. INKS. LITHOGRAPHIC, PRINTING, AND WRITING. 201 Colored Sand. Sift fine white sand from the coarser particles and color it. I. Blue. Boil 10(5 parts of sand and 4 of Berlin hlue with a small quantity of water, stirring constantly, and dry as soon as the sand is thoroughly colored. II. Rose-colored Sand is obtained by mixing 100 parts of white sand with 4 of vermilion. HI. Dark Brown Sand. Boil white sand in a decoction of Brazil wood and dry it over a fire. IV. Black Sand. Heat very fine quartz sand, previously freed from dust by sifting, and add to every J pound of it 6 to 8 spoonfuls of fat. Continue the heating as long as smoke or a flame is observed on stirring. The sand is finally washed in water and dried. This black sand will not rub off. Brush for Marking Boxes, etc. (Fig. 29). M is a sheet-brass reservoir closed on the top by the cover N. This reser- voir forms the handle of the brush ; the lower part is open and provided with the box 0, enclosing the hollow screw P, and at the same time strengthening M. Through P runs a channel p, the upper part of which is protected by the cross-piece n, this being provided with a projection o by which the flow of the color is regulated. On P is fastened a tube Q, and a bunch of bristles forming the brush is fastened outside around a small tube at the end. By pressing down, the bristles are compressed and the color flows out. Chemical Test of Written Documents. Wm. Thompson, in a discourse before the Manchester Literary and Philo- sophical Society, recommends the fol- lowing reagents: 1. Dilute sulphuric acid. 2. Strong hydrochloric acid. 3. Ordinary dilute nitric acid. 4. Sul- phurous acid in solution. 5. Solution of caustic soda. 6. Solution of oxalic acid saturated with lime. 7. Solution of calcium chloride. 8. Solution of stannous chloride. 9. Solution of stan- nic chloride. The process is as follows : Moisten different written characters, successively, with each of the mentioned reagents, allow them to act a few seconds, and then carefully remove the excess of fluid with blotting-paper. Ac- cording to Mr. Thompson's statement, the phenomena appearing in the dif- ferent inks show such marked anom. alies that it is even possible to dis. JV r=i l« Fig. 29. tinguish characters written with Ink prepared in the same manufactory at different times, while characters exe- cuted with the same ink show such a corresponding action that no difference can be observed even if the ink, in case of drying in, had been diluted with water, beer, tea, coffee, or whatever may have been handy to the writer. Printers' Rollers are made of molasses and glue. Break £ part of glue in pieces and cover with rain water and allow it to stand until all the water is absorbed, and then dissolve the glue in a water-bath. When froth begins to 202 TECIINO-CllEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. rise, remove from the fire and add 1| parts cit' heated molasses. Mix the com- pound well by stirring on the water- bath over the fire without allowing it to boil. After heating it for i hour take it from the fire and allow it to cool somewhat previous to pouring it into a cylindrical mould, made of tin, tinned sheet iron, or copper, having an inking roller previously supported in its centre by means of its end pivots or gudgeons. After remaining in the mould at least 8 to 10 hours in winter, and a longer time in summer, the roller is taken out of the mould by means of a cord fastened to one of the pivots and passed over a strong pulley fixed to the ceiling ; but care must be had to draw the cylinder slowly from the mould. Old rollers are recast in the same manner. They are first washed with strong lye, and a small quantity of water and molasses is then added. But the best plan of making use of old roll- ers is to mix them with some new ma- terial consisting of 1 part of glue and 2 of molasses. Jewellers' Foils. Foils are very thin sheets of metal, analogous in substance to a sheet of 1>aper. Tinfoil is used on the back of ooking-glasses to form an amalgam with the quicksilver, for packing pur- poses, and as a useful aid in electrical machines. Jewellers' foils, made of copper, tin, silver, or combinations of two of them and colored, are used at the back of transparent gems, espe- cially artificial stones, to heighten the brilliancy and lustre. Some kinds of foil are made by rolling sheet metal to the requisite thickness, others by form- ing a solid cylinder of the metal and then slicing off a film while the cylinder rotates. Jewellers' foils are further prepared by coloring, varnishing, and polishing. If the color of the stone re- quires modifying, a foil of lighter or darker color is used. The white foil is colored in the following manner : Blue. TurnbuWs blue is rubbed up with very pale, quick-drying oil, until the desired shade is obtained. This blue is used to impart a darker color to eaphires. Green. Dissolve shellac in alcohol, and add sufficient verdigris to the soltt tion to produce the desired tint. Red. A solution of carmine in am* monia or lacquer, or carmine rubbed up with isinglass, may be used. The tint, in either case, can be modified by mixing, and the lustre augmented after the color has been applied hy lacquer- ing. Yellow. Solution of mastic and tur- meric in alcohol, or a solution of saffron and isinglass may be used. To prepare a Crimson Fluid for Dutch Gold or Paper. Boil seed lac in solution of soda, let it stand for 24 hours, pouroff the clear fluid and mix it with glue or isinglass and a little sugar. Apply with a brush. Yellow Fluid, for Foils. Heat saffron in five times its weight of dis- tilled water. As soon as it has assumed the desired color pouroff the clear fluid and mix it with gum or isinglass. The fluid, after it has been applied and is dry, must be lacquered. Green Fluid for Butch Gold. Con- vert into an impalpable powder 15 parts each of cyanide of iron and bi- chromate of potassium and 60 parts of mastic, mix them with the requisite quantity of wood spirit, and apply the solution with a brush. Process of producing Cameos. Sti* marble cement into a thin paste with a mixture of yolk of egg and water. The paste can be colored as desired, and is then brought into moulds by means of a brush. The moulds should be sil- vered, and before using them, oiled. The figure of the mould is first filled in with the paste, and when this is cold the mould is filled up with a paste of a different color. When all is hard the cameo is dried, figure side up, then dusted with soapstone, and brushed with a soft brush. It may also be im- pregnated with stearine. Lacquers and Varnishes. Manufacture of Fat Copal Varnish. Violate, who has thoroughly studied the action of copal subjected to high temperatures,, and its solubility, recom- mends the following process for the manufacture of copal varnish : The copal is first heated at 630° F. until it has lost 20 to 25 per cent, of its weight, LACQUERS AND VARNISHES. 203 srhen a suitable mixture of linseed oil and oil of turpentine is dissolved in the melted opal at 1212° F. The melting and distillation of copal is an operation which, as a definite Fig. 30. temperature must be kept up, is very difficult to execute on a large scale. The following apparatuses have been tested and approved by Violette. The arrangements represented by Fig 30 consist of a clay crucible / about 8 inches in diameter and 12 inches deep, j pound of copal and is suspended from a balance, the right scale pan <>t which contains the tare of the balloon and the copal, while upon the left scale pan is placed a quarter of the weight of tin- copal. The vapors from the copal escape through the opening in the chimney K. When 25 per cent, of the * \ copal has been distilled off, the beam of the balance assumes a horizontal position, and the balloon is lifted from the crucible, the distillation being fin- ished. The melted copal is distributed on the sides of the balloon by swinging the latter, when it is allowed to cool off somewhat, and then 1 pint of oil of tur- pentine and 5 ounces of linseed oil are added. Figs. 31 and 32 are respectively cross Fig. 32. resting in a furnace. The crucible is heated to such a degree that zinc will just melt in it. The balloon J is then brought into the crucible. It contains and longitudinal sections of another distilling apparatus. L is a cast-iron block weighing about 300 pounds, which can be easily kept at a definite temper- 204 TECHNO-CHEM1CAL RECEIPT BOOK. ature. It is heated to 750° F., and then ;i little box M, containing 1J ounces of copal, is placed in the hollow space. having a diameter about 20 inches which can be turned by means of a haudwheel around a horizontal shaA ^"^■saS a moderate fire is kept up to prevent the block from becoming cool. The vapors evolved from the copal escape represents the furnace, S a movable helmet, T the cooling apparatus, U the gas conductor which is connected with from the space closed with the cover TV through a pipe, are condensed by the cooling apparatus O, and collected as a yellow, clear fluid in the vessel P. The operation is interrupted as soon as a quantity, corresponding to the fourth part of the copal, has been collected, when the box is taken from the cavity in the block and the copal poured out. Another modification of the distilling apparatus is represented by Fig. 33. Q is a copper sphere silvered inside and R the hollow axle of the globe. After 10 pounds of copal have been placed in the globe and the opening closed, a moderate fire is started and the globe slowly turned. In the apparatus represented by Fig. 34, the globe in Fig. 33, is replaced by a fixed still in which the melted copal is moved about by means of a stirring apparatus. The still, silvered inside, is 40 inches in diameter, and 28 inches high. It is bricked in up to the cover, and capable of holding 200 LACQUERS AND VARNISHES. 205 pounds of copal ; b is the opening for charging the still with copal, c the "stirring apparatus, d the pipe for draw- ing oft' the melted copal, e the pipe for carrying oft' the oil of copal. A ther- mometer reaching into the still is used for ascertaining the temperature. The apparatus represented by Fig. 35 serves for dissolving the copal, /is a Fig. 35. cylindrical vessel of tinned sheet iron 10 inches in diameter and 40 inches high. It is closed by a lid to prevent the evaporation of the oil of turpentine, and surrounded with a wooden jacket io keep it from cooling off"; g is a grate of tinned iron wire placed 8 inches above the bottom. Upon this are placed 200 pounds of copal, a like quantity of linseed oil, and 650 pounds of oil of turpentine, previously introduced. This will give 1000 pounds of varnish. By opening the cock i on the serpentine pipe h, lying on the bottom of the ves- sel /, steam can be introduced to heat the solvent. The varnish is drawn oft" through the pipe,;. Varnish prepared in this manner is soluble in ether. Violette recommends the following proportions for copal : One pound of copal and 2 pounds of sulphuric ether. The resin is powdered, placed in a flask, and the ether gradu- ally added with vigorous shaking, and the flask hermetically closed. Solution takes place readily. The varnish thus prepared is cleared by allowing it to stand, and before using it, filtered through paper or linen. Spirit Lacquers are especially adapted for polishing fine woods and coating maps, book -covers, etc. The 5>nly objectionable point in using them 3>r metal is that they do not adhere rightly. This can be remedied by ising crystallized boracic acid, i part of which is dissolved in 1000 parts of the respective lacquer. When this is applied to a bright metal surface it forms a hard, glassy coating which can- not be scratched oft' with the finger-nail. Iron Lacquers are all prepared in a very simple manner by melting pitch with various products of the distillation of tar. The pitch is melted, with an addition of the oil, in an open iron boiler heated from the outside. The oil accelerates the melting of the pitch and prevents it from congealing too rapidly. After the pitch has become liquid it is advisable to allow it to cool some- what before adding the oil, to prevent the latter from boiling. Add the oil gradually, and stir each portion thor- oughly into the pitch before adding the next. To see whether the varnish has the right consistency take occasionally a sample from the boiler, allowing it to cool. An exact statement as to the quantity of oil to be used cannot be given, since the consistency of the var- nish depends on the purpose for which it is to be used and the demands, of the consumer. Clarifying Varnish. A method of clarifying varnishes and other liquids and removing impurities in 48 hours is as follows : Mix with every 10 gallons of varnish 8 ounces each of powdered marble dust and burnt oyster-shells. All the impurities in the varnish will be attracted by and adhere to the oyster-shell dust, and the weight of the marble dust mixed therewith precipi- tates every floating particle to the bottom of the vessel containing the varnish. This process may also be applied to the clarification of turpentine, oils, and molasses. Filtering Varnishes. The apparatus represented by Fig. 36 prevents a loss of solvent, as spirit of wine, benzole, etc., by evaporation. It consists of a large flask, F, either of glass or tin, closed by a doubly perforated stopper In one of the holes is placed the neck of the glass funnel T, the upper rim of which is ground smooth, and the other is fitted with a glass tube, r, bent at a right angle. A thick wooden cover, with a ring of rubber on the lower side, is placed upon the funnel, closing it air-tight. In the centre of the lid is fitted a glass tube. 206 TECIINO-CIIEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. also bent at a right angle, and connected with the tube r' by a rubber hose k. Fig. 36. Either filtering paper or fine cotton is used as a filtering substance, of which a plug is formed in the lower part of the cone of the funnel and lightly pressed into the tube of the funnel. The air in the bottle, F, is displaced by the fluid dropping into it, and escapes through r k and r' dropping into the funnel, where it absorbs the vapor of the fluid, but absorbs nothing after it is once saturated. While evaporation goes on constantly when an open funnel is used, it is entirely checked by using this apparatus. When it is observed that the pores of the filter become very much choked up, the contents of the filter are allowed to run oft' and the filtering material is changed. Spirit Gold-Lac Varnishes. I. Pul- verize 66 parts of shellac and 133 parts of gamboge. Rub up the powder with 8 parts of dried saffron and dis- solve the whole in 2(16 parts of alcohol in a flask tied up with a piece of per- forated bladder, by placing it in a water- bath. II. Treat the following ingredients in the same manner as above : Thirty- three parts of shellac, 16 parts of drag- on's blood, a like quantity of turmeric, and s parts of gamboge dissolved in 20A to 266 parts of alcohol. III. Thirty-three parts of shellac, 4 parts of dragon's Mood, and 2 parts of saffron arc digested in sou to 1200 parts of alcohol for 8 days in the sun, and then filtered. Gold-Lac Varnish with Shellac and other Res-ins. I. Mix 133 parts of seed lac, a like quantity of sandarac,66 parts of turpentine, 16 parts of dragon's blood, and 2 parts each of gamboge and turmeric with 133 to 166 parts of pul- verized glass, and digest the whole in 1600 parts of alcohol. II. Pour 500 to 600 parts of alcohol over 30 parts of seed lac, 60 parts of sandarac, a like quantity of elemi, 30 parts of dragon's blood, 20 parts each of turmeric and gamboge, 1 part of saffron, and 60 to 100 parts of pulverized glass. III. Take 133 parts of shellac, 50 parts of sandarac, 33 parts of mastic in grains, 100 parts of yellow rosin, 33 parts each of yellow amber and dragon's blood, 24 parts each of gam- boge and turmeric, and if a deeper color is desired, 30 parts of aloes, and pour 2000 parts of alcohol over the whole. Gold Varnish unthout Lac. Dissolve 33 parts of copal, 16 parts of white boiled turpentine, and 4 of camphor in alcohol. Then prepare a solution of 33 parts of sandarac, 16 parts of mastic, 8 parts of dragon's blood, 16 parts of gamboge, 8 parts of annotto, and 4 parts of aloes in spirit of wine, and mix the two solu- tions together. Gold-Lac Varnishes with Oil of Tur- pentine and Oil of Lavender (from Lavandula spica). I. Without Linseed- oil Varnish. Boil 66 parts of mastic, a like quantity of sandarac, and 4 parts of turpentine with 100 parts of oil of lavender over a coal fire ; then add 33 parts of aloes and some rosin, and heat the whole until a small feather dipped into the mixture ignites. II. With an Addition of Linseed-oil Varnish. 1. Dissolve with the aid of a water-bath 16 parts of amber, 33 parts of shellac, 16 parts of sandarac, 33 parts of aloes, 4 parts of gamboge, and 2 parts of dragon's blood in 266 parts of oil of turpentine, and then add a few drops of strong linseed-oil varnish. 2. Pulverize 266 parts of amber and 66 parts of stick lac. Dissolve the pow- LACQUERS AND VARNISHES. 20? der in 266 parts of hot linseed-oil var- uish and 400 to 533 parts of hot oil of turpentine, previously colored with 66 parts each of gamboge, dragon's blood, and annotto, and li> parts of saffron. 3. Mix 133 parts of stick lac, a like quantity of saudarac, Hi parts of drag- on's blood, - parts of gamboge, and 166 parts of pulverized glass, anil digest the mixture in 500 parts each of oil of tur- pentine and liuseed-oil varnish. All the foregoing receipts have been tested ami can lie highly recommended. Walton's Process of Prepa/ring Lin- seed-oil Varnish consists mainly in ex- jHisiiiLT the linseed oil to the action of air, whereby it is converted into a resin- ous mass which, dissolved in wood spirit or alcohol, furnishes a quickly drying varnish. The apparatus repre- sented by Fig. 37 is used. Clear linseed oil is mixed with a siccative, 5 to 10 per cent. o>" acetate of lead being the most suitable. The mixture is then passed through the apparatus, a is a tube through which the oil is conveyed by means of a force-pump into "the reservoir b provided with a perforated bottom c. The oil passes down through this bottom, and falls in jets or drops through the column d, whereby it comes in contact with air forced in at e by means of a blower. Two sides of the column are constructed of glass to allow the entrance of light, which ex- ert> also a bleaching effect upon the oil ; /'and /' arc perforated zinc {dates. The object of / is to distribute the air in the apparatus over the hollow col- umn, while that of/' is to allow the air to pass out and to retain particles of oil. The current ot air need not be very strong, but a constant renewal of the air in the apparatus is absolutely re- quired. The oil falls into the reservoir g, beneath which is a space A, which is heated from 212° to 300° F. by the introduction of steam ; the higher the temperature the quicker will be the ci in- version of the oil ; i is a pipe through which the oil is re-conveyed to the pump, by which it is again forced into the reservoir b, drops down through moisture. The above quantity suffices to give 4 coats to IS square feet of sur- face. Shingle roofs coated with this varnish last at least twice as long as ordinary. Spirit Varnish for Violins and other Musical Instruments. Dissolve over a moderate fire 120 parts of sandarac, 60 parts of shellac, a like quantity of mastic, and 30 parts of elemi in 1500 parts of highly rectified spirit of wine, and after the solution has boiled up several times, add (30 parts of Venetian turpentine. Black Varnish for Zinc. Equal parts of chlorate of potassium and blue vit- riol are dissolved in 36 times as much warm water, and the solution allowed to cool. If the sulphate of copper used contains iron, it is precipitated as a hydrated oxide and can be removed by decantation or filtration. The zinc castings are then immersed for a few seconds in the solution until quite black, rinsed off with water, and dried. Even before it is dry the black coating adheres to the article so that it may be wiped dry with a cloth. If copper-col- ored spots appear during the operation, the solution is applied to them a second time, and after awhile they turn black, when the article is washed and dried. On rubbing, the coating acquires a glittering appearance like indigo, which disappears on applying a few drops of linseed-oil varnish or " wax-milk," and the zinc then has a deep-black color and gloss. The " wax-milk " is pre- pared by boiling 1 part of yellow soap and 5 of Japanese wax in 21 of water until the soap dissolves. When cold it has the consistency of a salve, and will keep in closed vessels for an in- definite time. It can be used for pol- ishing carved wood and for waxing ball-room floors, as it is cheaper than the solution of wax in turpentine, and does not stick or smell disagreeably like the latter. Parisian Wood Varnish. This cele- brated varnish is prepared by dissolv- ing 1 part of shellac in 3 or 4 of alcohol of 92 per cent, on the water-bath, and cautiously adding distilled water until a curdy mass separates, which is col- 1 14 lected ami wrapped in linen. The liquid is filtered through paper, all the alcohol removed by distillation from the water-bath, and the resin removed and dried at 212° F. until it ceases to lose weight. It is then dissolved in double its weight of alcohol of at least 96 to 98 per cent., and the solution per- fumed with lavender oil. Furniture Varnish. Heat gently, with constant stirring, 8 parts of white wax, 2 of rosin, and ^ of Venetian turpentine; pour the mixture into a glazed stone pot and add, while it is yet warm, 3500 parts of rectified oil of turpentine. After standing for 24 hours the mass forms a soft, buttery substance, and is ready for use. The articles to be varnished must be carefully cleansed . with soap and water and then dried before applying the varnish. The pol- ish obtained is not quite as brilliant as that obtained by shellac varnish, but has a peculiar, chaste appearance. To Lacquer Floicers. Pulverize 40 parts of sandarac, 15 parts of mastic, and 2 parts of camphor, and put the powder into a long-necked flask ; then pour 1000 parts of rectified sjnrit of wine over it, and place the flask in a moderately warm place, shaking it at first frequently, and then allowing it to stand quietly so that the fluid may settle. Flowers, plants, and herbs may be coated with this varnish. Flowers retain not only their beautiful colors, but are also protected against the rav- ages of insects. This varnish is also adapted for coating maps, playing- cards, copper prints, and pictures. White Unchangeable Lacquer for Leather. Artificially prepared carbon- ate of baryta is rubbed up with very- light linseed-oil varnish and the com- pound applied to the leather. On this is laid a coat prepared from carbonate of baryta and white copal varnish. When dry the lacquer is pumiced with elutri- ated pumice-stone and a piece of felt, and then polished with elutriated bone- ash. The white color of this lacquer is not changed in the least by sulphur- etted or other exhalations, which, as is well known, darken white lead. To Polish Carved Work. Dissolve 1 part of seed lac and 1 of transparent resin in 9 of spirit of wine. This polish must be applied warm, and the article 2)0 TECHNO CHEMICAL BECEIfT BOOK. to be polished must also l>c heated if pos lible. A. beautiful French polish is obtained by using the following ingredients: 700 parts of spiril of wine, 15 parts of copal, 7 parts of guin-Arabic and 30 part- of shellac. The resins are first pulverized and bolted through a piece of muslin. The powder is placed in a flask, the spirit oi wine | red over it, and the Hash corked. By putting the flask in a i lerately warm place, the solution will be accomplished in 2 or 3 days. It is then strained through a piece of miisliii and kepi in hermeti- cally closed bottles. This polish gives a beautiful appearance to the carvings, and a gloSS and richness of color which - a n not be obtained by any other means. It is especially adapted for polishing tine furniture, and for this purpose is to be preferred to all other polishes. To give to articles polished with this lac- tpier the linest finish possible, the fol- lowing peparation is used: Put 8 parts of shellac and a like quantity of ben- zoin, and 350 parts of rectified spirit of wine into a flask, keep this in a warm place until all (lie tfuui is dissolved, and shake it vigorously. To the cold solution adil a small portion of the besl poppy-seed oil, which should he as (dear as water; mix all intimately fco- jjelhoi and keep it for use. Parisian Bronze Lacquer. Dissolve 1 pari of shellac in 8 to 10 of alcohol and add to the solution I part of camphor rubbed up with a few drops of lavender oil. Black Polish on Iron and Steel. A beautiful black polish is obtained by boiling I part of sulphur with 10 of oil of turpentine, hut it has a disagreeable odor. A coat as thin as possible is laid on the article to he polished, which is then held over the flame of an alcohol lamp until the black polish makes its appearance. .1 New Varnish ("patented in Ger- many i, which serves as substitute for linseed oil or oil of turpentine, is pre- pared in the following manner: 100 parte of rosin free from oil of tur- pentine, 'jo of crystallized soda, and 50 of water are heated together and then intimately mixed with 250 parts of water containing 24 of aqua ammonia. Se coloring substances are rubbed 11 } > with this preparation without an addition of linseed oil, or oil of turpen- tine; they dry easily without a sicca- tive, and can be coated with Lacquer. This varnish becomes very hard, resists the action of water and atmospheric influences, and is about J cheaper than ordinary varnish. Parisian Bookbinders' Lacquer, Dis- solve on the water-bath 360 parts of shel- lac and 2 parts each of campnor and loaf sugar in 3000 parts of alcohol of 66 per cent. Filter the solution through hlot- ting-paper, distil off \ of the alcohol, and add to the residue, while yet warn), a trace of oil of cinnamon. Excellent Glass-like Varnish. Dis- solve at a moderate heat \ parts of camphor, 60 parts of sandarac, 15 parts each of Venetian turpentine and oil of turpentine, and i parts of white sugar in loo parts of spirit of wine of 96 per cent., and clarify the solution by allow- ing it to stand tor sonic time. In using til,- varnish expose the article to he coated to a gentle heat, and then apply the solution, which, when it becomes dry, will form a beautiful, glass-like coal. Varnish for Wood Naturally Colored or Stained. Pulverize and dissolve .'I parts «>f light-colored shellac, 2 of sandarac, 2 of white rosin, and J of camphor in '_' I of alcohol of SO pel cent. Put, first, the shellac, sandarac, and camphor in the alcohol, tie up the vessel with a piece of wet bladder and shake it for half an hour; then add the rosin, ami let the mixture hoil up sev- eral times in a suitable vessel, filter the ready varnish, while yet warm through cotton or felt, and to clarify it let it stand for 12 hours in a well- closed bottle. No more varnish than is to he used in 2 or .'i days should he prepared at one time, since aire impairs its beauty and hardness. Colorless Varnish. Boil 500 parts of linseed oi] with 1000 of water for 2 hours ; then add 00 parts of silver lit harge, 45 of sugar of lead, one onion, ami a small piece of pumice-stone, and then heat the mixture for some time Longer. Fririch Leather Lacquer. Boil 15 parts of logwood shavings in 120 of or- dinary water until but half the nuan- tity remains; dissolve in this 2 parts L.ACQUERS AND VABNISHES. of sugar and 12 of gum-Arabic and compound the mixture with solution of ferric sulphate until the previously brown-red color of the decoction has changed into a violet-blue tint, and filially add some spirit of wine. Cheap Lacquer for Harnesses and Carriage Tops. Soak 2 parts of glue ami then liquefy it over a moderate fire. Then dissolve 3 parts of ordinary soap over a moderate fire and add this to the solution of glue. About 120 parts of water are used for dissolving both in- fredients. ■ Mter the two solutions have een intimately mixed add 3 to 4 parts »f spirit varnish, and finally stir into the mixture 2 parts ofgood wheat stari h previously triturated with some water. Now place the pot containing the mixt- ure over a moderate coal fire, and let it evaporate, although it may also be used before evaporation. The evapor- ated mass, u ben to be used, is liquefied by adding beer or wain-. The thinner tin- coat tht; more beautiful will be the L r io^. Lacquer fur Dnurlinjx. Dissolve 30 to 40 parts of dammar in 180 parts of acetone and then mix -lit parts of this solution with 30 parts of thickly-fluid collodion. Transparent Lacquer for Closing Bottles. A process of closing bottles, which is more elegant and effectual than with tinfoil, has recently been introduced in Prance. The neck of the bottle is dipped into a tenacious mass and quickly withdrawn with a rotary motion. It is in this manner covered with a transparent mass, which can be fiven a still more beautiful appearance y placing the monogram of the firm or other label on the neck of the bottle or on the cork. The preparation con- sist of 20 parts of rosin, 40 of ether, 60 of collodion, and any desired color- ing matter. ■ Tar Varnish. Tar is intimately mixed with equal parte of hydraulic lime and Roman or Portland cement, by heating the ingredients to 158° F. The mixture remains thinly fluid and. when dry, soft and flexible. This varnish is not acted upon by acids and protects wood from rotting. It is especially adapted for wood under Water, shingles, and water-pipes. Polishing of Wood. The former 211 practice of pumicing furniture with oil is now supplanted by Rossbach's patent mow expired) of pumicing dry and coating with a mixture of 285 parts of copal, 57 of ojj of turpentine, 628 of in- fusorial earth, and 28 of umber, prin- cipally used for walnut and chestnut; for rose-wood, carmine is used in place of umber, for oak, ochre, etc. A solu- tion of 3 pair- of shellac, 2 of copal, and \ of oil of rosemary in 10 of alcohol is used as a ground lacquer. Elastic Lacquer. Slake 15 parts of lime With 20 parts of water, and add, while the lime is yet warm, 50 part- of melted crude caoutchouc. When cold the lacquer is in the form of a paste. It is best applied warm. Black Harness Lacquer. Dissolve 40 parts of best shellac, 10 parts of sandarac, and 5 pan- of mastic in 500 parts of spirit of wine. To prevent the lacquer from becoming brittle add to the solution 20 to 30 part- of pure Venetian turpentine, and finally suf- ficienl aniline-black (nigrosine) dis- solved in water or spirit of wine. Parchment Fluid is prepared from gutta-percha soaked and swelled up in ether. It is used for coating pictures, maps, etc. The coat, it stained, or soiled, can he washed With a moist sponge. 1 rayon and charcoal drawings can be fixed by coating them with this lacquer. To provide Burs of Spi'ing Steel with a Coating not acted upon by Acids, Alkalies, Chlorine, and Strum. The liars are first coated with copal or as- phaltum lacquer and dried at a high temperature. They arethen wrapped in several layers of strongly-pressed paper impregnated with chromium glue, and subjected to a very strong pressure, and finally receive a coat of the following compound : Fifty parts of China clay T , lu of shellac, 8 of sandarac, 3 of elemi, 2 of gun-cotton, 0.5 of camphor, and 5 of oil of lavender (from I^avendula spica) dissolved in 100 parts of alcohol. When half dry the bars are again sub- jected to pressure, and when entirely dry, ground. Aluminium Palmitate and its Uses in different Branches of Industry. Aluminium palmitate, a combination of alumina and palmitic acid, is a resin- ous substance of remarkable properties, 212 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. making it useful for many purposes. It melts at a nigher temperature than (laminar and copal resin, anil is easily soluble in oil of turpentine ami benzine. A solution of 1 part of it in 5 of a sol- vent retains a lacquer-like, thickly- fluid consistency. The lacquer obtained in this manner does not soak through paper, never becomes brittle, but re- mains flexible and dries quickly. It has a beautiful silky gloss, bears an addition of any amount of dammar and copal, obtaining thereby greater gloss and depriving the latter two resins of their brittleness. Aluminium palini- tate will without doubt be of great im- portance in the manufacture of wall paper, lacquers, artificial leather, water- proof substances, etc. Lacquer pre- pared from it will be of great value in manufacturing gold wall papers and for coating genuine and imitation leather hangings, giving to the latter the char- acteristic gloss of stamped leather and preserving it in the first. It furnishes also an excellent vegetable glue which does not spoil, is, and remains, entirely neutral, and consequently exerts no injurious influence upon the shades of the colors. This makes it especially useful in the manufacture of velvet wall papers. If used as a sizing on cotton fabrics, it imparts to them a silky gloss which does not entirely dis- appear even after frequent washings. This sizing, on account of its neutrality and entire indifference, can be used for fabrics printed with the most critical colors without injuring them in the least. Palmitate lacquer is not acted upon by water and can therefore, as it remains perfectly flexible, be advan- tageously used in the manufacture of artificial leather, rubber tissues, and water-proof fabrics, its property of being entirely inodorous when dry deserving special commendation. New Method of Preparing Fat Lac- quer and Varnish, Patented in Ger- many bi/ Zimmermann and Holtzwich. The resins are melted by a current of air heated above the melting point of the resins and circulating in the melt- ing apparatus. The products escaping in melting are collected in a cooled and closed receiver. The warm current of air, after it leaves the melting appa- ratus, serves to convert the linseed oil into varnish. The addition of lithargt is saved by the use of lead vessels or lining them with sheet lead. The lin- seed oil flows slowly down in an appa- ratus through several boxes placed above each other, from whence it reaches a reservoir (a kind of montejus), is pumped up by compressed air into another vessel, and flows from this again through the boxes, the operation being repeated until it is converted into varnish. With this apparatus a light-colored fine varnish of excellent consistency, equal to the best English varnish, is prepared in about one quarter of the time used in the ordi- nary process. Light Copal Varnish with Coal-tar Varnish Oil. Light copal 2 parts, light rosin 1, sandarac and Venetian turpentine each i, varnish oil 10. Pulverize and melt together the copal and rosin, then add the sandarac, and finally the turpentine ; stir until all are dissolved, let it cool somewhat and then add the varnish oil, first in small portions and finally the remainder. Filter the varnish through cotton. Light Parisian Varnish with Coal- tar Varnish Oil. Light sandarac 3 parts, light rosin and mastic each 1, Venetian turpentine i camphor and oil of lavender each A, varnish oil 12, absolute alcohol 2. Melt the sandarac, rosin, and mastic together and then add the turpentine. Dissolve the cam- phor and oil of lavender in the abso- lute alcohol, and add finally to the varnish. Light Varnish for Lacquering Photo- graphic Negatives. Dammar 1 part, mastic i, sandarac i, chloroform and varnish oil each 10. Pulverize the resin, pour the chloroform over them, then add the varnish oil, and digest the whole in a sand-bath until all are dis- solved. Filter the varnish through clean cotton and keep it in well-closed bottles. It dries very easily. English Method of Varnishing Coaches. The superiority of English work is largely due to the fact that though the same materials are used, more care is exercised in preparing the varnishes, and greater attention paid to preparing the wood-work for the recep- tion of the varnish. Pumicing. Grind a smooth face on a LACQUERS AND VARNISHES. 213 piece of pumice-stone, then sift some pulverized pumice-stone through a hair sieve, and dipping the ground face of the stone into this powder, pumice the panels of the coach ; then cleanse thor- oughly with a brush, and finish them with a cloth. Puttying. Before laying on the ground color, all holes, cracks, and in- dentations must be puttied up. The putty used is prepared by mixing white lead, red lead, umber, and a lit- tle silver litharge with thick boiled linseed-oil varnish and adding a little amber varnish. Press the putty into the holes and cracks by means of a wooden spatula. When the putty is dry dip a piece of pumice-stone in water and grind the puttied places down so that they become even with the panels. Saturating the Panels with Oil. For this purpose a mixture of equal parts of linseed oil and linseed-oil varnish is used. Pour both into a pot, mix thoroughly, make the mixture boiling hot, and then saturate the panels. When the first coat is thoroughly soaked iu, repeat the operation, and then allow it to dry thoroughly. Laying on the Ground. The ground color is prepared by rubbing 1500 parts of white lead, 66 parts of red lead, 16 parts of litharge, and 33 parts of burnt umber with oil of turpentine, and di- luting it with amber lac varnish. Do not lay on the ground color too thick at one time, but apply several thin coats. Care should also be had that the color shows no lustre ; should this be the case add some oil of turpentine. Pumicing the Ground. Moioten two pieces of pumice-stone with water, and rub them against each other until they have a smooth surface ; use one of them for pumicing, dipping it frequently in water. The pumicing must be done in a circular direction, so that no place remains untouched. The color adhering to the pumice-stone is removed by rubbing with Ijie other piece after both have been dipped in water. While pumicing wash the panels frequently with a large, wet sponge, and finally dry them with a white linen cloth. Laying on the Paint. Proceed in the same manner as for ground, with \he exception that, if the color is light, pale amber lac varnish must be «ised. First Pumicing of the Paint. Pul- verize some pumice-stone and pass the powder through a hair sieve. Roll a piece of well-fulled felt and tie it to prevent its unrolling during pumicing. Then, with the felt moistened with water and dipped into the sifted pumice- stone powder, pumice the paint as smooth as possible, rubbing always with a circular motion. Second Pumicing of the Paint. Cal- cine pumice-stone by placing it on a coal fire, then rub it to a fine powder with water upon a stone, and allow it to dry. Then rub it very fine once more, and with a piece of felt, but not rolled together as before, moistened and dipped into the powder, rub in every direction until a glossy surface results. Third Pumicing of the Paint. For this purpose white prepared buck's horn is used. The work is done with a piece of felt moistened and dipped in in the same manner as for the second pumicing. The paint is then cleansed by washing with a sponge and water, dried with a soft linen cloth, and finally rubbed with a piece of chamois, until the paint has a mirror-like lustre. Laying on the Lac Varnish. In do- ing this the following rules must be ob- served : 1. Use only the best brushes, and apply the lacquer in long, perpendicular strokes, taking care that the coat is everywhere of equal thickness. 2. The lacquer must be applied cold, and the second coat only laid on after the first is thoroughly dry. 3. Lacquering should only be done in a room protected from dust and ver- min; when the lacquer is no longer sticky the carriage may be brought into the air. 4. When the carriage has been placed in the sun, it must be frequently turned, so that the sun does not beat too steadily against one place. 5. The lacquer should be contained in a wide-mouthed vessel so that the brush can be dipped into it without hindrance. Do not take too much of \i on the brush ; after dipping in, turn the brush several times, and strike it against the side of the vessel. 214 TECIINO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. 6. Prepare your own lacquer, for which several tested receipts will be found below, or buy it only from a well- known firm. Polishing the Lacquer. Use a piece of very soft, clean felt. Dip it first in a little olive oil and then in prepared white buck's horn, and rub the lacquer until it has a lustre equal to a ground mirror plate ; and finally rub it with a soft linen or silk cloth dipped in fine Btarch Hour. Ordinary Body Carriage Lacquer. Boil for 4 hours 2 parts of the best African copal, 7 parts of clarified lin- seed oil, and 8 parts of turpentine. Mix thoroughly and strain. On the other hand, boil as usual, 2 parts of the best gum anime, 5 parts of clarified linseed oil, and 7 parts of turpentine. Strain while hot, and put it into the pot used for preparing the copal varnish. Mix 2 parts of the anime varnish with one of copal varnish; it will dry quicker and harder than the best body copal varnish, and will polish very soon. Quick-drying Body Copal Varnish. Boil 200 parts of best copal, 500 parts of clarified linseed oil, 6 parts of dry sugar of lead, and 800 parts of turpen- tine until viscid, and then strain. Boil in another pot 200 parts of gum anime, 500 parts of clarified linseed oil, 6 parts of sulphate of zinc ; strain while hot, and mix equal parts of the two var- nishes. This varnish will dry in 6 to 7 hours in winter, and in 3 to 4 in sum- mer. Neil's Carriage Lacquers. I. Melt 2 parts of best copal, add gradually 10 parts of clarified linseed oil, boil until viscid, then reduce it with 6 parts of oil of turpentine, and filter. II. Melt 2 parts of gum anime, add 5 parts of clarified linseed oil, boil until viscid, reduce with 7 parts of oil of tur- pentine, and filter. The two lacquers can be used either by themselves or, in case a quick-drying iacquer is required, mixed in equal parts. Leather: Tanning, and Dyeing, including Furs, etc. Nor Tanning Process. According to the process patented by J. & C. Bal- latschano, and H. Trench, of Berlin, the hides are treated with the following fluids: For solution No. 1, 20 to 3n the nature of the skins to be tanned. 216 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. After remaining in it for a few days a few per cent, of ferrocyanide of potassium is added, although this may be done in the commencement of the operation. For many varieties of leather the addi- tion of ferrocyanide of potassium is omit- ted, but for upper leather, to he black- ened, this treatment is very suitable. To fix the tannin on the skins thus treated, they are soaked for a short time in a solution either of chloride of barium or acetate of lead, or of soap, and are then dried in the ordinary manner. The smoothed skins, while yet moist, can be oiled in the same manner as tanned leather. The oil may be worked in, or the skins can be submerged for some time in stearine, paraffine, chry- sene, naphtha, or similar substances, previously dissolved in benzine, photo- gene, etc. It is well to add some car- bolic acid or thymol to the solution. Boegel's Process of Quick Tanning. The green hides are depilated and soaked in the usual manner, ""hey are then placed in a solution of any vege- table tannin or a solution containing a mixture of several vegetable kinds of tannin. To this are added acetate of alumina, chloride of soda, and picric acid, in alternate smaller or larger quantities, according to the nature of the skins. As an average, 50 pounds of acetate of alumina, 10 pounds of chlo- ride of soda, and a like quantity of picric acid are used to 200 pounds of vegetable tannin. This tanning fluid produces calf leather in 14 days, kip leather in 3 to 4 weeks, bullock leather in 5 to 6 weeks, sole leather in 6 to 8 weeks; the quality of the different kinds of leather being such that they cannot be distinguished from leather tanned in the ordinary manner. Jungschldger's Quick Process of Tan- ning. The green hides are placed in a solution of water-glass of 4° to 5° Beaume, and worked in it from time to time until the hair can be removed. They are then placed in a solution of 2 parte of alum, 0.6 of common salt, a like quantity of sulphate of copper, and 0.2 of sulphate of zinc in 100 of water. During the 5 days the skins are allowed to remain in this solution it is concentrated more and more, and finally brought into the most concen- trated form, consisting of 10 parte of alum, ,'{ each of common salt and sub phate of copper, and 1 of sulphate of zinc. The skins remain for 8 days in this last solution, are then dried at 70° to 85° F., and saturated with tallow, stearine, etc., at 95° to 110° F. The oiled skins are now brought into a so- lution of soap compounded with soda, in order to fix the metallic salts and to partly saponify the fat. They are finally finished in the same manner as tanned leather. New Process of Depilating Hides. The hides are placed in a solution pre- pared by mixing together dilute solu- tions of ammonia and sulphurous acid. Woolly hides are coated on the flesh side with a dough made of potter's clay and the above mixture. In place of ammonia the salts of ammonia may be used. To Prepare Transparent Leather. The cleansed skin is repeatedlv coated with a mixture of 100 parts of glycer- ine, 0.2 of salicylic acid, 0.2 of picric acid, and 2.5 of borax ; then nearly dried and impregnated in a dark room with a solution of bichromate of potas- sium ; then completely dried and coated on both sides with shellac varnish. To Preserve 0 pounds. After amalgamation of all the parafline oil allow the boiler to cool, and remove the grease, while still warm, into au agitator, and stir until it congeals. Should it be too Stiff, reduce by stirring in sufficient oil to attain the proper consistency. The odor of the paraffine oil can be de- stroyed by an addition of mirbane oil. A Lubricant fur Belts, which has stood a practical test, is prepared by heating 50 parts of linseed oil and 24 of ordinary turpentine on a water-bath, and adding gradually and with con- stant stirring 23 parts of rosin finely pulverized, and finally 1.5 parts of medium fine colcothar. The mixture is then allowed to. cool. French's Machine Grease. Mix to- gether at a boiling heat 1000 parts of petroleum, 88 parts of graphite, 3 parts of beeswax, 9 parts of tallow, and 3 parts of caustic soda. Lubricant for Car Axles. Melt to- gether at a moderate heat 10 parts of dark ozocerite and 2 to 4 of heavy petroleum. This is also very suitable for heavy wagons. Belgian Wagon Grease. Melt in a large open boiler 30 parts of palm oil una 12 of tallow, and add gradually 9 parts of soda-lye. When the mass com- mences to thicken add, with constant stirring, 8 to 10 parts of boiling rain water, let the mixture stand for 1 hour in the air, then pour it into a cooling vessel and, after having worked it thor- oughly for 2 hours, add 120 parts of cold rain water. Excellent Carriage Grease. Melt in an open, capacious iron boiler over a moderate fire 1 part of red, transparent rosin and 1 of rendered tallow. When the melting is complete add gradually and with constant stirring 1 part of caustic soda-lye. When the mixture ceases to rise add 1 part of linseed oil ; let the whole boil for J hour, strain while boiling hot through a cotton cloth into a clean vessel, and let it cool. This will give a beautiful lemon- colored, buttery grease which does not gum. Lubricant from Oil Residues. Place in aboilerof the right capacity 500 parts of oil residue and 100 parts of water, and bring them slowly to the boiling point. When all the oil is dissolved add in small portions 40 to 50 parts of hydrochloric acid of 8° to 10° B. Then let the mixture boil and stir for J hour. After this time, if the decomposition is complete, the acid forms a combination with the oil residues and the grease is liberated in the form of a thick oil. After resting for 24 hours the water con- taining the salts and excess of acid is drawn off, and the oil several times washed with a large quantity of water to free it from the last traces of acid. It is finally mixed with 10, 20, or 30 per cent, of tallow, the quantity depend- ing on the thickness of the oil. Pyroleine (Lubricant for Machinery). Sixty parts of crude rape-seed oil are slowly boiled with 3.5 parts of red lead until the latter, which floats on the sur- face, has become entirely brown. After ascertaining that no red lead remains in the mixture it is allowed to cool slowly and decanted. The rape-seed oil thus purified is well adapted for lubricating steam-engines and heavy gears. For lu- bricating spindles it is diluted with 30 to 50 per cent, of mineral oil or shale oil. Thinly-Jluid Pyroleine. Ten gallons of rape-seed oil are gradually heated iu a copper boiler of 20 gallons, capacity. The boiling is continued till carbonic acid, acroleine, and other decomposed gaseous products are noticed. After i hour finely-pulverized minium is sifted upon the surface of the oil, the oxidiz- ing effect of which upon the albuminates of the oil will be accompanied by the formation of a white froth. The heat- ing is discontinued as soon as black lumps show themselves upon the surface; the oil is then allowed to cool, the clear portion poured off into a metal vessel and allowed to stand quietly until en- tirely clear. Thickly-fluid Pyroleine. Twenty gal- lons of rape-seed oil are heated with 2i pounds of minium and, while yet hot, poured into a metal vessel and mixed with mineral oil, shale oil, or any other very thinly-fluid oil until the pyroleine has the desired consist- ency ; for instance, that of a fat oil. The oil is cleared by allowing it to stand in a room heated in winter to 65° F. 234 TECIINO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Metalline. In using tliis lubricant for journals no grease of any kind is re- quired. Metalline, according to the de- scriptions of the American patent, is very ductile. The first receipt con- sists in grinding together 80 parts of finely-ground pock-wood with 20 of sper- maceti. There are 13 more receipts : I. Eighty parts of ivory dust and 20 of spermaceti. II. Ninety-nine parts of tin and 1 of residue of petroleum. III. Ninety-five parts of zinc and, 5 of melted caoutchouc. IV. Ninety parts of anthracite and 10 of tallow free from oil. V. Ninety-eight parts of bronze (best of 93 per cent, of copper, 6 per cent, of tin, and 1 per cent, of lead or zinc) and 2 of melted caoutchouc. VI. Ninety-six parts of type-metal and 4 of melted caoutchouc. VII. Ninety-five parts of oxide of tin and 5 of beeswax. VIII. Fifty parts of iron, £ of par- affine, and 50 of tin. IX. Eighty parts of lead and 20 of cannel coal. X. Ninety-two parts of fresh bones and 8 of beeswax. XI. Ninety parts of prepared alumina tod 10 of spermaceti. XII. Ninety-five parts of copper glance, as free from quartz as possible, and 5 of melted caoutchouc. XIII. Eighty-six parts of lead, 12 of lampblack, anil 2 of beeswax. New Lubricant for Machines, from Sea-weed. I. Solid Lubricant. Boil carrageen (Fucus crispus) to a thick jelly and mix with it flour in the pro- portion of 1 part flour to 30 of jelly. To 15 parts of this compound add in the order as given 1 part of ordinary soap, li of tallow, both in a fluid state, 1 of palm oil, and i of graphite. In place of the fatty ingredients the following may be used : i part of tallow, f of finely-pulverized soapstone, and 1 of ordinary soda. When all have been melted over- a fire and thoroughly mixed together the compound is poured through a fine sieve and vigorously stirred until it congeals. II. Liquid Lubricant. The above jelly of carrageen is also the basis of this. With 10 parts of it are mixed 8 parts of lard oil, or 4 of lard oil and 4 of rape-seed oil, J of pulverized soapstona. and A of solution of caustic potash of 10 d B. The mixture is, with constant stir- ring, brought to the boiling point, then passed through a fine sieve and stirred until cold. Lubricating Oil for Astronomical Lnstruments. A solution of 1 part of rosin in 20 of finest olive oil is espe- cially well adapted for the purpose. It does not become rancid and forms no verdigris. Vulcan Oil. For Spindles. Ninety part^ of distilled oleine free from min- eral acid, and 10 of purified petroleum. For Carding Engines. Ninety-five parts of distilled oleine free from min- eral acid and 5 of purified petroleum. For Hydraulic Motors. Ninety parts of distilled oleine free from mineral acid, 5 of lard, 2 each of purified petroleum and graphite. Machine-oil from Coal-tar Varnish Oil. Mix intimately 25 parts each of purified heavy rosiD oil, ordinary olive oil, and varnish oil, and keep it in well- closed tin cans. Tnis composition is a very fine lubri- cant for steam-engines, valves, etc. It does not congeal nor gum, but the reverse, dissolves resinous substances, and leaves no unpleasant odor. It evolves no inflammable vapors, and does not attack metals. Lubricant for Carriages from Coal- tar Varnish Oil. Melt in a shallow iron boiler 5 parts each of stearine and tallow and 1 part of paraffine, all of an inferior quality, then add 20 parts of heavy rosin oil and stir the compound until it begins to cool, then add 4 parts of caustic soda-lye of 10°B. ; continue stirring until all are intimately mixed, and then add gradually 10 parts of coal-tar varnish oil. The compound, when it has assumed the consistency of wagon-grease, is packed in boxes. In summer it may be necessary to increase the quantity of stearine and tallow somewhat, to prevent the fat from pen- etrating through the boxes. Persoz's Patent Wagon-grease. Heavy paraffine oil, rosin oil, tallow, of each 60 parts, and oleic acid 30 parts. Melt the tallow by heating it in the oils, and saponify the mixture by adding 15 parts of finely-pulverized burned lime and 6 parts of soda-lye of 40° B. MARINE GLUE. 235 Oil for Watch-makers. It is best to use the purest olive oil, after it has been stored for some time, and expose it to a temperature a few degrees below the freezing point, which will cause all foreign substances to separate. The supernatant clear oil is then carefully poured off' and filtered through a cup of linden wood or pit of , elder wood. By this process an oil is obtained which will remain liquid for several years, and does not attack the delicate machinery. Neat's-foot oil treated in the above manner furnishes a less useful oil, since it loses much fatty matter by exposure to cold. A veiy useful oil is obtained by dis- solving 1 part of pure neat's-foot oil in 3 of pure benzine. Allow the com- pound to remain for several days in a closed vessel, then filter and expose the solution to a temperature of 40° F., at which it is again filtered and the ben- zine distilled off. The oil should be kept in small, dark vials protected from the air. A very fine lubricant for clocks and watches is, according to Artemus, ob- tained by mixing 2 parts of solar oil and 1 of rape-seed oil. To Test the Fitness of Oils for Lubri- cating Watches and Clocks, pour a drop of the oil to be tested upon different metal plates, as iron, brass, tin, lead, etc., keep them in a place free from dust, and examine the drops during 8 to 14 days in regard to their liquidity. Oil remaining liquid after the lapse of this time can be safely used. Marine Glue. This glue is water-proof and can be used to cement metal, wood, glass, stone, pasteboard, etc., and is especially adapted for calking vessels. Hard Marine Glue. Suspend 10 parts of caoutchouc enclosed in a linen bag in a vessel containing 120 parts of refined petroleum, so that only i of the bag is immersed, and allow it to remain 10 to 14 days in a warm place. Then melt 20 parts of asphaltum in an iron boiler, and add the caoutchouc solution in a thin jet, and heat the mixture, While constantly stirring, until it is perfectly homogeneous. Pour it into greased metallic moulds, where it forms into dark-brown or black plates diffi- cult to break. When it is to be used it should be melted in a kettle placed in boiling water to prevent its burning, which it is very apt to do, as it is a bad conductor of heat. After it has been liquefied, remove the kettle from the water and place it over a tire, where it can be heated, if necessary to make it more fluid, to 300° F., carefully stirring it to prevent burning. If possible, the surfaces to be glued together should be heated to 212° F., as the glue can* then be slowly applied. The thinner the layer of glue in ce- menting together smooth surfaces, the better it will adhere. But a somewhat thicker layer is required for rough surfaces (for instance, boards not planed), the excess of glue being forced out by strong pressure. Generally speaking it is best to subject all articles cemented together by marine glue to as strong a pressure as possible until the glue is congealed. We are fully convinced by expert, ments that, with the aid of this glue, square vats, perfectly water-tight, can be constructed from boards. Wooden pins dipped in the marine glue should be used for putting the vats together. Elastic Marine Glue. This is a solu- tion of caoutchouc in a suitable solvent, as benzole, bisulphide of carbon, naph- tha, or chloroform, principally used for coating ropes and other materials exposed to the alternate action of air and water. It can be cheapened by adding very fine sand or whit- ing. • Marine Glue for Vamp Walls. Dis- solve 10 parts of caoutchouc, 10 of whiting, 20 of oil of turpentine, 10 of bisulphide of carbon, 5 of rosin, and 5 of asphaltum in a suitable vessel situ- ated in a warm place and frequently shaken. Scrape the wall smooth and clean, and apply the glue with a broad brush to the wall on the damp place, and about 8 inches higher than the line of dampness, and before the glue is dry lay on plain paper, which will adhere tightly. On this plain paper the wall- paper can be pasted in the usual man- ner. If carefully done the wall-paper will always remain dry. 236 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. . Matches. Swedish Matches are made in Swe- den almost exclusively of white poplar wood, it being the cheapest. Blocks of the length of the match are cut by machinery from the round logs and splintered, the splints kiln-dried and coated with paraffine. The end to be covered with the inflammable com- pound is dipped in a solution of paraf- fine in benzine, when they are again dried. They are then dipped into the inflammable compound, which should be of such a consistency that only small drops remain adhering to the stick. The following mixtures are used : Parts. Chlorate of potassium 2000 Plumbic dioxide . . 1150 Minium 2500 Antimony trisulphide 1250 Chromate of potassium 1318 Gum-Arabic .... 670 Paraffine 2o0 II. III. IV. 2000 2000 4000 2150 2500 2000 4000 1250 1300 3000 750 1500 670 670 670 250 In Nos. I. and II. the paraffine is first rubbed up with the antimony and then incorporated with the compound. The compound ignites easily and trans- mits the flame quickly to the wood. Matches with compound No. II. ig- nite well and burn quietly. Matches with No. III. ignite easily on the striking surface and quickly transmit the flame to the wood. Compound No. IV. furnishes matches exactly like those of the Jonkoping product ; they ignite easily on the striking surface, transmit the flame quickly to the wood, burn quietly and without noise. The brown color of Swedish matches is due to the antimony trisuljmide in the com- pound. striking Surface of Swedish Matches consists of a compound prepared by mixing 9 parts of amorphous phos- phorus, 7 of iron pyrites pulverized and sifted, 3 of pulverized glass, and 1 of glue or gum with the requisite quan- tity of water. Matches without Sulphur, which can be ignited by friction on any surface and do not absorb moisture from the air, are prepared by dipping the matches into a hot solution of any kind ef fat, and using the following inflam- mable compound : Seven parts of phos phorus, 7 of gum-Arabic, 40 of lead nitrate, 5 of pulverized glass, and 10 of water. Inflammable Compounds. H.Schwarz recommends the following mixtures as giving excellent results: I. Onepartof pulverized sulphur is melted in warm water with 4 of yellow phosphorus. Most of the water is then poured "if and the fluid mixture rubbed inti- mately with 4 parts of dextrine gum. Now compound 45 parts of minium with 1£ equivalent of nitric acid, dry the mixture, pulverize it, and add it gradually to the phosphorus mixture. The matches arc saturated with solu- tion of pine rosin in alcohol, and dried at a moderate heat. II. Mix 1 part of phosphorus, 5 of chalk, 2.8 of anhydrous gypsum, 6 of pulverized glass, and 6 of some aggluti- nant and coloring matter. This com- pound requires a rough striking sur- face, ignites with a slight report, and does not absorb moisture. Inflammable Compound without Phosphorus. Thirty-six parts of plumbic dioxide, 15 of chlorate of potassium, 9 of manganese dioxide, 8 of flowers of sulphur, 6 each of infu- sorial earth, pulverized glass or sarni and amorphous phosphorus, and 8 oi glue. The compound ignites by friction on any surface. Parlor Matches. The sticks are first thoroughly dried, then soaked with stearic acid, and finally dipped into an inflammable compound prepared from 3 parts of phosphorus, i of gum traga- canth, 3 of water, 2 of fine sand, and 2 of red lead. To perfume the matches they are dipped, after the compound is dry, into a solution of aromatic gum, made of 4 parts of benzoin in 10 of spirit of wine of 40° B. Colored Parlor Matches. The in- flammable compound on the end of the matches may be coated with different colored lacquers to give a variegated appearance when placed in boxes. The lacquers are prepared in the following manner : Eight parts of pul- verized rosin are dissolved in a hot mixture of 200 parts of alcohol and 4 parts of glvcerine, and 40 parts of solution of shellac added to the hot MATCHES. 237 solution. The whole is then thoroughly agitated and. while yet warm, com- pounded with the necessary quantity of coloring matter, and finally allowed to cool. The green iridescent bronze color, which is in great demand, requires for the above solution of lacquer SO parts of crystallized fuchsine, or 28 parts of methyl-violet. To produce violet an addition of only t part of methyl-violet is required ; for blue J part of aniline blue soluble in water; for orange 4 parts of aniline orange; for blue-green J part of methyl-green. For yellow- green 2 parts of blue-green are mixed with 1 of orange ; and for red 32 parts of coralline with an addition of 2 parts of caustic soda-lye, dissolved in the above lacquer. All these colors cover easily the head of the match, and, when dry, possess the brilliant udoss desired. Anti-phosphorus Matches. The paste for the friction surface consists of minium, sand, and amorphous phos- phorus rubbed up with a solution of gum-Arabic and applied with a brush ; or of 10 parts of amorphous phosphorus, 8 of pyrolusite or antimony trisulphide, and 3 to 6 of glue dissolved in water. To prepare the matches the ends are first dipped into melted sulphur, stearic acid, or wax, and then into a compound of 6 parts of chlorate of potassium and 2 to 3 of trisulphide of antimony mixed with a solution of 1 part of glue in water. It must be remarked here that the mixture of bichromate of potassium and antimony is exceedingly danger- ous, as it is easily ignited by a shock or friction. Matches Inextinguishable by the Wind. Sheets of paper, thin paste- board, or wood are saturated with a solution of saltpetre in water to which has been added some substance emitting in agreeable odor while burning. When ;he sheets are dry, a thin layer of a phosphorus compound, as is used in the manufacture of friction matches, ind to which some incombustible sub- stance, as pulverized glass, fine sand, etc., has been added, is placed between two of them, leaving a part of one end free for handling. When dry the 2 sheets are pasted together, and this is cut up into strips of suitable shape. These strips are then coated with a varnish to protect them from moisture and to prevent their ignition by friction during transportation, etc. Colored varnish may be used to distinguish the part containing the phosphorus from the ends of the sheet left uncoated. Matches without Phosphorus. Pre- pare a paste of 10 parts of dextrine, 75 of pulverized chlorate of potassium, 35 of pulverized plumbic dioxide, and a like quantity of pulverized pyrites with the necessary quantity of water, and dip the end of the splints into the com- pound. Matches tvithout Phosphorus, of an excellent quality, and in the manufact- ure of which there is not the slightest danger, are obtained from the follow- ing mixture : 53.8 parts of chlorate of potassium, 10 of gum-Arabic, 3 of gum tragacanth, 6 of pyrolusite, 6 of ferric oxide, 12 of pulverized glass, 5 of bichromate of potassium, 3 of sul- phur, 1.2 of chalk, and sufficient water. Paraffine or sulphur is used for trans- mitting the flame to the wood. The matches can only be ignited by being struck on a surface composed of the following mixture : Five parts of anti- mony trisulphide, 3 of amorphous phos- phorus, 14 of pyrolusite,' and 4 of glue. Amorces d'Allumettes are matches prepared from 20 parts of phosphorus, 5.5 of gun-cotton, 5 of pulverized wood charcoal, 5 of iron filings, 51.5 of sul- phur, and 10 of gum. Nickle's Process of Preparing an Amorphous Phosphorus from the Ordi- nary Article. The conversion of ordi- nary into amorphous phosphorus is ac- complished by heating ordinary phos- phorus from 446° to 482° F. in a closed iron boiler. After 3 or 4 weeks the phosphorus is found to be converted into a red, brittle mass which is ground > by millstones under water, and sepa- rated from the ordinary phosphorus either by bisulphide of carbon or caustic soda, in which the latter is soluble. The temperature requires careful regu- lation, for if it is allowed to rise to 500° F. the amorphous phosphorus quickly resumes the ordinary condition, evolv- ing the heat which it had absorbed dur- ing its conversion, and thus converting much of the phosphorus into vapor. This reconversion may be shown by 238 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. heating a little amorphous phosphorus in a test-tube, when drops of ordinary phosphorus condense on the cool part ef the tube. Ordinary phosphorus is very poisonous, while amorphous phosphorus appears to be harmless. Tne vapor of phosphorus produces a very injurious effect upon the persons engaged in the manufacture of matches, resulting in the decay of the lower jaw. This evil may be greatly mitigated by good ventilation or by diffusing turpen- tine vapor through the air of the work- room, or may be entirely obviated by substituting amorphous phosphorus for the ordinary variety. Metal Industry. To Harden Cast Iron. Mix 2 pounds of concentrated sulphuric acid and 2 ounces of nitric acid with 2£ gallons of water. Immerse the article at a cherry- red heat in this mixture. The surface becomes very hard. To Give Iron Articles a Brilliant Lustre and Silvery Appearance. Pour 1 pint of alcohol of 90 per cent, over } ounce of antimony trichloride (butter of antimony), \\ drachms of pulverized arsenious acid, and lj ounces of elutri- ated bloodstone, and digest the whole at a moderate heat, frequently shaking it. In polishing the articles with this fluid a thin film of antimony and arsenic is precipitated upon them, which gives a beautiful appearance to the surface and protects it against oxidation. To Restore Burnt Cast Steel. Heat the article to a red heat and dust it with a mixture of 8 parts of red chromate of potassium, 4 of saltpetre, & each of aloes and gum-Arabic, and I of rosin. Then heat it several times and cool it. If the article is to be especially hard take 8 parts of saltpetre and 3 of rosin. To Hake Steel so Soft that it can be Worked like Copper. Pulverize beef bones, mix them with equal parts of loam and calves' hair, and stir the mixt- ure into a thick paste with water. Ap- ply a coat of this to the steel and place it in a crucible, cover this with another, fasten the two together with wire, and close the joint hermetically with clay. Then place the crucibles in the fire and heat them slowly. When taken from the fire let them cool by placing them in ashes. On opening the crucihles the steel will be found so soft that it can be engraved like copper. Welding Steel to Cast Iron may be accomplished by first shaping the steel so that it will correspond to the surface of the cast iron to which it is to be welded without forming a lap, then heating to a cherry-red, next applying borax to the surfaces to be united, and immediately heating the parts to a welding heat, after which a strongpress- ure applied without hammering will securely join the steel to the iron. Hardening and Welding Compounds. I. Hardening Compound. Pulverize and mix intimately 1 part of prussiate of potash, 1 of purified saltpetre, 1 of calcined cows' hoofs, & of gum-Arabic, 3ti of aloes, and J of common salt. Scat- ter the compound upon the steel while at a red heat and upon the wrought iron while at a white neat, and burn it thoroughly in. After cooling the hard- ened parts will be as hard as steel. II. Welding Compound for welding wrought iron to wrought iron at a red heat : 1 part by weight of borax, £ of sal- ammoniac, and i of water. Boil these ingredients, with constant stirring, until the mixture is stiff, and then allow it to harden over the fire. When cool the compound is pulverized and intimately mixed with i part of wrought-iron fil- ings free from rust. The pieces to be welded together are first dovetailed or tied together, and the place to be welded is made red hot; the powder is then scattered upon it and liquefied over the fire. A few light taps with the hammer suffice to join the two pieces together. III. Welding Compound to Weld Stei'l to Wrought Iron at a Red Heat. Pulverize and mix with water 6 parts by weight of borax, 2 of sal-ammoniac, 1 of prussiate of potash, and i of rosim Boil the compound, stirring it con- stantly, until it forms a stiff paste, which is allowed to harden over the fire. When cold pulverize it and mix it with 1 part of wrought-iron filings free from rust. In using it scatter the powder upon the red-hot pieces and liquefy it over the fire. IV. Welding Compound to Weld Wrought Iron to Wrought Iron at a METAL INDUSTRY. 239 White Heat. Pulverize and mix 1 Eart by weight of sal-ammoniac, 2 of orax, 2 of prussiate of potash, and 4 of wrought-iron filings free from rust. Heat the pieces to be welded together to a white heat, then scatter the powder 2 or 3 times upon the proper place, and liquefy it. Two or 3 vigorous taps witli the hammer will then suffice to join the pieces. V. Hardening Compound to Make Wrought Iron Very Hard. Cut into small pieces 1 part by weight of cow or horse's hoof and 2 of old leather, and add £ of common salt. These ingredients are placed iu a heating-box together with the pieces to be hardened. The box is hermetically closed with clay and heated for 1 hour at a red heat, when the pieces are taken out and cooled in cold water. Welding Cast Steel. Take 64 parts of borax, 20 of sal-ammoniac, 10 of ferrocyanide of potassium, and 5 of rosin. The whole is boiled with the addition of some Water, under constant stirring, until a homogeneous compound is formed, which is allowed to dry out slowly in the same iron vessel in which it has been boiled. An analysis of a sample of this welding compound formed the basis for the composition of the following compound, which is highly recommended. The welding is accomplished at a light-yellow heat, or between that and a white heat, and, as the quality of the steel is not in the least affected, it needs no further treatment. The compound is composed of 61 parts of borax, 17i of sal-ammoniac, 16} of ferrocyanide of potassium, and 5 of rosin. For welding steel to steel less of the ferrocyanide may be used. The borax and sal-ammoniac are pulverized, mixed, and gradually heated in a porcelain or iron vessel, until both melt in the water of crystallization of the first. A strong odor of ammonia is de- veloped. The heating is continued, under constant stirring, until the odor of ammonia is scarcely perceptible, water being added from time to time to replace that lost by evaporation. The pulverized ferrocyanide and the rosin are then added, and the heating con- tinued, under constant stirring, until a thick paste has been formed. As soon as a weak odor of cyanide is perceptible the heating is interrupted, as otherwise the boric acid would exert a decomposing effect upon the ferro- cyanide of potassium. The thick paste is spread upon a sheet-iron plate in a layer at the utmost 4 inch thick, and dried at a very moderate heat. To facilitate the drying, the paste is loos- ened and turned with a spatula, so that lumps are formed, which are stored away. When it is to be used a suffi- cient quantity of one of the lumps is pulverized and scattered upon the article to be welded, which has been heated to a light-red heat. It is then heated to a strong yellow heat and the welding accomplished in the usual manner. In the above compound, and manner of preparing it, boracic acid and com- mon salt are formed from the borax and sal-ammoniac, while ammonia es- capes. The welding compound can therefore be directly prepared by mix- ing the following ingredients : 41.5 part* of boracic acid, 35 of pure, dry, common salt, 15.5 to 26.7 of" ferrocyanide of potassium, 7.6 of rosin, and perhaps 3 to 5 of dry carbonate of sodium. This mixture does excellent service, is, in fact, as good as the above com- pound and far easier prepared. It has only the disadvantage of not remaining entirely unaltered if kept for any length of time, but gradually decomposes and assumes a blue color. But this, as the compound is so easily prepared, is a minor evil. To Harden Files and other Steel Instruments. The files, etc., are first coated with a paste prepared by boil- ing glue and salt in yeast, and thickened by an addition of wood charcoal and graphite (black lead). Upon this coat is scattered a coarse powder consisting of a mixture of horn, wood charcoal, and common salt. A solid crust is formed upon the files which protects them from a displacement of the cuts by the metal and conveys to them oxy- gen while being heated. For tempering, the files are brought into a lead bath. To prevent the oxidation of the lead on the surface a mixture of potash, soda, and tartar is scattered upon it. The files remain in the bath from 5 to 8 minutes, according to their thickness, and are then immersed in water. To Re-sharpen Files. Well-worn f40 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. files are first carefully cleansed with hot water and soda; they are then brought into connection with the posi- tive pole of a battery, in a bath com- posed of 40 parts of sulphuric acid and 1000 of water. The negative is formed of a copper spiral surrounding the files but not touching them; the coil ter- minating in a wire which rises to the surface. This arrangement is the result of practical experience. When the files have been in the bath for 10 min- utes they are taken out, washed, and dried, when the whole of the hollows will be found to have been attacked in a sensible manner ; but should the effect not be sufficient, they are replaced in the bath for the same period as before. Sometimes two operations are necessary, but seldom more. The files thus treated are to all appearance like new ones and good for 60 hours' work. Hardening Compound for Thin Steel. Dr. Hartmann recommends to add about 1 pound of rosin to the usual mixture, composed of 1 gallon of train oil, 2 pounds of beef suet, and 4£ ounces of wax. He also recommends another compound, consisting of 95 parts of spermaceti oil, 10 of melted tallow, 4$ of neat's-foot oil, £ of pitch, and 1£ of rosin. New Process of Hardening Gun- barrels. The barrel to be hardened is filaced in a gas-pipe of suitable size, the ower end of which is made narrow to prevent the barrel from slipping out while in a vertical position. Several of such pipes containing gun-barrels are then heated to a red heat in a re- verberatory furnace, when some harden- ing compound is thrown into every bar- rel. The pipes are now taken from the furnace, placed in a vertical position under a hose, and hardening water is passed through each barrel under a pressure of £ to } atmosphere. It is very suitable to add a small quantity of •sulphuric and nitric acids to the hard- ening water. To Hard en Steel in Sealing-wax. Watch and clock -makers and engravers harden their steel in sealing wax. The article is heated to a white heat and thrust into sealing-wax, allowed to re- main for a second, then withdrawn, and again inserted in another part. This treatment is continued till the steel is cold and will no more enter ths sealing- wax. The extreme hardness of steel thus prepared enables it to engrave or bore steel hardened by other processes, the boring or engraving tool being first dipped in oil of turpentine. Hardening Water. Two quarts of water, 1 quart of urine, li ounces of saltpetre, 2 ounces of common salt, and £ ounce of sal-ammoniac. 1'oncelet's Fluids for Hardening Steel Articles. I. Ten pounds of rosin, 5 pounds of train oil, 2 pounds of lard, and 4£ ounces of assafcetida. By using this bath the steel, even if frequently heated, retains its former peculiarities. II. This is especially used for harden- ing cutlery. Two pounds of refined borax, 4 pounds of sal-ammoniac, 3 quarts of water, and 4 ounces of French red wine. III. Three pounds of sal-ammoniac, 1 pound of potash, 4 gallons of water, 1£ pints of red wine or wine vinegar, and 1 pound of tartaric acid. Neiv Case-hardening Compound. This compound is very efficacious for case-hardening iron. It consists of 16 parts of lampblack, 18 of sal-soda, 4 of muriate of soda, and 1 of black oxide of manganese. To Obtain Smooth Castings it is highly recommended to mix with the green sand forming the mould about 5^ part of tar. The mixture is em- ployed without the addition of any other substance. To Harden Saws and. Springs. The following composition is highly recom- mended : Four and a half pounds of suet and 8J ounces of beeswax are boiled with 2£ gallons of whale oil. This will serve for thin articles and most kinds of steel. For thicker pieces about 2i pounds of black rosin is added to the above compound, but it should be judiciously added, or the articles will become too hard and brittle. The usual way of proceeding is to heat the saws in long furnaces and then to im- merse them horizontally and edgewise in a long trough containing the com- position. Two troughs are generally used alternately. Part of the com- pound is wiped off with a piece of leather when the articles are removed from the trough. They are then heated one by one over a clear coke fire until METAL INDUSTRY. 241 She grease inflames ; this is called "blazing off." When t he saws are wanted to be rather hard, but little of the grease is burned oil'; when less, a large portion ; and for a spring temper the whole is allowed to burn away. When the work is Thick or irregularly thick and thin, as in some springs, a second and third application is burned otf to insure equality of temper at all places. To Convert Iron into Steel. J. H. Wilson, of Liverpool, uses the follow- ing process which he has patented in England : Forty-six pounds of wrought- iron waste, 2 pounds of spiegel iron, i of ferro-manganese, and 6 ounces of wood charcoal are melted together ; to this may be added i ounce of borax and 4 ounce of chlorate of potassium. Hoi-' I Silver. By melting together 100 parts of silver, 3.5 parts of iron, 2 parts of cobalt, and i part of nickel, a compound is obtained which, by cool- ing in cold water, becomes hard as glass, and in hot water as hard as spring steel. Malleable Brass. Thirty-three parts of copper are liquefied in a loosely- eovered crucible, and 25 parts of puri- fied zinc added under constant stirring. The zinc must be as free from iron as possible, and the copper from lead. The alloy is cast in moulding sand into bars. It is easily wrought at a red heat ; in a cold state it can be stretched under the hammer; at a white heat it spits (scatters) under the hammer. Very Tenacious Brass is prepared from 54 parts of copper and 46 of zinc, but both metals must be absolutely free from tin and lead. Steel Wire for Musical Instruments. It is of the greatest importance that these wires should possess great solidity combined with a certain degree of elasticity. It becomes, therefore, neces- sary to anneal the wires to a certain degree after they have been hardened, the accomplishment of which presents many difficulties. Webster and Horsfail first harden the wire by heating it to a red heat and then cooling suddenly. To obtain a constant temperature for annealing they use a metallic mixture of 40 parts of lead, 26 of antimony, 22 of tin, 21 of zinc, and 1 of bismuth. These mgredi- 16 1 ents are melted together in a wrought- iron vessel, carefully stirred, and heated to just above the melting point. The hardened wire to be annealed is then i brought into this bath and kept there, ! according to its thickness, sufficiently long to acquire a uniform temperature. It is then cooled by immersing in water, which will give it all the qualities de- manded for piano strings. To Weld Copper. A mixture is em- ployed composed of 358 parts of phos- phate of sodium and 124 of boracic acid. The powder is applied when the metal is at a dull-red heat ; it is then brought to a cherry-red^ and at once hammered. As the metal is veiy apt to soften when exposed to a high degree of heat, a wooden hammer is recom- mended. All carbonaceous matters must be carefully removed from the surfaces to be joined, as the success of the operation depends on the formation of a very fusible phosphate of coppei, which would be reduced by the carbon to the state of a phosphide. The phos- j phate of copper dissolves a thin film of oxide on the surfaces of the metal, | keeping these clean and in a condition | to weld. Another Process is as follows: The two pieces of copper to be united hav- ing been previously shaped so that the surfaces form a lap or other suitable joint, borax is applied on and between the surfaces of the joint, which are then heated and hammered. The borax is prepared by being heated until all the water of crystallization has evaporated, when the residue is pulverized for use. I After being hammered while hot, the joint is further heated to a white heat, and sprinkled over with common salt or other equivalent compound suitable for the exclusion of oxygen, and then welded ; or during the welding opera- tion a current of chlorine gas may be directed upon the heated copper joint. JVezv Process of preparing Malleable Nickel. Nickel in a melted state ab- sorbs considerable quantities of oxygen becoming thereby brittle and unsuited for working. The evil can be remedied by adding to the melted nickel a sub- stance which not only absorbs oxygen, with avidity, but possesses also great affinity for nickel. The object is partly 242 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. attained by an addition of metallic manganese, as is done in the fabrication of steel; but this, like all other easily combustible metals, disappears in re- melting, and leaves the nickel as brittle as ever. The best means is an addition of phosphorus in the form of a salt, which is obtained by melting together a mixture of phosphate of lime, silica, coal, and nickel, enclosing about b' per cent, of phosphorus. Nickel contain- ing about 0.025 per cent, of phosphorus has been rolled out cold to a sheet 0.019 inch thick. In alloying with copper, phosphorus-nickel acts more favorably than the pure metal, the casting being cleaner and more uni- form. Phosphorus makes it also pos- sible to alloy nickel with iron in all proportions, and to always obtain soft and malleable products. Dense and Flexible Copper Castings are obtained by adding cryolite and sugar of lead to the copper after it is melted. The proportions are as fol- lows : Two pounds of pulverized cryo- lite and 8i ounces of sugar of lead to 200 pounds of copper ; a further addition of 2 pounds of borax being also advisa- ble. The quantities of the additions may be varied according to circum- stances. The mixture of cryolite and sugar of lead, with or without borax, is added after the copper is melted. When the compound is entirely melted, which will be the case in 10 to 15 min- utes, the melted copper is poured into the mould. Copper Steel is obtained by melting together 3 parts of fluo-silicate of potas- sium ami 1 each of soda and copper at such a temperature that the metal is covered with a very liquid slag, and the copper beneath it forms silicide of copper, containing 12 per cent, of silicium, and is as white as bismuth, and hard. An alloy containing 4.8 per cent, of silicium has a beautiful yellow-bronze color, is hard, and can be worked with the same tools as iron. It may also lie drawn into wire. Al- loys with a larger percentage of silicium are harder. Silicium. By melting together in a crucible 1 part of granulated zinc, 1 of sodium, and 3 of fluo-silicate of potas- sium, a zinc button traversed by long needles of silicium is obtained. On dissolving the zinc in hydrochlorig aeiii, the silicium remains behind. By heating the zinc containing silicium above the evaporating point, the sili. eiuin remains behind in a melted state, and becomes entirely free from zinc by heating it sufficiently. Pure silicium can be melted and cast. To Protect Lead Pipes it is recom- mended to provide them with a coat of sulphide of lead. Dissolve £ ounce of caustic soda in 1A quarts of water, mix the solution with one of 4 ounce of lead nitrate (or an equivalent of other lead salt soluble in water) in i pint of water, and heat the mixture to 1"5° F. As soon as a sufficient quantity of lead salt has been added the fluid be- comes turbid and must be very quickly filtered through asbestos or a similar material. To the clear fluid is added 2i ounces of hot water containing 1 drachm of sulphocarbamide in solu- tion. In using the fluid it is best to heat it to 150° F., and to hold the thoroughly cleansed lead pipe in it for a few moments, when it will be quickly coated with a fine layer of sulphide of lead. If the lead has been thoroughly cleansed the sulphide of lead adheres very tenaciously and can be easily polished with a piece of leather. To Protect Iron from Bust. The fol- lowing fluid is claimed to prevent the rusting of iron: 12 pints each of lin- seed oil and brown varnish, 1 quart of turpentine, and li ounces of camphor. Heat the mixture over the water-bath, stirring constantly, then immerse the articles for a few moments, rinse them off" with warm water, and dry. To Protect Lightning Pods, Metal Poofs, etc., from Rust. Convert 2 parts of graphite mixed with 8 parts of sul- phide of lead and 2 of sulphide of zinc into an impalpable powder, and add gradually 30 parts of linseed-oil varnish previously heated to the boiling point. This varnish dries very quickly and protects the metals coated with it from oxidation. To Protect Wire from Rust. Melt mineral pitch and add to it A part by weight of coal-tar and i* part by weight of very fine quartz sand, and immerse the wire in the mixture. The coating becomes hard. in 24 hours. To Protect Iron and Steel from Rust METAL INDUSTRY. 243 The following method is but little known, although it deserves preference to all others: Add lj pints of cold water to 7 ounces of quicklime. Let the mixture stand until the supernatant fluid is entirely clear. Then pour this off and mix it witli enough olive oil to form a thick cream, or rather to the consistency of melted ami recongealed butter. Grease the articles of iron or steel with this compound, and then Wrap them up in paper, or if this can- not be done apply the mixture some- what thicker. Cleaning Gnus with Petroleum. Cleansing a weapon with fats and oils does not entirely protect it from rust; the so-called drying oils get gummy and resinous, while the non-drying oils become rancid, and by exposure to the air acids are formed, and these attack the iron. For these reasons petroleum is to be preferred for this purpose. Petroleum is as great an enemy to Water as are the tatty nils, and hence, when a gun-barrel is covered with a film of petroleum, it keeps the water away from the metal. Tin- water rest- ing upon this film evaporates, but the oil does not, and hence no rust can be formed. It is very essential, however, that the petroleum employed be per- fectly pure, for impure oil, such as is often met with in commerce, attacks the metal, fare must also be taken not to allow it to come in contact with the polished stock. When about to clean a gun some tow is -wrapped around the ramrod and enough petro- leum poured upon it to thoroughly moisten it ; it is then pushed in a rotary manner through the barrel and back a dozen times, and the tow taken out and unrolled, and the upper and lower ends of the barrel rubbed with the clean part, after which it is thrown away. This removes the coarser portion of the dirt. A round brush of stiff bristles and fitting the barrel is now screwed to the ramrod, then moistened thoroughly with petroleum and twisted into the barrel, running it back and forth at least a dozen times, thus loosening the dirt that is more firmly attached to it. The first operation is now repeated, ex- cept that the tow on the ramrod is left dry, and the rubbing with this must be continued in all directions as long as it comes out soiled. The use of wire brushes is objectionable for cleaning guns, as tlie numerous steel points cut into the tube. Only soft tow, hemp, woollen rags, or the like should be used, as the petroleum dissolves the dirt sufficiently. To Protect Wrought-iron Bridges from Rust. The following process was observed in painting the Britannia bridge across the Mi naiStrait in North Wales. All of the iron work was scraped and rubbed with wire Uixl still bristle brushes until the surface acquired a metallic lustre. The holes, joints, and crack? were carefully cleaned and filled with red or white lead putty, and when dry the whole was brushed again and the bridge painted with 4 coats of the following paint at intervals of 8 to 14 days : Pure white lead 560 ] arts, crude linseed oil 133 parts, boiled linseed oil (without an addition of litharge) 18 to 36 parts, aud spirit of turpentine 18 parts. After the fourth coat had been ap- plied the whole was sanded with fine white sand. To the paint for the last coat enough Berlin blue had been added to give it a light grayish tint. The parts of the bridge not exposed to view received, after thorough scrap- ing and puttying up, 3 to 4 coats of a varnish obtained by mixing 8 parts of gas-tar, 1 of spirit of turpentine, and 2 of pulverized lime. Staining Jleta/s. The following re- ceipts have all been tested in the labora- tory of Dr. Wilickler by a practical armorer and given excellent results : Blue Stain on Iron and Steel. Polish and cleanse the steel thoroughly with lime, and then brush it over with the following mixture : Butter of antimony 8 parts, fuming nitric acid 8 parts, and muriatic acid 16 parts. Add the spirit of salt very 7 slowly and drop by drop, to avoid too strong heating. Apply the mixture to the steel with a rag, and rub it with green, young oak wood until the desired blue color is produced. Gray on Steel and Iron. Polish the steel and coat it with a mixture of but- ter of antimony 8 parts and sulphuric acid 2 parts. If the color does not turn out handsome enough, add a few drops of empyreumatic pyroligneous acid or gallic acid. 244 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Black. Mix 8 parts of butter of anti- mony, I parts of sulphuric acid, and 2 parts of empyreumatic pyroligneous acid, or gallic acid. Apply several coats of the mixture to the polished steel until it is black enough. To Stain Iron, Gum- barrels, etc., Brown. Mix 16 parts of sweet spirit of nitre, 12 parts of a solution of sulphate of iron, a like quantity of butter of anti- mony', and 16 parts of sulphate of cop- per. Let the mixture stand in a well- corked bottle in a moderately warm place for 24 hours, then add 500 parts of rain water, and put it away for use. After the barrel has been rubbed with emery paper and polished, wash it with fresh lime-water, dry it thoroughly, and Mien coat it over uniformly with the above mixture ; it is best to use a tuft of cotton ; let it dry for 24 hours, and then brush it with a scratch brush. Repeat the coating and drv r ing twice, iiit in rubbing off for the last time use leather moistened with olive oil in place of the scratch brush, and rub until a beautiful lustre is produced; then let it dry for 12 hours and repeat the polish- ing with olive oil. English Process of Staining Gun-bar- rels Brown. Mix 33 partsof pulverized sulphate of copper, 25 parts of subli- mate, 28 parts each of sweet spirit of nitre and tincture of steel, and 500 parte of rain water. Rub up first the spirit of nitre with the sublimate, then add the other in- gredients, let it stand in a well-closed bottle in a warm place for 12 hours, then add the water and treat the barrel in the same manner as above, but wash it off every time after brushing with the scratch brush. After repeating this 3 tinias, polish the barrel with leather in listened with olive oil mixed with some oil of turpentine, then diy it for 12 hours, and finally polish with oil. Light Brown. Mix 4 parts each of butter of antimony and ordinary butter and li) to 12 drops of olive oil ; heat the mixture in a flask and then brush it uniformly over the barrel, previously cleansed and polished; hold the barrel over ;i moderate coal fire, when a beauti- ful brown will soon make its appear- ance; then polish with olive oil, and finally srive it a light coat of cjood amber hiecp'er compounded with some shellac. Light Yellowish -brown. Mix 3J parts of spirit of wine and If] parts each of sulphate of copper, tincture of steel, and nitric acid, and, when all are dis- solved, add 375 parts of rain water. After polishing the barrel and cleans- ing it with fresh lime-water, brush it over uniformly with the mixture, let it dry in an airy room, and then wash it off with a brush dipped in boiling water. Repeat this twice, and then coat the barrel with a lacquer prepared by nr'xing 1 part of amber varnish, 2 of copal varnish, £ of shellac varnish, and 1 of linseed-oil varnish. Should the lacquer be too viscid, dilute it with some oil of turpentine. As soon as the lacquer is dry polish the barrel first with beech charcoal and then with a piece of hat felt. Lacquering of Sheet Metal. A good copal lacquer is required for the work. It is prepared as follows : Coat a glazed pot outside with a layer of potters' clay 5 inches thick, and the bottom with onel inch thick. Let it dry, and then place in the pot 500 parts of copal in small pieces, and 100 parts of Venetian tur» pentine, and melt the mixture over a moderate coal fire for % hour, stirring it frequently. Then add in small por- tions at a time, and stirring constantly, 166 parts of hot linseed-oil varnish, and finally pour into the mixture, stirring constantly, 1000 parts of oil of turpen- tine. Then filter the lacquer and keep it in well-closed flasks. Sheet metal to be lacquered must first be provided with a ground of oil paint. For the first ground take some good linseed-oil varnish, some oil of turpen- tine, and a little cojial lacquer, and any desired pigment. If the sheet is, for instance, to be crimson, grind cinnabar in the above mixture, lay a coat of the paint on the metal, and bake it in the lacquering oven until it is hard and dry ; then apply 3 or 4 more coats, and dry them in the same manner. Then rub the paint with shave-grass, next with finely-pulverized pumice-stone and finally with a moist piece of felt, and then glaze the article. For Glazing rub up fine Florentine or Vienna lake in good linseed-oil var nish ami a little oil of turpentine; di- lute it with copal hicquer, ana apply 5 to 6 coats of it, allowing each coat to MUSTARDS. 245 dry thoroughly before laying on the next. When the last eo.it is dry, rub it smooth, first with a moist linen cloth dipped in pulverized pumice-stone, and finish with a piece of chamois and pre- pared buck's born, and finally pul the article in the lacquering oven heated to 97° F. This mode of treatment is the same for all color mixtures. Green. Suhweinfurt-green. This re- quires no glaze. }"- How. Use chrome yellow. Blue is obtained by mixing Parisian blue with some Venetian white. Chamois, by mixing cinnabar, red lead, chrome yellow, and some Venetian white. Red-brown. Take calcined lamp- black and cinnabar. White Luc Color. Rub up very fine Kremnitz white iu oil of turpentine, dilute it with good white copal lacquer, and dry it in the sun or in the air, as the color turns yellow if dried by the heat of a stove. Lilac or Violet. Mix fine Vienna lake, Venetian white, and a little Paris- ian blue. Black Lacquer. Boil on a moderate fire for 4 hours 250 parts of asphal- tum in 125 parts of linseed-oil varnish ; mix the compound with 66 parts of cal- cined lampblack, rubbed up in oil of turpentine, and dilute the mixture with oil of turpentine. Blue or Steel Glaze. Rub fine Paris- ian blue in good linseed-oil varnish, and dilute with copal lacquer. Apply 3 to 4 coats of this to a tin plate, which will thereby acquire a blue-steel color. Bed Glaze. Rub fine Vienna or Florentine lake in linseed-oil varnish and dilute with copal lacquer. Apply 3 to 4 coats of it to a tin plate or bright sheet iron, which acquires thereby a beautiful transparent color. Mustards. To Prepare Ordinary Mustard. I. Stir gradually 1 pint of good white wine into 8 ounces of ground mustard seel, add a pinch of pulverized cloves, and let the whole boil over a moderate coal fire. Then add a small lump of white sugar and let the mixture boil up once more. II. Pour J pint of boiling wine vine- gar over 8 ounces of ground mustard seed in an earthen pot, stir the mixture thoroughly, then add some cold vine- gar, and let the pot stand over night in a warm place. The next morning add i pound of sugar, | drachm of pulver- ized cinnamon, 4 drachm of pulverized cloves, 1} drachms of Jamaica pepper, some cardamon, nutmeg, half the rind of a lemon, and the necessary quantity of vinegar. The mustard is now ready and is kept in pots tied up with bladder. III. Pound in a mortar the flesh of a salt herring and 2 ounces of capers to a paste, and mix this with 2 ounces of pulverized white sugar and 13 ounces of ground mustard seed ; then pour 13 pints of boiling wine vinegar over it, stir, and let the whole stand near a tire for several hours. Finally, add j pint of boiling vinegar, stir thor- oughly, and pour the mustard into glass bottles. IV. Mix 8 ounces of ground mustard seed with H pints of good, cold vinegar, heat the mixture over a moderate fire for 1 hour, add 1 drachm of ground Jamaica pepper, and when cold keep it in well-closed jars. V. Cut up a medium-sized onion, pour IV pints of good wine vinegar over it, let it stand for a few days, strain the vinegar off and pour it over 8 ounces of mustard seed, and let this stand for 12 hours. The mustard seed, is then ground and mixed with the following ingredients : One-half drachm of finely- powdered cloves, I drachm of pulver- ized cardamons, a like quantity of grated nutmeg, and 1 ounce of pulver- ized white sugar. Frankfort Mustard. Mix 1 pound of white mustard seed, ground, a like quantity of brown mustard seed, 8 ounces of pulverized loaf sugar, 1 ounce of pulverized cloves, 2 ounces of allspice, and compound the mixture with wdiite wine or wine vinegar. Wine Mustard. Compound very fine black mustard in powder with J of its quantity of must, which has been previously boiled down to a thickly- fluid paste in a tin boiler. Lenormaud's Method of Preparing Mustard. Mix with 2 pounds of ground mustard seed, i ounce each of fresh parsley and tarragon, both cut up fine, 246 TECIINO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. 1 clove of garlic :ilso cut up very fine, and 12 salted anchovies; grind the mixt- ure very fine, add the required must and l ounce nt' pulverized salt, and for further grinding dilute with water. To evaporate the water, after grinding the mustard, heat an iron rod red hot and cool it off in the mixture, and then add wine vinegar of the best quality. Moutarde de Maille. Cut up 8 ounces of fresh tarragon leaves without the stems, 2% ounces of basil, 2 ounces of bay leaves, and 4 ounces of rocam- bole. Place the ingredients in a glass alembic, pour 2% quarts of strong wine vinegar over them, and, to allow the vapors to escape, tie up the mouth of the alembic with a piece of perforated moist bladder. Place the alembic upon hot sand foi 4 days, then filter the fluid first through linen and then through blotting-paper. Add to this aromatic vinegar 1 ounce of common salt, then stir it into a thick paste with ground black mustard seed, and keep the mus- tard in earthen jars. Moutarde a la Ravigotte. Cut up 12 parts of fresh tarragon leaves, 6 of fresh bay leaves, 4 of fresh angelica root, 8 of capers, 8 of anchovies, 6 of rocam- bole, and 4 of eschalots, and digest them in 200 parts of strong wine vine- gar ; then strain the fluid, press out the residue, filter the fluid again, and stir in ground black mustard seed to the consistency of a thin paste. Sour Dusseldorf Mustard,: Fill 2 barrels with vinegar ; steep in one of the barrels 2 pounds of origan leaves and in the other an ordinary bucketful of onions cut up, and let them digest for 2 days. Then bruise 44 pounds of ■white mustard seed and 66 pounds of black mustard seed; put this in a vat and add 1 pound pulverized cloves, H pounds of pulverized coriander seeds, and 4£ gallons of each of the prepared vinegars. Stir the whole thoroughly and grind it twice in a mill. To every gallon of this arid and mix thoroughly with it 1 pound of salt dissolved in 1 quart of the onion vinegar. Sn)/e's Method of Preparing 3Iustard. I. Steep 4 quarts of mustard seed for 8 days in a mixture of 1 gallon of wood vinegar and a like quantity of water; stir it several times daily and then grind it. II. Aromatic Mustard. Cut up 8 ounces each of parsley, cheroil ( Chacro- phyllum sativum), and celery, steep them for 2 weeks in wood vinegar, then <:rind the mixture, and add 10 quarts of ground mustard seed and 8 ounces of pulverized sea salt. On the other hand, pulverize and mix 1 pound each of cinnamon, cloves, nutmegs, and allspice, sift the powder and mix it with the mustard, together with 40 drops of essence of thyme and 30 drops each of essence of cinnamon and essence of tarragon, diluted with some vinegar poured from the first mixture. III. English Mustard consists of 9 pounds of ground mustard seed, 9 ounces of wheat flour, If pounds of common salt, 2| ounces of Cayenne pepper, and as much water and vine- gar as required. Black Mustard Powder. Mix 10 parts of ground black mustard and & of rocambole rubbed very fine, and add iV of salt. Compound Mustard Powder. Mix 10 parts of ground white mustard and i of rocambole rubbed very fine. Compound English Mustard Powder. Pulverize and mix 2 pounds of mustard seed, 1J ounces of dried rocambole, i ounce each of marjoram, thyme, and garden sage, i ounce each of tarragon and cinnamon, f drachm each of ginger, cloves, and fennel seed, and 8 ounces of dried common salt, and keep the powder in well-closed bottles. Compound Black Mustard Powder. Pulverize and mix 20 parts of ground black mustard seed, 3 of common salt, 1 each of tarragon, thyme, and rocam- bole, and 4 of pulverized sugar. Very Fine Table Mustard. Digest If ounces of fresh tarragon leaves, 2 bay leaves, 1 lemon (juice and rind), \ drachm each of cloves and cinnamon, f drachm of black pepper, f ounce of dill, and 1 onion in \ gallon of good vinegar. It is best to use a steam ap- paratus for the purpose. Then strain the fluid into a porcelain vessel, and, while it is yet warm, mix with it 1 pound of ground black mustard seed and a like quantity of white mustard, and 1 pound of sugar and 3£ ounces of common salt. Let the whole digest, stirring it frequently, until the mustard has lost some of its sharpness by the OILS AND FATS. 247 evaporation of the ethereal oil, and then dilute, according to taste, with more or less vinegar. Oils and Fats— Animal, Vegeta- ble, and Mineral Purification of Mineral Oils. Tore- move the disagreeable odor of mineral mis, the following process may be used : Prepare a saturated solution nt potassium hyposulphite and caustic soda in alcohol, and pour this, with constant stirring, into the mineral oil to be cleansed: The quantity of solution varies between 5 and 9 percent., accord- ing to the condition ot the oil. After the mixture has been allowed to settle by standing, the oil is drawn off the sediment, which is mostly of a dark volor, into another mixing vessel, and »gain compounded with lye. Residues in the Manufacture of Shale Oil serve for the manufacture of alum and contain considerable quantities of lithium. The acid, tarry matters con- tain sulphates of the pyridine series, especially coridine, rubidine, and viri- dine. Aniline does not seem to be present. The insoluble parts and alka- line tars contain principally phenols and thymols, but no ordinary phenylic acid. French Process of Cleansing Vegeta- ble Fat Oils. A boiler with a larger diameter at the top than on the bottom and provided with a cover is filled half full with oil, which is brought to a gentle boil. To each 30 gallons of oil are added 2 ounces of minium, pre- viously stirred, for better distribution, into a thin paste with some of the oil. As soon as a strong froth is formed and wreen flakes are separated the boiler is taken from the fire and placed in the open air to cool off. Special care must be had not to neglect this moment, as otherwise a decomposition of the oil into sebacic acids and glycerine might easily occur. Manufacture of Castor-oil. The fol- lowing process is in use in the Belle- ville Oil Works of Brosius & Co. The seeds, after they have been cleansed from adhering dust and other impuri- ties, are brought into iron tanks and gently heated, care being had to pre- vent roasting, since the only object of this operation is to make the oil more fluid for pressing. The pressing itself is accomplished by means of hydraulic presses, each provided with a number of movable plates and a cylinder. As soon as the cylinder is filled and the plates have been put in position the pressing commences. The oil first pressed out runs into a large reservoir. The pressed seeds are thrown together in a pile, and remain there for one day, when they are again heated in an iron tank, brought into the cylinder and pressed. This gives a seconc4 quality of oil, which is used as a lubricant for machinery. Part of the press cakes is used as fuel in the manufactory, the other part is sent East, where, in connection with other materials, it is used in the manufacture of man- ures. Baeder, Adamson & Co., of Phila- delphia, employ bisulphide of car- bon for extracting the press-cakes, gaining thereby a dark, thick fluid. The process is similar to that used in France with alcohol, but the product is a very ordinary burning oil smelling of bisulphide of carbon. The oil pre- pared by the Belleville process is called cold-pressed, and is without doubt much better than that gained by other methods where more heat is employed. The product of the two pressings is about 16 pounds, or 2 gallons per 1£ bushels of beans. A third pressing has been tried, but it did not pay, as the gain was but 1 to 3 pounds from li bushels of beans, and the oil more colored. The process of purifying and clarifying the oil varies in different manufactories, the principal point being not to expose the oil to the air for too long a time, as it is apt to become rancid. The oil first pressed out is clear white, or rather colorless, resem- bling water; while the second is yel- lowish, resembling syrup of squills. Castor-oil can be mixed with radical vinegar and absolute alcohol in all proportions without the aid of any other agent. It is soluble in 4 parts of alcohol of 0.835 or 0.850 specific gravity at 60° F., and mixes without becoming turbid with equal parts of the same solvent at 77° F. It has a specific gravity of 0.97 to 0.98, congeai* 248 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. at 8.6° to 10.4° F., and becomes solid at —40° F. Manufacture of Neat's -foot Oil. The feet of about 100 wethers are placed iu a tank and heated by steam for a few hours to K)5° or 175° F. When the woolly hair can be removed the tank is emptied, the feet scraped off, and the claws removed. The feet thus cleansed are tied together in bundles of 18 each, and boiled until the oil contained in them is gained, while the half-boiled feet themselves are brought into com- merce; 100 to 125 of these bundles are boiled at a time. , The yield of fat varies very much, amounting to If to 3J pints from 100 wethers. The feet of animals, having travelled long dis- tances before being killed, give only traces of oil. After having been boiled the feet are at once thrown into a cur- rent of cold water and, when cold, are ready for the market. The oil has a specific weight of 0.915; it is of a transnarent gray color, becomes clear by standing or filtration, and is then very pale yellow. More than 75 per cent, of commercial neat's foot oil con- tain other fats. To Prepare Chinese Drying Oil. A funnel very narrow on the lower end is filled with animal charcoal purified with hydrochloric acid, and converted into a coarse and uniform powder, and old linseed oil filtered through this. The filtered oil is brought into large leaden pans, upou the bottom of each is placed crystallized basic acetate of lead, minium, and borate of protoxide of manganese. The mixture is exposed to the light of the sun, the pan being covered with a glass plate. The pan is then heated to 248° F., and a current of air, heated to 250° F. and containing 16 per cent, of steam, is passed through it for 6 hours. The linseed oil thus prepared is put iu flat tin cans, which are placed in a closed cylinder of sheet iron in rows one above the other in such a manner as to allow space for the circulation of air. In the upper part of the cylinder is placed a wide- necked flask filled J full with chloro- form, 1 pound of chloroform being re- quired for 27.5 pounds of prepared linseed oil. A current of air heated to 212° F. is introduced beneath the cover of the cylinder, and passes out through a clack valve, which can be regulated near the foot of the cylinder. In about 8 to 10 hours the oil is converted into a thick, tenacious mass, which passes then through the following process: American oil of turpentine is heated in a closed boiler to 572° F., 10 per cent, of absolute alcohol is added, and a like quantity of the prepared oil dis- solved in this mixture at 212° F. The solution, which is at first yellowish and turbid, is put in a cylindrical vessel of fheet iron and allowed to clarify at a lower temperature. By mixing a small quantity of this drying oil with linseed oil or oil paints, it imparts to them the best drying qualities, and, after stand- ing for some time, expels from the dry- ing oils all vegetable gum. Mixed with linseed oil, a varnish of a straw color is obtained which dries in 18 to 24 hours, and leaves behind a tenacious elastic coating. To Solidify Petroleum and other Mineral Oils. Mosses containing lich- enine and other pectine substances, for instance Japanese moss, are lixivi- ated with hot water, and the lye ob- tained is intimately mixed with the petroleum or other oil. The com- pound, which becomes thick and even solid, can be easily transported. By adding alkali and filtering, or pressing, the petroleum is regained in a fluid state. Rosin Oil and its Uses. Rosin oil, recently brought into commerce, is a product of the dry distillation of rosin. It has a disagreeable odor resembling that of wood tar, and a blueish mother- of-pearl lustre. The apparatus used in gaining it consists of an iron pot, a head piece, a condenser, and a receiver. In the distillation a light oil passes over first, together with water. As soon as the flow of the distillate ceases, the receiver is changed, and the heat raised, when a red-colored and heavy rosin oil passes over. The black resi- due remaining in the pot is used as a pitch. The light oil, called pinoline, is rectified, and the acetic acid water passing over with it is saturated with calcium hydrate, filtered and evapo- rated to dryness ; the calcium acetate obtained being employed in the manu- facture of acetic acid. The rosin oil obtained after the light oil has passed OILS AND FATS. 249 over, is called blue rosin oil, on account of it's dark violet -blue color. The red oil is boiled for a day with water, the water lost by evaporation being replaced by fresh; the next day the water is drawn nil' and the remaining rosin oil saponified with caustic lye of 36° Beaumej and the resulting almost solid mass distilled so long as oil passes over. The product obtained is recti- fied rosin oil, which is allowed to stand in iron vessels, protected by a thin layer of gypsum, whereby, after a few weeks, a perfectly clear oil is obtained free from water. Oil of the first qual- ity is obtained by a repetition of the foregoing operation upon the once rec- tified oil. The residues of both opera- tions are melted up with the pitch. (See also Lubricants.) To Prepare Pure Naphthaline. White naphthaline, on exposure to the air, changes its color. This can be rem : edied by repeated recrystallizing, wash- ing, and distilling, and hence a perma- nent white color may serve as a cri- terion of its purity. As naphthaline is gained from coal-tar compounded with alkali to produce phenole, it is first treated with 5 to 10 per cent, of sul- phuric acid of 1.85 specific gravity. As soon as the mixture is complete, 5 per cent, of the weight of the naphthaline of manganese dioxide is added, or natural pyrolusite may also be used. The mixture is heated on a water-bath for 15 to 20 minutes until no further re- action takes place, and, to remove the acid, is then washed with hot water, next with weak solution of sodium hydrate, and again with water. The mass is then distilled and all passes over at 1 to 2 degrees below the boiling point of pure naphthaline. A sample of naphthaline prepared in this simple and cheap manner remained clear for 8 to 9 months, while the ordinary com- mercial samples obtained from reliable firms lost their color long before that time. Vaseline or Cosmoline. The prin- cipal point in the manufacture of vase- line or cosmoline is to free the raw materials, consisting either of natural mineral tar (soft native bitumen) or the residues of petroleum, from all adhering impurities and easily decom- posable substances, and to decolorize them at the same time as much a* pos- sible. The mineral tar from Alsace and (ialicia, and petroleum residues hi the United States, are the principal raw materials used. They are of a semi-fluid t<> pasty consistency, and according \<> their condition the resulting vaseline will be more or less consistent. The raw material is cleansed and de- colorized by treating it with sulphuric acid and chroinate of potassium, and subsequent digesting with animal char- coal. We give in the following a de- scription of the processes used : The raw materials are converted into a fluid state and passed, after all the soluble substances have been separated, through a series of carbon filters, such as are used in sugar refineries. After passing through 12 to 15 filters, the originally black-brown fluid as- sumes a wine-yellow color, and by passing through double the number of filters becomes clear as water. The clear fluid, the specific gravity of which decreases as it becomes lighter in color, containing now no trace of bituminous substances, is brought into the dupli- cator, into which superheated steam is passed, the temperature being raised to 480° F. Samples taken occasionally from the boiler must show no changes in the oil after this temperature has been kept up for several hours. The steam is then shut off and the finished vaseline (about 25 to 30 per cent, of the raw material) is filtered through tissiu paper and packed in boxes for trans- port. The greatest disadvantage of thil process is, that the animal charcoal i» very rapidly exhausted and is only able to decolorize a small percentage of its own weight of vaseline; expensive arrangements being therefore required to extract the solution adhering to the charcoal and revivifying the latter by means of superheated steam of 750° to 930° F. But the quality of this vase- line is very good, its color being a pure white like the best white tallow. It is entirely tasteless, odorless, not only when rubbed upon the hand, but also when melted in water ; the latter prop- erty distinguishing it from all other varieties of vaseline, which, on melting in water, develop a faint odor cf petro- leum. Vaseline when melted gives an 250 TECIINO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. entirely clear and colorless fluid, recon- gealing into a homogeneous, non-crys- talline mass. t "Id 98 per cent, alcohol dissolves 2.2 per cent, of vaseline. The evapor- ated residue from an alcoholic solution is liquid at an ordinary temperature. It cannot be saponified ; it is therefore neither a fat nor a resin. Hot alcohol dissolves it completely and gives a clear solution, the vaseline, on cooling, separating in flakes.- To potash-lye vaseline is entirely in- different. If, after boiling for some time, the lye is poured off from the vaseline and acidulated, it remains entirely clear, no opalizing nor separa- tion of flakes taking place. Sulphuric acid of 1.60 specific gravity and nitric acid of 1.185 specific gravity do not change vaseline if boiled with them. Fuming nitric acid colors it yellow-red, sulphuric acid of 1.82 specific gravity blackish-gray, the acid itself becoming yellow-brown. When heated in a platinum dish, vaseline is completely consumed and leaves no residue. Its specific gravity is 0.848. New Process of Purifying Paraffine. The paraffine, which was formerly pressed, is brought into an ordinary still, and the oily substances expelled by means of superheated steam. They ire drawn off through a cock near the bottom of the apparatus. The paraf- fine is then clarified in the ordinary manner. By this process pressing is avoided, and paraffine melting only at 158° F. is obtained. The oils obtained as by-products are very uniform and good. To Purify and Bleach Fat of Bones extracted with Benzine, and make it available for the Manufacture of Soap. The principal difficulties preventing the utilization of fat of bones in the manufacture of soap are : 1. That the odor of benzine does not entirely disappear even during saponi- fication. 2. The fat assumes a dark and fre- quently brown color. 3. Soap manufactured from it is dif- ficult to tree from salt. In most cases these evils are removed by passing steam through the hot fat for 6 to 8 hours, or where no steam can be had, boiling it with equal parts ol water for tint same length of time. Hut this simple manipulation does not always suffice, as it frequently re- moves the odor of benzine only partly, and does not free the fat from the dis- solved glue and the dark color. To do this satisfactorily boil 1UU pounds of fat for 6 to 8 hours with an equal quantity of water in which 2J pounds of chloride of zinc have been dissolved. The chlo- ride of zinc dissolves the mucous parts of the fat without attacking it, and separates them from the coloring mat- ter, whereby the fat not only becomes clear, but acquires also a lighter color. Should the fat, after being treated iu this manner, require further bleaching, it is subjected to the following process: Heat the fat to 167° F., and add, with constant stirring, to every 100 pounds of fat 2 pounds of caustic soda-lye of 34° to 35° Beaume, and 1 pound of salt previously dissolved in some water, and then let it stand quietly. The traces of impurities and glutinous matter still adhering to the fat are absorbed by the lye and precipitated. The clear fat is then poured into a vat of softwood and cooled to 105° F. The bleachi ng liquors, having been prepared in the meanwhile by dissolving for every 100 pounds of fat J pound of bichromate of potassium in 1 j pounds of boiling water and mixing this with 2 pounds of fuming hydro- chloric acid, are then poured slowly and with constant stirring into the oil at the above temperature. The oil, in about 15 minutes, will assume a dark- green color, which, with uninterrupted stirring, becomes lighter and lighter until it disappears entirely, and the fat acquires a yellowish tint. When a sample taken occasionally from the vat shows no essential changes the bleach- ing process may be considered finished, and it only remains to wash the fat by means of a watering-pot, using about 10 to 12 pounds of water for every 100 pounds of fat. Process of Gaining Glycerine. The following process is used for extracting glycerine from soap-boiler's lye con- taining salts : The lyes are neutralized and evaporated as much as possible. A large part of the salts is separated in solid form ; this is removed and washed with neutralized lye. The fluid con* OILS AND FATS. 251 earning the glycerine is again evapo- rated and compounded with such a quan- tity of oleic acid or of trioleins, as oil, tallow, lard, etc., thai the mixture con- tains to every molecule of glycerine somewhat more than 1 molecule of oleic or sebacic acid. The compound is first heated in a still to 336° F. by steam, ami then gradually to 3°-2° F., whereby the air may be excluded by introducing carbonic acid. A still pro- vided with a stirring apparatus is used. Water escapes, winch may be partly present as such and is partly liberated as a decomposition product. Tliemon- olein thus formed is saponified with lime, A solution of glycerine in water is obtained from which commercial glycerine is gained by evaporation. A lime soap is also produced which, after having been freed from acid, may be again used. Corn Oil from Corn Mash. The day before the mash is to be distilled, the oil is skimmed from the surface with a Sheet-iron skimmer and poured through a fine sieve into a wooden vat having a capacity of 44 gallons. "When the vat is J full of oil it is tilled up with hot water, and the mixture, after being thoroughly stirred, is filtered through linen into another vat provided with 2 cocks, 1 near the bottom for draw- ing off the water, and the other about 5 inches higher up for the oil. After the filtrate has stood for a few hours, and the water has separated from the oil, the latter is carefully drawn off. If it is to be quite clear and transpar- ent, it is poured into a glass balloon and exposed to the rays of the sun, when, after the slimy precipitate which is formed has settled, the clear oil is poured off. The oil may be used for illuminating and lubricating purposes. Oil from Acid Tar. Good oil suitable for lubricating purposes and as a substitute for linseed oil in the manufacture of printing-inks may be obtained from the acid tar of oil re- fineries by diluting it with benzine, then separating the acid by repeated washings, distilling, and next treating with milk of chloride of lime at a temperature not exceeding 140° F. After the oil has been thus treated the limy sediment is drawn off and a eaustic or carbonated alkali introduced to neutralize any of the remaining chlorides or chlorine. The alkaline sediment is next drawn off, and, after the oil has been again washed with water, the process is finished. To Refine Cotton-seed oil. One hun- dred gallons of the crude oil arc placed in a tank and 3 gallons of caustic lye of 45° Beaume gradually added and well stirred tor several' hours; or the same quantity of oil is treated with about (i gallons of soda-lye of 25° to 30° Beaume, and heated for an hour or more to about 2U0° to 240° F., under constant stirring, and left to settle. The clear yellow oil is then separated from the brown-soap sediment, which is placed into bags to allow the remain- der of the oil to drain oft". The soap sediment is sold to soap-makers. The potash-lye must be made in iron pots, but the oil and lye may be mixed in wooden tanks. To Purify Train Oil. Add to 1 gal- lon of train oil li ounces each of chalk and slaked lime and i pint of water; stir the mixture thoroughly, let it stand for several days, and then add J pint more of water and 3 ounces of potash; heat the fluid without letting it come to a boil, and take it from the fire when the oil has acquired a light amber color. Finally add a solution of 1 ounce of salt in 3 pint of water, let the mixture boil for i hour and pour it into a reservoir. To Purify Illuminating Oil. Mix 200 gallons of oil with 60 pounds of sulphuric acid, and stir for 3 hours. Add a mixture of 6 pounds of clay, 15 pounds of slaked lime, and 200 gailons of water, and boil the whole for 3 hours, with constant stirring. When cold draw off the oil, which will be entirely pure. To Purify Turbid or Impure Poppy-, seed Oil. To 5 parts of oil add 2 of cows' milk, and let the mixture boil for i hour. Then remove it from the fire, and when lukewarm filter it into bottles. This oil will in a few days be as clear as good olive oil and resemble it very much in taste. To Purify Animal Oils. Animal oils in their natural state contain sticky and albuminous substances, making them unfit for lubricating machinery. The following process is recommended 252 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. by Spencer to remove these evils. The process proposed by him is as follows: Twenty-five gallons of boiling water are poured over 3 quarts of gall-nuts, al- lowed to stain! tor ■"■ hours, being fre- quently stirred, and the supernatant clear fluid is then poured off. This is mixed with 125 pounds of bone oil and the mixture boiled for 4 to 6 hours. By adding 8 ounces of sulphuric acid to the mixture, and thoroughly stir- ring, the sticky and albuminous mat- ters will be separated in an insoluble state. Btktger's Simple Process of Slaking Commercial Petroleum Clear as Water without Distilling it. Place 1 quart of ordinary petroleum in a glass flask and compound it with 4 to 6 ounces of fuming sulphuric acid; close the flask with a glass stopper, shake the mixture several times every day for several days. The oil will in the course of 8 days become clear as water, all the for- eign organic substances mixed with the oil having been carbonized. The bottle is then opened, care being had not to inhale the acid vapor; the clear oil is drawn off into another flask by means of a siphon, several times shaken with water frequently renewed, allowed to stand quietly for some time, and then poured into a third flask containing 3 ounces of caustic lime in pieces as large as a pea, when it is shaken several times and then allowed to stand quietly. The oil thus purified is clear as water and well adapted for swelling and dis- solving caoutchouc in small pieces. Oil from Sunflower Seed. The seeds of sunflowers yield 15 per cent, of oil. It is used as a table oil, for illuminat- ing purposes, and in the manufacture of soap. Macassar oil may also be pre- pared from it. This is done by dissolv- ing i ounce of cocoa butter and stirring into it 3 ounces of oil of sunflower seed, entirely odorless, and i ounce each of goose grease and melted horse grease. This oil is poured into a flask and mixed with the following ingredients : One-quarter ounce each of liquid storax and oil of eggs, f drachm each of neroli and rose oil, i drachm of oil of thyme, and 20 drops of Peruvian balsam. The mixture is allowed to stand for a few hours, and the supernatant pure oil then poured off. To Prepare Oil Used in Pumicing Wood. Mix 2 pounds of old linseed oil with 2£ ounces of finely-rubbed silver litharge in a glazed pot holding at least mie-thinl mure thai, the quan- tity required, place this over a coal fire and boil the oil for 1 t<> 2 hours, stir- ring constantly. Theoil is now allowed to stand quietly tin- a few days, and is then carefully poured off the sediment into a dry vessel or flask, and the oil yet remaining in the residue gained by straining through close linen. The oil is then mixed with half its quantity of oil of turpentine, the whole thoroughly mixed, and the oil is ready fur use. C'oivper's Process of Deodorizing Coal- tar, Posin Oil, etc. Heat 1400 pounds of rosin oil to 260° F., then add 100 pounds of heavy coal-tar oil, and in- troduce superheated steam of about 400° F. through a perforated tube in the bottom of the boiler for about 10 hours. Oil thus prepared is esjiecially adapted for the manufacture of varnish. For preparing white varnish the oil is intimately mixed with some dilute sul- phuric acid, which is afterwards re- moved by treating with steam, which is best done in a still, whereby the escaping volatile oil can be condensed and regained. To Detect Rcqje-seed Oil and all Oik derived from Criicifera:. Dissolve i drachm of caustic potash in 6 fluid drachms of water, and add f to 1 ounce of the oil to be tested, and heat for a few minutes to the boiling point. Strain the entire soapy gum through a moist- ened filter. By compounding the filtrate with solution of acetate of lead, it will, if rape-seed oil is present, as- sume a brownish color. Small quan- tities of the filtrate and solution of sodium nitro-prusside, placed sepa- rately upon a watch crystal and mixed' together with a glass rod, will emit a beautiful but evanescent violet to pur- ple color if rape-seed oil is present. To Detect Rape-seed Oil in other Fat Oils. One part of the oil to be tested is dissolved in about 2 parts by volume of ether; then add 20 to 30 drops of a saturated solution of nitrate of silver in alcohol, mix the whole thoroughly by shaking and let it then stand quietly in a shady place. Should a consider- able percentage of rai>e-6Ped oil be OILS AND FATS. 253 present, the lowest layer of the fluid will at once assume a brownish tint and finally become entirely black. If but little of rape-seed oil La present, a black-brown coloring will be percepti- ble only after about 1. hours. The reaction becomes still more decided by evaporating the ether. Olive oil, oil of almonds, poppy-seed oil, and fat mustard-seed oil do not show this re- action. Preparation and Uses of Paraffine. The tar is washed out with lime-water forced into the still by means of a montejus, distilled with steam, and the distillate separated into 2 parts : crude light oil and paraffine. The latter is crystallized in reservoirs. The light oii is treated with sulphuric acid and lye, and freed from acid. The acid and lye containing rosin and creosote are worked up into by-products. The oil, on being distilled in a vacuum, gives essence, photogen, solar oil, and pure paraffine. The latter is put into a press. The oil is again treated with acid and lye, and is then ready for the market. The paraffine taken from the press is freed from the oil by a centrifugal. The crystallized mass remaining in the centrifugal is further treated in the machine with a saturated solution of pure paraffine, and then formed in wooden moulds into bricks, which are pressed as cold as possible by means of cold hydraulic presses. Another process of cleansing paraffine is as follows : The paraffine is melted and digested with about h of its weight of animal charcoal, for a few hours, so that the paraffine shall remain in a liquid state. When the purification is complete, the paraffine is strained through linen and crystallized. The paraffine of commerce is a color- less, translucent substance, perfectly in- odorous and tasteless. It floats on water, has a densitv of about 0.87, and melts at about 113° to 140° P., forming a colorless oil, which, on cooling, again solidifies into a crystalline mass. It boils at about 698° F., and volatilizes without decomposition. It does not ab- sorb oxygen from the air, and is but slowly attacked by sulphuric acid, even at the boiling point of water. It is not at all attacked by dilute nitric acid, and only by the strong acid after prolonged boiling. Lately it has been discovered that if paraffine be heated for a considerable time in a sealed tube, the result is a more fusible paraffine. exactly similar in its apparent chemi- cal composition, but much softer and more fusible, so that, in fact, if the hea» be continued for a considerable time, the paraffine being still under pressun . a perfectly transparent liquid paraffine is ultimately obtained. In addition to the properties which have brought it into such extensive use for illuminating purposes, paraffine has qualities which give it an exceedingly wide range of useful applications. It can be advantageously used in oil baths in place of oil. Independent of greater cleanliness, it can lie heated several times and continuously to 572° F. without decomposition, and at that temperature remains thinly-fluid and clear as water, so that the drying ap- paratuses in the paraffine bath are plainly visible, while oil, after having been frequently heated, becomes black and thickly-fluid. As paraffine melts at a low temperature, vessels of glass containing the substances to be dried can be placed in it without fear of bursting. The vessels used in the paraffine bath are cleansed in the same manner as those in the oil bath, with benzole, which dissolves paraffine. Filtering paper drawn through melted paraffine will bear contact with sulphuric acid for weeks without being in the least attacked by it. Paraffine may also be used for coating labels on vessels containing acids and alkalies. To prevent it from permeating the paper, rendering the latter transparent, it is recommended to coat the paper, be- fore pasting it on the vessels, with thin solution of gum-Arabic. Sponges and papers saturated with paraffine furnish products preferable as regards stability to those treated with wax. It seems also to be availa- ble for preserving fruits: apples and pears, being dipped into melted paraf- fine, have been kept unchanged under the most unfavorable circumstances. For water-proofing wearing apparel, military equipments, and the like it is much better than rubber, as it is odor- less, and does not become sticky with heat. For the water-proofing of tent- 254 TECHNO-OHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. cloths, ground-sheets for soldiers, etc., it has been found of great value. Paraffine is largely used for th*> lin- ing of casks and other wooden vessels, to keep them sweet and to prevent either the absorption of their contents by the wood, or their escape through the pores. If applied to beer barrels it keeps them from becoming musty and foul ; and by filling the pores and joints of the staves it prevents the escape of carbonic acid gas. Water- buckets, butter - firkins, and other wooden articles of domestic use can be similarly treated, and, as the material is cheap, easily obtained, and easily ap- plied, it may be tried on a small scale by any one. In the laundry, paraffine rubbed on the hot flat-iron imparts a beautiful gloss to starched goods, greatly lightens the labor of ironing, and leaves no greasy stain, being much superior to the spermaceti used for this purpose. Dis- solved in naphtha, paraffine has been applied with excellent effect to decay- ing brick and stonework, filling the pores of these materials and putting a stop to the destructive action of the weather. Fine wood-work exposed to the weather can be protected in the same manner. Instead of using sealing- wax for the tops of bottles, as good a sealing or better, and with much less trouble, is obtained by dipping the bot- tles into melted paraffine. Belmontine and Sherwood Oil. For several years past considerable quan- tities of naphtha have been brought to England from the East Indies and the Indian Archipelago. This is worked up in a large London establishment by distilling it with superheated steam into a light oil called "Sherwood Oil" and into heavy paraffine oils. The Sher- wood oil resembles benzine, and is used as a solvent of caoutchouc, etc. The heavy oils, purified and rectified, furnish a very fine paraffine called "Belmont- ine" which melts at 140° F., and is therefore especially adapted for the manufacture of candles. The purified paraffine oils may also be used for burn- ing in lamps. This, like all other nat- ural naphtha recently examined, con- tains neither creosote nor carbolic acid, which is a special advantage the natural products possess over the artificial tar oils gained from coal, brown ooal, and peat. A New Oil from California. Hep- tane, as this product is called, is a vol- atile oil resembling paraffine oil, and is gained by making incisions in the trunk of the Digger or nut pine (Finns sabinianus), growing on the lower ranges of the Sierra Nevada. The prod- uct if* an oily, resinous substance which by simple distillation is converted into an oil which is sold in San Francisco and neighborhood under various names, for instance, Abietine, Theoline, Erasine, etc. It is used for the same purposes as benzine and is especially well adapted and preferable for removing stains and cleansing gloves, as it has an agree- able odor resembling that of the orange. The boiling point of the crude oil is only a few degrees above that of water, and, when distilled at this tem- perature, deposits a resinous residue having a strong, penetrating odor of oranges. The inhaling of the vapors of the oil produces an effect like that of chloroform, allaying pain. This new product deserves the attention of the commercial world, as it can without doubt be used in the manufacture of perfumeries, and as a harmless and suit- able remedy for certain ailments. To Distinguish Light Oils frovf Crude Petroleum from Light Tar Oils, Light Petroleum Oil ("Benzine" or ''L't«- zoline.") 1. Consists of hep- tane (C 7 H 16 ) and its homologues. 2. Heptane contains 84 per cent, of carbon. 3. Commences to boil at 129.2° to 140° F. 4. Specific weight at 60° F. about 0.69 to 0.72. 5. Smells of petro- leum. 6. Dissolves iodine, the solution being raspberry-red. 7. If brought in con- tact with coal-tar pitch, even for a long time, it dissolves very little of the latterand becomes scarcely col- ored. Coal-Tar Naphtha or "Benzole." 1. Consists of ben- zole (C 6 H 8 ) and its ho- mologues. 2. Benzole contain* 92.3 per cent, of car- bon. 3. Commences to boil at 170° F. 4. Specific weight at 60° F. about 0.88. 5. Smells of coal-tar. (5. Dissolves iodine, the solution being pur- ple, resembling an aqueous solution of permanganate of po- tassium. 7. Di*solves coal-tar pitch very easily, the solution assuming u deep-brown color. OILS AND FATS. 255 £. vVhen shaken in the cold with K of its volume of melted crj - uls of pure carbolic acid, the latter is not dissolved, but forms a layer by itself separate from the oil. 9. Requires for a complete solution at .in ordinary tempera- ture i volumes of abso- lute alcohol, or i to S volumes of methyl al- cohol of 0.828 specific gravity. 10. Heated with 4 volumes of nitric acid of 1.45 specific gravity, the latter becomes brown, while the oil is but little attacked and forms an upper layer. 8. Can be mixed with pure carbolic acid in all proportions. 0. Miscihle with ab- solute alcohol in all proportions. It forms a homogeneous fluid with an equal volume of methyl alcohol of 0.828 specific gravity. 10. Is entirely mis- ciblewith 4 volumes of nitric acid of 1.45 spe- cific gravity, becoming at the same time uni- formly heated and as- suming a dark-brown color. A part of the nitrobenzole formed may, on cooling the fluid, separate as a dis- tinct layer. Many analyses have shown that the light petroleum oils, sold under the name of benzoline or benzine, contain about 50 per cent, of heptane. Practical Purification of Crude, Heavy Wood-tar Oil and Preparation of Crude Wood-tar Creosote. The heavy wood-tar oils obtained in the distillation of wood tar, having aspecific gravity of 0.993 to 1.025, are collected in special vessels, then brought into sheet-iron tanks and thoroughly mixed, when they will show at an average a specific gravity of 1.015. This oil is then brought into large vats open on the top, and a strong solution of carbon- ate of sodium is gradually added, caus- ing a strong effervescence and the acetic acid to combine with the soda to acetate of sodium. This is continued until all reaction ceases, when the mixture is allowed to settle. The supernatant oil is then drawn off and treated with cold, caustic soda-lye of 1.20 specific gravity. This is best accomplished by providing the vat with a stirring apparatus and agitating the oil thoroughly for 1 hour. It is then allowed to stand quietly, and the stirring apparatus is removed from the vat. To promote a better settling of the lye it is advisable to heat the fluid towards the end of the stirring operation by introducing steam. The separated oily parts are then drawn off into another vat, and again treated with cold, caustic soda-lye of 1.25, thoroughly agitated by means of the stirring apparatus and allowed to stand quietly, using the above precau- tions. The separated <>il is stored in special vessels and finally rectified in a clean still of wrought or cast iron, whereby a considerable quantity of light wood-tar oil will pass over, which is added to the other light oils. The heavy oil is then treated several times with concentrated, caustic soda-lye as above, to remove the last particle of creosote. The heavy wood-tar oil, previously washed with hot water, is now treated with 5 per cent, of concentrated sul- phuric acid, thoroughly stirred, and allowed to settle. This operation is carried on in a wooden vat lined with lead, stirring for J to 1 hour. The acid which has settled is then drawn off, the oil freed from all traces of acid by adding 2 per cent, of caustic soda-lye and washing with steam. It is then distilled in a copper still, whereby again some light oil passes over, which must be collected in a special receiver ; the heavy oil containing paraffine, which passes over later on, is brought into special reservoirs, where the paraffine separates by crystallizing into small laminae. The oil must for this purpose stand at least for 4 weeks in a cool place. The liquid oil is drawn off by faucets arranged on the reservoir at different heights, while the crystals of paraffine remain behind. This fluid oil is largely composed of xylol, but is also contaminated with eupione and Kapnomor. The crystals of paraffine are brought into a straw filter, pressed, and kept to be used in the purification of paraffine, while the fat oil which drains off and is free from creosote may be used as a lubricator for machines. The lyes containing the creosote are neutralized with sulphuric acid, where- by the crude creosote is separated, which is stored away for preparing creosote, while the acid fluids are evaporated to dryness and calcined to regain the soda contained in them. Separating and Purifying Fats. The method of separating the constituents of animal fat used by the Oleomargarina 256 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Manufacturing Co., of New York, con- sists in mincing the fat and introducing it, together with its own weight in water, into a wooden tank, which is heated by a steam coil to from 104° to 122° F., and constantly stirred. After 2 hours the oleomargarine and stearine sepa- rate from the scraps and are then al- lowed to cool to separate from the water. They are then thoroughly worked with 2 per cent, of salt, put in bags, and subjected to pressure or centrifugal action in a temperature of 59° F., which separates the oleomarga- rine from the stearine, as the latter is not affected by this heat, although the former is melted by it. After the oleo- margarine has again congealed, it may be worked a second time with salt to separate the last traces of water. To Remove Sulphuric Acid and Sul- phur Adhering to Mineral Oils after Refining, Perutz uses finely-pulverized dry calcium hydrate and 40 per cent, of soda-lye. The quantities by weight to be used can be determined after a few distillations, but can also be ascer- tained by an experiment on a small scale. The process is as follows : As Soon as the boiler is filled the powdered lime, about £ to 1 per cent., is added and the fire started, while a work- man mixes the powder with the oil by means of a wooden implement. As soon as the oil has been mixed for i hour, 40 per cent, of soda-lye is added, mixed for i hour, and the boiler closed. Petroleum, containing many oils with a low boiling point, must be mixed while cold, or treated with the alkalies in a mixing apparatus hermetically closed, and then pumped or forced into the boiler. The sulphur combinations in the mineral oils are decomposed by the added alkaline hydrates during the high temperature prevailing in the last stage of the distillation, and remain mostly sodium sulphide or calcium sul- phide. If the asphaltum can be util- ized it is advisable to distil only to the formation of asphaltum, but if not, to finish distilling in horizontal retorts. This method will, it is claimed, give 5 to 10 per cent, more of pure white illuminating oil than any other. The oil ha? .a agreeable ethereal odor ; the heavy paraffine oils have a light yel- lowish color shading finally slightly into green, and are entirely tree from chrysene and pyrene. Coal-tar Varnish Oil. The second distillate passing over in purifying crude, light coal-tar oil, having a specific gravity of 0.850 to 0.890, and also the first distillate gained in purify- ing crude, heavy coal-tar oil, are used for manufacturing varnish oil. The 2 distillates combined show a specific gravity of 0.900. Place about 200 pounds of this in a holder lined with lead, add 1 pound of chromate of potassium, 8i ounces of pyroiusite, and about 4 pounds of sulphuric acid, stir constantly for 1 hour, then let the mixture stand quietly for a few hours, and draw off the oil, which has assumed a dark color, while many resinous substances remain with the acid upon the bottom of the holder. First wash the oil with warm water, then add 2 percent, of caustic soda-lye of 5° Beaume, stir thoroughly and allow to stand quietly for a tew hours, during which many impurities and resinous substances are removed by the lye. Repeat this operation once more, using only 8£ ounces of chromate of potassium, 4 ounces of pyroiusite, and, 2 pounds of sulphuric acid. The oil is again washed and freed from acid with 2 per cent, of caustic soda-lye of 5° B. After allowing it to stand for some time the clear oil is brought into a coppe! still, and distilled at first with a moder- ate fire. Some benzole passes over first, which is removed, and then the varnish oil having a specific gravity of 0.880. It is clear as water, has a slightly aromatic but not disagreeable smell, and does not turn yellow on ex- posure to the air. It is an excellent solvent for resins and fatty substances^ especially when it is once more rectified with double-rectified oil of turpentine. (For Varnishes, Printing-Ink, and Lubricants prepared with this oil sell under the respective headings.) Process of Producing Heavy Coal-tar Oil in England. Place the crude, heavy oil in large cast-iron stills and introduce superheated steam until thit oil passing over has a specific gravity of 0.91. Then shut oft' the steam and distil with fire under the apparatut whereby water and heavy coal-tar oi) are obtained, continuing the distillation OIL-PAINTINGS. HOW TO CLEANSE, ETC. 237 until the oil has a specific gravity of 0.99. The residue in the stills, consist- ing principally of asphaltum pitch, is run off and sold as asphaltum. The crude, heavy coal-tar oil is now further refined by mixing it intimately with sulphuric acid in the proportion of 100 gallons of oil to 15 gallons of acid, in a vat lined with lead. The mixture is allowed to cool and settle; the clear fluid is then drawn otf into another vessel, and to every 100 gallons of. oil are added 10 gallons of caustic soda-lye of 1 .35 specific gravity. Stir the whole thoroughly for 1 hour, then allow it to settle, draw off the clear fluid, and rectify this until the oil passing over has a specific gravity of 0.94. The oil is then conveyed into a smaller still and distillation continued until the contents of the still are exhausted. The oil obtained is treated with dry ammoniacal gas, whereby naphthaline is deposited, then filtered through a bag, the filtrate forming the purified, heavy coal-tar oil. The lighter coal- tar oil, having a specific giavity of 0.91, is compounded in another distilling ap- paratus with 2 pounds of burned lime to 1 gallon of oil, then allowed to stand for some time, and finally dis- tilled. The product will be a more volatile oil, which can be rectified by means of superheated steam, and used together with varnish oil. "Manufacture of Yellow Shoemaker's Wax from Purified Coal-tar Oils. Melt 400 pounds of rosin in a cast-iron ] boiler over a moderate fire, add grad- ually 40 pounds of purified, heavy rosin oil and a like quantity of purified, heavy coal-tar oil free from creosote, and con- tinue boiling over a moderate fire until a sample taken from the boiler, on cool- ing, can be kneaded and drawn between the fingers. Now let the mixture cool, and, wbile it is in a liquid state, add a mixture of 20 pounds each of chrome- yellow and chalk, mix thoroughly and pack the pitch, which is now com- mercial shoemaker's pitch, in boxes. Manufacture of Blacksmith's Pitch from Coal-tar. The coal-tar from gas- works, where the tar, for the purpose of freeing it as much as possible from vola- tile oils, is allowed to run back once mere into the retorts, is used, or If this cannot be had, the volatile oMs roust 17 first be expelled from more thinly-fluid tar. The tar is brought into a large distilling apparatus with outlets in the bottom, and the light as well as the heavy oils are distilled off so that finally naphthaline vapors pass over. The cooling water is then drawn off from the condensing tubes, as otherwise the naph- thaline vapors would condense ami choke them up. From 100 parts of coal-tar are drawn off 4 per cent, of aqua-ammonia, 3 per cent, of light crude oil, and 15 per cent, of oil con- taining naphthaline, the residue con- taining 48 per cent, of pitch, there being a loss by distillation of 5 per cent. The pitch is very solid, of a conchoidal fracture, and black-grayish color. It is principally used to provide hot iron with a glossy layer to protect it against rusting. Testing Oils. Maumene has investi- gated all the different methods of test- ing oils in regard to their purity, and found that accurate results can only be obtained with sulphuric acid. He pro- ceeds as follows : Fifty grammes of oil are placed in a graduated cylinder capable of holding 150 cubic centi- meters. The temperature of the oil is then ascertained, and 10 cubic centi- meters of concentrated sulphuric acid are gradually added from a pipette and intimately mixed with the oil by stir- ring for a few minutes, and with a ther- mometer the maximum degree of heat is noted. The temperature of 50 grammes will rise of pure olive oil . . . 42° C. (107.6° F.) of pine-seed oil . . . 43° C. (109.4° F.) of castor-oil .... 47° C. (116.6° F.) of horse-foot oil . . . 51.5° C. (124.7° F.) of oil of bitter almonds 52° C. (125.6° F.) of oil of sweet almonds 52.5° C. (126.5° F.) of rape-seed oil . . . 57° 0. (134.6° F.) of beechnut oil . . . 65° C. (149° F) of peanut oil .... 67° O. (152.6° F.) of sesame oil .... 68° C. (154.4° F.) of hemp oil .... 98° C. (20S.4° F.) of nut oil 101° C. (213.8° F.) of cod-liver oil . . . 102° G. (215.6° F.) of linseed oil ... . 103° C. (217.4° F.) Oil-paintings. How to Cleanse, Pack, and Varnish them, and to Restore Gilt Work. To Cleanse Oil-paintings. The very important knowledge how to properly 258 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. clean oil-paintings is unfortunately lit- tle understood by those who follow it professionally, their manipulations do- ing often more injury than benefit. The various substances with which the colors may be contaminated, and the variety of ingredients composing the varnish coated upon paintings, demand correspondingly suitable treatment. We can only give a few hints as to the best «neans of removing staius,impurities, etc. A simple spirit varnish is easily re- moved, but in other cases it can never be done without serious danger to the painting, and for this reason it is of the utmost importance to know whether the varnish is such as can be removed without injury. 1. Water removes many slimy and sticky substances, and contaminations originating therefrom, when, for in- stance, sugar, honey, glue, isinglass, gum-Arabic, white of egg, etc., have been applied to the painting. 2. Olive Oil or Butter removes many stains and impurities which resist soap ; it dissolves pitch, rosin, and similar bodies which would require spirit of wine or oil of turpentine. It can be freely used, as it has no effect whatever upon the oil of the painting. 3. Wood-ash or, what is still more effective, Potash dissolved in water is an excellent solvent for many im- purities ; but it must be used with the greatest care, as it easily attacks the oil of the painting when not coated with varnish. But the use of it and of soap is frequently unavoidable, as they are the only substances which can be used for certain purposes. 4. Soap possesses the same qualities as the above, but as it easily forms a combination with the oil, its use is still more risky. It must therefore only he used in cases where nothing else will dissolve the stains, and then only with the greatest care. 5. Spirit of wine dissolves all resins, therefore it must be used to remove resinous varnishes ; but it attacks also the oils and softens them that they easily rub off". Oil of turpentine dissolves some resinous varnishes, and many stains can only be removed by its use, which must be done with great care, as it acts very quickly upon the dry oil of the painting. 6. Oil of Lemon is still more power- ful than oil of turpentine, and should only be used if the stains resist all other means. Oils of Lavender and Rosemary, as well as other ethereal oils, are as pow- erful solvents as oil of lemon, but, being rather expensive, are seldom used. If a painting coated with a varnish consisting of gum-Arabic, albumen, or isinglass is to be cleansed, the varnish must always be removed. This can be easily recognized if, on moistening a part of the painting, the surface feels slimy. The painting, if such is the case, frequently becomes clean by re- moving the varnish, which is done with hot water and a sponge, placing the painting in a horizontal position. The water can be nearly boiling hot and freely used until the varnish begins to soften, but then cooler water and in smaller quantities must be taken. In case the varnish should adhere too tenaciously to be removed with a sponge, it may be rubbed with a woollen cloth, which should be frequently wrung out and dipped in fresh, warm water. If it is found by the above test that the varnish consists of gum resins, or other substances not soluble in water, it is best to use spirit of wine or oil of turpentine. But if any stains remain behind, the painting is rubbed with warm olive oil or butter. The rubbing is continued when it is found that some parts begin to feel smeary, or the im- purities combine with the oil. The oil, on becoming dirty, is removed, and fresh applied until the stains have dis- appeared, the excess of oil being then wiped off' with a woollen cloth. Should the painting require further cleansing, recourse must be had to a solution of wood-ash or potash prepared as_ fol- lows : Dissolve 2 parts of potash in 30 of water, or pour 4i parts of water over 2 of wood-ash ; let the mixture stand for h day, stirring frequently. When the earthy part of the ash has settled, pour off the clear fluid and evaporate it to J of its volume. Heat the lye somewhat and, with a cloth dipped in, rub the stains until they disappear. Should th 2 effect of the lye be only to attack the stain without entirely re- OIL-PAINTINGS. HOW TO CLEANSE, ETC. 259 moving it, soap-boiler's lye may be tried, l>ut with the utmost caution, and immediately using water when the stain disappears. There is less danger it' there is a thick coat of varnish upon the painting, and in such a case it is frequently possible t<> clean the paint- ing entirely and without injuring it, by washing freely with wood-ash lye or weak soap-boilers lye. Should the stains resist all the means mentioned above, spirit of wine must be tried, or, if this fails, oil of turpen- tine, and, as a last resource, oil of lemon. The stains only, and no other part of the painting, must be gently rubbed with a linen cloth moistened with the solvent, and rubbing must cease at once in ease it is noticed that the solvent attacks the colors. After rubbing a short time, immedi- ately apply olive oil to the stain, in case oil of turpentine or oil of lemon is used as a solvent, and water if spirit of wine, mopping it up with a woollen cloth; frequently the oper- ation w r ill have to be repeated. If the painting is coated with a var- nish composed of substances not solu- ble in water, and remains dirty after a careful application of the mentioned means, or, as happens frequently, be- comes clouded, it will be necessary to remove the varnish. This is done in the following manner: Lav the paint- ing upon a table and thoroughly moisten the surface with a sponge dipped in spirit of wine, rubbing verv gently. After thus treating the entire surface for a few minutes, pour cold water over it, which will remove the spirit of wine and also the varnish dis- solved by it. All rubbing or force must be strictly avoided, as this would inevitably injure the painting. This operation, when the painting is dry, may, if necessary, be repeated. If paintings with an old coat of varnish, consisting generally of gum resins and linseedoil. cannot be sufficiently cleaned in this manner, no other means are available. Such varnish, to be sure, can be somewhat reduced by rubbing the surface with oil of lemon and then gently with olive oil, but this requires the greatest care, and, as the colors of the painting generally suffer injury, is always risky. To Remove a Painting from the Old Canvas and Transfer it to a New. Paste several sheets of paper over the painting; then take it out of the frame and place it, paper side down, upon a level table. Now moisten the canvas, but not too much, with a sponge dipped in water, till it can be detached. Com- mence on one corner, rolling the can- vas up and continuing to moisten it until it is entirely removed. Apply strong glue or paste to the back of the painting and the new canvas, lay the latter upon the back of the painting and rub with a roller until both are joined. When thoroughly dry, care- fully remove the paper by moistening it, cleanse the painting from the glue, and coat it with Dutch varnish pre- pared as follows : Take a flask large enough to be filled about 3 by the fol- lowing ingredients: Eight parts of se- lected white mastic in grains, 2 of Venetian turpentine boiled hard, i of elemi and 30 of pure oil of turpentine. Cover the flask with a piece of perfor- ated bladder and place it in a water- bath until all are dissolved, shaking it frequently. When cold strain the varnish through a clean linen cloth. How to Pack Oil - paintings for Transportation. Take the painting from the frame and carefully place upon the painted side, raw cotton, silk wadding, thin flannel, or similar ma- terials, and roll it into a cylinder, tak- ing care not to make the diameter too small. To Paste an Oil-painting upon Wood, use cabinet-makers' glue, or a compound of Greek pitch and wax; or prepare a paste from flour and a little garlic crushed in water. To Cleanse Beef's Gall to be Used as a Varnish on Paintinqs, etc. Boil in a porcelain dish 45 parts of bee' s gall with water, and then add 2 parts of powdered alum. Stir the mixture for i hour, and. when cold, filter. Then add to the gall, which is now entirely decolorized, i part of anhy- drous spirit of wine, let the mixture stand for 2 days, and then pour off the supernatant clear fluid, while the alum in the form of small crystals remains on the bottom of the vessel. Cleansing and Lacquering of Oil- paintings. Mix 1 part of spirit of sal- 2G0 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. ammoniac and 12 of water, and rub the painting with a soft sponge moist- ened with the mixture. For lacquering dissolve 1 part of choice mastic in 2 of pure benzine, and filter the solu- tion. To Cleanse and Renovate the Gold and Framework of Old A Itars. Cleanse first the lustre gold by rubbing it gently first with a fine sponge slightly moistened with oil of tartar, and then with a sponge dipped in alcohol, which will remove all the dirt. Dead gilding is carefully wiped with a white flannel cloth dipped in soap-boiler's lye, and then quickly dried with a fine linen rag, which will make the gilding ap- pear like new. For Cleansing the Framework from dirt, prepare a lye by dissolving 1 ounce of calcined potash in li pints of water and wash the parts to be cleansed with a sponge dipped in the solution, and immediately afterward wipe dry with another sponge, which will make the work appear like new. Then varnish the work with an amber varnish pre- pared as follows : Introduce 8i ounces of amber in pieces into an iron pot about 5 inches high and coated outside 1 inch thick with potter's clay. Pour 2 fluid ounces of turpentine over the amber and melt the whole over a moderate coal fire. Then add grad- ually and with constant stirring4i fluid ounces of hot linseed-oil varnish and 1 pint of oil ofi turpentine, and the varnish is ready for use. To Repair Lustre Gilding on Altars. In cleansing altars the gold work is frequently rubbed off on the raised parts, while that in the depressions re- mains uninjured. The injured parts are repaired in the following manner: Melt white wax, Venetian turpentine, and a little soap over a moderate coal fire and apply the compound to the in- jured places with a brush. After one hour lay on the gilding, which will be far more beautiful than when laid on size. To Restore Silver on Altars and Tabernacles. Prepare a solution of 1 ounce of Peruvian balsam in 1 pound of alcohol, and with a sponge dipped in the mixture rub quickly over the sur- face, and wash immediately afterwards with a sponge moistened with fresh well water, anil then dry with a clear> linen cloth. If the silver is rubbed off anywhere proceed in the same man- ner as given for repairing gilding. Paints and Pigments. Grinding and Mixing Colors. Graining. Imitation of Marbles. Paints and Washes for Various Pur- poses, etc. Grinding Colors. Although this work has in great measure been super- seded by the iron paint-mill and the introduction of- ground colors put up in tin boxes, many painters, either from prejudice or other causes, grind their own colors. This process is per- formed on a stone by the aid of a mul- ler. The stone is generally a slab of white or black marble or porphyry with a perfectly smooth surface, and the muller a stone or glass pestle with a smooth, flat bottom. A small quan- tity of the dry color, previously pounded and sifted, is placed on the stone and moistened with a little oil and the muller worked over it in a cir- cular direction. The materials are gradually worked out towards the edge of the stone, from whence they must be removed, and also from the sides of the muller, with a spatula or palette knife. All colors containing arsenic are injured by contact with steel, so that the painter should have an ivory or horn knife, called a " voider," to re- move the ground paint from the stone. The paint, before it is removed, should be perfectly smooth and free from grit. Brushes. Either round or flat brushes are used. The latter are used princi- pally in varnishing and in graining. Smaller surfaces, such as mouldings, are painted with "sash-tools," which are an intermediate size between the large brushes and " fitches." The lat- ter are very small brushes, bound with tinned iron instead of string. The first process in painting wood- work is that of " knotting." As the knots in a piece of wood generally present the ends instead of the side of the grain to the eye, it is necessary to give the knots an additional coat of paint, which, by filling up the pores, shall leave the surface fit to present a PAINTS AND PIGMENTS. 261 sorid and uniform appearance when painted. The knotting i>; made of red lead, litharge, and bowed oil, or spirits of turpentine A' hen the knotting is dry the first coat, called "^priming," is laid on. This is in almost all eases white lead. The priming is made thinner than any of the subsequent coats. When the priming is dry the nail-holes and other depressions are tilled with putty, and the whole is well dusted. The second color is then given, which has the usual consistency of oil paint. As a general rule the prepara- tory coats of paint are white, whatever the finishing color is to be. When old work, or that which has been previ- ously painted, is to be repainted, care must he taken that all grease and dirt are removed from the paint before the new is applied. For this purpose it should be washed, if necessary, with water containing soda or pearl-ash, or the greasy parts should be cleansed with turpentine. If roughness exists on the surface of the old paint it is necessary to rub it down with pumice- stone or, in extreme cases, to burn off the paint. The manner of using the brush is an art which practice alone will give. Sometimes long strokes of the brush are desirable ; at others shorter strokes, or a kind of dabbing, are necessary, especially for ornamental work. Graining. Almost all wood whose grain is of a fanciful or elegant pat- tern, such as oak, mahogany, bird's-eye maple, satin-wood, black walnut, rose- wood, etc., may be imitated. The princi- ple of imitation is. that a ground shall be laid on nearly the same tint as the lightest parts of the wood to be imi- tated, and which color is ground in oil. On this, when dry, is laid a thin coat- ing of a transparent color, which is mixed, not with oil, but with beer; and which is so treated with a comb or other implement as to yield a resem- blance to the grain of the wood to be imitated. After this is dry the darker parts are put in with a small brush or pencil, in such places and in such quantities as may be deemed advisable. The whole, when dry, is then varnished once or twice. Oak. This is frequently used for ex- tenor work, such as street doors, etc., and is done iu oil as follows : For the ground or last coat of paint previous to the graining color, rotten stone and white lead, mixed with oil to a tint similar to the lightest pans ,,i oak is used. On this is laid a thin coat of the " megilp ' or graining color, which is a mixture of rotten stone, sugar ol lead, and wax. In a lew minutes the grain- ing comb is drawn along the wet sur- face in a waving line, by which an effect is produced similar to the grain of the wood. A piece of leather is now wrapped round the end of the finger, or of a stick, and with it the paint is wiped off in little patches, spots or lines, in imitation of the light spots seen in oak. To remove the appearance of hardness, a dry brush is dabbed over it, by which a softening effect is produced. When the graining color is dry, the dark veins are imitated by putting ona little Vandyke brown, ground in ale. To imitate oak in distemper, use the same ground as for oil and apply with a brush, the graining color composed of raw and burned umber, and Van- dyke brown ground in beer. The grain- ing is effected with tools made on pur- pose called "veining brushes." The light and dark patches, veins, etc., are produced in much the same way as in the former instance. When the whole is dry, it is varnished, both for the sake of producing a gloss, and for durability, since the graining color, being mixed with beer, is not of a permanent nature, and requires varnish to preserve it. Mahogany. Use a mixture of Vene- tian red, white lead, and a little crim- son lake as a ground, and apply a thin coat of Vandyke brown, or sienna, ground in beer as a graining color, and dab it with a sponge to produce the light parts. A badger hair brush is then drawn lightly across the light aud dark parts, by which the edges of divis- ion between them are softened. When this is dry, the deeper tints of the veins, knots, etc., are put in witn a darker shade of Vandyke brown, aud the whole again softened with the badger hair brush. Rosewood. This requires a brilliant ground. A mixture of vermilion, lake, and flake white is used for the purpose. The graining material is a more opaque and solid Vandyke brown than is used 262 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. for mahogany. Tins must be laid on in a peculiar way. so as to imitate the re- markable contortions of veins so fre- quently observed in rosewood. The light and dark patches, veins, knots, etc., are produced in the same manner as in mahogany, but with a careful attention to the distinctive character of the two kinds of wood. Satin Wood. The ground is the same as for oak. The graining color is Ox- ford ochre ground in ale, and is laid on in a thin coat. This is dappled by let- ting a sponge fall on various parts of it, by which portions of the color are taken off. The edges of these dappled patches are then softened with a badger hair brush. When this coat is dry a flat graining brush is dipped in Umber and sienna ground in ale, and is drawn over the work in a waving direction, by which a softened grain is produced. Maple requires the same ground and nearly the same graining colors as satin wood ; the principal point of differ- ence being in the course and nature of the grain, veins, etc. Walnut. Yellow ochre, umber, and white are used for the ground, and the graining color for dark veins, etc., is raw umber. Imitation of Marble. This is accom- plished in a very similar manner to that of woods, a study of the natural appearance of marbles being the only way to acquire a knowledge of the best modes of imitating them. Green Marble. The ground is white lead, some yellow and blue. When dry it is pumiced and lightly glazed with oil varnish a shade darker than the ground. The patches are then dabbed in with some black and Paris yellow; the veins are painted white, and the whole softened by a peculiar mode of handling the badger hair brush, called by the painters "scum- bling." Dove-colored Marble has a ground of light lead color. Florentine marble has a ground of white, Indian red, and black mixed together; Sienna marble a ground of yellow ochre. In all these cases the veins must be put in with such colors as will most successfully imitate the patterns of the original marbles. Receipts for Colors. American Green. Grind and mix: White 1 part, yellow ochre i, lampblack A, Berlin blue A. Apple-green. Grind and mix: .Min- eral green 1 part, chrome-yellow i. Apple-green | Lighter Shade). Min- eral green and white each 1 part, chrome- yellow i'j. Apple-green ( Very Light Shade). Chrome-yellow 1 part and Beriin blue A. Aurora. Mix chrome-yellow 1 part with vermilion rV. Azure-blue. White 1 part and Berlin blue «s. Blue (Cornflower). White 1 part, Berlin blue ^b, and some lac varnish. Bluish-white. Grind very fine 1 part ot white lead or zinc white, and add Tin of indigo. Bremen Green. Mix: White 1 part, chrome-yellow A, Berlin blueandiamp- black each h. Chamois. White 1 part, chrome- yellow its, vermilion 35. Cherry-red. Grind and mix : Cinna- bar 1 part and lac varnish &. Chestnut -broivn. Prussian red 1 part, lampblack A, and cinnabar is. Crimson. Mix vermilion and car- mine lake. Enamel-white. Add a trace of Berlin blue to 1 pound of white lead or zinc white. Flax-gray. Grind 1 part of white lead or zinc white, and add A of lamp- black and a like quantity of lake. Golden-yellow. Grind 1 part of white and add h of chrome-yellow. A Beautiful Golden-yellow Color is obtained by brightening Naples or Montpellier yellow with Spanish white or white of Morat, mixed with ochre de Berry and realgar. The last substance, even in a small quantity, gives to the mixture a color imitating gold, and which may be employed in distemper, varnish, or oil. Grass-green. Grind and mix : Chrome-yellow 1 part, Berlin blue i. Grass-Green(Lighter Shade). Chrome- yellow and white each 1 part, Berlin "blue jV. Hazel-yellow. White 1 part, yellow ochre &, red ochre and black paint each 53. Jonquil. White 1 part, chrome- yellow k. Lemon Color. White 1 part, chrome PAINTS AND PIGMENTS. 263 yellow J, Berlin Blue zis) or, white 1 part, mineral yellow k- Light Gray. Mix As part of lamp- black with 1 of white lead or zinc white. Lilac. I. Grind and mix : White 1 part, lake A, Berlin blue is. II. "White 1 part, red madder lake and ultramarine each is. Mahogany. Grind and mix: White 1 part, sienna is, and Paris red rV. Oak. Grind and mix : White 1 part, saffron-eolored ochre >&, and black paint is. Olive-green. Grind and mix : Yel- low ochre 1 part and lampblack i. Sea-green. White 1 part, chrome- yellow is, and Berlin blue ik. Silver-gray. Grind 1 part of white lead or zinc white, and add enough indigo to obtain the desired shade. Straw Color. Grind fine 1 part of white lead or zinc white, and add is of chrome-yellow. Sulphur Color. Grind and mix: White and mineral yellow each 1 part, and the necessary quantity of Berlin blue to obtain the desired shade. Violet (Dark). Grind and mix equal parts of carmine lake and Berlin blue. Violet {Medium). Carmine lake 1 part, Berlin blue re. Violet (Light). Carmine lake J part, white 1, and Berlin blue A. Violet ( Very Light). Mix : Carmine lake and white each 1 part, and Berlin blue is. Violet (Bluish). Carmine lake and white each 1 part and Berlin blue is. Walnut (Dark). Grind and mix: White 1 part, umber 5, and red ochre it. Walnut (Lighter Shade). White 1 part, saffron-colored ochre and sienna each is. Walnut ( Very Light). White 1 part, saffron-colored ochre and sienna each is. Paints for Various Purposes. Flexible Paint. Slice 2J pounds of good yellow soap and dissolve it in H gallons of boiling water, and grind the solution while hot with 3£ gallons of good oil paint. It is used to paint on canvas. New Paint for Floors, Stone, Wood, and Brickwork. This new paint has the advantage of saving oil and lacquer, being simply a combination of glue, oii paint, and lime, and for wooden floors an addition of shellac and borax. Tc prepare the ground mixture, soak 2 ounces of good light-colored glue for 12 hours in cold water, and dissolve it, with constant stirring, in thick milk of lime (prepared from 1 pound of caustic lime) heated to the boiling point. To the boiling glue stir in lin- seed oil until it ceases to mix. About 83 fluid ounces of oil is sufficient for the above proportions. Too much oil is corrected by addition of lime paste. Mix the above with any color not affected by lime, and diluted with water if needed. For yellow-brown or brown- red colors, boil in the ground color i of its volume of a solution of shellac and borax, making an excellent paint for wooden floors. The mixture is easily applied, covers well, and forms a durable combination with any covering, and, as any desired shade can be produced by an addition of proper colors, it may often be sub- stituted for more expensive paints. A simple coat of varnish or lacquer gives a beautiful lustre. Water-proof Paint. Boil 2 gallons of linseed oil with 11 ounces each of rosin and litharge, 1£ ounces each of minium and umber, add gradually 8 ounces of sulphate of zinc and a solu- tion of 12 ounces of potassium hydrate and a like quantity of alum in 4 gal- lons of water. For preparing the ground color compound 10 pounds of chalk and 2 pounds of zinc white with I gallon of w T ater, in which H ounces of alum have been previously dissolved, and mix with this a solution of li pounds of glue in i gallon of water. This ground paint is mixed with 4 to 5 pounds of the above composition, and the mixture diluted with petro- leum. Paint Suitable for Vessels, Sub- marine Works, etc. A solution of 400 pounds of sulphate of copper is com- pounded with 100 pounds of grape sugar and a concentrated solution of 200 pounds of potash. The precipitate of hydrated oxide of copper formed by heating is filtered, carefully dried, and mixed with 8 pounds of 75 per cent, carbolic acid. The mass is then mod- erately heated and about 12 gallons of crude linseed oil added. When the paint is to be used, it is reduced with 264 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. linseed oil, and then applied. It is claimed that it has a poisonous effect upon animal and vegetable bodies de- positing themselves on vessels or sub- marine works. Cheap and Durable Paint for Brick- work. Slake fresh-burnt lime to a powder by sprinkling water upon it and pass the powder through a sieve. To 100 parts of this powder add suffi- cient water to form a thin milk of lime and boil it in a copper boiler, and add 1 part of bichromate of potassium. Make a thin paste of sulphate of lead with water and stir it in the boiling mixture. Sugar of lead or the nitrate of hydrochlorate of lead can be sub- stituted for the sulphate of lead. Acid cold water to the mass and pass it through a fine wire sieve, drain it off through iinen or cloth bags, and press the residue remaining in the bags. After sufficient pressing break into pieces and dry in the air. To Prepare a Zinc Wash for Rooms. Mix oxide of zinc with ordinary milk of lime and apply the mixture in the same manner as whitewash. When dry lay on a coat of solution of chloride of zinc. This combines with the oxide and forms a solid coat with a lustrous surface. Durable Paint for Tin Roofs. Thirty parts of linseed oil, 10 of oil of tur- pentine, 14 of colcothar, and 46 of red chalk. The coloring substances are pulverized and the mixture ground. Should the paint be too thick reduce it with equal parts of oil of turpentine and linseed oil. To protect the tin thoroughly against atmospheric influ- ences it is advisable to give it two coats, allowing the first to dry before applying the second. The coats must be neither too thin nor too thick; a principal condition being that the tin is free from rust. White Paint for Metallic Surfaces. Pure, finely-powdered zinc white (ox- ide of zinc) is mixed with a solution of soda water-glass of 40° to 60° Beaume, to the right consistency for an oil paint. The metallic surface to be painted is thoroughly cleansed and washed with hydrochloric acid, and afterwards with water, and the paint is laid on in successive coatings. Not too much paint must be mixed at a time, as it will become thick and dry on standing, on account of chemical combinations setting in. A surface thus painted preserves a dazzling white appearance. By adding mineral colors various tints may be obtained. Green Paint for Articles Exposed to the Action of the Weather, such as Doors, Shutters, etc. Rub 2 parts of white lead and 1 of verdigris with nut oil or linseed oil varnish, mixed with oil of turpentine, and dilute both colors with ordinary drying oil. Universal Paint. A decoction of Brazil wood and flaxseed is mixed with a solution of caoutchouc in lin- seed oil and compounded with coloring substances until a thick paste is formed. It can be applied reduced with water as well as with oil or lacquer. Paintfor Outsidt Walls. Boil 1 pint of clear linseed oil, 4i ounces of rosin, and 3 ounces of litharge until the wooden spatula used for stirring be- comes brown. Give the walls two or three coats of this. It is best to do the work on a hot summer's day. Paintfor Wood or Stone which resists all moisture. Melt 12 ounces of rosin, add and thoroughly mix with it 6 gal- lons of fish oil and 1 pound of melted sulphur, and some ochre or any other coloring substance rubbed up with linseed oil. Apply several coats of the hot composition with a brush. The first coat should be very thin. Cheap White Paint for Outside Work. Slake 1J pounds of burnt lime with the necessary quantity of water; then add 6J pounds of skimmed milk. Dissolve 4i ounces of white Burgundy pitch in 12 ounces of linseed oil ; add this to the lime and milk, and finally add 6J pounds of Spanish white to the mixture. Red Wash for Brick Floors and Pave- ments. Wash the bricks with soap water containing 2^ part of carbonate of soiia. This cleanses the floor and prepares it for the reception of the wash. Then dissolve 1 part of glue in 16 of boiling water, add 4 parts of red ochre, and stir the mass thoroughly to- g-ether. Apply two coats of this to the bricks, and then give a coat of linseed oil varnish. To Prevent Disintegration in Stone- ivork. Apply the following solutions PAINTS AND PIGMENTS. 263 1o the stonework by means of a water- ing-pot provided with a rose. They should be applied in such a manner that they are uniformly distributed and cannot run oft*. The solutions con- sist of 1. For Marble. One part of white shel- lac and S of wood spirit. 2. For Sandstone. One-half part of shellac and S of wood spirit. The shellac is broken into small pieces and added to the wood spirit, and the mixture allowed to stand for a few davs, being frequently stirred. To Slake Sail-cloth Pliable, Durable, and Water-proof. I. Moisten the sail- cloth first with linseed oil ; ground it with Spanish brown rubbed up with linseed oil or rosin oil, and when this is dry give it a coat with a paint pre- Jiared from Spanish brown, lampblack, inseed oil, and a sufficient quantity of purified rosin oil. II. Mix 96 parts of ochre with boil- ing oil, add first 16 parts of lampblack, and later on a solution of 1 part of yel- low soap in 6 of water. Give the sail- cloth a good coat of this mixture, and repeat the operation 2 days later. Swedish Paint for Wood-work. Melt 3 parts of rosin, add 20 parts offish oil, and heat until the mass is uniform. Then stir 10 parts of rye flour into a paste with 20 parts of water. Next dis- solve 4 parts of sulphate of zinc in 9 of boiling water. The 3 mixtures are combined by stirring the flour paste into the solution of sulphate of zinc, and into this mixture the fish oil con- taining the rosin. To obtain the desired tint a suitable mineral color finely ground is then added, when the paint is ready for use. Paint for Constructions of Iron. Rolling-mill and hammer scale are finely ground and washed, and then stirred together with oil varnish. By painting the iron work of bridges, etc., with this composition, they will be thor- oughly protected against rust. Pa raffine Paint. A solution of paraf- fine in heavy coal-tar oil is excellent for painting houses, and especially walls exposed to the action of the weather. Several experiments in painting damp walls with this solution have given very satisfactory results. Wall paper, Which formerly became moist and de- tached from the walls during rainy weather, remained perfectly dry after the wall had been painted with paraf- fine. The solution of paraffine in heavy coal-tar oil is prepared by dissolving 1 part of paraffine in 2 to 3 parts of coal- tar oil at a moderate heat. A sufficient quantity of oil must be used so that the solution does not entirely congeal on cooling. To heat the paint while ap- plying it, place the vessel containing it in hot water. It is best to apply the solution on a warm day when the bricks are dry. Generally 1 coat is sufficient, but even if 2 coats are given the cost is considerably less than oil paint. Quickly-drying Oil Paint. Boil for 15 minutes in an earthen-ware pot 1 part of soft curd in 3 parts of water. Pour the mass through a colander, wash if with cold water, and press out the water in a linen cloth. To 1 part of the curd add \ part of unslaked lime and } part of water. The fat slime thus formed is triturated in oil or water with the various pigments. Walls, ceilings, stairs, in short anything of stone, plaster of Paris, or zinc, can be painted with this. If the paint is to be used on wood, add A part of linseed oil. Ochre, chrome yellow, Berlin blue, indigo, lead, and zinc, are best adapted for coloring substances. The mixture dries so quick that 3 coats can be applied in 1 day. It is entirely without odor and costs about J of ordinary oil paint. Paint for Roofs. This paint consists of a mixture of 35 per cent, of pulverized slate (argillaceous schist), 30 per cent, of pulverized mica slate (mica schist), and 35 per cent, of pulverized rosin. Compound this mixture with * its volume of pure coal-tar and boil to a fluid mass. This paint gives a very durable and pliant.coating, which does not melt in the greatest heat of sum- mer nor crack nor break in the great- est cold. It resists moisture, retains its lustre and smooth surface. It is not necessary to repaint the roof for 4 or 5 years. Paint on Wood exposed to the Action of the Weather. Mix 6 parts of un- slaked lime and 1 part of coal dust both in a dry state, and then add suffi- cient sour milk to form a mixture which can be applied with a brush. The color of the mixture is a lighi 266 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. gray, but any desired tint can be ob- tained by adding a mineral color. This paint lias been tested and can be highly recommended for wood and frame work. Water-proof Paint for Metal. Dis- solve 3 pounds of Venetian turpentine and 1 pound of mastic in heated tur- pentine. Then add to this solution 96 pounds of linseed-oil varnish, and heat the whole in a water-bath until the odor of oil of turpentine has disap- peared. With 115 pounds of this var- nish triturate 20 pounds of strongly- burned clay, 80 pounds of best Portland cement, 10 pounds of zinc white, and 5 pounds of red lead. When the whole has been rubbed fine and intimately mixed together add 25 pounds more of oil of turpentine. Coating for Blackboards. Dissolve 8 ounces of copal in 1 pound of ether, and compound this with a solution of 2 pounds of shellac and 1 pound of sandarac in 3A quarts of 90 per cent, alcohol, and further with 5 ounces of lampblack, If ounces of ultramarine, 1 ounce of Venetian turpentine, and 2 pounds of fine Naxos emery. This mixture is applied with a brush to the blackboard, and the coating, while moist, ignited. As soon as tbe flame is extinguished, a second coat is laid on, which is not ignited but allowed to dry. The board is then rubbed with fine sand-paper, and, when cold, washed. The board has a smooth sur- face and can be written on with a slate- pencil, and the writing washed off with a sponge. To Protect the Bottoms of Ships and other Articles under Water the follow- ing mixture has been patented in Eng- land : Sixty parts of alcohol, 9 of shellac, 4 of rosin, 3 of Burgundy pitch, 2 of soft galipot, 4 of arseniate of copper, 3 of arseniate of mercury, 9 ot chromate of mercury, and 6 of color- ing substance. Dryer for Oil Colors and Varnish. Heat in a copper vessel 12 parts of shellac and 4 of borax with 80 to 100 parts of water, when, after the mass has become homogeneous, the vessel is closed, and its contents, when cold, are poured into flasks, which are kept closely corked. This solution may be used as a quick-drying varuish, and when mixed in equal weights with on colors it causes them to dry quickly. To Prepare Dryers. Take 2 parts of white lead, 1 of sulphuric acid, and 1 of sugar of lead, and rub them to a paste in boiled linseed oil. This is used as an addition to all mixed oil paints except white, to dry them. White lead, when mixed with this siccative, assumes a dirty color. Patent Dryer. Mix 15 parts of dried sulphate of zinc, 4 of sugar of lead, and 7 of litharge with boiled oil, and pass the mixture 3 or 4 times through a color mill. Then mix 100 parts of Paris white to a dough with 50 parts of white lead and boiled oil, pass this through a color mill, mix it with the above, and rub the whole up once more. The result will be 2000 parts. This is mixed with the paint to make it dry quickly. Dryer for Zinc Paint. 6.66 parts each of anhydrous sulphate of manga- nese, anhydrous acetate of protoxide of manganese, and anhydrous suJphate of zinc, and 980 parts of zinc white. An addition of 2 or 3 per cent, to zinc paint suffices to dry it quickly. Drying Oil. Boil together for 2 hours on a slow fire: £ ounce each of litharge, calcined cerussite, um- ber, and talc with 1+ pints of linseed oil, carefully stirring the whole time. Skim and clarify tbe mixture. The older it grows the better it is. One gill is required to every 1 pound of color. To Paint Tiles Bed. Cleanse the pavement thoroughly with a brush dipped in soap water, or water charged with so part of carbonate of potassmm. When dry dissolve 1 pound of glue in 1 gallon of water. Boil the mixture, and while boiling add 2 pounds of red ochre and mix the whole. Then apply a layer of this mixture to the pave- ment, and when dry apply a second layer with drying linseed oil, and a third with the same red mixed up with size. When the whole is dry rub it with wax. Pigments. Black. Lampblack, the most important of all blacks used in painting, is produced from common rosin or other bituminous substances. A very superior black may be obtained in the following manner; Ignite a lump PAINTS AND PIGMENTS. 267 of camphor and hold a saucer over the flame to collect the soot, which, mixed with gum-Arabic, makes a black supe- rior to many India inks. Miniature painters who use colors in small quanti- ties sometimes obtama mos< beautiful and perfect black by using the buttons which form on the snutl of a candle, when allowed to burn undisturbed. They are allowed to fall into a thimble which is immediately covered with the thumb to exclude t he air. This is found to be perfectly free from grease, and to possess every desirable quality. Frankfort Black is produced on a large scale in some districts of Ger- many by calcining wine lees and tartar. The operation is performed in large cylindrical vessels having a vent in the cover for escape of the smoke and vapors which are evolved during the process. When no more smoke is ob- served the operation is finished. The residuum in the vessels is then washed several times in boiling water to ex- tract the salts contained therein, and finally reduced to the proper degree of fineness by grinding it on porphyry. Peach-stones, burned in a close vessel, produce a carbon which, when ground on porphyry, is employed in painting to give an old gray. Ivory Black can be produced on a small scale by calcining ivory chips in a covered crucible, having a small aperture in the cover, until no smoke is seen to escape. It is the most beau- tiful black for painting in oil. The commercial ivory black is generally nothing but bone-black. Brunswick Black. Melt 2 pounds of asphaltum, then add li pints of hot- boiled oil, and finally If quarts of tur- pentine. It is used for painting iron railings and other iron work. Black from <'<> PAPER AND PAPER MATERIALS. 273 solved. Compound the intensely dark- red fluid with li pounds of gum- Arabic and 8| ounces of white sugar, and suffi- cient wheat Hour to give it tin- proper consistency. Painting with Sympathetic Colorsdif- fers from other painting only as regards the colors used, which are simply me- tallic solutions possessing the property to appear only when the picture is sub- jected to a moderate heat, and disap- pearing again on cooling. It is best to choose for this kind of painting a winter landscape, executed in water colors. Buildings, if such are represented in the landscape, are col- Dred with ordinary water colors with the exception of the roofs, which are painted with a sympathetic color mixed from purple-red, yellow, and some blue. All the rest of the scenery is painted .Tith >ympathetic colors. The sky is colored blue; mountains, meadows, leaves, etc., with the desired tints of green, etc. To liven up the picture a few flowers may be painted in the fore- ground. The painting as mentioned must be executed in a warm room. On carrying the colored picture into a cold room the metallic colors disappear gradually ; the sky loses its summer blue, the cold wintery sky again tak- ing its place, the mountains, meadows, trees, etc., seem to be covered with snow, and so on. On exposing the picture again to a moderate heat the sceue is changed in a moment to a beautiful summer landscape. Preparation of the Colors used. Purple Bed. Dissolve 1 part of co- baltic oxide in 3 of nitric acid. It is best, in order to promote the reaction of the acid, to do this in a matrass ex- posed to heat. When the solution is complete, add basic carbonate of potas- sium as long as a dirty-gray precipitate is formed, and cease immediately on the precipitate assuming a purple-red color. Then dilute the solution with 6 parts of water, filter it, and add some gum. Rose Red. Dissolve 1 part of cobaltic oxide in 3 of nitric acid, and when the solution is complete evaporate to dry- ness to expel the acid ; then add 1 part of nitrate of potassium and dilute the whole with 8 parts of water. The re- sulting rose-red color is filtered and mixed with some gum. 18 Yell mi'. I dissolve brown cupric oxide in hydrochloric acid, assisting the ac- tion of the acid with heat. The solu- tion is olive-green, and by evaporation furnishes grass-green crystals. Dis- solve 1 part of these crystals in 8 of water, ami add a little gum. Green. Pulverize 1 part of cobalt, place the powder in a matrass and add 1 parts of aqua regia. Digest the mixt- ure at a moderate heat ; then add 1 part of common salt and dilute with 16 parts of water. Filter the fluid, and when it is to be used mix it with a little gum. Blue. Pulverize 1 part of cobalt, and heat in a matrass with 2 of nitric acid. When the cobalt is dissolved pour the solution into a vessel and gradually add solution of potash until precipitation ceases. Let the mixture stand quietly for some time, then pour off the clear fluid and wash the residue entirely free from acid with water. Let the precipitate drain off, and then dis« solve it at a moderate heat in acetic acid, adding the latter in small portions until a saturated fluid is obtained. This solu- tion, mixed with a little gum, is used as a blue color. Painter's Cream. Painters, who have long intervals between their periods of labor, are accustomed to cover the parts they have painted with a preparation which preserves the freshness of the colors, and which they can remove on resuming work. This preparation is as follows : Clear nut oil 1 gill, pulver- ized mastic in tears £ ounce, and pulver- ized acetate of lead \ ounce. Dissolve the mastic in oil over a gentle fire, and pour the mixture into a marble mortar over the pulverized acetate of lead ; stir it with a wooden pestle, and add water in small quantities until the com- pound assumes the appearance and con- sistency of cream, and refuses to admit more water. Paper and Paper Materials, Man- ufacture, Staining, etc. Glass, Sand, and Emery Paper. Preparation of the different kinds of Straw used in the Manufacture of Paper. The straw must be cleansed from all weeds; it is then cut up in 274 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. pieces from 1 to J inch long, and freed from the hard parts, especially the knots. It is then softened by boiling in water and converted by a machine into half- stuff, which is boiled in lye prepared from potash and lime, and then worked into pulp and finished paper. The nmst tender straw used in the manufacture of paper is that of oats, next that of barley, wheat, and finally rye. Maize straw is prepared from the leaves and is even more tender than oats straw. The time for boiling depends on the hardness of the material, as also the strength of the lye, and the pre- liminary labor which may have been bestowed on the material. Corn Leaves and Stalks are placed in lye containing, for 100 pounds of mate- rial, 40 pounds of lime and 1 pound of potash ; the straw remains in the lye for 3 hours. Oats ■ Straw. For 100 pounds of straw a lye is required containing 50 pounds of lime and 2 pounds of potash. Time : 3 hours. Barley Straw is first boiled for 3 hours in water and then brought into a lye containing, for every 100 pounds of straw, 50 pounds of lime and 2 pounds of potash. It is then brought into a second lye consisting of 30 to 40 pounds of lime and 1 pound of potash. Time in each lye 3 hours. Wheat Straw is first boiled for 3 hours in water and then placed con- secutively in 3 lyes, remaining in each for 3 hours. The first lye consists of 50 pounds of lime and 2 pounds of potash, and the last two of 30 pounds of lime and 1 pound of potash. Rye Straw, being very hard, must first be boiled in water for 3 hours, and then successively for the same time in four different lyes of the same strength as those for wheat straw. Process of Gaining Fibrous Sub- stance from different Plants. The plants are cleaned and cut in small pieces and impregnated with caustic soda-lye of 1° Beaume, then subjected to hydrostatic pressure. The lye dis- solves the silica, coloring matter, pec- tine, etc., contained in the raw mate- rial, and, in consequence of the press- ure, penetrates energetically into the pores of the fibres, swelling and burst- ing the latter. The effect is still further increased by abating, after the operation is finished, the pressure in the boiler while the lye is drawn ofi". The mate- rial is then worked into half-staff or converted into a fibre which can be spun. Transformation of Woolly Fibre. By submitting substances containing wool to a current of steam of 300° F. with a pressure of 5 atmospheres the woolly fibre is so changed that it melts, and in this state collects in the lower part of the boiler, while cotton, linen, and all other vegetable fibres remain unaltered. The latter are now suitable for the manufacture of paper, while the soluble matter, called " ozotine" by the in- ventor of the process, furnishes a very valuable substance rich in oxygen, which will without doubt be useful for many technical purposes. Pa per for Documents, Checks, etc. To make an alteration in the writing or printing by the use of acid, chloride of lime, or alkali easily perceptible the following ingredients are added to the pulp : 0.75 per cent, of iodide of potas- sium, 1 per cent, of starch, 2 per cent. ■ of sulphate or carbonate of manganese, and 2 per cent, of sulphate or carbonate of lead. The compound can be applied to the finished paper with a brush. Improved Cigarette Paper. Tobacco leaves are ground to an impalpable powder which is sifted in a box upon a moistened sheet of cigarette paper. The sheet thus prepared is covered with another sheet, and brought under a press. Other sheets treated in the same manner are placed upon these and the whole finally subjected to strong press- ure, whereby the tobacco-powder is intimately united with the moist paper. After remaining in the press for 12 to 24 hours the paper is removed and is ready for use. By a suitable mixture the color, flavor, and smell of the various kinds of tobacco can be success- fully imitated. Paper thus prepared burns uniformly, never on one side only, and does not char. Safety Paper. To prevent erasures and alterations it has for some time been customary in France to color paper pulp with green ultramarine, and to execute the writing with diluted hydrochloric acid or solution of alum, producing white characters upon the PAPER AND PAPER MATERIALS. 275 green ground. Some English hankers use paper colored with litmus, upon which are printed ornamental lines with oxalic acid. These lines of course are red, but as soon as an attempt is made to remove the ink with acid the entire ground becomes red. If it is Bought to revivify the blue by means of alkalies, the ornamental lines also as- sume a blue color. Cork Paper, patented in America by H. Felt tV. Co., is prepared by coating one side of a thick, soft, and flexible paper with a preparation of 20 parte of glue, 1 of gelatine, and 3 of molasses, and covering it with fine particles of cork lightly rolled on. The material is used for packing ^lass, bottles, etc. Wrapping Paper for Silver Ware. The appearance of silver ware is fre- quently injured by being exposed to air containing sulphuretted hydrogen or sulphurous and other acids. The small quantity of sulphuretted hydrogen con- tained in illuminating gas and which in burning yields sulphurous acid is fre- quently sufficient to spoil the appear- ance of all the articles in a store. To prevent this a prepared paper is rec- ommended. Prepare a solution of 6 parts of caustic soda in water of 20° Beaum6, then add 4 of zinc oxide and let the mixture boil for 2 hours, if pos- sible under a pressure of 5 atmospheres. Dilute the solution, when clear, to 10° Beaume, and it is ready for impreg- nating the paper. Preparation of Parchment Paper. Dilute strong sulphuric acid with X its volume of water, and allow it to cool to about 65° F. Then immerse unsized paper in the cold acid for 10 to 50 seconds according to its thickness. When the acid has acted a sufficient length of time, the paper is first well washed in cold running water, then dipped in dilute ammonia, again washed in water, and finally dried. When it is left to itself to dry it be- comes shrivelled and has a bad appear- ance. To guard against this the fol- lowing process is adopted : An endless strip of paper is passed by machinery first through a vat of the acid and then through water, ammonia, and water again; next a cloth-covered roller de- prives it of a portion of the water, and finally it is pressed and smoothed out by means of polished heated cylinders. When properly manufactured, parch- ment paper has the same color and translucency as animal parchment. As compared with ordinary parchment: this paper possesses the advantage that it is very little liable to lie attacked by insects. Ami again, the characters in- scribed on it cannot be effaced without difficulty, and when effaced cannot be replaced by others, a perfect guarantee against all kinds of falsification. By reason of its firmness and durability it is well suited for plans and drawings, especially such as are much exposed to moisture. Further it can be used for covering books; or books, maps, etc., for use in schools, could be printed on it and would be yery durable. In place of animal membrane it is well suited for covering jars of fruit, ex- tracts, etc., as also for connecting the parts of distilling and other apparatus. It furnishes an excellent substitute for animal bladder for the casings of saus- ages. In surgery it is employed instead of linen, oiled cloth, and gutta percha, for dressing wounds. Water-proof Paper transparent and impervious to grease is obtained by soaking good paper in an aqueous solu- tion of shellac and borax. It resembles parchment paper in some respects. If the aqueous solution be colored with aniline colors very handsome paper, of use for artificial flowers, is prepared. Peterson's Water-proof Paper. Dis- solve 3i ounces of tallow soap in water, add sufficient solution of alum that the soap is entirely decomposed, and mix this fluid with a gallon of paper-pulp. The paper is in all other respects pre- pared in the ordinary manner, and need not to be sized. It is especially suitable for cartridge-shells. Carbolic Acid Paper ia prepared with 3i ounces of carbolic acid to the square foot. It is used for disinfecting pur- poses, and also for packing fresh meat. The process of preparing it is as fol- lows : Melt at a moderate heat 5 part* of stearine, 6 of paraffine, and 2 of car- bolic acid. Apply the melted mixture to the paper with a brush. A still more effective paper, and which can be used for a great many purposes, is obtained by the use of a smaller quan- tity of nitric acid in place of carbolia iTb TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. acid, the rest of the process being the Banie. Two New Varieties of Preserving Pa- per have been recently brought into the market. The one is obtained by immersing soft paper in a bath of sali- cylic acid, and then drying in the air. The bath is prepared by diluting a strong solution of the acid in alcohol with a large volume of water. This paper may then be used for wrapping *q> apples, etc. The other paper used as protection against moths and mildew is best pre- pared from strong manilla paper by immersing it in the following bath : Seventy parts of tar oil, 5 of crude car- bolic acid containing about i phenole, 20 of coal-tar at a temperature of 160° F., and 5 of refined petroleum. The paper is then squeezed out, and dried hj passing it over hot rollers. Plastic Pasteboard for Surgical Band- ages is prepared by softening the raw f>asteboard by beating, or, if very stiff, ixiviating with alkalies, then drying thoroughly, and saturating with a solu- tion of shellac, rosin, and turpen- tine, or pine rosin, elemi, etc., and, if necessary, coating with guttapercha or varnish. Preparation of Tracing Paper, Trac- ing Linen, and Transparent Packing Paper. The paper is first treated with boiled linseed oil, and the excess of oily particles removed with benzine. The paper is then washed in a chlorine bath. When dry it is again washed with oxygenated water. Linen is first provided with a coating of starch and then with an application of linseed oil and benzine. It is finished by being smoothed between polished rollers. Photo-lithographic Transfer Paper, and Transfer-color belonging to it. Pa- per is treated with a solution of 100 parts of gelatine and 1 of chrome-alum in 2400 of water, and, after drying, with white of egg. It is sensitized in a bath consisting of 1 part of chrome-alum, 14 of water, and 4 of alcohol. The ad- dition of the latter prevents the solution of the white of egg. On the places not exposed to the light the white of egs; becomes detached, together with the color with which the exposed paper lias been coated. The transfer color consists of 20 parts of printing ink, 50 of wax, 40 of tallow, 35 of rosin, 210 of oil of turpentine, and 30 of Berlin blue. Writing, Copying, and Drawing Pa- per which can be washed. The paper is made transparent by immersion in benzine and then, before the benzine volatilizes, plunged into a solution of siccative prepared in the following manner : One pound each of lead shav- ings and oxide of zinc are boiled for 8 hours, together with 8£ ounces of hardened Venetian turpentine in 2-i gallons of purified linseed-oil varnish, and then allowed to stand for a few days to cool and settle. The clear layer is then poured off and to this are added 5 pounds of white West Indian copal and 8$ to 10 ounces of sandarac dis- solved in spirit of wine or ether. This paper can be written or drawn upon with pen and ink or Water colors ; or, by using good copying ink, good copies can be taken from it without a press. Tracing Paper. By the following very simple process ordinary drawing paper can be rendered transparent, for the purpose of making tracings, and its transparency removed so as to restore its former appearance when the draw- ing is completed. Dissolve any quan- tity of castor oil in one, two, or three vol- umes of absolute alcohol, according to the thickness of the paper, and apply it by means of a sponge. The alcohol evaporates in a few minutes, and the tracing paper is dry and ready for im- mediate use. The drawing or tracing can be made either with lead-pencil or India ink, and the oil removed from the paper by immersing it in absolute alcohol, thus restoring its original opacity. The alcohol employed in re- moving the oil is, of course, preserved for diluting the oil used in preparing the next sheet. Transfer Paper. Mix lard to a paste with lampblack, rub this upon the paper, remove the excess with a rag, and dry the paper. A copy of the writ- ing can be transferred on a clean sheet of paper by placing it underneath the prepared paper and writing upon the latter with a lead-pencil or sharp point. Tar Paper. Boil 100 pounds of tar for 3 hours, then dissolve in it a quan- tity of a glue prepared from rosin and I'Al'KL AND PAPER MATERIALS. 277 soap, pour 8 gallons of boiling water upon the mixture, stir carefully, and let the mixture boil. Then stir care- fully it'ii pounds of potato flour into 60 gallons of water in a vat, mis the dis- solved tar with lf> gallons of boiling water, and add this to the potato flour in the vat, stirring constantly. Twenty- four parts of this homogeneous fluid are taken to20 parts of paper- pulp. From the pulp the tar-paper is manufactured, which can be painted black and var- nished to make it water-proof. The prepared tar-solution may also be used to impregnate wood, sail-cloth, etc. 7'n Prepare Leather Waste for use in the Manufacture of Paper. To extract the tannin place the waste for a few hours in a solution of 5 parts of lime, 5 of crystallized soda, and 1J of sal-am- moniac in 100 of water ; then wash first with acidulated and next with pure water. The prepared waste is worked into paper in the ordinary manner, either by itself or mixed with rags. Iridescent Paper. Boil 4£ ounces of coarsely powdered gall-nuts, 2} ounces of sulphate of iron, * ounce of sulphate of indigo, and 12 grains of gum- Arabic; strain through a cloth, brush the paper with the liquor, and expose it quickly to ammoniacal va- pors. 'Colored Paper for Tying up Bottles, etc. The dry aniline colors of all shades are used. Dissolve 15 grains of aniline color in 1 ounce of highly recti- fied alcohol, dilute the solution with 10 dunces of distilled water, and add 23 grains of tannin dissolved in i fluid ounce of alcohol. The object of the addition of tannin is to fix the color permanently upon the fibres of the paper, as without it the color on drying could be easily rubbed off. Now take thin white writing-paper, spread it upon a marble or copper plate, and apply the fluid by means of a sponge. Hang the paper over cord to dry, and in a few days varnish it with a concen- trated solution of sodium water-glass to 100 parts of which have been added 10 parts of glycerine. Pouget-Maisonneuve's Electro-chemi- cal Telegraph Paper. Sufficiently sized paper is treated with a solution of 5 parts of ferro-cyanide of potassium and 150 of sal-ammoniac in 100 of water. Telegrams transmitted by means of this paper and Morse's apparatus have given very satisfactory results. Amianthus Paper consists of 2 parts of paper pulp and 1 of amianthus. It is especially distinguished from ordi- nary paper by its color, having a yellow- ish tint. When burned in s Same it leaves a white residue, which, when not violently shaken, retains the form of the paper, and upon which the writ- ing, provided ink containing sulphate of iron lias been used, can be traced and deciphered with some trouble by the yellow marks left behind. Experi- ments in the manufacture of amianthus paper have been made in America, where large beds of amianthus of fine fibre have been discovered and the price of the material is low. To Water-proof Cylinders of Paste* board. The so-called Chinese lacquer is best adapted for this purpose. It consists of a mixture of 4 parts of slaked lime and 3 of fresh blood, to which some alum has been previously added. As soon as the mixture is complete it is applied to the pasteboard with a large soft brush. When the first coat- ing is dry a second is laid on, which suffices to make the pasteboard im- permeable to water. To Produce Enamelled Writing Sur- faces on Pasteboard and Paper. A mixture of bleached shellac and borax dissolved in 10 per cent, of water and glue and vine-black rubbed to an im- palpable powder is used for the first coloring material. It is transferred to the paper to be coated by means of a felt roller, and distributed with a brush. The paper is then dried and rolled up. After this operation a second color con- sisting of vine-black, pergamentine (water-glass and glycerine) is used, the paper receiving three coats of this. Itis then cut into suitable sizes, steamed at a temperature of 248° F., and finally smoothed by calendering. For white tablets Kremnitz white is used in place of vine-black ; for colored, ultramarine, etc. Imitation of Mother-of-Pearl on Pa* per. Stout paper with a glossy coating is allowed to float upon a solution of salts of silver, lead, or bismuth. As soon as the paper lies smooth upon the surface of the solution it is slowly 2' 8 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. lifted and allowed to dry. The dry paper is then placed in a room impreg- nated with sulphide of hydrogen, and remains here until the surface has as- sumed a metallic lustre. Diluted col- lodion is now poured over the paper thus prepared, or it is drawu through a bath of it, when, after drying, the beautiful iridescent colors will appear upon the paper. The most varying effects can be produced by sprinkling reducing substances or salts upon the surface of the paper before submitting it to the action of the sulphide of hy- drogen. This process is not only adapted for paper but can also be employed for finished articles, as boxes, bonbonnieres, etc. To Make Paper Transparent. Apply The boiler containing the glue is con structed of copper or iron, and sur. rounded with a steam-jacket. ThesmaU rollers k and n act as distributers, both being turned by friction with b. As soon as the paper reaches the even plane from b to c the glue upon it is heated by steam emanating from the apparatus- es, and a fine jet of the material, emery,, glass, sand, etc., falls from e upon thte surface thus heated. The powder pene- trates deeply into the soft, sticky mass, and adheres quickly. The excess falls off by the paper turning over c, and is collected in a box. The powder in c is heated by a steam-pipe. The fan / sets the paper in motion, whereby all the powder not adhering tightly is shaken off. A jet of steam striking the sur- face of the paper through g helps to Fig. 39c. ? thin coating of a solution of Canada balsam in turpentine to the paper, then give it a good coating of much thicker varnish on both sides. Perform the work before a hot fire, to keep the paper warm, and a third or even fourth coating until the paper becomes evenly translucent. Paper prepared in this manner comes nearer to perfection than any other. Emery Paper. The accompanying illustration (Fig. 39a) represents Ed- wards' patented apparatus used in the manufacture of emery, sand, glass, and similar papers, a is the beam on which the endless paper is rolled. In unrolling it passes over the brush- roller i, which takes up the glue from the boiler h and applies it to the paper. set the powder more securely in the glue. Water-proof Emery Paper. The paper is coated on both sides with puU verized emery which is made to adhere to it by means of a water-proof cement, so that moisture can have no injurious effect upon the paper. This flexible water-proof cement is prepared by melt- ing 2 parts of hard, African copal, pour- ing over this, while yet hot, 3 of boiled linseed oil and adding 1 part of oil-lac> quer, 1 of Venetian turpentine, 1 of Venetian red, & of Berlin blue, i of litharge, and 1 of dissolved caoutchouc. Mix these ingredients intimately, and should the compound be too thick dilute with some linseed-oil varnish. Then spread it uniformly upon papeij PAPER AND PAPER MATERIALS. 279 or n suitable cheap fabric, stretched in ■a frame, and sift fmely pulverized emery, or glass, quartz sand, etc., over it; and, when dry, remove the excess of powder. Usually both sides of the paper are covered, one side with coarser and the other with finer pow- der. Stains Used in Coloring Paper for Art! jic in I Flowers. Sap-colors are only used and principally those con- taining much coloring matter. The following colors are calculated for one ream of paper. The gum-Arabic given in the receipt is dissolved in the sap-liquor. Crimson. Mix 1 gallon of liquor of Brazil wood compounded with borax, 2 ounces of wax-soap, and 82 ounces of gum-Arabic. Dork Blur. I. Mix 1 gallon of tinc- ture of Berlin blue and 2 ounces each of wax-soap and gum tragacanth. II. Mix 2 gallons of tincture of Berlin blue with 2 ounces of wax-soap and 41 ounces of gum tragacanth. Dark Green. I. Take i gallon of liquor of sap-green (boiled down juice of the berries of Rhamus catharticus), A\ ounces of indigo rubbed fine, 1 ounce of wax-soap, and 4i ounces of gum-Arabic. II. One-half gallon of liquor of sap- green, 4£ ounces of distilled verdigris, 1 ounce of wax-soap, and 4i ounces of gum-Arabic. Bark Bed. Compound 1 gallon of liquor of Brazil wood with 2 ounces of wax-soap and 81 ounces of gum- Arabic. Golden Yellow. Mix 6i pounds of gamboge with 2 ounces of wax-soap. Lemon Color. I. Compound 1 gallon of juice of Persian berries with 2 ounces of wax-soap and 81 ounces of gum- Arabic. II. Add to 1 gallon of liquor of quer- citron compounded with solution of tin 2 ounces of wax-soap and 82 ounces of gum-Arabic. Pale Yellow. Mix 1 gallon of liquor of fustic, 2 ounces of wax-soap, and 82 ounces of gum-Arabic. Rose Color. Mix 1 gallon of liquor of cochineal with 2 ounces of wax-soap and 8} ounces of gum-Arabic. Scarlet. I. Mix 1 gallon of liquor tf Brazil wood compounded with alum, and a solution of copper with 2 ounces of wax-soap and 82 ounces of gum- Arabic. II. Mix 1 gallon of liquor of cochi- neal compounded with citrate of tin with 2 ounces of wax-soap and SI ounces of gum-Arabic. Yellow-green. I. Compound 1 gal- lon of liquor of sap-green with 2 ounces each of distilled verdigris and wax- soap and 82 ounces of gum-Arabic. II. Take 1 gallon of liquor of sap- green, 2 ounces each of dissolved indigo and wax-soap, and 82 ounces of gum- Arabic. Stain for Glazed Papers. On ac- count of the cheapness of these papers a solution of glue is used as an agglu- tinant. The following proportions are generally used for one ream of paper : One pound of glue and 1J gallons of water. Black. I. Dissolve 1 pound of glue in U gallons of water; triturate with this 1 pound of lampblack previously rubbed up in rye whiskey, 22 pounds of Frankford black, 2 ounces of Paris blue, 1 ounce of wax-soap, and add l£ pounds of liquor of logwood. II. Take i gallon of liquor of log- wood compounded with sulphate of iron, 1 ounce of wax-soap, and 4* ounces of gum-Arabic. Blue {Azure). Dissolve 1 pound of glue in 1\ gallons of water, and com- pound the solution with H pounds of Berlin blue, 22 pounds of pulverized chalk, 2i ounces of light mineral blue, and 2 ounces of wax-soap. Blue (Bark). I. Dissolve 1 pound of glue in li gallons of water, and mix with it 4i pounds of pulverized chalk, 4± ounces of Paris blue, and 2 ounces of wax-soap. II. Mix i gallon of tincture of Berlin blue aud 1 ounce of wax-soap with 2£ ounces of dissolved gum tragacanth. Blue (Pale). I. Mix* gallon of tinct- ure of Berlin blue and 1 ounce of wax- soap with 3i ounces of dissolved gum tragacanth. ' II. Dissolve 1 pound of glue in li gallons of water, and mix with it 4 pounds of pulverized chalk and 2 ounces each of Parisian blue and wax- soap. Brown (Bark). I Dissolve 1 pound of glue in li gallons of water, and mix 280 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. with it 1 pound of colcothar, a like quantity of English pink, 1J pounds of pulverized chalk, and 2 ounces of wax- soap. II. Dissolve 1 ounce of wax-soap and 44 ounces of gum-Arabic in 4 gallon of good liquor of Brazil wood and a like quantity of tincture of gall-nuts. Cherry Red. Dissolve 1 pound of glue in H gallons of water, and mix with it 84 pounds of Turkish minium previously rubbed up with \ gallon of liquor of Brazil wood and 2 ounces of wax-soap. Green (Copper). Dissolve 1 pound of glue in 1} gallons of water, and triturate with it 4 pounds of English green, 14 pounds of pulverized chalk, . and 4 ounces of wax-soap. Green (Pale). Dissolve 1 pound of glue in li gallons of water, and mix with it 1 pound of Bremen blue, 8 J ounces of whiting, 1 ounce of light chrome-yellow, and 2 ounces of wax- soap. Lemon Color. Dissolve 1 pound of glue in H gallons of water, and mix with it 13 ounces of light chrome-yel- low, 2 pounds of pulverized chalk, and 2 ounces of wax-soap. Orange-yellow. Dissolve 1 pound of glue in 1J gallons of water, and mix with it 2 pounds of light chrome-yellow, 1 pound of Turkish minium, 2 pounds of white lead, and 2 ounces of wax- soap. Red (Dark). Mix | gallons of liquor of Brazil wood with 1 ounce of wax- soap and 44 ounces of gum-Arabic. Red (Pale). Dissolve 1 pound of glue in 1J gallons of water, and mix with it 8| pounds of Turkish minium previously rubbed up with 2 ounces of wax-soap. Rose Color. Dissolve 1 pound of glue in li gallons of liquor of Brazil wood and mix with it 50 pounds of rose mad- der previously rubbed up with 2 ounces of wax-soap. Violet. Mix 4 J ounces of gum-Arabic ami 1 ounce of wax-soap with i gallon of good liquor of logwood. After the gum has dissolved in the liquor com- pound it with some potash. Stains for Morocco Papers. Black. Dissolve 8} ounces of good parchment shavings in li gallons of water and stir in 1 pound of lampblack, 30 pounds of Frankfurt black, and 13 ounces of fine Paris blue. Blue (Dark). Dissolve 83 ounces of good parchment shavings in 14 gallons of water, and mix with the solution .s| pounds of white lead and 4£ ounces of fine Paris blue. Blue (Light). Dissolve 81 ounces of parchment shavings in 14 gallons of water, and mix with it 83 pounds of white lead and 2i ounces of fine Paris blue. Green (Dark). Dissolve 13 ounces of parchment shavings in 24. gallons of water, and mix with 10 pounds of Schweinfurth green. Green (Pale). Dissolve 13 ounces of parchment shavings in 24 gallons of water, and mix with 83 pounds of Schweinfurth green and 1 pound of fine Paris blue. Orange-yelloiv. Dissolve 83 ounces of parchment shavings in li gallons of water, and mix with 14 pounds of light chrome-yellow, 83 ounces of orange chrome-yellow, and 1 pound of white lead. Pale Yellow. Dissolve 83 ounces of parchment shavings in li gallons of. water, and mix with 2 pounds of light chrome-yellow and 83 ounces of white lead. Red (Dark). Dissolve 83 ounces of parchment shavings in 14 gallons of water, and compound this with 73 pounds of fine cinnabar and 1 pound of Turkish minium. Red (Pale). Dissolve 83 ounces of parchment shavings in 14 gallons of water, and mix it with 83 pounds of Turkish minium. Violet (Dark). Dissolve 83 ounces of parchment shavings in 14 gallons of water, and mix with 33 pounds of white lead, 1 pound of pale mineral blue, and 8| ounces of scarlet lake. Violet (Light). Dissolve 83 ounces of parchment shavings in 14 gallons of water, and mix with 4} pounds of white lead, 13 ounces of light mineral blue, and 83 ounces of scarlet lake. Stains for Satin Papers. Azure Blue. Dissolve 13 ounces of parchment shavings in 24 gallons of water, and mix with 3 pounds of Bremen blue, 13 pounds of English mineral blue, and 4J ounces of wax-soap. Blue (Light). Dissolve 83 ounces of PAPER AND PAPER MATERIALS. 281 parchment shavings in U gallons of Mater, and mix with 1 pound of light mineral blue and 3J ounces of wax- soap. Brown {Light). Dissolve 81 ounces of parchment shavings in l' gallons of water, and mix with 13 ounces of light chrome-yellow, 6j ounces of colcothar, •_' ounces of Frankfort black, 3 pounds of pulverized chalk, and 3i ounces of wax-soap. Brown {Reddish). Dissolve 81 ounces of parchment shavings in 14 gallons of water, and mix with 1 pound of yellow ochre, 4.} ounces of light chrome-yellow, 1 pound of white lead, 1 ounce of red ochre, and 3J ounces of wax-soap. Gray (Light). Dissolve 83 ounces of' parchment shavings in H gallons of water, and mix with 4i pounds of pul- verized chalk, 8J ounces of Frankfort black, 1 ounce of Paris blue, and 34 ounces of wax-soap. Gray (Bluish). Dissolve 83 ounces of parchment shavings in 1J gallons of water, and mix with 4i pounds of pul- verized chalk, 1 pound of light mineral blue, 4J ounces of English green, 13 ounces of Frankfort black, and Si ounces of wax-soap. Green (Light). Dissolve 83 ounces of parchment shavings in 1 4 gallons of water, and mix with 2| pounds of Eng- lish green a like quantity of pulver- ized chalk and 34 ounces of wax- soap. Green (Brown ish). Dissolve 83 ounces of parchment shavings in 14. gallons of water, and mix with 1 pound of Schwein- furth green, 83 ounces of mineral green, 4i ounces each of burnt umber and English pink, 1 pound of whiting, and 34 ounces of wax-soap. Lemon Color. Dissolve 83 ounces of parchment shavings in 14 gallons of water, and mix with IV pounds of light ehrome-yellow, 1 pound of white lead, and 34 ounces of wax-soap. Orange-yellow. Dissolve 83 ounces of parchment shavings in 14 gallons of water, and mix with 14 pounds of light chrome-yellow, 83 ounces of orange chrome-yellow, 1 pound of white lead, and 34 ounces of wax-soap. Pale Yellow. Dissolve 83 ounces of parchment shavings in \\ gallons of water, and mix with 4i pounds of light chrome-yellow, 1 pound oi pulverized chalk, and 3J ounces of wax-soap. Orange-yellow. Dissolve 83 ounces of parchment shavings in 1 A gallons of water, and mix with t] pounds of light chrome-yellow, 83 ounces of Turkish minium, 1 pound of white lead, and 34 ounces of wax-soap. Hose Color. Dissolve 83 ounces of parchment shavings in li gallons of water, and mix with 3 gallon of rose color prepared from liquor of Brazil wood and chalk, and <>4 pounds of wax- Boap. Violet (Light). Dissolve 83 ounces of parchment shavings in 14 gallons of water, and mix with 14 pounds of light mineral blue, a like quantity of scarlet lake, 1 pound of white lead, and 3i ounces of wax-soap. White. Dissolve S3 ounces of parch- ment shavings in li gallons of water, and mix with 83 pounds of fine Krem- nitz white, 4i ounces of fine Bremen blue, and 34 ounces of wax -soap. Silver White. Dissolve 83 ounces of parchment shavings in li gallons of water, and mix with 83 pounds of Krem- nitz white, 83 ounces of Frankfort black, and 3i ounces of wax -soap. How to Split a Sheet of Paper. To split paper into two or three even parts proceed as follows : Paste a piece of cloth or strong paper to each side of the sheet to be split. When dry quickly pull the two pieces asunder, when one part of the sheet will be found to have ad- hered to one and part to the other. Soften the paste in water, and the pieces can be easily removed from the cloth. The process can be utilized in various ways. If it be desired to paste in a scrap-book a newspaper article printed on both sides of the paper and we possess only one copy it is very convenient to know how to detach the one side from the other. The paper when split, as may be imagined, is more transparent than before being subjected to the operation, and the printing-ink is some- what duller; otherwise the two pieces present the appearance of the original if again brought together. To separate the paper sheet into two films as above described will require some little practice, but with a little patience the experimenter will soon acquire the necessary dexterity. 282 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Perfumery. Aromatic Vinegars, Cosmetics, Extracts, Eaib Oils, Pomades, Powders, Washes, Fumigating Articles, etc. Extraction of Perfume from Flowers. Remove the unpleasant odor from methyl chloride by treating it in a gaseous state with sulphuric acid. The apparatus for extracting the flowers consists of a digesting vessel, a holder for the purified methyl chloride, a her- metically closed receiver, and an air- pump. Place the flowers in the digest- ing vessel and submit them for 2 min- utes to the action of the liquid methyl chloride which is then run into the re- ceiver. Repeat this operation fre- quently, each time with fresh methyl chloride. Finally the methyl chloride absorbed by the blossoms in the digest- ing vessel is removed by rarefying the air, and conveyed to the condensing apparatus. The last traces of it may be gained by the introduction of a jet of steam. The methyl chloride col- lected in the receiver, which is placed on a water-bath heated to about 86° F., is volatilized by rarefying the air to i atmosphere, the perfuming substances mixed with fatty and wax-like matters remaining behind. By treating them with cold alcohol the perfume is ob- tained in a perfectly pure state. Manufacture of Perfumer)/. Pure alcohol free from fusel oil and other substances of a disagreeable odor is one of the principal requisites for the manu- facture of good perfumery. It is also of tha utmost importance that the ethereal oils used should be perfectly pure snd of the best quality. Ecu des A I pes. Two thousand parts of alcohol, 38 parts each of oil of orange blossoms, cedrat oil, and oil of berga- mot, 15 parts each of oil of lemon and Portugal oil, 8 parts of oil of wormwood, and 4 parts of oil of cloves. Eau de Cologne. Six hundred and fifty parts of 96 per cent, alcohol, 50 parts each of orange water and rose water, 200 parts of neroli, 400 parts of oil of lavender, 200 parts of oil of berga- niot, 900 parts of " petit-grain " oil, 250 par's of oil of rosemary, and 50 parts of myrtle oil Otto's Eau de Cologne. Mix the fol- lowing ingredients with 400 parts of alcohol of 86 per cent. Tralles: Foui parts of oil of lemon, 3 of oil of berga- mot, 8 of neroli, A of lavender oil, £ of rosemary oil, 1 of spirit of sal-am- moniac. Th illayds Eau ar< uf musk. To give tin' preparation an agreeable color add from Ij to 3 parts of tincture of ratanhy. Vanilln Vinegar. Digest for 4 days in »00 parts of red Burgundy vinegar: Four parts of grated vanilla beans, 8 of pulverized cinnamon, and 2 of pul- verized cloves; then press out, strain and filter. Vinaigre de BeavJtt. Digest in a flask for 3 days in 500 parts of red Burgundy vinegar : Thirty parts of rose leaves, iciot daffodil blossoms, 8 of jas- mine blossoms, 3 of jonquils, and 2 each of marjoram and common balm leaves cut up ; press out and strain the Huid. Vinaigre des Dames. Digest for 3 days with frequent shaking : Three hundred parts of red wine vinegar, 50 parts of rose leaves, IS parts each of blossoms of jasmine and carnation pinks, 9 parts each of ground rosewood and sandal wood, and 3 parts each of quassia wood and sassafras wood cut up in pieces ; then press out the liquid, strain through a cloth and finally filter through blotting paper. Vinaigre Aromatique de J. V. Bully. This toilet article is much in demand. It is composed of 30 parts each of oil of bergamot and oil of lemon rind, 12 parts of Portugal oil, 25 parts of oil of rosemary, 4 parts each of" lavender oil and neroli, 50 parts of spirit of balm, and 1000 parts of alcohol. Let the mixture stand for 24 hours, shaking it frequently, and then add 60 parts each of tinctures of benzoin, tolu, and storax, and 100 parte of spirit of carnation pinks. Shake again, and after 24 hours add 2000 parts of distilled vinegar, and finally after letting it stand tor 12 hours compound the mixture with 90 parte of radical vinegar. 17 mi hired' Hebe (to Remove Freckles). Six thousand five hundred parte of vine- gar, 1350 of lemons cut up in small pieces, 850 of alcohol of 85° Tralles, 225 of oil of lavender, 5 of rose oil, 60 of cedar oil, and 850 of water. Let the mixture stand for 3 days exposed to the sun, and then filter. Apply the fluid to the skin by means of a sponge before retiring at night and let it dry. Wash the next morning with sold water. Cucumber "Essence is much used iu cosmetics intended for beautifying the complexion. To prevent the juice from spoiling or becoming rancid when mixed with fat, mix the fresh juice with an equal volume of 90 per cent, alcohol, and distil off the latter. If not suffi- ciently perfumed add fresh juice and distil. ( 'ucumber Milk is prepared by mak- ing an emulsion from 8 parts of sweet almonds, 20 parts of fresh cucumber juice previously boiled, and \ of Castile soap dissolved in 6 of cucumber essence, and finally adding A of tincture of benzoin. Lily Essence. Mix 250 parts of ex- tract of tuberoses, 33 parts of extract of jasmine, 66h parts of extract of orange blossoms, 100 parte of vanilla extract, 125 parte each of the extracts of acacia and rose, and a trace of ethereal oil of bitter almonds. The mixture must at least stand for 1 month before it is fit for sale. Narval Bouquet. Two hundred and fifty parts each of rose essence, extract of sandal wood, patchouli essence, and verbena essence. Ifoss-rose Essence. One thousand parte of alcoholic extract of French rose-pomade, 500 parts of triple spirit of rose, 500 parts of alcoholic extract of orange blossom pomade, 250 parte of extract of ambergris, and 125 parts of extract of musk. The extract from pomades is obtained in the following manner : Five hundred parte of pomade are cut up in small pieces and placed in a capacious flask, together with 575 parte of alcohol. The flask is then hermetically closed and placed in a water-bath until the pomade is melted, when it is converted into a fine-grained mass by shaking. The mixture is allowed to stand for a few days, being occasionally shaken, and the supernatant fluid is then drawn oft*. By repeating this operation 2 or 3 times a weaker extract is obtained suitable for cheap perfumeries. Odeur Fin National. Put i grain of musk into a flask, pour 6 fluid ounces of 85 to 90 per cent, alcohol over it, close the flask, shake it several times, and let it stand for 24 hours ; then add 5 drops of rose oil, 50 grains each of the oils of bergamot and cloves, 1 fluid 286 TECHNO-CIIEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. drachm of cedar oil, and J fluid drachm of oil of lavender. Shake the mixture thoroughly and let it stand for 3 days, frequently agitating it. Pour oil' the clear liquid or filter it through unsized paper. A few drops of this mixture imparts an agreeable and lasting perfume to a handkerchief. Tea-rose Essence. Alcoholic extract of Erench rose pomade, triple spirit of rose, and extract of rose geranium of each 50 parts, extract of sandal wood 25 parts, extract of neroli and extract of orris root of each 124 parts. I mlette de Bois. Essence of violets 500 parts, essence of acacia, essence of rose pomade, and extract of iris root of each 100 parts, and oil of bitter almonds a trace. White Rose Essence. Alcoholic ex- tract of French rose pomade, triple spirit of roses, and spirit of violets of each 100 parte, extract of jasmine 50 parts, extract of patchouli 25 parte. Hair Oils. Flower Oil. Sesame oil 400 parts, geranium oil 400 parts, oils of lavender and bergamot of each 100 parte, " petit-grain oil " 50 parts, and angelica oil a trace. Good and Cheap Hair Oil. By reason of competition in trade the price of hair oil has been so much reduced that in place of good olive oil cheaper oils, as sesame oil, refined cotton-seed oil, etc., belonging to the half-drying oils, are Eerfumed, colored, and sold as good air oil. Rape-seed oil is a good fat oil and, when freshly pressed and chemically pure, gives a much better and much cheaper oil to the manufacturer than the above oils, and may be still further improved by compounding it with 10 per cent, of castor oil. Rape-seed oil is refined as follows: Pour 10,000 parts of crude rape-seed oil, freshly pressed, into a capacious flask, and acid 4 parte of camphor and 40 parts of oil of cloves previously dissolved in 200 parte of strong alcohol. Mix by shaking the flask vigorously, and then add 900 parts of solution of perman- ganate of potassium obtained by dis- solving 50 parts of the permanganate in 1000 of water. The whole is then thoroughly mixed and placed aside for a few days until the brown color of the mixture has disappeared. Now add 600 parts of diluted hydrochloric acid containing L2.5 per cent. <>i the acid. The mixture is allowed to stand, being frequently shaken, until the oil floats nearly clear upon the aqueous fluid, when it is poured off and filtered through paper. During all the operation the flask must be kept closed. A good hair oil is now prepared as follows: Color 50(i parts of refined rape- seed oil red with alkanet, add 50 parts of castor oil, and perfume with 4 parts of oil of bergamot, 2 parts of oil of balm, and 1 part of essence of mirbane (nitro-benzole). II. Mix 90 )parts of fresh olive oil with 3 of sweet-scented oil, and, if de- sired, color red with alkanet. Another Receipt. Bruise 250 parts of fresh southernwood (Artemisia abro- tanum), pour 750 parts of olive oil and 250 parts of white wine over it, boil the whole, and press out the liquid through a linen cloth. Repeat this 3 times, but every time with fresh southernwood, and add, during the last operation, 60 parts of bear's grease. This oil is claimed to be excellent for producing new hair upon bald heads. Hamilton's Hair Oil. Pour 500 parte of fine olive oil into a glass, and add 8£ parts of alkanet. When the fluid has assumed a fine dark red color, pour off the clear oil or filter through filtering paper, and add any ethereal oil, as the oil of jasmine, cloves, cinnamon, etc. Huile antique a la Bergamotte. Mix 500 parte of pure oil of almonds or fil- berts with 60 parte of oil of bergamot, and let the mixture digest in the sun for 14 days, and put up in bottles. Huile antique ci /'Heliotrope. Put 4 parts of the finest oil of almonds and a like quantity of heliotrope blossoms into a glass retort, place it in a sand- bath and distil at a moderate heat. Place the distillate in a cool place for 8 days, and then bottle the oil. Huile & F Heliotrope. The helio- trope blossoms should be picked very carefully and full-blown ones selected. The perfume is extracted by absorption with fat. The following may be used as a sub- stitute for the natural oil : Fifteen parte of Peruvian balsam are digested for 14 days in 500 parte of good oil, shaking PERFUMERY, POWDERS, ETC. the vessel frequently. When the mixt- ure is clear add 60 parts of jasmine oil and 30 parts each of the oils of roses and bitter almonds. This oil keeps a loii'_r time ami resembles very much the heliotrope "il in odor. .More strength ami a more agreeable aroma can he given it by milling 60 parts of vanilla oil ami 30 parts each 01 the oils of am- bergris ami musk. Builed. I'Oeillet. Two kinds of pinks are used: the dark red carnation and the red with white stripes. The flowers are freed from the calyx and placed in quite thick layers upon cotton cloths. After the oil has been pressed out a stronger aroma can be imparted to it by adding to and mixing it with ethereal oil of carnation pinks. Should it be impossible to procure fresh flowers the following mixture may be used in place of the oil : Oil free from all odor 24 parts, orange blossom oil and jasmine oil of each 12 parts, and ethereal oil of carnation pinks IV. Mix the whole together by shaking, and let the mixture become clear. Huile antique d la Vanille. Take pure oil of almonds 50 parts and 1.5 of oil of vanilla and follow the directions given under huile antique & la ber- gamotte. Huile de millefleursetde Pot-pourri. Mix intimately the following oils : Six- teen parts each of jasmine and rose, 8 each of orange blossoms and tuberose, 6 of cassia, 4 each of hyacinthe, vanilla, and jonquil, and J of carnation pink. When the mixture is clear add 60 parts of flower oil. If a stronger perfume is desired, add 4 parts each of the oils of ambergris and musk. Pot-pourri Oil is prepared from the same ingredients with an addition of 4 parts of oil of bergamot and a trace of oil of thyme. Macassar Oil. "Mix fine inodorous oil of sunflower seed 60 parts, liquid goose-grease and horse oil each 4 parts, liquid storax and egg ail each 2, neroli 1, thyme-oil 2, Peruvian balsam i, rose oil i, cacao butter 2. Let the mixture stand for a few hours in a moderately warm place, then put in bottles and keep them in a cool place. Sweet Scented Oil. Mix intimately the following oils : Of cinnamon blos- soms J part, carnation pinks i, of berga- 287 mot and cedar each 3, and vanilla essence 2. Lime Juice and Glycerine is much used in America as a substitute for hair oil. The mixture does not become rancid and, by reason of the citric acid contained in it, exerts a .stimulating effect upon the roots of the hair. The following mixture gives an excellent preparation: White wax 1 part, oil of sweet almonds 20, lime water 22, glycerine 2, and oil of lemons £. Pomades. An addition of soap im- proves pomades. Before perfuming add about 250 parts of soap dissolved in hot water and about lj parts of borax to 12,500 parts of pomade stock. This renders the pomade as white as snow, and very emollient, which is very diffi- cult to attain by an addition of stearine. This pomade will bear an admixture of i water. Aurora Pomade is prepared from orris root and cacao butter. It is a patented article, and sold at 50 cents per pot containing £ ounce. Beef-marrow Pomade. Melt together 4000 parts of lard and 2000 parts of beef-marrow, strain through fine linen, and then stir with a wooden or porcelain pestle until the pomade is cold. Then work in 60 parts of oil of bergamot and 1 part of rose oil, or any other perfume desired. If the pomade is to be colored yellow, add to the fat, while yet hot, some crude palm oil or saffron ; red is obtained by an addition of a few drops of alkanet. Crime Celeste. Melt 2 J parts of whiU» wax, 50 parts each of spermaceti and oil of almonds, and add 33 parts of rose water. Crtme Cristallisee. Dissolve 1 ^art of spermaceti in 1 of huile antique de rose, a like quantity of oil of tuberose, i of huile antique of orange blossoms, and 2i of oil of almonds. Fill the clear mixture into small glass jars and let it cool slowly. Glycerine Balsam. Melt white wax and spermaceti each 33 parts, and add , fat oil of almonds 250 parts, glycerine I 66 parts, and rose oil? part. Ice Pomade. Finest olive oil 2000 parts, spermaceti 500, oil of bergamot 50, neroli 10, oil of carnation pink 30, good olive oil 50. Neroli Pomade. Mix £ part of roso 288 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. pomade and alike quantity of jasmine- pomade with | part of fat oil of almonds, and 1 of neroli. Pomade according to Wagner. Fif- teen parts of salicylic acid, 30 parts of spirit of wine of 91 per cent., and 150 parts of lard. Pomade according to Winterberg. One hundred and fifty parts of lard, 120 parts of beef's marrow, a like quan- tity of white wax, 60 parts of Peruvian balsam, 40 parts of oil of jasmine, and 5 parts of salicylic acid. Pomade a la Duchesse. One hun- dred and twenty parts of soft lard, 3 each of neroli, oil of bergamot, and oil of lemon, 1 of tincture of ambergris, and A of tincture of musk. Pomade au Bouquet. Two hundred parts of soft pomade fat, 5 of "petit grain" oil, 1 each of neroli, rose oil, and oil of geranium, £ each of oil of cinnamon and Peruvian balsam, and ^ of tincture of musk. Pomade Divine. Soak 400 parts of crude beefs marrow for 10 days in pure cold water, changing the water twice every day. Then melt the 400 parts of beef s marrow, and while it is yet liquid add 500 parts of rose water ; pour the whole into a jar which contains 16 parts each of flowers of benzoin, storax, and orris root, and 8 parts each of cinnamon, nutmeg, and cloves ; cork the jar tightly, and place it on the fire in a vessel filled with cold water. Then heat over a moderate fire until all is melted, pour it out and stir it until it congeals. This pomade, it is claimed, promotes the growth of hair. Rub the scalp with it before retiring. Red Pomade. Melt together in a porcelain dish 90 parts of olive oil of the best quality, 30 parts each of white wax and spermaceti, and 3 to 4 parts of alkinet finely pulverized ; then add 4 parts of an essential oil and a few of rose oil and pour the mixture into small porcelain jars. Rose Pomade. One thousand two hun- dred parts of French fat rose oil, 100 of white wax, 200 of spermaceti, 1 of Turkish rose oil, 2 of geranium oil of best quality, 1 of oil of bergamot, and 1 of alkanet. Stick* and Beard Pomatum. Broivn * Barbers' pomatum generally comes in sticks. Beard Pomatum. Melt *ogether 750 parts of olive oil, 250 parts of lard, and 375 parts of wax. Let the mixture stand for some time, then press out the clear fluid, and perfume it with 7i parts of oil of bergamot, 12 parts of oil of cloves, and 7 A parts of Peruvian bal- sam, and color it with brown umber or alkanet which has been mixed with some bone black. Held's Beard Pomatums. I. Take 31 parts each of pulverized Venetian soap and gum-Arabic, 16A parts each of rose water and white wax, and a few drops of rose oil. Rub the soap and the gum-Arabic together with the rose water, adding the latter all at one time to prevent the formation of lumps. Then melt the wax in a spoon or other suitable vessel, and mix it with the above paste, first heating the rubbing- dish or mortar containing it, so that the wax shall not congeal too rapidly, and a homogeneous, smooth compound is obtained. II. Take 16£ parts each of finely- pulverized gum-Arabic and Venetian soap, 100 parts of rose water, 33 parts of white wax, and a few drops of rose oil. Proceed as above. Then mix 16£ parts of good ordinary soap and 5 parts of gum-Arabic, both pulverized, with about 133 parte of water, and put the mixture in a new, glazed earthenware pot. Then add 5 parts of white wax and boil the whole over a moderate coal fire until it has the desired con- sistency. Perfume the compound when cold with any kind of ethereal oil. Hungarian Moustache Pomatum. Take 500 parts of lead-plaster, 6i parts of acacia oil, 3 parts of rose oil, and 1$ parts each of oils of cloves and bitter almonds. Give the desired shade of color with sienna rubbed up in oil, and then mix the ingredients by first melt- ing the lead-plaster in water. Stick Pomades. I. Consists of purified lard and white wax each 500 parts, jasmine pomade and tuberose pomade each 250 parts, and rose oil 1£ parts. II. Mix purified lard 500 parts, white wax 250 parts, oil of bergamot 33 parts, and oil of cassia 1A parts. The poma- tum is colored black with lampblack, or brown with umber rubbed up in oil. Hair Restorers, T^onios. Washes, ITKIT.MKIIY, POWDERS, ETC. 2b£» etc. American Shampooing Liquid to Promotethe Growth of Hair. Mix : Rum 1000 parts, alcohol 120, tincture of eantbaridea 5, carbonate of ammonium 5, and salt of tartar 10. Rub the bead thoroughly with the mixture and tben wash with cold water. Bandolines. 1. Mix in a wide-necked flask 30 parts of gum-tragacanth con- verted into a coarse powder with 500 of rose Witter; let the mixture stand for _' or ;i days, shaking it several times every day, and then strain through a linen cloth, using gentle pressure. II. Boil 1 tahlespoonful ofwhole flax- seed for 5 minutes in 1 pint of water and strain. Bay-rum Hair Tonic. Mix inti- mately 150 parts of tincture of bay leaves, 4 parts of ethereal bay oil, 30 parts of bicarbonate of ammonium, 30 parts of borax, and 1000 parts of rose water; and filter after the mixture has been allowed to stand for a short time. Biih/ingen's Hair Tonic. Tincture of arnica blossoms 10 parts, glycerine 5 parts, spirit of wine 10 parts, and water 60 parts. Cheap and Efficacious Hair Tonic. Mix : Eau de Cologne 60 parts, tinct- ure of cantharides 8 parts, rosemary oil ai^d lavender oil of each a few drops. Cheap Hair Wash. Pulverize 30 parts of borax and 15 parts of cam- phor, and dissolve the powder in 1500 parts of boiling water. The solution when cold is ready for use. The cam- phor will form small lumps, but this does not destroy the efficacy of the solution, as the water is thoroughly impregnated. This wash, with which the hair should be frequently moistened, not only cleanses and improves it, but strengthens the growth, preserves the color, and prevents premature bald- ness. Eau de Lustre {For Dressing the Hair). I. LJssolve 120 parts of gum- Arabic ir oOO parts of tepid water, and add to tne solutiom 4 parte of sandurac. Before the water becomes entirely cold ada to it the white ol 9 . eggs beaten to a froth and then compound the whole with some rose water. Ic place of the gum-Arabic 15 parts of pulverized sugar may be used. In using this preparation oour a. bttle of i» into a 19 small saner and apply it to the hair witli an old tooth-brush. 11. Boil 7 parts of isinglass in 500 parts of water, add 7 parts of pulver- ized sugar and 250 parts of spirit of wine or rose water, and shake vigor- ously until a homogeneous mixture is formed. Glycerine Wash. Dissolve 33 parts of borax in 4000 parts of orange blos- som water, and add 250 parts of glyc- erine. Rosemary Hair Wash. Dissolve 33- parts of pearlash in 2000 parts of rose- mary witter, and add 250 parts of recti' fied spirit of wine. This preparation can be colored brown with kino. Wash to Remove Dandruff. Glycerine, chlorate of potassium, borax, and spirit of camphor each 1 part, and water 25 parts. Rub the scalp thoroughly with this preparation before retiring, and wash the head with the yelk of egg once or twice a week. Hair Dyes. The basis of nearly all hair dyes is either lead or silver, and the constant application of these metals to the skin is dangerous. We here give several such dyes with a silver basis, quite as much for the purpose of in- structing those who would use these preparations of the risk they run as of furnishing formulae for compounding them. To these we have added some which are innoxious, although these latter are not so effective as those pre- pared from silver and lead. Let the use of all hair dyes be practised with the utmost care. Broivn Hair Dye. Dissolve 33 parte of nitrate of silver in 250 parts of rose water and filter the solution. The mor- dant used with this preparation con- sists of a solution of 33 parts of sulphide of potassium in 250 parts of water. The mordant is first applied and, when dry, the solution of nitrate of silver. Eau de Chine pour Noicir les Che- vaux. This hair dye, sold in Paris, is prepared in the following manner : Put 8 parte of pure silver in a flask and pour gradually 30 parts of aqua-fortis over it. Place an earthen vessel filled with sand over a moderate fire and put the flask into the sand. As soon as the silver is dissolved add 1 ounce of mercury and 3 fluid ounces of aqua- fortis. When the solution is complete 290 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. add gradually J pint of distilled water, then take the retort from the sand and let it stand in a moderately warm place until the liquid is clear, and then fill it in bottles which must be well closed. Eau Lajeune is a hair-dye manu- factured by M. Lajeune, perfumer in Paris. An elegant box contains :; bottles of fluids and 2 small hairbrushes. Bottle No. 1 contains a clear fluid con- sisting of 25 grains of pyrogallic acid, 4| grains of alkanet, 6 fluid drachms of spirit of wine, and 1 fluid ounce of water. Bottle No. 2 contains a thick- ish, brown, opaque fluid, composed of i ounce of nitrate of silver, 1 fluid drachm of spirit of sal-ammoniac, } fluid drachm ofgum-Arabic, ami 7 fluid drachms of distilled water. Bottle No. 3, labelled "Fixateur," contains a fluid consisting of 73 grains of sodium sul- phide and 2 fluid drachms of water. Hager's Innoxious Hair Dye as a Substitute for Lead Preparations. Place 10 parts of basic nitrate of bis- muth and 150 parts of glycerine in a glass matrass, heat it gently and add caustic potash lye until by shaking, gentle heating, and digesting on a water- bath a solution as clear as water is obtained. Then add citric acid dis- solved in an equal quantity of water until the alkaline reaction only slightly prevails. Then add sufficient orange blossom water until the whole amounts to 300 parts. The fluid may now be compounded with some aniline color. This preparation gives good results, but its effect is somewhat slow. Innoxious Hair Dye. Prepare a pomade of 5 parts of lard and 2 of white wax by melting these two ingredients together, and mixing with them 2 parts of bone-black. The dye is not a very durable one, but it is entirely harmless, and if carefully applied does not rub oft' as easily as might be supposed. Turkish Hair Dye. Pulverized gall- nuts are rubbed to a paste with suffi- cient fat oil, and the paste is then roasted in an iron vessel until no more oily vapors escape. The residue is rubbed to a paste with water and, while yet moist, mixed as intimately as possible with sufficient metallic powder, consist- ing of the finest iron and copper dust, so as to retain the consistency of an •intment, and perfumed with powdered ambergris. The preparation must be kept in a moist place, as thereby only it acquires the property of dyeing the hair black. One application is suffi- cient to impart a beautiful black to the hair, which it retains for a long time, leaving it soft and glossy. Depilatory Compounds. Triturate in a saucer 20 parts of quicklime, 1 of pure potash, and 1 of potassium sul- phide, and stir the whole into a paste with warm water. Soak the hair in warm water of 128° F. for 10 minutes, and apply the above paste while yet warm. The effect is instantaneous; but the skin should be washed with vin- egar to remedy any injurious effect the preparation may have on it. Sul phhydrate of Sodium is recom- mended by H. Bbttger as a very effec- tive and inodorous agent destructive of hair. It is readily obtained by rub- bing together intimately 1 part by weight of crystallized sulphhydrate of sodium with 3 parts by weight of fine purified chalk to a fine powder. By moistening this mixture, which keeps for an unlimited time in well-closed glass vessels without suffering decom- position, with a few drops of water to a thick paste, and placing it in a layer of the thickness of a knife blade upon a hide covered with hair, it will be seen that the thickest hair is changed within a few minutes into a soft mass easily removed from the skin with water. Great care should be used in applying it to the human body. Cosmetic and Medicated Wa- ters. " Anhalt" Water. Pulverize h ounce each of galanga and rosemary blossoms, the same quantity each of fennel seed, bay leaves, and frankin- cense, and the same each of cloves, cubebs, nutmegs, cinnamon, and mastic. Place the powders in glass flasks, pour 3 pint of Venetian turpentine and 1 gallon of rectified spirit of wine over them, and let the whole digest for 6 days; then add 1 pint of water and distil over A gallon of "Anhalt" water. It is used for strengthening weak and lame limbs. Barege Waters. I. Napoleon's Bath. Boil If grains each of alum, chalk, and hard soap, 3| grains of salt, 20 grains of carbonate of sodium, and loi grains of potassium sulphide in 1± quarts of PERFUMEHY, POWDERS, ETC. 291 water until gas commences to be de- veloped, and then add sufficient water for the whole to make l gallon of fluid. This water is used as a bath tor erup- tions of tin' skin. II. I >i>sart and Pilsen beer 11 parts. When all the plates have been flowed heat them somewhat and let them stand till the next morning, when they are again heated, washed, and stood isidc to dry. II. Chrome-gelatine Layer. Wash 25 parts of gelatine in several waters and let them swell up in the last water. Then dissolve 7.5 parts of chrome-alum in 200 parts of distilled water, add the soaked gelatine, and heat the whole to 120° F. When the gelatine is entirely dissolved add 2.5 parts each of bichro- mate of potassium and bichromate of ammonium. The plate 'before flowing is somewhat heated. Fixing Solution. Glycerine 500 parts, ammonia 50, hyposulphite of sodium 12, and water 250. Fluid for Drawing off Negatives. Gelatine 36 parts, radical vinegar 100, and glycerine 6 to 8. The solution re- mains liquid even on cooling, and the negatives can be flowed cold. Painting the Operating Room. Blue, which is generally used, prolongs the taking of a picture instead of accelerat- ing it. The best paint for the walls of the operating room is an orange-green, obtained by mixing orange with pea- green. If, further, the collodion layer and the silver-bath are colored violet — the complementary color of orange- green — the picture is under favorable conditions taken instantaneously, while under less favorable circumstances it requires but 2 to 3 seconds. 302 te'.;hno-chemical receipt book. Petschler'a New Dry Method of Pre- paring I'hitis. The plates prepared by this method are not affected by day- light, and can be again sensitized by washing before exposure in water in the dark room. It simplifies without varying greatly from the ordinary pro- cess. The collodionized and sensitized plate is first washed and then coated with albumen, which, in place of iodide, contains only 2 to 4 parts of common salt to 100 parts of albumen. The plate is then dried by submitting it to a great heat, and is not sensitive. Instead of sensitizing it in a silver-bath it is sim- ply washed in the dark with pure water, whereby the layer becomes again sensitive. Photo-diaphanie, or Process of Trans- ferring Photographs together with the Albumen layer on Glass, Porcelain, etc. Float the paper 2 minutes in a bath consisting of nitrate of silver 6 parts and water 30 parts, then dry and ex- pose it under a negative until the picture is copied. Wash with water, and tone the picture in a solution of 1 part of chloride of gold, 30 parts of sodium acetate, and 1050 parts of wa- ter, and neutralized with carbonate of sodium. Let the solution stand for 24 hours. After it has been used acidu- late it slightly with hydrochloric acid, and when it is to be employed again neutralize the acid with carbonate of sodium and add, if necessary, some neutralized chloride of gold. After toning the diaphanie picture is placed in pure water. As soon as the albumen layer begins to detach itself from the paper place the picture in a fixing bath consistingofsodium hyposul- phite 4 parts and water 20, which will detach the film entirely from the paper. The film remains in the bath about 10 minutes, whereby it becomes very elastic and, after washing thoroughly with water, fit for transferring. It is laid wet on the article to be decorated, which must be entirely free from grease. If the film should not adhere properly wash it with a mixture of radical vinegar of 32° 1 part and dis- tilled water 6, which renders it again elastic. When properly fastened re- move all traces of acid by washing. Photo-emulsions. Improvements by II. W. Vogel. The improvements con. sist in a combination of emulsion of bromide of silver and gelatine emul- sion with pyroxyline. Four different methods may be employed. 1. Prepare a gelatine emulsion with bromide of silver (or iodide or chloride of silver). Dry and dissolve the emul- sion in 3 to 10 times its quantity of formic or acetic acid. This acidulated emulsion is used either by itself or compounded with pyroxyline. 2. Dissolve pyroxyline by itself in one of the above acids with an addition of alcohol, and mix the solution with equal parts by volume of the above acidulated emulsion. 3. Prepare an ordinary collodion emulsion, precipitate it with water, dry the precipitate, and dissolve it in one of the acids mentioned, and add gelatine either direct or in solution. 4. Dissolve gelatine and pyroxyline and add finely powdered bromide of silver (iodide or chloride of silver), or produce them in the solution. These new emulsions can be used either dry or wet. Photo-])ri7iting without a Press. A carbon picture is prepared on a glass plate in the usual manner, and the picture surrounded by a wooden frame which exactly encloses the glass plate. Now pour on a moderately warm mixt- ure consisting of gelatine 1 part, gum- Arabic and glycerine each 2, and pos- sessing the consistency of the mixture used in ordinary printing. When solidification has taken place the frame or rim is carefully removed with a hammer, and the gelatine plate, which has united itself with the carbon picture, is cautiously turned over. With re- spect to the printing the blackening of the picture is performed with a glass roller and is best managed with an elastic runner, as practised by the ordi- nary printer. The printing-ink, which must be of good consistency, is dissolved in oil of turpentine or benzol. This solution without an addition of varnish is poured on the plate and distributed by the glass roller. A non-coagulated albuminized paper is now spread over the blackened picture with due pre- cautions. The paper should not lie too long on the plate, otherwise the albumen layer is apt to dissolve and soil the PHOTOGRAPHY, 303 plate. Moistening the plate with water is nut necessary, as the plate is moisl enough for the printing of a dozen pictures. After continuous use it ex- hausts itself, hut still it is hygroscopic enough to absorb moisture in a few hours to be ready again for printing. This method 1ms the advantage that the print is obtained in relief; also thai round or cylindrical objects, as fiasks, vases, etc., can be printed. Photographic Process with Phospho- rescent Substances. The following process has recently been published by Warnerke: Coat a glass plate or paper with a layer of phosphorescent sul- ■phide, using albumen as agglutinant to protect the powder from atmospheric influence. By preparing the phos- phorescent surface upon a collodion- ized glass plate, and drawing oil" the film, a flexible layer is obtained. The plate coated with calcium sulphide is dark as long as not subjected to the action of light, but on exposure in the camera for about 1 minute, and brought into the dark room, the points struck by the light will appear lumi- nous. By placing the luminous pict- ure upon an emulsion plate for about 5 minutes, and then developing it, a complete negative, but reverse, will be obtained. A.n exposure of the phospho- rescent plate tbra few seconds suffices to obtain an image visible in the dark room ; heating the plate increases the luminosity. The picture remains lu- minous sufficiently long to allow of sev- eral copies being successively taken upon emulsion plates. It is a remark- able fact that the picture produced in the camera is not sharp, the cause of this being evidently that the focus of the system of lenses is not corrected for rays promoting phosphorescence (es- pecially ultra-violet and violet rays). A phosphorescent plate after having become luminous remains so in the dark for several hours, the luminosity gradually disappearing after that time, but in a red or green light it is extin- guished in a few minutes. By ex- posing a luminous plate to bright day- light under a red glass plate, or green aniline layer, for several minutes it loses the power of emitting light in the dark. When a phosphorescent plate is exposed under an ordinary negative a luminous image is obtained which, on being brought in contact with an emulsion plate, allows of a sharp posi. tive being taken. By exposing a phos phoreseeiit plate to the light, then covering it with a negative ami a col* ored plate, extinguishing luminosity, and again exposing it, a luminous positive image is obtained, because the points struck by the colored lighl lose the power of emitting light in the dark. With phosphorescent plates it is possi- ble, according to Warnerke, to obtain photographs from the red end of the spectrum. The entire surface of the plate must first lie exposed to the light. On being struck by the spectrum of the sun the less refrangible rays (on the red end) destroy the illuminating power, • and leave only Fraunhofer's dark lines gleaming upon the plate. These can then be transferred to a gelatine or collodion plate. Lieuten- ant Darwin has made similar experi- ments, using Bahnain's luminous paint. He exposed a phosphorescent plate to the sunlight 3 to 4 seconds, covered it with a negative and a red glass plate, and submitted the whole to the rays of the sun for 1J minutes, and, as soon as the plate was brought into the dark room, a luminous nega- tive made its appearance. This, on being brought in contact with a dry plate for 30 seconds, and then devel- oped, gave a negative picture. Photographic Reproduction. This new process is based on the property of perchloride of iron being reduced to protochloride by light. The latter salt is not changed by a solution of prussiate of potash, while the former is immediately colored blue. The copying paper is sensitized by immer- sion in a bath formed of 100 parts of water, and 10 of perchloride of iron, and 5 of oxalic acid. The drawing, on transparent paper, is placed on a dry sheet of the copying paper and exposed to the light under glass from 15 to 30 seconds in summer and 40 to 70 seconds in winter. After exposure the sheet is placed in a bath of prussi- ate of potash (15 : 100), which immedi- ately colors blue all the parts where the perchloride has remained intact, but does no* affect the places where the salt liab been reduced by light. 304 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. The drawing is then washed with water, and passed into a hath of 8 to 10 per cent, or hydrochloric acid, which removes the salt of protoxide of iron; then it is washed again and dried. The drawing now appears in deep blue tints mi a very white ground, and looks like a drawing made by hand with blue ink. Platinotypy. This new process of photo-chemical printing in metallic platinum has been recently improved by Roppe. He gives the following directions : Dissolve 500 parts of chlo- ride of iron perfectly pure and dry in 1000 parts of water. Then prepare a warm solution of carbonate of sodium entirely free from potash salts. Both salts are found sufficiently pure in commerce. Then filter the solutions, and precipitate the solution of chloride of iron with the soda solution by add- ing the latter as long as a precipitate is formed. The result will be ferric hydrate which, by settling and washing with water, is freed as much as possible from sodium chloride which has been formed, after which it is collected in a funnel arranged for quick filtration. When dry the ferric hydrate is dis- solved in a concentrated hot solution of oxalic acid. This is best accomplished by pouring the latter gradually to the precipitate contained in a beaker glass, care being had to avoid an excess. Now introduce 12 parte of sodium chloro-platinite, or, if this cannot be procured, 10 parts of platinum tetra- chloride into the hot solution, filter, and concentrate the solution by evap- oration. With this the first sensitizing bath is prepared. The paper to be sensitized must be well sized. Float the paper, gelatine side down, for about 5 minutes, care being had to disperse all air bubbles, and using all other precautions as in sensitizing albumen paper. The paper, if kept excluded from light and moist- ure, seems to improve with age. Pict- ures taken upon paper several weeks old seemed to be more perfect. The en- tirely dry paper being exposed under a negative to the light, the picture can be easily perceived, and the printing is continued until the white places assume a weak gray coloring. The exposure requires on an average J of the time necessary for albumen papers, silvered or fumigated with ammonia. The paper is now immersed m the following de- veloping solution : ( >xalic acid 25 parts, sodium chloro-platinite 2 parts, dis- solved in 250 parts of water; or, 25 parts of sodium oxalate and 1.5 parts of platinum chloride dissolved in 200 parts of water. The developing bath must be heated to 120° to 140° F. ; the picture soon reaches the requisite intensity and is then washed and dried. This process is simple, economical, and gives satisfactory results. The picture retains sometimes a yellowish tone of color caused by the excess of oxalate of iron present in the paper, ' which can be easily remedied by immer- sion in a tepid solution of potassium oxalate and alum. The sodium salts are better than the potassium salts, potassium chloro-platinite being only moderately soluble in water, while sodi- um chloro-platinite is very much so. By increasing the quantity of the platinum salts very dull black tones of color can be obtained, and also a paper more sen- sitive to light, which might be of ad- vantage in winter. Precipitation of Gold from Old To- ning Baths. To regain the gold from baths prepared with sodium tungstate it is recommended to add to the bath, im- mediately after having been used, a few drops of pure aniline oil and to agitate it thoroughly. In about 12 to 24 hours the gold will be precipitated together with a little tungstate. . When a suffi- cient quantity of gold has been collected dissolve it in aqua regia, reduce the solution somewhat with water, neutral- ize it carefully with sodium carbonate, and let the fluid stand quietly for 2 or 3 days,when a precipitate of gold-spangled tungsten-bronze will be deposited, which is filtered off. Rapid Method. Sensitive Collodion: Cotton 10 parts, alcohol 400 parts, ether 500 parts, solution of iodide of ammo- nium 45 parts, solution of iodide of cad- mium 40 parts, and solution of cadmi- um ammonio-bromide '15 parts. The latter is prepared by dissolving cadmi- um bromide 6 parts and ammonium \ bromide 4 parts in 100 parts of alcohol. Sufficient tincture of iodine is added to this collodion to give it an orange-red i color, and it is then aiiowed to staud for PHOTOGRAPH V. 305 2 cr 3 days. The silver bath musl be neutral, but the collodion acid red. Developer for Photographs of Chil pounds of fused or 14£ pounds of crystallized pure hydrated oxide of barium, and 94 ounces of lime previ- ously slaked in water. As soon as the baryta water gets clear it is ready to receive the easts. They are wrapped in suitable places with cords, and, after removing the scum from the baryta bath, are dipped in as rapidly as pos- sible, face first, and then allowed to rest upon the grating. Hollow easts are first saturated by rapid motions in the bath, then filled with the solution and suspended in the bath with the open part upwards. After the cords are all secured above the surface of the liquid the zinc vessel is covered. The casts are left in the bath for 1 to 10 or more days according to the thickness of the water-proof stratum required. After taking off the cover and removing the scum the casts are drawn up by the strings, rinsed off with lime water, allowed to drain off, carefully wiped off with cotton or linen raijs, and left to dry, without being touched by the hands, in a warm place, free from dust. The same solu- tion which has been used once can be used again by adding a little more baryta and lime. Of course this process can only be applied to casts free from dust, smoke, dirt, etc. To prevent the casts from getting dust upon them they should be wrapped in paper when taken from the mould and dried by artificial heat below '-'12° F., care being had not to handle them with sweaty hands. If in spite of every precaution the casts when finished show yellow spots they can he removed in this manner: The casts when perfectly dry are painted over with water ami oil of turpentine, then put in a glass ease ami exposed to iln direct rays of the sun. All spots of an organic nature will then disappear, Imt rust, smoke, ami mineral Spots cannot lie removed in this u ay. 1 o the place of cold baryta water the easts may lie placed for half an hour in a concen- trated solution of baryta heated to 100° to 120° k. This has the advantage that the easts may he put in he fore- drying. As the easts treated in this way are not hardened very deeply and are still porous, it is well to place them subsequently in a cold hath tor a longer time. The casts are now ready, as soon as perfectly dry, for the soap solution. A pure, good, hard soap is cut in shavings, which are dried and then dissolved in 50 or 60 per cent, of alcohol, 10 or 12 parts of alcohol to 1 of soap. A solu- tion of Marseilles soap known as " spiritus saponatus" can he bought at any drug store. The finest appearance as well as a high degree of durability is obtained by using a solution of stear- ate of soda in strong alcohol. Both the solution and cast should be warm, so that it may penetrate as perfectly and deeply as possible. It does no harm to repeat the operation several times as long as the liquid is absorbed by the cast. When dry the cast is finished. Process with Silicate of Potassium. This process depends upon the conver- sion of the calcium sulphate into calcium silicate — an extremely hard, durable, in- soluble compound — and is accomplished by the use of a dilute solution of silicate of potassium containing free potash . To prepare this solution make a 10 per cent, solution of caustic potash in water, heat to boiling in a suitable vessel, and then add pure silicic acid, free from iron, as long as it continues to dissolve. On standing the cold solution usually throws down some highly silicated pot- ash and alumina. It is left in well- stoppered glass vessels to settle. Just before using it, it is well to throw in a few small pieces of potash or to add 1 or 2 per cent, of the potash solution. If the plaster articles are very bulky this solution can be diluted to one-half with pure water. The casts are silicated by dipping them in a cold state for a 310 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. few minutes into the solution, or ap- plying the solution hy means of a well- cleaned sponge, or throwing it upon them as a fine spray. Wheu the chem- ical reaction, which takes place almost instantly, is finished, the excess of the solution is best removed with some warm soap-water or a warm solution of stearine soap, and this finally re- moved with still warmer pure water. The casts, which can be immersed or easily moved about, may be treated as above when warm; a very short time is required, but some experience is neces- sary. In every case it is easy to tell when the change is effected, from the smooth, dense appearance, and by its feeling when scratched with the finger- nail. It is not advisable to leave the casts too long in the potash solution as it may injure them. A little practice lenders it easy to hit the right point. The fresher and purer the gypsum and the more porous the cast the more necessary it is to work as quick as pos- sible. Castings made with old and poor plaster of Paris are useless for silicating. These silicated casts are treated with soap as before. In washing plaster- casts prepared by either process it is recommended to use a clean soft sponge, carefully freed from all adherent sand and limestone, moistened with luke- warm water and well soaped. They are afterwards washed with clean water. The addition of some oil of tur- pentine to the soap is useful, as it bleaches the casts on standing. The use of hot soap-suds must be avoided. Brethauer's Method of Preparing Plaster of Paris Casts Resisting the Action of the Weather. Slake 1 part of finely pulverized lime to a paste, then mix gypsum with lime water, and intimately mix both. From the com- pound thus prepared the figures are cast. When perfectly dry they are painted with hot linseed oil, repeating the operation several times, then with linseed-oil varnish, and finally with white oil paint. Statues, etc., prepared in this way have been constantly ex- posed to the action of the weather for 4 years, without suffering any change. Jacobsen prepares casts which retain no dust, and can be washed with luke- warm soap-water by immersing them or throwing uj:>on them in a fine spray a hot solution of a soap prepared from stearic acid and soda .ye in ten times its quantity by weight of hot water. Shellhass recommends the coating of plaster of Paris casts with a compound of finely powdered mica and collodion prepared as follows: The mica, rendered perfectly white by boiling with hydro- chloric acid or calcining, is ground very fine, sifted and elutriated, and then mixed with dilute collodion to the consistency of oil paint, and applied with a soft brush. Casts coated in this way possess a silvery lustre, have the advantage of being indifferent to sul- phurous exhalations, andean be washed without injury. Preserving Meat, Milk, Vege- tables, Vegetable Substances, Wood, etc., and Preservatives. Boro-glycerine for Preserving Or- ganic Substances is prepared by heat- ing 92 parts of glycerine with 62 of boracic acid to 392° F. Boro-tartrate for Preserving Meat and other Food. Distilled water is aromatized with nutmeg in the propor- tion of 1 or 2 parts to 1000, and in thk- is dissolved 12 to 15 parts of boro-tar- trate obtained by melting together 2 parts of tartaric acid with 15 of boracic acid. This antiseptic fluid is injected into the arteries of the animal to be pre- served, which is then cut up, and the pieces, after the bones have been re- moved, are immersed in the fluid for several hours and then dried in the air. Small pieces require to be immersed only for a short time, or their surface simply sponged with the fluid. English Pickle for Meat. Dissolve 300 parte of common salt, 5 parte of saltpetre, and 50 parts of sugar in 2000 parts of water. Boil the whole and remove the scum. Fluids for Preserving Corpses, Ana- tomical Specimens, Plants, etc. The Cultus Department of the German Em- pire has bought the following patented process from the inventor, Jean Wickers- heimer, and published it for the benefit of the public : Dissolve 3V ounces of alum, 3 ounce of common salt, i ounce of saltpetre, 2 ounces of pot- ash, and J ounce of arseuious aez* i'KESKKVATIVES FOR MEAT, ETC. 311 in 25 quarts of boiling water; allow the solution to cool, and thru filter. Now add to every l'1 gallons' of the neutral fluid MJ quarts of glycerine and 1J pints of me thy J alcohol. About U quarts are required for injecting the body of a child, and 1 gallon for that of an adult. Anat ical specimens are simply im- mersed in the fluid for 6 to 12 days. The muscles, etc., when dry, remain soft and flexible. Struve recommends the following fluid in which the alum is omitted, which he claims to be entirely superfluous, and as exerting a disturbing influence in consequence of its being precipi- tated : Water 55. 45 per cent., glycerine 37.7 per cent., methyl alcohol 4.43 per cent., potassium sulphate 1.34 percent., common salt 0.46 per cent., saltpetre 0.23 per cent., and arsenious acid 0.39 per cent. Oscar Jacobsen, for the same reason as Struve, changes the receipt as fol- lows: Arsenious acid j ounce, potas- sium carbonate J ounce, saltpetre \ ounce, common salt ft ounce, potassium sulphate I ounce, and water 2^ quarts. Two fluids prepared according to Wickersheimera patent have been brought into commerce, one intended for " injecting" the other for " immers- ing," the first containing larger quan- tities of the different salts than the latter. They contain no alum, and are prepared according to the following receipts : Injecting Immersing fluid. " fluid. Arsenious acid . . . 0.56 oz. 0.42 oz. Sodium chloride . . 2.82 " 2.11 " Potassium sulphate . 7.05 " 5.29 " nitrate . . 0.88 " 0.63 " carbonate . 0.705 " 0.52 " Water 2 gals. 2 gals. Glycerine 3 qts. 3 qts. Methyl alcohol . . . 1 pt. 1 pt. Improved Process for Preserving Meat, Fish, Fruits, Liquids, etc. For closing bottles hermetically the follow- ing mixture is used : Melt 3 parts of glue with 1 of glycerine or oil. For bottles containing volatile fluids the mixture consists of 3 parts of gelatine, i of glyc- erine or oil, and J of water. To preserve meat, fish, fruits, etc., the articles are surrounded with a com- pound prepared by melting 2i parts "f gelatine in A part of glycerine. To protect the gelatine from spoiling 4 parts ot tannin are added to every 10,000 parts of the compound. The bottle or jar is hermetically closed by placing a piece of paper upon the con- tents, and filling the space between tins and the cork with the above com- pound. New Process of Giving Preserved Vegetables a Natv/ral Color. Copper and zinc salts, both injurious to health, are frequently employed to give canned vegetables a natural green color. This may, according to a new invention, be accomplished by adding chlorophyl, the natural coloring matter of vegeta- bles. Immerse green leaves in dilute caustic soda lye, and compound the fluid with alum. Wash the precipitate and dissolve it with potassium phos- phate and alkaline eart.s. By adding the solution to the boning vegetables sufficient chlorophyl is absorbed by them to retain their natural green color. The great advantage of this method is that no foreign substance is added, but only one natural to the plant and in.- noxious. New Process of Preparing Preserva- tive Salt. Melt together 4 equivalents of crystallized boracic acid and 1 equiva- lent of sodium phosphate, and add salt- petre and common salt. To preserve fresh meat of any kind remove first all bones, and then scatter the preservative salt over the surface and into all hollows. The meat may also be placed for J hour in a solutica of the preservative salt in the proportion of 1 to 6, or about 10 tablespoonfuls of the salt dissolved in 1 quart of water, and then wrapped up in a linen cloth moistened with the solution and hung up in the air; or it may be placed in a pot or barrel, the solution poured over it and allowed to remain until it is to be used. For 1 pound of meat 1 teaspoonful of the salt is required. New Method of Preserving Sugar Beets, Potatoes, and other Tubers. The beets, potatoes, etc., are piled up and covered, not as formerly with straw or earth, but with a sufficient layer of the following mixture : Coal cinders con- verted into coarse powder 80 per cent and lime slaked to a fine powder wita 812 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. as little water as possible 20 per cent., and intimately mixed. Preserving Linton Juice. I. Keep the filtered juice, before it has passed into fermentation without adding alco- hol, in a bottle hermetically sealed. II. Heat the fresh juice not com- pounded with alcohol in a closed ves- sel to the boiling point. III. Com- pound the unfermented juice with 10 per cent, of alcohol, and heat as in No. II. IV. Fill the fermented juice in bottles without an addition of alcohol and without heating. V. Heat the fermented juice without an addition of alcohol in a closed vessel to the boil- ing point. VI. Compound the fer- mented juice with 10 per cent, of alco- hol and heat as in No. V. All these methods furnish a juice which, when mixed with sugar syrup in the propor- tion of 5 dracl ms of juice to 5 ounces of sugar-syrup and the necessary cman- tity of water, give lemonades of a fine flavor. Process of Preparing Preserved Cat- tle-feed from Agricultural Products and Waste. Bran, malt-germs, brewers' grains, residues from the manufacture of oil, and of beet sugar, and of potato and corn starch are mixed with each other in water, so that in the mixture the proportion of proteine substances to the carbo-hydrates is as 1 to 3 or 4 in 52 to 53 per cent, of dry substance. To 1 pound of dry substance is added i drachm of salt and some calcium phos- phate ; the mass is then crushed and placed in a reservoir, where it is al- lowed to heat spontaneously until a homogeneous compound is formed, which is pressed into cakes and dried. Rapid Process of Corning Meat on a small Scale. Mix 16 parts of common salt, i of saltpetre, and 1 of sugar. Roll the meat in the mixture so that it is uniformly covered. Then wrap it in a linen cloth and put it in a covered pot. Turn the meat several times every day. In 8 days it will be thoroughly pickled. To Dry Fruit by means of a Cold Air- blast. Pared apples, etc., are submitted in a sieve-like holder to the action of a cold air-blast for 3£ hours. Excellent dried fruit, much superior to that dried in the sun or by means of hot air, is prepared by this process. To Pack Apples and other Fruit to be transported to distant places. Wrap each fruit separately in salicylized papei and pack carefully, so that in rolling or moving the barrel the fruit are not thrown against each other. The salicy- lized paper is prepared by dissolving salicylic acid in strong alcohol, and.' compounding the solution with as much water as it will bear without reprecipi- tating the salicylic acid. The paper is then saturated with the solution and dried. The object of the salicylic acid is to prevent the rotting of fruit injured by careless handling in packing. To Preserve the Blood from Meat- cattle. The fresh blood to be preserved is mixed with pulverized unslaked lime. The lime being slaked in the blood is precipitated in a short time, while the blood is converted into a homogeneous jelly-like compound, which can be easily separated from the lime-precipitate, dried, and then used as a nutritious food. To Preserve Burnt Lime. A laye,. of lime slaked to a powder is sprea4 to the depth of 6 to 8 inches upon the floor of a shed protected from all moist- ure. Upon this layer are piled the pieces of lime to be preserved and pressed as closely together as possible. The uppermost layer should have a slight slant. On the top is also placed a layer of lime slightly moistened, which is thereby converted into pow- der and falls into the interstices of the heap, protecting it from the access of air and moisture. Experiments on a large scale have proved that this proc- ess is practicable, and makes the keep- ing of burned lime during the winter possible without losing any of its good qualities. To Preserve Butter for Transatlantic Transport pack it in tin cans capable of holding from 2 to 30 pounds. The cans should be lined with wood satu- rated with brine, and, when filled, the lid must be soldered down. To Preserve Butter. Several Method*. I. Cover the butter with a layer of metallic (iron) sponge and water, so that the air can only reach the butter by passing through it. II. Dissolve 1 part of sodium meta- phosphate in water and mix it inti- mately with 240 parts of butter. To Preserve Eggs. I. In China, accord' PRESERVATIVES FOR MEAT, ETC. 313 ittg" to ltter+. f the eggs are placed in a saturate:: lolution or common salt, and allowed to remain in it until they sink down. They are then taken out, dried, and packed in boxes. The eggs, when boiled, are salted to the taste. II. Sack recommends the coating of the eggs with paratiine, 1 pound being sufficient for 1500 eggs. Fresh and .sound 3ggs are of course required for the process, as decomposition once com- •d would progress notwithstand- ing the coating of paratiine. III. Marsh dissolves in each gallon of water 12 ounces of quicklime, 6 8unces of common salt, 1 drachm of soda, J drachm of saltpetre, j drachm of tar- tar, and ll drachms of borax. The fluid is brought into a barrel and suffi- cient quicklime to cover the bottom is then poured in. Upon this is placed a layer of eggs, quicklime is again thrown in and so on until the barrel is filled, so that the liquor stands about li> inches deep over the last layer of eggs. The barrel is then covered with a cloth upon which is also scattered some lime. [V. Eggs immersed in a solution of lj drachms of iodate of calcium in 1 gallon of water were not to be dis- tinguished after a month by smell or taste from perfectly fresh eggs; how ninth longer than a month they may be thus preserved experience only can determine. To Preserve Fish. Freshly caught herring immersed in a solution of 1£ drachms of iodate of calcium in 1 gal- lon of water remain perfectly good in hot weather for about 4 days, when they begin to change slowly. If dry iodate of calcium is sprinkled over the fish, li to 3 grains to a dozen fish, instead of immersing them in the solution, the result is the same, and in neither case is it possible to detect the slightest foreign flavor in the taste of the fish. If salt herrings are first soaked in water long enough to remove as much of the salt as is considered desirable, and then 'mmersed in a solution of iodate of cal- cium for 24 hours, they lose their dis- agreeable rancid flavor, and are com- pletely restored to the flavor they had when freshly caught. To Preserve Fluids containing Nu- tritive Substances. The residues from the manufacture of alcohol and of com- pressed yeast are filtered, passed through the centrifugal, or pressed. For filtering, a system of pits is used in connection with a collecting-well. The residue (lows from the distilling ap- paratus into the filtering pits a (Fig. 39b). The substance is retained here while the water charged with the sol- Fig. 396.3 uble nutritive substances contained in the residues enters through the filter- ing layer c and the pipe d into the col- lecting-well 6, where, by means of the stirring apparatus e, it is mixed with a suitable alkali, and neutralized to a weak alkaline reaction. This water containing in solution more than £ of the nutritive substances contained in the residues is used as ordinary feed water of the boiler of the distillery, to which it is conveyed by the suction- pipe / of a pump. When it has ob- tained the desired percentage of nutri- tive substances it is used for scalding feed, and the animals are fed with this either with or without an admixture of the dry substance of the residues. When the pit a is full it is covered with several layers of hard burnt bricks, which, after a few days, are covered with clay or potter's clay, to protect 'the dry substance as much as possible from oxidation by excluding the air. The water from starch factories is also concentrated and the concentrated fluid is used for scalding and changing the pulp into paste, whereby it becomes suitable to be used as an addition to mashes or, directly, as cattle-feed. The waste-water containing nutri- tive substances of breweries, sugar houses, etc., may be concentrated antf utilized in a similar manner. To Preserve Hops. Press the hops. 314 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. as soon as dry, into wooden boxes made air-tight with rosin or pitch, close the box hermetically, and do not open it until the hops are to be used. To Preserve Meat. I. Wrap the flesh in a cover of gelatine or parch- ment paper made insoluble by treat- ment with potassium bichromate. II. To preserve meat to be used as food, Wickersheimer has patented the following process: A solution of 36 parts of potash, 15 parts of common salt, and 60 parts of alum in 3000 parts of water, is heated to 120° F., then mixed with another solution of 9 parts of sal- icylic acid in 45 parts of methyl alco- hol, to which have been added 250 parts of glycerine. The animal to be pre- served is injected with this fluid before it is opened. For smaller animals 100 parts of the fluid are used for every 1000 parts of dead weight, while larger ani- mals require less. In small animals, as fish, fowl, etc., the fluid is injected before they are killed directly into the heart with a syringe provided with a sharp point, while in large animals it is injected after they are killed into one of the cervical arteries. For cattle and pigs 2 to 3 parts of saltpetre must be added to the fluid. The meat of animals thus treated keeps perfectly fresh for 2 to 3 weeks. If it is to be preserved for a longer time more methyl-alcohol must be used, and 12 parts of salicylic acid instead of 9 parts, and 450 parts of glycerine instead of 250 parts. To preserve animal sub- stances not to be used for food the fol- lowing solution is used : Eighty parts of potash, 60 parts of common salt, 30 parts of saltpetre, and 160 parts of alum in 6000 parts of water. The so- lution is heated to 120° F., and com- pounded with a solution of 18 parts of salicylic acid in 600 parts of methyl- alcohol, and finally 60 parts of carbolic acid and 1800 parts of glycerine are added. III. Inject the meat with a saturated solution of boracic acid in cold water, and sprinkle pulverized boracic acid over it. The effect of the solution is increased by an addition of some common salt and saltpetre, which helps especially to preserve the natural ap- oearance of the meat. The meat treated thus shows no sign of decomposition, and no change can be detected even by a microscopical examination. IV. Excellent results have been ob. tained by using powdered acetate of so- dium. The meat is placed in a barrel and the acetate put in, when it is left for 48 hours. Thus prepared, it is said, the meat will keep lor any length of time, and will be ready for cooking by soaking for 12 hours in water, to every 1000 parts of which 7 parts of sal-am- moniac are added. V. Meat and other organic sub- stances can be preserved by adding to them a minute quantity of fuchsine. Pieces of beef enveloped in blotting- paper soaked with gelatine and fuchsine were found to keep unaltered. By being soaked in water for 24 hours the beef became perfectly fresh, and fur- nished a soup in which no disagreeable flavor could be detected. To Preserve Meat and Vegetables for some time put a small quantity of cleansed iron filings in a pot, pour clean boiled water over them, then put in the meat or green vegetables, so that the water stands over them, and, to prevent the access of air, pour a layer of oil upon the water. According to many experiments made meat treated thus preserved its good taste for seven weeks and had the appearance of being recently killed. Vegetables can be treated in the same manner without in- jury • To Preserve Milk. I. Add to milk evaporated to \ its volume at a tempera- ture of 100° to 120° F., in a vacuum, a solution of benzoate of magnesium and preserve the mixture in hermetically- closed vessels. II. The addition of a small quantity of boracic acid to milk retards the sep- aration of cream, and the milk retains its sweetness for several days. To Preserve Vegetables and Fruits. Dissolve 1 part of common salt in 100 of water, boil the solution and heat the steam evolved by it to a temperature of 200° to 400° F., according to the vege. table substance to be treated, and ex- pose the latter to the superheated steam 5 to 18 minutes. Such vegetable mat- ters as albumen, caseine, chlorophyl, bassorin (vegetable mucus) are iis- solved and float on the surface, k-m PRESERVATIVES FOR meat, etc. 315 which they are afterwarda removed by means of clear, running water The vegetables and fruits as soon as dry are pressed and packed. For many plants it is better to place them in brine com- posed of l pari of common salt and 35 of water, which, by the introduction of steam, is kepi al a temperature of 100 F. For washing a vat is used, through which runs constantly a stream of pure water of a temperature of 40° to 50 F. Vegetables and fruits prepared in this way retain their color and taste tin- a very long time. To Prevent the Formation of Mould a/1 Fruit Jellies. Scatter upon the sur- face iif the jelly a layer of pulverized BUgar about | inch thick, and tie up the jar with bladder or waxed paper. Two New Kinds of Preservative Papers have recently been introduced in commerce. One is obtained by im- mersing soft paper in a bath of strong solution of salicylic acid in alcohol with its much water as it will bear without re-precipitating the acid, and then dry- ing it in the air. This paper is used for wrapping up fruits, etc. Fur the other paper, which is used as a protection against moths and mildew, it is best to use strong vanilla wrap- Eing-paper, which is immersed in a ath and then dried by passing over hot rollers. This bath consists of 90 parte of tar-oil, 5 of crude carbolic acid containing phenole about one-half its volume, 20 of coal tar at a temper- ature of 158° F., and 5 of refined petro- leum. To Smoke Beef. Put the meat freshly killed and while still warm into a mixt- ure of 1 part of pulverized saltpetre and .S2 of common salt, work it thor- oughly, and scatter upon it as much rye bran as will adhere to it, and then bant; it, either with or without an en- velope of paper, in the smoke-house. The empyreumatic constituents of the smoke are prevented by the bran from reaching the meat and drying it out too much. The meat thus treated has an excellent taste and appearance. To Preserve Vine Props and Wine- Barrels by Iin/pregnating the Wood. The purpose of impregnating vine props is a double one, namely, to pre- serve the props themselves, and by the different chemicals used in impregna- tion to keep away insects injurious to the vine /•'<.5 parts, shellac L33, colophony 33, car- mine 50, magnesia mixed with oil of turpentine .'!. Gold. f. Shellac L260 parts, turpen- tine 1295, rosin 700, mastic 35, Dutch gold cut up fine 70. II. Shellac 6 parts, white rosin 2, anil silver leaf 1. The brown color of the resins imparts a golden tint to the silver. III. Shellac li»s;, parts, rosin 1015, turpentine 1120, chrome-green 35, mag- nesia 17.5, gold leaf 87.5. Green. I. Shellac 980 parts, turpen- tine 560, rosin 525, gypsum 315, min- eral blUe 420, massicot 560. II. Shellac 1295 parts, rosin 315, tur- pentine 910, chalk 420, chrome-green 420. Rea {Very Fine No. I.). 1. Vene- tian turpentine 133 parts, shellac 233, cinnabar 83, chalk mixed with oil of turpentine 3. 2. Shellac 100 parts, white rosin and prepared cinnabar each 50 parts. 3. Turpentine 1050 parts, shellac 1138 parts, oil of turpentine 26 parts, sparry gypsum 350 parts. Red No. II. Venetian turpentine 133 parts, shellac 216, cinnabar 83, colophony 16, chalk rubbed with oil of turpentine 3. II. Shellac 58 parts, Venetian tur- pentine 87.5, cinnabar 43, magnesia rubbed up with oil of turpentine 3. Red No. III. I. Venetian turpen- tine 133 parts, rosin 75, shellac 200, cinnabar 58, chalk rubbed up with oil of turpentine 3. II. Shellac 1200 parts, oil of turpen- tine 66.5, chalk 100, turpentine 650, calcined sparry gypsum 150, magnesia 200, cinnabar 866.5. III. Shellac 884 parts, turpentine 1166.5, chalk 500, fine gypsum 333, cin- nabar 216. 5. Red No. IV. Venetian turpentine 133 parts, shellac 200, rosin and cin- nabar each 50, chalk rubbed up with oil of turpentine 3. Red No. V. Venetian turpentine 133 parts, shellac 183 rosin 50, cin. nabar 40, chalk rubbed up with oil of turpentine 3. Red {Ordinary). I. Shellac 533 parts, rosin 26<>.5, turpentine iititi.5, gypsum 133, cinnabar 883. II. Shellac 910 parts, rosin 7 70, tur- pentine 1050, chalk and cinnabar each 315. Rose Color. Shellac 61 parts, Munich lake 4, tin-ash 17.5, flake-white 52, white flake (the finest white lead) 17.5. Violet. Shellac 2 15 parts, turpentine 122.5, mineral blue 79, white flake 52, flake-white 35, Munich lake 9. White. Bleached shellac 560 parts, turpentine 280, Spanish chalk 192.5, magnesia 17.5, flake-white 245, white lead 350. Yellow. I. Venetian turpentine 3 parts, shellac 3A, elutriated massicot 3. II. Venetian turpentine 66.5 parts, colophony 41.5, shellac 133, massicot 24.5, magnesia rubbed up with oil of turpentine 2.5. III. Shellac 1085 parts, rosin 700, turpentine 560, gypsum 175, minium 507.5, magnesia 35, and chrome-yellow 297.5. Transparent Sealing-wax. The best quality of bleached shellac and other materials must be used for making this kind of wax. A mixture of bleached shellac, mastic, and very fine, viscid, light-colored turpentine gives the trans- parency. In the following we give several receipts for preparing the ground mass for transparent sealing- wax, which may be colored as desired by mixing with suitable coloring matters : I. Bleached shellac 30 parts, turpen- tine 30, mastic 60, chalk 20. II. Bleached shellac 30, turpentine 35, mastic 40, and zinc white 20. III. Bleached shellac 15, turpentine 20, mastic 25, sulphate of barium or nitrate of bismuth 30. Gold or Silver Transparent Sealing- wax is obtained by mixing finely pul- verized leaf-metal with one of the above ground masses. Aventurine Sealing-wax. This beau- tiful variety of transparent sealing-wax is obtained by stirring finely powdered yellow or bronze-colored mica into one of the above ground masses. Parcel Sealing-wax. Light Red, 318 TECHNO-CIIEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Common rosin 1120 pans, turpentine 280, better quality of rosin 280, chalk 840, ami brick dust 840. Dark Bed-brown. Rosin 1540 parts, chalk 420, turpentine 875, bole 500. Light Reds-brown. Common rosin 1120 parts, better quality of rosin and turpentine each 280, chalk and colcothar each 980. Very Dark Brown. Shellac 1120 parts, turpentine 525, pitch 455, chalk 735, umber 560. Clieap Parcel Sealing-wax. Heat 333 parts of ordinary turpentine, melt in this 500 parts of shellac, and add minium sufficient to give a fine color. Another Receipt. Shellac 133 parts, rosin 1.5, turpentine 83, cinnabar 0.8, chalk loo. Melt the shellac and turpentine over a moderate fire and stir into the mixture the chalk and cinnabar previously mixed together. When the compound is cooled off so far that a portion taken out with the stirring implement can be handled without sticking to the fingers roll it out into sticks upon a board without wetting the board or the hands. Bottle, Sealing-wax. Melt together white pitch 2 parts, yellow wax and pine resin each 4, and turpentine 2. Or: Pine resin 10 parts and yellow wax and turpentine each 2. The mixture is colored red with 2 parts of red ochre; green, with Berlin blue and chromate of zinc each 1 part; blue, with ultramarine 2 parts. Black. I. Black rosin 6 parts by weight, wax £, lampblack 1£. II. White pitch 2 parts, yellow wax and pine rosin of each 4, turpentine 2, bone-black 1. The following receipt gives the best mixture for hermetically closing bottles containing alcoholic beverages : Melt 2 parts of yellow wax and then add 4 each of rosin and pitch. When the whole is thinly fluid, dip the neck of the bottle in the compound and turn it horizontally. Some wine merchants in Champagne give more transparency and a liner color to the mixture by adding 2 parts of shellac. Bronze Sealing-wax for Bottles. Melt 1000 parts of colored bottle sealing-wax over a moderate fire and add 100 t< > 2< II I of pulverized mica or bronze powder. Substitute for Bottle Sealing-wax, Mix gypsum 40 parts, white eement 6iit'li- Orystall. This size consists of sulphate of magnesium, chloride of magnesium, and dextrine. The varieties found in commerce contain : Ordinary Good quality, quality, per cent, per cent. Water 50 51 to 52 Sulphate of magnesium . 3ii to 38 42 to 48 Chloride of magnesium . to 1.5 Ferric oxide traces. Sulphate of sodium . . . to 5.04 Sulphate of calcium . . to 0.62 Glycerine and its Use in Sizing and Dressing. To load and oil the wool the following mixture is used : Rosin and aqua ammonia free from lime each 1 part by weight and water 10 parts by weight arc mixed, filtered through a cloth, and half the quantity by weight of fat oil added, and then the whole quantity by weight of glycerine. This mixture is reduced half with water and used for oiling the wool. It is also much used as a solvent for aniline colors, being capable of dissolving a larger quantity of them and at a lower tem- perature than alcohol. Its power of dissolving albumen makes it especially adapted for calico-printing. Solutions of albumen in glycerine keep for a long time and are not decomposed even at 158° F. We give in the following a few receipts for dressing with glycerine : 1. For White Goods, l." Water 20 pans, gelatine 6, glycerine 2. 2. Starch 2 parts, glycerine 3. 3. Kaolin 9 parts, sulphate of cal- cium •">, glycerine 2. 4. Kaolin 8 parts, dextrine 7, glyc- erine i. A mixture brought into commerce under the name of " polyokoll " or " par- mentine" consists of \t"> parts of gel- atine, 70 of dextrine, 20 of glycerine, and 21 of sulphate of zinc ; or, grape sugar 10 parts, Epsom salts 15, glycer- ine 5, saltpetre 1J, dissolved in water, and diluted to 6° Beaume. For sizing the following mixtures are used : 1. Glycerine 12, dextrine 5, sul- phate of aluminium 1, water 30. 2. Dissolve 5 parts of glue in 50 parts of boiling water. Pour the solution into 500 parts of glycerine of 20° Beaume' and add a solution of 5 parts of soda. An addition of a small quan- tity of carbolic acid prevents decompo- sition of the mixture. 3. A compound glycerine sizing liquid is prepared from glycerine 100 parts, soda 1, gelatine 1, white starch 10, alum 1100, and borax 1100. The hardening of cotton yarns is also conveniently prevented by an immer- sion in a glycerine bath. New Preparation, called Glutine, used for giving Gloss to Wall Papers, and as an Inspiration for Dyeing and Printing Purposes. Press caseine, gen- erally known as curd, through rollers revolving towards each other, to free it from fluid, and convert into a coarse powder. Triturate the powder with 1 part of sodium tungstate, or pass the compound through the rollers to effect- ually crush the smallest particle of caseine, for as soon as the solution comes in contact with the caseine re- action begins and the compound be- comes tough. Caseine containing much buttermilk is mixed with hydrochloric acid and water, and then repeatedly washed with water, until all acid re- action has ceased, when it is pressed out and treated as above. The caseine and soda solution are stirred in a boiler over a water-bath until the caseine is 324 TECHNO-CIIEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. fully dissolved, and add a little car- bolic acid and a few drops of oil of cloves. When all is melted pour the compound out, which on cooling will form a more or less solid mass, accord- ing to the quantity of water used. The glutine is soluble in water in every proportion, possesses great adhesive power, and furnishes an excellent paste for fastening labels on tin, glass, and porcelain. When once dry it resists moisture quite well, and gives to dull wall papers, printed with mineral or metallic colors, a beautiful glossy coat- ing, which is made more flexible by an addition of a little glycerine. Gel- atine dissolved in glycerine produces a beautiful, tenacious compound, which gives to paper a flexible enamel, that on being passed through a solution of alum resembles leather. Glutine with decoction of dye wood gives, on account of its percentage of tungstic acid, vari- ous tints of colors. Steeping cotton or linen in a solution of glutine, then dried and drawn through a decoction of logwood, receives a violet color; by drawing them through acids or solu- tions of mineral salts fast colors of various shades are obtained. New Size. Treating starch with soda- lye produces a paste which is used for sizing, and sold under various names. One disadvantage of this compound is that it is always more or less alkaline. It is claimed that otherwise it would lose its efficiency. Chloride of mag- nesium has been recently substituted for the soda-lye. Add 100 parts of chloride of magnesium to a sufficient quantity of boiling water to dissolve the starch, and in a short time draw off the clear liquor, to which is added 1 part of hydrochloric acid, and then 100 parts of starch are thrown in, and the compound brought to the boiling point. After the mixture has been kept at a temperature of 195° F. for about 1 hour, clarified lime water is added to neutral- ize it. The boiling is repeated once more, and the resulting artificial glue 2s, in case it is to be stored, poured into moulds, and allowed to congeal. Preparation of Artificial Gum to be used in Place of Gum-Arabic. Place in a boiler, water equal to 6 times the weight of the starch to be added and heat it to about 86° F., and stir in 20 parts of wheat starch, then 100 parts of potato starch, 20 parts each ofsago and crushed malt. Ileal the mass over a water-bath until a gummy compound is formed, requiring generally 1 hour after adding the crushed malt. The operation is not complete as long as a drop of the gum mixed with tincture of iodine shows a blue color; when it shows a reddish-violet color reduce the temperature of the gum mixture to 212° F. by shutting off the steam. The solution is then allowed to stand for 1 hour, when it is filtered through a woollen cloth. It is then concentrated by bringing it into another vessel and heating by means of steaui-pipes to ex- pel the water. If it is desired to obtain the gum in a dry state the compound is divided into small pieces and dried. Preparation of Blood Albumen. The principal requisite in preparing blood albumen is that the working- room should be located as close as possible to the slaughter-house, as the quicker the coagulated blood is cut and placed upon the sieves the brighter and purer the serum drains off. The blood is cut up in pieces of about 1 cubic inch, placed upon sieves, and allowed to drain off 40 to 48 hours. At first the serum is red on account of corpuscles of blood being mixed with it, but in about 1 hour it drains off perfectly clear. After the time stated above the clear fluid is drawn from the red sediment into wooden vats having a capacity of 40 to 60 gallons. From the serum " natural albumen" without gloss, and "patent albumen,'" with gloss, are prepared. To manufacture natural albumen add 12V parts of oil of turpentine to 5000 parts of serum, and agitate the mixture for 1 hour by means of a perforated board provided with a handle. The oil of turpentine forms ozone, which has a bleaching effect; it withdraws also a mucous fat from the serum and acts as a preservative. The mixture is then allowed to stand quietly for 24 to 36 hours, and the clear serum is then drawn from the sediment. The drying is accomplished in iron cups coated with oil-paint and lacquer burned in. The cups are about 12 inches long, 6 inches wide, and J inch deep. The temperature of the drying-room at the start must be about 122° F., and is SIZINGS A NO DRESSINGS. 32£ gradually raised for 2 hours to L25 to 13(i° F. it is then lowered to 100° to 105° F., and kept there for 34 hours, when the drying is finished. To Prepare Patent Albumen add to 5000 parts of serum 12 parts of sulphuric acid mixed with 22 parts of concen- trated acetic acid and 336 parts of water, and then add It parts of oil of turpentine and agitate for l hour. The whole is then allowed to stand quietly for 24 to 36 hours, when the clear serum is drawn off, neutralized with ammonia, and dried. Fifty thousand parts of serum give 5000 parts of dry blood albumen. A second quality of albumen is pre- pared from the serum colored red by blood corpuscles and the sediment, and a third quality by lixiviating the blood with water. The remaining blood is comminuted and dried in sheet-iron pans at a temperature of 143° to 167° F. Preparation of Dextrine. Dilute 4 parts of nitric acid of 36° to 40° Beaume with (300 of water, and pour the mixture over 2000 parts of dry potato starch ; mix thoroughly and dry. When the evaporation has progressed so far that the cakes can be easily broken crush them with a shovel and spread the starch upon the floor of the drying- room in a layer i to 1 inch deep. The temperature should be kept at 230° to 24s° F., and the dextrine will be fin- ished in li hours. It will remain white if not exposed to too high a tem- perature. Process of Sizing all Kinds of Tissues with Alkaline Solutions of Si//:, Woof, or Feathers. Dissolve fibres of silk, wool, or down in caustic soda, and apply the solution to the tissues, which are then washed in a bath of sulphuric acid and carefully rinsed. Tissues thus treated may be bleached and dyed. This process is used for loading woollen and silk yarns and tissues with an alkaline solution of wool or silk, and eventually to improve de- fective qualities. Mixtures of alkaline solutions of silk and wool, silk and down, etc., may also be used for coat- ing all kinds of textile fibres. Size for Bobbinet. The bobbinet, after bleaching, dyeing, and drying, is stretched evenly in a machine. It is then brought into a closed room hav- ing a temperature of 98J° to lot F., ami coated several times with a cold size consisting of boiled starch and dextrine with an admixture of some gelatine or glue, until the desired de- gree of stillness and gloss — the latter being produced by the temperature prevailing in the work-room- is ob- tained. The size is applied with brushes. Bobbinet thus prepared is equal to the English product. The size is boiled tin' day before, and i led oil' to an ordinary temperature, say 68° F. Size for Cotton Yarns. An improved size for cotton yarns, patented by 11. Wegmann, consists of tallow, soft soap, rosin, sulphate of iron, and onions- Boil the rosin, sulphate of iron, onions, and tallow until sufficiently liquid, and add the mass to the soft soap melted in a tank with steam and hot water. Mix the ingredients thoroughly with steam, and add them to the starch or flour with sufficient water to make the sizing of the desired consistency. Size for Cotton ami Woollen Yarns, especially for dark colors. Liquefy 100 parts of glue and 20 parts of glyc- erine in water on the water-bath, and then add 5 parts of potassium bichro- mate. The compound, by reason of becoming decomposed by light, must be kept in the dark. Size for Cotton. I. Flour 1250 parts, tallow 5 parts, parafline A to 2 per cent. ; or, flour 1 250 parts and 5 to 10 per cent, of parafline. Add a little alkaline carbonate to both compounds. The materials are mixed with water, heated, and thoroughly mixed to- gether. II. Glue 600 parts, dextrine 400 parts, sulphate of calcium 500 parts, glycerine 5000 parts, chloride of lime 5 parts, spermaceti 500 parts, stearine 200 parts, starch-syrup and starch each 500 parts, carbolic acid 5 parts, and caustic soda 10 parts are thoroughly mixed. Dressing Cotton Prints. I. Prepare the following decoction: "Water 137 parts, wheat flour 5 parts, potato starch 15 parts, wheat starch 5 parts, cocoa- nut oil J part. The goods are starched with covered starching rollers, dried 326 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. over drums, and strongly but uniformly moistened, being wound up very tightlj at the same time. They remain upon the rollers for lo to 1- hours, when they are unwound, folded, and pressed. II. Mix 1 part of pulverized gum tragacanth with spirit of wine and work it into a homogeneous compound, then digest this in 450 parts of water over a moderate fire, without allowing it to boil, until a liquid, slimy com- pound is formed, which is passed through a sieve. Now boil 150 parts of potato standi with about 1000 parts of water, and add to the boiling mixture 7V to S'i parts of alum previously dis- solved in hot water. Then add the solution of gum tragacanth, stirring it in but not boiling it with the starch. Glaze Dressing for Colored Cotton Goods. I. Glaze on Black. Weakliquor of logwood 17i tit parts, potato starch 100 to 120 parts, wheat flour 50 to 60 parts, palm oil 10 parts, yellow wax and tal-. low each 5 parts. Compound the de- coction with t to i part of potassium chromate, and then add solution of rosin 45 parts, and potato syrup 22V parts. Mix the whole thoroughly and use hot. II. Glaze on Black Goods when the Color is not sufficiently Deep and Dark. Logwood liquor, to which some extract is added, 1700 parts, potato starch 100 to 120 parts, wheat flour 50 to 60 parts, palm oil 10 parts, yellow wax and tallow each 5 parts, acetate of iron 13i parts, sulphate of iron and sulphate of copper each 2 V parts. The decoction is compounded with I to J part of potas- sium chromate and li parts of Milestone, and 45 parts of a solution of rosin and 22V parts of potato syrup are finally added . Glaze on Bine and Green. Water 1700 parts, potato starch 100 to 120 parts, wheat flour 50 to 60 parts. The proportions of fat, rosin, and potato syrupare the same as for black. When the decoction is about half-cold com- pound it with 1J parts of tartaric acid dissolved in water, and finally darken it according to the desired tint with in- digo-carmine, or, still better, with solu- tion of potassium sulphate. Glaze on Crimson Paper Muslin. Water 570 parts, liquor of Brazil wood 1700 parts, potato starch 100 parts, wheat flour oft parts. When half-cold add i' to _\ parts of tartaric acid, and fine the decoction with 137A to 1 It) parts of vinegar. Use fat, rosin, and syrup in the same proportions as for black. (ilnze on Rose-colored Muslin. Water 1700 parts, potato starch 100 to 120 parts, wheat flour 50 to 60 parts, white cocoanut oil 5 to 7\ parts, white wax and stearine each 5 parts. Com- pound with U to 2 parts of tartaric acid dissolved in water, and 115 to 135 parts of good wine vinegar. Size for Laces. Boil § part of borax and 3i parts of shellac with 1000 parts of water. The solution may be thick- ened with starch, gelatine, or isinglass. One part of the above solution and 1 part of gelatine solution give a very good size. For white laces bleached shellac must, of course, lie used. Size for Linen. I. For Half-bleached Linen. Boil by introducing steam: Wheat starch 5 parts, potato starch 2£ parts, Utrecht white 4 V parts, light glue i part, until 80 parts of size are ob- tained. II. For Fine Holland Linen. Fine white wheat starch 100 parts, potato starch 25 parts, fine mineral white 124 parts, soap and stearine each 5 parts, white wax 1A parts, and crystallized soda s part are boiled by introducing steam, and then colored slightly with ultramarine. For Table Linen and Damask. WHieat starch 50 parts, potato starch 8 parts, white glue 5 parts, stearine and white wax each 2V parts, white soap 1 i parts, and crystallized soda 12V parts, are boiled by introducing steam. Dressing for Panama Hats. The following lacquer is highly recom- mended for the purpose : Alcohol of 95 per cent. 200 parts, sandarac 100 parts, and oil of turpentine 20 parts, are di- gested for 10 days. The hat is coated twice with this lacquer inside and out. Size for Petinet and Marly. The process of sizing petinet and marly, to give them sufficient stiffness, hard- ness, and glaze to adapt them for bon- net-frames is as follows: The bleached material is starched, then stretched in a frame and dusted while yet somewhat moist with fine starch flour by means of a hair sieve, so that the meshes re- SOAPS. 327 main free, but the powder adheres abundantly to the threads. The frame thus prepared is then placed in a tightly-closed box into which steam is introduced. The steam swells up the threads, they becoming in oonsequence adapted t'"f an absorption of the dis- solved standi, and that which is oot ab- sorbed is changed into a jelly, adhering tightly to tlie threads. The frame is then taken from the box and a fine current of cold water thrown over it until the starch jelly begins to dissolve, when the frame is replaced in the box and steam introduced until the starch is transparent, clear, and glossy. The frame is then taken from the box and dried. Size for Woollen Goods, Cloths, and Flannels. Prepare a decoction of flax- seed, to which, for black or blue colors, some logwood liquor may be added. The decoction must be so thick that it draws threads like white of egg. It is theu forced through coarse linen and applied with a brush. Dry linen moist- ened with weak soap-water is then placed upon the face of the cloth and ironed with a hot iron. Sulphate of Barium has been for a long time used in sizing and dressing tis- sues. The old method consisted in add- ing sulphate of barium to the starch or animal or vegetable glue. This gave to the size a yellowish tint, injuring .he whiteness of the tissues. The object of the new process is to remedy this evil. Mix in varying proportions, according to the strength and weight of the size desired: 1, Water; 2, starch, vegetable, or animal glue; 3, drying oil, castor oil, poppy seed oil, etc. ; 4, sulphate of barium in a ".ascent condition, i. e., in the act of formation. The most suitable proportions are as follows: Water 400 parts, starch 100 parts, cas- tor oil 10 to 20 per cent, of the weight of the starch, chloride of barium 10 to 20 per cent, of the weight of the starch, and a sufficient quantity of ordinary sodium sulphate . to com- pletely decompose the chloride of ba- rium by chemical reciprocal action. All the ingredients are mixed together and heated to form a paste. This pro- cess is still further facilitated by r the fact that the chloride of barium and the sulphate of sodium can be mixed in a dry state without fear of reciprocal de- composition. Gerard's Apparatine is a colorless transparent mass prepared from potato starch with caustic soda or potash-lye, and used for dressing all kind-- of fabrics. To prepare it take 7ti parts of water, 10 of potato standi, and 8 of caustic lye of 25° B. ; pour the starch into the water, and then add the lye, stirring constantly. The fluid clarifies suddenly, and gives a thick gelatine, which must be vigorously beaten. If dried in thin leaves it forms a hornlike substance, which can be folded together without breaking. Soap. Hard and Soft Soaps, Medi- cated and Toilet Soaps, etc. American Rosin Soap. Place 1000 pounds of tallow, 200 pounds of crude palm oil, and 800 pounds of rosin in a boiler, and add about 4000 pounds of lye of 15° B. until a clear paste is formed, which is then thoroughly salted and allowed to stand about 3 hours, when the settled salt-lye is pumped or drawn off. Five hundred pounds of water and 250 pounds of lye of 8° B. are added to the boiler, and a fire started under it. Should the com- bination be incomplete after boiling, add enough lye of 15° B. until a clear soap is formed. The soap is again salted and boiled clear like other hard soaps. Draw the fire, and let the soap stand in the covered boiler for 3 days to let the impurities and under-lye set- tle. Uncover the boiler and remove the congealed crust, and ladle the clear soap into another boiler, and keep up the fire until a thick mass is formed, which is then ladled into frames of 1000 pounds capacity and thoroughly racked until nearly cold, and 3(5 pounds of dissolved crystallized soda stirred into each frame and the soap becomes solid. The soda solution consists of 150 pounds of crystallized soda in i> pounds of hot water. The racking of the soap, after the soda has been added, must be continued as long as it is pos- sible to do so, as the quality of the soap depends much on this. Soap which can be cut after 48 hours is very smooth and of a reddish-brown color. 32S TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. If a lighter-colored soap is desired the crude palm oil is omitted, and 200 pounds of tallow and light rosin used instead. The pasty lye is freed from salt and used for the next boiling. American Soaps. 1. Extra Soaps. Basis: Tallow 45 parts, kitchen soap- fat 5 parts, rosin 25 parts. Filling: To every 500 f>arts of fin- ished soap: Saponified rosin 50 parts, crystallized soda-lye of 37° to 38° Beaume (lukewarm) 25 parts, water- glass 50 parts, carbonate of potash-lye of 40° B. (lukewarm) 5 parts, infusorial earth, talc, or marble dust 45 to 50 parts. 2. Superior Soaps. Basis: Tallow 121 parts, kitchen soap-fat and rosin each 37i parts. Filling : To every 500 parts of fin- ished soap : Saponified rosin and soda- lye of 37° to 38° B. each 50 parts, water- glass 90 parts, carbonate of potash-lye 7b parts, infusorial earth, talc, or mar- ble dust 60 parts. 3. Old English Soap. Basis: Tal- low and kitchen fat each 25 parts, rosin 30 parts. Filling: To every 500 parts of fin- ished soap : Saponified rosin 20 parts, soda-lye of 37° to 38° B. 28 parts, water- glass 72 parts. 4. First Premium Soap. Basis : Tal- low 12i parts, kitchen fat and rosin each 37i parts. Filling: To every 500 parts of fin- ished soap : Saponified rosin 75 parts, soda-lye of 37° to 38° B. 60 parts, water- glass 110 parts, potash-lye 15 parts, infusorial earth, talc, or marble dust 120 parts. These rosin soaps are at first of a light-yellow color, but, on account of the large percentage of rosin, become gradually very dark and have a strong odor of rosin. Clothes washed with such soaps, when kept in a dark room, become yellow, and the hands, after using these soaps, feel rough. But the soaps, by reason of their cheapness, are much liked. They are pressed into bars weighing about 1 pound, which are sold at 4 or 5 cents. Besides these cheap rosin soaps another soap known as "Silex soap " is manufactured. It is nothing but an ordinary tallow soap mixed by means of a stirring apparatus with 10 times its weight of infusorial earth, and pressed into cakes weighing 1 pound each. It is used for cleansing metals, glass, etc. Brown Rosin Soap %n the Cold Way. Melt together cocoanut oil 16 pounds, crude pa I moil 4 pounds, rosin 20 pounds, and compound the mixture at a tem- perature of 155° F. with lM pounds of soda-lye of 35° B. In case a thorough combination should not be formed cover the mixing vessel with cloths, and the compound will ina short time become hot. When this is the case stir it thoroughly, and when it appears to be intimately combined stir in 3 to 4 pounds of a solution of potash of 30° B., and then pour the paste, which should be uniform and quite thickly fluid, into the frame. Soap thus pre- pared is pliant and washes excellently. Cocoanut-oil Soa]) in the Cold Way, 100 Founds of Oil yielding abend 200 to 230 Founds of Soap. Cocoanut oil, besides its other good qualities in com- parison with other fats used in the manufacture of soap, possesses the pecu- liarity of fixing large quantities of water and saponifying only with con centrated' lye, differing from tallow which is difficult to saponify with strong lyes. With weak lyes it forms no combination whatever, but floats as a clear fat over the lye, and actual saponification can only be accomplished by long continued boiling. This last peculiarity may have been the cause of recourse being had to cold saponifica- tion. In the following we give a few practical processes, thoroughly tested, by which good cocoanut-oil soaps are obtained at a comparatively low price. 1. Heat 100 pounds of cocoanut oil to 100° F. and add, with constant stirring, 120 pounds of lye of 27° B. The combination is formed as soon as the lye has become thoroughly caustic. Should this not be the case continue the stirring for a short time, or add fine shavings of soap, if such are on hand , cover the boiler carefully and let it stand quietly for a few hours. Then stir in 15 to 20 pounds of salt-water of 18° B., perfume with oils of lavender, thyme, and cumin each 3V ounces, and pour the soap into the frame (mould). Yield : Two hundred to 300 pounds from 100 jjounds of oil. The soap may SOAPS. 329 oe colored or marbled in the ordinary way. 2. Another process is as follows: Milt 100 pounds of cocoanut oil, dis- solve in it 5 pounds of potato starch, and, when the oil is eooled oil' to 97.5° to 100° F., rake in 100 pounds of soda- lye of 30° B. and, when the combina- tion is complete, fill with 20 pounds of solution of potash of 28° B. 3. A third process is as follows : Melt 100 pounds of cocoanut oil and heat to 100° F., then add, with vigorous stir- ring, 85 pounds of lye of 32° B. and, when the combination is complete, 10 pounds of water-glass together with 5 to 6 pounds of a solution of potash of 28° to 30° B., and finally pour the soaj) in the frame i mould). Cold Water Sun />. By reason of this soap being generally demanded of a brown color it is prepared from cheap dark fats, as bom- fat, dark tallow, etc., in the proportion of 100 pounds of fat to 60 pounds of rosin. The soap is boiled in exactly the same manner as other rosin soap, and is allowed to stand in the boiler 2 to 3 days. If it shquld be ladled out at once the soap would be scarcely fit for use, as, on account of the high percentage of rosin, it would be impossible to obtain it in a solid form. For this reason, before it is poured into the frame, it is hardened with a filling prepared in the follow- ing manner : One hundred pounds of crystallized soda and 50 of Glauber's salts are melted over a fire without an addition of water ; to this is added 25 pounds of water-glass of 75° B., and then 12 hundredweight of soap are raked into the mixture. The soap immedi- ately becomes entirely stiff and smooth, and, after raking for J hour, may be brought into the frame (mould), where the raking is continued for a short time. It is generally perfumed with essence of mirbane (nitro-benzol). Elaine Soap. Various kinds of soap are sold under this name. They have the appearance of elaine soap, but do not contain one grain of elaine. A really good soap, actually deserving the name on account of its containing elaine, is obtained according to the fol- lowing receipt: Nine hundred pounds of palm oil are saponified with 1130 pounds of lye of 25° B. When the paste is clear add 360 pounds each of naif-bleached palm-oil and elaine, then boil the soap clear and ht it stand covered 3 to 4 hours. The soap is then drawn off into the settling or heating boiler, which is warmed by lines from the boiling pan, so that the soap is kept warm and the lye can thoroughly settle. It remains here for 24 to 36 hours, is then poured into iron frames (moulds) and raked until cold. Floating Soap. Four hundred and twenty pounds of cocoanut oil, 30 pounds of bleached palm-oil, 50 pounds of rosin, 100 pounds of olive oil, and 120 pounds of tallow are first boiled with weak lye, the strength of which is gradually increased to 40° B., and the weight of which corresponds to 360 pounds. As soon as the paste is formed add 400 pounds of Sea-bane seed (Semen psyllii), and then boil until the finished soap detaches itself from the boiler in the form of a dough. The compound is then perfumed and, shortly before pouring out, some pulverized carbonate of sodium added. The carbonic acid set free permeates the soap and causes the formation of empty spaces, thereby lessening the specific gravity and giv- ing the soaj) the quality of floating on water. Ifolasses Soap. One hundred parts of molasses are heated in a boiler pro- vided with closed serpentine steam- pipes, and 28 parts of ordinary calcined soda are then added under constant stirring. As soon as solution is com- plete, 100 parts of oleic acid are care- fully added, so that the carbonic acid of the soda, which is liberated, first escapes. "When all the oleic acid has been added, the compound is for a short time heated to the boiling point. The process is very quick, it being possible to produce 20,000 pounds of soap in 2 hours. One hundred parts of molasses yield 210 to 225 parts of soap, which, according to the time of boiling, is either half-hard or entirely hard. The process for soft soap is the same, only potash being used instead of soda. For ordinary soft soap take 100 parts of molasses, 100 of oleic acid, 10 of pot- ash, 10 of soda, and 50 of water. The yield will be about 260 parts of soap. Cocoanut Oil and 3/o/asses Soap is obtained by dissolving caustic soda in 330 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. hot molasses and adding cocoanut oil heated to I(i7° F. One hundred parts each of molasses and cocoanut oil \ ield 400 parts of very good hard soap. The same kind of soap is obtained by taking 100 parts of cocoanut oil, 36 of caustic sodadye of 36° B., and 50 of molasses, whereby the cocoanut oil must also be heated to 167° F. When other kinds of fat are used a longer time is required for boiling. Oranienburg Soap. The quantity and strength of the lye required in the manufacture of this soap depend on the fats used ; for those of animal origin, as bone-fat, tallow, etc., it may be from 15 to 18 B., but more concentrated lye, from 24 to 28° B. strong, is required for the saponification of palm oil. By reason of a soap of yellowish color being in demand some rosin or crude palm oil is added. The following receipts furnish Oran- ienburg soap of excellent quality and at a comparatively low cost : I. II. III. IV. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. Bone-fat . . . Tallow . . . Palm oil . . . Cotton-seed oil . Crude palm oil Rosin .... 400 800 1000 200 1110 400 800 400 1000 lOt) 250 350 2000 400 300 2000 300 300 400 For Nos. I. and II. saponification can begin with lye of 24° B., while Nos. III. and IV. are»saponified with a con- centrated lye or 26° B. The boiling process is the same for all. The fats are saponified in the usual manner and the soap separated with hot salt-water. It is then allowed to stand in the boiler 24 hours for the paste to settle thor- oughly. Process of Preparing all Kinds of Perfectly Neutral Soaps. The fats to be saponified are placed in a cylindri- cal vessel surrounded with a jacket and provided with a stirring apparatus. Water, heated by steam to the melting point of the fat, circulates between the jacket and the cylinder. A solution of soap, 20 per cent, of fat, or any other fluid capable of promoting an emulsion, is then added,and saponification quickly accomplished with caustic lye. T« avoid cooling, the apparatus must be kept covered during the saponifying process, and the heat formed by the chemieal process exhausted as much as possible. The under-lye contains only caustic soda and glycerine free from chlorine and has a concentration of 5 to 10° B. Water-glass Soap. Both hard and soft soaps are brought into commerce. Hard Water-glass Soap is prepared as follows: One hundred pounds of cocoa- nut oil are saponified with 200 pounds of soda-lye of 20° B., and boiled until all froth has disappeared. The soap is then hardened by gradually scattering calcined soda over it until a sample as large as a silver dollar congeals with a bluish border. In 600 pounds of soda water-glass of 36 to 38° B. are in the meanwhile placed in readiness. Eigh- teen to 20 pounds of crude glycerine mixed with 50 pounds of soda-lye of 20° B. are added to the soap while it is gently boiling, and then gradually the water-glass, testing the soap from time to time, until all has been added. Should the soap be still too soft, it is hardened with some calcined soda until a sample on congealing shows the above-mentioned bluish border, when the soap will be hard enough. Soft Water-glass Soap is prepared as follows : One hundred pounds of co- coanut oil are saponified with 200 pounds of soda-lye of 20° B., and the paste boiled clear. Six hundred pounds of potash water-glass are then gradually added, and finally potash-lye of 20° B. to give it the consistency of ordinary soft soap. Both kinds of soap are at present successfully used in dyeing, wool-wash- ing, cotton-printing, and for other pur- poses. Sand Soap. Fifty pounds of cocoa- nut oil are saponified in the ordinary way with about 100 pounds of soda-lye of 20° B., shortened with salt, hardened with calcined soda, covered while hot, ami allowed to stand quietly in the boiler for several hours. When the soap is sufficiently cooled off so that it can be brought into the frame, remove the scum before the soap is poured out. Fifty pounds of white and perfectly dry sand are then added in the fol- SOAPS. 331 lowing manner : While one work- man rakes the soap with a rake nearly as wide as the frame bo that it ran he conveniently handled without touching the sides of the frame, another sifts the sand into the snap. It is gen- erally perfumed with oil of lavender 3 ounces, oil of thyme 2J ounces, and oil of cumin U ounces. The soap must be raked until it is stiff and begins to congeal. Toilet and Medicated Soaps. Bitter Almond Soap in the Cold Way, Cocoanut oil 1750 parts and lard 750 parts are saponified with 1250 parts of caustic soda-lye of 40° B., 17 parts of oil of bitter almonds, and "21 J parts of oil of bergamot. Bouquet Soap. Tallow 1000 parts, cocoanut oil 2000 parts, crude palm-oil 100 parts, pulverized orris root 250 parts, soda-lye of 40° B. 1250 parts, potash-lye of 40° B. 100 parts, musk A part. Perfume: Sandal-wood oil 2i parts, oils of bergamot 8 parts, gerani- um 4 parts, lavender 5 parts, and lemon 3 parte. Bouquet Soap in the Cold Way. Co- eoauut oil 2000 parts are saponified with 1000 parts of caustic soda-lye of 40° B. Perfumed with oils of bergamot 12 parts, sassafras 5 parte, cloves 2 parts, and ■sage H parts. The soap is colored dark brown. Camphor Soap. Good tallow soap 1500 parts, rosemary oil 40 parts, oil of lavender 5 parts, and camphor t30 parts. The camphor is first rubbed fine and mixed with the perfume. Camphor Soap JYo. II. This soap is an excellent remedy for chilblains and frosted limbs. One thousand parts of cocoanut oil are saponified with 500 parts of caustic soda-lye of 40° B., and when the combination is complete stir in a solution of 75 parts of camphor dissolved in 100 parts of alcohol and 50 parts of water. Camphor and Sulphur Soap. Cocoa- nut oil 1200 parts, soda-lye of 38° B. 600 parts, potassium sulphate 100 parts dissolved in water 50 parts, and 16 parts of camphor dissolved in the melted cocoanut oil. Eagle Sua/) \ Brown). Cocoanut oil 7000 parts, lard 3000 parte, soda-lye of 50° B. 5000 parts. The soap is' per- fumed with essence of mi rha tie 16 parte, oils of bergamot 12 parts and cloves 7 parts, and colored with 14 parte of bril- liant brown. Family Soap. Cocoanut oil 2500 parts, soda-lye of 30° I'.. 2000 parts The soap is perfumed with oils of ber- gamot and cassia each 4 parts, oils of sassafras and lemon each 2 parts. Gall Soap. One hundred and fifty parts of beef-gall are stirred into 2500 parte of melted cocoanut oil, and the latter then saponified in the cold way with 1200 parts of soda-lye of 38 B. The soap is colored with' 33 j'arts of ultramarine green, and perfumed with 7i parts each of oils of lavender and cumin. Glycerine Soap {Brilliant and Transparent). Water 1050 parts, loaf sugar 3000 parts, glycerine 5700 parts, castor oil 4800 parts, cocoanut oil and tallow each 6650 parts, lye of 40° B. 8300 parts, alcohol 3500 parts, and per- fume 150 parts. A double boiler heated with steam and provided with a stirring apparatus is used. After the ingredients have been heated, add the alcohol, place the cover on the boiler, and put the stirring apparatus in motion. As soon as the mass is thoroughly saponified shut off the steam and stop the stirring appa- ratus ; let the soap stand quietly 6 to S hours, then add the perfume and, when cooled off to 130° or 133° F., pour the soap into the frame, and let it congeal as quickly as possible. The soap be- comes brilliant. As the price of glyc- erine is rather high at present it might be advisable to use less glycerine, and substitute sugar-water. It seems also more advisable to saponify the fats first, and then add the sugar-water, glyc- erine, etc., as otherwise the soap might easily acquire a dark color. Glycerine Soap (Transparent). Heat cocoanut oil 1200 parts, tallow 1000 parte, castor oil 600 parts, to 180° F., and add glycerine 600 parts. Then add 1500 parts of hot caustic soda-lye and 200 parte of alcohol, and saponification will take place. Cover the boiler to prevent evaporation of the alcohol, and till the soap with 500 parts of solution of sugar in the proportion of 1 part of refined sugar dissolved in 2 of distilled 332 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. water. Heat the solution to 167° F., and stir it into the hot soap. This soap is brilliant and compara- tively cheap. A substitute filling is now much used in making glycerine soap. Prepare a soap with 10 parts of cocoanut oil and 10 of hot caustic soda of 30° B., and keep for use. Dissolve 2400 parts of this ground soap in 7000 parts of clear salt water of 13° to 15° B., add 500 parts of potash of 96° B., and heat the whole to about 167° F.; then add 1150 parts of 95 per cent, alcohol and cover the boiler. The filling will become clear, the impurities, etc., settling on the bottom. It is kept in well-closed glass balloons. To 5000 parts of soap 30 to 50 per cent, and frequently more of this filliug is used. Iodide Soap is used for preparing iodide baths, and is considered a rem- edy for cutaneous diseases. It is pre- pared in the cold way in the following manner: Twenty pounds of cocoanut oil are saponified with 10 pounds of caustic lye of 40° B., and, when saponi- fication is complete, a solution of 3 pounds of potassium iodide in 4 pounds of water is added. Kummerfeldt's Soap for Frosted Limbs. Of cocoanut oil 1200 parts, flowers of sulphur 50 parts, camphor dissolved in alcohol 50 parts, soda- lye of 40° B. 800 parts, potash-lye of 40° B. 100 parts. Lemon Soap. Cocoanut oil 1000 parts, caustic soda-lye of 40° B. 500 parts, oils of lemon and bergamot each 4 parts. The soap is colored pale yellow. Lily Soap. Wax soap 3000 parts, starch 300 parts, oils of bergamot 16J parts, geranium 6i parts, cassia 1J parts, of sandal-wood I part, cedar oil, tinctures of musk and tonka bean each 3J parts, and tincture of storax 10 parts. Mignonette Soap. Wax soap 2500 parts, starch 400 parts, mignonette 11* parts, genuine Turkish rose oil H parts, oil of geranium 5 parts, essence of iris 3i parts, oil of bitter almonds 24 parts, tincture of musk 5 parts, and tincture of storax 10 parts. Musk Soap in the Cold Way. Cocoa- nut oil 2000 parts, caustic soda-lye of 40 c B. 1000 parts, tincture of musk 10 parts, oil of bergamot 6 parts, oil of lemon 3J parts. Color the soap light brown. Orange Soap. Good white tallow soap 600 parts, oils of neroli 1 part, bergamot ' part, orange 2 parts, azalea 1 part, petit-grain 2 parts, lemon 1 part, geranium 2 parts, essence of Portugal 1 part, infusion of civet 2 parts, and in- fusion of musk 1 part. Patchouli Soap. Good white tallow soap 12.30 parts, oil of patchouli 12J parts, and oil of sandal-wood 2 parts. Pumice Soap {Prime) in the Cold Way. Cocoanut oil 2000 parts and lye of 40° B. 100(1 parts are saponified in the ordinary' way. Five hundred parts of pumice-stone, finely pulverized, are then stirred in, the soap ladled into the frame and perfumed with oils of cassia 2 parts, bergamot 8 parts, cloves 1 part, lavender 1 part. Rose Soap. Cocoanut oil 2000 parts, caustic soda-lye of 40° B. 1000 parts, oils of geranium and bergamot each 8 parts, rose oil i part, tincture of musk li parts. Savo7i de Riz. Wax soap 2700 parts, starch 400 parts, oil of geranium 3£ parts, essence of Portugal and oil of bergamot each 5 parts, essence of mir- bane 3& parts, tincture of benzoin colored white or red, I part, cinnabar 8 parts. . Savon Pss : Bouquet. Wax soap 2500 parts, iris powder 200 parts, starch 300 parts, oils of geranium 7£ parts, berga- mot 15 parts, cinnamon 12J parts, tincture of storax 9 parts, tincture of musk 3 parts, sugar color for coloring 12J parts. Savon Orange. Good white tallow soap 3000 parts, scraps of cocoanut oil soap 750 parts, flour 250 parts, oils of neroli, orange, and petit-grain each 10 parts, bergamot 5 parts, essences of lemon 5 parts, geranium 10 parts, American Portugal 5 parts, infusion of civet 10 parts, and infusion of musk 5 parts. Soap Crimes. The soft toilet soaps are mostly prepared from lard and caustic potash-lye of 30° B. Melt the lard over a water-bath, and stir in hot lye in a thin stream ; then work the mass with a pestle to a pearl tint, which will be improved in appearance by using 3 parts of potash-lye and 1 part SOAPS. 333 ofsoda-lve. The pigment and perfume dissolved in alcohol are added while working the soap. The sua]) cremes, by reason of their convenient applica- tion, are much in demand. Crime />' Amandt s . 1 mires. Lard 600 parts, caustic potash-lye of 38° B. 250 parts, and caustic soda-lye of 38° B. 50 parts. Perfume: oils of bitter almonds ;i parts and bergamot i part. Crime <~t la Rose. Lard GOO parts, caustic potaah-lye of 38° B. 250 parts, and caustic soda-lye of 38° B. 50 parts. Perfume : oils of bergamot 3 parts and geranium 1 1 parts. Besides soap cremes transparent and white soft soaps are manufactured from laril, olive oil, tallow, etc. They are boiled with potash-lye and used as toilette and shaving soaps. Sulphur Soap. Cocoanut oil 1000 parts is saponified with 500 parts of caustic lye of 40° B. and 75 parts of flowers of sulphur stirred in. Stoiss Herb Soap. Melt together over a water-bath 500 parts each of best quality of cocoanut oil and tallow, add 150 parts of glycerine of 28° B., 200 parts of refined sugar dissolved in 225 parts of water ; mix 375 parts of 96 per cent, alcohol with 550 parts of soda- lye, and add tothesolution, which is then heated as quickly as possible to 190° F. with constant stirring. It is then taken from the water-bath, and, under constant stirring, allowed to cool off to 1441.° F. The soap is now colored with i to | part of uranium green pre- viously dissolved in alcohol or boiling water, and perfumed with 2£ parts each of oils of bergamot and peppermint, and li each of oils of aniseed and lavender. It is finally filtered through gauze into a frame of sheet-zinc, which is lightly covered. Tannin Soup. Saponify 900 parts of cocoanut oil with 450 parts of soda- lye of 40° 15. , and add 25 parts of tan- nin previously dissolved in alcohol. The soap is perfumed with Peruvian balsam 3 parts, oils of cassia and cloves each 1 part. Tar Soap. I. Melt together 20 parts of cocoanut oil and 3 parts tar, and saponify in the ordinary manner with 25 parts caustic lye of 40° B. This soap is used for cutaneous diseases. II. Scraps of cocoanut oil soap can be utilized by dissolving them in solu- tion of salt of 10° B., and stirring about MO parts of it with .'5 parts of coal tar. III. Cocoanut oil 350 parts, lye of 40° B. ISO parts, good wood tar stirred into the melted cocoanut oil 30 parts. Vaseline Soup. Cocoanut oil 200 parts, vaseline 25 parts, lye of 40° B. 95 parts, and water 5 parts. Violet (Prime). Cocoanut oil best quality 500 parts, soda-lye of 38° B. 240 parts, and potash-lye of 38° B. 10 parts. The soap is perfumed with 10 parts of orris root and 5 parts of liquid storax stirred into the fat; and oils of cassia, sassafras, and bergamot each i part, oil of lavender i part, Peruvian balsam s part, oil of orange A part, oil of rose tV, essence of musk i part, and colored with f part of brilliant brown previously dissolved in boiling water. Violet Soap. I. Tallow 100 parts, cocoanut oil 140 parts, pulverized orris root 30 parts, pulverized orange peel 1J parts, and storax 2% parts. The storax is dissolved with constant stir- ring in 10 parts of the cocoanut oil over a moderate fire, poured through gauze, and added to the fat. One- thirtieth part of musk is then tritu- rated with some lye and water, and the whole saponified with 120 parts of soda- lye of 38 per cent., and perfumed with Is parts of oil of bergamot, 2 parts of oil of lavender, li parts of Peruvian balsam, and & part of oil of cassia, and colored with 1 part of cinnabar. Violet Soap. II. Melt together 315 parts of cocoanut oil and 150 parts of crude palm oil, cool off to 108° F., pour through gauze and color with 3 part of cinnabar. Then take 20 parts of pulverized orris root, 2£ parts of pulverized orange peel, and 1J parts of pulverized benzoin, pass the whole through a fine sieve, and add it, with constant stirring, to the fat. When •all the powder is dissolved, saponifica- tion is accomplished with 170 parts of soda-lye of 38° B., and the soap perfumed with oils of lavender and bergamot each % part, oils of cassia and cloves each i part, and tincture of musk § part. The soap does not need coloring, as it is naturally of a beauti- ful brown. White Alabaster Soap. Stearine 334 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. 65 parts, cocoanut oil best quality 110 parts, glycerine 65 parts, caustic soda- lye of 38° to 39° B. 90 parts, alcohol of 96 per cent. 130 parts. White Windsor Snap. Good white tallow soap 200 parts, oils of lavender § part, cassia J part, neroli £ part, essence of Portugal i part, and oil of cinnamon ia part. Shaving Soap in the Cold Way. Melt together 250 parts of tallow, 125 parts of cocoanut oil and 25 parte of lard, and allow the mixture to cool off to 115° F; then add 275 parts of caustic soda-lye of 30° B. and 75 parts of caustic potash-lye, and perfume the soap with 1 part of oil of lavender and % part each of oils of thyme and cumin. Sf ine hundred parts of tallow yield by this process 7 parts of glycerine in no respect interior to that obtained by lime-saponificatiou. [f the seliaeie acids are to be distilled it suffices to treat them with boiling water, but if they are to be pressed un- distilled they must be washed with boiling water to wliich 1 per cent, of Sulphuric acid has been added. All that remains then is cold and warm pressing. Balling's Method of Preparing Caustic Soda-lye. Dissolve by intro- ducing steam 100 parts of calcined sndaot'SO to !H) per cent, in (JOO of clear water; then add 60 to 70 parts of burned lime which, on becoming slaked in the hot fluid, raises the temperature. Carbonate of calcium is formed which settles in a short time, ami the clear lye is then drawn oil'. The carbonate of calcium is washed with water, this wash water being afterwards used in preparing the caustic soda-lye, giving a product of 15°to 16° B. ; 100 parts of this lye will saponify 400 parts of tallow. The caustic lye thus obtained is at once, and without being concentrated by evaporation, used for boiling soap. It is one of the principal requisites that only fresh caustic lye should be used in boiling soap. The lye is first placed in the boiler and then the tallow. The latter melts, covering the surface of the lye and preventing the access of air to it, and the saponification of the fat is hastened by the quicker boiling of the lye. By this process but very little under- lye is obtained. This contains the for eign constituents of the soda, common salt, and Glauber's salt, on which the separation of the snap from the under- lye depends. Salting is required only for potash soaps. The soap is allowed to remain quietly in the boiler for J hour to allow the under-lye to separate. It is then poured into the frame and when cold divided into bars. The under-lye obtained is of a dark brown color and contains, besides com- mon salt and Glauber's salt, some glyc- erine. When a considerable quantity has been collected, it is boiled down, whereby a part separates as black soap. The dry residue is calcined and fur- nishes a black substance which, after lixiviation, gives a colorless lye. By evaporating the latter a white sub- stance c taining considerable quan- tities of soda is obtained, which on being dissolved and made caustic with lime can be again used as lye. TUNNERMANN'S Table giving tin- /:,- <■< nlmic of ISoda in a Soda-lye at 59° F. Per cent. Specific Per cent. Specific of soda. gravity. .it" aoda. gravity. 0.302 1.0040 15.714 12453 0. til 1-1 1.1 "1st 16.319 1.2515 1.209 1.0163 16.923 1.2578 1.813 1.0246 17.528 1.2642 2.418 1.0330 18.132 1.27H8 3.022 1.H414 18.730 1.2775 3.(126 1.0500 19,341 1.2843 4.231 1.0587 19.945 1.2912 4.835 1.0675 20.550 1 29S2 5.440 1.0764 21.154 1.3053 6.044 1.0855 21.758 1.3125 6.648 1.0948 21.894 1.3143 7.253 1.1042 22.363 1 3198 7.857 1.1137 22.967 1.3273 8.462 1.1233 23.572 1.3349 9.066 1.1330 24.176 1.3426 9.670 1.1428 24.780 1.3505 10.275 1.1528 25.385 1.3586 ■10.879- 1.1630 25.989 1 lillliS 11.484 1.1734 26.594 1.3751 12.088 1.1841 27.200 1.3836 12.692 1.1948 27.802 1.3923 13.297 1.2058 28.407 1.4011 13.901 1.2178 29.011 1.4101 14.506 1.2280 29.616 1.4193 15.110 1 2392 30.220 1.4285 Tunnermann's Table showing the Per* centage of Anhydrous Potash in Pot* , sh-lye at 59° F. Per cent Specific Per cent. Specific ot potash. gravity. of potash. gravity. 5658 1.0050 15.277 1.1568 1.697 1.0153 16 408 1 1702 2 829 1.0260 17.540 1.1838 3.961 1.0369 18 671 1.1979 5 002 1 HITS 19.803 1.2122 6.224 1.0589' 20.935 1.2268 7.355 1.0703 21.500 1 2342 ■ 8.487 1.0839 22.632 1.2493 9.619 1.0938 23.764 1.2648 10.750 1.1059 24.895 1.2805 11 882 1.1182 26.027 1.2966 13.013 1.1318 27.158 1.3131 14.145 1.1437 28 290 1.3300 330 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Prinz's Practical Soap-boiling Table. Hard Soaps. require for complete saponification, of soda: 100 parts of the following fats JO 3.5 o 3d 3£ S5 O N of soda-lye of degrees Beaume. 10 20 25 30 Tallow, suet, stearine, stearolic acid . . . 10% 11 "% 13>| 13% 14% 15 "% 18% 19 20 23 273 287 300 350 137 143 150 175 105 110 115 135 80 84 89 103 Soft Soaps. require for complete saponification, of potash : 100 parts of the following fate o SO 3 * So" of potash-lye of degrees Beaume. 8 20 26 35 Tallow, suet, stearine, stearolic acid . . . 16 16% i7k 20% 19% 20 20% 24% 24 25 26 30% 322 333 345 405 129 133 138 1G2 97 100 103 122 72 75 7 90 Note to the Table. By multiplying the quantity of potash (column 3) required for saponifica- tion with 3 and dividing the product by 7 the quantity of quicklime required for making the lye caustic is obtained. The lyes indicated by figures printed in bold type accomplish saponification best, those by figures in medium type good, while the work is difficult with lyes indicated by figures in small type. Of the 4 fats tallow is the most difficult to saponify, palm oil less so, while cocoanut oil and elaic acid are the easiest to work. Soldering and Solders. Soldering is the process of uniting the surfaces of metals by means of a more fusible metal which, being melted upon each surface, serves, partly by chemical attraction and partly by cohe- sive force, to bind them together. There is a great variety of solders, known by the names of hard, soft, spelter, silver, white, gold, copper, tin, plumbers' , and many others. Nearly all the principal metals take part in the composition of solder, and most unmelted metals can be jointed by one or other of these souiers. The metals to be united may be either the same or dissimilar, but the uniting metal must always have an affinity for both. In all soldering processes the following conditions must be observed : 1. The surfaces to be united must be bright, smooth, and free from oxide ; 2. The contact of air must be excluded during the soldering, because it is apt to oxidize one or other of the surfaces, and thus to prevent the formation of an alloy at the points of union. The most frequently employed solder consists of tin and lead, and melts somewhere between 329° and 563° F., according to the proportions of the ingredients. A flux of borax, etc., is often needed to insure the adhe- sion of the solder to the two pieces of SOLDKKIXti AND SOLDERS. 337 metal, and soldering irons of various kinds arc required. Autogenous Soldering takes place by the fusion of the two edges of metals themselves without interposing another metallic alloy as a bond of union. This is accomplished by directing a jel of burning hydrogen gas from a small movable beak upon the two sur- faces or edges to be soldered together. Metals thus joined are much less apt to crack asunder at the line of union by differences of temperature, llexi- bility, etc., than when the common soldering process is employed. This method of soldering is especially of great advantage in chemical works for joining the edges of sheet lead for sul- phuric acid chambers and concentra- tion pans, because any solder contain- ing tin would soon corrode. Ordinary Soft Solder, an alloy of tin and lead, is best adapted for most metals, with the exception of cast-iron, worked in the various industries. Its composition varies very much, about equal parts of the metals being gener- ally taken; 2 parts of tin to 1 of lead furnishing what is called " weak soft solder," and 2 parts of lead to 1 of tin "strang soft solder." A composition consisting of: Tin 1 part and lead 2 parts melts at 441.5° F. " 1 " " " 1 part " «' 371.7° F. " 2 parts" " 1 " " " 340.2° F. Bismuth Solder consists of 2 parts or more, frequently even as much as 8 parts, of tin solder and 1 part of bis- muth. It is more fusible than tin solder, and for this reason is better suited for soldering thin articles of plumbiferous tin, but it breaks quite easily and is therefore but little used for other purposes. A composition consisting of": Tin 8 parts bismuth 1 part melts at 320° F. " 6 " "1 " " "311°F. " 4 " "1 " " "293°F. " 2 " " 1 " " " 236.7° F. Darcet's Metal is an excellent soft solder consisting of lead and bismuth each 8 parts and tin 3 parts. Hard Solders. Cast-iron may be used as a solder for wrought-iron, but, being very refractory and brittle, it is but seldom used. 22 Cop/ a r is the best material of joining iron to iron whether wrought or cast. It unites the two surfaces very firmly and, by reason of its natural ductility and toughness, allows of the soldered articles being bent into almost any shape. Brass Hard Solder consists of a mixture of brass and zinc to which is sometimes added a small portion of tin. Wrought or rolled brass being more homogeneous, and not likely to contain an undue proportion of zinc, should be preferred to cast-brass in preparing the solder. The proportions of brass and zinc vary according to the purpose intended; addition of zinc increases the fusibility but decreases the ductility and also the durability of the solder. A very good hard solder for cast-steel, wrought-iron, steel, copper, and brass (with the exception of cast- brass) is obtained by melting 7 parts of brass shavings together with 1 of zinc, keeping the mixture in flux for not longer than 6 to 7 minutes, and then pouring out. Hard Solder containing Tin. In preparing this solder it is best to melt the brass and zinc separately in 2 crucibles, so that they become liquid at the same time. The zinc is then carefully, and with quick and constant stirring, poured in the brass previously skimmed. I. 1 II. III. IV. Parts. 18 3 2 12 4 1 12 2 2 16 Tin free from lead Copper 1 16 Other solders belonging to the same order : I. 1 II. IlII.IlV. I V. Parts. Copper . . . Zinc .... Tin ... . 33.34 66.66 61.25 38.75 13 10 49.5 50.5 24 8 8 Or, tin 1 part, brass 5 ; or, zinc 19 parts, brass 82 ; or, zinc 333 parts, brass 1000, and tin 125. Solder for A rgentan ( German Silver) . 338 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. A composition consisting of argentan and more or less zinc is used for this. The proportions vary very much, but, as regards durability and solidity of the solder, it is best to take as little zinc as possible. Argeatan by itself is well suited for soldering iron and steel articles. JTurd Silver Solder is used for solder* in? silverware and fine articles of brass, copper, steel, and iron. It consists or silver with a large addition of copper, or of silver, copper, and zinc. a. Hard Silver Solder (for the first soldering) is generally composed of: I. II. III. IV. 1 V. VI. VII. VIII. IX. X. XI. Parts. 4 2 19 67 66.7 66.3 50 11 16 6 9 Copper 1 28.6 23.3 25.7 33.4 Brass . 3 1 10 4 15 76 167 Zinc 5 14.3 10 11 16.6 1 1 18 35 6. Softer Hard Silver Solder for after- soldering, i. e., for soldering articles having parts already soldered and therefore requiring a more tusibl* solder : I. II. III. IV. V. VI. VII. VIII. IX. Parts. Medium fine silver .... 7 1 16 1 16 1 3.5 1 2.6 2 1 3 10.5 3 4.5 68.8 8.2 23 67.1 10.5 24.4 48.3 16.1 Copper Tin 32.3 3.3 Hard Gold Solders for soldering gold- ware, and sometimes fine articles of steel, are generally divided into : 1. Easily Liquefiable Solder for Arti- cles of less than li-carnt gold. Four- teen-carat gold 10 parts, fine silver 5, zinc 1. This solder serves for yellow gold which it resembles in color, and also for finer goldware which is not to be colored. 3. Refractory Solder for Articles of \A-carat gold and over, especially when they are to be colored. Fine gold 16 parts, fine silver 9, copper 8. 3. Solder for Articles of 20-carat gold which are to be enamelled, and by reason of the heat to which they are exposed during the process require a very refractory solder: a. Fine gold 37 parts, fine silver 9. b. Eighteen* carat gold 16 parts, fine silver 3, cop- per 1. Very Refractory Solders for Articles to be enamelled. I. II. III. Parts. Copper 25 0.1 Silver 7 3 9 Gold 68 16 37 Other Hard Gold Solders for articles of gold of 14-carat and over are com- posed of: I. II. III. IV. V. VI. VII. VIII. IX. Parts. Copper Gold 24.2 27.3 48.5 33.4 16.6 50 37.5 is. 75 43.75 26.1 25 48.9 I 27.1 76.7 56.2 27.2 31.8 40.9 29.2 33.3 37.5 33.3 V7.5 29.2 31.3 50 18.7 SOLDERING AND SOLDERS. 339 Good Hard Solder used for soldering brass is prepared from an alloy of 6 parts of copper with l of brass and 10 of tin. The copper and brass are first melted and the tin is then added. When the whole is melted together it is poured upon a bundle of twigs held over a tub of water, into which it falls in granulations. The granulated metal is then dried and pounded to the re- quired fineness in a mortar. By add- ing to this alloy 2 parts of zinc a still more fusible solder is obtained. For soldering platinum, fine gold cut up in small pieces is used. An Excellent Soft Solder is obtained by melting together equal parts of bar- tin and lead. It is used for soldering tin plates together, and gives very good results. The following table gives a number of alloys for soft solder and their respective melting points : No. 1 1 1 1 1 h 3 4 5 6 4 3 2 1 1 5 Bis- muth. Melting Point. DegreesF. 556 541, 511 482 441 370 334 340 356 365 378 380 320 310 292 254 334 203 No. 8 is used for soldering cast-iron and steel, sal-ammoniac or rosin serving as a flux. Copper, brass, and bronze can also be soldered with the same alloy and the same flux. For soldering tin-plate and sheet-iron chlo- ride of zinc is used as a flux with the same solder. Lead and tin-pipes are soldered with Nos. 0, 7, and 8, using rosin and olive oil as flux. Silver Solder for Plated Ware. Melt together silver 64 parts and brass 40. Soft Solder for Cast Britannia Metal. Melt together lead 10 parts, tin 16. Solder fur Pewter. Melt together tin 30 parts, lead 15, and bismuth 3 to 9. Hard White Solder is composed of copper 24 parts, zinc and tin each 8. Hard Yelloio Solders. 1 consists of copper 13 parts and zinc 10. 2. This is especially suitable for cop- persmiths. It is composed of zinc 49.5 parts and copper 50.5. Solder for Gold on Aluminium, Bronze. Copper 8 parts, aluminium 12, and zinc 80, melted together in the order mentioned. For larger articles : Copper 4 parts, aluminium (J, and zinc 90. Three Excellent Hard Solders found in commerce are composed as follows: A. Golden yellow IS. Miiliuni light C. White . . . Copper Parts. 53.50 43.75 57.50 Zinc Parts. 43.33 50.58 27.90 Tin Parts. 2.12 3^75 14.90 Lead Parts. 1 trace. To Solder Brass and Sheet-tin. Tin the brass where it is to be soldered, and use a solder consisting of 2 parts tin and 1 lead. To Solder Iron and Steel. For large pieces of iron or steel, copper or brass is used as solder. Place a thin strip of copper or brass along the junction, bind the plates together with wire, and cover them an inch deep with clay free from sand. For soldering iron to iron bring the plates, when dry, to a white heat, and then plunge them into cold water ; for iron to steel or steel to steel cool slowly from the white heat. The vitrified clay is then broken off. For smaller articles prepare a solder by granulating a mixture of 8 parts of brass with 1 of zinc. Mix this solder with borax and spread it over the arti- cles to be joined. For very small articles a solder pre- pared by melting together 6 parts of brass, 1 of zinc, and 1 of tin is used. The solder is beaten into thin plates, which are applied, together with borax, to the surfaces of the articles to be sol- dered. Very small and delicate articles are 340 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. best soldered by gold, either pure or mixed with 2 parts of silver and 3 of copper. To Solder Steel on Sheet-iron. Melt borax in an earthenware pot, and mix it with A part of sal-ammoniac. Cool it upon an iron plate, and add an equal weight of lime. When iron and steel are to be soldered together bring them first to a red heat, and spread the above mixture over them. The mixture melts and becomes liquid like sealing-wax. The pieces of metal are replaced in the fire and heated again, but not nearly as strong as for ordinary soldering ; they arc thru taken out and the two surfaces united by hammering. The same pro- cess is also recommended for soldering sheet-iron tubes. Soldering without a Soldering Iron. Pieces of brass, etc., can be soldered without it being possible to detect the joint by filing the pieces so_ that they fit exactly, moistening them "with a sol- dering liquid, then placing a piece of smooth tin-foil between them, tying them together with wire, and heating over a lamp or fire until the tin-foil melts. With good soft solder most all soldering can be done over a lamp without the use of soldering iron. The different degrees of fusibility of solders can also be advantageously used for several solderings and joints on the same piece. By soldering, first with a fine solder composed of lead 2 parts, tin 1, and bismuth 2 there will be no danger of melting when close to the jointed part another piece is soldered on with solder composed of lead 4 parts, tin 4, and bismuth 1. The following soldering liquid is the best to use : Equal parts of water and hydrochloric acid saturated with zinc. Soldering Liquid Causing no Rust is prepared as follows : Dissolve small pieces of zinc in hydrochloric acid until the acid ceases to effervesce. Then add about i part of the solution of spirit of sal-ammoniac, which neutralizes all acid, and finally dilute the whole with an equal quantity of water. This sol- dering liquid causes no rust on iron or steel, and does excellent serviee in all soldering and also in tinning opera- tions. Another Soldering Liquid Free from Acid is prepared by mixing 10 parts of pure hydrochloric acid with 5 of water, and adding gradually to the mixture fi parts of zinc (-ut up in small pieces. It is best to use an earthenware or glass vessel with a wide neck, and, by reason of the escaping gases being very poison- ous, to perform the work in the open air. When all the zinc has been added stir frequently with a wooden rod dur- ing the first day ; the next day heat the vessel gently by placing it in hot water or hot sand, and then place the mixture aside for clearing. In a few days pour off the clear fluid, and add a solution of J part of sal-ammoniac in 2 of water ; stir thoroughly and put the ready liquid in earthen jars or glass bottles. The zinc remaining in the vessel is rinsed off with water, dried, and kept for future use. If a stronger liquid is desired, the last 2 parts of water may be omitted and the sal-ammoniac directly dissolved in the solution of zinc. Simple Method of Soldering Sum 1 1 Articles. Moisten the surfaces of the metals to be soldered with a feather dipped in a solution of sal-ammoniac, and fit the joint with tin-foil cut to the exact size, and heat the metals suffi- ciently to melt the tin-foil. When cold the surfaces will be found firmly ce- mented together. To Solder Saws. A piece of char- coal, a blowpipe, some spelter and bo- rax are required. File the ends of the saw smooth, so that one side laps over the other ; fit the teeth opposite each other, and bind it with iron wire to keep in place. Then moisten the lap with borax dissolved in water and place the saw on the charcoal. Place the broken parts near a gas jet, sprinkle the parts previously wetted with the spelter, and blow the flame of gas until the spelter runs ; let it get cool before removal. When quite cold file it flat with the other part of the saw. Sugars, Glucose, etc. Preparation of Milk Sugar. Bv the former process of evaporating the whey in order to gain the milk-sugar, a large part of it, by reason of the per- centage of acid, passed over into non- SUGARS, GLUCOSE, ETC. crystal lizable lactose. By Engling'a process the whey is neutralized with whiting, then evaporated to one-half its volume and al lowed to settle. The clear whey is then drawn off from the precipitate, consisting of albumen and calcium phosphate, and further evap- orated. The sugar separates from the purified solutions in cohering lamina and crusts. The mother lye, by being further evaporated, yields a second crystallization. The remaining thick lye can be si ill further worked into sugar by dialysis. By this process 100 parte of summer whey yield 4 parte of refined milk-sugar. By allowing the whey to freeze and removing from time to time the ice-crust formed, a solution rich in sugar is obtained in a compara- tively short time, and which is purer than that gained by evaporation, since the fat, albumen, and salts mostly com- bine with the ice. An experiment to obtain milk-sugar by this process re- sulted in a yield of i part of milk- sugar, white as snow, from 10 parts of whey, the result being still better from winter whey, naturally poor in sugar, 100 parts of which yielded 2£ parts of milk-sugar. Improvement in Refining and Crys- tallizing of Starch Sugar (Glucose). Commercial glucose is melted and mixed with 70 to 80 per cent, of spirit of wine of 80° Tralles, or with pure pyroligneous spirit. To the resulting syrupy mixture add pulverized glu- cose, and allow the whole to congeal at a temperature of above 86° F., stirring it frequently. The syrup obtained in the manufacture of starch can also be treated in this manner. The resulting paste is pressed and treated in the cen- trifugal machine, and the alcohol re- gained by distilling in a vacuum. To prepare solid transparent glucose (dex- trose hydrate C 6 H 12 6 H 2 O) concen- trate in a vacuum a solution of glu- cose to 46° (weighed at 90°) and allow it to crystallize in moulds at a temper- ature from 95° to 120° F. At a lower temperature it crystallizes in wart-like masses. Refining and Preparation of An- hydrous Glucose. Evaporate in a vacuum an entirely colorless and clear solution of glucose until a sample can scarcely be kneaded. Then mix the 341 evaporated mass with 10 to 25 parts by weight of boiling hot methyl al- cohol, and pour the resulting thin syrup in conical moulds, which can be closed. Crystallization will be com- plete in 2 or Ji days, when what re- mains liquid is expelled by suction. For producing dense and solid sugar, saturate the porous mass taken from the moulds with a mixture of loo parts of concentrated syrup and so to 100 parts of pyroligneous spirit and allow it to crystallize at an ordinary temperature. When the desired den- sity has been obtained, remove the liquid portion by suction and wash the sugar with methyl alcohol. The methyl alcohol remaining in the loaves is distilled off by bringing the loaves into a vacuum pan, a temperature of 86° F. being sufficient at the start, and need only be raised towards the end of the operation to 120° to 140° F. The pyroligneous spirit is regained by distillation from the fluid drawn off by suction. Apparatus and Process for the Fab- rication of Starch, Glucose, and Hard Grape Sugar (Dextrose), by Wm. T. Jepp, of Buffalo, N. Y. Through the hopper A L (Fig. 40) the corn, etc., to be worked is conveyed into the closed steeping vat A rilled with water of about 140° F., and distributed by an apparatus over the entire inner sur- face of the vat. The material sinks down, while the foreign admixtures are removed by a discharge pipe. After 48 hours the water is drawn off, and the corn conveyed by an elevator to the hopper B 1 , and from here to the mill B 2 , from whence it passes to the shaking sieve C, upon which falls a constant stream of water. The starch passes through the sieve, while the bran remains behind and is carried by a transport screw placed underneath the sieve to the elevator C", and i? conveyed by this to the crushing ap- paratus D, consisting of two rubber collars between which passes a wire cloth. The bran is here freed from moisture and starch, the bran remain- ing upon the wire cloth while the starch is collected in a basin beneath the cloth and runs from here into the settling boxes E, where it is treated with chemicals in order to separate 342 TECIINO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. th-» gluten. From here the starch- milk is conveyed to the inclined starch tables G, and is then carried into a channel at i he head of the series of tables where it is comminuted by a revolving knife, water being admitted at the same time. The paste *s conveyed to the mixing reservoir K provided with a stirring apparatus, and finally into the settling box L, where it is washed. To produce glucose the starch is brought into the open converter L, drawn off into the holder M, and here neutralized. The fluid is then conducted through the settling box M 1 and the bag-filter M a into the reservoir M 4 , and bleached. From M* the fluid passes through the bag-filter N' to N 1 and O, is filtered through animal charcoal, and then pumped into the vacuum pan Q, where it is concentrated. After pass- ing through the filtering press R, it is ready to be drawn into barrels. For preparing hard grape sugar (dextrose), the solution of sugar is con- veyed from the closed converter L 3 into the reservoir T, then to T l where it is neutralized and bleached, and finally into the settling box M 1 . From here it is passed through the bag-filter M a into the reservoir M 3 , filtered, then pumped into M 4 , where it is bleached and filtered through N into N\ From the latter it is conveyed to O, and is either filtered through the carbon filter P or brought directly into the vacuum pan Q. The concentrated fluid is filtered through filter-presses into U, and passes from here into the cooling apparatus. S V and V* are the steam apparatus and furnace for re- vivifying the animal charcoal. In the cooling apparatus S the hot cream-like eugar is kept in constant motion by a screw, and cooled off by serpentine pipes. Solidification is accelerated by throwing in finished sugar. To Remove Gypsum from Solutions of Glucose produced with the aid of Sulphuric Acid. The solution of glu- cose formed by boiling the starch with dilute sulphuric acid is, after being neutralized with chalk, filtered, com- {>ounded with oxalate of barium and •oiled down. The solution, after fil- tering, is entirely free from gypsum. In place of oxalate of barium, phos- phate of barium may be used, or any other barium salt forming an insoluble combination. Preparation of Pure Levulose. Pre- pare a 10 per cent, solution of cane sugar, add tor every 100 parts of sugar 2 parts of hydrochloric acid, and heat to 140° F. At this temperature the fluid remains entirely colorless. The conversion into grape and fruit sugars takes place very slowly and regularly, 1J pounds of sugar requiring about 17 hours. After- complete conversion a 12 per cent, solution of inverted sugar is obtained. Allow the fluid to cool slowly to about 23° F. Then add to every 10 parts of sugar 6 parts of slaked lime pulverized and passed through a hair sieve, mix and stir thoroughly. The fluid congeals .to a paste, the temperature rising about 2 degrees. Then press out the paste in order to separate the liquid lime-com- pound of grape sugar from the solid lime-compound of fruit sugar. Re- place the latter in water and press it out again, repeating the operation as long as the wash-water turns to the right. The remaining mixture of lime-compound of levulose and excess of lime is suspended in water and saturated with oxalic acid until the lime-compound is accurately neutral- ized. The scarcely yellowish colored fluid is then filtered off from the oxalate of lime into a large beaker glass and placed in a cold mixture of snow and hydrochloric acid. Stir thoroughly until about i of the water is frozen. Then throw the whole upon a linen filter, and, as soon as the greater part of the fluid is drained off, press out the residue. Replace the combined filtrates in the cold mixture and repeat the whole process until a very concentrated solution of levulose is obtained, and then dry the levulose syrup in a vacuum. Levulose thus obtained is pure and white. A New Source for Supplying 3fan~ nite is, according to II'. Thorner, the Agaricus integer, a common and easily recognized fungus. Boil out the com- minuted fungus with fresh quantities of alcohol until the extracts, on cooling, separate no more crystals. The crrs- talline mass, consisting of separated mannite, is redissolved in alcohol and SUGARS, GLUCOSE, ETC 343 344 techno-chemical receipt book. boiled with animal charcoal. From the filtered fluid the mannite crystal- lizes in snow-white needles. One hun- dred parts of Agaricus integer yield from 19 to 20 parts of mannite. Purification of Sugar Beet Juice by means of Silica Hydrate. Heat the juice nearly to the boiling point and compound it with £ to 2 parts of silica hydrate of 10° B. to every 100 parts of juice, the quantity depending on the organic substances and organic alka- line combinations in the juice. In about 5 minutes add to the mixture 0.004 per cent, of lime in the form of milk of lime (or air-slaked) and then let it come to a boil. Remove the result- ing precipitate by pressing and treat the filtrate like other juice, i. e., filter and boil down. To Prepare Strontia Sugar from Treacle and Syrup. By using 3 mole- cules of strontia to 1 molecule of sugar strontium saccharate is precipitated at the boiling point under ordinary or higher pressure. The precipitate is separated from the fluid in a hot con- dition and washed with hot water. The* strontium saccharate thus obtained is decomposed by water at a lower tem- perature into basic saccharate and free strontium hydrate. The strontium sac- charate is used for separating beet juice and other sacchariferous juices. Textile Fabrics and Tissues. Coating Textile Fabrics with Metallic Substances. Fine comminuted metallic powder is mixed with an adhesive sub- stance, as caoutchouc, etc., and the mixture applied either by hand or machine to the textile fabric, which is then dried and glazed. After glazing a pattern may be either pressed or printed upon the fabric. Effect of Heat on Textile Fabrics. Recent experiments have shown that white wool, cotton, and silk may be heated to 248° F. for 3 hours without apparent injury, except that wool will show a slight change in color, especially when new. The same may be said of dyed wools, printed cottons, and most dyed silks ; but some white silks turn brown by this heat, and some pink sil ks are faded by it. The same tem- perature will, if continued for a longer period, slightly change the color of white wool, cotton, silk, and un» bleached linen, hut will not otherwise injure them. A heat of 293° F., con- tinued for about 3 hours, slightly singes white wool, and less so unbleached and white cotton, white silk, and linen, both unbleached and white, but does not materially injure their appearance. The same heat continued for about 5 hours singes and injures the appear- ance of white wool and cotton, un- bleached linen, white silk, and some colored fabrics of wool, or mixed wool and cotton, or mixed wool and silk. It is noteworthy that the singeing of any fabric depends not alone upon the heat used, but also on the time during which it is exposed. In these experiments the heat was obtained by burning gas with smokeless flames, and conducting the products of combustion, mixed with the heated air, by means of a short horizontal flue into a cubical chambei through an aperture -in its floor, and out of it by a smaller opening in its roof. Fixed thermometers showed the temperature of the entering and out- going currents, which represent the maximum and minimum temperatures of the chambers. Feather-plush. A process has re- cently been patented in Germany whereby finely comminuted down is worked with textile materials into a fur-like fabric, in lengths of about 50 yards by 2 yards in width. The down may also be used in the manufacture of light bed-covers, wall-papers, etc., and for this feathers of little or no value and formerly considered useless can be utilized. The process is as follows: The feathers are comminuted by a machine representing a combination of a batting machine, fan and sieves. The resulting down is then carded in a carding engine together with 40 to 90 per cent, of other material and formed into a close fleece. By mechanical friction and the aid of steam the fleece is joined together in large pieces of a kind of felt, which is then converted into a cloth-like material by the fulling process. The resulting fabric is then thoroughly dried and steamed for some time at a very high temperature in a closed steam-box, resembling an appa* TEXTILE FABRICS AND TISSUES. 345 ratusfor shrinking cloth. By this pro- cess mi intimate union is formed be- iw ii-ii the down and the other materials, tin- fabric assuming at the same time a plush-like appearance, which can be very much varied in the finishing. Down-cloth, Seventy-nine to 85 paris of down are mixed with 20 to 30 parts of wool and 50 to 60 parts of oleic acid. The mixture is then passed through a batting machine, and then worked in succession in a breaking card, finishing card, and carding ma- chine. The material is then spun and woven. The finished piece is freed from oil, fulled, raised, shorn, and dyed. The card-clothing of the rollers of the carding machine corresponds to the material to be worked. On the finish- ing card is arranged an endless cloth upon which rests another endless cloth, Which receives the mixture from the porcupine, and, carrying it along, is wound with it around a roller. On the carding engine is also arranged an end- less cloth upon which the fleece wound around the roller of the finishing card is unrolled and carried by it to the working rollers. There is a further contrivance on the carding engine by which one or more threads may be in- troduced into the roving in order to make the fabric more durable. The improvements in the gig consist in an arrangement of drums covered with carding between which the piece of cloth runs. Improvements in the Treatment of Vegetable Fibres. The fibres after having been freed from foreign con- stituents are bleached in a bath of J to 1 per cent, of ethyl chloride to 25 gallons of water. To give to them a silk-like gloss they are immersed for 3 hours in a bath of sodium carbonate or bicarbonate, then exposed to the fumes of burning sulphur, and finally thoroughly rinsed with water. To give greater flexibility to the fibres, they are, after having been dried over hurdles, submitted to the action of glycerine vapors. Improvement in the Preparation of Surf aces to be Printed on, Embossed, etc. A design or drawing on transpar- ent paper is placed upon a layer of chrome-gelatine and exposed tc the iight. The surface of chrome-gelatine, after the drawing has been removed, is washed. A very fusible metal, the Spenee metal being the best adapted for the purpose, is then poured over the chrome-gelatine surface. The casting can be directly used, or fac-similes are prepared with the help of this metal- plate, either by the galvanoplastic or some other process. In {dace of the design a drawing prepared by weaving, knitting, print- ing, etc., can be used. Such drawing is then coated with a thick coat ot coloring matter or plastic material; In case the relief formed is not deep enough, it is improved by scattering any powder or fibrous substance upon the surface while it is still in a plastic state. It is then filled up with Spenee metal, and the resulting plate used for printing. This process is also available for printing with type and for emboss- ing. New Method of Compressing the Fibres of Cotton Tissues, and Giving the Colors more Lustre. This invention is based upon the fact that cotton threads treated with cold caustic-lye are compressed I to J. By this process apparently very fine tissues can be pre- pared from coarser, the colors appear- ing more intense and brilliant. The fabric gains in strength. A thread which would formerly break when loaded with 14 ounces will, after treatment, require a weight of 21A ounces. New Yarn, called Pearl Yarn, con- sists of threads upon which at any desired intervals are fastened drops or pearls of a pasty substance, which, on congealing, assume the appearance of glass or crystals. The substance is prepared from wax, rosin, lacquer, gum, and enamel. The pearl yarn is prepared either by hand or a trough is used for the reception of the paste. Tubes are arranged in the trough, each of which is provided with an aperture below, from which a drop of the pearl sub- stance exudes and is received by a thread held under the tube. Oil-cloth. The customary process of stretching the tissue in a frame and coating it with a vegetable gluten makes the oil-cloth hard and brittle. It is claimed that animal gelatine, sub- stituted for the vegetable gluten, reme- dies this defect. Boiling the pit of the 346 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. horns of ruminants makes the best gelatine for this purpose, the ordinary glue and gelatine not giving equally good results. To about 32 parts of melted gelatine add £ part of a saponify- ing material ^ borax being the best) and 16 parts of linseed-oil varnish, and allow the compound to congeal. Then bring it into a mill and mix it with 30 parts of mineral color soaked in water, such as kaolin, chalk, etc. Reduce the compound with naphtha, and bring it into the priming machine, where it may be applied to the tissue once or oftener. When the ground is sufficiently dry, the following composition is applied : 75 parts of kaolin are formed into a thick paste with water mixed in a mill with 33 parts of linseed-oil varnish and reduced with naphtha. Kaolin mixed with linseed-oil varnish has been pre- riously used for the same purpose, but the kaolin having been mixed in a dry state with the varnish, the oil-cloth re- mained in consequence hard and brittle. Soaking the kaolin before mixing it with the varnish remedies this evil. The composition is also applied to the cloth by means of the priming machine, adding at the same time the ground color the oil-cloth is to have, and it finally receives the desired pattern in the ordinary way. Apparatus and Process for Scouring and Removing the Oil from Fleece, Wool, and Silk, and Woollen Fabrics of every Description. The process is based upon the use of carbonic acid gas or carbon- ated water as a washing agent, with or without other ingredients generally used for washing, cleansing, and bleach- ing. The apparatus used consists of a revolving wash-barrel containing the Fig. 41. fabrics to be manipulated. The car- bonic acid gas or carbonated water ©liters through the tube a (Fig. 41), and steam from the opposite side through the tube b. Both steam and carbonic acid are converted into a fine spray by means of a perforated tube inside the barrel, c is the carbonic acid holder, d is a wagon for carrying away the fabrics, e the cover of the aperture through which the barrel is filled and emptied,/the safety-valve, g the escape- pipe for the gases. Process for Animalizing Vegetable Fibres with Nitro-glucose (Nitro-sac- charose). Nitro-glucose or saccharose is prepared by treating sugar with ni- tric or sulphuric acid and washing and kneading. The product is dissolved in acetic acid or methyl-alcohol, and the vegetable fibres are saturated with the solution. The nitro-glucose may also be produced upon the tissue by immers- ing it in a solution of sugar and submit- ting it to the action of nitric acid vapors or drawing it through a solution of the acid. Fibres prepared in this manner act in dyeing like animal substances. Patent Process to give to Colored Fabrics a Metallic Lustre. For 5 parts of black tissues use a bath consisting of: Water 500 parts, sulphate of copper & part, and tartaric acid £ part. The tissues are manipulated in this at a moderate heat for half an hour, then rinsed, placed in a decoction of 5 parts of logwood and some ebony shavings with the corresponding quantity of water, again rinsed and dried. They are then placed in a mixture of J part of sulphate of copper, 1£ parts of aqua ammonia, and 500 parts of water at a temperature of 167° to 190° F., for 12 to 15 minutes. They are then rinsed, and finally brought into solution of so- dium hyposulphite of 25° B., again rinsed and dried. Preparation of Fibres that- can be Spun from Nettles, Hemp, Jute, etc. To facilitate the action of the chemicals used in the process the stems, which are generally very hard and woody, must be broken. This is best accomplished by passing the stems between fluted rollers and exposing them in a suitable vessel for a few hours to the action of steam, which separates the woody parts from the fibres, removes the vegetable gum mucus, etc., by loosening the sub- stances enclosing the fibres. To make the action of the steam more effective, TEXTILE FABRICS AND TISSUES. 347 it may be mixed with ;i small propor- tion of hydrochloric acid vapors. The stems are thru placed for a few days in a lye prepared by slaking LO parts of lime in 1 of water. The solution is used either cold or hot, according to the nature of the stems. Prepare a bath of 50 parts of caustic soda in 10,000 parts of water, and in it boil the pre- pared stems for 4 to 6 hours at a tem- perature of 212° to 1'is' F. ; 500 parts of stems require about 4000 parts of water. For very hard or unripe stems the above hath can be strengthened by addition of caustic soda previously dis- solved in water distilled over quick- lime. The strength of the bath varies according to the condition of the stems, to be regulated only by actual experi- ence. In the strengthened bath the stems may be left 6 to 8 hours at a tem- perature of 17(3° to 248° F. To remove the last traces of vegetable gum or mucus the stems are placed in a hot bath composed of water and ordinary soft soap. The fibres, now cleansed from all foreign substances, are bleached, various methods being in use. I. Place the fibres for 1 to 3 hours in a bath containing 5 parts of chloride of lime to 1000 parts of water. The strength of the bath and duration of immersion must be governed by the conditions. If necessary a bath con- taining an aqueous solution of J to 1 per cent, of ethyl chloride (spiritus aetheris chlorati) is used, which, it is claimed, bleaches the fibres without in- juring them in the least. II. Immerse the fibres for 15 to 30 minutes in a bath containing 10 parts of chloride of lime to 1000 parts of water. Then immerse them in another bath composed of 10 parts of magnesia in 1000 parts of water. Chloride of magnesium and free chlorine are formed, which last bleaches the fibre without injuring it. Drain the fibres, after being bleached, and bring them into a bath containing 5 parts of carbonate of potassium or soda to 1000 parts of water. Carbonic acid having a strong affinity for mag- nesia forms carbonate of magnesium, and the chlorine set free forms a fresh equivalent of bleaching salt, which fin- ishes the bleaching of the fibres, this being the principal object of the opera- tion. The fibres are then washed eithei in cold or warm water to remove the adhering chlorine. As this has to be done very carefully several baths arc used, either separately or combined. The fibres are placed, for instance, 5 to 10 minutes in a hot sulphuric acid bath of 140° to 17.6° I'\, in the proportion of 5 parts of sulphuric acid to 1000 parts of water. Or the moist fibres, after they have been washed, are placed for 1 to 2 hours in a room and exposed to sulphuric fumes generated by the burn- ing of sulphur. The fibres when thor- oughly washed have a silky lustre which can be augmented by a bath of a strong solution of sodium carbonate or bicarbonate. By again exposing the fibres to sulphurous fumes it is claimed that the carbonic acid which is devel- oped splits the fibres, making them very fine a/id extremely soft. They are then again rinsed in water. To give the fibres the necessary degree of softness they are placed for 2 hours in a hot bath having a temperature of 176° to 248° F., and composed as follows : Two parts of olive or palm oil soap are dis- solved in 100 parts of water, and the solution compounded with £ part of soda. The fibres when dry are once more passed through fluted rollers or a breaker. They are finally spread out upon hurdles, and in a closed room exposed to the action of weak glycerine vapors, whereby they obtain greater flexibility without injury to their silky lustre. Thev are novv ready for spin- ning. The fibre in a finished state is soluble in strong acids, chloride of zinc, and soda. Shoddy. How it is Made. Shoddy consists of old rags torn up for use in adulterating wool. Both woollen and cotton rags are used, but the former more so than the latter. The rags are first sorted and then go into the picker- room, entering first a machine for beat- ing out dust and called "the willow." It consists of a cylinder provided with long teeth and boxed in. A fan is at- tached, which blows the dust into a long flue. The cylinder revolves at the rate of about 600 times per minute. Th£ rags next go to the picker. This has a cylinder with teeth about 2 inches long, very sharp and set •343 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. close; it revolves about 1200 times per minute. The rags are fed by slow-moving rollers, which hold them so that tiio teeth of the picker-cylinder tear them ill threads, and these threads are passed on to a machine called the " finisher" or " lumper." This is some- thing like the picker, but not so power- ful. It throws out the unworkable stock or lumps and reduces the good stock to finer texture. After leaving the lumper the stock is ready for mix- ing ; that is, different weights of shoddy, cotton, and good wool are placed in piles, according to the grade of cloth to be made. The materials are then mixed in layers, often in such quantities as to weigh several tons. This mixture is then passed through the willow, to more completely mingle it, and then through the lumper. It then leaves the picker-room and goes to the card-room. The " stock," q$ it is now called, is placed in machinery called " breakers," which make it uni- form in quality, and it then goes to the " condenser," by which it is formed into thin folds, from i inch to 2 inches in width, according to the quality of the stock. It then goes to a system of rollers, which roll these thin folds into thread, which is run on to large spools and is ready for spinning. The carding machines are of different character, ac- cording to the work demanded. The spinning frame is generally called a "mule," and has on it from 600 to 700 spindles, and can work that many threads at once. The art of hiding the nature of shoddy is seen in great per- fection in the weaving. By an arrange- ment of the loom machinery the inferior material is thrown to the back of the cloth and the better fibres to the front. By more complicated machinery certain arrangements of fibres can be made on the surface of the cloth, producing va- rious forms of diagonal twills. To test the quality of the cloth take a thread of the filling and pull it apart. If it breaks off short, without any long fibres holding it together, it is shoddy. If, however, it draws out without break- ing at once, and shows long fibres, then the body or filling contains pure wool, and the more of these long fibres gre tound the better the cloth. We would \nally remark that nowadays it is very good cloth which has 50 per cent, oi good wool in it. Silk Gauze. The warp is dressed with a solution of gelatine and runs only through two shafts. The woof is reeled dry, and in the shuttle is placed a small moistened sponge, through which the cocoon-thread runs during weaving. The raw fabric is immersed in a hot solution of gelatine, then half- dried, vigorously beaten between the hands, and then stretched in a frame. Tinni/ng of Tissues. Woollen or cot- ton fabrics can be provided with a close and flexible coating of tin having a silvery lustre. The process is as fol- lows: Mix commercial zinc dust with an albuminous solution into a thin paste,- and brush or roll the paste on the fabric. When dry the coating is fixed by coagulating the albumen by means of hot steam, and the fabric is then placed in a solution of chloride of tin. The tin precipitates itself in a finely-divided state upon the zinc. The fabric is then washed with water, and, when dry, is passed on to the glazing machine, when the tin will appear as a lustrous coating upon the fabrics. Beautiful effects can be produced by printing the fabrics, making them available for decorative purposes. Tinned linen, etc., can in many cases be substituted for tin-foil as an elegant and water-proof packing. To Produce a Metallic Lustre upon fabrics satarate them with a metallic solution ; for instance, acetate of lead, and bring them before they are entirely dry into a vessel, on the bottom of which is placed some metallic sulphide slowly decomposable by air. so that the sulphide of hydrogen which is formed acts upon the metallic salt. Utilization of Short Hair. To make short, rough hair suitable like wool for spinning, weaving, or felting, treat it with a thin alkaline solution and then with diluted acid. Utilization anal Working of Jute. The best qualities of jute are of a pale yellow or silver-gray color, with a very high silky gloss, and feel agreeably soft and smooth to the touch. Jute is not as strong as hemp or flax, but suffi- ciently so for the production of durable coarse fabrics. Although the separate threads are comparatively fine they can TOBACCO, SNUFF, ETC. 349 only be used for coarse yarns. The root ends, or jute-butts as they are called in commerce, are generally darker in color and harder and more woody than the middle and upper por- tions. The fibres are free from stems, and only inferior qualities exhibit dark scart'-skiu cells adhering quite tightly-. The fibres are generally bi to 9 feet long, although there are some varieties 11 feel long. The medium qualities are of a dark brown color, while the ordinary qualities are yellow or reddish-brown, and both are harder and more woody than the best quality, and their root ends very hard and coarse. The jute-fibre is very hygro- scopic, and in an ordinary state contains about 11 per cent, of water, and, if stored in a damp room, may absorb as much as 30 per ceut. and more. The better qualities of raw jute are much used for enveloping submarine tele- graph cables and as bandages for sur- gical purposes, for .vhieh they are es- pecially prepared. If they are to be employed for bandages they are satu- rated either in the dry state with sali- cylic acid (salicyl-jute) or in a balf- rnoist condition with carbolic acid (carbol-jute). Jute yarns are prepared according to two processes. By the first the jute is first cut up in stricks about 2i feet long, which are then heckled by machines, and finally worked like flax into finished yarn, but always upon the dry frame. This method is employed in England, France, and Belgium for a few num- bers of yarns only, namely, for Xos. 16, 20, and 22, and furnishes also the article which comes into commerce under the name of "heckled yam" or "jute line yarn." The second process for all numbers from No. 14 down is almost generally used in Germany and exclusively in Austria. By this process the jute-stricks are torn to short fibres by special card- ing machines very strongly built, and these short fibres are joined together in an endless band, which is then stretched in the usual way in a drawing-frame, and double-milled. It is then con- verted into roving upon the fly-frame, and finally into finished yarn upon the dry frame But the jute, before it is actually worked up, undergoes several other processes in order to make it softer and more flexible. These con- sist in moistening the fibres with train oil and water, and then passing them repeatedly through between fluted roll- ers. The yarns and the threads pre- pared from them are either worked into actual jute-fabrics, which are used as a packing material, or employed in the production of mats, carpets, table- covers, and curtains, which, by reason of their naturally yellow and glossy color, are much in demand for decora- tive purposes. The yarns, either raw, bleached, or colored, are used as filling either by themselves or mixed with cotton warp. Jute yarns, mixed with cotton, wool, and flax, are also used in the manufacture of drills, bed-ticking, furniture reps, lamp-wicks, canvas of all kinds, and many small articles. Utilization of Hop-stalks. In Sweden a strong cloth is manufactured from hop-stalks. The stalks are gathered in autumn and soaked in water during the whole winter. The material is then dried in an oven and woven as flax. A New Yam is produced in France in the following manner : Upon a mule is placed another row of rollers through which at different speeds is passed a colored or plain thread, but twisted- in the reverse way of the yarn to be oper- ated upon. Thus, when the spindles revolve, the two threads are twisted, but the additional yarn is untwisted. This double yarn is again twisted with the same or othe± yarn, but running it again in the opposite direction, which untwists the first thread and produces a very singular effect, and one which in theloom will, no doubt, produce a nov- elty. Tobacco. Smoking Tobacco, Snuff, Steenutative Powders, etc. Smoking Tobaccos. Brazilian Tobacco is brought into commerce either in rolls or cut and in three qual- ities. I. Known as "Legitimo," is prepared by mixing equal parts of best unribbed Brazilian leaf and Havana leaf. II. Havana leaf alone is used for this and treated in the customarv man- ner, as follows : Extract pouude i cassia 350 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. bark 100 parts and sugar 300 parts in 2250 parts of soft water; then press out the liquor and add cinnamon water 500 parts, saltpetre 100 parts, wine vinegar 450 parts, and common salt 125 parts. III. Ordinary American leaf of good dark brown color is used for this. For 500 parts of such leaf the following mixture is required : Pulverize dried plums 20 parts, tamarinds 15 parts, cassia bark 5 parts, figs 10 parts, and juniper berries 30 parts. Macerate the powder in 225 parts of soft water for 24 hours, and add to the resulting liquor : juice of Spanish licorice 30 parts, mo- lasses 20 parts, honey and saltpetre each 10 parts. Chinese or Star Tobacco. Yellow Virginia leaf is used and treated as fol- lows : Comminute orris root 10 parts, large raisins 5 parts, angelica root 12A parts, fresh walnut leaves 15 parts, cal- amus root and elder blossoms each 7i parts ; pour 187i parts of water over them, digest for 24 hours, and then press out the fluid. Now mix in a glass matrass : Benzoine powder 1 part, Eulverized storax I part, cinnamon lossoms 1 part, rosewood oil & part, and spirit of wine of 70 per cent. 15 parts. Close the matrass with a piece of wet bladder perforated with a needle. Digest the whole in a sand-bath for 24 hours, then pour off" the liquor and press out the residue. Mix the two fluids and the product is ready for use. Canaster. To convert 500 parts of Virginia leaf into canaster proceed as follows : Pulverize 20 parts of cascarilla bark, 1J parts of nutmeg, 5 parts each of orris root and lavender blossoms, and sift them into a tin tank, and pour over them 185 parts of a solution of 1J parts each of purified potash and fresh burned lime in soft water. Cover the vessel and let it stand 24 hours in a warm place, so that the mixture is heated nearly to the boiling point with- out actually boiling. The liquor when cold is strained through linen and the residue pressed out. Then dissolve in the fluid thus obtained : Purified salt- petre and common salt each 10 parts, and white sugar 12 parts. Moisten the leaves with the mixture, and pile them together and turn them frequently, so that they become uniformly permeated With the liquor, which will be the case in 6 to 8 days. While still moist th* leaves are cut, and when dry packed in tin-foil or paper. Half Canaster. I. Moisten 50 parts of Virginia leaf before cutting with the following mixture: Dissolve 2 parts of sugar in 24 of water, and add to part of cinnamon wine, A part of extract of mastic, and 2 of juniper wine. The tobacco after moistening is pressed into a barrel, remaining there 24 hours, when it is cut and packed. II. Moisten 100 parts of Virginia leaf with the following mixture, obtained by boiling for 3 hours : Raisins 3 parts, bay-leaves A, and pulverized cascarilla bark i in water 80. Let the decoction cool and strain the liquor through a linen cloth, and then add 4 parts of cinnamon wine and li of sugar. The tobacco, after moistening, is dried and cut. Maracaibo Tobacco or Varinas Can- aster. Finest Quality, No. I. Finest Havana leaf 30 parts, small Orinoco leaf and genuine Porto Rico leaf each 25, light yellow and green Virginia leaf each 10. Quality No. II. Havana leaf 15 parts, Louisiana leaf 20, Porto Rico leaf 40, yellow Virginia leaf 15, and green Virginia leaf 10. Quality No. III. Havana and Lou- isiana leaf each 5 parts, Porto Rico leaf 40, and yellow and green Virginia leaf each 25. These mixtures have a very light color. When a darker color is preferred the yellow and green leaf is replaced by dark yellow or brown. ' Ostend Tobacco consists of a mixture of American leaf. There are four va- rieties : No. I. Porto Rico leaf 33 parts, light brown Maryland leaf 35, and brown Virginia leaf 32. No. II. Louisiana leaf 45 parts, light yellow Virginia leaf 35, and light yel- low Pennsylvania leaf 20. No. III. Louisiana leaf 25 parts, brown Virginia leaf 30, and good brown Pennsylvania leaf 45. No. IV. Equal parts of long Orinoco leaf, yellow Virginia leaf, and yellow Maryland leaf. Petit Canaster comes into commerce cut and packed in tin boxes. There are two varieties of pure American leaf: TOBACCO, SNUFF, ETC. 35; No. I. Long Orinoco leaf 10 parts, Louisiana leaf 45, Porto Rico leaf 45. No II. Louisiana leaf 5 parts, long Orinoco leaf 45, and brown Virginia leaf 50. J'l/inii Optimum, according to the Dutch Process. Free 50 parts of Vir- ginia leaf from the stems ?.ad moisten it with the following mixture : Dissolve3 parts of rock-candy in 00 of soft water, sprinkle the solution over the leaf, press the latter into a barrel, and then cut it. Dry the tobacco in the air, but not near a fire, and then sprinkle it with a mixture of juniper wine 1 part, extract of mastic and cinnamon wine each 2 parts, so that it is just moistened, and then pack it in tin-foil or paper. II. Moisten 100 parts of Virginia leaf with water, let it stand 24 hours, cut and dry in an airy room. In the mean- while boil the following ingredients for 3 hours in 32 parts of soft water : One part of raisins, 3 of yellow rock- sugar, and i of bay-leaves, and, when the liquor is cool, add 3 parts cinnamon wine. Sprinkle the tobacco with the mixture and work it thoroughly through. Dry it for some time in an airy room, then put it in a barrel, let it stand in a cool place for 8 days, and then pack in paper or linen bags. Portocarero Tobacco. Boil in 24 parts of water, 2 of loaf sugar, £ of pul- verized fennel-seed, i of pulverized jascarilla bark, i of powdered cubebs, and a like quantity of powdered cloves. Moisten with the liquor 60 parts of Maryland leaf, allow it to lie for 8 hoUrs, then cut, dry, and pack it. Porto Pico Tobacco, according to the Dutch Process. Boil in a covered boiler for 3 hours : Best wine-vinegar 12 parts, water 90, honey 1, large raisins 3, and bay-leaves J. Filter the liquor and, when cooled off to milk-warm, trep/c with it 100 parts of Porto Rico leaf. In Holland tobacco treated with the above mixture is put up in rolls and is in great demand. /'iirto Pico Tobacco from Ordinary Leaf. For 100 pounds of ordinary leaf, cured for 1 year, the following mixture is used. When the leaves are thoroughly permeated they are piled together for 8 days and turned once every day. Com- minute : Lemon peel, green dried orange peei, coriander seed, figs, and sassafras wood each 1 pound, elder blossoms 12 ounces, cassia and juniper berries each 5J ounces, and galanga 12 ounces. Pour 60 pounds of water over the above ingredients ; allow them to digest for 24 hours ; then pour off the liquor and press out the residue. Dis- solve in the liquor 2 pounds of pure saltpetre, 3 pounds of common or rock salt, and 4 pounds of sugar. The product is now ready for use. To im- prove the scent of the tobacco in smok- ing, compound the above before using it with benzoin 2£ ounces, mastic 1 ounce, myrrh 8| ounces, and spirit of wine of 60 per cent. 1£ pints. Swicent Tobacco (English Process). Remove the lower thick stems from 100 parts of Virginia leaf, and moisten the leaf with 60 parts of water, then cut it up fine and kiln-dry it. In the mean- while boil the following ingredients in 10 parts of water : sugar 3 parts, raisins 2, and cascarilla bark £. Strain the liquor, when about milk-warm, through a linen cloth, and when it is entirely cold add 1 part of extract of mastic and i of cinnamon wine. Moisten the tobacco with this mixture, aud then pack in paper or linen bags. Swicent Tobacco ( Ordinary). Macer- ate i part of powdered cascarilla bark 8 days in 2 parts of spirit of wine. Then boil the whole in 24 parts of water together with 2 parts of wine- vinegar, £ of bruised juniper berries, i of saltpetre, and £ of bruised angelica root, strain the liquor and with it treat 100 parts of ordinary country tobacco. Stveet-scented Tobacco. This is pure Virginia leaf, but most of the article sold under this name is an imitation prepared from ordinary country to- bacco. Treat 100 pounds of ordinary tobacco in the usual manner. Prepare the following compound : Comminute 4 pounds of dried prunes, 2 pounds each of orange peel and rosewood, 1 pound of coriander seed, and 2 pounds of raisins ; pour over them 81 ounces 01 purified potash and let the whole stand for 24 hours. Then heat it nearly to the boiling point, draw off the liquor, and press out the residue ; dissolve in the liquor 2 pounds of purified salt- petre, 4 pounds each of common salt and honey. Pour 40 pounds of thj* I A TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. mixture over the 100 pounds of pre- pared tobacco. Varinas Tobacco. 1. Prepare a mixt- ure by boiling in 90 parts of soft water 1 of raisins, 1 of raisin stems, 2 of fine sugar, and \ of pulverized fennel seed. ( Y>vt r the boiler and let the mixture cool. When cold sprinkle 60 parts of yellow Porto Rico leaf and 40 of Maryland leaf with it; cut and kiln-dry the to- bacco. Then sprinkle it with 3 parts of cinnamon wine, and pack it imme- diately. Improvement of Inferior Qualities of Tobacco. We here give a number of mixtures which can be recommended for converting inferior qualities of leaf tobacco into good smoking tobacco. Each mixture is calculated for 100 pounds of leaf, the latter being treated with it in the usual manner. It is left to the manufacturer to adopt a suitable name for each brand. I. Comminute orris root, juniper berries, and coriander seeds each 81 Dunces ; pour 'd\ gallons of water over •hem and let the whole digest 24 hours. Now dissolve saltpetre 2 pounds, sugar syrup 4 pounds, in water li gallons, and mix the solution with the above liquor. Then macerate in a glass mat- rass with the assistance of heat 8} ounces of liquid storax in 2 pounds of strong spirit of wine, filter the extract and compound it with the above mixt- ure, and the mixture is ready for use. II. Comminute cascarilla bark, an- gelica root, cinnamon blossoms, and badiane each 7 ounces, and cloves 2\ ounces ; pour 4 gallons of water over them, macerate the whole 24 hours, then press out the liquor and com- pound it with a solution of li pounds of saltpetre and 2J pounds of brown syrup in l\ gallons of water, and it is ready for use. III. Comminute cassia bark, orris root, licorice root, angelica root, and rosewood each 7 ounces. Macerate with 4 gallons of water, press out the liquor and compound it with a solution of 2 pounds of pure saltpetre and 3i pounds of white sugar in li gallons of water. IV. Comminute juniper berries and fresh bay-leaves each 1J pounds, fresh walnut leaves 2 pounds, and green or- anges 8J ounces ; macerate with 4 gal- lons of water for 24 hours, and press out the fluid. Now pound in a mortar l fluid ounce of oil of lemon and J ounce of amber together with .';| poundsof white sugar; dissolve the mixture in 1 \ gal- lons of water, add 2 pounds of pure saltpetre, and mix this solution with the above liquor, and the mixture is ready for use. V. Comminute orris root and an- gelica root each 7 ounces, vanilla 1 ounce, and cassia bark 83 ounces- Pour 4 gallons of water over the in- gredients, -let the whole stand for 2 J hours and then press out the liquor. Rub up li pounds of white sugar with a like quantity of rosewood oil and 83 fluid ounces of oil of bergamot, add l| pounds of pure saltpetre, dissolve the mixture in li gallons of water, and compound the solution with the above liquor. VI. Convert into a coarse powdet cascarilla bark 7 ounces, cassia bark 4 ounces, digest with 4 gallons of water for 24 hours, and press out the liquor. Now rub up 2 pounds of sugar with J fluid ounce each of Peruvian balsam and oil of cloves, add 1J poundsof pure saltpetre, dissolve the mixture in ligat- ions of water, and compound it with the above fluid. VII. Pulverize cassia bark and ba- diane each 4 ounces, nutmeg 2 ounces, and purified potash 3i ounces ; digest them 24 hours in 4 gallons of water, then pour oft' the fluid and press out the residue. Now dissolve Peruvian bal- sam and olibanum each 1 fluid ounce in strong spirit of wine 1 quart, add 2 pounds of sugar and H pounds of saltpetre, and mix the solution with the above liquor. VIII. Convert into a coarse powder orris root 85 ounces, cardamons with their shells 2j ounces, cubebs 2 j ounces, cassia bark 4 ounces, cloves 1 ounce, mastic 2\ ounces ; digest them in 2 K gal- lons of water and 1 quart of alcohol of 70 per cent, for 24 hours, and then pout oft' the liquor. The residue isextracted with 2V gallons of water, with the assistance of heat, and the liquor ob- tained from this mixed with the first. Then dissolve in the mixture 3£ pounds of white sugar and li pounds of saltpetre, and add to the whole li gallons more of water. TOBACCO, SNUFF. ETC. 355 TX. Comminute the following in- gredients and macerate them with i gallon of spirit of wine of 60 per cent.: Sassafras wood 8| ounces, cuhebs 4 ounces, cloves 2i ounces, rosewood and fennel seed each 7 ounees, and, after 24 hours, press out the liquor. The resi- due is macerated with 4 gallons of hot water, the fluid poured oil' and the resi- due pressed out. Dissolve in this last liquor 21 pounds of white sugar, li pounds of pure saltpetre, and then mix the whole with the liquor obtained first. X. Comminute the following in- gredients and macerate them 24 hours in 2J gallons of soft water: Orange peel ^J ounces, coriander seed 7 ounces, and preserved rose leaves 1+ pounds, and then press out the liquor. Macerate at the same time If ounces of uutmeg and L'i ounces of storax with i gallon of spirit of wine of 60 per cent., press out the liquor and dissolve in it 1J fluid ounces of oil of bergamot and IV pounds of sugar-syrup. Now mix this gradually with the first liquor and then dissolve in the whole 1£ pounds if saltpetre. XI. Comminute: Cascarilla bark 4i ounces, orris root 7 ounces, badiane 3J ounces, cubebs 2i ounces, and galanga 3 V ounces. Digest them in 4 gallons of water in the sand-bath for 24 hours, and then press out the liquor. In i of the liquor dissolve li pounds of sugar rubbed up with 1 fluid ounce of oil of cloves, and in the other half 1 pint of licorice juice and li pounds of salt- petre, and then mix both thoroughly together. XII. Comminute: Fresh lemon peel and fresh orange peel each 8| ounces, cubebs 3£ ounces, calamus root and coriander seed each 7 ounces, and fi-'s H pounds; macerate 24 hours in 4 gallons of soft water, strain off the liquor, and dissolve in it 2 pounds of sugar-syrup and 1J pounds of pure saltpetre. To Remove the Disagreeable Smell a mi Taste of Inferior Qualities of To- hacco. Treat 100 parts of ordinary cured tobacco with a mixture of solu- tions of lj to 2 parts of potash in 100 parts of water and 20 of soda water- glass in 500 to 600 parts of water. The solution is poured over the leaf, the 23 latter remaining in it 2 days, with fre- quent turning. The solution is then poured off and the tobacco dried. Snuff Manufacture. Thetobacco leaf is well fermented, [hen dried and ground. The snuff-mill resembles some- what a coffee or cocoa-mill with a continuous rotation of the cone or crusher. The ground tobacco travels on an endless cloth to a vibrating sieve where it is sifted, the fine particles are carried forward into a box; while the coarser are returned to the mill to be reground. Barenburg Snuff". Treat 100 pounds of ground tobacco with a sauce pre- pared from the following ingredients: Brown syrup 2 pounds, loaf sugar 6i pounds, oil of jasmine li fluid ounces, oil of bergamot J fluid ounce, purified potash 3i pounds, common salt 12i pounds rose water SS pounds, and soft water 2i gallons. Bergamot Snuff. Treat 100 pounds of ground tobacco with the following mixture : Stems of American tobacco cut up 4i pounds, rasped rosewood 4| pounds, calamus root and orange peel cut up each 2 pounds, angelica root cut up 1 pound, loaf sugar 4i pounds, oil of bergamot 2 fluid ounces, oils of lemon and lavender each i fluid ounce, elder flower water 4i pounds, rose water 6£ pounds, purified potash 2 pounds, pure common salt 12i pounds, and soft water 2 gallons. Dutch Musino Snuff. Convert 100 pounds of fat Virginia leaf to a coarse powder and mix it with the following ingredients previously pulverized : Cassia bark, orange peel, angelica root each 1 pound, galanga and Brazil wood each 2 pounds. Treat the above with the following mixture: Dissolve loaf sugar 2 pounds, saltpetre 1 pound, sal- ammoniac 3i pounds, common salt 10 pounds, and purified potash 3i pounds in elder flower water 2i gallons. Espaniol or Sevilla Snuff. Convert 100 pounds of Orinoco or Havana leaf into a fine powder, and treat it with a mixture prepared from the fol- lowing substances : Purified potash 4i pounds, common salt 5i pounds, cassia water \\ gallons, melilot water and rose water each £ gallon, tonka beans 2 ounces, and color with 3 to 4 pounds of colcothar. 354 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Frankfort Sn uff. Convert 100 pounds of leaf tobacco into powder and treat it as follows: Stems of Virginia tobacco cut up 4£ pounds, bruised juniper berries 4j pounds, elecampane root cut up 124 ounces, cassia bark, St. John's bread, tamarinds, juniper-berry juice, orange peel, and purified potash each 2 pounds, licorice juice and sal-am- moniac each i gallon, brown syrup 3£ pounds, pure saltpetre 1J pounds, and water 4 to 4£ gallons. Parisian Rappee. Boil dried prunes 8| pounds, juniper berries 1 pound, tamarinds 4| pounds, syrup 3i pounds, sal-ammoniac 81 ounces, salt of tartar 1 pound, and common salt 12i pounds in 6 gallons of water, and then add J gallon of French brandy and 1£ quarts of wine-vinegar. Moisten as much tobacco powder as possible with this mixture and pack the finished snuff in tin-foil. It improves with age. Rappee (Genuine). Boil in a cov- ered boiler for 1 hour, in 5 gallons of water, 1 pound of licorice root cut up, 81 ounces each of calamus root and bay leaves, and 1£ pounds of best logwood. Filter the decoction while still warm into a small barrel and dissolve in it, stirring constantly : Common salt 9| pounds, potash 1 pound, sal-ammoniac 4i ounces, and sulphate of iron 81 ounces. When all is entirely dissolved and thoroughly mixed add 2£ quarts of wine-vinegar. With this moisten 100 pounds of ground tobacco, press the snuff into a barrel, and let it stand well covered for 6 weeks, when it is ready to be packed in tin-foil. St. Vincent Rappee. Convert 100 parts of tobacco into powder and treat it with the following mixture : Stoned plums 4 parts, honey 2, bruised juniper berries 1, calamus root chopped up i, angelica root cut up i, sal-ammoniac 4, purified potash 2, wine-vinegar 6, pure common salt 12, and soft water 24. Sternutative (Sneezing) Pow- ders. Green Sternutatory. Convert into a fine powder leaves of marjoram, sage, pennyroyal with the flower, betony, and origan each 30 parts, and pass the powder through a hair-sieve. Then add 15 parts of pulverized orris root, 3 parts of cloves, and 2 parts of cinnamon, each pulverized by itself. Mix the powders intimately and color with 1} parts of fine indigo and 2\ parts of turmeric rubbed to an impalpa- ble powder, and moistened with spirit of wine. This imparts to the powder a ^reen color. Finally add a few drops each of the following oils: marjoram, cajeput, lavender, and bergamot. Variegated Sternutatory. Pulverize dried corn fiowf rs, common marigolds, lavender flowers, leaves of marjoram, sage, and savory each 2 parts. Pass the powders through a fine sieve, and then add the following ingredients all finely pulverized and rubbed up with tPs part of sugar: White sandal wood, yellow sandal wood, orris root, cinna- mon, cloves, zedoary of each ^ part, and musk 4a part, and finally oils of cloves, cinnamon, and cardamon each A part. Mix all intimately with an addition of 2 parts of spirit of wine, and preserve in well-corked glass bot- tles. White Sternutatory. Pulverize : Orris root and cinnamon each 30 parts, white Castile soap 6 parts, white sugar 15 parts, arum root 3 parts, white helle- bore h part. Mix intimately and add a few drops of oil of marjoram and essence of ambergris. Sternutatories for Cold in the Head. I. Convert into a fine powder and mix : Dried leaves of the witch-hazel 3 parts, marjoram blossoms and lavender blos- soms each 1 part. II. Valerian leaves and snuff each 8 parts, oils of lavender and marjoram each a few drops. III. [Corrizino). Mix: Salicylic acid J part, tannin 2£ parts, and pulverized borax 2i parts. Or, Sodium salicylate 10 parts, rose leaves 20 parts, and snuff '70 parts. Perfumes for Cigars. I. Fluid extract of valerian 1 ounce, tincture of tonka beans 8 ounces, alcohol 23 ounces. II. Valerianic acid 3 drachms, bu- tyric aldehyde 10 minims, acetic ether 40 minims, and sufficient alcohol to make 64 ounces of mixture. III. Tincture of valerian 4 drachms, butyric aldehyde 4 drachms, tincture of vanilla 2 drachms, ethyl-nitrite 1 drachm, alcohol 5 ounces, and suffi- cient water to make 16 ounces of mixt- ure. \ Turkish Smoking Tobacco. The pe- VINEGAR. 355 culiar flavor of this tobacco depends not so much, as is generally supposed, on climatic conditions and a particular sauce, as on the peculiar treatment of the leaf. As soon as the leaves have been cut, they are moistened with soft water, and then piled up in layers on the floor of the tobacco house, a Small quantity of melilot {Herba meliloti) being scattered upon each layer. In a iV'\v days the tobacco begins to fer- ment, becomes hot and diffuses a pun- gent but stupefying smell. When fermentation is complete, which is recognized by the pile becoming cold, the leaves are freed from the adhering melilot, and then strung on cords or packed in boxes. The honey-aroma of the melilot has been imparted to the tobacco during fermentation, the cumarin of the meli- lot forming very likely a new combi- nation with the pectine substances of the tobacco, since without fermenta- tion the desired result is not obtained. In some parts of Servia and Turkey the tobacco, after cutting, is slightly sprinkled with honey-water, and then pressed for transportation into leather bags or tin boxes. To Imparl to Common American Tobacco the Flavor of Havana To- bacco. To dissolve the gummy sub- stance, which causes the bad taste, soak the tobacco in cold or hot water for 6 to 12 hours. The tobacco is then freed from the gum by pressing, dried, and steeped in an infusion of stems and ribs of genuine Cuba tobacco, and again dried. Leaves thus prepared are equal to imported leaf, and can be used as wrappers for Havana fillers without injury to the taste of the ci- gars. New Process of Preparing Tobacco. Fill an enamelled sheet-iron pot with pressed tobacco leaves and cover it with a perforated lid to allow the es- cape of the gases. Heat the vessel gradually in a sand or water-bath so that in the course of 6 hours the tem- perature rises to 212° F., but in the first 3 hours it must not rise above 180° F. The tobacco curls, loses weight, and the leaves, which have assumed a darker color, are covered with a gray- ish dust. Tobacco thus prepared burns well, has an agreeable odor, and is especially suitable for the manu- facture of cigars, since it ! s freed from all injurious constituents. Preparation of Leaf Tobacco for Ci- gars. Prepare a lye from red and white beech-ash, filter it while hot, and after pouring it boiling hot over the tobacco leaves let them soak for 24 hours. Then rinse the tobacco in baskets with clean water, and press and dry. When thor- oughly dry the leaves are treated as fol- lows : Boil for one hour over a moderate fire 28 parts of beer-wort, i of powdered cubebs, A of bay-berries, iof bruised juni- per berries, i of powdered coriander seed, and i of storax. In another vessel boil 1 part of wine and \ of powdered cascarilla bark previously soaked for 12 hours in the wine and add the decoction to the first liquor. Pour off' the supernatant liquid ; when cold, moisten the tobacco with it. To give to cigars, made from tobacco prepared as above, the odor of genuine Havana tobacco, proceed as follows : To 100 parts of French wine add 2 parts of cascarilla bark and 2 of vanill? previously grated with 15 of sugar. Cork the flask and let it stand in a warm place for 8 days. Then pour off the liquid and add 50 parts of mastic extract. Moisten the cigars with thii and pack them in boxes. Keep the lids of the boxes nailed down to pre- vent the access of air. Vinegar. Manufacture of Ordi- nary and Fine Table Vinegars. Altvater's Process of Manufacturing Vinegar. A. Ar- rangement of the Factory. The building should be solid, with tight fitting windows and doors to pre- vent outside at- mospheric influ- ences. The walls should be covered with hard plaster or clay, not lime- washed, but coat- ed with asphaltum, and all wood and iron painted w.ith oil paint. B. Utensils. It is best to use coni- cal barrels, as represented by Fig. 42, each of a capacity of about 265 gallons. Fig. 42. 356 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Tlip use of smaller barrels is m>t ad- visable, since experience has shows that a uniform temperature cannot be kept up in them, thus preventing the vinegar from attaining the proper quality. Only "beech-wood but recently cut should be used in the manufacture of vinegar. The billets are sawed up in pieces 18 inches long; these are again divided into flat pieces 12 inches thick, which are then converted by means of a large plane into tine shavings, and the latter lixiviated by steeping in water for 2 days. The barrels are arranged in the Vinegar-room of the factory in such a way as to allow a person to pass be- tween them and the wall, so that, in case a barrel leaks or a hoop bursts, the damage can be conveniently re- paired. The barrels should stand about 3 feet above the floor, and a plat- form about 5V feet high run in front of them, to allow the workmen to pass along and conveniently look into the barrels. The barrels are filled with shavings ; and the latter stamped down so as to leave a space of 6 inches between them and the top of the barrel. Immedi- ately upon the shavings comes a perforated cover, so secured that no fluid can trausude between it and the barrel-staves. The barrel is then cov- ered with a cover of pine-wood joined Fig. 43. together with wooden nails and con- sisting of two parts, the front part beinsr somewhat smaller than the back. In the centre of the cover is a hole as shown in Fig. 43. The perforated cover is made (if oak-wood 1 inch thiok, and strengthened with cross-pieces to prevent its warping. The holes are bored or, whatis better, burned through with a thin piece of iron, and should be about 1 inch apart. In the four large holes seen in the illustration (Fig. 44) tubes i inch in diameter and projecting 3 inches above the cover are placed. At a distance of 2 inches be- low the perforated cover a hole is bored in the right side of the barrel, in which is placed a thermometer, so that •©• Lv.v/.v. ■"•• • • \. ■.:■:■. -.■:■ Fig. 44. the temperature can always be ob- served. Twelve inches above the bottom of the barrel is a large wooden faucet, and under this stands a bucket capable of holding 2A gallons, without becoming too full. Fig. 45 represents the entire arrangement. When every- thing is in order the barrels are acidu- lated in the following order. First Bay. At 5 o'clock p. M. acetic acid is heated in a tinned boiler to 122° to 167° F. Ninety gallons of this are poured into each tank, 1 wine-glassful of whiskey of 25 per cent, being added to every bucketful. The bar- rels are then allowed to stand quietly till the next day. Second. Bay. The next morning at 7 o'clock the faucets are turned to test whether all the acetic acid has been absorbed by the shavings, or whether there is any fluid in the barrel. Should the quantity of fluid be very small 90 gallons of warm acetic acid with the VINEGAR. 357 addition of the above-mentioned quan- tity of whiskey are again poured into each barrel, and the latter allowed to stand quietly for a few hours. At 2 o'clock P. M. 2h gallons of liquor are drawn from each barrel into the buckets standing under the faucets, and poured back over the contents of the barrel. This operation is repeated at 3 P M., Taking barreis I., II., and III. as an example, at 5 o'clock A. M. 2h gallons aredrawn from each barrel, that drawn from No. III. being conveyed to the storing-barrel in the cellar as finished vinegar. The bucketful drawn from No. I. is poured upon the contents of No. II., and that from No. II. upon those of No. III. Upon I. is poured 2$ Fig. 45. but with an addition of a wine-glassful of whiskey to each bucket. The oper- ation is repeated in the following order : At 4 P. M. as at 2 P. M., without an addition of whiskey ; at 5 P. M., as at 3 P. M. ; at 6 P. M. as at 4 P. M. ; at 7 p. M. as at 5 P. M. ; at 8 P. M. as at 4 p. M. Third Day. At 5 A. M. as at 3 P. M. ; at 6 A. M. as at 2 p. M. ; at 7 A. M. as at 3 P. M. ; at 8 A. m. as at 2 p. M. ; at 9 A. M. as at 3 P. M. ; at 10 A. M. as at 2 P. M. ; at 11 a. M. as at 3 p.m.; at 12 M. as at 2 p. M. ; at 1 p. m. as at 3 P. M. As will be seen from the foregoing, at the even hours the 2£ gallons are poured back without an addition of whiskey ; while at the odd hours 1 wine-glassful of whiskey of 25 per cent, is added to every 2£ gallons poured back over the contents of the tanks. This process is continued for 2 or 3 days more, after which the tanks will have become heated and the thermometer show a tem- perature of 86° to 100° F. The acidulat- ing of the tanks is now finished and the regular fabrication is proceeded with. Three barrels are worked together so that barrels I., II., and III., and bar- rels IV., V, and VI., and so on, belong to one set. gallons of diluted whiskey of 7 per cent Tralles. The same operation is repeated at 6 o'clock A. M. At 7 A. M. 2+ gallons are drawn from each barrel, and poured back upon its contents. At 8a. m. 2h gal- lons are again drawn from each barrel. To the quantity drawn from No. I. is added i pint of whiskey of 25 per cent. T., and is then poured upon the con- tents of No. II. That drawn from No, II., without an addition of whiskey, is poured upon those of No. I. ; that drawn from No. III., to which has been added the same quantity of whiskey as to No. I., is poured back into the same barrel. At 10.45 A. M. 2i gallons are drawn from each barrel, and poured back over the contents. The operations are re- peated as follows : At 12 M. the same as at 5 A. M. ; at 1.45 P. M. the same as at 8.45 A. M. ; at 3 P. m. the same as at 12 M. ; at 4.30 P. M. the same as at 8.45 A. M. ; at 6 P. M. the same as at 10.45 A. M. ; at 7 P. M. the same as at 12 M. ; at 8 P. M. the same as at 7 P. M. As will be seen ready vinegar is al- ways taken from No. III. 6 times a day. namely at5o'clock,6,12,3,7,and 8, yield- ing daily about 16 gallons of 45° to 50° 358 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. The principal point in the manufact- ure of vinegar is strict regularity. Should it happen that through an ir- regular pouring the temperature of the barrels has sunk below 72i° F., the barrels must be allowed to stand quietly for 1 or 2 days until the proper temper- ature has been restored. A temperature of 70° to 77° F. should always prevail in the factory, and one of 86° to 104° F. in the barrels. The vinegar should be immediately conveyed into the cel- lar. It is first stored in uncovered bar- rels, filled loosely with shavings, where it remains for 2 days, and is then drawn off into storing-barrels. Fig. 46. Plunging " Vinegar Producers." In the vessel A (Fig. 46) moves a plunger E provided with a perforated bottom. It is filled with shavings and periodically immersed in the vinegar-stock con- tained in A. The air enters through the aperture C, and passes out through the pipe F. A and E are hermetically closed by the rubber ring D, fastened either to A or E. Utilization of Cork-waste in the Manufacture of Vinegar. The wood shavings generally used in the manu- facture of vinegar act vigorously for some time, but lose perceptibly in effi- ciency. This is explained by the fact that the shavings as soon as permeated with the fluid press down the layers beneath them by their increased weight, and thus prevent a free access of air. It has, therefore, been recommended to replace the shavings by cork-waste. The elasticity of cork is increased by its becoming moist, and a compression of the tilling need not be feared even in very deep barrels. In the cracks of the cork many small organisms are found, and among them a large quan- tity of vinegar- bacteria, in consequence of which barrels filled with cork-waste become quickly acidulated. Concentration of Vinegar by Means of Calcium Chloride. Two glass vessels, one containing vinegar and the other calcium chloride, are placed in a glass holder. The vinegar gradually yields water to the calcium salt. To Prepare the Yellow Color for Coloring Vinegar. Melt 250 parts of pulverized r ^hite sugar in a boiler over a clear fire. When the syrup is thick enough to drop slowly from the stirring implement add 1000 parts of water, and after mixing this thoroughly with the sugar syrup the color is ready for use. To Prepare Acetic Ether. ' Place 600 parts of sodium acetate in a tubulated glass retort; pour over it 420 parts of crude sulphuric acid mixed with 340 parts of spirit of wine, and distil until 370 parts of fluid have passed over. Then compound the distillate with a solution of potassium acetate in water until the ether is separated, and rectify this over 5 parts of calcined mag- nesia. Quick Vinegar Process. Mix alcohol of 80 per cent, with 6" parts of water and tj&tb part of yeast, or some other fer- ment containing nitrogen, and heat the mixture to about 80° F., and cause it to trickle from cords fastened to a shelf placed over beech-wood shavings soaked in vinegar and packed in a cask bored with holes to permit a circulation of air. The oxidation of the alcohol soon raises the temperature to about 100° F., which occasions a free circulation of air among the shavings. The mixture is passed 3 or 4 times through the cask, and in about 36 hours the conversion into vinegar is completed. The oxida- tion of the alcohol in this process is found to be arrested by the presence of essential oils, or of creosote and similar antiseptic substances. Production of Vinegar by Means of Bacteria. The process first introduced VINEGAR. 359 by Pasteur consists in planting (sowing) acetic acid bacteria (mother of vinegar) upon a mixture of wine and vinegar, or water with 1 per cent, of acetic acid and 2 per cent, of alcohol and mineral nour- ishing salts, and, after the conversion into acetic acid of half the alcohol used, adding alcohol daily in small portions until the fluid contains enough of it to give the vinegar the degree demanded in commerce. In order to add the alcoholic fluid without de- stroying the bacteria by immediate contact, two gutta-percha tubes per- forated on the sides are fastened upon the bottom of the vat. Mr. E. Warm, after having obtained satisfactory results by experimenting in a small way, commenced the fabrica- tion of vinegar on a large scale accord- ing to Pasteur's method. The mode of manufacture is as follows: Large wooden vats are charged with 50 gal- lons of the above vinegar mixture, and the nourishing salts consisting of 0.01 per cent, each of the phosphates of po- tassium, calcium, and magnesium. The vats are covered with tight wooden lids. The air is admitted through small holes in the sides. The bacteria are planted by means of a thin spatula of wood, and the fluid heated to 77° to 86° F., while the room in which the vats are located has a permanent temperature of 86° F. The percentage of acetic acid (1 per cent.) in the setting-fluid, recommended by Pasteur, was found too low, since a fluid so weakly acidulated is easily at- tacked by saccharomyces mycoderma, which prevent the growth of the acetic acid bacteria and the formation of vin- egar by a direct combustion of the al- cohol present into carbonic acid. Ex- periments proved that with an addition of 2 per cent, of acetic acid a pure growth of bacteria was obtained, while at a lower percentage, up to 1.2 per cent, of acid, the formation of sacchar- omyces mycoderma increased, and that of bacteria decreased. The addition of 2 per cent, of alcohol recommended by Pasteur was found to be sufficient. The formation of vinegar progressed now in the following manner : The planted bacteria covered the entire surface in 24 to 36 hours, the temperature of the fluid rising to 93i° F., and a strong smell of acetic acid becoming at the same time perceptible. The practical yield of acetic acid is less than that promised by theory. The loss of alcohol by this method amounts to 10 to 15 per cent., while, when casks filled with shavings are used, it is from 12 to 15 per cent, in the production of ordinary acetic vin- egar spirit of 23 per cent. ; 2 per cent, by volume of alcohol furnished acetic acid of 1.7 to 1.8 per cent., the produc- tion of stronger vinegar requiring there- fore an addition of alcohol. This must only be done when but £ to J of 1 per cent, of alcohol is present in the mixt- ure, and the fluid coming in contact with the bacteria must never contain over 0.5 per cent, of alcohol, since, as Pasteur has already shown, a too strong addition of alcohol may easily destroy the formation of vinegar. The alcohol to be added is distributed in the fluid by means of a strong perforated porce- lain tube reaching from the bottom of the vat to the surface of the fluid ; not more than Aof 1 per cent, should be added daily. When the vinegar has acquired the desired degree of strength it is drawn off into a clarifying vat in order to free it from turbidity caused by adhering particles of the plant. The other vat is then thoroughly cleansed with brushes and charged anew. The principal requisites for the success of the operation are pure bac- teria seed, a uniform temperature of 86° F., and a well-regulated addition of alcohol. By strictly observing these precautions this new process can be very easily carried out, and offers the following advantages: 1. It produces vinegar in one-half the time of any quick process formerly used. Ten vats yield daily as much acetic acid as 3 barrels 9| feet high, filled with shavings ; but the cost of ten vats, with all appur- tenances, is scarcely one-half that of the casks with the necessary filling. 2. By a suitable arrangement of the vats less room is required. 3. By reason of the vats being emptied in 10 to 15 days and cleansed, the vinegar-eels (vibrios) have no time to increase in a disturbing manner. It is only necessary to see that the fungus seed is not taken from a fluid containing eels, and this can be easily avoided since the eels are percept- ible to the naked eye. If, in spite of all precautions, the fluid in one of the 360 TECHNO-CIIEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. vats should become eely, it is drawn oft' and heated by means of boiling water or steam to 140° F., and the vat itself scoured with boiling water and a little sulphuric acid, and the fluid, after cool- ing, replaced in it. 4. While the acid- ulation of a new barrel filled with shavings requires 4 to 8 weeks, aud the vinegar produced during the first 4 weeks has always a strong taste of wood, Pasteur's method furnishes at once a good product, without any loss of vinegar, and the work cau be in- terrupted at any time, it being only necessary to provide a stock of fungus seed. The manufacture is simpler, surer, and cheaper, but requires a daily and accurate controlling of the working vats. White Wine Vinegar is produced in France from light wines. A little vine- gar is poured into a cask partially open at the top, together with 5 to 6 gal- lons of white wine, which has been allowed to trickle over wood shavings. In a few days, during which the tem- perature is maintained at about 80° F., a fresh quantity of wine is poured in, and in the course of 12 to 14 days half the vinegar contained in the cask is drawn off and replaced by a fresh portion of wine. In this way an occa- sional renewal of the air in the upper part of the cask is provided for. The acetification is found to proceed more rapidly in old casks than in new, which is attributed to the presence of bacteria or mother of vinegar. To Prepare Acetic Acid. Mix 26 parts of pulverized potassium sulphate and 15 of crude sulphuric acid, evapo- rate to dryness and melt the residue ; then cool and pulverize it and add 24 parts of dry sodium acetate obtained by heating moderately about 40 parts of ordinary sodium acetate, and distil in a sand-bath, thoroughly cooling the re- ceiver until 14 parts of acetic acid have passed over. To Prepare Excellent Vinegar. Bruise 200 parts of large raisins, 12J parts of crude tartar, and 100 parts of wheat malt, and work them to a stiff paste by adding hot water. Let this stand for half an hour, then pour 1800 to 2000 parts of hot water over it, and let it stand for 3 hours. Now pour it in a barrel provided with a faucet and standing near a warm stove. When the mixture is as warm as the hand will hear add 300 parts of yeast and stir thoroughly. After 3 hours, when all the yeast is fermented, add 400 parts of sharp wine-vinegar, let it stand lot 24 hours, and then draw off the fluid. Remove the yeast and cleanse the barrel by rinsing it with water. Replace the fluid in the barrel, bung tightly, and let it stand quietly for 14 days, when the vinegar will be sour. After it has laid for 6 weeks draw it oft', and to improve the vinegar repeat the opera- tion several times. Vinegar thus pre- pared is nearly equal to the best wine- vinegar. Vinegar from Potatoes or Rice. Grate 3500 parts of potatoes and add 2000 to 2500 parts of water and 20 parts of sul- phuric acid. Let the mixture boil for 6 hours, and run it through a strainer into a cooler, in order to separate the fluid from the sediment. The fluid is then drawn off into another vat and placed in a room having a temperature of 79° F., and f part of potash dissolved in water and 560 parts of yeast are added, some more yeast being added in the course of 3 days to promote fermen- tation. Now fill a barrel loosely with beech-wood shavings or grape husks saturated with strong vinegar, and pour, every morning and evening, 200 parts of the fermented fluid over them until the barrel is full. Then draw off 200 parts and pour them into another vessel half-filled with vinegar, and from this into another barrel filled loosely with beech-wood shavings, where the vinegar is allowed to cool and clarify, and is then ready for use. Fine Table Vinegars. Anise Vine- gar. Convert the following ingredients into a coarse powder: Anise seed 5 parts, caraway seed 1 part, fennel and coriander seed each £ part ; pour 5 parts of alco- hol and 45 parts of good strong vinegar over the powders, close the flask her- metically, and let the whole digest in a warm place for 6 to 8 days, shaking frequently. Then strain the liquid off, press out the residue, filter the vinegar, and put it up in bottles. Aromatic Vinegar. Chop up leaves of rosemary, sage, and peppermint each I part, cloves, zedoary, and angelica root each J part ; place all in a suitable VINEGAR. 361 flask, into which also pour 30 parts of crude vinegar, let it macerate for 4 days, then press out and filter. The product is a clear fluid of a reddish -brown color. Dragonswort (Estragon) Vinegar. Pick the young tender leaves of dragons- wort (Artem/isia dracun-culus L.) when the first flower-buds appear. Bruise the leaves, place them in a suitable flask, pour good wine-vinegar over them, and let the whole stand for a few days, Then strain the vinegar through a cloth, filter, and bottle. The bottles must be tilled entirely full, as other- wise the vinegar will not keep. Another Receipt. Mix 14 parts of oil of dragonswort with 3000 parts of J Hire good vinegar, let the whole stand or a few days, and then filter the vine- gar. Compound Dragonsivort Vinegar or Herb TableVinegar. Comminute leaves of dragonswort 100 parts, bean leaves 25 parts, leaves of basil and marjoram each 12i parts, bay leaves and orris root each 25 parts, cloves 34 parts, cin- namon 6J parts, and shallots 25 parts. Put all in a demijohn, pour 700 to 750 parts of pure good vinegar over it, let it stand on a warm place and digest 5 to 6 days, frequently agitating it. Then strain the vinegar through linen, press out the residue with the hands, add 25 parts of alcohol, and filter. Keep the vinegar in well-corked bottles in a cool place. Spiced Dragonsivort Vinegar. Cut up and treat as above leaves of drag- onswort 100 parts, fresh lemon peel 40 parts, cinnamon and coriander seed each 134 parts, fennel seed 34 parts, cardamons j part, shallots 25 parts, and vinegar 700 to 750 parts. English Spiced Vinegar. I. Pour 4(>ii parts of pure vinegar and 50 parts of strong alcohol over the following ingredients, previously pulverized: Cloves 25 parts, cassia bark, mace, and orange blossoms each 34 parts. Let the whole stand in a warm place for 1 week, then strain through a cloth, press out the residue, and filter. II. Mix oils of cloves 96 drops, ber- gamot 70 drops, and camphor 154 grains, triturated with 4j ounces of strong acetic acid and 15 drops of acetic ether. Add to this mixture 2 gallons of pure vinegar, mix thoroughly, let the whole stand for a few days, and then filter through blotting paper. This vinegar must be kept in well- closed bottles and in a cool place. Effervescing Vinegar. Dissolve 500 parts of loaf sugar in 5000 parts of water, add lemon juice and rind cut up in the proportion of 1 lemon to 1 pound of sugar, 14 parts of the best cinnamon, and 124 parts of beer-yeast thoroughly washed. Place the whole in a barrel, and after agitating thoroughly let it ferment at a temperature of 55° to 60° F. • When fermentation has ceased the vinous fluid is strained, and mixed with 1000 parts of best wine-vinegar pre- viously boiled up, and yeast in the pro- portion of 1 spoonful to 5 pounds of sugar. The fluid is then distributed in several earthenware pots and exposed to a temperature of 77° to 88° F., until it has been converted into strong vine- gar. This, while remaining in the pots, is mixed with 200 parts of French brandy and after two days bottled in small bottles. To each pound of tbis vinegar are added | part of crystallized tartaric acid pulverized and \ part of bicarbonate of sodium. The bottles, as soon as the respective portion of the mixture has been added to each, must be corked as quickly as possible, and then stored in a cool place. Herb Vinegar as Prepared in the Northern Part of Germany. Chop fine the leaves of marjoram and thyme each 134 parts, bean leaves 64 parts, leaves of mint, basil, and celery each 34 parts, and 14 parts of fresh shallots. Pour 600 to 700 parts of good vinegar over the herbs, and treat in the same manner as given for compound dragons- wort vinegar. Herb Vinegar as Prepared on the Rhine. Chop up leaves of fresh drag- onswort and woodroof each 20 parts, borage 14 parts, fresh mint 34 parts. Pour 600 to 750 parts of good vinegar over them, and then proceed as given for compound dragonswort vine- gar. Lemon Vinegar. Remove the rind from 5 to 6 fresh lemons, press out the juice and let it stand in a tall covered glass until clarified. Then pound the rinds to a paste and pour 1 gallon of good vinegar over it. Let it stand for a few days, then pour ofl' the vinegar, 362 TECHNO-CIIEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. mix it with the (Hear lemon juice, filter ami bottle the vinegar. Orange Vinegar. Peel 5 to 6 fresh oranges, press out the juice in a tall glass, and let it stand covered to clarify. Free the rinds from the white parts, pound them to a paste and pour 1 gallon of good vinegar over it, and proceed in the same manner as given for lemon vinegar. Pine-apple Vinegar. This excellent vinegar soon loses its flavor, and it is therefore best to prepare a small quan- tity at a time and keep it in hermet- ically closed bottles. Bruise the slices of pine-apple and pour over them a considerable quantity of vinegar. Close the vessel as tightly as possible and let it stand 12 hours; after which pour off the vinegar and filter it. Raspberry Vinegar. Crush perfectly ripe raspberries to a paste, let it stand 24 to 36 hours; then put 1 pound of this paste into a jar, pour li to 2 gal- ions of vinegar over it, place it in a warm place, but not in the sun, and shake frequently. After standing for several days strain the mixture through a cloth, add 1 gill of alcohol, mix thoroughly, and filter the vinegar. The bottles should be entirely filled and kept in a cool place. Strawberry Vinegar. Mash thor- oughly ripe strawberries, let the paste stand in a warm place for 24 hours, then press out the juice, bottle and let it stand for a few days to ferment and to allow the slimy constituents to separate. Then filter the juice and put it in well- closed glass bottles which should be scrupulously clean, where it will keep for a long time. When it is to be used for flavoring, add a sufficient quantity of it to good vinegar. Vanilla Vinegar. Triturate in a porcelain mortar 4 parts of vanilla bean cut up with some white sugar, add 2 parts each of pulverized cloves and cinnamon, put all in a flask and digest it with 30 parts of strong alcohol for several days. Then add 250 to 270 parts of good vinegar, let it stand for some time, shaking it frequently, then strain through a cloth and finally filter. This vinegar is usually colored red. Vinaigre & la Bordin. Chop up : Leaves of dragonswort 20 parts, bay leaves 10 parts, angelica root 6i parte, capers and anchovies each 10 parts, shallots 6i parts, and pour 150 parts of good vinegar over them. Let the whole stand for 3 days, shaking fre- quently, then strain through a cloth, press out the residue, and filter the vinegar. Vinaigre cb la Ravigote. Leaves of dragonswort 25 parts, bay leaves 6i parts, capers 13i parts, anchovies cut up fine 26£ parts, cloves and horse- radish each 3J parts, white mustard seed pounded fine I part, shallots 13J parts, and good vinegar 300 parts. Proceed as above. Washing and Scouring. Manu- facture of Washing-blue, etc. To Wash Satin, Silk Ribbons, Bro- cade, and Silk Damask. Rub the mate- rials either with yelk of egg or Venetian soap, wash them in tepid water, then rinse, and dry. Now dissolve good gum- tragacanth in equal parts of wine-vine- gar and spring water, and strain the solution through a cloth ; it should not be too thick. Dip the fabric in this solution so that it is uniformly moist- ened, then squeeze out the gum water, and by means of a brush spread the fabric upon a smooth board and let it dry quickly in the sun or near the stove. But ribbons should be ironed dry. To Wash Silk Ribbons mixed with Gold and Silver Threads. Before wash- ing brush the ribbons with honey water to protect the colors. Then wash in a solution of beef 's gall and soap ; manipu- late the ribbon with one hand while pouring rain water over it with the other hand. After washing dip them in clear gum water, wrap them be- tween two cloths around a mangle roller, and mangle them for a short time ; then fasten some weight to one end of the ribbons and hang them up to dry. To Wash Silver and Gold Lace. Place the lace in curdled milk for 24 hours. Dissolve shavings of some good soap in 1 quart of rain water, add a comparatively large quantity of honey, 1 beef's gall, and heat the whole for 1 hour. In case it is too thick add rain WASHING AND SCOURING. 363 water, so that a thinly-fluid paste is formed. Allow this to stand for 12 hours, then brush the paste over the wet laces. Wrap ;i moist cloth around a mangle roller, around this the lace, and around it another moist cloth. The lace is then mangled, being occa- sionally dampened with rain water and several times brushed over with the paste. Now soak gum-tragacanth in water for 24 hours, strain it through a i loth, add an equal quantity of sugar, and, when this is dissolved and the solution lias become clear, immerse the laces in it ; then mangle them smooth between 2 clean cloths and then hang them up to dry. To Wash Gold Lores. Place them over night either in urine or wine, and then wash them in the same manner as above. Color and gloss are restored by heating in a pot 1 pint each of water and whiskey, to which has been added pulverized gum-Arabic and some saffron; spread the laces upon a table and apply the solution uniformly with a small brush, and then hang them up to dry. To Wash White Silk Crape. Soak over night in a solution of soap in milk, then sponge without rubbing and lay it in a solution of soap and water for 12 hours, squeeze gently, and place it between 2 damp cloths in a basket. Put some sulphur in an iron pot, and place the latter in a barrel or tall vessel covered with a cloth folded 4 times. Place the wet basket contain- ing the crape over the sulphur, which is now ignited and allowed to burn some time. The crape is then taken out, stretched evenly over a board covered with cloth, and pressed down upon it with a sponge dipped in white boiled starch. To Wash White Gauze. Place the gauze between 2 cloths together with some fine shavings of Venetian soap, put all in a tin dish, and pour luke- warm water over it; place a cloth folded double on top, load it down with a weight, and, when the water has be- come cold, pour it off and add luke- warm water, repeating this operation several times. Now let it stand over night under the pressure of the weight, then rinse the gauze several times with lukewarm water. The further treat- ment and sulphuring is the same as given for silk crape. Fine Muslin, Linen, and Jla/iste are first sotiked in soft water. Then boil and skim 1 pound of soap, A ounce of alum, and 1 ounce of carbonate of potassium until a plastic mass is ob- tained, which is formed into cakes or balls. Apply this to the fabric, rub- bing with the grain ; then squeeze it and repeat the operation several times, and finally, to prevent adhering parti- cles of soap from turning the fabric yellow, rinse several times in fresh water, putting a few drops of indigo solution in the last rinsing water. The fabric is then squeezed out, beaten be- tween the hands, and then dried in the shade. To Wash Velvet. Boil, with con- stant stirring, 2 beef-galls with some soap and honey in a sufficient quantity of water. Place the velvet upon a clean damp board and freely apply the above mixture with a rag. Then wrap the velvet around a mangling roller and mangle it until the dirt has disaj> peared; then draw it through clean water, mangle again, and then hang up. When half dry moisten the velvet with isinglass dissolved in water, wrap it in a cloth, mangle it until dry, and raise the pile by rubbing with a cloth. Velvet, which has become hard and rough by rain or mud, is made soft in the following manner : Moisten the back of the velvet. Secure a hot iron with the flat smoothing part up and draw the moist velvet across it. The heat converts the water into steam which penetrates through the pile of the velvet and separates the tangled threads. To Wash Veils. White veils are washed in lukewarm soap w r ater, gently wrung out, rinsed in cold water, blued, starched, beaten half dry between the hands, and then hung up to dry en- tirely. Black veils are immersed in warm water in which beef gall has been dissolved, then rinsed in cold water, and stiffened with gum water, beaten half dry between the hands, and then hung up until entirely dry. Silk and Silk Fabrics are best washed in tea water and rinsed clean in whiskey in which some sugar has been dissolved, mangled, "and ironed while still moist* 364 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. or they are washed in strong bran water to which some pulverized alum lias been added ; <>r by spreading the fabric upon a clean table, soaping it thor- oughly with a woollen rag, using luke- warm water, and nibbing always in one direction. When the dirt is re- moved the soap is washed off with a sponge dipped in cold water. After the other side of the fabric has been cleansed in the same manner it is rinsed in eold water, spread out, and dried in the shade. The iron used for ironing should be but half warm, and paper be laid between the iron and the fabric. Embroidered Fabrics, or Muslin, Limn, etc., Woven with Gobi should be soaked in cold water, so as to pre- vent a disarrangement of the threads; all rubbing and wringing must be strictly avoided. When this has been done make suds of lukewarm water and Venetian soap, place the em- broideries in it, and squeeze them out. Then place them in fresh water and, after 4 hours, squeeze them out and let them dry. Then sew linen around the edges of each piece and stretch them in a frame for tinishiug. Silk Stockings are washed in warm water with good soap, and then rinsed in fresh water until all the soap has been removed. Then dissolve a piece of litmus as large as a hazel-nut in 1 quart of water and draw the stockings, turned outside in, several times through the solution. Then hold the stockings over sulphur burning in a pan filled with hot coals, and let the fumes pass through them. Then turn the stock- ings inside out, draw them upon frames, smooth them, while still moist, with a glass roller, and let them dry in the sun. To Wash Taffeta. White taffeta is soaked in soft water and then washed with wheat bran and Venetian soap. It is then rinsed, sulphured, and fi- nally stiffened with gum tragacanth, fleabane seed, and Saxony blue, then mangled between two cloths and lightly brushed. By another method white taffeta is washed three times in a solution of 4J ounces of Venetian soap in 2 gallons of rain water prepared by boiling and cooling off to lukewarm. Black Taffeta is washed three times in a like soiution of Venetian soap in water which has stood over night, and then stiffened with gum-Arabic and fleabane seed, and mangled and ironed. Another method of washing black taffeta as well as all other black silk fabrics is by rubbing the fabric with ;i sponge dipped in beer, mint- water, or whiskey, then mangling dry between two cloths, and finally iron- ing on the wrong side. To Polish Gold and Silver Lace. To restore gold lace, spangles, and but- tons, which are worn so that the white ground shines through, treat lj ounces of shellac and 12 grains each of dragon's-blood and turmeric root with strong alcohol, and decant the ruby- red colored solution. The objects to be restored are then brushed over with some of the color by a cam el's- hair brush, and then a hot flat-iron is passed over, so that the objects shall only be gently warmed. Gold em- broidery is treated in the same man- ner. Detached gold knobs and but- tons are fastened on a fork, brushed over with the gold lac, and then dried over red-hot coals with the above-meir tioned precautions. Silcer Lace or Embroidery is pol. ished with a powder obtained as fol- lows : Alabaster is strongly calcined and, while hot, placed in corn-whiskey. A white powder is obtained, which is dried over the flame of a spirit-lamp and placed in a linen bag. The lace is then dusted over with the powder and brushed with a velvet brush. To Wash, Laces. Cover an ordinary wine bottle with fine flannel and stitch it firmly around the bottle, tack the outer edge of the lace to the flan- nel, rolling it smoothly around the bottle, then tack the inner edge smoothly down. Cover over the lace with a piece of very fine flannel or muslin, and rub the whole gently with clean suds made of Castile soap. If the lace is very much discolored, fill the bottle with hot water, place it upright in a sauce-pan of suds, and let it boil for a few minutes; then place the bot- tle under a running hydrant, to rinse the lace thoroughly. Make some starch about as thick as arrow-root for an invalid, melt in it a small quantity of white wax and a little loaf-sugar. Plunge the bottle 2 or 3 times in the WASHING AND SCOURING. 36fl starch, pressing out the excess with the hands; then dip the bottle irfto cold water, remove the outer covering from the lace, till the bottle with very- hot water, and set it in the sun to dry. When nearly dry take it off the bot- tle carefully, pick it out with the fingers and lay it in a cool place to dry. To Wash Point Lace. Fix the lace in a frame, draw it tight and straight, make a warm suds of Castile soap and apply it gently to the lace with a tine brush ; when clean on one side wash the other in the same manner. Then rinse by throwing clean water on it in which siime alum has been dissolved. Then make some thin starch, apply it to the wrong side of the lace, and, when dry, iron it on the same side, and pick it out with the fingers or a bod- kin. To clean the lace, if not very dirty, without washing, fix it in the frame as above and go over it with fine bread-crumbs, and, when done, dust »ut the crumbs. To Whiten Lace. Iron the lace slightly, then fold it, and sew it in a clean iinen bag, and place this for 24 hours in pure olive oil. Then boil the bag in a solution of soap and water for 15 minutes, rinse in lukewarm water, and finally dip in water containing a small quantity of starch. Then take the lace from the bag and dry it stretched on pins. To Cleanse Feathers. Take for every gallon of clean water 1 pound of quicklime, mix them well together, and when the undissolved lime is precipitated in a fine powder pour off the clear lime water for use. Put the feathers to be cleansed in another tub and add to them a quantity of the clear lime water sufficient to cover the feathers about 3 inches when well immersed and stirred about therein. The feathers when thoroughly moist- ened will sink down and should re- main in the lime water 3 or 4 days, after which the foul liquor is drawn off', the feathers rinsed with clean water, and then dried. Cleansing and Easing Salt, for Red Cloths which have become dirty or decolorized by use, is prepared as fol- lows : Dissolve in 1000 parts by weight »f water 22 parts by weight of sorrel salt, lfi of crystallized soda, and 5 of potash. When all are dissolved add 2 parts of cochineal and filter the solution. Moisten the red woollen fabrics and brush them with a hard brush, rub- bing always with the grain, until the dirt is removed, and then wash them in pure water. This renovator possesses all the qualities ascribed to it by the inven- tor; the effect is quick and complete, the red color regaining its original freshness and purity. The small quantitv of cochineal in the mixture exerts but little influence and may just as well be left out. To Wash Genuine Pearls. Scatter salt over the pearls laid on a clean linen cloth, tie this together with a cord, and rinse in lukewarm water until all the salt is dissolved and washed out ; then dry the pearls at an ordinary temperature. Dye-starch and Preparation and Use of Crimson Dye-starch. To dye white dresses Actus recommends z. dye-starch >f his invention, by means of" which any lady can dye her dress with little expense and trouble. He gives the following directions for pre- paring crimson dye-starch and how to use it : Mix 3 parts of fuchsine into a thick paste with water, and dissolve in it 20 parts of glycerine by constant stirring, which will be done without the aid of alcohol as a solvent. When the fuchsine is dissolved, and the com- pound has assumed a uniform crimson color, add with constant stirring 150 parts of starch previously rubbed fine, spread the whole upon unsized paper, and dry in the air. To dye a dress after it has been washed prepare a small quantity of the dye-starch with boiling water in the same manner as ordinary starch, and starch with it the dress to be dyed. It is then dried, sprinkled, and ironed with a hot flat- iron. Washing with Water-glass. This has been highly recommended of late and gives excellent results. Soak the clothes over night in a solution of 1 part of water-glass in 20 to 30 parts of water at 122° to 140° F. In the morning add hot water and manipulate the clothes with a stick, drain them off', which will remove nearly all the dirt, and a little 366 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. rubbing witb soap will complete the work, [tis advisable to treat fcheclothes once more with a weak solution of water- glass I 1 part tn 50 of water <>(' a tempera- ture of 113° to 122° F.}, and then to boil them in clean water. Clothes washed in this manner are brilliantly white, require no bleaching, and besides the process is considerably cheaper and takes less time than the ordinary one with soap and water. Colored woollen fabrics are washed in a solu- tion of 1 part of water-glass in 50 of water of a temperature of 100° to 122° F. Palme's Process of Washing. Soak the clothes for 15 minutes in clean water. Dissolve li ounces of washing powder and 7 ounces of soap in 9 gallons of boiling water. In 13 gallons of this hot solution rinse the clothes wrung out from the clean water and wring out again. Then immerse them in 2h gal- lons of the solution mixed with 1 gal- lon of cold water, then in 4i gallons of the boiling-hot solution, and rinse in cold water. The washing powder used consists of 30 per cent, of borax, 65 per cent, of commercial soda, and 5 per cent, of wheat or corn-starch. New Wash Process. Boil 2 pounds of soap to a paste, dilute this with 6k gallons of water, add 1 table-spoonful of spirit of turpentine and 2 table-spoon- fuls of ammonia, and beat the mixture thoroughly. The water must be as warm as the hand will bear. The dry clothes are then soaked in this for 2 hours previously to washing them. The tub containing them must be well covered. The suds can be again heated, and used once more by adding A table- spoonful of spirit of turpentine and 1 table-spoonful of ammonia. To Wash Dresses of Fast-colored Silk. I. Mix 1 quart of liquid ammonia in 2i gallons of soft water with sufficient soap. Wash the dress thoroughly in this solution and rinse it in running water if possible. II. Rub the dress with yelk of egg and wash it in clean lukewarm water, rinse in cold water, and dry at an or- dinary temperature. Soak for 12 hours i ounce each of gum tragacanth and fleabane in water ; then boil to a thin starch, through which draw the dress, and iron it between two cloths until dry. To Make Washed Silk Glossy. Dis- solve 1 ounce of gum-Arabic in 4 gallon of water, and add 2 table-spoonfuls of beef's gall anil I ounce of fleabane seed. Boil the whole tor a quarter of an hour and, when cold, spread a thin coat of it on the silk with a sponge, and smooth with a linen cloth. To Restore the Color of Fabrics. Sponge the silk or woollen fabric with a solution of sal-ammoniac in half its quantity of water. Then with a piece of the same material rub the stains until they are dry, and the color will be restored. To Wash Pearl Embroideries. Boil 83 ounces of shavings of ordinary soap with 1 pound of beef's gall into a uni- form mass, then add 1 ounce each of Venetian turpentine, honey, and pul- verized sugar, stir together and boil for a few minutes. Pour this soap into a dish, and when dry cut it into cakes. To wash an embroidery, dissolve as much of the soap as required by boil- ing it in soft water, allow the solution to cool, and apply it with a sponge. To Bleach or Whiten Clothes which have turned Yellow. Soak the clothes in buttermilk, allowing them to re- main for some time, coarser article* requiring a longer time than finer. Then wash with soap in tepid water, rinse in cold water and dry. Repeat the operation if the first application is not entirely successful. For very fine clothes the buttermilk must not be too sour. Clark's Wash for Carpets. Solution I. Dissolve 10 parts of soap in 20 of water, and add 3£ parts of soda and 4 each of liquid ammonia and spirit of wine. Solution II., which is the actual cleansing liquid, consists of 4 parts of liquid ammonia and 3 of alcohol di- luted with water. The last solution is first used, and when the dirt loosened by it has been removed the soap solution is applied. Carpets thus treated regain their origi rial colors in all their freshness, the entire operation of washing and drying a large carpet requiring but 2 hours, and the carpet need not be taken up. To Wash Straw and Chip Hats. Make WASHING AND SCOURING. 367 a strong lather of Castile soap on a woollen rag and rub it on the hat until the dirt is removed. Wash the soap off the hat with clean water. Then dry with a cloth until the hat is only moderately moist, and finally place it in a sulphuring barrel to be bleached. The sulphuring barrel is prepared as follows : Cover the bottom of a barrel with stone or sheet-iron and ignite some sulphur upon it. Sus- pend the hat for 30 minutes, so that the sulphur fumes but not the flame can reach it, and cover the barrel tightly. The hat, when sufficiently sulphured, is taken out and made glossy by press- ing with a warm flat-iron. Experiments in Washing Woollen Fabrics. Opinions about washing woollen fabrics differ so widely, and the receipts and directions given in practical journals vary so much and are so contradictory, that we decided to test the matter thoroughly. The most varying degrees of heat, from the hot- test to the coolest temperature, were made use of in this experiment ; and, further, all the recommended cleansing agents, such as soap, borax, spirit of sal-ammoniac, benzine, and all mixt- ures of the latter. The results were so decidedly and distinctly marked that the following may be given as the principal guiding points: 1. The suds used for washing must be as hot as possible. 2. To remove greasy impurities, as perspiration, etc., borax is of so little use that its employment is sheer waste ; even pure soap-suds is better, but the best of all is soap-suds with spirit of sal-ammoniac. The latter actually effects wonders in quickly dissolving dirt on special places in woollen under- shirts, etc., otherwise hard to cleanse, and restores and brightens the colors. On the other hand, for washing white woollen articles, nothing is equal to borax ; soap-suds with borax used boil- ing hot gives to white woollen articles a looseness of texture and a brilliant white which they frequently do not possess when new. 3. If shrinking is to be entirely avoided and the texture of the fabric is to be even looser than when new, the articles must be prepared for quick Irving by pressing them repeatedly be- tween soft drilling. Under no circum- stances should woollen articles be dried in the sun, as that renders them hard and close ; it is best to dry them in a moderate draught ot air, and in winter in a warm room, not too close to the stove. Separate the white from the colored woollens. For the latter prepare a suds of about 2i ounces of yellow soap( Elaine soap) in about 2 gallons of boiling soft water, and divide in two tubs, in one of which add a small tea-spoonful of spirits of sal-ammoniac for each quart of suds. When the articles (only 3 or 4 pair of stockings or an equivalent at one time) are placed in the suds, they must be so hot that the hand cannot be borne in it, and the articles must be squeezed, turned, and manipulated with clean wooden sticks or spoons. They are then squeezed out as much as pos- sible, and brought into the tub con- taining the other half of the suds with- out an addition of spirits of sal-ammo- niac. This will be generally sufficiently cooled off to allow of the articles being thoroughly squeezed out, but under no circumstances must they be wrung out with a turning motion. The articles, to accelerate their drying, are now pressed between 3 or 4 soft dry cloths, until the latter absorb no more moist- ure. Then every article is drawn into the shape it is to have ; undershirts, for instance, being stretched in the width, this being still more necessary in regard to the sleeves, as they have a tendency to become long and narrow. In hang- ing on the line the shape of the article must also be carefully taken into con- sideration ; jackets and undershirts, for instance, must be hung only crosswise, that is, the collar to the right and the tail to the left. In summer a few hours suffice for drying. For washing white woollen articles add 1 tea-spoonful of pulverized borax to 1 quart of soap-suds, and for the rest proceed exactly as above. Should the second suds be found too soapy some hot water may be added. It is of great importance that, after washing about 3 sets of articles, the suds should be re- heated, which is accomplished by add- ing to the first from the second, and replacing this by fresh. Even suds which have become almost black can 368 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. be further utilized by allowing the dirt to settle, then carefully pouringoffthe suds, and using them tor the first wash- ing of coarse colored clothes. Any one wishing to test the efficacy of these methods should make a trial with articles not thickened by pre- vious washing in lukewarm water, and, if possible, new ones. To Wash Cotton and Muslin Prints Wit/tout Injury to the Colors. Heat soft water in a copper boiler to such a degree that the hand can be barely borne in it, and pour in the eighth part by weight of the fabrics to be washed of wheat-bran. Then place the articles in the water and let this come to a boil, during which the fab- rics should be frequently turned with a wooden stick. Now let the water cool off sufficiently to allow of the dresses, etc., being washed in it ; then rinse them in soft water, and dry at an ordinary temperature. The dresses, etc., are by this process washed as clean as with soap without the least injury to the colors. Panama Essence for Cleansing and Washing Clothes is prepared by dis- solving 15 pounds of Marseilles soap and li pounds of carbonate of sodium in 25 gallons of hot water, and adding 1 pound of extract of quillaya bark. This gives solution No. I. In an- other vessel mix 4 gallons of beef's or sheep's gall with 1£ quarts of am- monia of 22 per cent. ; heat and skim the mixture, and, when cold, com- pound it with 4 gallons of spirit of wine of 90 per cent. This gives so- lution No. II. For use mix 4 part of solution No. I. with § of solu- tion No. II., and compound the mixt- ure with a suitable quantity of aro- matic essence. Cleansing Fluid for Tissues, etc. The parts of mineral oils having a low boiling point are treated with chlorine gas until a sample, after shaking with alkali, emits no disagreeable odor. The whole is then treated with milk of lime and next with soda, or air is forced through it. It is then distilled, and the product passing over at less than 212° F., having a weak, agreeable odor, may be perfumed. Use of Tin-salt for Removing Rust- stains from Clothes. Hormann has made experiments to determine the value of tin-salt for removing rust stains from clothes as compared with that of the usual means, oxalic acid and sorrel salt. For this purpose he prepared the following solutions: 1 a. 1 part of tin-salt in 10 pints of water. 1 b. ' oxalic acic in 10 2 a. ' tin-salt in 'JO 2 b. ' oxalic acid in 2u 2 c. ' sorrel salt in 20 3 a. ' tin-salt in 40 3 b. ' oxalic acid in 40 3 c. ' sorrel salt in 40 The rust stains to be removed were in old ironed towels, which, to all ap- pearance, had been in them for some time, and in a condition as generally found in clothes. Pieces as large as a hand containing the stains were cut out of the towels, and to prevent errors five of such pieces placed in every solution, care being also taken to place stains of equal intensity in equally strong solu- tions. All solutions were used cold. The result of the observations was as follows : In the oxalic acid solution even the strongest stains disappeared com- pletely in 1 b. in about 20 minutes; in 2 b. in 25, and in 3 b. in 30 minutes. In the sorrel salt solutions, 2 c. and 3 c, the stains disappeared in about 30 minutes. In the stains treated with tin solu> tion only a slight change was percept- ible in the stains, even after an immer- sion of 3A hours, and they remained plainly visible after 3 days. By a completely saturated solution of tin-salt the rust stains were removed after an immersion of 3 days. Such stains as had been in the tin- salt solutions for 3* hours, and then carefully washed, disappeared in 10 to 15 minutes after being placed in the oxalic acid solutions. With ink stains the result was the same. From these experiments the conclusion may be drawn that tin-salt deserves but little recommendation for removing rust and ink stains. Manufacture of Washing Blue. Washing blue usually consists of starch colored with Parisian blue. Its manufacture presents no difficulties whatever, so that every one after a few trials can prepare it. WASHING AND SCOURING. 369 9 H p 3 3 r; s a p p > < -1 3' I p 3 CO a> 5' E. p 3 C IR p —i P •^ 3* 3. 5T CC P 3 P M. — TO -' - o o 3 (R 3 5' o p 3> k P CR o 3 g 1 P 3 2 eg. £ 3* E. o 3 5. o P_ 6 £•3 3 m o n O.S 1 5" p k p S •a w c §" P o 2 a £ P £, 3' S't) 2- ~® — j 2. 3, p s 3 p | S P 3 3 5 ^ s * p" * Bv- o* =^£ *'•< p B ° S 5 | a £' 3 s p 3 O" E.-3 P 3 - p O o S3 81 -5* g. a c,p a 2 3 - " •3 a 3 3 o O P_ 5T !» £ 3 .• p Big p. «.B H !z5 W a ncs, Btea and fall the a CD > ft i s: 3 — 0) a) 3 3 s 3 O" S> r* O. || O S, g c £ * S. g P 9 P © O S > 3 P, H, 5 ° H."- JO ^r-j 1 -'! E. 1 <<" r p_ o B §- c;-' «< £ "x ff B 3 -• * 3 a a 3 1 3 £.. 7 | s* | r © " 3 - cp _P ? — "^' 3" 5 <«r p -. c p_ a r o p a"? C 3 "^ K P S CpCR & 24 370 TECI1N0-CIIEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. The apparatus required consists of a trough 4 feet long, 1 foot wide on the bottom, and 2 feef wide on the top, and about 25 to 30 drying boards 3 feet long, 1 foot wide, and 1 inch thick, and pro- vided on 3 sides with small ledges; a drying frame constructed of 2 ladders 7 feet high with rounds li inches apart ; and finally a barrel which can be turned around an axle passing through the head and bottom. In summer the blue is dried in airy lofts, but in winter in heated rooms. The Parisian blue must be in the form of a paste and have a consistency of at least 30 per cent. Place in the trough 20 pounds each of potato starch and residue from the manufacture of wheat starch, both perfectly white, 40 pounds of Parisian blue in the form of paste, 2 pounds of indigo-carmine, and a like quantity of gum- Arabic dissolved in water. Then add sufficient water for the whole to form a compound of somewhat greater consistency than the Parisian blue. Knead this with the hands into a homogeneous compound free from lumps, place enough of this upon the drying boards to fill them about half, distribute the mass uni- formly over their whole surface by beating and shaking them, and then place them in the drying frames. The ladders of the latter are placed about 2 feet apart and connected on the top by cross-pieces, so that they will stand by themselves. The paste remains here until half dry, which in the open air will require about 2 hours, but a less time in a heated room. The half- dry paste is then cut into square pieces. This is accomplished with a roller 4 inches long on which are arranged 16 small knife blades at equal distance from each other. With this instru- ment the paste is cut into equally wide strips and then into squares, which are then entirely dried. But, as the product in this state would not present a fine appearance, it is polished by placing 30 pounds of the cakes in the mentioned barrel or drum together with H to 12 ounces of Parisian blue finely pulver- ized. The barrel- is revolved until the cakes have acquired a uniform and fine appearance. The excess ot Paris blue and broken pieces is removed by sifting, and the product is ready for the market. Liquid Wash Blue is easily prepare* in the following manner: Pulverize 8.3 parts of solid indigo in a porcelain dish, and add 33J parts of sulphuric acid. Let it stand for 6 hours with frequent stirring with a wooden 01 glass rod, and pour into a tlask con- taining i gallon of water not too cold. Throw powdered chalk into the flask until effervescence ceases, in order to remove the sulphuric acid, which is in- jurious to the clothes. The whole is then allowed to stand quietly for a few days, then filtered through blotting paper, and can be kept for years with- out fear of spoiling. Several other Receipts for Liquid Washing Blue. I. Dissolve 1 part of indigo-carmine in 10 of water and then add i of gum-Arabic. II. Concentrated Liquid Washing Blue. Bengal indigo 2 parts, fuming sulphuric acid 9, gum-Arabic 4, water 50. III. Ordinary Liquid Washing Blue. Dissolve 2 parts of indigo in 9 of fum- ing sulphuric acid and mix the solu- tion with 350 parts of water and 8 of gum-Arabic. Washing Powders. Washing Crystal is a solution of borax and soda is water. Lustrine Alsacienne (Starch Gloss) consists of spermaceti, gum-Arabic, and borax each 1} ounces, glycerine 44 ounces, distilled water li pints, and some sweet-scented essence. The mixt- ure is used with or without an addition of starch. If it is to be mixed with starch add 4 spoonfuls of lustrine to 4i ounces of boiling starch. Waste and Offal, Utilization of. Fabrication of Different Kinds oj Lampblack from Waste in Working Coal-tar. The oil last obtained in dis. tilling coal-tar and freed as much as possible from naphthaline is burned it a furnace of special construction (Figs. 47 and 48) for manufacturing lamp. black. In the division a of this fur- nace is an iron plate which must be constantly kept red hot, Immediately over it is a tube e through which the oil drops upon the plate where it is de- composed, and the smoke (soot; enters WASTE AND OFFAL, UTILIZATION OF. 371 the chambers 1, 2, 3, 4, through small apertures/. When the quantity of oil to be de- compose! is exhausted, the furnace is allowed to stand for a few days when ( Fig. 48) is used, in which the pitch is burned, the air being as much ex- cluded as possible. The material is thrown in through the doors a a, the smoke (soot) passes through the chim- Fig. 47. Cross-section nf Furnace No. 1. a, door with small apertures ; b, iron plate ; c, tube for the oil . d, windows or iron doors; /, apertures tor the soot ; g, fire-place ; h, chimney for the gases ; i, chimney for the smoke ; k, evolution of the soot into the chambers ; I, oil reservoir. the windows (/ in the chambers 1, 2, 3, 4 are opened. The finest lampblack suitable for lithographic purposes is in No. 4. No. 3 contains that fit for printing ink, while a coarser quality is in No. 2 and No 1. The latter is sifted and sold as ordinary lampblack. The calcined lampblack used by paper manufacturers is also made from the best quality obtained by this process. The lampblack is firmly pressed into closed tubes of sheet-iron, the covers of which are luted on with fine clay and provided with a small aperture. The tubes are placed in a furnace and sub- jected to a strong heat, whereby the empyreumatic oils are expelled and the lampblack becomes inodorous. The tubes, after cooling off for a few days, are opened and the soot taken out. This is half-calcined lampblack. To calcine it entirely it is again pressed into tubes and once more thoroughly heated. The tubes are opened in two days, when the entirely calcined mate- rial will be obtained in compact pieces. Manufacture of Lampblack from Asphaltum Pitch or Blacksmiths' Pitch. A furnace of a different construction ney b and the flue g into the chambers 1, 2, 3, 4, where the soot is deposited. When all the pitch has been burned, the furnace is allowed to stand for a few days before it is opened. The iroa doors d are then slightly opened for the admission of air, and later on, when the lampblack is entirely cold, are thrown wide open. The finest lampblack suit- able for the use of manufacturers of leather and oil-cloth will be found in chamber No. 4, while the coarser qual- ity in the other chambers, after sifting, is sold as ordinary lampblack. The finest quality of this may also be con- verted into calcined lampblack by the same process given above. Description of the Furnace. It may be built of stone or bricks, but the in- terior b must be lined with strong iron plates. The doors d are of strong sheet- iron, as also the door a, which is pro- vided with a few apertures for the in- troduction of air required for com- bustion. The flue g leads into soot chambers 1, 2, 3, 4, arranged in the same manner as Fig. 47. In regard to the amount of lamp- black obtained we give the following 372 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. statement : Four hundred pounds of oil yield about 20 pounds of the finest lamublaek, 30 pounds of No. 2, and 20 Manufacture of Artificial Manures from Residues in the Working of Coal- tar. The various sodic residues inipreg- Fig. 48. Front View of the Furnace, aa, doors ; 6, chimney ; c, flue leading to the soot chambers; /, apertures for the admission of air. pounds of Nos. 3 and 4. Upon the iron plate remains a coke-like residue which must be removed, and can be used as fuel. Five hundred pounds of pitch yield about 200 pounds of lampblack of all qualities. The coke-like residue, which must be broken oft' with a ham- mer and chisel, amounts to about 440 pounds, and can also be used as fuel. Manufacture of Various Kinds of Lampblack from the Resinous Sodic Residues in the Working of Coal-tar. The dry residues, containing potash and soda and rich in oil and resin, obtained in the various processes of purifying and distilling crude coal-tar oils and creosote, can also be burned to lamp- black in the furnace. The residues, to make them more inflammable, are mixed with some asphaltum or black- smiths' pitch. The lampblack formed is also conducted into the chambers 1, 2, 3, 4, and there allowed to cool. In quality it does not differ from that pro- duced by burning blacksmiths' pitch. The furnace, after the lampblack has been taken out, is closed and the black cinders containing soda and potash are completely burned with the aid of wood until they show a grayish-white color. The residues, when cold, are pulverized and used in the fabrication of manure and artificial guano. nated with very finely powdered carbon obtained in purifying the crude light and heavy coal-tar oils are pulverized, the powder sifted and stored in a dry place. The lime remaining in the filtering bag in preparing the caustic lye is also thoroughly dried, pulverized, ami sifted. The wood ash is also silted and mixed with the above residues in the following proportions : One part of sodic residues, 2 ol'caustic lye residues, and 4 of sifted wood-ash. Upon this are poured 2 parts of sulphuric acid residues, i. e., residues obtained by treating the crude oils with sulphuric acid. The mixture, which becomes quite heated, is thoroughly worked with iron rakes until it is again entirely dry. Now take 2 parts of bone-flour, 2 of animal charcoal, and pour upon them 4 parts of acid residues, stirring constantly. Next evaporate, under constant stirring, fresh bullock's blood until it can be rubbed to a fine powder. Pass it through a sieve, and add 4 parts of it to the above mixture, and finally 3 parts of crude sulphate of ammonium, and 4 of pulverized pigeon dung. Mix the whole thoroughly and, to separate the coarser parts, pass it repeatedly through sieves. This manure is equal to guano in all respects. We give in the following a few simi- WASTE AND OFFAL, FTlLIZATiON OK. 373 lar compositions: 1. Sodic residues 1 part, caustic lye residues L', wood-ash 4, animal charcoal 2, bone-dour 2, acid residues 6, dry bullock's I »i< »< ni -i, crude sulphate of ammonium •>, pigeon's dung l. Manure for Meadows, n. With Wood- ash. Wood-ash oU parts, caustic lye residues 60, acid residues 30, sodic resi- dues 7, crmlc sulphate of ammonium 3. cium hydrate, and introduce steam as long as the distillate passing ovei smells of ammonia. Then empty the still, put in tr< sh ammouiacal liquor, and proceed as before, ine concen- trated aminomacal liquor is then neu- tralized wnn sulphuric acid and littered, whereby many oar-liJfce suDstances are separated, aud finally evaporated m shallow lead pans [if'igs. 4>j and 50). !M!!lll!!lililllill!iillilliiiiiiiiiliillliilllllilllllllll!lllil . . Kig. 49. Ground plan of Evaporating Furnace, a, grate ; 6, flues ; c, chimney ; e, damper to regulate the fire. f/WMMmmr/MMrM z. — I - L ■ /•: c l\ b ^S-^^N^V — ■ 7- -?■■'- 'I,, J. PZ-'-- ■„//,/. M/trf//-/. - , ■ B ," ( ■ "( Kig. 50. Longitudinal Section of Evaporating Furnace, a, grate ; 6, flue ; c, chimney ; d, cover-plates ; t . sand ; /, lead pan for the sulphate of ammonium ; g, flue for the vapors escaping int'> the chimney ; h. top vault ; i, reservoir for ammoniacal water ; k, escape-pipe for the concentrated ammonia; J, damper for regulating the fire. 6. With Patt Ash. Peat-ash 30 parts, lye residues 60, acid residues 30 ; sodic residues 7, crude sulphate of ammoni- um 3. Utilization of Ammoniacal Liquor /mm Coal-tar. Bring the ammoniacal water gained in gas-works and in the distillation of coal-tar into large cast- iron stills, add 2 to 4 per cent, of cal- As soon as the mass begins to be crys- talline it is drawn off through the faucet k into shallow cast-iron boilers, and under constant stirring evaporated, whereby many empyreumatic oils es- cape, and the mass assumes a much darker appearance. It is then poured out upon stone slabs and allowed to ' congeal. The product forms crude 374 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. commercial sulphate of ammonium. To prepare the punned article from it, it must be redissoived, filtered and again evaporated. The punned sulphate of ammonium is used tor the production of the liquor ammonite of commerce. Por this purpose a mixture of equal parts by weight of sulphate of ammo- nium and calcium hydrate is placed in a cast-iron retort and slowly heated. The developed gas is conducted through a series of Woultf bottles filled 3 with pure water. The fiuid in the first bottles' generally assumes a somewhat yellowish color, while that in the other bottles, in which the gas tubes reach to the bottom and the ammoniacal gas must pass through the water which becomes thoroughly saturated, remains entirely colorless. The water absorbs 670 times its vol- ume of ammoniacal gas, and the specific gravity sinks from 1.0 to 0.780, but liquor ammonite, as a general rule, has a specific weight of only 0.960. In England the ammoniacal liquor sf gas works is neutralized with hydro- chloric acid in large covered vats, hav- ing a capacity of 100,000 to 125,000 gal- lons, and the mixture uniformly mixed by agitating with a stirring apparatus. The carbonic and hydrosulphuric gases which are expelled are, on account of the bad smell of the latter and its unwhole- someness, conveyed through pipes with which the vats are provided into a furnace where the hydrosulphuric acid is burned, forming water and sul] >hu re ius acid. After a few days, when the tarry constituents and the separated sulphur have settled, the fluid is drawn off into lead pans resting upon iron plates. The latter are laid upon sand over a heated flue, by which the sand, plates, and pans are uniformly heated. The ammoniacal liquor is exactly neutral- ized with milk of lime or concentrated liquor ammonia? and then evaporated, whereby many tarry constituents and volatile oil, as impure benzole, etc., are separated. The fluid, as soon as it has obtained a specific gravity of 1.25 to 1.30, is run off through large filters into special crystallizing vats, which are so £ laced that the mother-lye can run ack into the evaporating pans. After about 8 (lays crystallization is so far progressed that the mother-lye can be drawn off and the crystals formed placed upon large linen filters to drain off. The mass when nearly dry is entirely dried upon cork hurdles, and forms the crude sal-ammoniac, having a yellowish-gray appearance. This crude product is further purified by sublimation. For this purpose the crystals are heated in a cylindrical iron boiler covered with an iron dome lined with fire-clay, and provided in the centre with a small aperture closed by an iron rod, which is removed during the operation to allow the non-condens- able vapors to escape. The crude sal- ammoniac rises in vapor below a red heat, and condenses upon the dome in the form of the fibrous cake known as sal-ammoniac. The sublimation re- quires 5 to 8 days. A boiler in which 1000 pounds of crude sal-ammoniac can be sublimated at one time has a diam- eter of 3 to 6 feet. But as this sal- ammoniac generally contains some empyreumatic substances, it is redis- soived in water and treated with steam, whereby all volatile foreign substances are removed. The hot fluid is then filtered through fresh calcined animal charcoal, again evaporated in lead pans, and allowed to crystallize. The product obtained is perfectly white and inodor- ous. Ammonia, Tar, and Other Products of Distillation from the Gases of Coke- ovens. To preserve the gases de- veloped in the coke-ovens r (Fig. 51) from decomposition, a fine jet of steam is forced towards them in the absorbing pipe a. A second jet of steam may also be conducted from the lower to the upper part of the pipe. With the as- sistance of these two jets the pressure and draught in the oven are regulated. From the absorbing pipes the gases pass into a spacious channel e, the top of which / is cooled with ammoniacal liquor. A strong exhauster g sucks the gases from this, and blows them into a second channel /(, nearly^ as wide as e, placed above the cooling water of the first channel, and also cooled on top by ammoniacal liquor i. From here the gases pass into a large condenser k, the pipes of which are kept cool by means of water, flowing towards, the gases. The gases after passing through sev- eral systems of pipes, the cross section WASTE AND OFFAL, UTILIZATION OF. 37f of which becomes smaller in accord- I the compound contains either phos ance with the process of cooling, are phoric acid or superphosphate of lime. finally forced through dilute sulphuric , The acid is expelled by boiling and acid into the lower chambers, where | the residual filtered. Fig. 51, a. Fig. 51, 6. they 're deprived of the last traces of condensable admixtures. ■ After the gases have left the con- denser they can be used in any man- ner desired. The solution of sulphate of ammonium is allowed to stand for a few days in order to separate the tar and oils. It is then pumped into i and /, where as mentioned it is used for condensing the gases, and is at the same time evaporated. To Regain Hydrochloric Acid used ■in the Momufaeture of Gelatine from Bones. The bones are treated, not with hydrochloric acid alone, but with * mixture of this with sulphuric acid. "Jf the latter so much is added that Pi-ocess of Producing Tartrate of Calcium and Spirit of Wine from Wine- lees. The thickly fluid mass remain- ing in the fermenting tuns after fer- mentation and drawing ofl' of the clear wine, and the press-cakes remaining in the press-bags in case the lees are pressed out, are used for gaining tar- trate of calcium and spirit of wine. The pure lees contain 3 to 5 per cent, of pure alcohol and 2 to 3 per cent, of tartrates, while the pressed cakes yield only 1 to 2 per cent, of alcohol, but 4 to 6per cent, of tartrate of calcium. The gaining of alcohol is the first operation, for which any ordinary liquor still may be used, the product being alcohol of 85 to 90 per cent. Tralfes. The thickly fluid lees are put in the still and distilled as long as alcohol is obtained, but the pressed cakes must first be intimately mixed with cold water, 12 gallons to 200 pounds of lees. After distillation the boiling hot resi- due is drawn from the still into a wooden vat, and compounded with 2 to 3 per cent, of hydrochloric or sul. phuric acid to every 20 gallons. The mass thus treated is kept boiling for half an hour longer, being constantly stirred. The residue is then ieft standing quietly for 18 to 20 hours, te allow the lees to settle. The nearly 376 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. clear fluid containing in solution all the tartrates is, in order to gain the tar- trate of calcium, drawn off into another vat and compounded, under constant stirring, with elutriated carbonate of calcium until the acid is completely aeu- tralized, whereby the tartrate ofcalcium formed is precipitated. The whole is then allowed to stand quietly for 5 hours, when the tartrate of calcium is separated by drawing off the fluid standing over it. The product thus obtained is especially adapted for the fabrication of tartaric acid, tartrates of potassium, sodium, etc., and is a perfect substitute for crude tartar. Process of Producing White or Black Pigment from the Clarifying Slime in Sugar Houses. The slime is dried and calcined in retorts, under exclusion of air, and then cooled in a well-closed vessel. To obtain a white pigment admit air to the calcined mass. Process of Working Fecal Substances in a Rarefied Space, a, b, d (Fig. 52) are the saturating reservoirs in which the injector into the column apparatus B, and be used for warming the fecal substances. According t<> another method the injector placed on the reservoir h creates a vacuum in the column apparatus B by means of the suction pipe F, and blows the ammo- niacal vapors to h, where they are absorbed. Sulphur, Sulphuric Acid, etc., from Gas-lime may be obtained by heating the lime to 300° F. in a closed retort, and passing steam at 600° F. over it, evolving sulphuretted hydrogen, which passes to a leaden chamber, and is there supplied with air and ignited to produce sulphurous acid; it is then mixed with nitric acid vapors, when the reaction produces sulphuric acid. The gas-lime is then mixed with clay, loam, or sand and subjected to heat, when the silicate or aluminium unites with the lime and with oxygen, forming silicate of calcium, etc., and liberating the sulphur. To produce the sulphide of sodium or potassium the gas-lime Fig. 51 a partial vacuum is produced by means of injectors. The air is also rarefied in the column apparatus B, in which the fecal substances are laid on plates situ- ated above each other. Theammoniacal gases in the reservoirs a, b, d, in dis- tilling, in consequence of this pass over much more quickly and are less heated. The steam used in creating a vacuum can be passed through the blast-pipe G of etc., should be mixed with caustic soda or potash, and allowed to stand until the reaction takes place. Recovering Fat and Color from Waste Wash Liquors. Treat the waste soap liquor with a solution of muriate of lime, and add milk of lime until tree lime remains in the mixture. After mixing thoroughly, and allowing to settle, the supernatant liquor is drawn WASTE AND OFFAL, UTILIZATION OF 377 off. The precipitate containing the fatty and coloring matters is then treated with sufficient muriatie acid to lecompose the tatty but not the color- ing matter. The whole is then strained through flannel, and the fatty and coloring matters left mi the strainer are heated, in melt ami agglutinate the colored tatty suhstance, then cooled and pressed in bags to remove any watery solutions left by the first strain- ing. The substance removed from the ha'.: may he further heated to remove any remaining water, and the color combined with the fat may be sepa- rated by heat and pressure, or by treat- ment with hydro-carbons as a solvent. Utilisation of )\'aste Wash Liquors from Wool Manufactories. Compound the waste soap liquor with a mixture of 44 pounds of sulphuric acid of 66° B., 132 pounds of the same acid of 53° B., and 44 pounds of hydrochloric acid of 22° B. The sulphuric acid of rjtj° B. unites with the alkalies and colors the liquor, which assumes a milky ap- pearance, while the acid of 53° B. liberates the fatty substances, the hydrochloric acid completing the de- composition and neutralizing the liquor, in which will then be found small lumps of fat of the size of pin-heads. These small lumps rise to the surface and form a cake of fat floating thereon. This is separated from the liquor, heated in a boiler, and then mixed with saw- dust in the proportion of 25 gallons of the latter to 400 pounds of fat. The mass is then cooled, pressed in a hydrau- lic press, and the oil running off allowed to settle, and is then decanted. The oil thus gained is claimed to be just as good as if it had never been used. To Cleanse Woollen Waste. Soak the waste in cold urine for 1 to 6 days, then place it in a basket to drain off. Now place the wool for 4 to 6 days in a vat containing fulling liquor in which 2 pounds of soda to every 20 pounds of waste have been dissolved ; then wash with cold water and dry. The waste will have the appearance of pure wool and can be used as such. Utilization of Waste of Sheep Wool. Comminute the waste to a length of 2^ inches, and soak it in quite hot water /or 3 days. Then free the waste from the greater part of the water and bring it while still moist upon a close and fine carding engine. To Regain Indigo from old Color n a,/ Residues of Colors. Put 85 to LOO pounds of residues of colors in a vat or boiler having a capacity of 50 gallons, add .'in gallons of water, and boil the whole i hour. Then add gradually a mixture of 10 pouuds of sulphuric acid and 2J gallons of water, and let the whole boil until no more sulphurous acid is developed. Then pour the liquor into a large wooden vat with water, wash the indigo by decantation until the water shows no more acidity, and throw the slime upon a Alter. The paste, after the percentage of indigo has been determined, can be used at once. Production of Cyanide of Potassium. Ammonia, Tar, and Gas from Nitro- geneous Organic Substances. Leather waste, blood, wool, hair, etc., are satu- rated with a solution of potash and then dried. The mass is then heated in retorts, but not to the melting point. Ammonia, gas, and tar are caught up in the usual manner. The residue con- tains cyanide and cyanate of potassium, sulphocyanide of potassium, calciui* carbonate, potassium hydrate, potas- sium sulphide, and carbon. In the presence of metallic iron or ferrous oxide the cyanide of potassium is con- verted into ferrocyanide of potassium by lixiviation. After separating this the solution may again serve for impregnat- ing nitrogeneous substances. The potas- sium hydrate present is converted into carbonate by treating the solution with carbonic acid. In case the raw mate- rials are contaminated with sand it is removed by washing with potash-lye. To Restore Rubber Corks which have become hard digest them for 10 days in a 5 per cent, solution of soda-lve at 100° to 120° F., then wash them and scrape off the outer layer which has be- come very soft with a dull knife until nothing more can be scraped off. Then wash the corks once more with warm water, and they are again fit for use. Process of Gaining the Volatile Prod- ucts Developed in Roasting Coffee and their Utilization. The volatile products developed in roasting coffee, which may amount to as much as 25 per cent, of the weight of the coffee, are condensed 378 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. m a condenser. The resulting fluid is used either by itself or, after previous evaporation, in the manufacture of coffee substitutes, or for improving solid or fluid coffee extracts. Water-glass (Soluble Glass) and its Uses. Water-glass comes into commerce in the form of a thickly fluid and tough mass, obtained by fusing together quartz sand with soda and less fre- quently with potash. It is actually a glass, distinguished from other varieties by being easily soluble in water. The solution possesses an alkaline taste, and on exposure to air is gradu- ally converted into a gelatinous, trans- parent mass, which finally becomes entirely hard. This phenomenon is caused by the expulsion of tbe silicic acid from the water-glass by the car- bonic acid in the air, thus forming a gelatinous mass of hydrated silicic acid. The article must therefore always be kept in hermetically closed vessels. Glass stoppers must not be used, as they are cemented so tightly to the neck of the vessel that they can- not be removed without the greatest difficulty. Four varieties of water-glass are known in commerce: Potash water- glass, soda water-glass, compound wa- ter-glass, and fixing water-glass. Preparation of Potash Water-glass. Mix 15 parte of pure quartz-sand with 10 of potassium carbonate and 1 of charcoal powder, and fuse the mixture in a crucible. The contents of the crucible, when cold, is taken out, pul- verized, and exposed to the air, being frequently stirred during the time. The powder is then several times washed with cold water, and then boiled with 5 parte of water until all is completely dissolved. The solution is then filtered and evaporated to a specific gravity of 1.25. In this man- ner a sticky, syrupy liquid is obtained which, on exposure to the air, dries to a transparent glass. Another receipt: Quartz sand 15 fiarts, potash 5, and anhydrous soda 4. t is prepared as above. Preparation of Water-glass from /»• fusorial Earth. Liebig first drew atten • tion to infusorial earth as a valuable ma- terial for preparing water-glass. By treating 24 parts of infusorial earth with 72.6 of soda-lye of 1.135 specific gravity 46 parts of an excellent gelatinous com- pound are obtained which consist of 58.5 per cent, of dry potash water-glass and 41.5 per cent, of water. The lye used in preparing it is obtained by dis- solving 74.5 parts of calcined soda in 5 times the quantity of water, compound- ing the solution with 56 parte of dry, slaked lime, and evaporating the com- pound to 1.5 specific gravity. By add- ing to this lye 120 parts of infusorial earth water-glass is obtained. By tak- ing less infusorial earth a very strongly alkaline water-glass is the result which, on exposure to the air, deliquesces very easily. By using 120 parts of infusorial earth to 74.5 of soda 8.62 to 8.94 ounces of gelatinous water-glass are obtained, which contains : Dry water-glass 47 per cent. Water 53 " " 100 The dry water-glass contains : Silicic acid 73 per cent. Soda 27 " " 100 Preparation of Soda Water-glass. I. Mix 15 parts of fine quartz-sand with 8 of sodium carbonate and 1 of wood charcoal powder. The process is the same as given for potash water-glass. II. Mix 45 parte of quartz sand, 23 of anhydrous sodium carbonate, and 3 of wood charcoal powder. This mixt- ure is easier to fuse. III. Water-glass may also be pre- pared from 1 part of finely-pulverized quartz and 2 of crystallized soda. IV. Buehner prepares soda water- glass with the assistance of Glauber's salt, using the following proportions: Quartz finely pulverized 100 parts, anhydrous Glauber's salt 60, and pul- verized wood charcoal 15 to 20 parts. By this process a solution in water is obtained which is more opalescent than potash water-glass. Preparation of Compound Water- WATER-GLASS AND ITS USES. 37» glass. This can be obtained either by mixing 3 parts of concentrated potash water-glass and 2 of concentrated soda water-glass; or by fusing together: Quartz 100 parts, purified potash 28, neutral anhydrous sodium carbonate 22, and pulverized wood charcoal 6. The rest of the process is the same as given for potash water-glass. Preparation «f Fixing Water-glass. This is prepared by fusing together 3 parts of pure anhydrous sodium car- bonate with 2 of pulverized quartz, and making of this a concentrated solution, I part of which is mixed with 4 to 5 of concentrated potash water-glass com- pletely saturated with silica. In Kuhlmann's water-glass factory at Lille liquid water-glass is prepared by treating pulverized flint in iron boilers, under a pressure of 7 to 8 at- mospheres, with a strong solution of hydrate of soda. Water-glass as a Substitute for Cow- dung for Fixing Alumina and Iron Mordants on Cotton-prints, Linen, etc. The cotton and linen fabrics, after hanging three days to allow of a partial evaporation of the acetic acid and its conversion into .basic salts, are drawn through a roller-box containing a solu- tion of 15 parts of sodium silicate in 4500 parts of water ; they are then washed and passed through a bath of cow-dung. But the manufacturers experience great difficulty with this process on account of the sodium silicate, which generally contains some caustic alkali, and attacks the alumina mordant too strongly for alazarine, while the iron mordant used remains untouched. For this reason Higgins proposed calcium silicate, which was found to answer the purpose very satisfactorily. It is pre- pared as follows : Melt in a furnace a mixture of quartz powder and calcined soda, so that the resulting water-glass consists of 2 equivalents of* silica and 1 equivalent of soda: dissolve this in suf- ficient water for the solution to show in P>. Then prepare an aqueous solu- tion of chloride of calcium of 30° B. The mixture used for cleansing the fabrics printed with bases consists of 2 parts of a solution of water-glass of 30° B., obtained as given above, 2 parts of a solution of chloride of calcium of 30° B.,and 1200 parts of water. In mixing a precipitate of calcium bisilicate is formed, winch is held in suspension in the fluid. The solution contains also chloride of calcium, but the calcium bisilicate is the ell'ecti ve part in passing the fabrics printed with mordants through the bath. This cleansing bath takes the place of two of cow-dung. A part of the silicic acid in the calcium bisilicate combines with the alumina or iron mordant to aluminium silicate of iron silicate, both giving great in« tensity and constancy to the colors to be produced. Use of Soda Water-glass for Protect- ing White Colors in Printing Fabrics. If white figures are to be produced under a catechu brown ground color, neutral sodium silicate furnishes an ex- cellent protection. It is accomplished by printing upon cotton fabrics bleached white with a solution of sodi- um silicate. The places, when dry, appear like coated with a glass varnish which prevents the catechu color from penetrating. Water-glass for Silicifying Stones. By dissolving pulverized chalk in water-glass a paste is formed which hardens slowly in the air, and becomes so hard that it is well adapted for re- pairing monuments and manufacturing mouldings. Limestone dipped several times in a solution of water-glass and then ex- posed to the air acquires a very smooth surface and becomes very hard. It is also claimed that stones prepared with water-glass are suitable for lithographic purposes. Water-glass as a Bleaching Agent. H. Grothe, who has made many exper- iments with water-glass in large bleach- eries, pronounces it superior to soda for bleaching purposes. Even such mate- rials as jute yarns become brilliantly white in a short time by subjecting them to the following process : Place the yarns for 15 to 20 minutes in a hot solution of 3 to 4 parts of water-glass in 50 parts of water, and turn them several times with a stick. They are first rinsed in hot but not boiling water, and next in cold, and then placed in a weak chlorine-bath , and finally in an acid- bath. Jute bleached in this manner can be used not only as fine material 380 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. for paper but also for fine white textile fabrics. Instead of boiling hemp and cotton yarns for 6 to 8 hours in strong solution of soda, it is only necessary to work them for 10 to 15 minutes in a very hot bath of water-glass. For 100 parts of flax-yarn 12 to 15 parts of water-glass are required, which cost 30 per cent, less than the 10 parts of soda of 90 per cent, generally used. The yarn, after being taken from the water- glass hath, must be rinsed in hot water and then in cold, and is finally placed in the ordinary chlorine and acid-baths. Linen and cotton fabrics cannot be bleached in the same manner as the yarns, as the sizing, consisting of starch, glue, gum, etc., must first be removed by boiling in milk of lime; but when this has been done bleaching is accom- plished decidedly quicker and cheaper with water-glass than with soda. For Finishing Linen and Cotton Goods water-glass can be advantage- ously used in place of China clay. It has the advantage of being far whiter and forming a chemical combination in the finest fi bres of the fabric. To pro- duce a precipitate the linen or cotton fabric is first passed through a hot solu- tion of alum, and then through a hot bath of water-glass, to which has been added a small quantity of glycerine. The fabric is then passed through a weak starch-bath, and finally through warm rollers. Potash Water-glass as a Binding and Fixing Medium, for Ground Colors on Cotton Goods. For fixing ultramarine potash water-glass is better for printing than soda water-glass ; but for all other printing colors the latter is the best. The printing color is prepared by grinding ultramarine very fine in a concentrated solution of potash water- glass, then pressing through a sieve or cloth, and printing on the cloth with the cylinder printing-machine. The fabric is then hung up in the air for a few days to allow the ultramarine to combine with the silicic acid upon the fibres of the fabric, and the potash is then removed by washing. Fabrics printed with ultramarine prepared as above and dried in the air may also be drawn through a cold and very weak bath of alum or vinegar. The potash water-glass is thereby partly decomposed and the ground color in- timately combined with the cotton fibre. Rinse the fabric in running water and then dry it. Hydrochloric acid destroys the ultramarine. Potash water-glass is a much cheaper material for printing with ultramarine than albumen, which passes quickly into putrefaction. For Light Blue Ultramarine Colors bleached potash water-glass is used, which is prepared in the same manner as soda water-glass. Other colors are mechanically fixed upon the fibre of cotton fabrics by grinding them in neutral water-glass and proceeding in the same manner as given for ultramarine. Violet is obtained by mixing blue ultramarine and red carmine or cin- nabar with liquid neutral water-glass. Different green tints by mixing chrome-green, Schweinfurth green, or green carmine with liquid neutral glass. Yellow is produced by mixing chro- mate of zinc or sulphide of cadmium with liquid neutral water-glass. Orange and Red with minium and cinnabar. Red-brown by mixing red ferric oxide with liquid neutral water-glass. Copper-brown with cupric ferro- cyanide. White by grinding zinc-white with neutral soda water-glass. The different vegetable lakes ob- tained by precipitation with alum, pink-salt, and other tin -chlorides are also very suitable for printing on cotton goods. After printing and drying they are, in order to decompose the soda water-glass, drawn through an alum- bath, whereby the silicic acid forms a combination with the lake, and precipitates itself in an insoluble state upon the fibre of the fabric. The goods are then rinsed in running water and dried in the shade. For printing the no-called " solid blue," soda water-glass is especially well adapted as an inspissating agent. This blue is the precipitate obtained with acid chloride of tin in the cold in- digo vat. After printing the color is fixed in a sulphuric acid bath, and the goods are then rinsed. The "solid green" is obtained by WATER-GLASS AND ITS USES. 381 adding to the blue color solution of plumbic oxide in caustic lye. After printing the color is fixed by drawing the fabric through a bath of potassium bichromate. Water-glass in Painting. Feichtinger states that the palace at Munich is decorated with paintings in the prepa- ration of which alkaline silicates have been used, and some of which have been iii existence for some time. The alkaline silicate liquor used has the specific gravity of 1.12, is opalescent, and, on standing, forms calcium carbo- nate. It leaves on evaporation a resi- due composed of silica 9.18 parts, pot- ash 3.56, soda 1.14, potassium sulphate 0.66, and traces of chloride of sodium and calcium carbonate. The colors used ate white (mixtures of 27 to 36 parts of oxide of zinc and 64 to 73 parts of barium.sxilvha,te),yellow ; reddisk-broKm, and dark brawn, these last being cal- careous ochres; and black, a mixture of lampblack and manganese. They are made up into thick parts with a solution of water-glass containing silica 51.79 per cent., potash 39.05 per cent., and soda 9.16 per cent. The surface on which these colors are applied is a cal- careous mortar exposed to the air for a long time. A water-glass paint of a yellowish- white contains oxide of zinc 52.7 parts, oxide of iron 3.25, calcium carbonate 22.12, sand 21.85. This is mixed with a solution of water-glass, leaving be- hind 27.2 parts of residue containing silica 67.05 per cent., potash 29.4 per cent., and soda 3.55 per cent. Appa- rently the coloring matter in this case is a partially-calcined natural cala- mine. Use of Water-glass for Coating Rough- cast and Stone Walls. Mix 1 part 6f water-glass with 3 of rain water. The solution of water-glass is decomposed by the lime in the mortar. The cal- cium carbonate is converted by this decomposition into silicate, whereby the surface acquires a glassy appear- ance of a darker hue, becomes solid and hard, and resists the action of the weather. By painting white-washed walls with Water-glass the coat becomes very dura- ble, does not rub off, and can be washed. If the white color is to be preserved some fat lime may be added to the water-glass. Zinc white with an addition of J to A part by weight of permanent white and ground in water-glass t, r iTes a beau- tiful white color. Water-glass in Painting Metals and Glass. Water-glass either by itself or mixed with pigments is especially well adapted for painting articles of iron, zinc, brass, etc., exposed to the action of air and moisture, and also to prevent rust. A coat of a mixture of water- glass and some elutriated manganese ap- plied to iron will stand a red heat ; nay, more, the coating will become more beautiful. This paint, as it prevents rusting, may be especially recommended for stove-pipes. Wood Painted with Water-glass is protected against the action of fire, the atmosphere, and moisture, and is be- sides rendered very durable. The water-glass must be applied cold, not too concentrated nor too thick. Such solution is obtained by diluting 1 part of water-glass of 33 per cent, with 5 of rain water. Apply several coats of this to the wood, allowing each coat to dry thoroughly before laying on the next. Creuzfairg's process, according to which water-glass paint is more dura- ble than oil or varnish, consists in grinding the pigments not in water- glass but in a compound of equal parts of water and skim milk, as pigments ground in water-grass alone rub off too easily. In painting the solution of water-glass is first applied, then a coat of paint, then again water-glass, and so on, the last coat being one or more of water-glass. Every coat must be thoroughly dry before the next is la: I on. Water-glass can be substituted fo borax and boracic acid, especial] - . i soldering, hardening, and welding ca.^ iron. For welding cast-iron to iron or steel scatter upon the hot surfaces to be joined a powder consisting of clay thor- oughly dried 2 parts, calcined soda 1, and potash i. Water-glass Cements. By combining water-edass with cement or quicklime a double silicate hard as stone and re- sisting chemical agents is formed in a short time. 382 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Water-glass by itself can only be used for cementing glass to glass, and even for this a certain skill is required, but combined with other substances it fur- nishes a durable and hard cement. To Cement Cracked Bottles with Water-glass. Prepare a thickly-fluid solution of water-glass. Provide the bottle with a cork fitting tightly but set on loosely, while the bottle is heated to at least 212° F. When this is done press down the cork, so that it closes the bottle hermetically, and then apply a thick coat of the water-glass solution to the cracks. The air in the bottle on cooling contracts, the pressure of the outer air forces the water-glass into the cracks, closing them so perfectly that they cannot be detected. Hydraulic Water-glass Cement is prepared by quickly mixing finely- pulverized cement with solution of water-glass. The cement, by reason of its hardening in a very short time, must be applied as quickly as possible. It is excellent for hydraulic works, as in the water it becomes as hard as stone. The stones should be coated with a solu- tion of water-glass immediately before applying the cement. Water-glass Cement for Glass and Porcelain. Elutriated glass powder 10 parts, elutriated powder of fluor- spar 20, solution of water-glass 60. The ingredients are stirred together as quickly as possible, and the resulting homogeneous paste is immediately ap- plied. The cement becomes so hard in a few days that the cemented article can be safely heated. Water-glass Cement with Zinc and Pyrolusite. Pyrolusite 80 parts, zinc white 100, and water-glass 20. This cement hardens in a short time, and is especially adapted for cementing the joints of pipes exposed to a red heat, as, when once fused, it forms a glass-like mass of great adhesive power, and makes a very close joint. Water-glass and Lime Cement. Quicklime 10 parts, whiting 100, solu- tion of water-glass 25. This cement hardens slowly and can be u^ed for flag-pavement by mixing with it small sharp-edged stones and stamping it into moulds. Bottger's Water-glass and Lime Cement. This cement becomes so hard in a few hours that it can be polished, it consists of whiting 100 parts and thick solution of vrater-glass 25, and is especially adapted for cementing the joints between marble plates. Water-glass and Caseine Cement for Glass a nd Porcelain. Caseine 10 parts, solution of water-glass 60. The cement must be applied as quickly as possible, and the cemented articles dried in the air. Water-glass mixed with powdered chalk furnishes a mortar hardening completely in 6 to 8 hours ; mixed with sulphide of antimony it forms a dark mass, susceptible of a high polish ; with iron filings the result is a grayish-black, very hard mass ; whilst with zinc fil- ings a very hard gray metallic mass is produced very suitable for cementing zinc work. Water-glass for Preserving Barrels and Other Wooden Articles. Heat commercial water-glass diluted with about 25 per cent, of water and apply a coat of the hot solution to the barrel. When thoroughly soaked in, repeat the application, allow it to dry and thee give a coat of a solution of 1 part of sodium bicarbonate in 8 parts of water. By the latter application the carbonic acid of the bicarbonate separates the silicic acid from the water-glass (so- dium silicate) soaked into the pores of the wood, which, so to speak, silicifies the wood and renders it capable of re- sisting the penetration of liquids. Bar- rels thus treated are very durable and easily cleansed. Watek-pkoofing Compounds. Preparations for Waterproofing Tis- sues. Dissolve 33 to 36 parts of pure gutta-percha in 333 parts of oil of tur* pentine or benzole, filter the solution, and compound it with 333 parts of lin- seed-oil varnish. Apply with a brush. II. Dissolve at a moderate heat 33 parts of white wax shavings in 1665 to 3000 parts of collodion. III. Pulverize as fine as possible 250 parts of white bole, 1500 parts of silver litharge, and 500 parts of calcined lamp- black, and compound the ingredients with the required quantity of linseed- oil varnish. WATER-PROOFING COMPOUNDS. 383 To Make Sacking Water-proof. Dis- solve 1 part of rosin in 20 parts of coal- tar oil, and filter the solution. Let the sacking lie in it for 5 days, and then nil) it with litharge >>r Lime. Then dis- solve ' part of rosin in t parts of coal-tar oil, immerse the sacking several times and rub again with litharge or lime. Soap for Water-proofing Woollen Cloth and other Fabrics. 1'repare the following solutions: I. Thirty-three S>;irts of isinglass in 66 parts of water. I. Sixty-six parts of alum in a like quantity of water. III. Sixty -six parts of white soap in 500 parts of water. Filter the solutions, then pour them together in a vessel standing on a fire, and let the mixture boil up. Then take it from the fire and apply it with a brush to the back of the fabric. When dry brush it against the grain and later on with the brush dipped in water in order to remove all lustre. The fabric is then dried. For thin woollen and cotton fabrics and silk take but half the quantity of water and soak them in the fluid. Various Processes of Water-proofing Tissues. I. Dissolve 1 part each of glue and neutral lime soap in 20 of boiling water, and add gradually 1£ parts of alum. Then boil the solution i hour, let the resulting milky fluid cool off to 120° F., and immerse the tissues until they are thoroughly per- meated, and hang them up to dry with- out wringing. When dry the tissue is washed, again dried and mangled. II. Dissolve 125 parts of gun-cotton in 425 of ether and mix the solution with 375 parts of castor oil and 25 of an organic coloring substance. The quantity of castor oil depends on the degree of flexibility the fabric is to have. Apply the mixture in the same way as caoutchouc solution. Preparation of Collodion Varnish for Water-proofing Fabrics. Dis- solve 250 parts of gun-cotton in a mixt- ure of 630 parts of ether and 100 of alcohol, add 20 parts of castor oil, and apply several layers of the solution to the fabric.' Paper thus prepared, on being rubbed with a rag dipped in ether, acquires a beautiful polish. This collodion varnish can also be mixed with linseed-oil varnish or oil of tur- pentine varnish. A New Water -proofing Compound. is prepared by melting paraffine, and adding gradually a suitable drying oil, stirring well to insure intimate mixture; it is then poured into moulds the shape of bricks or blocks, and allowed to cool. The fabric to be rendered water-proof is rubbed over with a block of the compound, warm- ing the rubbing face gently if the atmosphere is cold, and then ironing the cloth with a warm iron or passing it between hot rollers. The applica- tion of this compound to leather and textile and felted fabrics gives ex- cellent results, as, although it renders the' cloth thoroughly water-proof, it is not impervious to the air. To Manufacture Water-proof Cloth which is not Impervious to the Air. Instead of water-proofing the finished cloth, coat the yarns before weaving with a solution of copal or anime, and boiled linseed-oil in oil of turpentine, which is heated and mixed with half its weight of a thick solution of caout- chouc in oil of turpentine. The yarn is drawn through the varnish and, t« remove any excess, is passed through a cut in a piece of leather or rubber ; it is then wound upon a roller, dried at a moderate heat, and is now ready foi weaving. It is very glossy, and fabrics manufactured from it present a beauti- ful appearance. Prepared Cloth as a Substitute for Leather. The cotton or linen cloth called "moleskin" is used for the purpose, both sides of it being coated with a compound obtained by mixing 100 parts of drying oil, 3 of burnt umber, and 6 of lampblack, and lique- fying the mixture with oil of turpen- tine. When dry the cloth is passed between smoothing rollers. Several layers of this mixture may be applied, and when the last layer is dry the cloth is coated with a varnish consist- ing of the same ingredients as above, but a larger quantity of oil of turpen- tine. When this is dry, the surface is polished with pumice stone, and finally coated with a varnish consisting of linseed oil 100 parts, litharge, umber, and Berlin-blue each 3, and caout- chouc 2. The oloth is finally dried for 48 to 60 hours, at a temperature of 120° F. 384 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. To Water-proof Felt, Woollen and Ha If -woollen Fabrics, and to give them greater Consistence. The fabrics are treated with a solution composed of potash-alum, animal or vegetable glue each 100 parts, tannin 5, and potash water-glass 2. Three different operations are required to prepare the solution. 1. The potash-alum is dis- solved in an equal quantity by weight of boiling water. 2. The glue is al- lowed to swell up in cold water until it has absorbed double its quantity by weight. The excess of water is then poured off, and the glue brought to the boiling point, and the tannin and soda water-glass are then added. 3. The two solutions are now mixed to- gether and boiled, with constant stir- ring, until a complete union has taken place, when it is allowed to cool, whereby it will acquire a gelatinous consistency. For treating felt or other fabrics a bath is prepared by boiling 1 part of the gelatinous compound with 10 to 12 parts of water for 3 hours. The water evaporating in boiling is always replaced by fresh, so that the bath retains its density, which is regu- lated by a test with the densimeter. The bath is then cooled to 175° F., and the felt or fabric immersed in it for £ hour. The impregnated fabric is then spread upon a table for 6 hours to allow the fluid to drain off. This must be done at an ordinary tempera- ture, and in such a manner that the fabric lies in a perfectly horizontal position and is everywhere equally permeated. The fluid draining off is collected and again used. The fabric is then dried in the sun or in a room heated at most to 120° F. ; kept in a horizontal position, so that the fluid re- mains equally distributed over the en- tire surface. Finish by passing the fabric through rollers heated to 120° F. Felt or other fabrics prepared in this manner possess more consistency and power of resistance than ordinary tissues — are water-proof but not im- pervious to the air. If the fabrics are subjected to tins treatment after flyeing it lu-lps to fix the colors, but for very tender colors it is advisable to use almost white glue and perfectly pure alum, i. e., containing no trace of iron, as this would injure the colors. To Water-proof Vegetable Fibres. Compound 20 parts of petroleum as inodorous as possible with i part of ordinary, J of very light rosin, and & of paraffine, heat the mixture at 167° F. until all are dissolved. Then add 60 to 80 parts of water, and heat the whole until the fluid becomes clear. Then, after cooling the mixture to about 140° F., immerse the fibres in it, and allow them to remain until no more foaming up is perceived on the surface. Yarns, tissues, ropes, bags, etc., are slowly drawn through the bath until the above-named foaming up ceases. The impregnated fabrics or fibres are then freed from adhering parts of the mixture by passing them through rollers. They are then thrown into water for 1 to 2 hours, again passed through rollers, this manipulation being repeated until the impregnating mixtureis almost entirely removed from the surface of the fibres or fabrics, and they are then dried. To Water-proof Textile Fabrics, Leather, Paper, etc. The compound consists of 100 parts of best quality of white or yellow wax, 6 parts of English varnish, 4 parts of Burgundy pitch, 8 parts of peanut oil, 5 parts of sulphate of iron, and 2 parts of essence of thyme. The pitch is melted in an iron boiler, and the wax together with the sulphate of iron in another. Both are then poured together, intimately mixed and kept at a moderate heat until the compound is liquid and homogeneous. The fabrics to be water-proofed are immersed in it, and then freed from an excess by passing through heated rollers. For water-proofing leather the compound is applied with a brush to the inner side with the leather lying upon a heated plate. To Water-proof Paper add to the stuff a solution of pure tallow soap in water, to which has been added suffi- cient alum to effect an entire decompo- sition of the soap. The stuff is then worked up in the ordinary manner, but requires no sizing. For Water-proofing Wool/en Fab- rics. Boil 124 parts of Castile soap in 1200 parts of water, and 16£ parts of alum also in 1200 parts of water. Heat both solutions to about 195° F., then pass the fabric several times WATER-PROOFING COMPOUNDS. 385 through the soap-bath, and through the alum solution, and dry in the air. II. The following mixture answers the same purpose: Borax l"> parts, isinglass 100 parts, sago 3 parts, salep 2 parts, stearine 15 parts, and water loi nt parts. Impregnation with Caoutchouc. Mix intimately 30 parts of alumina with 100 parts of a concentrated solution of caoutchouc in oil of turpentine, spread tile cloth upon a table and apply the compound with a brush, and dry. Several layers of the compound maybe applied, the thickness of each coat varying according to the number of layers. Should the non-coated side of the cloth undergo any change, cleanse it witli alcohol. Impenetrable Double Stuff. The principal feature of this fabric consists in it being formed by uniting two tissues, which without being impervious to the air are water-proofed by the above compound or by the following preparation : Mix 62k parts of alum, 50 parts of white lead, and 900 parts of water. After these ingredients have acted upon each other for some time, pour off the clear liquid and immerse the fabrics in it to saturation. Then place them in an ordinary soap-bath, wash and dry them. The caoutchouc solution is then applied in oblique strokes to the surfaces to be joined, so that when the two fabrics are placed together the strokes upon the first cut those upon the other at a right angle. Small squares are formed in this manner which allow of the passage of air and transpiration, without moisture or rain being able to penetrate through the double fabric. Becker, Delivaire & Co. make cloths and other fabrics water-proof by coat- ing them with a mixture of: Spermaceti 58 parts, flaxseed 78 parts, decoction of snails (from 200 snails) 29 parts, isinglass and alum each 175 parts. Each of the ingredients is dissolved by itself in boiling water, and the solutions are then mixed. In place of spermaceti, stearine saponified with caustic soda.- lye may be used, and the decoctions of flaxseed and isinglass compounded with some ammonia. The alum-bath may be used by itself or the decoction of flaxseed is first stirred into the solu- tion of isinglass, then the soap, and dually the alum solution, tin- whole being heated to 100° to 120° F. An addition of a little sulphuric acid makes the compound adhere better to the fibres. Cloth water-proofed in this manner is not impervious to air and transpiration. A New Process oj Water-proofing Fabrics is as follows: Dissolve at a moderate heat 35 parts of stearic acid in 850 parts of spirit of wine, pour the solution upon 1100 parts of pulverized alum and expose the whole to a tem- perature of 98i° F. For water-proofing cotton and linen fabrics immerse them in a solution of 1 part of this powder in 100 ofwater,and then dry them. For silk 1 part of the powder in 200 of water is used. Vanel's Water-proof Composition con- sists of mineral salts and stearic or margaric acid. It is prepared as fol- lows: The salt and about 50 parts of sebacic acid are mixed with 1000 parts of water, the mixture filtered through a felt bag, and the residue pressed to dryness. One part of this residue in 100 of water forms the bath in which the fabrics are immersed. They become water-proof but not impervious to the air. All kinds of tissues, paper, and leather can be subjected to the process. The composition is inodorous and does not injure colors. Roelandt's Water -proofing Com- pounds. Dissolve 1 part by weight of caoutchouc and 1 part by weight of paraffine or stearine in 2 parts by weight of benzine, dilute the compound to the proper consistency, and apply it with a brush or immerse the substances in it. To make Boots and Shoes Water-proof use the following preparation patented in France: Soda 20 parts, oil of tur- pentine 50, tar-oil 160, rosin 25, linseed oil and isinglass each 15, gutta-percha 125, and glue 25. To Water-proof Sugar-bags for Trans* port use a compound also patented in France, prepared from 100 parts of best starch, 50 parts of rosin, 25 parts each of potash and boiled linseed-oil, and sufficient water to form a paste of more or less consistency, according to the material with which the bags are to be lined, strong paper or muslin being used for this purpose. Coat the inside of 386 TECHNO-CIIEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. the bag with the paste, and while moist press on it the paper or muslin lining, which should be large enough to lap over the seams. Dry in summer in the sun and in winter in a room heated to 104° F. The following Water-proofing Com- pound has been patented in England : Mix about 100 parts of alumina with 40 parts of flaxseed and 70 parts of alcohol, let it stand to settle and press the sediment formed into blocks. For water-proofing fabrics, dissolve 5 to 7i parts of the compound in 300 parts of water. Water-proofing Felt Hats. Pulver- ize : Ordinary shellac 4 parts, white pitch, fine glue, and ordinary soap each 1 part, and purified potash J part. Dis- solve the potash in 2 parts of warm water, place the other ingredients in a copper boiler on a coal fire, and as soon as the mixture begins to liquefy add the potash solution, and finally a little more soap dissolved in water. Apply the compound with a brush. Water-proof Sail-cloth, known by the name of "Imperial Cloth," is pre- pared in the following manner: Seventy- two parts of fine linseed oil are boiled for 2 to 3 hours with 6 parts of sulphate of iron and 4 of sulphate of zinc, and, when cool, mixed with 60 parts of oil of turpentine and the necessary quan- tity of lampblack. The sail-cloth is painted with this compound and dried in the sun. After 8 or 10 days the ap- plication is repeated. We will here remark that it is necessary to shrink the sail-cloth in water and dry it before applying the compound. Zwilling's Water-proofing Compound. Put a porcelain dish in a water-bath and place in it the following ingredi- ents : Caoutchouc cut up very fine 50 parts, Venetian turpentine 3 parts, and paraffine oil 66V parts. Let the mixture stand in the water-bath at a tempera- ture of 98i° F. for 1 day, then add 66J parts of oil of turpentine, mix thor- oughly by stirring, and leave the com- pound in the water-bath for 10 days, then add 583 parts more of oil of tur- fientine, and let it stand for 14 days onger in the water-bath. The product will be 750 parts of yellowish liquid, which is applied with a brush, and the fabric is then dried at 120° F. Dr. Fournaise's Water-proofing Com- pound. Immerse the fabrics ii: a hatn of 4° to 5° B. of acetate of alumina, prepared, not by double decomposition, but by dissolving hydrate of alumina in acetic acid. The fabric is immersed in this solution for 1 hour, then pressed dry, and, to expel the acetic acid from the combination, exposed in a stearn- box to a temperature of 230° to 248° F. Kuhr's Receipt for Water-proofing Linen. The linen is first immersed in an alum-bath composed of a solution of 1 part of neutral sulphate of alu- minium in 10 of water, and, when thor- oughly saturated, in a hot soap-bath prepared by boiling 1 part each of colophony and soda in 10 of water, sep- arating the soap with 1 part of salt, and dissolving this soap and 1 part of white hard soap by boiling in 30 parts of water. The fabric is then dried. To Water-proof Textile Fabrics and Paper and to Give them Greater Consist- ence. To water-proof paper take : Soda 100 parts, rosin 270 parts, gamboge at part, and 100 parts of lime. Slake the lime in water, and dissolve the soda in water. Heat the soda solution in a boiler, and add sufficient milk of lime to make it caustic. The rosin and gamboge are melted together at a mod- erate heat. Pour this melted com- pound gradually into the caustic soda- lye until it is no longer dissolved by it. On cooling the compound congeals to a solid mass, which is kept for future use. For water-proofing paper or textile fabrics dissolve 10 parts of this compound in 100 parts of boiling water. Next prepare a solution of 10 parts of alum in 100 parts of water. The paper or fabric is immersed in the first and then in the second solution, and dried by passing between hot rollers or in any other manner. For white paper or fab- rics the gamboge is omitted. Composition for Water-proofing Textile Fabrics and Protecting them against 3Ioths. Dissolve separately 5 parts each of alum and sugar of lead in sufficient water. Heat the solutions ajid mix them while warm ; then allow the mixture to stand quietly until a precipitate of sulphate of lead is formed. The clear fluid, now contain- ing acetate of alumina, is then poureo. off and mixed with 500 parte of watet WAX AND WAX PREPARATIONS. 387 containing some solution of isinglass. Immerse the articles for 12 hours in this fluid until saturated, then dry and press them. They are water-proof, but not impervious to air, and not attacked by moths. Wax and Wax Preparations. Unadulterated beeswax is of a pure yellow color, has a honey-like smell, breaks easily into small pieces, does not dissolve in eold spirit of wine nor oil of turpentine, and melts at 143.6° F. To Bleach Beeswax. A wooden vat of about twice the volume of the wax should be lined with lead and have on its bottom acoil of perforated lead pipe. Faucets should be placed different heights. Thirty parts of water to every 50 parts of wax are first placed into the vat, and brought to the boiling point by introducing steam in the serpentine pipe. Then add to the water for every 50 parts of wax 6 to 74 parts of potassium bichromate, according to the light or dark color of the wax, and about 24 Sarts of concentrated sulphuric acid, low melt the wax in water in another vessel by introducing steam, and pour it either directly into the bleaching liquor or allow it first to congeal and add it in a solid state. After the wax has been placed in the bleaching liquor introduce steam through the serpentine pipe, and let the whole boil vigorously for about 1 hour. Steam of about oh pounds pressure to the square inch should be used ; too hot steam, being injurious to the wax, must be avoided. Take occasionally a sample from the vat and examine it in a test-glass. The process is finished if the wax floats as a green layer upon a black fluid. Let the mass stand quietly for half an hour, then draw the wax off into another vat containing "h parts of water and 4 part of sulphuric acid, or, still better, oxalic acid. Heat the mixture to the boiling point by steam introduced through a pipe on the bottom of the vat, and con- tinue boiling until the wax has lost its green color. The wax is finally washed with water and poured into moulds. Green Wax. Melt 200 parts of yellow wax, 100 parts of white rosin, and 66J parts of ordinary turpentine ; mix the compound with 16J parts of pulverized verdigris, and pour the mass, while hot, into paper capsules. Black Wax. I. Melt in a copper boiler ">.">(> parrs of yellow wax, and add gradually and with constant stirring 50 parts of prepared silver litharge, and boil until the compound begins to as sume a brown color; then add I6j parts of calcined lampblack rubbed very fine, mix thoroughly, and pour the mass into paper capsules. II. Melt in a porcelain dish 333 parts of yellow wax and 83 parts of Venetian turpentine ; then add gradu- ally and with constant stirring 33 parts of black sulphide of mercury, and pour the mass into paper capsules. Bed Wax. Melt 20 parts of white wax and 12 of Venetian turpentine, add 1 part of fine cinnabar, and pour the mass into paper capsules. Polishing Wax. Melt J part of yel- low wax and J of rosin, and add I part of oil of turpentine. Polishing Wax for Furniture. Pour 3 parts of oil of turpentine over 4 parts of white wax in an earthen vessel, cover the vessel tightly with strong pajier, and place it in warm water on the back part of a warm stove to melt the wax. When both substances are united let the mixture cool until it begins to be solid and assume a whitish color, then add and mix with it 2 parts of strong alcohol. Another Polishing Wax for Furni- ture is prepared by melting 8 parts of white wax, 2 of rosin, and £ of Venetian turpentine over a moderate fire, jiouring the compound while warm into a suit- able earthenware pot, and stirring into it 6 parts of rectified oil of turpentine. In 24 hours the polish will have ac- quired the consistency of soft butter, and is then ready for use. Now care- fully cleanse the furniture with soap- water, and, when dry, apply the polish in a thin layer with a woollen rag, rub- bing first gently and then more vigor- ously. Then let the furniture stand for i to i hour, and rub once more thor- oughly with a woollen cloth. Wax Soap. Melt A pai*t of crumbs of wax in 1 part of caustic soda-lye. Should the soap thus obtained be too caustic add some more wax and rain- water, and unite the whole by melting 388 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK and stirring. This soap is used fur waxing floors, etc. To Prepare Waxed Paper. Place a level sheet of copper over a moderate coal fire, and cover it with a clean sheet of paper as a basis for the work ; place the paper to be prepared upon this, smear it over with yellow or white wax, and distribute it uniformly over the whole sheet by means of a sponge until the paper is transparent. The success of tpe work depends principally on the condition of the fire ; it must be neither too strong nor too moderate, as in the first case it blackens the paper, and in the latter makes the labor very difficult. Colors for Wax-Worh. Every wax- worker should thoroughly understand the mixing of colors to give to the dif- ferent articles fashioned of wax a pleas- ing and natural appearance. The colors given in the following must be rubbed up in oil of turpentine : Rose Color. Rub a rose color with fine Vienna lake and Kremnitz white, paint a rose upon the wax candle or other article to be decorated, then add a little more white, making the color somewhat whiter, paiut a few rose- 'petals upon the first red ground, and finally shade with some Vienna laKe. Yellow Flowers, for instance daffo- dils, are entirely painted with chrome- yellow, with the exception of the pistil, which is executed with Vienna lake, and the work is then shaded with dark ochre. Blue Color. To paint larkspur, blue gillyflowers, etc., mix Parisian blue with white to a sky-blue, and paint the flower with this. Lighter shades are obtained by adding more white. Shade with Parisian blue. Violet Colors. By mixing Parisian blue, white, and Vienna lake, a beau- tiful lilac is obtained. The flower is painted with this; then add some white and Vienna lake to make the color 4 shades lighter than the first; paint the petals with this, and shade with fine Vienna lake. Leaves are painted alternately with verdigris and mineral green or with chrome-yellow and blue. To produce different tints these colors must be suitably mixed. After the wax ground is painted the decoration must be coated with a very light varnish, prepared as follows: Dissolve in 330 parts of spirit of wine 133 parts of saudarac, 33 parts of mastic in grains, and lo' parts of white pine rosin. Gold Ground upon Wax. Take som« copal lacquer, white lead, and red minium ; paint the flowers and decora- tions with this; allow it to dry and then gild it. Wax for Waxing Threadstobe Woven. Mix 1 part, of pulverized graphite with i of pulverized soapstone and lj parts of melted beeswax. The compound, when cold, is ready for use. Wax Tapers. Two wooden drums having a diameter of 7J to 10 inches are required ; further, a trestle (horse) with two clamps, between which is placed the draw-iron provided with holes of different dimensions. The drums, pro- vided with cranks for turning, stand one on each side of the trestle. Upon one is wound the wick, which is passed through melted wax and then through the narrow hole of the draw-iron, and wound upon the other drum. It is again passed through melted wax and a wider hole of the draw-iron, again wound up, and this operation repeated until it has acquired the desired thick- ness. The room in which the work is done must be moderately warm, so that the wax is kept neither too hard nor too soft. As wax by itself is too brittle it is best to use the following composition : Yellow wax 8 parts, white rosin 4, tal- low 2, and turpentine 2. To White Wax add I of its weight of tallow and & of Venetian turpentine. For Coloring the Tapers, vegetable colors, as indigo, infusion of Brazil wood, annotto, etc., are used. Wax Candles. Mix 1 part of white wax and \ of tallow. Insert the wick in the mould, which should stand accu- rately perpendicular, and, to prevent it from shifting, fasten it in a vessel standing under the mould. Then sat- urate the wick by pouring melted wax over it, and, when this coat has some- what stiffened, continue the pouring until the desired thickness has been obtained. Cut off the candles while still warm, roll them smooth upon a moistened marble plate, and bleach in the sun. The candles must be moist WOOD— GILDING, POLISHING, STAINING, ETC. 389 ened every evening and turned daily until they are sufficiently white. Floor Wax. Boil 5 parts of puri- fied potash, 20 parls of water, and 25 parts of wax, stirring constantly, until a thickly-fluid and homogeneous com- pound has lu't'ii formed, and no more watery fluid is separated. Then take the vessel from the fire carefully, add firat a lew drops of boiling water and then a larger quantity, so as t<> form a tat-like mass, in which no water can be detected. Then replace the vessel on the fire, heal the compound without allowing it to come to a boil, and add gradually and with constant stirring 400 t" 150 parts of hot water. Yellow Floor Wax is obtained by an addition of finely -pulverized gold ochre to the above composition ; 'Brown, by adding umber ; Red. by an addition of colcothar; Beautiful Golden Yellow, by adding 12 parts of golden ochre and 3 parts of an not to. New Compound for Waxing Floors. Linseed oil 200 parts, litharge 20, wax 150, tallow 15, molasses 190, lampblack 103, oil of turpentine 280, alcohol 35, shellac 5, aniline violet 2. Boil the linseed oil with the litharge for 1 hour, then melt the wax and tallow in the hot fluid, add the molasses, and keep the whole at a temperature of 230° to 248° F., until all the water is volatil- ized. Then add the lampblack or any other coloring matter, and, after cool- ing, the oil of turpentine, and finally the shellac dissolved in alcohol and the aniline violet. Spirit Lacquer for Lacquering Wax Topers. Place 25 parts of mastic and 250 parts of sandarac in a fine sieve, and suspend the latter in a tin vessel containing 600 parts of alcohol of 96 per cent., in such a manner that the resins are just covered with the alcohol. After 24 hours, when all the resins will be dissolved, filter the solution. Excellent Modelling Wax. Melt carefully over a moderate coal fire 100 parts of yellow wax, and then add 13 parts of Venetian turpentine, 6* parts of lard, and 72J parts of elutriated bole. Mix thoroughly, pour the mixt- ure gradually into a vessel containing water, and knead it several times with the hands. The wax must be melted at so low a temperature as not to create bubbles. Wood— Gilding, Polishing, Stain ING, ETC. Extraction and Impregnation oj Sounding-board Wood. The object of the invention is to remove the soft rosin from the wood anil replace it by a hard resinous substance. The ex- traction is accomplished by placing the boards for 4 hours in petroleum ether, and then drying them in the shade in the open air. To replace the extracted natural rosin by a hard resin- ous substance the boards are placed foi 2 days in a holder containing a spirit varnish composed of glassy copal, sand- arac, pulverized !_ r lass, and aloes. The boards are then dried and are ready for use. To Prepare Sounding-board Wood, The wood to be prepared is strongly heated for 12 hours in a hermetically- closed boiler, K (Fig. 53). The boiler is then opened for a few hours and the wood, slightly heated, exposed to the action of ozone. The oxygen is gener- ated in the reservoir A, which, like the boiler K, is lined with chamotte* to protect it against the action of the oxygen, and ozonized in the boiler K by electrical sparks. By this process the resinous and fatty constituents of the wood are extracted. To Make Wood Flexible and Fire- proof. To accomplish this the rosins contained in the wood are saponified, and the acids neutralized with alkalies obtained from wood ash. Although all alkaline combinations possess the property of rendering vegetable sub- stances more or less flexible and fire- proof, the carbonates are preferable ; they are used in the following manner : Dissolve carbonate of potassium or sodium in cold clear water, and add calcium hydrate to the solution. Then immerse the boards or timber in the alkaline solution until a coating -fa to i inch thick has been formed, which will require about 5 to 12 hours. A * Chamotteis a mixture of unburnt fire-clay ami dust of fire-bricks, glass pots, or seggars. — W. T. B. 390 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. ioating | inch thick suffices to render building timber fire-proof, but in case great flexibility with absolute non- inflammability is desired, a thicker coating or even an entire saturation of the timber will be necessary, which is accomplished by hydraulic pressure. Thin veneers of any dense, veined wood treated in the above manner can be rendered sufficiently flexible to re- semble tanned leather. To attain this result immerse the veneers in the alka- line solution for a sufficiently long time to acquire a transparent appear- ance, which will require from 15 to 40 minutes, according to their nature and thickness. They are then allowed to dry, and rolled and pressed between steel cylinders or plates. Veneers treated in this manner can be used for many purposes instead of leather, and are especially well adapted for chair bottoms, wainscoting, etc. To Render Wood Incombustible, and Impermeable. Folbacci uses a process by which wood is, so to say, petrified without losing its ordinary appearance. It will bear any decree of heat without the primary substance suffering any change, except the formation of an ex- traordinarily thin charred coating, which falls off' on the lightest touch. The process is as follows : Heat in a boiler 55 parts of water to 113° F., and then add 55 parts of sulphate of zinc, 22 of potash, 44 of alum, and 22 of manganic oxide. When all are dis- solved, add gradually 22 parts of sul- phuric acid of 60°, until the compound is thoroughly saturated. Then place the pieces of wood into the compound in such a manner that they lie about 2 inches apart, allowing them to re- main for 3 hours, and then dried in the open air. To Render Wood Fire-proof. Boil the wood first in a solution of potas- sium sulphate and, after drying, heat it together with a mixture of coal-tar and argillaceous admixtures, by which it acquires a durable coating of a mixt- ure of asbestos and fire-clay. Heat the wood thus treated in a steam-vat be- tween layers of clay, whereby the coat- ing is firmly united with the wood. Timber prepared in this manner is fire and weather-proof, and well adapted for building purposes. To Render Wood Impermeable to Wetter. Even the softest kind of wood, as that of the poplar and lime tree, can be made water-proof by the following process : Coat the article several times with hot linseed-oil varnish, and finally apply quite a thick layer of polish. Wooden gutters for holding water for WOOD-GILDING, POLISHING, STAINING, ETC. 39 j moistening the threads in throwing silk and thread were made water-proof in this manner. How Oziers can !>< Peeled in Winter. Steam the oziers for lOto 11 minutes in a closed cylinder, and then place them for 24 hours in water of about 100° F. Staining Wood for Fine Cabinet Work. Denninger, of Mayenee, has made a series of experiments in staining maple wood. Of the coloring matters used he prefers decidedly the alcoholic extracts to aqueous decoctions, since, on account of the woods having to remain longer in the decoction, the pores are opened too widely and the coloring mat- ter penetrates too deeply into the soft parts of the wood, while the hard parts remain almost untouched. For soft varieties of wood aqueous coloring ex- tracts must therefore be entirely avoided. Denninger advises also against the use of strong acids, as aqua fortis, hydro- chloric and sulphuric acids, since the slightest excess of these acids exerts later on an injurious and frequently destroying effect upon the polish. The alcoholic extracts are of course more expensive than the aqueous decoctions, but they furnish a more uniform and intense coloring and go a great deal further. Denninger made use of the following coloring matters and other materials : a. Gallic Acid. This is prepared by pouring ordinary spirit of wine over pulverized black or white gall-nuts, allowing the mixture to stand in a warm place for a few days, stirring frequently, and then straining it. b. Sulphate of Iron. Roast it in an iron pan over a coal fire until it turns reddish ; when cold pulverize it, and pour spirit of wine over it. c. Logwood Shavings, d. Pulverized, Sanderswood. e. Saffron and Annotto. Pour spirit of wine over them and treat the tincture as given under a. d. Shavings of Brazil Wood, and g. of Fustic, h. Crushed Persian Berries. Pour water over them and use the in- fusion cold. e. Pulverized Cochineal. Boil it with double its weight of spirit of am- monia and water in a water-bath until the spirit of ammonia is volatilized ; then mix the fluid with spirit of wine, and filter. /. Aqueous Decoction of Logwood is compounded with some solution of alum in water. The precipitate formed is collected upon a paper filter, dried and formed into a paste with a few drops <>f hydrochloric acid, and then dissolved in spirit of wine. g. Pulverized Indigo. Dissolve in- digo in four times its own weight of fuming sulphuric acid, allow the solu- tion to stand in a warm place for a few days and then dilute it with water. h. Solution of Tin. Dissolve 50 parts of granulated tin by boiling in 50 parts of hydrochloric acid ; or, /<', dis- solve 33i parts of granulated tin by boiling it in 50 parts of hydrochloric acid. And also & to i ounce each of the following salts: i. Alum. j. Potas- sium bichromate, k. Potassium ferro- cyanide, and I. Sulphate of copper. Dissolve the salts in so much water that a part of them remains undis- solved on the bottom of the vessel. In the following we give a number of colors and the materials used by Denninger in producing them : Blue. Dilute a solution of indigo with a sufficient quantity of water. Bluish-brown. Dilute a solution of logwood extract with spirit of wine, and add some solution of tin (A 1 ). Bluish-gray. Dilute a solution of cochineal strongly with spirit of wine, and add solution of indigo. Blue-black. Dilute a solution of ex- tract of logwood with spirit of wine, and add solution of sulphate of iron. Brown. Mix equal parts of solution of extract of logwood and solution of saffron, dilute with spirit of wine, and add some solution of tin (h.). Brownish-red. Mix a decoction of Brazil wood with some solution of tin (/t 1 ). Crimson. Dilute a solution of cochi- neal with spirit of wine. Bark Gray. Use first extract of gall nuts, then solution of sulphate of iron, and finally indigo solution diluted with water. Greenish. Extract of saffron with an addition of some indigo solution. Green. Same as above with an addi- tion of more indigo. Greenish-gray. Mix decoctions of gall nuts, sulphate of iron, and fustic with some solution of indigo. 802 TECIINO-CIIEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Yellowish- gray. Decoction of Persian berries mixed with some solution of sulphate of iron. Light Brown. Sulphate of copper dissolved in water, then solution of potassium ferrocyanide in water with an addition of some hydrochloric acid. Cherry-red. Decoction of Brazil wood diluted with spirit of wine, and then solution of tin (h.). Orange. Annotto or saffron dissolved in spirit of wine. Red. Solution of cochineal mixed with solution of saffron. Red-brown. Dissolve precipitate of logwood (/.) in spirit of wine com- pounded with some hydrochloric acid. Rose Color. Compound a solution of cochineal with some alum water. Straiv Color. Use first decoction of Persian berries and next solution of tin (h.) much diluted with water. Other Stains on Wood. Thimm's Patent. The woods are painted with suitable concentrated solution of metal- lic salts, and then thoroughly dried, which will require about 12 hours. They are then placed in a closed room into which gases, as sulphide of hydro- gen, ammonia, etc., are introduced according to the combination to be pro- duced. By using sulphide of hydrogen the following colors are obtained : Brown from bismuth sulphide formed from bismuth nitrates. Yellow from cadmium sulphide formed from solutions of cadmium sul- phate. Golden Yelloiv from stannic sulphide formed from solutions of stannous chloride (tin salt). Iron Gray to Brown from lead mono- sulphide formed from a solution of acetate of lead. Green from chromium sesquioxide formed from solutions of chromic acid. Red from antimony trisulphide formed from solutions of antimony. The cost of this process is very small, since 2 pounds of any of the solutions will cover 100 square feet of wood sur- face. The woods can also be provided with various designs in any color de- sired. The colors are not affected by air, light, or water. The very cheap solution of ferric hydrate in ferric chloride is used for completely saturating floors, stair-steps, and other articles subjected to strong wear, which are then colored by means of ammonia. Wood thus treated is also far less inflammable than when painted. Black Ground for Lacquering. Grind fine ivory-black in shellac-varnish upon a stone slab with a muller until a per- fectly smooth varnish is obtained. The following directions give good black grounds : I. One pound each of asphaltura and copaiba balsam and the necessary quantity of turpentine. Melt the asphaltum over a fire, then add the balsam previously heated, and finally the oil of turpentine. II. Moisten lampblack with oil of turpentine and rub it very fine upon the stone with a muller. Then add ordinary copal varnish and mix all thoroughly. III. Take 3 ounces of asphaltum, 4 quarts of boiled linseed-oil, 8 ounces of burnt umber, and some turpentine. Melt the asphaltum, stir the oil previously heated into it, then the umber, and, when cool, dilute the mixture with turpentine. IV. An extra black is obtained from 12 ounces of umber, 2 ounces of purified asphaltum, h pint of boiled linseed- oil, 2 ounces of rosin, and li pints of turpentine. Melt the asphaltum and rosin together, add the oil in a hot state, stir thoroughly, and then mix the turpentine with it. V. A white ground is obtained by mixing equal parts of copal varnish and zinc white or starch. To Stain Walking Canes. I. Apply to the sticks in a natural state a more or less concentrated solution of calcium hydrate in water, according as the stain is to be more or less dark. II. Dissolve iron filings in sulphuric acid, apply the solution to the sticks in a natural state, and burn them at once over a fire of wood shavings. This burning must be done thoroughly, as stains, spoiling the work, will be formed in case any places remain un- touched by the fire. To Stain Maple Wood, Silver-gray. I. Upon the bottom of a water-tight box place a layer of grindstone sand (from the troughs of grindstones) upon this wood, and then again a layer of grind- stone sand. Then pour over it sufficient WOOD— GILDING, POLISHING, STAINING, ETC. 393 rain water to cover the whole, and place the bos in a warm place for 3 I" 5 weeks. Replace occasionally the water lost by evaporation, so that the wood is never dry. I'.v this process a beautiful silver-gray color is produced on maple and lime wood. II. Place the wood lor 3 to 4 hours in a decoction of 1 part of pulverized gall nuts in 10 of water, and then for 1 hour in a solution of 1 part of sul- phate of iron in GO of cold water, and then brush it oft' with a soft brush dipped in a solution of 1 part of alum in IS of water, and allow it to dry. Should the color be too light repeat the process, but allowing it to remain in the baths only a few minutes. III. Pour sharp vinegar over iro» filings and alum, and brush the wood over with the solution until the desired silver color is obtained. Gall nute converted into coarse powder may also be used in place of the iron filings. IV. Dissolve verdigris in vinegar or crystallized verdigris in water, and paint the wood with the solution until it has acquired the tint desired. The solution may be used either warm or cold. Ebony Stains. To prepare a very fine ebony stain applicable especially to pear or walnut woods boil 40 parts of gall nuts, 4 parts of rasped logwood, 5 parts each of sulphate of iron and verdigris with water, strain through linen and apply the warm fluid to the wood, and then give it 3 coats of a warm solution of 10 parts of iron filings in 75 parts of vinegar. For Veneers which are to be stained through and through place 16 parts of sal-ammoniac and a sufficient quantity of steel filings in an earthenware pot, pour strong vinegar over them, and let it stand for 14 clays in a moderately warm oven. Then pour sharp lye into another pot, add gall nuts converted into a coarse powder and shavings of blue Brazil wood, and let the whole stand in a warm place for a few days. This gives an excellent stain. Boil the veneers for a few hours in the first stain of sal-ammoniac and steel filings, and let them remain therein for 3 days. Then place them in the second stain, and proceed in the same manner as with the first. In case the veneers should not be en- tirely colored through repeat the opera- tion. Stain for Floors. Boil 25 parts of fustic and 12* of Brazil wood with 1000 parts of soap-boiler's lye, to which has been added 12J parts of potash. When the liquid is boiled down to 700 or 800 parts, add 3J parts of annotto and 7'< parts of wax, and when this is melted stir the compound until it is cold. It is of a brown-red color, and the above quantity suffices to keep a floor in good condition for a year by applying it once a week, and rubbing it on with a brush. Staining Wood for Veneers, 3fosaics, etc. Treat the wood for 24 hours with a 10 per cent, caustic soda-lye, then boil it therein for half an hour and wash it to remove the alkali. This prepares the wood for the reception of the color. Dry the wood with filtering paper and press it to preserve the shape. Then immerse it for 24 hours in a dye- hath consisting of 4 dye-wood and 3 liquid, turn it occasionally, and throw it in a bath of 1 part of sulphate of iron to 3 of water, and the result will be a beautiful black. Yellow is obtained with 1 part of picric acid dissolved in 60 of water. Various Hose-colored Tints by add- ing a little caustic soda to coralline. Red Stain. Immerse the wood in a solution of 3£ parts of Marseilles soap in 100 of water, and then apply aniline red sufficiently diluted to give the desired tint. Violet. Treat the wood in a bath consisting of 12J parts of olive oil, a like quantity of calcined soda, and 125 parts of boiling water ; then stain with aniline red to which tin salt has been added. Blue is produced in the same manner, except that aniline blue is used as a stain. Green. Mordant the wood first with a solution of aluminium acetate of 1° B., and then place it in a decoction of Persian berries and indigo-carmine. Quercitron may also be used in place of Persian berries. Bright Red. Boil for 3 hours 64 parts of cochineal ground veryfine in 100 parts of water, and paint the wood with the solution. When dry apply a coat 394 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. of a solution 3i parts of tin-salt and 1£ parts of tartaric acid in 100 parts of water. Brown in Various Tints is produced by mordanting the wood with potas- sium bichromate, and applying later on decoctions of fustic, logwood, or Brazil wood. 3foiner's Method of Staining Wood Hose Color by Chemical Precipitation. Wood, and also vegetable ivory, can be colored rose-red without much difficulty by chemical precipitation. The result- ing color is very brilliant and uniform. First Bath. This consists of 8 parts, of potassium iodide to 100 parts of water. Second Bath. Two and one-half parts of corrosive sublimate to 100 parts of water. Immerse the wood for a few hours in the first bath. Theu place it in the second, in which it will acquire a beautiful rose-red color. The wood, after drying, is varnished. Both baths can be repeatedly used without renew- ing them. Neio Polish for Wood. Compound an alcoholic solution of 3 parts of shel- lac with a solution of 100 parts of collo- dion cotton and 50 parts of camphor in ethyl alcohol. For finishing use a mixture of benzole and alcohol. Moody's New Polish consists of 8 parts of rectified wood spirit, 1£ of shellac, and A of benzoin, and if desired lrV of dragon's-blood may be added. Dissolve the ingredients by heating, and filter the solution through flannel. Apply with a camel's-hair brush. Gildino on Wood. The gilding on wood, called oil gold, cannot be bur- nished, and is always of the natural color of unwrought gold. It has the advantage that it may be washed and cleansed with water, which burnished gold will not stand. It is often used for parts of furniture and mouldings of rooms, and as it stands the weather it is also employed for outside work. The surface to be gilded must first be rubbed smooth with shave grass. After this apply a priming of glue size and two coats of oil paint and one of flat- ting. To enrich the color of the gold these last may be laid down in red or yellow. White, however, is usually preferred, as the darker color renders any imperfection in the gold-sizing more difficult to detect. When the last coat of paint is thoroughly dry. rub it over with wash leather to render it smooth and free from dust and grit. If any patterns or figures are to be left ungilded, they should be lightly pounced over with white to prevent the gold-leaf adhering to them. Another way is to paint them over with the white of egg diluted with water. If any gold sticks to this it can be easily washed or wiped off with a moistened linen cloth. When all is ready for sizing strain sufficient size through muslin, and put some out on the palette, adding to it enough ochre or vermilion, mixed with oil alone, to color. Then with a stiff hog-hair tool commence painting it on the surface, taking care to lay it on smoothly and not too thick, as in the latter case it runs and leaves wrinkles in the gilding. Size always from left to right, beginning on the top of the surface, and working downward. Move the brush lightly and firmly, mapping out the surface to be sized into several squares, and finishing and cross-hatching each before proceeding onwards. If there are patterns to be left ungilded, carefully trace round their outline with a sable pencil, and then fill in the interstices. When the whole surface is covered with size, give it a thorough inspection to make sure there is no faulty portion, and if there is, delicately touch in the size with a small pencil. When very perfect gild- ing is required it should be sized twice, the first coat being allowed to dry thoroughly before the second is applied. In carved work be careful to dip the brush down into the hollows of the carving. It is a good plan to size over night so as to gild in the morning. But all size does not dry alike, sometimes taking 12 to 24 or 30 hours before it is ready for the gold-leaf, in damp weather or locations always more than in dry. The readiness of the size can only be ascertained by the touch. If on being touched by the finger the surface daubs or comes off it is not ready, but if it feels clammy and sticky it is sufficiently dry. If too dry it must be sized again. The books of gold-leaf should always be placed before a fire half an hour previous to use, in order to dry the WOOD— GILDING, POLISHING, STAINING, ETC. 395 gold and make it more manageable. When all is ready, shake out several leaves upon the gold cushion, and blow them towards the parchment screen. Then carefully raise one leaf with the Made of a knife, and place It on the cushion, gently breathing on it to flatten it out. If it curls up, work it about with the knife-blade until it lies Hat. Then replace the knife in its loop under the cushion, and taking the tip pass it lightly over your hair, thus acquiring sufficient greasiness to enable the gold to stick to it. Lay the hairy pi ni ion of the tip upon the gold-leaf, ami then raising it apply it to the sized surface. As in sizing, work from left to right, and be especially careful to let each leaf overlap slightly, so as to avoid gaps and spaces. Lay on whole leaves as far as the space permits, and then proceed to gild the curves and corners which need smaller pieces, l'lace a leaf flat and smooth on the cushion, and then taking the knife in the right hand draw the edge easily and evenly along it with a gentle press- ure. Divide the leaf into as many pieces as required, and lay on as before. When all the ground is complete inspect it carefully to make sure there are no portions ungilt, however small, and mend them at once. Next take a piece of cotton-wool and gently dab or press the gold down all over, finally brushing off the superfluous pieces either with cotton-wool or a camel's-hair brush. It is a good plan to stipple the gold with a large stiff hog-bristle tool, quite dry and clean, as this gradually softens and removes the marks of joining and other little imperfections. Finally smooth the gold with a clean piece of wash- leather, and it is completed. With regard to gilding with japanner's size the same instructions apply, except as to the time necessary to wait between sizing and gilding. If japanner's size is used pure, it will be ready in from 20 to 30 minutes, but better gilding can be made by mixing one-third oil size with two-thirds of japanner's size. This will be ready in about 2 to 4 hours from the time of putting on. When all the gilding is finished, dilute 1 part of very clean and pure parchment size with 2 parts of water, and brush it over th« entire surface of the gold to enrich and preserve it. If it is necessary to gild in a position much exposed to touch, as the base of a pillar or string- courses, it is as well to give the gold a coat of mastic varnish thinned with turpentine. There are various pro- cesses which tend to enrich and vary the effect of gilding. Glazings of trans- parent colors are sometimes applied for the purpose of deadening its lustre. Raw sienna passed thinly over a sheet of gold gives it a leathery appearance. A good effect may be produced by stencilling a small pattern in umber, sienna, or Indian red over gold, es- pecially if there is foliage or arabesque work upon the gilding, as the small design affords an agreeable relief. This is the easiest mode of gilding; any other metallic leaves can be applied in a similar manner. American Process of Preserving Wood. The wood, while immersed in a bath of creosote, is subjected to a temperature above the boiling point of water and below 300° F. until all the moisture is expelled. When the water is thus expelled the pores contain only steam ; the hot oil is then quickly re- placed by a bath of cold oil which con- denses steam in the pores, and forms a vacuum into which the oil is forced by atmospheric pressure and capillary at- traction. A wooden platform thor- oughly creosoted will last twenty to thirty years, and be better than a stone platform during that entire period. Preparation of Mine-timber. Ex- periments on a large scale have been made at the Comment ry Coal Mines in France in regard to mine-timber im- pregnated with different substances. The experiments were executed at the same time with different varieties of wood, the following table giving the result of all the experiments: Relative Durability of the Timbers : Without preparation 1.00 After immersion in the mine-water . . 1.40 Charred 2.44 Impregnated with tar 7.42 " " sulphate of copper . 9.77 " " sulphate of iron . . 11.11 " " creosote 16.36 " " chloride of zinc . . 34.00 Unprepared oak wood lasted at an average 4i years, beech wood 2, pine, cherry, and poplar woods li, and acacia 396 TECIINO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. wood 6 to 9 months. Of the different varieties of tar, wood tar gave the best results, but its high price prevents its general use. Tar gained from peat gave less favorable results, but better than coal-tar,. The French experiments showed that while the durability of oak timber was considerably increased and sometimes doubled by an impregnation with coal-tar, that of pine was but little augmented, it making no difference whether the tar was used in a cold state or heated to 284° F. The use of sulphate of iron gave the following re- sults : 1. While unprepared oak showed signs of decay after 2 years, impregnated with sulphate of iron it lasted 30 years. 2. Immersing the timber for 24 hours in a solution con- taining 20 parts of sulphate of iron to 100 parts of water gives just as good re- sults as a longer immersion in a stronger solution. 3. The action of a solution of sulphate of iron is just as effective on green as on seasoned wood, and alike on oak and pine woods. The impregnation with sulphate of iron costs about i cent per running foot of timber. The experiments seem to prove con- clusively that sulphate of iron is to be E referred for impregnating mine-tim- er. The apparatus required for pre- paring 100 pieces of mine-timber daily costs, with all appurtenances, about 1 si in francs ($372). Shrinking of Wood. It is of impor- tance for every mechanic to know the percentage of shrinkage in wood. In the following table, I. gives the per- centage of shrinkage in the direction of the fibres; II. in the direction of the semi-diameter of the trunk, and III. in vertical direction : Hornbeam (iron wood) Beech Field maple .... Dm Maple Birch Oak \sh Aspen Round-leaved willow . Lime Pine Pitch pine .... Alder I. II. 0.21 6.82 0.20 5.25 0.00 2.03 ' 0.05 3.85 j 0.11 2.06 j 0.50 3.05 I 0.00 2.65 0.26 5.35 0.00 3.97 0.00 2.07 0.1O 5.73 0.00 2.49 0.09 2.08 0.30 3.16 1 Strength of some American Wooas In view of the frequent use of wooden pins, J. C. Trautwine made experi- ments by which cylindrical pins g inch diameter were sheared off. Each sam- ple was subjected to two tests ; where the difference was not more than in per cent, the average is given. The principal results were as follows: Wood. lbs. per sq. in. Ash . . . . (5280 Beech . . . 5223 Birch . . . 13 ' ■ Cedar (white) . 1445 " (Central American) . . 3410 i Iherry . . . 2945 Chestnut . 1535 Dogwood . 6510 Ebony . . . 7750 Gum . . . 5890 Hemlock . 2750 Hickory . 6045 . 7285 Locust . . . 7176 Wood. Maple . . Oak (white) " (live) . . Pine (white) " (yellow Northern) . . Pine (yellow Southern) . . Pine (yellow, very resinous) Poplar . . . Spruce . . . Walnut (black) ' ' (com- mon) . . . lb . pei sq. ill. . 6355 . 44'j:. 8480 . 2480 . 4: ill i . 5735 5053 14 is 3253 47li8 2830 Sard Coating for Wood. To coat wood with a substance as hard as stone mix intimately 40 parts of lime, 50 of resin, and 4 of linseed oil, and add 1 part each of cupric oxide and sulphuric acid. Apply the hot mixture with a brush. Imitation of Cedar Wood. To give soft, white wood used for turned arti- cles and lead-pencils the appearance of cedar wood the following stain is used : Two hundred parts by weight of catechu, 100 of caustic soda, and 10,000 of water. The finished article is boiled in the stain for a few hours, rinsed, and dried. If not sufficiently deep in color boil for some time longer. This stain penetrates the wood so deeply that veneers of considerable thickness will be penetrated through and through, so that articles made from it can be afterwards worked further without the original color of the wood making its appearance. JVew Glaze for Barrels, Vats, etc. Mix intimately 2 parts of plaster of Paris and 1 part of finely-pulver- ized asbestos, with sufficient fresh bullocks' blood to form a thick mass, but so that it can be worked with a brush. Apply a uniform coat of this to the dry wood, and after a few hours WOOD— GILDING, POLISHING, STAINING, ETC. 39/ S"ve a second coat, to which it is advan- geous to add a small quantity of lin- seed-oil varnish. If' necessary to dry the barrel quickly suspend ;i basin with Jive coals in it, Init the heal should he moderate, and it is preferable to let the barrel stand for a tew days in a dry, warm room. Before use, heat the barrel with steam, and then allow it to dry out. If properly done the layer of glaze will adhere tightly, never show cracks, nor scale off. The glaze on a vat used for !> months for boiling starch with sul- phuric acid was well preserved, and in fad had become somewhat harder. A.S the process is Very cheap and simple, and the materials are entirely harmless and impart no odor or taste to liquids brought in contact with them, it is especially adapted for breweries, distilleries, starch manufactories, and other industries where wooden vessels arc exposed to the action of acids. New Method of Drying Wood. Thefol- lowing process to dry green wood in 10 to 14 days, without the use of heat, is patented in Germany. The wood is freed from the bark and then imbedded in animal charcoal, boned^lack, or peat dust The moisture in the wood is | 10 to 14 days the wood is removed, and, it is claimed, is free from cracks, quite dry, ami ready to be worked. New I'n in/ fur Wooden Posts, etc. Fifty parts of rosin, 40 of finely -pulver- ized chalk, 500 of tine, sharp, white sand, 4 of linseed oil, 1 of native red oxide, and 1 of sulphuric acid. Heat the rosin, chalk, sand, and lin- seed oil in an iron boiler, add the red oxide, and then very carefully the sul- phuric acid. Mix all thoroughly, and apply the hot mixture to the wood by means of a stiff brush. Should the mixture be too thick dilute with some linseed oil. When cold and dry this paint forms a varnish hard as stone and impermeable to all moisture. New Process of Preserving Wood. By this process wood is saturated with paraffine, resins, tats, or heavy tar oils by dissolving them in petroleum or benzine instead, as was formerly the case, by heating them to a high tem- perature. Such solutions penetrate the wood much easier than thickly-fluid substances. It is best to force the solutions into the wood under pressure, for which the pneumatic methods slightly modified can be used, so that the solvent can be Fig. 54. Fig. 55. eagerly absorbed by these substances. | regained after impregnating the wood. Care must be had to cover the wood We give in Figs. 54 and 55 an apparatus completely, as otherwise the places ex- by which this object can be attained, posed to the air will form cracks. After I A is the impregnating boiler, RE the 398 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. steam-jacket, and Cthe condenser. The boiler is provided on top with the escape-pipe s for the vapors to be con- densed, the manometer v and the pipe i for the introduction of the impreg- nating mixture. The boiler is further provided with a removable cover h. In the interior are the rails /,upon which the carriage w with the ties, etc., is in- troduced. The steam-jacket is provided with the pipe a for the introduction of steam, and the escape-pipe b, and on the lower side with a cock for drawing off the condensed water. The cooling vat D receives a cooling coil, of which 5 is the receiving and t the discharging end. The water runs in through the pipe d, and escapes through the pipe e. R is a vessel placed under D for the re- ception of the regained distillate. To execute the operation the solution prepared as described further on is forced under pressure into the thor- oughly dried wood in the same manner as in the Bethell process. After suffi- cient impregnation the pressure is shut off, and after connecting the impreg- nating boiler with the cooling coil, the volatile solvent is distilled oft" by ad- mitting steam into the steam-jacket, distillation being continued as long as considerable quantities of solvent pass over. The following mixtures are consid- ered especially well adapted for im- pregnation : I. Three parts of rosin, 1 part of paraffine, and sufficient benzine to make a thinly-fluid solution. II. Two parts of heavy tar oil, 1 part of paraffine, and benzine sufficient for solution. The best manner of dissolving the substances is as follows: Melt the par- affine, pour in double the quantity of benzine, and add the pulverized rosin. The solution of the mixture with tar oil is effected in the same manner by first dissolving the tar oil in benzine and then adding the pulverized colo- phony. The solution is best effected in a ves- sel provided with a cover made tight by water-closing and heated by steam. By continuing distillation sufficiently long and having good cooling appa- ratus, the loss of benzine will be very slight. It is believed that wood impregnated in this manner is especially durable iii moist places or under water. Polishing Wax for Wood. Melt over a moderate fire 1 pound of yellow beeswax and i pound of rosin, and after removing the vessel from the fire add \ pound of oil of turpentine. Allow the mixture to cool with constant stirring ( and apply it to the wood with a woollen rag, rubbing thoroughly. In a few days the wood will look as though varnished. Practical Experiments in Producing New Colors upon Wood with known Col- oring Matters. The coloring matters used are, according to their nature, either concentrated decoctions or solu- tions. To produce the desired color the stained wood is treated with the re- spective chemical agent. The colors obtained are beautiful, fast, and cheap. Decoction of Logwood Extracts treated with : Gives : Concentrated hydrochloric acid reddish-yellow Diluted hydrochloric acid . reddish. Concentrated and dilute nitric acid red. Concentrated sulphuric acid . black. Dilute sulphuric acid . . . red. Sulphide of hydrogen . ... yellow-brown. Ferric nitrate black. Potassium chromate . . . black. Stannous chloride .... violet. Tartaric acid gray-brown. Sulphate of copper .... dark gray. Tannin yellow-red. Sal-ammoniac yellow. Verdigris dark brown. Sugar of lead gray brown. Potash dark red. Potassium permanganate . . light brown. Potassium iodide red-yellow Pyrogallic acid yellow-brown f reddish- vio« Cupric chloride < let to dark (brown. Chrome-yellow dark violet. Sodium violet. Sulphate of iron gray to black. Alum f dark red- ( brown. Potassium carbonate . . . yellow-brcwn. Magnesium sulphate . . . brown. Cupric nitrate violet. Spirit of sal-ammoniac . . . dark violet. Ammonium sulphydrate . . violet Potassium sulphocyanide . . red. Zinc chloride ...... red-brown. Decoction of Fustic Extract treated with : Gives • Concentrated hydrochloric acid red. YEASTS. 399 Diluted hydrochloric acid C nl rated nitric acid Diluted nitric acid . . Concentrated sulphuric ac Diluted sulphuric acid . Spirit <>f sal-ammoniac . A mi iiu i ii iu in sulpliydrate Ferric nitrate .... yellow-brown, i reddish- \ yellow, brown, dark purple. brown-red. dark yellow, dark yellow. ( dark gray- j green. yellow, yellow, yellow, yellow. yellow, yellow, yellow. ( brownish- ( yellow, orange, yellow. Decoction of Brazil-wood Extract treated with : Tannin Potash Stannous chloride . . Cupric chloride . . . Tartaric acid .... Alum l'yrogallic acid . . . Potassium permanganate Cupric sulphate . . . Sugar of lead .... Gives : dark purple, pale red. red. purple. Concentrated nitric acid . . Diluted nitric acid .... Concentrated sulphuric acid . Diluted sulphuric acid . . Concentrated hydrochloric acid dark red. Diluted hydrochloric acid . light red. Spirit of sal-ammoniac . . dark red. Ammonium sulpliydrate;. . dark red. Sulphide of hydrogen . . . light red. Sulphate of iron dark violet. Tannin no change. Stannous 1 chloride .... light red. Cupric chloride dark red. Sal-ammoniac reddish-yellow. Sugar of lead yellowish-red. Potash dark crimson. Tartaric acid reddish-yellow. Decoction of Madder treated with : Diluted hydrochloric, sul- phuric, and nitric acid . . Sugar of lend Sodium Tartaric acid Tannin Potash Sal-ammoniac Spirit of sal-ammoniac . . Alum Stannous chloride . . . . Gives : pale yellow, reddish violet, red. pale yellow. pale yellow. light red. pale yellow. reddish yellow. faint red. light red. Decoction of Avignon Berries treated with : Dilute hydrochloric acid Dilute nitric acid . . Dilute sulphuric acid . Potash Stannous chloride . . Tartaric acid .... Sugar of lead .... Gives : rose color, no change, yellow, yellow, dark yellow, discoloration. dark yellow. Ammonium sulphydrato . . faint yellow. Potassium bichromate . . . brown-yellow. Ferric nitrate f dark olivo- ( green. Potassium iodide yellow. Cupric sulphate I green ish- { yellow. Decoction of Turmeric treated with : Gives: Hydrochloric, nitric, or sul- phuric acid yellow. Sulphate of iron f greenish- i yellow. Ferric nitrate f yellow to I dark yellow. Sugar of lead yellow.- Alum yellow. Potash red yellow. Stannous chloride .... yellow. Sodium yellow. Preparation of Fire-proof Wood. To render wood incombustible the follow- ing mixture is recommended : Soak 27.5 parts by weightof sulphateof zinc, 11 of potash, 22 of alum, and 11 of manganic oxide in lukewarm water in an iron boiler and gradually add 11 parts by weight of 60 per cent, sul- phuric acid. The wood to be prepared is placed upon an iron grating in an apparatus of suitable size, care being had to place the separate pieces at least i inch apart. The liquid is then poured in the apparatus and the wood allowed to remain completely covered for 3 hours, and is then dried in the air. Yeasts. Manufacture of Pressed Yeast, Bakers' and Brewers' Yeast, etc. Schvbert's Method of Manufacturing Pressed 1 east. 1. Blushing in. Four hundred and ninety-five pounds of crushed rye and 165 pounds of kiln- dried malt are doughed in the prepara- tory mash-vat with 90£ gallons of water of 133i° to 140° F. Continue mashing until no more lumps can be detected in the dough, and then add 1 pound of pressed yeast dissolved in water. Allow the mash to stand for 20 to 30 minutes, but stirring it several times. Then add 72A gallons of water of 200° F., and mix it as intimately and quickly as possible with the mash, which thereby acquires a temperature 400 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. of about 144i° F., which is the best for saceharization. 2. Saceharization and Cooling. After finishing mashing in cover the mash- vat, but stir the mash vigorously every half an hour. Saceharization is com- plete in 3 hours, and the mash is then slowly cooled in the cooler to 104° F., this promoting top fermentation later on and increasing the yield of yeast. 3. Setting the Mash. When the mash is cooled to the proper temperature, 104° F., it is drawn off into the fermenting vat, and set in the following manner : Add gradually 48i gallons of clarified wash and 95 gallons of cold water to reduce the temperature of the mash to 84° F. Then add to every 100 pounds of crushed grain 2,'i ounces of sulphuric acii, previously diluted with water, and 6£ pounds of pure pressed yeast previously set with some mash. The fermenting tun should be large enough to allow of the mash rising without run- ning over. The clarified wash is ob- tained by mixing wash freshly drawn off with a few bucketsful of cold water to promote cooling and clarification. The barrel in which this is done must be provided with stop-cocks arranged at suitable distances above each other. The wash when clear is gradually drawn off by opening the cocks in suc- cession from above to below. 4. Scooping off the Yeast and Free- ing it from Husks. Top fermentation begins as soon as the mash is set, and in course of 8 to 12 hours the yeast is sufficiently matured to be ladled off. The yeast is strained through a bag filter, being thereby separated from the husks which remain in the bag. The latter is then thoroughly squeezed out, and the husks poured back into the fermenting vat. Washing the Yeast. The yeast is brought into the washing-back. This should be higher than wide, and pro- vided with 10 to 12 small discharge cocks one above the other. The yeast is stirred with cold water and then left to settle, after which the water is drawn off through the cocks, fresh water poured in, and this continued until the water running off does not redden blue litmus paper. Two and a quarter to 4£ pounds of potato starch are frequently added to the wash-water. Pressing the Yeast. The yeast, after washing, is mixed with as much potato starch as desired, and to free it from water is placed in a double bag and pressed with a gradually increasing pressure. It is best to use screw presses. Moulding the Pressed Yeast. When freed from water the yeast is thoroughly kneaded and formed into pieces weigh- ing 1 pound each. When dry they are packed in paper, then wrapped in linen, and preserved in a cool, airy place. Vienna Pressed Yeast. The yeast manufactured in Vienna and Moravia possesses excellent qualities. It does not impart a bitter taste or odor to bread or cakes, as is frequently the case with other pressed yeast, the bitter taste being no doubt caused by hops mixed with the yeast. Vienna yeast is manufactured from a mixture of malt, rye, and corn. The grains are crushed and mashed in the usual man- ner, and the mash set with a ferment and subjected to alcoholic fermenta- tion for 72 hours. A light froth ap- pears first on the surface and then yeast, which is taken off 3 or 4 times. One hundred parts of grain yield 10 parts of yeast. Zettlers Process of Manufacturing Vienna Pressed Yeast. A mixture in the proportion of 2J pounds of crushed barley malt to 22 pounds of rye flour is mashed in with 6 times its quantity by weight of water at 140° to 144i° F. When all is thoroughly mixed by con- tinued stirring the mash is allowed to rest for 2 or 3 hours, during which time saceharization is completed. To promote the fermentation of the mash some yeast is added, but this must not be done before the temperature of the mash has fallen to 72i° or 81* ° F. Alkaline carbonates and sulphuric acid are sometimes used in place of yeast. To every 100 pounds of flour are gen- erally taken J ounce each of potash and sulphuric acid, or 8} ounces of crystal- lized sodium carbonate and 3J ounces of sulphuric acid. As soon as the froth makes its ap- pearance on the surface it must be re- moved with ladles. This moment must not be overlooked, as the iroth falls back later on and the yeast is then lost. YEASTS. 401 This froth is the yeast. It is freed from husks by passing it through a hair Sieve into a settling vessel into which cold water is poured, and the whole allowed to stand quietly for 8 to L2 hours, during which the yeast settles on the bottom. The yeast is washed once more, then tied in linen bags, and pressed with gradually increasing press- ure. After pressing it is formed into suitable cakes and stored in aeoolplace. It will keep .'! ti> I weeks. The following directions fur prepar- ing Pressed Yeast are by Prof. Otto. Mash in a vat of 450 galions capacity 650 pounds of crushed malt consisting of 2 parts of rye and 1 of barley. The mash, after being thoroughly worked, should have a temperature of 140° to 144i° F. Cover the vat and let the mash rest for li hours, and then cool it to 100° F. by stirring. When the proper temperature has been obtained pour lit gallons of the mash into an yeast-vat of 35.3 to 37 gallons capacity ; then add 7$ pounds of good pressed yeast dissolved in 13 gallons of luke- warm water, £ pint of beer yeast, and, after stirring, If pounds of sulphuric acid diluted with 1 to If gallons of water. If the temperature of the mixt- ure should be below 88° F. add suffi- cient hot water to bring it up to that temperature, or cool it by stirring if above that degree. Then cover the vessel and fermentation will begin in about J hour. The remainder of the mash is in the meanwhile cooled off to 81£° F. by adding water, and is then brought into the fermenting vat. Then, when the yeast in the yeast- vat begins to ferment, add it to the mash in the fermenting vat, agitate thoroughly, and add 1J pounds more of sulphuric acid diluted ■with 13 gallons of water. Stir the mash until it shows a temperature of 731° to 77° F. Cover the fermenting vat in winter. Skimming off the yeast may be commenced after 10 to 12 hours and be continued 6 to 8 hours. Pour the skimmings into bags of medium- fine bolting-cloth, press the milky yeast through, and pour the remainder back into the fermenting vat. The filtered yeast is transferred to a vat of about 300 gallons capacity filled half with water; stir the mixture thoroughly and then 26 let it rest 6 to 8 hours. Then draw off the supernatant fluid into the ferment- ing vat, pour fresh cold water over the yeast, add l\ ounces of sulphuric acid, and thoroughly agitate the mixture. Let it settle 10 to 12 hours and then draw off the supernatant fluid, which may be used in cooling off the next mash. The yeast is mixed with 28i to 33 pounds of potato starch, then brought into double bags and carefully pressed. Scrupulous cleanliness must be ob- served throughout the whole opera- tion. The mash and fermenting vats must be frequently whitewashed, as also the washing vat. The press bags must be washed in hot water and then thor- oughly dried. Pressed Yeast, from Potatoes. The potatoes are boiled to a thin paste in water mixed with sulphuric acid. For 220 pounds of potatoes, with an average of 17.5 to 18 per cent, of starch, 8 gal- lons of water and 2 ounces of sulphuric acid are required. The potato-paste is then brought into the preparatory mash-vat, mixed with 40 to 50 pounds of a mixture of malt and rye to every 220 pounds of potatoes, and converted into pressed yeast-mash at a tempera- ture of 136J° to 140° F. The washing and elutriating of the yeast is done in the usual manner, but only for 30 to 40 minutes, instead of 6 to 8 hours. American Dry Yeast. Mix 3£ ounces of hops with 15 quarts of hot water and 3| pounds of rye flour. When the mixture is cooled off to lukewarm, add i pint of beer-yeast, and allow the mass to ferment. The next day add 7| pounds of corn or barley meal, knead the mass into a stiff dough, and form this into a cake about £ inch thick. Divide this with a glass knife into small pieces and dry them completely in a warm room, or in the sun, turning them frequently. This yeast can be kept in well-closed pots for an indefinite time. For use, break off the required quan- tity, soak it in warm water, let it stand for 12 hours in a warm place, and then use it like ordinary yeast. Artificial Yeast. Mix 2 parts by weight of the fine flour of pale barley malt with 1 part of wheat flour. Stir 55 pounds of this mixture gradually into 33 gallons of water with a wooden spatula until it forms a smooth paste. 402 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Place this in a copper boiler over a slow fire, stir it well until the tempera- ture rises to 149° to 158° F., when a partial formation of sugar will take place, but this sweetening must not pro- gress too far. Then turn out the thin paste into a flat cooler and stir it from time to time. As soon as the tempera- ture of the paste has fallen to 59° F. transfer it to a tub or vat, and add to every 15 gallons of the paste 1 quart of beer-yeast, which will throw the mass into brisk fermentation in the course of 12 hours. This preparation is a good yeast for bakers' and brewers' use, and will continue fresh and active for 3 days. It should be occasionally stirred. Cramer's Process of Preparing Pressed Yeast from Beer-yeast. I. Press the raw beer-yeast in a bag of fine silk bolting-cloth under water, whereby even the finest constituents, mechanically mixed with the yeast, will remain in the bag. 2. As soon as a sufficient quantity of yeast is purified in this manner transfer it to the wash- ing vat and add three times its quan- tity of water. Then dissolve i to £ ounce of carbonate of ammonium in water to every quart of beer-yeast, and mix the solution with the yeast in the washing vat. The yeast soon separates as a white sediment; on the bottom of the vat, while the hop-resin giving the bitter taste to the yeast remains dis- solved in the water, which is then poured off. The white yeast remaining behind is now free from all bitter sub- stances, but is not vigorous enough for the promotion of fermentation, and must therefore be subjected to a regenerating process. 3. Regeneration of the Yeast. Mash in crushed air-dry barley malt with cold water, heat the mash to 149° to 158° F., add \ ounce of tartaric acid to every 15 gallons of the mash, and let it stand in a room the temperature of which should not be below 72J° F. for 24 hours, during which time the forma- tion of sugar and acid takes place. Then free the mash from the grains by passing it through a fine hair-sieve, and add a half gallon of it to every quart of yeast to be regenerated. The tem- perature of the mixture should be 77° F. The mass will soon be thrown into vigorous fermentation, the revivified yeast rising partly to the surface, from which it is removed, and settling partly on the bottom. Fermentation ceases in about 36 to 48 hours ; the fluid is then drawn oft' from the vat and the bottom yeast is mixed with the top yeast and both placed under water, and then pressed through double linen bags. The pressed yeast thus obtained is white, has no bitter taste, is very vig- orous and durable. Improvements in Treating Yeast. Brewers frequently suffer serious losses by the spoiling of the yeast in warm weather. The cause of the spoiling of the yeast must be sought, 1, in its porosity, as it is generally in a half liquid state, containing innumerable bubbles of carbonic acid which escape constantly, giving the oxygen of the air free access to all parts of the yeast, and, 2, in the rapid development of acid in the yeast, turning it sour and rendering it unfit for brewers' use. These evils may be overcome by the following treatment : Add three times the volume of the yeast of water of as low a temperature as possible to the vessels containing the yeast. Mix the yeast and water by stirring thoroughly and then allow the yeast to settle for 24 hours. Then pour off the water, add half the quantity of fresh water, stir again, and add gradually milk of lime, a solution of soda or other alkali, until the fluid reacts only slightly acid. Then add to every 100 pounds of yeast about li ounces of salicylic acid. Allow the yeast to settle, and do not remove the supernatant fluid until the yeast is to be used. After drawing off the fluid add to every 100 pounds of yeast 10 pounds of a mixture of equal quantities of malt flour or wheat flour and sugar, and mix it thoroughly with the yeast. The } r east quickly absorbs this com- pound containing sugar and starch, which is at once recognized by an abundant development of carbonic acid. To render the yeast very active 8 ounces of a soluble phosphate may be added to every 200 pounds of yeast. Pressed Yeast from Beer-yeast. The following process gives, according to Pfanth, a pure and white yeast. Strain the yeast through a very fine filter in order to remove all larger resinous particles, and then stir it up with three times its quantity of cold water in a vat ALLOYS. •103 of suitable size and provided with cocks arranged at suitable distances one above the other. Allow the mixture to si and for 10 minutes for the yeast to settle, draw off the supernatant fluid, and re- peat the washing twice. To the first wash-water add 1 j ounces of bicarbonate of sodium to every 15 gallons of yeast, to the second J otince of tartaric acid to the same quantity of yeast, and to the third water 1 ounce of carbonate of ammonium. After the last water has been drawn oil' the yeast is pressed into cakes. Sonic kinds of yeast settle with difficulty. In such eases, ice cold water in larger quantities may be employed, or in lieu of this a little alum may he .added to the first water, which must, however, he completely removed by washing. MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS AND FORMULAE Alloys. Alloy of Copper, Platinum, and Palladium. An excellent alloy of these three metals is made by melting for 3 hours 8 parts by weight of copper and 1 part of platinum with a pinch of borax. Then add 1 part of palla- dium and retain the crucible over a bright flame until the metals melt and amalgamate. Alloys Resembling Silver. In the following we give the composition of a few new alloys having the appear- ance of silver : Minargent: Copper 100, nickel 70, tungstate of iron 5, aluminium 1. Warne Metal: Tin 10, nickel 7, bismuth 7, cobalt 3. Trabak Metal : Tin 87.5, nickel 5.5, antimony 5, bismuth 2. Manganese Alloys. A good effect, as is well known, is produced by the use of manganese as an addition to bronze, brass, German silver, red cop- per, etc. All red copper and bronzes found in commerce contain more or less oxide, which injures their tenacity and malleability. The removal of the oxide is effected by substances having a greater affinity for oxygen than cop- per; for instance, by the addition of phosphorus in the "form of a tin or copper phosphide, as in the prepa- ration of phosphor bronze. Manga- nese, however, acts more energetically. An alloy of copper and manganese — cupro-manganese — composed of 70.50 parts of copper, 25 parts of manganese, and \ part of charcoal, is well adapted for the purpose. An addition of at the utmost 2J per cent, is sufficient, and the process is quite simple. After melting the bronze masses /the metal bath is covered with pulverized charcoal and the pieces of cupro-man- ganese, previously weighed and com- minuted, are allowed to slide slowly into the crucible ; the melting together takes place immediately. The crucible must, however, be replaced upon the fire for a few minutes to restore the tempera- ture lowered by the addition of the cold pieces of metal. Pouring out is done in the usual manner. To scorify the manganic oxide formed during the process add to the charcoal, with which the metal bath is covered, about one-half the quantity of pure sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate. The following alloys are prepared according to this process : Parts. oj >> a> , c c P.C = « H ISJ 1-1 O = < 1 16 3^ 314 1 2 16 3 3 2 u. Red brass. 14 1 85 or . . 17 2 81 4. White brass 42 40 2 16 or . . 20 58 2 20 404' TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. A composition of 70 per cent, of copper and 30 per cent, of manganese is used as an addition to a large num- ber of alloys, especially for red brass, white brass, and bronze. By this ad- dition the alloys acquire greater den- sity, solidity, and ductility. A copper and tin alloy with 6 per cent, of man- ganese possesses the hardness of steel. We give in the following a few com- positions which can be highly recom- mended : Parts. >> a> a © o ® O cS a. ■o b b <> a. o a a 3 3 C3 U H 5 h) ■< O g For brasses . 80 6 5 9 " rollers . 8 64 i'6 16 2 " ' malleable brass . . 56^ 42 VA Manganese alloys can be polished, and their color is from white to rose color. In refining copper, cupro-manganese is used to reduce the cuprous oxide, playing a part corresponding to that of ferro-manganese in flie manufacture of steel. Manganese silver composed of 80 per cent, of copper, 15 per cent, of manganese, and 5 per cent, of zinc is white, takes a good polish, and is easily worked. New Alloy for Silvering. This new alloy consists of 80 parts of tin, 18 of lead, and 2 of silver ; or, 90 parts of tin, 9 of lead, and 1 of silver. Melt the tin, and when the bath is lustrous white add the granulated lead and stir the mixture with a pine stick; then add the silver and stir again. Increase the fire for a short time until the surface of the bath assumes a light yellow color, then stir thoroughly and cast the alloy into bars. The operation of silvering is executed as follows : The article — for instance, a knife blade — is dipped in a solution of hydro- chloric or sulphuric acid, rinsed in clean water, dried, rubbed dry with a piece of soft leather or dry sponge, and then exposed in a muffle 5 minutes to a temperature of 158° to 176° F. The effect of this treatment is to render the surface of the iron or steel porous. With iron, not very good and coarsely porous,, the silvering process is diffi- cult to execute. With steel, however, the process is easy ; the article heated to about 140° F. is dipped in the alloy, melted in a crucible over a moderate fire. The bath, which must be com- pletely liquid, is stirred with a pine or poplar stick. The surface of the bath should show a fine silver white color. One to 2 minutes dipping suffices for a knife blade. When taken from the bath, the article is dipped in cold water, or, if necessary, hardened and tempered in the usual manner. It is then rubbed dry, and polished without heating. Articles thus treated have the ap- pearance of silver, and also possess the sound of silver, and resist oxidation in the air. To protect them from the action of acid liquids they are first dipped in an amalgam bath of 69 parts of mercury, 39 parts of tin, and 1 of silver; then, while hot, in melted silver, and electroplated with silver. This method of silvering is claimed to be very durable and not costly. Aluminium Bronze. Several alloys are known by this designation. By far the most useful and valuable is that composed of copper 90 per cent, and aluminium 10 per cent. It has a golden- yellow color, is very dense, and ho- mogeneous. It may be worked hot or cold, though it is difficult to weld. It possesses great tensile strength, often as high as 100,000 pounds to the square inch, and is remarkably ductile and malleable. Its stiffness is 3 times that of gun bronze and 44 times that of brass. It can be cast very well and works well under the tool. It is generally acknowledged to be of all the bronzes decidedly the best. Re- cent improvements in the metallurgi- cal treatment of aluminium promise to considerably lessen its cost, which, up to the present time, has stood in the way of its extensive use in the arts. (w.) Phosphor Bronze, which is largely used as a substitute for bronze and gun- metal compositions, for gearing, bear- ANTISEPTIC AND PRESERVATIVE AGENTS. 405 mgs, wire rope, etc., etc., is an alloy of copper and tin which has been fluxed by the introduction of a variable quantity of phosphorus, which is generally added in the form of phosphide of copper or phosphide of tin. This ad- dition prevents the formation of oxide by which the strength, ductility, and homogeneity of the resulting alloy would be impaired, and furnishes a metal which in respect to these quali- ties is notably superior to ordinary bronze. Numerous grades of phosphor- bronze are made according to the uses for which it is intended. (W.) Manganese Bronze. This alloy is much used in England. It is formed by fusion of copper, tin, and manga- nese. Its color is usually white, and when very rich in copper tinged rose color. The addition of manganese to copper-tin alloys imparts to them greater strength, ductility, and homo- geneity, resembling in this respect the influence of phosphorus. Thurston speaks very highly of this alloy as a material of construction. It is re- markably hard, tough, and elastic, as compared with ordinary bronze, and very durable when used for bearings of machinery. An average compo- sition would have the proportions : Cop- per 88 per cent., tin 10 per cent., man- ganese 2 per cent. (W.) Density of A Hoys. This is frequently greater or less than the mean density of their constituent metals. In the fol- lowing is given a list of alloys exhibit- ing such abnormal densities : 1. Alloys exhibiting greater Density than the Mean of their Constituents : Gold and zinc. Copper and zinc. Gold and tin. Copper and tin. Gold and bismuth. Copper and palladium. Gold and antimony. Copper and bismuth. Gold and cobalt. Lead and antimony. Silver and zinc. Platinum and molyb- 5iiver and bismuth. denum. Silver and tin Palladium and bis- Silver and antimony. muth. 2. Alloys exhibiting less Density than the Mean of their Constituents : Geld and silver. Gold and iron. Gold and copper. Gold and lead. Gold and iridium. Gold and nickel. Silver and copper. Iron and bismuth. Iron and antimony. Iron and lead. Tin and lead. Tin and palladium. Nickel and arsenic. Zinc and antimony. (WO Fusibility of Alloys. In nearly all cases the fusibility of alloys is lower than the mean fusing point of their constituent metals. In some eases, as in that of the so-called fusible metals, the point of fusion is lower than that of either of their constituents. (W.) Spence's Metal. This compound has lately attracted considerable at- tention. It is an English invention, and is named after the inventor. Strictly speaking it is not a metal, but a compound obtained by dissolving metallic sulphides in molten sulphur, which is found to be capable of receiv- ing into solution nearly all the sul- phides of the metals. For most pur- poses Mr. Spence employs in the pro- duction of his " metal " the sulphidesof iron, lead, and zinc, in varying propor- tions according to the quality of the product desired, which will depend on the uses for which it is designed. On cooling the mixture solidifies, forming a homogeneous, tenacious mass, having ordinarily a specific gravity of 3.37 to 3.7. It is said to be exceedingly useful in the laboratory for making the air- tight connections between glass tubes by means of caoutchouc, and a water or mercury jacket, where rigidity is no disadvantage. The fusing point is so low that it may be run into the outer tube on to the caoutchouc, which it grips, on cooling, like a vise, and makes it perfectly tight. It melts at 320° F., expands on cooling, is claimed to be capable of resisting well the disin- tegrating action of the atmosphere, is attacked by but few acids, and by them but slowly ; or by alkalies ; is insoluble in water, and may receive a high polish ; it makes clean, full castings, taking very perfect impressions ; it is cheap, and easily worked. It has been used as a solder for gas-pipes, and as a joint material in place of lead. (W.) Antiseptic and Preservative Agents. Boroglyceride. This compound, which is patented in this country under the name of " BarfT's Preserving Cod- pound, " is obtained by heating 92 parts of pure glycerine to 302° F. and gradu- ally adding 62 parts of finely-pulver* 406 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Receipts for Metal-workers proved in Practice : a. Metal for Brasses. for locomotive axles " axles of railway carriages " various kinds of axles " " " " " (medium hard) . " " " " (hard) . . . . " " " " " (very hard) . , Copper. Zinc. 86 14 82 8 82 18 84 16 75 2 73.7 2.1 69.55 5.88 82 2 88.8 11.2 111 20 14.2 21.77 16 b. Machinery Metal for Various Purposes. For cogwheels . . punches . . . steam-whistles cocks wagon-wheel boxes . . stuffing-boxes .... mechanical instruments files weights castings (for gilding) piston rings buttons (white) . . . . sheets (for pressed articles) small cast articles . . . Copper. Zinc. 91.3 83.3 80 81 88 87.7 86.2 81.2 64.4 61.5 90 79.1 77.2 84 57.9 63.88 94.12 90 8.7 16.7 2 2 2 2.6 3.6 5.1 10 7.7 2 7.8 7 8.3 36.8 30.55 l(i Tin. Lead. 17 16 10 9.7 10.2 12.8 17.6 8.6 30.8 8 13.1 15.8 2.9 4.3 5.3 5.55 5.88 ized boracic acid ; water vapor escapes during the operation. The manipu- lation of about 6 pounds requires an entire day, as on account of the viscos- ity of the melted mass it is difficult for tlie water vapor to escape. The process is completed when no more loss of weight takes place, and the preparation dissolves readily in water of ordinary temperature. The escaping water amounts to somewhat more than J of the substances used. Boroglyceride, when cold, is solid, brittle, and transparent, of a light yel- low color and lustrous fracture. It is readily soluble in water, only slightly soluble in cold alcohol and in 5 parts of alcohol at 122° F., and insol- uble in ether and chloroform at or- dinary temperature. A hot alcoholic solution might be well adapted for im- pregnating cotton for surgical purposes with boroglyceride. It is an excellent agent for preserving milk, fruits, meat, anatomical preparations, etc. Calcium and Sodium Glyceroborates, Two New Antiseptics. Both are readily soluble, odorless, and non-poi- sonous. Calcium glyceroborate is ob- tained by heating together equal parts by weight of calcium borate and glyc- erine with constant agitation, until a drop taken from the vessel and placed upon a glass plate solidifies to a clear colorless pearl. The compound is then poured upon a metal plate where it solidifies to a transparent, glassy, and very brittle mass. The pieces, still hot, are kept in a well- stoppered bottle. Sodium glycerobo- rate is obtained in the same manner by heating together 100 parts of anli ydrous ANTISEPTIC AM" PRESERVATIVE A.GENTS. 407 horaxand 150 parts of glycerine. These compounds possess analogous proper- ties; they melt at about 302° F. ami arevery hygroscopic. They deliquesce very rapidly when exposed to the air, absorbing their own weight of water. They dissolve in half their weight of alcohol or water. Both are powerful antiseptics even in a very diluted state. They deserve preference to carbolic acid on account of being soluble in water in all proportions and producing no effect injurious to health. They can be applied without inconvenience even to such a sensitive organ as the eye. Meat simply covered with a glaze of glyceroborate was sent to La Plata and arrived in a perfectly fresh con- dition. From a therapeutical point of view the sodium compound would seem to he preferable, though they are both pre-eminently adapted tor preserv- ing previsions, etc. In surgery they may he used in place of phenol. Effective Power of different Antisep- tic Agents. To test the antiseptic power of different agents Miguel has made experiments and calculated the smallest quantity required to prevent putrefaction in neutralized bouillon, as follows . 0.025 per cent. Corrosive sublimate . . 0.070 0.20 " 0.25 0.25 0.60 0.60 0.80 Sulphate of copper 0.90 " 3.0 " 4. SO 6.0 *' 7.50 " Chloral hvdrate . . . 9.30 " . 10.0 " Sulphate of iron . . . . 11.00 " . 14.00 Ether . 22.00 " Alcohol 95.00 " Common salt 165.00 " Glycerine 200.00 " It will be seen from the above that the mercury combinations possess the greatest antiseptic power. New Iron Fniit-drying Apparatus. The fruit is placed upon the movable hurdles h h h h, which are protected from catching fire by layers of ashes and the air-flue L. Cold air is sucked into the air-lluc /., which is provide! with heating pipes, through the open- ings r, and after being heated passes through the opening s into the drying- Fig. 56. room a b, where it absorhs the moisture escaping from the fruit, and passes through the dampers k k into the chimney. The dampers k k are opened by shutting the door t, and closed on opening it. New Process of Green ing < 'an ned Veg- etables. For Peas. Nine gallons of peas, bleached in the ordinary manner, are poured into a vessel containing 18 gal- lons of boiling water. They are then washed in cold water, dried, and put in the cans, which are filled with the fol- lowing liquor: Prepare a solution of white sugar with common salt and ordinary water and add 20 per cent, of milk or lime. After stirring, add 1£ pints of the following solution : Ten to 25 ounces of soda-lye of 40° B., and 3£ to 6J ounces of crystallized sodium sulphide, dissolved in 1 pound of water. The tin cans are filled as full as pos- sible and subjected to boiling in an ordinary digester for 10 to 15 minutes, according to the size of the peas. For Beans the cans are filled with the following liquor: Clear lime-wa- ter 22 gallons, common salt 2 to 6 pounds, and 1 or 2 drachms of sodium sulphide. The cans are boiled 6 to 8 minutes at a temperature of 223° to 230° F. It will be seen that the substances used are entirely harmless, especially in such small quantities. Novelties in preserving Organic Hub- 408 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. stances, and Apparatus used. The glass or other vessels containing the fruits, etc., to be preserved, are placed upon the carriage m, which is pushed upon the track i into the air and steam- tight box a. A rail-bridge is connected by means of a hinge joint with the track, so that, after closing the box, it can be turned up. The door is pressed against the box a by the joint hinge d, provided with a longitudinal slit, the strap e, and the pressing screw g. In Figs. 58, 59. using the apparatus, water covering the serpentine pipe k to a height regulated by an overflow funnel is introduced through the pipe o and its perforated continuation. The steam, which is in- troduced into the serpentine pipe k by opening the valve /, heats the layer of water, and the steam arising from it, the glass vessels. Should the heat be- come too great cold water is intro- duced through the pipe o. A valve q opening to the inside is placed along- side tliQ thermometer p. The steam escapes through the valve s. Preparation, free from Arsenic, foi Preserving Animal Skins. Boil until reduced one-half, 125 parts of coJocynths and 25 of aloes in 1500 of water, and strain while hot. Then stir 500 parts of brown resin soap in 250 of soft soap with some water to a paste over a mod- erate fire, and mix it carefully with the first decoction, and 125 parts of glyc- erine and 40 of rape-seed oil over a moderate fire. After thorough mixing stir into the whole 50 parts of powdered naphthaline rubbed up with 35 parts of oil of turpentine and 80 of carbolic acid, kept liquid by a sufficient audition of alcohol. The mass should be homo- geneous ; if too thick, thin with oil of turpentine. Preservative Packing-paper to protect Cloth, Furs, etc., from Moths. Paper manufactured from woollen rags and manilla threads or paper is saturated with a mixture of 70 parts by measure of oil obtained as residue in the distilla- tion with energetic steam of coal tar naphtha, 5 parts of crude carbolic .acid containing at least 50 per cent, of phenol, 20 parts of thin coal tar heated to about 160° F., and 5 parts of refined petroleum. After saturation the paper is passed through pressing machines and over hot rolls to dry it, and when sufficiently cooled is cut into leaves of suitable size and completely dried in the open air. Artificial Eyes, Manufacture of. A wax model of the cornea, fitting accurately into the orbital cavity of the person who is to wear the artificial eye, is placed in plaster of Paris paste. When hardened the wax model is taken out, the pupil removed from it, and after coating with caoutchouc solution replaced in its cavity in the plaster of Paris mould. The concave bottom of the mould is then entirely covered with caoutchouc and vulcanized. The eye thus prepared is placed in alcohol and exposed to the sun, where- by the color of the artificial cornea becomes like that of the natural one. The pupil consists of glass or enamel, the cornea of 2 parts each of oxide of zinc and caoutchouc, and 1 part of sulphur. The red caoutchouc used for ASBESTOS AND ITS USES.— BLEACHING. 409 imitating the blood veins of the cornea consists of a mixture of 2 parts each of caoutchouc and cinnabar and 1 part of sulphur. Asbestos and its Uses. Asbestos Industry in England. Ital- ian asbestos is principally used. Im- mense deposits are also found in other countries, especially in Canada, but the fibre of the Canadian variety is short and has not the snowy whiteness of the Italian. For manufacturing purposes the asbestos is separated into two kinds, the first to be used for making paper and the second for textile fabrics. For the manufacture of asbestos paper large quantities of water are required, and for this reason the large establishments at Harefield, the most important place dt' the English asbestos industry, are located close to the canal. The separation of the asbestos is effected in the following manner: The fibres are disaggregated with a machine •consisting of two rollers with three- cornered teeth. The rollers have a re- volving and backward and forward motion, so that disaggregation is effected without destroying the parallelism of the fibres. Three machines differing only in size are used for the operation. The dis- aggregated asbestos is placed in vats provided with stirring apparatus and boiled with constant agitation and occasional lifting out and replacing. After boiling the water is partially re- moved by mechanical means, and the asbestos dried in chambers heated by steam. The long fibres are then sepa- rated from the short ones by a special machine. The short fibres are con- verted into pulp and made in the usual manner into paper and paste- board. Leaves of asbestos paper are generally 40 inches square and A to i inch thick. Asbestos board, which is principally used for fire-proof lining and for steam-joints, is aiso used for other purposes as it does not cause a chemical alteration of metal. The manufacture of asbestos tissue is much more difficult man that of paper, as the fibre neither crimps nor felts. The fibre is first carded upon ma- chines similar to carding engines used in the wool industry. Upon the last carding engine, technically known as "condenser," the mass of fibres is divided into separate strands. Each of these strands passes between two hoses moving in the same direction, which form the strand into a single thread, not by torsion, as in the textile indus- try, but by rolling it together somewhat like putty is rolled between the finders. The other operations, doubling the threads and weaving, are comparatively simple. In doubling a number of threads are joined and twisted together like a rope. The thread thus obtained serves as the chain in making the fabric. The weaving is done upon ordinary looms. Asbestos cloth is chiefly used for filtering in chemical works, for theatre curtains, aprons and trousers for stokers, clothing and gloves for firemen, lining for fire-proof safes, etc. In the United States there is quite an extensive in- dustry in asbestos products, much of which are produced from native material. Asbestos fibre twisted into rope is largely used for steam-pack- ing; asbestos millboard is used largely for gaskets, pipe and boiler covering, fire-proof linings, etc. ; asbestos pulp for the last-named purposes and ground asbestos for paint body. (W.) Bleaching. Bleaching of Fabrics and Yarns without Chlorine. The article to be bleached is soaked in an iron or wooden vat, or, if great purity is demanded, boiled with an addition of 3A pounds of caustic soda to 100 pounds of material for 12 hours. After this operation the material is placed in a warm concen- trated bath of permanganate of potas- sium for 15 to 30 minutes, and after cooling brought into a bath of borax and sulphurous acid for 15 to 30 min- utes. The materials thus prepared are then treated with a preparation tonne.! by the action of gaseous sulphurous acid upon crystallized borax. To pre- pare this borax-bath dissolve 2 pounds 3 ounces of borax in 22 gallons of cold water previously saturated 110 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. with gaseous sulphurous acid. The bleaching effect produced by this com- bination must be • explained by the simultaneous action of the borax and sulphurous acid, since, when used one after the other, the result is quite dif- ferent. After washing and drying the materials thus treated are brilliantly white. Bleaching Yarns and Fabrics. Linen /arns and fabrics are boiled for 3 hours in a solution containing 37 grains of potassium cyanide in 1J pints of water, then washed, and treated again in the same manner. For cotton this opera- tion may be omitted unless the material has been brought iii contact with fatty or oily substances, in which case the above solution is used in a more dilute form (about half the strength). The fabric thus prepared is placed in closed vessels and treated with a solution of 81i grains of chloride of lime in 1} pints of water. As soon as the vessel is full the solution is drawn off and car- bonic anhydride passed in. This oper- ation is repeated until the fabric as- sumes the desired degree of whiteness. It is then taken out, washed in water, and pressed. In most cases a slight yellow tinge is retained within the fabric, owing to the presence of traces of iron in the bleaching agent. To re- move this coloration the fabric is drawn through a bath of oxalic acid (about 70 grains per gallon), washed with water, pressed and toned with indigo or aniline violet. Novelties in Bleaching. Before bleaching wool with hydrogen per- oxide it must be washed thoroughly clean. An immersion of 30 to 40 min- utes in a bath of commercial hydrogen peroxide diluted with 10 parts of water suffices to bleach the wool. With a dilution of 15 parts of water about 1 hour is required. A capacious vat should be used to allow of the wool being easily moved, as this accelerates the bleaching process. As long as the wool, after being taken from the bleaching bath, is moist and exposed to the air, the bleaching pro- cess goes on, and it is therefore advis- able not to hasten drying. The best results are obtained by drying in the sun ; if this cannot be done a moderate temperature should be kept in the drying-room. In working with diluted bleaching water, the small quantity of indigo required for the production of a pure white can be directly added to the bleaching bath. By using a concen- trated bath the toning must, however, be done in a separate bath. For very yellow wool add a few drops of dis- solved methyl violet to the bath, which prevent the white from acquiring a greenish tint. Bookbinding, Gilding, and Orna- menting. Folding. The sheets are folded in leaves, according to the form of the book, viz. : Two leaves for folios, four for quartos, eight for octavos, twelve for duodecimos, etc., and are marked with what printers call signatures to guide the folder. The folding-sticks are made of wood, bone, or ivory, and the folding generally done by women. Boiling. After being folded the sheets are made smooth and compact either by being beaten with a hammer weighing 12 to 14 pounds, or passed through a rolling-press consisting of two smooth horizontal rollers placed a small distance apart. Sewing. The sheets forming one volume are fixed in a cutting-press and saw-cuts made across the back edge to receive the bands or cords to which the sheets are to be sewed, and which aid in fastening the covers. After this preparation they are placed in a sewing- press, consisting of two vertical wooden screws fastened on a table or board and joined at their top by a horizontal bar from which cords are stretched verti- cally to the table or board, and held tight by nuts on the cross-bar. The sheets are laid singly on top of each other, the saw-grooves fitting to the cords, and each sheet is sewed fast by passing the needle in and out through the sheet and around the cords. Bounding. The back of the book is now glued, and the ends of the bands are opened and scraped with a knife that they may be more conveniently fixed to the pasteboard covers. By a dextrous application of a hammer and the fingers the Lack, while still moist with glue, is made round or convex, BOOKBINDING, GILDING, AND ORNAMENTING. 411 and tlif fronl edge hollow or concave, the book being fixed in a press between boards called backing-boards, in order to make a groove tor receiving the covers. Edge-cutting or trimming is next done in a cutting-press with a very sharp blade working vertically. The concave edge is temporarily made Hat by the press during the cutting, but it springs back to its proper concavity afterwards. Binding. The covers of books are mostly made of what is technically called "binders' board," cut to the proper sizes and shapes from large sheets. Holes are pierced through the boards corresponding to the cords in tin- back of the sheets, which are passed through and fastened. Covering, The covering is done by pasting leather, muslin, or other mate- rial on the board, and requires consid- erable skill. The hollow back of a book is produced by the interposition »f paper or cloth between the edge and the leather in a way that enables the book to be opened without crinkling Ihe back. Tooling and Lettering. Numer- ous tools are employed in a heated state and pressed heavily against the covers. If no gold is used the tool makes a dark, glossy impression, which is called "blind tooling," but in gold tooling leaf-gold is applied before the tools are used. The cover is first washed with clear gum-water. The parts to be gilded are then coated twice with white of egg beaten into a froth, and then allowed to subside into a clear liquid. To gild, spread a leaf of gold on the gilding-cushion with a knife, and blow it flat, then cut it into strips about i inch wide. Heat the tool until it is just hot enough to fizz under the wet finger ; if it sputters it is too hot and will burn the leather; touch its sdge with a rag slightly moistened with sweet oil, and with the same rag rub over the part of the book to be gilt. Roll the tool softly on the strips of gold, which will adhere to it, and when enough is taken up roll it with a heavier pressure along the places to be gilt, and the gold will be transferred to the leather, the excess being wiped away with a soft rag. Edge (Hiding. The top, bottom, and front edges are scraped smooth with a piece of steel, and are then coated with a composition of red chalk and water; this is wetted with white of egg and water; the leal-gold is laid on, and soon afterwards is brilliantly polished by rubbing with a burnisher of agate or blood-stone. For Plain Edges. Screw the book tight into the press between boards and rub the edges vigorously with an agate or a clog's tooth. Marbling is done by sprinkling the colorson the edges of the leaves with a brush made of hogs' bristles, the brush being held in the one hand and the bristles moved with the other. Another plan is to tightly stretch either plain or figured mull in a wooden frame and place the edge of the book upon it, to quickly draw the brush over the mull or sprinkle the color in the above manner, whereby the places protected by the threads of the mull remain white. Reichardt's Rosin Compound for Gililing Paper, Leather, etc. Pulverize and mix 4 to 5 parts of copal and 1 of mastic, and apply the powder with a fine camel's-hair brush to the place to be gilt. Reber's Process of Gilding Leather. Prepare parchment glue and white of egg of the best quality. Parchment Glue. Dissolve 1 part by weight of hogskin parchment shavings (but not those of sheepskin parchment), and boil the solution to half its vol- ume. White of Egg. In place of diluting the white of egg with water, as most bookbinders do, add 3 drops of spirit of sal-ammoniac to each white of egg be- fore beating it to a froth. The manner of gilding the different kinds of leather is as follows : Marbled and Dark Leather of one Color. Rub the place to be gilded with good nut oil, and burnish it with a j dog's tooth, and then coat it with very thinly-fluid flour paste; wash off the whole with urine and let it dry. Then coat the parts to be gilded with parch- ment glue, and, after drying, twice with white of egg. When dried so far as not to be injured on being touched with the hand, press the places with the warm 412 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. tool, and finally, before applying the gold, coat them with nut oil. Calfskin. The best way to avoid stains is to dampen the leather with a wet sponge. When dry coat it with parchment glue, and then twice or three times with white of egg, and, when this is dry, gild as given above. Dull Gilding on Calfskin. After washing and drying the cover, coat the places to be gilded once with gum- water, once with milk, once with parch- ment glue, and twice or three times with white of egg. Allow the ground to dry thoroughly, and then lay on the gold without oil. To Gild Velvet. Velvet to be gilded must be lined with paper, as otherwise the gold will not adhere. The design is then pressed in with hot tools, and gamboge pulverized as fine as possible dusted quite thick over the places. Roll the tool softly on the gold, and when enough is taken up apply it with such a uniform pressure that when the tool is lifted up no gold remains on it. The tool should be just warm enough to allow of the hand being quickly passed over it without burning. A very convenient, method of apply- ing the gamboge powder is to dust it through the siik bottom of a paste- board cylinder. The velvet must be scrupulously clean, since the smallest impurity prevents adhesion of the gold. Gilding on Silk is done in the same manner as on velvet, only still more care, with less pressure, is re- quired. Bookbinders' Lacquer. The following well-tested receipts are recommended : Pulverize and dissolve 3 ounces of shellac, li ounces each of sandarac, mastic, and benzoin in 1J pints of ab- solute alcohol, then add 1£ ounces of Venetian turpentine, and filter the solution. II. Pulverize 1 ounce each of san- darac, mastic, and white elemi, and dissolve the powder with the assistance of a moderate heat in V ounce of Vene- tian turpentine, and combine this by shaking with a solution of 4J ounces of bleached shellac in 1 ounce of strong spirit of wine and 3J ounces of oil of lavender. After standing for a few days the solution is filtered. Improvement in the Manufacture of Book Covers. Book covers are now made in endless strips by using a com- position of oils solidified by mixture with fibrous substances and coloring matter and pressed through embossed rollers, which produces a resemblance of morocco, but with sharper outlines and capable of being washed. The mixture principally used consists of 100 parts of oxidized oil,* 10 of rosin, 10 of Kawrie copal {New Zealand rosin), 20 of white lead, 10 of color- ing matter, 20 of sawdust, and 10 of paraffine wax. These substances are intimately mixed in a horizontal cylinder heated by steam. The cylinder is provided with a shaft with inclined wings by which the contents are carried forward and pressed out through an aperture in a similar manner as the clay in a kneading machine. When the mixture is ready it is spread upon a basis of textile fabrics, but principally consisting of paper combined with a fabric. A suitable agglutinant consists of: 12 parts of oxidized oil, 1 of Kawrie copal (New Zealand rosin), 1 of rosin, 24 of ochre, and 2i of turpentine. The plate produced by the machine is after- wards divided in suitable pieces and the covers, if necessary, can be stiffened with paper board pasted to the back. Bronzing, Gilding, Silvering, etc. Apparatus for Coating Tools. Metallic tools and other articles, particularly those consisting of iron and steel which are used in laboratories or other work- shops where acid vapors are of frequent occurrence, can be protected from rust with a black shining coat which resists acids and is but little affected even by a low red heat, as follows : Have a sheet-iron box constructed large enough to hold all the tools, etc., to be coated, and provided with a false bottom of wire netting. Underneath this is placed a layer of crushed blacksmiths' coal about \ inch deep ; then place the * Oxidized oil is prepared by applying a drying oil to a tissue and exposing it to the action of the air, and when dry spreading on repeated coatings until the enamel thus formed is about i/J inch thick. The solid oil is then ground together with the tissue upon which It has been formed. BRONZING, GILDING, SILVERING, ETC. tools, which must be entirely free from rust clean and polished, upon the wire net. The box is then covered and set on a strong fire, which causes the coal to give on tarry constituents, and the heat is continued until the bottom of the box is at a red heat. When all evolution of gas has ceased, the box is allowed to become cold and the tools are taken out ami will be found covered with a beautiful glossy coat. Tongs, shears, pincers, etc., so coated, keep in good condition for many months even in places where the air is constantly mixed with acid vapors. Bronzing Cupper. Dissolve 30 parts of carbonate or hydrochlorate of am- monium and 10 parts each of common .salt, cream of tartar, and acetate of copper in 100 parts of acetic acid of moderate concentration, or in 200 parts of strong vinegar and add a little water. When an intimate mixture has been obtained, smear the. copper object with it, and let it dry at the ordinary tempera- ture for 24 or 48 hours. At the end of that time the object will be found to be entirely covered with verdigris present- ing various tints. Then brush the whole, and especially the reliefs, with a waxed brush, and if necessary set off the high reliefs with hematite or chrome-yellow or other suitable colors. Light touches with ammonia give a blue color to the green portions, and «arbonate of ammonium deepens the color of the parts on which it is laid. Cold Black Sta in for Brass. Dissolve with constant stirring 1 ounce of car- bonate of copper in 9 ounces of spirits of sal-ammoniac and then add 1 pound 2 ounces of water. The stain is then ready for use. Suspend the articles to be stained by copper or brass wires and allow them to remain for a short time. Galvanizing and Nichelling of Iron in Cleveland, Ohio. The sheets of iron are immersed in a bath of hot dilute sulphuric acid to remove oxide, and then washed with water ; the plates are then immersed in commercial hydro- chloric acid, after which they are dried in a hot oven. The zinc is melted in a large iron pan along the middle of which an iron screen is fixed, so that it just dips into the bath and extends about 3 inches above the rim ; the surfaea 413 of the zinc is thus divided longitudin- ally into two compartments ; ammoni- um chloride is strewn on the surface of one and in the other sand. The iron plates, hot from the oven, are dipped one at a time perpendicularly into the melting zinc on the ammonium chloride side, and are passed under the iron screen into the other side, whence they are drawn out by tonga and pulley-. Drops of zinc are removed from the lower edge by touching with an iron rod. When they are completely re- moved from the bath, the sand is wiped off and the plate is finished. The nickelling is conducted in wooden tanks lined with asphalt; the solution used consists of | pound of nickel-ammonium sulphate dissolved in 1 gallon of water. The object to be nickelled, after it has been made perfectly clean by washing respectively with potash and dilute hydrochloric or sulphuric acid and scouring with pumice stone, is sus- pended in the bath by means of copper slinging wires from a copper or brass bar which is connected with the nega- tive conductor of a dynamo-electric machine, while from another copper bar a nickel plate is suspended in the bath, care being taken that the nickel plate does not touch the object. After 15 to 30 minutes under the influence of the current, the object becomes suffi- ciently nickelled and is withdrawn, washed first with cold and then with warm water, and subsequently well dried. Care must be taken to regulate the current, as if it is too strong the de- posited nickel will be dull, while if too feeble the deposit will be granular. The polisher is a disk of wood covered on the surface with a piece of leather, which has been immersed in thin lime- water, rolled in emery powder and dried. Gilding of Steel. Dissolve pure gold in nitro-muriatic acid, and evaporate the solution to dryness to expel the excess of acid. Dissolve the residue in pure water and add 3 times the quan- tity of sulphuric ether. Then shake the mixture in a well -stoppered bottle until, when standing quietly, the ether appears of a golden-yellow color, and the water beneath it is entirely clear. Polished articles of steel plunged into the solution are instantly beautifully 414 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. gilded. By protecting portions of the surface of the articles with lacquer or varnish, beautiful designs can be pro- duced. If the gilding should not turn out well at first, dilute the liquid with ether. Care should be had not to exe- cute the work near a light or fire. Gold and Orange Stain for Brass. Dip the articles in a mixture of 3 drachms of caustic soda, 2 ounces of water, and 5J drachms of moist carbon- ate of copper. The shades of color appear in a few minutes, and the prog- ress can be readily judged and ob- served. After obtaining the desired shade of color, rinse the articles in water and dry in fine sawdust. Green Bronzing. The repeated ap- plications to copper or brass of alternate washes of dilute acetic acid and exposure to the fumes of ammonia will give a very antique-looking green bronze ; but a quick method of producing a similar appearance is often desirable. To this end the articles may be immersed in a solution of 1 part of perchloride of iron in 2 parts of water. The shade becomes darker with the length of immersion. Or the articles may be boiled in a strong solution of nitrate of copper. Or they may be immersed in a solution of 2 ounces of nitrate of iron and 2 ounces of hyposulphite of sodium in 1 pint of water. Washing, drying, and burnish- ing complete the process. Liquid Cement for Coating Articles. A liquid cement for giving a cheap and durable metal-coating to papier-mache, plaster of Paris, clay, slate, metal, etc., is prepared by two combined processes which supplement one another. The first consists of the following ingredients, which are mixed in substantially the following proportions : No. 1 : 60 parts of powdered rosin, 15 of alcohol, spirit of wine, or pyroxylic spirit, 10 of tur- pentine, 10 of petroleum spirit, and 5 of soda water-glass. The liquid thus prepared is then spread upon the object to be treated in the manner of applying sizing, and can be used for papier-mache, plaster of Paris, clay, slate, cement, metals, etc., and renders them more firm and water-proof. When it is desired to give a metallic finish in imitation of metal to the object treated with the above composi- Hon, apply to its surface, before the composition has hardened, the pow'der of any desired metal, such as silver, cpp- per, etc., by means of a tine caniel's-hair brush, after which the article is dried in warm air or in the sun. In order that not only the metal dust may ad- here but that also the metallic color may be retained and not oxidize on ex- posure to the air, the second composi- tion or varnish is laid quite lightly on the metallized surface after the lapse of a few days. To prepare composition No. 2, dissolve 1 part of bichromate of potassium in 5 of water, and mix then 80 parts of distilled water, 15 of Russian glue, 5 of the above solution, or 5 of chrome-alum and water (1:5). After the article thus treated has been dried for some days in warm air or in the sun it will be found that this layer or metallic surface has become so hard and firm that it will not be injured by exposure to the heat of the sun, or to frost or moisture, being in fact weather- proof. Porous and water-absorbing materials are rendered impervious by coating with the liquid cement No. 1. New Process for Producing a Bronze- colored Surface on Iron. The cleansed objects are exposed to the vapors of z heated mixture of equal parts of con- centrated hydrochloric and nitric acid for a few minutes, and heated to a tem- perature of from 572° to 662° F., the heating being continued until the bronze color appears. The objects are then cooled, rubbed with vaseline, and heated, until the latter begins to de- compose, the operation being repeated once more. A bronze-colored oxide coating is obtained by using acetic acid in conjunction with the above-men- tioned acids. By varying the propor- tions of the different acids it is possible to obtain light and dark brown shades. Iron bars coated in this manner and exposed for a year to the atmosphere of a laboratory remained unchanged and without the slightest sign of corro- sion. Painting on Zinc. The process is made easier by employing a mordant composed of 1 part each of chloride of copper, nitrate of copper, and sal- ammoniac dissolved in 64 parts of water, and to this mixture is added 1 part of commercial hydrochloric acid BUILDING MATERIALS. This is brushed over the plate of zinc, and after 12 or 24 hours it dries a dullish gray color. Painting upon this surface the'colors will adhere in a perfect man- ner. Another method is as follows: [nto some muriatic acid of full strength drop some pieces of zinc until effer- vescence ceases. Add an equal quan- tity of water, and with a sponge tied to a stick wash over every part of the sur- face to be painted. This roughens the surface and takes off that sort of greasi- ness which prevents paint from adher- ing. After the acid lias remained a short time wash it over with water or diluted vinegar, dry off, and paint. To Cleanse Brans. Dip the articles in a mixture of 1 part of nitric acid and \ part of sulphuric acid, then rinse in water, and finally rub with sawdust. If greasy, dip the brass first in a boiling hot solution of potash-lye. To Color Soft. Solder Yellow. When brass is soldered with soft solder the difference in color is so marked as to direct attention to the spot mended. This can be obviated by the following method : First prepare a saturated so- lution of sulphate of copper in water, and apply some of this on the end of a stick to the solder. On touching with a steel or iron wire it becomes coppered, and by repeating the experiment the deposit of copper may be made thicker and darker. To give the solder a yel- lower color mix 1 part of a saturated solution of sulphate of zinc with two of sulphate of copper, apply this to the coppered spot, and rub with a zinc rod, which produces a precipitation of brass. The color can l>e still further improved by applying gilt powder and polishing. Building Materials. Fire-resisting Properties of Building Materials. Of the natural building stones the highest rank as fire-resist- ing materials must he accorded to the sandstones ; and of these the fine- grained, hard, silicious varieties (that is, those having a silicious cementing material) are the best. Such sandstones are found to be capable of resisting the radiant or direct heat of the most intense fire, before which limestone crumbles and granite or gneiss crack and split into fragments. Of the artificial mate* rials, brick and cement and iron com- prise all that are commonly employed. Of these, the first two are first-class fire- resisting materials. The first named is undoubtedly the very best fire- proof material for a wall that can be used. Cast-iron, which at oue time was largely used for the fronts of large structures, has proved to be utterly un- reliable as a fire-resisting material, and is rapidly going out of use for this purpose, as it should. Even wrought- iron girders, used as floor supports, are elements of danger and weakness in case of fire, unless they are surrounded with a cement or similar filling. (W.) Cork Stone. A product possessing many of the properties of natural cork but less specific gravity is prepared as follows: 6.3 parts by weight of pulver- ized cork-wood are mixed with boiling- hot paste prepared from 3 parts by weight of starch and 25 parts of boiling water. The plastic mass thus obtained is pressed at once into suitable moulds, and the objects produced are dried at a temperature of 212° F. The drying process is very slow. To make the articles more capable of resisting moist- ure add small quantities of linseed oil or tar to the mass. Cork stone thus prepared being very light and a poor conductor of heat is especially adapted as a building mate- rial for the insulation of roofs, for ice cellars, and drying-rooms. Enamelled Bricks. The composition of the enamel varies between 1 part of plumbic oxide and 1 of sand, and 2 parts of plumbic oxide and 1 of sand. For green enamel least plumbic oxide is used, and for colorless enamel generally 4 parts of plumbic oxide and 3 of sand, Some manufacturers add heavy spar, so that the enamel will only fuse at a high temperature. For coloring light brown to black, pyrolusite is used, and for green, copper scales. The constitu- tion of the body of the brick is of great importance for the durability of the enamel. The harder it is burnt and the more the clay of which it is composed is inclined to slagging in consequence of a fine division of the lime contained in it the more intimate the union be- tween the enamel and the body of the 416 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. brick will be, ami the fewer cracks the enamel will show. Solid particles of lime near the surface of the body of the brick are especially injurious, as on coming later on in contact with water they are apt to crack the enamel. Mass for Hoofing, Fire-proof Ceil- ings, Floors, etc. Two masses are used, an under-layer and top-layer. For the under-layer stir to a paste : Slaked lime, blood, burnt alum, cement, sand, brickdust or pumice stone, coal- ashes, sawdust, broken glass or porce- lain, and water-glass. For the top-layer mix linseed oil, asphaltum, chalk, litharge, broken glass, burnt alum, blood, cement, plas- ter of Paris or chalk, and pumice stone. For roofing, insulating layers, fire- proof ceilings, etc., apply both masses in a cold and liquid state upon a base. They soon harden. For roofing, plates of the under-layer with a wire net enclosed are also used. The plates are coated with the top-layer and a solution of water-glass, and fast- ened to the rafters by means of cramps through the loops of the wire net. Plaster for Ceilings. H. Kohl's patented plaster consists of: Sawdust 35 per cent., sand 35 per cent., plaster of Paris 10 per cent., glue 10 per cent., and whiting 10 per cent. Terra-cotta Lumber. Mix, according to the degree of porosity desired, 1 to 3 parts of resinous wood with 1 part of elutriated kaolin, and add sufficient water to form a plastic mass of spongy consistency, which is exposed in metal cylinders to a strong pressure by steel stamps. The result of the operation are cylindrical blocks 8 to 12 inches in diameter and 4 to 6 feet long. The blocks are dried in the air, then in a drying oven, and finally heated in a furnace to a white heat. The blocks, after cooling, are very strong, and can be sawed, cut, and planed. Their den- sity corresponds to about half of that of ordinary bricks. A special ad- vantage of the mass is that it is fire- proof. It is patented in this country, and is successfully used for building and other purposes. Utilization of Sawdust. Two patents have been recently issued in this coun- try for the use of sawdust in place or sand for plastering. According co the one, equal parts of plaster of Pans and sawdust are used, while the other pre- scribes the following mixture : 4j parts of slaked lime mixed with sawdust,! part of plaster of Paris, { part of glue, and iz part of glycerine. The plaster thus prepared is claimed to be much lighter and to adhere more firmly. Celluloid : Imitations, Substl- tutes, etc. Artificial Ivory. Mix 8 parts of shellac with 32 parts of ammonia of 0.995 specific gravity, and shake the solution in revolving cylinders for about 5 hours at a temperature of 99.5° F. The result of the operation will be a complete solution of the consistency of thin syrup. Add to this 40 parts of zinc oxide, mix thoroughly with the hand, and then grind the mixture in a color-mill. The ammonia is then ex- pelled by heating. The residue is completely dried upon glass plates, ground fine in a mill, and pressed into moulds with a pressure of as much as a ton to the square inch, and an increase of temperature to from 500° to 540° F. The product, when taken from the mould, is of a pure white color and closely resembles ivory. Celluloid Printing Plates. Cellu- loid, though comparatively a recent product, is being continually applied to new uses in the arts. Very good re- sults have lately been obtained with celluloid stereotypes, both from wood engravings and from tvpe, which may be used on the printing-press. The process consists in taking a copy of the engraving on wood or of the type with the use of a special cement, which hardens rapidly and takes the finest lines sharply. After about 20 minutes this cement is hard and resistant. The form in which the first impression is taken should be slightly heated ; and a sheet of celluloid is employed to obtain a counter impression from this, which is then prepared by ordinary methods for the printing-press. A celluloid plate has been subjected to 25,000 im- pressions, apparently without losing any of its sharpness. CELLULOID— IMITATIONS, SUBSTITUTES, ET«J. 4ir When used as a substitute for wood ;n the production of Large printing- type, it is found i" be much preferable to wood. It has a fine surface, pos- sesses great durability, cau be readily worked, is Light, and can stand all the rough usage of toe press. [Celluloid lias lately been successfully used tor iiu- itating enamel for signs, monograms, etc., to be attached to glass. (W.)] Elastic Mass Resembling Leather, The pulverulent residue obtained in refining cotton-seed oil is intimately mixed in varying proportions with suit- able non-volatile solvents, such as fats, oils, paraffine wax, resins, etc., and with pulverulent substances, such as graphite, cinnabar, soot, etc., and sul- phur powder or carbon di-sulphide is added to the mixture. By heating the mass at 176° to 302° F. until the pow- der unites with the solvents to a homo- geneous mass, a more or less hard, plastic substance is obtained. Flexible Insulating Mass. One part by weight of mineral wax (paraffine, ozocerite), 20 of wood tar, 32 of shellac, and 32 of dry and finely-pulverized asbestos, flax, cotton, wood, or paper, are mixed in a boiler at 100° to 200° F., and constantly stirred. For a narder mass use less tar. For an espe- cially hard mass omit the mineral wax, decrease the quantity of asbestos, and add about 24 parts of ground slate or clay, free from iron. Insulating Material for Electrical Conductors. Mix 66 parts by weight of finely-powdered glass or quartz and 34 parts by weight of pulverized vege- table or mineral resin, and add 26 parts by weight of paraffine, beeswax or sper- maceti, and 3 parts by weight of boiled or raw linseed oil. The proportions differ according to circumstances. If the mass is to be exposed to the sun only a small quantity of wax is to be used, while, for underground lines, the quantity of wax must be increased. Mass for Plastic Models. The fol- lowing preparation possesses many ad- vantages over most now in use: Mix 200 parts of soapstone powder and 100 parts of the best wheat flour, and stir the mixture carefully into 300 parts of melted white wax, not too hot. The homogeneous mass can be colored at pleasure. New Imitation of Tvory. This new material possesses all the hardness and brilliancy of celluloid, and has the ad- vantage of being fire-proof. It is pre- pared as follows: Dissolve 200 parts of casein in 50 of ammonia and 400 of water, or 140 parts of albumen in 100 of water, and add to either solution 240 parts of quicklime, 150 of acetate of aluminium, 50 of alum, 1200 of sul- phate ut' calcium, and 100 of oil, the oil to be mixed in last. Fur dark objects substitute ?•"> to loo part* of tannin for the acetate of aluminium. The mixt- ure is well kneaded, and made into a smooth paste and passed through rollers to form plates of the desired thickness. These are either dried and pressed into metallic moulds previously heated or they may be reduced to a very fine powder, which is introduced into the mould and submitted to a strong press- ure. The objects are afterwards dipped into a bath consisting of 100 parts of water, 6 of white glue, and 10- of phosphoric acid. They are then dried, polished, and varnished witb shellac. New Substitute for Caoutchouc. Skins of hares, rabbits, and other small animals, or waste of such skins, are- cleansed in water, depilated in lime- water, or by some other suitable method, and boiled with 5 per cent, of crude glycerine and as little water as possible, until entirely dissolved. The thickly-fluid, viscous mass obtained is either dried upon nets in an airy room or at once further manipulated. Three parts by weight of the mass and an equal quantity of crude glycerine are melted in a water or steam-bath, and \ part by weight of a concentrated solu- tion of potassium bichromate is added. The liquid mass is poured into moulds and allowed to solidify under pressure. When cold the articles are taken from the moulds and dried in a dark, airy room. The evaporation of the excess of water takes place more quickly in a dark room than in a light one, as in the latter the surface of the articles be- comes too quickly insoluble under thj influence of light, which impedes the evaporation of the water in the interior. This mass bears a close resemblance to vulcanized caoutchouc, and has the ad- vantage of standing heat much better. 418 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. To prepare a mass resembling hard rubber add less glycerine and a little more chromate and dry between heated, polished metal plates under pressure. A very hard product is obtained by immersing the articles in a bath of chrome-alum solution. This substitute for hard rubber can be sawed, ground, and polished. To make it resist acids add to the mass 30 per cent, of gum-lac dissolved in alcohol. By the addition of suitable coloring matters, imitations of coral, malachite, etc., are obtained. If the mass is to be used for articles which, with great elasticity, have to resist strong pressure, such as railroad buffers, wheel tires, etc., only 1 part of crude glycerine is used and J part of comminuted cork mixed with the mass. For the preparation of a mass for water-proofing fabrics, etc., add + part by weight of ox-gall to the mass and com- pound with sufficient soft water to give it the consistency of thickly-fluid oil; about I part of the potassium bichro- mate is used. The thickly-fluid mass thus obtained is brought into a double- walled cylinder, heated by steam and provided with a roller under which the fabric to be impregnated is con- ducted. Substitute for Gutta-percha. The following mass, which is patented in Germany, is claimed to be a good substitute for gutta-percha for many purposes. The process of manufacture is as follows : A mixture of 50 parts by weight of powdered gum copal, 7 to 15 of sulphur, and 15 to 30 of oil of tur- pentine, is heated to from 228° to 300° F. and thoroughly stirred. After being allowed to cool to 100° F., an emulsion prepared from 3 parts by weight of casein and weak ammonia with an addition of some alcohol and wood spirit is added, and the whole heated once more to 300° F. until it has ac- quired the consistency of thin syrup. It is then boiled for a few hours with an ammoniacal solution of 15 to 25 per cent, of tannin. The product is cooled, washed in cold water, rolled out, and finally dried. Superior Modelling Wax. Melt care- fully over a moderate coal fire 2 pounds of yellow beeswax, add 4J ounces of Venetian turpentine, 2 ounces of lard, and 1J pounds of elutriated bole, an4 mix thoroughly. Then gradually pour the mixture into a vessel with water and thoroughly knead several times with the hands. The wax should be melted at such a low temperature that no bubbles appear upon the melted surface. Vegetable Leather. This new prod- uct, which, it is claimed, possesses all the properties of genuine leather, is water-proof and a non-conductor of electricity, is prepared by mixing 6£ pounds of gutta-percha, 2 pounds of sulphur, 2 pounds of raw cotton, 1 pound 5 ounces of zinc white, 3i ounces of colcothar, and 8| ounces of antimony oxide, and vulcanizing the mass by means of steam similar to caoutchouc. Gutta-percha and sulphur are abso- lutely required, while chemicals of similar nature may be substituted for the other constituents. The proportions of the separate components may also be varied, according to the purpose the product is to serve. The composition is recommended for soles and heels. Cement Work. Weather-proof Ce'ment Work. Soak the article for 24 hours in a solution of 1 part of ferrous sulphate in 3 of water and dry in the air. The ferric oxide produced is chemically combined in the cement and makes it denser, harder, heavier, and weather-proof, filling up most of the pores, and giving it an ochre color. Ornamental cement work is brushed over with the solution four times and allowed to dry. The cement work can be rendered extremely resist- ing by warming and then coating with a hot mixture of equal parts of paraffine and paraffine oil. This treatment is rec- ommended as being especially service- able for ornamental cement work wh^ch is exposed to the weather. By treating twice with a 5 per cent, soap solution, drying and polishing, the surface is made receptive for oil-painting. Chalk ob- jects and room walls treated in this man- ner will stand any amount of washing. Light ochre color can be obtained by adding alum to the ferrous sulphate ; and various shades of green by paint- ing with chrome-alum. CLEANSING, POLISH I Mi, AND RENOVATING AGENTS. 419 Cleansing, Polishing, and Reno- vating Agents. Cleaning-powder for Show-xvindows. A good cleaning-powder, which leaves rm dirt in the joints, etc., is prepared by moistening calcined magnesia with pure benzine so that amass is formed sufficiently moist to let a drop appear trnen pressed. The mixture should be preserved in glass bottles with ground stoppers, in order to retain the easily volatile benzine. A little of the mixt- ure is placed on a wad of cotton and applied to the glass plate. It may also be used for cleaning mirrors. Cleansing-rags for Polishing Metal. Dip flannel rags into a solution of 20 parts of dextrine and 30 parts of oxalic acid in 20 parts of logwood decoction, wring them gently, and sift over their a mixture of finely-pulverized tripoli and pumice stone. The moist rags are piled upon each other, placing a layer of the powder between each two. They are then pressed, taken apart, and dried. Cleansing Wash-leather. Wash the soiled polishing leather in a weak solu- tion of soda and warm water, then rub a good deal of soap into the leather and let it soften for 2 hours. It is after- wards thoroughly washed until per- fectly clean, and rinsed in a weak solu- tion of warm water, soda, and yellow soap. It must not be washed in water alone or it will become so hard when dry that it cannot be used again. It is the small quantity of soap remaining in the leather which penetrates its smallest particles and makes the leather as soft as silk. After the rinsing, it is w r rung out in a coarse towel and dried quickly. It is then pulled in every direction and well brushed, after which it is softer and better than most wash leather when first bought. If rough leather is used to finish highly polished surfaces, it will be often observed that the surface is scratched or injured. This is caused by particles of dust, and even grains of hard rouge that were left in the leather. As soon as they are removed with a clean brush and rouge, a perfectly bright and beautiful finish can be ob- tained. Cloth-cleaning Compound. Take J ounce each of glycerine, alcohol, and sulphuric ether, 2 ounces of aqua am- monia, i ounce of powdered Castile soap and add Bufficienl water to make 1 quart of the mixture. Use with brush or sponge, and rinse with pure water. Furniture Renovater. Mix thor- oughly, olive oil 1 pound, refined oil of amber 1 pound, and tincture of henna 1 ounce. Keep the mixture in a well- stoppered glass bottle. For renovating the polish of furniture apply the mixt- ure with a tuft of raw cotton and rub dry with a cotton rag. Liquid Polish for Silver-plated Ware. Dissolve 3 to 4 drachms of cyanide of potassium and 8 to 10 grains of nitrate of silver iu 4 ounces of water. Apply with a soft, tooth-brush, wash the object thoroughly with water, dry with a soft linen cloth, and polish with a chamois skin. Neither whiting nor powder of any kind should be used for cleaning and polishing; they only wear out or scratch the silver. In the case of solid silver some precipitated chalk is allow- able in th.e solution. For preserving the lustre of silver or plated ware, when not needed for actual use for a considerable time, a coating of collodion may be employed to great advantage. The articles are heated and the collodion is carefully applied by means of a brush, so as to cover the surface thoroughly and uniformly. It is used most conveniently when diluted with alcohol, as for photo- graphic purposes. New Polish for Wood. Dissolve 6 pounds of shellac in about 4 to 5 gal- lons of pure alcohol. Then pour 3£ ounces of high-grade sulphuric ether over 3£ ounces of collodion cotton in a bottle, add 1| ounces of camphor, stir thoroughly and add 96 per cent, alco- hol enough to completely dissolve the cotton. Then pour both solutions together and shake well. The polish is then rubbed in with an oil prepared as fol- lows : Prepare a saturated solution of camphor in good oil of rosemary and add 1} ounces of this to 2 pounds 3 ounces of pure linseed-oil. For finish- inir, dissolve benzole in alcohol and dilute at pleasure, taking care to apply the solution as weak as practi- cable. 420 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. Polishing Soaps and Pastes have been recently introduced, and as they are preferred by many to the ordinary polishing powders for cleansing gold, silver, brass, etc., we give in the fol- lowing several receipts for good polish- ing soaps and one for polishing paste. A polishing soap especially suitable for silver and brass is prepared as fol- lows : Set in the ordinary manner 50 pounds of cocoanut oil with 75 to 80° of 23° soda, and boil the mixture to a clear jelly. When the soap is ready and sufficiently solidified add 10 pounds of tripoli, 5 pounds of alum, 5 pounds of cream of tartar, and 5 pounds of white lead, all previously finely pul- verized and intimately mixed. Pour the mixture into small, shallow tin moulds, and it will quickly solidify. For cleansing, moisten the articles with lukewarm water with a brush, and apply the soap with a rag. Another polishing soap is made as follows : Wash commercial colcothar in water 6 to 8 times and then dry it. Next prepare a soap solution by dissolv- ing at a moderate heat Q\ pounds of cocoa soap, cut in pieces, in soft water. Mix intimately i pound of the prepared colcothar rubbed up with a little water and 5i ounces of purified ammonium carbonate, finely pulverized, and add the cold soap solution, with constant stirring. Keep the polishing soap thus prepared in stone jars closed with oiled paper. Another polishing soap is prepared by dissolving 14 ounces of Marseilles soap in A gallon of water, and adding to the solution 7 ounces of finely-pul- verized chalk. The mixture is colored red with fuchsine and kept in stone jars. By applying this soap with leather or a woollen rag the dirtiest articles can be cleansed in a short time. For preparing polishing paste or pomade melt 7 ounces of beef marrow ami add 3 ounces of fine colcothar. Perfume the mixture with oil of almonds and pour it into small tin boxes. Lard may be used instead of beef marrow. Apply the paste with a soft rag, rub thoroughly, and finish with a dry rag. Restoring Plush. It is customary to use ammonia for the purpose of neutral- izing acids that have accidentally de- stroyed the colors of fabrics. This must be applied immediately, or the color is usually imperfectly restored. An application of chloroform used with caution, will, however, bring out the colors as bright as ever. Plush goods and all articles dyed with aniline colors, faded from exposure to light, will look as bright as ever after spong- ing with chloroform. To Clean Glass and Silverware. Egg shells crushed into small pieces and shaken well in decanters three parts filled with cold water will not only clean them thoroughly but make the glass look like new. By rubbing with a flannel dipped in the best whit- ing the brown discoloration may be taken off cups in which custards have been baked. Emery powder will re- move ordinary stains from white ivory- handle knives, and the lustre of mo- rocco leather is restored by varnishing with white of egg. To clean silver nothing is better than alcohol or am- monia, finishing with a little whiting on a soft cloth. To Clean Marble. After brushing the dust off with a piece of chamois rub the marble with the following so- lution : One-quarter pound of soft-soap, i pound of whiting, and 1 ounce of soda, and a piece of stone-blue the size of a walnut. Rub it over the marble with a piece of flannel and leave it for 24 hours, then wash it off with clean water, and polish the marble with a piece of flannel or an old piece of felt. Another method is as follows : Take 2 parts of common soda, 1 part of pumice stone, and 1 part of finely pow- dered chalk, sift it through a fine sieve, and mix it to a paste with water. Rub it well over the marble, and then wash with soap and water. To take stains out of white marble mix 1 ounce of ox gall, 1 gill of lye, and \\ table-spoonfuls of turpentine, and make it into a paste with pipe-clay. Put the paste over the stain and let it remain for several days. To remove oil stains apply common clay saturated with benzine. If the grease has re- mained in long the polish will be in- jured ; but the stain will be removed, iron mould or ink spots are taken out in the following manner : Dissolve £ ounce of butter of antimony and 1 COLORS, WATER-PROOFING SUBSTANCES, ETC. 421 ounco of oxalic acid in 1 pint of rain water, and add enough flour to bring the mixture to a proper consistency. Lay it evenly on the stained part with a brush, and, after it has remained for a few days, wash it off, and repeat the process, if the stain be not wholly removed. To Cleanse Silvered Dial Plates. Silvered dial plates of clocks frequently lose their lustre by the effect of air and smoke or sulphurous emanations. To cleanse them make pulverized purified tartar into a paste with water. Take some of the paste on a brush of bristles and rub the dial plate with it, turning it constantly, until the silvering has acquired its original whiteness and lustre. Then wash the dial plate with clean water and dry by gentle patting with cloth, and finally expose it for a few minutes to a moderate heat. To Clean Smoky Walls. Brush them with a broom, then wash them over with strong pearlash water, and im- mediately rinse them with clean water before the pearlash is dry. When dry, give the walls a thin coat of fresh slaked lime containing a liberal portion of alum dissolved inhotwater. Finish with whiting and good size. Be care- ful not to apply the size- distemper till the lime wash is dry, as the latter will destroy the strength of the size if the two come in contact while wet. Colors, Enamels, Cements, Glue, Varnishes, Water - proofing Substances, etc. American Wood-filler. Mix 1 part by weight each of pulverized starch and heavy spar and i part by weight of siccative with sufficient turpentine to the consistency of ordinary varnish. For dark woods add up to i part by weight of umber to the siccative. Apply the filler with a medium stiff brush. When the coat, at first lus- trous, becomes dull, remove everything from the surface by rubbing across the grain of the wood with a piece of felt or strong leather fastened to a piece of wood. Allow the prepared wood to dry 8 hours, then rub thoroughly with glass paper, and it is ready for polish- ing or varnishing. Cement for Mending Enamelled Dial Plates. Scrape some pure white wax, mix it with equal parts of zinc white, melt the mixture over a spirit lamp, and let it cool. For use, warm the dial plate slightly and press thecohl cement into the defective places. The cement adheres very firmly and by scraping with a sharp knife acquires a white and lustrous surface. In case the cement should be too hard add some wax, and if too soft some zinc white. Cleanli- ness in the manipulation and moderate heating in mixing are the principal points and contribute essentially to the snow-white color of the cement. Crystalline Coating for Wood or Paper. Mix a very concentrated so- lution of salt with dextrine and lay the thinnest coating of the fluid on the sur- face to be covered by means of a broad soft brush. After drying, the surface has a beautiful, bright, mother-of-pearl coating, which, in consequence of the dextrine, adheres firmly to paper and wood. The coating may be made ad- hesive to glass by going over it wdth an alcoholic shellac solution. The follow- ing salts are mentioned as adapted to produce the most beautiful crystalline coating, viz. : Magnesium sulphate, sodium acetate, and tin sulphate. Paper must first be sized ; otherwise it will absorb the liquid and prevent the for- mation of crystals. Enamel for Fine Cards and Other Purposes. For white and for all pale and delicate shades take 24 parts by weight of paraffine, add 100 parts of pure kaolin (china clay) very dry, and reduce to a fine powder. Before mix- ing with the kaolin the paraffine must be heated to the fusing point. - Let the mixture cool, and it will form a homogeneous mass, which for use is reduced to powder, and worked into paste in a paint mill with warm water. It can be tinted according to fancy. Imitation of Cinnabar. Dissolve in 5 parts of warm water made slightly alkaline by the addition of a small quantity of soda 1 part of eosin, and add with constant stirring 100 parts of best orange minium ; then add 3 parts of sugar of lead or lead nitrate dis- solved in warm water. The mass is filtered and pressed, and the press- cakes are cut into small pieces ard 422 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. dried as quickly as possible. After drying the product is ground and passed through a tine sieve. Enamel free from Lead and Metallic Oxides for Iron and Sheet-iron, and I r tensils Manufactured from them: 30 to 50 or quartz 30 to 50 10 to 20 " granite . 20 to 30 Silica . Flint . Kaoline . . 10 to 20 " borax . . 16 to 20 l'ipe-clay. . 8 to 10 " glass . . fi to 10 «'halk . . . 6 to 10 " magnesia 10 to 15 Porcelain meal 5 to 15 " fluorspar. 5 to 20 " weathered") Boracic acid . 20 to 40 sodium WO to 20 • carbonate j Saltpetre . . 6 to 10 '* heavy spar 2 to 8 Gypsum . . 2 to 6 " fluorspar. 3 to 10 After grinding every ingredient sepa- rately they are all intimately mixed and fused to enamel. This, after again grinding, is applied and burnt in. The proportions of these constituents may vary according to the nature of the metal to be enamelled. The enamel should be applied in thin layers, as it expands in different proportions from the sheet-iron on exposure to a high temperature. The articles must be slowly cooled, as otherwise an unequal contraction takes place, which causes the enamel to crack off. New Method for the Production of Water-proof and Incombustible Fabrics. The fabric is immersed for a few minutes in a 7 to 8 per cent, solution of gelatine heated to 104° F., then pressed out between rollers and dried to a certain degree in the air. It is then placed for a few minutes in a cold 30 to 40 per cent, solution of alum, hung up for an hour in the air, washed in cold water, and dried. It is claimed that by this process, which is patented in England, the fabric is rendered water-proof and incombustible without becoming stiff or losing its ductility, or preventing the free passage of air. Phosphorescent Enamel. Commercial phosphorescent paint in powder is inti- mately mixed with i of its weight of very finely-pulverized fluorspar or cryolite, and I of calcium borate. The mixture is made into a paste with water, and applied in a uniform layer to the articles to be enamelled by means of a brush. They are then burnt in the usual manner. Preparation of Lustre^colors with Carbolic Acid. The present methods of preparing lustre-colors, which are much used in the decoration of earthen- ware and glass, have the disadvantage that a large portion of the metallic salts remains undissolved, and is sepa- rated and lost in an undissolved state in dissolving the resinous mass. With the aid of carbolic acid it is possible to prepare lustre-colors without an ap- preciable loss of metallic combinations. Bismuth Lustre. Dissolve 10 parts by weight of bismuth in nitro-muriatic acid and evaporate to the consistency of thin syrup. When cold add 50 parts by weight of carbolic acid liquefied by moderatenheating in warm water. Let the mixture stand a few hours, as by stirring and heating at once a too ener- getic reaction, accompanied by strong foaming, takes place. Then stir the mixture with a glass rod and heat it for some time in a steam-bath. During this operation vapors of hydrochloric acid are evolved. The mass is taken from the steam-bath as soon as a drop taken from the vessel by means of the glass rod dissolves clear in nitro-ben- zole. When this is the case the mixture is dissolved in nitro-benzole and is ready for use. Tin Lustre. Dissolve 10 parts by weight of tin in nitro-muriatic acid, evaporate to the consistency of thin syrup, and treat with 50 parts by weight of carbolic acid in the same manner as prescribed for bismuth lustre. The subsequent treatment for this and the following preparations is the same as that of bismuth lustre. Uranium Lustre. Dissolve 15 parts by weight of uranic nitrate in 40 parts by weight of pure hydrochloric acid, and treat with 50 parts by weight of carbolic acid. Iron Lustre. Dissolve 15 parts by weight of ferrous chloride in pure hy> drochloric acid, and after evaporating to the consistency of thin syrup treat with 50 parts by weight of carbolic acid. In the same manner as iron lustre manganese lustre is prepared from manganous chloride, nickel lustre from nickel chloride, and cobalt lustre from cobaltous chloride. For the production of combination COPYING. 423 justres the different preparations are mixed together. Soap Varnishes. These varnishes are valuable on account of their cheap- ness, their resistance to water, and their elasticity. The simplest mode of pre- paring them is as follows : Tallow soap is boiled in rain water until a clear solution is formed, and the hot solution filtered through a cloth. It is then again heated, and after diluting with an equal volume of rain water precipi- tated with boiling solution of alum. The precipitated stearate of aluminium is washed several times with boiling water and dried, heated on a water-bath until transparent, and stirred into hot turpentine until it forms a thick varnish, which, if too thick, can be thinned with not turpentine. Johnson's Varnish for Water-proofing Paper or Cloth. Dissolve green vitriol in water, add soap to the solution, and collect and dry the precipitate of stear- ate i if iron or iron soap. By dissolving the stearate of iron in carbon sulphide or benzole a liquid is obtained which leaves a water-proof layer upon paper or cloth. If the paper or cloth is to remain white, alum solution is substi- tuted for the green vitriol, and the re- sulting white stearate of aluminium is used in the same manner. Soap Varnish for Gilding. This is prepared from resin soap which is made by heating a solution of 50 parts of soda in 150 of water to the boiling point, and adding gradually and with constant stirring 100 parts of powdered rosin; the boiling is then continued 2 or 3 hours until the liquid is trans- parent. After cooling and pouring off the supernatant fluid the resin soap is mixed with 100 parts of water and 15 of soaked glue and heated until the whole is dissolved. This is a quick- drying varnish, but can be made slow- drying by adding 10 to 20 parts of glyc- erine of 28° B. The resin soap mixed with 5 per cent, of its weight of am- monia forms a cheap and durable vehicle for paint. Water-proof Glue. Dissolve of gum sandarac and mastic each 5i drachms in A pint of alcohol and add 5i drachms of turpentine. Place the solution in a glue boiler upon the fire and gradually stir into it an equal quantity of a strong, hot solution of glue ana jsinglass. The mixture is ready for use after straining it, while hot, through a cloth. For gluing mineral substances it is best to stir")!: drachms of tinely-pulver- i/.ed <,dass into the strained mixture. A rticles glued with this preparation can be placed under water without danger of the glued parts separating. Copying. New Method of Copying Drawings. The paper on which the copy is to appear is first dipped in a bath con- sisting of 30 parts of white soap, 30 parts of alum, 40 parts of glue, 10 parts of albumen, 2 parts of glacial acetic acid, 10 parts of alcohol of 60°, and 500 parts of water. It is afterwards put into a second bath which contains 50 parts of burnt umber ground in al- cohol, 20 parts of lampblack, 10 parts of glue, and 10 parts of bichromate of potassium in 500 parts of water. The paper is now .sensitive to light and must therefore be preserved in the dark. In preparing paper to make the positive print another bath is made just like the first one, except that lampblack is substituted for the burnt umber. To obtain colored positives the black is replaced by some blue, red, or other pigment. In making the copy the drawing to be copied is put in a photographic printing-frame, and the negative paper laid on it and then ex- posed in the usual manner. In clear w T eather ah illumination of two minutes will suffice. After the exposure the negative is put in water to develop it, and the drawing will appear in white on a dark ground : in other words it is a negative or reverse picture. The paper is then dried and a positive made from it by placing it on the glass of a printing-frame and laying the positive paper upon it and exposing as before. After placing the frame in the sun for two minutes the positive is taken out and put in water. The black dissolves oft' without the necessity of moving it back and forth. Phytochromotypy. This is a process of producing impressions of leaves and plants and is effected as follows : The plant is first dried and flattened by 424 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. pressure between unsized paper, or it may be done rapidly with a hot iron. The surface to be copied is then brushed with a solution of aniline color in alcohol and allowed to dry, which will take place very rapidly. If the im- pression is to be taken on paper, im- merse the latter in water for a few seconds, and remove the excess by pressing between blotting-paper. Place it then on some non-absorbing surface and apply the plant colored side down ; place over it a sheet of strong paper, and while it is held securely in position stamp the whole surface with a wad of cotton. A cold iron may be lightly passed over the paper instead of using the cotton, and if a few sheets of tissue paper are interposed between the paper and plant its outline and veins prin- cipally will be copied, while without it the whole surface may be impressed on the paper. If the paper which is to re- ceive the impression is moistened with alcohol instead of water, the impression will be brighter and the paper will re- tain its lustre or glaze better. If a very light coating of glycerine be spread upon the colored plant when perfectly dry, and the excess removed by un- glazed paper, one or more prints may he immediately taken upon dry paper or other dry surface. If the print .shows blots when a strong color is used, pass over the surface with a solution of saltpetre which will moderate the impression. Different parts of plants may be colored differently to conform to nature or individual taste. Defects may be touched up with a pen dipped in the color. Explosive Agents. Blasting Cartridges. ■ Dissolve 73 parts of saltpetre and 1 of magnesium sulphate in J of their weight of boiling water, and compound with 8 parts of ground wood charcoal, 8 of bran, and 10 of sulphur, previously mixed dry. Stir the mass thoroughly, and heat for 2 hours at a temperature of 284° F., and then dry in a drying apparatus for 5 hours at a temperature of 122° F. The dried mass is pressed into cylin- ders, four of which are generally formed into a cartridge in a paper shell. Blasting Paper. Coat unsized paper with a hot mixture of 11 drachms of ferrocyanide of potassium dissolved in 3$ pints of water, 11 ounces of bass- wood charcoal, li ounces of refined saltpetre, 2A ounces of potassium chlo- rate, and 6i drachms of wheat starch, stirred to a paste with 1& ounces of water ; dry and smooth. For use roll strips of the prepared paper into car- tridges. Explosive Combination. An explo- sive combination consists, according to a French patent, of 80 parts of pow- dered potassium chlorate, 20 parts of ordinary coal tar, and a porous, ab- sorbent substance, such as pulverized wood-charcoal or silicious earth. Po- tassium permanganate can be substi- tuted for a portion of the chlorate. Explosive Substance. This, accord- ing to an English patent, consists of 9 parts of potassium chlorate, 2 of carbo- hydrate (sugar), 1 of flour, and 1 of fer- rocyanide of potassium. Explosive and Pyrotechnic Sub- stances. Ferrocyanide of potassium, saltpetre, and chlorate ^Jl_ of potassium are dis- JWflT solved and mixed ML ] with pulverized char- Mi coal. The water is then evaporated, and the substances are combined by the ad- mixture of paraffine or resins. The paraf- fine is used either melted or dissolved in benzine. The mass is made into any de- sired shape, and can also be used for coat- ing paper. Method of Blasting under Water with Compressed Gun-cot- ton. In the accom- panying illustration, Fig. 60, aa represent layers of gun-cotton, b the cartridge of com ■ pressed gun-cotton, Fig. 60. and d the quick match with the cap. The cartridge is enclosed in the rubber tube e, which on the top is fastened water- tight around the quick-match, so thai EXPLOSIVE AGENTS. 425 when the cartridge is placed under water the latter can penetrate the gun- cottou only from below. The entire charge is enclosed in the tin case c, which is open on top and bottom for the passage of water. The cartridge re- mains explosible until all the gun- cotton is soaked through by the water entering from below, which with a cartridge about 1 inch in diameter and 4| inches long will be the case in ex- actly 22 hours, which makes the unex- pected explosion of a charge missing tire impossible after that time. New Blasting Powder. Saltpetre, potassium chlorate, and finely-pulver- ized coal-tar pitch are converted with benzine into a plastic paste, which is made into flat cakes and freed from the of this powder are: 1. Facility and quickness of manufacture. 2. Safety in its preparation. 3. Absence of all hygroscopic properties i 1 ounces placed upon a very sensitive scale in an open window for 1 days of misty weather did not increase in weight i. 4. Superior force, 2J times that of ordinary powder. 5. Very small residue. 6. Scarcely perceptible smoke. New Method of Preparing Giant Powder. Two mixtures are prepared : a. 36.06 parts of potassium or sodium bisulphate, 28.60 of potassium nitrate, and 9.20 of glycerine. b. 50 to 55 parts of some chlorate, and 50 to 45 parts of a substance rich in carbon. On igniting a mixture of the two, it Fig. 61. benzine by evaporation, and then worked in the same manner as ordinary powder. The grains, which, like those of the ordinary article, are irregular in form, can be made of any desired size. The density, which is 0.9 or somewhat more, corresponds with that of ordinary gunpowder. This new powder pos- sesses considerable hardness, does not lose color, even when wet, and without undergoing a change stands a higher degree of heat than that of melting tin. It is not inflammable by single sparks of short duration. Ignited free, it burns quickly with a white flame; in a closed space it burns, however, very energetically with little smoke and leaving a very small residue. A gun is not in the least affected by its combustion products. The advantages is claimed mixture b evolves sufficient heat to effect the nitrification of the glycerine and explosion of the nitro- glycerine. The material rich in carbon is saturated with concentrated solutions of the bisulphate, nitrate, and chlorate, and dried. The mass is then mixed with the glycerine and made into car- tridges. Preparation of Hyponitric Acid and its Use for Explosive and Illuminating Substances. The following process has been patented in France and Germany : Nitrate of lead is heated in the retort A I Fig. 61-). The developed gases are first conducted through sulphuric acid, which retains the moisture, and then into the condensers Cof enamelled cast- iron, which rest in the cooling vessel E, whose cooling fluid is kept at zero by 426 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. the ice machine G. While the oxygen escapes for further use through D, the hyponitric acid collects in the reser- voirs //and J, the first of which is pro- vided with a test-cock for the examina- tion of the acid. The reservoir / con- tains sulphuric acid. From J the hyponitric acid is brought by the pump O into the vessel L, and from there is drawn into tin cans. The oxide of lead in the retorts is reconverted into nitrate by nitric acid. A mixture of carbon di-sulphide and hyponitric acid is a powerful explosive, which is exploded by fulminate of mer- cury or gunpowder. It does not ex- plode by a shock alone, nor by heating to 398° F. A mixture of equal parts of hyponitric acid and carbon di-sul- phide gives the most powerful explo- sion. The mixture burns in the open air with a brilliant white light, which is powerfully actinic. Glass. Appert's Method of Bloimng Glass by 3Ieans of Compressed Air. The air is compressed by a double cylinder pump tc 50 pounds per square inch. The compressed air passes into 12 steel reservoirs, which together form a bat- tery. Each reservoir has a capacity of 150 gallons, and is tested to stand a working pressure of 70 pounds per square inch. A cylinder placed on the side is provided with a safety-valve with an alarm whistle. The reser- voirs serve as accumulators for night work. Lead pipes, 1 inch in diameter, are used for distributing the compressed air. They are placed in the upper part of the work-room, and provided at suitable places with discharge-cocks. For blowing large vessels the air can be taken direct from the conduit, while for small articles the air is conducted into collecting cylinders, and the press- > ure regulated according to the nature of the articles to be blown. The compressed air is conducted to every large room by underground iron pipes connected with the accumulators and the collecting cylinder, which is provided with contrivances by which the pressure can be regulated to J ounce to the square inch. From the pressure regulator conduits lying upon the floor lead to the work-places of the glass-blowers. The conduits are pro- vided with cocks which can be regu- lated by the workman with the foot. On the cocks are rubber pipes commu- nicating with the air-nozzle, consisting of a rubber cone enclosed by a copper case which is fastened to an iron pipe movable in a stationary pipe. The two pipes are separated from each other by oiled tow. One end of the pipe is connected with the nozzle. Figs. 62 to 74 represent the manner of connection. The glass-blower works upon a bench upon which the pipe connected with the nozzle is carried by a small car- riage, which moves in a frame fastened to the ledge of the bench, and is pro- vided with 1 vertical and 4 horizontal rollers. For fashioning an article a curved metal pipe called a " swan neck " is used. It is connected with the air-noz- zle by means of a piece of rubber pipe, which rests upon the blowing-pipe, which is held straight. A third arrangement allows of blow- ing free in the air by holding the blow- ing-pipe perpendicular or slanting, the glass being always under it. It will be readily understood that by varying the shape and adjustments of the pipes fastened to the air-holes and by fitting to the pipes rubber hose of various lengths and connecting each with a nozzle, the blowing-pipe can be given any desired mobility, and the smallest as well as the largest articles, for instance cylinders 3 feet in diam- eter, can be blown with the greatest ease. Another use of compressed air is for the manufacture of pressed glass. Ap- pert's apparatus consists of a cylinder, in which moves a piston. Thick rubber plates on both ends of the piston-track serve for breaking the shocks. The core is fastened to the lower part of the piston, whose motion can be accurately regulated. The piston is put in motion by a slide- valve constructed similar to that of a steam-engine. This machine can exert GLASS. 427 Figs. 62 and 6.5. I pressure of 1450 pounds, and the pressure is carried out with such rapid- ity that extremely thin articles can be made. The average capacity of the machine is 100 piston strokes per hour, with a consumption of 2 cubic feet of compressed air. The expenses of blowing glass by compressed air arc not increased, but on account of the great rapidity of the work rather diminished ; and, besides, the work is easier on the workmen and the process does away with many evils of the present manner of blowing glass. Without the aid of illustrations it would be difficult to give a complete description of the process. From the accompanying accurate illustrations with explanations the practical impor- tance and ingenious arrangement of the process will be readily recog- nized : Figs. 62 and 63 show a section of the air-nozzle into which the workman in- troduces his blowing-pipe in the mo- ment of blowing. Fig. 64 is a longitudinal section through the working-room of the glass- house. a. Air reservoir under a pressure of 8.8 pounds. 428 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. n^~^ I f ^^ Fig. 66. Fig. 67. GLASS. 429 Fig. 69. i:;n TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. b. Air reservoir under a pressure of Gh ounces. c. High-pressure air conduit. nk, until it is entirely dis- \ solved ; melt the isinglass in as much water as will cover it, which may be easily done by placing the cup contain- ing it near the hre about an hour before it is wanted for use. To mix them, pour the remaining vinegar with the softened glue into a dish over a mod- erate fire, stirring it until it is en- tirely dissolved, being careful not to let it reach the boiling point, that it may not burn the bottom, about 182° F. being the best heat. Next add the gum ; let it arrive at about the same heat, and then add the isinglass. Take from the fire and pour it off for use. To use it put as much as required in a saucer, heat sufficiently to make it fluid, and apply a thin coat with a dry sponge. If the article is dried quickly, either in the sun or by the fire, it will show the better polish. Thurston' 's Machine for Testing Lu- bricating Oils. Prof. R. H. Thurston, whose investigations on this subject are of much importance, has devised several machines for the determination of the value of lubricating oils. The form shown in Fig.75 is designed for test- ing oils used in railway service, and for all other purposes where it is important to reduce to a minimum the friction of bearing surfaces under heavy pressures. With its use it is possible to determine which is the best and consequently the cheapest oil for lubricating purposes, a matter of great importance in respect to the question of the economical use of power. The principle of the ma- chine will appear from the following description, viz. : It comprises a spindle revolved in horizontal bearings by a belt from the main shaft of the work- shop. On the overhanging end of this spindle is formed a journal, from which is hung a heavily-weighted rod. The two halves of the bearings in this rod by which it hangs on the journal are pressed down upon the journal with any desired pressure by means of a spiral spring placed in the centre of the rod. The weight of this pendulum prevents it revolving along with the spindle, but the friction at the journal deflects the pendulum from the vertical through an angle whose line is a measure of the frictional effort. There is also inserted in the bearings a thermometer, by whicn the effect of the friction in LUBRICANTS, BLACKING, ETC. 437 increasing the temperature is ob- served. With this machine Prof. Thurston Has obtained extremely interesting re- in the form of the machine here shown, the journal, which is master car-builders' standard, 33 inches diam- eter, is a hardened steel sleeve, ground Fig. 75. gults regarding the variation of the co- efficient of friction with temperature, pressure, and velocity of rubbing. truly cylindrical. The boxes in wnich this journal runs are of phosphor^ bronze, and are designed for internal 438 TEC'HNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. watet circulation. A late improvement includes a thin lining of phosphor- bronze or other metal ordinarily used, which can be accurately weighed before and alter a test, determining the per- centage of wear lor any given mileage. By being made interchangeable these linings can lie renewed at any time, or special linings of any other metal or alloy may he inserted, using the same water brasses. Pressures up to 9000 pounds are ob- tained by the use of a heavy helical spring secured within a4-inch wrought- iron pendulum tube. By a convenient taper-key adjustment (not shown in the cut) the pressure may be easily and quickly relieved for removal of the pendulum and brasses from the journal, without release of pressure of the spring within the tube. The standard boxes may be replaced by the ordinary brasses used in regular railway service if desired, thus imitat- ing the actual conditions of practice. The graduated arc on which the fric- tion is indicated is conveniently placed above the pendulum. The standard thermometer used is graduated from 40° to 350° F. A positive automatic revolution-counter which reads up to one million is attached, enabling the experimenter to determine the compar- ative mileage run. The apparatus may be speeded to correspond to the rates usual for trains by suitable provision of counter-shaft and cone pulleys. This machine, including the counter-shaft, weighs 1125 pounds, and is manufact- ured by the Pratt & Whitney Company of Hartford, Conn. (W.) Lubricants. Admixtures of min- eral oil with animal oil lessen the liability of the latter to spontaneous combustion. A series of experiments, which were made to test the inflamma- bility of such mixtures, by saturating balls of cotton waste with oil and meas- uring the increase in temperature, showed the following results: With pure lard oil the temperature increased to 428° F. in 4 hours ; with pureneat's- foot oil to 446° F. in 6 hours, and in i hour more the cotton was converted into glowing coal. With a mixture of 50 per cent, of pure mineral oil and 50 per cent, of neat's-foot oil the temper- ature did not increase to over 214° F. in 7 hours. A mixture of 75 per cent, of neat's-foot oil and 25 per cent, of mineral oil became heated to about 425° F. in (>i hours, and gave off an odor of burning. With 67 per cent, of neat's-foot oil and 33 per cent, of min- eral oil the highest temperature at- tained was 214° F. and the cotton showed no trace of charring. Accord- ing to these experiments it would seem that, if it is desired to give mineral oil greater tenacity and consistency for certain purposes, a mixture of 67 per cent, of neat's-foot oil and 33 per cent, of mineral can be considered as en- tirely safe. Purification of Lubricants after Use. Dissolve 2J parts by weight of potas- sium chromate, 2 parts of calcined soda, 21 parts potassium chloride, and 5 parts of common salt in a wooden vat. Bring into this 1000 parts of the oil to be purified previously heated to about 167° F., and after stirring thoroughly for 10 to 15 minutes let it stand quietly 8 to 10 days in a warm place. At the end of the time draw the clear oil oil" by means of a cock on the vat. Used lubricants can also be purified in the following manner: Heat 1000 parts by weight of the oil to be purified to about 167° F. and add with con- stant stirring a mixture of 10 parts by weight of concentrated sulphuric acid and the same quantity of 96 per cent, alcohol. After 24 to 48 hours rest the oil is drawn off from the sediment and, to remove all traces of sulphuric acid, washed with boiling water. New Receipts for Blacking. No. 1. Melt 90 parts by weight of beeswax, 30 of spermaceti, 350 of oil of turpentine, and 20 of asphaltum lacquer, and mix with 10 parts by weight of, borax 2o of lampblack, 10 of Berlin blue, and 5 of nitro-benzole. No. 2. Dissolve 150 parts of wax and 15 of tallow in a boiling mixture of 200 parts of linseed oil, 20 of litharge, and 100 of molasses. Heat to 230° t<\ 248° F. with an addition of 100 parts of lampblack. When cold dilute with 280 parts of linseed oil and mix with a solution of 5 parts of gum-lac and 2 of aniline violet in 25 of alcohol. No. 3. Mix intimately 6 parts of fine bone-black, 28 of syrup, 4 of sugar, 3 of train oil, and 1 of sulphuric acid, METAL INDUSTRY. 439 and allow the mixture to stand 8 hours. Then add with constant stirring -l parts of decoction of tan, IS* of bone- black, and 3 of sulphuric acid, and pour into boxes. Xa. 4. Boil 1 part of extract of log- wood, 30 of gall-nuts coarsely pow- dered with 25 of their combined weight of strong vinegar. Filter the fluid and after adding 8 parts of green vitriol allow it to settle l'4 hours. Then draw off the clear liquid and mix it with con-taut stirring with 8 parts of gum, liKi of sugar, and 80 of syrup. Strain and add 50 parts of spirit of wine, 40 of shellac solution, and 40 of pulver- ized iudisro. Metal Industry. Hardening Composition for Steel. To the ordinary hardening composition consisting of 4| quarts of fish oil, 2 pounds of beef suet, and i pound of wax, it is recommended to add 1 pound of rosin. Another composition consists of 95 quarts of spermaceti oil, 20 pounds of melted tallow, -ih quarts of neat's- foot oil, 1 pound of pitch, and 3 pounds of rosin. After melting the last two togeiher the other ingredients are added and the mass is heated in an iron vessel until all moisture is driven out and the heated mass ignites from a burning chip* of wood held over it ; the flame is at once extinguished by a close- fitting lid. In using either of the methods for saw blades they are first heated in a suitable furnace and then placed vertically, teeth upward, in troughs filled with the mixture. After sufficient cooling they are taken out and wiped with a piece of leather so that only a slight film of fat remains. They are then placed flat over a coal fire until the coating of fat ignites, which may burn as freely as required for great hardness. Screws or other articles which are to receive a less de- gree of hardness are dipped into the hot mixture and brought to a red heat. Iridium, its Preparation and Use. With the exception of alloying with platinum the principal use of iridium up to the present time has been for pointing gold pens. The iridosmine, called ov the manufacturers " diamond point," consists simply of a grain of iridium soldered on the point of the pen, which is afterwards sawed in two to make the two nibs and ground into proper shape. For preparing larger pieces of irid- ium than found in nature for making points for the Mackinnon stylographic pen, Mr. John Holland, of Cincinnati, has devised the following ingenious process: The ore is heated in a Hessian crucible to a white heat, and after add- ing phosphorus the heating is continued for a few minutes. In this manner a perfect fusion of the metal is obtained which can be poured out and cast into any desired shape. The material is about as hard as the natural grains of iridium, and in fact seems to have all the properties of the metal itself. For making points for the Mackinnon pen, the fused metal is poured between two iron plates which are kept apart a proper distance so as to make a sheet of iridium of the desired thickness. To obtain very compact castings, the plates are brought suddenly together, on the plan of a closed ingot with a hinge, so that as the metal cools it is subjected to great pressure. The sheets required for the Mackinnon pen are about 3 V inch in thickness, and are cut up into small irregular pieces, which are soldered on a strip of bronze and ground down to a flat surface upon a copper lap. Corundum or diamond dust mixed with oil is applied to the flat surface of the lap by means of a flat steel instrument, upon which pressure is applied in order to force the corundum or diamond dust into the copper, thereby making a cutting sur- face. The lap'makes about 800 to 1000 revolutions per minute. After the pieces are ground to a surface they are first countersunk by means of a dia- mond drill making about 900 revo- lutions per minute. After counter- sinking the iridium is finally pierced by means of a copj-er wire held by a suitable drilling apparatus, which makes about 3500 revolutions per min- ute. Some corundum or diamond dust and oil are put in the countersunk opening in the iridium and then it is held up against the piece of revolving copper. The holes having been drilled, the 440 TKi 'UNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. strips of bronze to which the pieces of iridium were soldered are dissolved by means of nitric acid, and the pieces of iridium are then soldered in proper position to the end of a MacKinnon pen. The iridium is then ground to a proper shape upon an apparatus con- sisting of three or more copper cylinders on a common spindle making about -3500 revolutions per minute. The operation of sawing the iridium is carried on by means of a copper disk from 4 to 8 inches in diameter, made of soft thin sheet-copper, held between two clamps and placed on a spindle re- volving at the rate of about 2500 revolutions per minute. It revolves in a box which contains corundum or dia- mond dust and cotton-seed oil. Phosphor-iridium, as this metal may be called, possesses some very remark- able properties. It is as hard, if not harder, than iridosmine from which it is prepared. It is somewhat lighter, owing to its percentage of phosphorus and increase of volume. It is homo- geneous and easy to polish, and forms some alloys impossible to prepare in any other manner. It combines with small quantities of silver and forms with it the most flexible and resisting alloy of silver. With gold or tin no alloy has thus far been obtained. Added in small quantities to copper it furnishes a metal possessing very small resistance to friction, and especially adapted for articles subjected to great pressure. This alloy seems to possess more than any other metal the power of retaining lubricants. With iron, nickel, cobalt, and platinum, phosphor-iridium forms combinations in all proportions, which are of great importance. With iron an alloy is obtained which retains the properties of phosphor-iridium, al- though its hardness decreases with a larger addition of iron. The alloy is slightly magnetic, and is not attacked by acids and alkalies, and the best file produces no effect upon it even if it con- tains as much as 50 per cent, of iron. With more than 50 per cent, of iron the power of resistance decreases gradually and the nature of the metal approaches that of iron. In casting phosphor-iridium it is ■observed that the mould fills up better after a second and third fusion. The most difficult object* are obtained with the aid of open or cosed iron oi steel moulds, which tin previously heated to prevent too rapid cooling. By fusing the phosphor-indium several times, a part of the phosphorus evapo- rates, and the melting point becomes higher. If heating :s continued too long, the metal does not fuse, and phos- phorus must be added in order to give it its former properties. The process of removing the phosphorus after cast- ing is as follows : The metal to be de- phosphorized is placed upon a perfo- rated fire-resistant bed upon the bot- tom of the crucible and surrounded with powdered lime, and then heated for some time to a red heat. The phos- phorus combines with the lime and forms a green slag which collects upon the bottom of the crucible. After some time the crucible is taken from the fire and the metal, after cooling, is once more treated in the same manner in another crucible. The temperature is gradually raised until the metal is com- pletely dephosphorized. Cowles' Electric Furnace. The Cowles Brothers, of Cleveland, Ohio, have lately invented a process of reduc- ing the refracting ores of many metals by electrical means, which promises to become very important in the arts. They construct a rectangular box of fire-resisting material, lined with a mixture of fine charcoal and lime. It has a removable cover, which is perforated with openings to allow the escape of gases evolved. In the sides of this furnace the electrodes — 2 plates of gas carbon — are let in, by means of which the current of a powerful dynamo-electric machine is introduced. The charge consists of a mixture of the coarsely crushed ore and coke fragments. The essential feature of the process consists, therefore, in employing in the furnace a substance like carbon whose high resistance to the passage of the current causes the production of a prodigiously high temperature, and which at the same time is capable of exercising a powerful reducing action on the ore. With such an arrangement of apparatus, and by the use of a power- ful electric current, the inventors have succeeded in reducing aluminium from corundum, boron from boracic acid. METAL INDUSTRY. 441 and silicium from quartz. They have greatly cheapened the cost of alumin- ium-bronzes and brasses, and, it is expected, will be able to produce pure aluminium in quantity at much lower I trices than it has heretofore been possi- ble to produce it. t\V.) Refining Nickel I Fleitmann's Pro- cess.) Dr. Fleitmann, of Iserlohn, has devised a very simple and successful process of refining and toughening nickel, which is now very largely used. It produces a very homogeneous metal from which castings may be made with much less liability to the presence of blow-holes than with other methods. Fleitmann's procedure consists in add- ing to the molten charge, in the pot, when ready to pour, a very small quan- tity of magnesium. The magnesium is added in small quantities at a time and stirred into the charge. About one ounce of magnesium is found to be suf- ficient for purifying 60 pounds of nickel. The theory of the operation is that the magnesium reduces the occluded car- bonic oxide, uniting with its oxygen to form magnesia, while carbon is separated in the form of graphite. The nickel refined by this method is said to become remarkably tough and malleable, and may be rolled into sheets and drawn into wire. Cast plates (intended for anodes in nickel- plating), after reheating, can be readily rolled down to the required thick- ness, which greatly improves them for plating purposes, as they dissolve with greater uniformity in the plating- bath. Nickel so heated may be rolled into sheets as thin as paper, and has been successfully welded upon iron and steel plates. ( W.) Wrought-l ran (or Mitis) Castings. Ostberg, a Swedish inventor, has lately devised an ingenious process of making castings (clean and sharp) of wrought- iron, by taking advantage of the ob- servation which he made that the ad- dition of an extremely small quantity of aluminium to wrought-iron, kept at a white heat in a crucible, forms a combination which has a much lower point of fusion than wrought-iron. When wrought-iron is heated in cru- cibles until it has become pasty, the aluminium in the form of an alloy of irou and aluminium is introduced. The mass almost instantly becomes thinly fluid — the fusion point of the resulting metal being lowered about 500° F. The surplus heat which it now contains, beyond that required for fusion, is sufficient to keep it thoroughly fluid during the operation of casting. The addition of aluminium required to produce this remarkable effect does not exceed A of one per cent. The process bids fair to become valuable. (W.) Median ically Hardened Steel. A bar of steel heated to a cherry-red is placed in a space enclosing it accurately and subjected to an enormous pressure by means of a hydraulic press. It is then allowed to cool under pressure, when it will be found that the steel has ac- quired a high degree of hardness and is very much inclined to become strongly magnetic. Magnets prepared accord- ing to this method possess an extraor- dinary power of resistance, and are al- ready used for telephones. Steel har- dened by pressure is also very suitable for edge tools, and finally the degree of hardness can be modified at pleasure by regulating the pressure. New Solder for Metal, Glass, and Por- celain. A soft alloy which adheres to metal,, glass, and porcelain, and can be used in the same manner as soft solder, is prepared from finely-powdered cop- per — copper dust — which is obtained by shaking a solution of blue vitriol with granulated tin. The solution becomes considerably heated, and a fine brown powder is precipitated. Of this copper dust, 20, 30, or 36 parts by weight, ac- cording to the desired hardness of the solder, are mixed in a cast-iron or por- celain mortar with sulphuric acid of 1.85 specific gravity to the consistency of paste, and 70 parts of mercury added with constant stirring. When the amalgam is thoroughly mixed, it is carefully washed with water to remove all traces of acid, and then cooled off. In 10 to 12 hours the mass becomes harder than tin. When the solder is to be used, it is heated to 1300° F., and can be kneaded like wax in an iron mortar. In this plastic con- dition it is applied to the surfaces to be joined and the latter pressed together. After cooling, the solder is hard and adheres very firmly. Oxidized Silver. Solution of penta 442 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BuOK. sulphide of potassium (liver-of-sulphur of the shops) is generally useil for ox- idizing silver. Liver-of-sulphur is pre- pared by intimately mixing and heat- ing together 2 parts of thoroughly dried potash and 1 part of sulphur powder. Dissolve 2 to 3 drachms of the compound in lj pints of water, and bring the liquid "to a temperature of from 155 to 175° F., when it is ready for use. Silver objects, previously freed from dust and grease with soda-lye and thorough rinsing in water, plunged in this bath are instantly covered with an iridescent film of silver suh)hide which in a few seconds more becomes blue- black. The objects are then removed, rinsed otF in plenty of fresh water, scratch-brushed, and, if necessary, pol- ished. It is advisable to use the ox- idizing liquid as soon as prepared. After it has been used for some time, the deposit becomes dull and gray and lacking in adherence. There is danger in using the alkaline liquid too strong ; the coating will form quicker, but does not adhere as well. The process is very readily executed upon pure silver, but with articles of cupriferous silver the result is not quite so beautiful, and it is therefore advisable to subject them to blanching before oxidizing. A velvety-black color is obtained by dipping the article previous to oxidiz- ing in solution of mercurous nitrate, by which it becomes coated with a thin film of mercury, which forms a silver amalgam with the silver. When brought into the liver-of-sulphur solu- tion a mixture of mercury sulphide and silver sulphide is formed which is much darker than silver sulphide by itself. By dipping the oxidized article in a liquid composed of 10 parts of blue vitriol, 5 of sal-ammoniac, and 100 of vinegar, the places of the silver left bright acquire a warm, brow 7 n shade. Another method of oxidation is ef- fected by dipping the article in diluted chlorine water, in chloride of lime so- lution, or in eau de Javelle. The action of these baths is based upon the forma- tion of a thin layer of silver chloride which becomes dark on exposure to light. Beautiful effects and tasty colored designs can be produced by combining various shades of oxidation with th« bright or gilded silver surface. By ex- ecuting the design, for example, with asphalt lacquer, and placing the arti- cles in the liver-of-sulphur solution, only the places left free become oxid- ized, and the result, after removing the asphalt lacquer with oil of turpentine, will be a white design upon a dark ground. Dark designs upon a white ground are executed with ink prepared by thickening concentrated liver-of- sulphur solution by the addition of guni-Arabic solution. When the de- signs are dry, the article is heated so that the gum cracks off or can be re- moved by a gentle tap. Black and light designs upon a dark gray ground are carried out by executing the first with asphalt solution and the latter with ink composed of mercurous nitrate and gum-Arabic solution, and dipping the article in the liver-of-sulphur bath. A deep black oxidized surface may be obtained directly on copper, properly cleansed, by immersion in a concen- trated solution of hydrous carbonate of copper, either cold or tepid. The cop- per surface at once becomes coated with a fine black deposit, which will stand subsequent treatment very well. A fine oxidized surface may also be pro- duced by depositing on the surface of the articles, or on certain portions thereof, a film of metallic platinum. For this purpose prepare a solution of platinic chloride in sulphuric ether or alcohol, and apply the solution with a brush to the parts of the surface to be oxidized. The ether or spirit speedily evaporates, leaving behind a film of metallic platinum adhering to the sur- face of the object, which film, accord- ing to its thickness, imparts either a steel-gray or nearly black lustre to the surface. A hot aqueous solution of platinic chloride will give the same results. Phosphorizing Bronze or Brass. Bronze or brass wire is placed for some time in a solution of J to 5 per cent, of phosphorus dissolved in ether, carbon di-sulphide, or olive oil, 5 to 10 per cent, of sulphuric acid and 85 to 95 per cent, of water. The metal takes up phosphorus. The wire is then drawn a size finer and introduced into a closed retort ; the bottom is covered METAL INDUSTRY. 443 with a thin layer of phosphorus so that the resulting vapors come in contact with the wiif. After this the wire is packed in wood-charcoal, and ignited and heated until it softens and can be drawn a size si ill smaller. This treat- ment is alternately repeated until the wire lias been reduced to the desired fineness. Wire prepared in this man- ner is claimed to be more indestructi- ble, takes a higher polish, and is less subject to corrosion. Prevention of Rusting-in of Screws. The screws in machines exposed to heat and moist air soon rust iu even if oil is used, which makes the taking apart of a machine a difficult task. By dipping the sci - ews before putting them in place in a thin paste of graphite and oil they can be removed without diffi- culty even after several years. To Mark Taols with a Name. Protect the tool with a thin layer of wax or bard tallow, by coating the heated steel with wax and allowing it to cool. When the wax is hard the name is written in it with a pointed instrument, so that each stroke penetrates to the oteel. Then pour some nitric acid over the waxed surface, let it stand for a short time, and after washing off the acid with water heat the metal until the wax melts and wipe it dry. The name will appear engraved in the steel. Utilization of Nickel Waste. For the utilization of waste from rolled and cast-nickel anodes and of the nickel sand gradually collecting upon the bot- tom of the vats, the following method is recommended ; Wash the waste repeatedly in clean hot water and then boil in dilute sul- phuric acid (1 part of acid to 4 of water) until water poured upon the waste is no longer clouded by it. Then pour off the liquid and treat the waste or sand with concentrated nitric acid. This must.be done very carefully and a large porcelain vessel should be used to pre- vent the solution from boiling over. When the solution is sufficiently con- centrated, so that it contains little free acid, it should be filtered, and slowly evaporated to dryness over the water- Dath. The product is nickel nitrate. [The nickel nitrate thus obtained is dissolved in hot distilled water, and the solution precipitated with caustic soda carefully and gradually added. The precipitate of hydrated nickel oxide is then carefully filtered and washed, then treated with dilute sulphuric acid with the aid of heat until solution has taken place. The solution is concentrated by evaporation and an excess of concen- trated solution of ammonium sulphate is added. The precipitate is the double sulphate of nickel and ammonium, or Adams' nickel-plating salt, which is commonly used for nickel-plating.] (W.) Zincing Screw Bolts. To free the screw bolts from dirt and grease, place them in an aqueous solution of soda or potash-lye, and for the purpose of stirring and mixing the ingredients and raising the temperature of the bath introduce steam. After remaining in the bath a suffi- cient length of time the bolts are rinsed in cold water. They are then placed in a second bath consisting of 5 parts of water and 1 part of hydrochloric acid, to remove rust, which would pre- vent the zinc from firmly adhering to the iron. In this bath the bolts remain until all traces of rust have disappeared, and they show a uniform gray color. The bolts are then dried and placed in a bath of zinc chloride in which the free acid has been neutralized by am- monia. The bolts are then thoroughly dried in a drying-room, care being had to avoid all contact with the atmos- pheric air. This precaution is not used in many shops, but experience has shown that an incomplete drying in the air exerts an injurious influence upon the lower layer of zinc, so that it ad- heres badly and defective places are formed in the coating. For the baths it is best to use wooden vessels, as they are not affected by the acids. After treating the bolts in the above manner and drying as thoroughly as possible, they are placed in an iron wire basket and dipped into the melted zinc in a pot of cast or wrought- iron heated by direct firing. One of the greatest inconveniences in the use of such baskets is that the iron forms an alloy with the zinc, and the bas- kets soon wear out, and besides the con- taminated zinc must be replaced by fresh metal. To overcome this evil 444 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. baskets of burnt clay have been re- cently introduced and used with suc- cess. Jt is best to use large crucibles, as ■practical experience has shown that the zincing turns out better with large quantities of melted zinc. It is advan- tageous to add some tin to the zinc, which increases the whiteness of the coating in the crucible. By quickly cooling the bolts in cold The bolts, when taken from the bath, are treated in a revolving drum filled with sawdust, fine sand, or iron filings, to remove superficial inequalities and unevenness. Miscellaneous. Continuously-working Furnace for the Manufacture of Animal Charcoal. Fig. 76. ft ft ft ft ft j Fig. 77. "water a dull, lustreless white color is obtained. To protect the melted metal from constant oxidation some ammo- nium chloride, which forms a good flux, is thrown into the pot after re- moving the oxide layer formed in the commencement ; rosin is also used for the same purpose. The time of immer- sion depends on the thickness of the sine layer desired, and on the quality of the iron. Figs. 76 and 77 represent the furnace. It is provided with an equal number of re- torts of cast-iron and of fire-clay with interspaces for the passage of the heat- ing gases. The retorts are filled with- out the admission of outer air through slides in reservoirs above them. The finished charcoal falls from the retorts into boxes of iron or tin, and from there, when cold, into wagons. By the circulation of the heating gases through MISCELLANEOUS. 445 the hollow spaces a very uniformly burnt product is obtained. The gases pass from the furnace, which is about 8 feet wide, 10 feet long, and 7i feet high, into a receiver and condenser, and, af- ter cooling, into a column with milk of lime. The ammonia is absorbed by sulphuric acid in lead tanks. Two or three men are required for attendance. The furnace has a capacity of 7500 to 11,000 pounds of raw material per day, and can be built with or without gas- firing and of any size with 4, 6, 8, and 12 retorts for working horn, hoofs, blood for the manufacture of albumen, and any other animal waste, and as no dis- agreeable odors occur can be used in any locality. Gilding and Silvering Leather. Thor- oughly tanned leather free from all fatty substances is soaked in a medium strong bath of caustic soda for a time varying according to its thickness. When taken out it is dried and satu- rated with a solution of kinglass and alum. After drying in the air it is coated once or twice, according to its quality, with a mixture of 2 pounds of collodion and 1 drachm of castor oil, again dried and then treated with a weak solution of caoutchouc in benzine, after which the gilding varnish, pre- pared from old linseed-oil varnish boiled with litharge and Venetian tur- pentine, is applied. When dry so far that it is only slightly sticky the gold or other metal leaf is laid on, brushed over with a brush, and finally, to pro- tect the gilding, coated with a solution of mastic in alcohol. Coating Leaden Water Pipes to Pre- vent Contamination of the Water Sup- ply. To avoid the contamination of drinking water by the lead of the service pipes commonly used it has been pro- posed to coat them on the interior with some chemical substance which will form an insoluble compound with the metal and protect it from the solvent action of the water. Several suggestions to this end have been made. One is to fill the pipes with water slightly acidu- lated with sulphuric acid, which will speedily form a coating of sulphate of lead on the inside surfaces — -a coating which, being almost absolutely insolu- ble in water, should serve as a very effectual barrier against the action of the water on the underlying metal. Another suggestion is to pass through the pipe a solution of an alkaline sul- phide (such as sodium or potassium sulphide), by which a film of insoluble lead sulphide will be formed, which will answer the same purpose of protecting the underlying metal from the action of the water. Ordinarily the only dan- ger to be feared from lead contamina- tion is when the pipes are new and the water that is passed through them con- tains impurities of an organic nature, or when, on the other hand, the water is very pure. In the great majority of cases the interior of the pipes speedily becomes coated with a thin, adhesive film of lead carbonate, which protects the lead very effectually, and the al- leged dangers of poisoning by the uba of the lead water pipes have, in our opinion been greatly exaggerated. (W.) New Floor Covering. Clean the floor thoroughly, then fill the holes and cracks with paper putty, made by soaking newspapers in a paste made of wheat flour, water, and ground alum, as follows : To 1 pound of flour add 3 quarts of water and a table-spoonful of ground alum, and mix thoroughly. The floor is then coated with this paste and a thickness of manilla or hardware paper is put on. If two layers are de- sired a second covering of manilla paper is put on in the same manner, and allowed to dry thoroughly. The manilla paper is then covered with paste, and a layer of wall paper of any style or design desired is put on. After allowing this to thoroughly dry it is covered with two or more coats of sizing, made by dissolving i pound of white glue in 2 quarts of hot water. After this is allowed to dry, the surface is given one coat of hard oil-finish var- nish, which comes already prepared. This is allowed to dry thoroughly, when the floor is ready for use. This covering is cheap and durable, makes the floor air-tight, and can be washed or scrubbed. Neiv Process of Manufacturing Gold Wall Paper. Dissolve one part of gutta- percha and 2 parts of caoutchouc in 5 parts of benzole, and 10 parts of white rosin in 30 parts of benzine, and mix the last solution with the 146 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. first. With the lacquer thus obtained the wall paper is printed in the usual manner, the gold dust strewn upon it and t lie surplus shaken off". The paper is then quickly dried upon a hot steam- cylinder which effects an intimate union of the gold dust with the lacquer and <;ives the paper a very high and durable lustre. Such wall paper can be washed. Phosphorescent Mixtures. The fol- lowing are approved formula? for phosphorescent mixtures which will produce light of various colors, so that after exposure to bright light all the colors of the rainbow may be shown in the dark. The mixtures must be sealed up in glass tubes and kept in the dark. If exposed for a few seconds to direct sunshine or to the light of burning magnesium and then taken into the dark, they will be luminous for a con- siderable time, sometimes for half an hour. No. 1. Pulverized oyster-shells 12 parts, flowers of sulphur 4 parts, oxide of zinc 0.5 part. No. 2. Pure calcium carbonate 12 parts, flowers of sulphur 4 parts, realgar 0.5 part. No. 3. Strontium nitrate 12 parts, flowers of sulphur 4 parts, sulphide of antimony 0.5 part. No. 4. Barium sulphate stirred into a paste with white of an egg and ignited in an open coal fire for 1 hour. No. 5. Strontium carbonate 12 parts, sulphur 4 parts, oxide of zinc 1 part. No. 6. Strontium carbonate 12 parts, sulphur 4 parts, sulphide of antimony 0.5 part. No. 7. Strontium carbonate 12 parts, sulphur 4 parts, sulphide of barium 2.2 parts. No. 8. Pure calcium carbonate 12 parts, sulphur 12 parts. All these mixtures, with the ex- ception of No. 4, require to be ignited or exposed to a red heat for $ hour. A little practice will show the temper- ature and time best adapted for their preparation. Preparation of Precipitated Chalk for Tooth-powders. Dissolve 1 part of cal- cium chloride in 15 parts of distilled water, filter, and add to the filtrate a previously filtered solution of crystal- lized soda in distilled water until a precipitate is no longer formed. This fine white precipitate thus formed is prepared chalk. After it has settled on the bottom, pour off the supernatant 11 ii id, moisten the precipitate with a little distilled water and bring it into a funnel provided with filtering paper. Wash the precipitate 6 to 8 times and finally dry it at a moderate heat. Precipitated chalk thus prepared is absolutely free from particles of sand, which cannot be said of tooth-powders, prepared as they mostly are with natural chalk. Process of Joining Two Pieces of Horn. Heat the pieces of horn before a fire and carefully scrape the edges where they are to be joined until they fit together exactly. Then take a pair of pincers, previously heated quite hot, and, after moistening the edges to be joined, press them together firmly and quickly. If the operation is skilfully performed a perfect joint will result; and after the edges have been made smooth with a fine file and polished with tripoli and water, it will be diffi- cult to tell where the two pieces are joined together. To Make Horn Combs Elastic. Place the horn from which the combs are to be made for 12 hours in a mixture of 3' parts of nitric acid, 15 parts of white wine, 2 parts of vinegar, and 2 parts of soft water. Then dry it and place it in a bath of 100 parts of warm water and 50 parts of nitric acid. The horn is then dyed and placed for 10 hours in a bath of vinegar and water. Combs made from horn thus pre- pared are so soft that they can be trodden upon without breaking. Roach and Moth Exterminator. Dis- solve 2 parts of thymol and 2 parts of salicylic acid in 200 parts of alcohol, and perfume the mixture with 1 part of lemon oil. This preparation makes no stain and kills the vermin immediately. The odor is not unpleasant and is quickly removed by airing the room. Shaving Cream. To make shaving cream that can be used without water melt 20 pounds of lard in a steam-bath at a temperature of 212° F., then let 5 pounds of caustic potash-lye of 36° B. run in very slowly during constant OILS AND FATS. stirring with a wooden paddle; when the paste becomes thick, 5 pounds more of lye are added in the same manner. After several hours stirring, the mixt- ure becomes firm and is finished. It is then transferred to a mortar and triturated until the soap becomes per- fectly smooth throughout and assumes m pearly appearance. Attar of almonds is the perfume for almond cream and attar of rose for rose cream. They are dissolved in a little alcohol and added during trituration. To Preserve India Rubber Goods from Becoming Hard and Cracking. Dip the goods, according to their size, for a few seconds to some minutes in a bath of melted paraffine of about 212° F., and dry them in a room heated to 212° F. To Render Rubber Hose Odorless. To obviate the disagreeable smell of rubber hose used for gas conductors, etc., it is recommended to rub the hose with a rag dipped in a solution of equal parts of linseed oil and alcohol of 36 per cent., thoroughly shaken to- gether. Stretch the hose moderately and continue the rubbing until the mixture is nearly dry, and repeat the operation three or four times in inter- vals of a few days. By this treatment the hose is made gas-tight and odorless without losing color and elasticity. Washing White Straw Hats. Re- move the hat band and wash the hat with a 5 per cent, solution of citric acid by means of a small sponge. Then rinse with clean water and hang the hat in the sun to dry. Window Panes which Indicate the Moisture of the Atmosphere. A neat utilization of the property of cobalt and nickel salts of indicating every change of moisture by a change of color is as follows : By coating window panes or wall paper with solutionsof — I. : cobalt- ous chloride 1 part, gelatine 10 parts, and water 100 ; II. : cuprous chloride 1 part, gelatine 10 parts, and water 100 parts; III.: cobaltous chloride 1 part, gelatine 20 parts, water 200 parts, nickel protoxide 0.75 part, and cuprous chloride 0.25, the painted surfaces re- main colorless in cloudy weather, and in clear weather No. I. turns blue, No. II. yellow, and No. III. green. Other attractive devices are likewise made. Oils and Fats. Bleaching of Bone-fat. Melt the fat at from 158° to 167° F., then stir into it 1 per cent, of soda-iye of 30° B., to which has been added h per cent, of common salt, and let the mass stand for 12 hours. The clear fat is then brought into a barrel of soft wood ami allowed to cool to 104° F. Now dis- solve 1 per cent, of the fat of potassium bichromate in sufficient hot water that the hot solution shows 22° B., add 3 per cent, of fuming hydrochloric acid of 22° and stir the mixture into the fat. The fat is then washed with hot water, covered, and allowed to settle. Bleaching of Paraffine and Similar Substances for the Manufacture of Candles. Filter the crude paraffine and boil it 2 hours with 5 per cent, of its weight of sodium sulphide and a sufficient quantity of water. When cold, the paraffine, which floats on the top, is washed in water, pressed, and dissolved in 20 per cent, of amyl alco- hol, from which it separates as a pasty mass. It is then allowed to rest for some time, filtered through charcoal, and subjected to powerful pressure. Bleaching of Oils and Fats. The following method, which is adapted for solid and fluid fats, can be used for bleaching and clarifying oils and fats for domestic and industrial purposes. Cotton-seed oil, rape-seed oil, and all other fat oils are prepared for treatment by mixing in a large tank with 2 to 3 per cent, of common salt and thor- oughly stirring for 5 to 10 minutes with 25 to 50 per cent, of water. After a rest of 24 to 48 hours it will be found that a portion of the impurities and the water and salt have settled on the bot- tom. The supernatant oil is then drawn off into another tank and a^ain thoroughly washed with cold water, and again drawn off after a rest of 6 to 12 hours. This treatment with common salt is especially valuable for the preparation of fine table-oils, but can also be used for other oils, such as linseed oil, train oil, etc. By conducting at the same time during the mechanical treatment an electrical current through the mixt- ure the oil is bleached by the decom- position of the common salt by the 448 TECHNO-CHEMICAL EECEIPT BOOK. action of the electric current, and the formation of secondary combinations of strong bleaching power. For many oils and tats which readily become rancid or spoil, it is recom- mended to add 2 to 3 per cent, of bi- carbonate of sodium to the above proc- ess. Besides the second washing with cold water, the oil can also be treated with steam conducted through it in a finely divided state, 5 to 10 minutes being sufficient for cotton-seed oil, while 15 to 20 minutes are required for rape- reed oil and 30 minutes for fish oil. By this treatment the rancid constituents are removed and the slimy particles precipitated. Instead of steam, repeatedly heated air mixed with 20 to 30 percent, of hot water may also be forced through the oil by means of a blowing engine. By filtering the oil thus prepared and stor- ing it for some time, a pure product of an agreeable taste and clear pale yel- low color is obtained. For filtering, the ribbed sides and bottom of the filtering vessel are covered with endless filtering paper. For the preparatory treatment of varnish oil, burning and lubricating oils, etc., the oil is compounded with a solution of 2 per cent, of common salt in 15 to 20 per cent, of water of 176° to 212° F., which, during the stirring, is still further heated by the introduction of steam. One to 1J per cent, of hydro- chloric acid diluted with 15 to 20 per cent, of water is then added with con- stant stirring, and finally steam is in- troduced in intervals of 5 minutes. The oil is then allowed to collect in settling tanks'. In many cases an addition of potas- sium permanganate, or potassium chlo- rate, or potassium bichromate previous- ly dissolved in as little warm water as possible is useful. For 100 parts of oil about tV part of the last-named salts and li to 2 parts of common salt are used. The heated oil to be bleached is suc- cessively mixed with the salt solutions, 2 to 3 per cent, of hydrochloric acid or 1 to li per cent, of sulphuric acid be- in g added by means of a rose with con- stant stirring for one hour. Then add 3d per cent, of warm water to the mixt- ure and allow it to rest. After the oil is drawn off it is several times washed with water with an addl t ion of some soda and finally treated with steam. The slimy sediment can be used for the manufacture of soap. This method is applicable to mineral, vegetable, and animal oils. Bleaching Tallow. About 50 pounds of caustic soda-lye are placed in a clean boiler and the steam is turned on. Salt is then added to the lye until it shows 25 to 28° B. ; :: gallons of soda-lye of 25° or 30° B., and heated for an hour or more to about 200° or 240° F. under perpetual stirring and left to settle. The clear oil is then separated from the brown soap stock and this dark soap sediment is placed into bags, where the remainder of the oil will drain off. Refined cotton-seed oil has the color, transparency, and taste of olive oil, and it has the same character for lubri- cating and pharmaceutical purposes. It has the property of resisting cold, remaining limpid, when pure, at 30° F., and quite fluid at 20°, hardening only at 8° to 10° F. It is not volatile, but is a fixed oil like lard, sperm, or olive oil, and is therefore not explosive. It gives a brighter light and burns longer than lard oil, owing to the absence of the gum which alway r s exists in lard ; and for this reason it is a better lubricator than lard oil. It is almost impossible to distinguish good refined cotton-seed oil from olive oil, and for this reason the latter is frequently adulterated with it, the general pro- portion being about 75 parts of cotton- seed oil to 25 parts of olive oil. In the Southern and Western States refined cotton-seed oil is largely used for culinary purposes, and it is claimed that for "shortening," as for pie- crusts, it is far superior to lard or any other grease, both as to taste of the finished pie and its appearance. Production of Light-colored Soap, or L i ght-colored Sebacic A cids, from Crude Cotton-seed Oil, or from Residues Ob- tained by its Purification. The oil is freed from impurities by settling or filtering. The residues are slightly warmed with a little water, and after cooling drawn off from the aqueous layer. The oil or the residues are then treated with sufficient strong soda-lye, so that the soap separates in flakes which are removed from the strongly colored under-layer. The soap is dis- solved in as little water as possible, and decolorized by the addition of chluirine water. Instead of the latter, bleaching powder, potassium chlorate, potassium permanganate, or potassium bichr ate can beadded and afterwards acids. By the addition of an excess of such acids purified sebacic acids are separated. To Remove the Disagreeable Odor of Soap made from cotton-seed oil, boil the oil to be used for white soap with an equal quantity of 25 per cent, soda-lye for 3 to 4 hours. Utilizing Cotton-seed Hulls. Instead of treating the hulls as refuse or burning them for fuel, potash and phosphate of lime can be extracted from them by the following process: The hulls are first burnt and the resulting ashes boiled for two hours in about ten times their weight of water. Then gradually add about half the weight of ash of lime to the boiled solution and allow it to settle. The clear liquid is next drawn off' in any suitable manner. The res- idue is then put in a percolator and exhausted with w-ater, and the solution is added to the clear liquid, and both evaporated to dryness, after which the potash is fused and run into moulds. The process of exhaustion is repeated and the subsequent washings are used to dissolve the next batch of ash and to slake the lime. The residue left in the percolator contains 50 per cent, of phos- phate of lime. New Process of Extracting Fish Oil. The fish are sprinkled with 5 per cent, of their weight of ferric chloride or sulphate solution of 45° B., and can then be kept 3 or 4 days without undergoing alteration. They are then crushed, made into a paste, and pressed, when l large quantity of oil and water is forced out. The cake from the press dries readily, becomes friable, and is easily pulverized. A further quantity of fatty matter may be obtained from it, either by pressing between heated metal plates, or by extraction with benzine or carbon di-sulphide. The residue forms an excellent fertilizer. Preparation of Heavy Oils and Par- affine from Petroi 'eum Residues. A large percentage of paraffine oil can be obtained by distilling the residues in vacuum with superheated steam. At from 59° to 68° F. these oils are gelat- inous and contain from 22 to 24 per cent, of paraffine, 20 per cent, of which 152" TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. can be gained. The oils are first puri- fied bv filtering through cloths at from 8(3° to 104° F., and treating with 4 to 5 per cent, of sulphuric acid of 6(>° B. After allowing the tarry substances to settle at 114° F., the oil is drawn off, the acid removed with quicklime, and the oil gradually cooled off to 41° F. The paraffine crystallizes and can be obtained by pressing, after which it is further purified by pressing with amyl alcohol or benzine and filtration through animal charcoal. Purification of Oils. Linseed oil should be warmed in an iron boiler and melted lead poured into it, in a thin stream, a little at a time. It should then be left for several days in a warm place, when a deposit separates and the oil becomes quite clear. Oil thus treated possesses in a high degree the property of drying quickly, and is es- pecially suited for the manufacture of varnishes and lacquers. Cocoanut oil should be rubbed up, thoroughly in- corporated with warm water, placed in a bag and pressed through it. The fluid thus obtained is brought to the boiling point, and the separating oil clarified with sugar and alum. The oil thus obtained is odorless, white, and well adapted for use in perfumery. The purification of fatty oils may be conducted :n the following manner: In a tub provided with a faucet 2 lbs. of potassium permanganate are dissolved in 64 gallons of water. Eighteen gal- lons of oil are added and thoroughly agitated, and then left to settle for 2 ■days. After this time 4 gallons of warm water are added with 11 lbs. of crude hydrochloric acid, and the whole vigorously agitated. After several days' rest the water is drawn off from the oil and the latter is washed with hot water to remove the acid. For the quicker separation of the oil from the water the whole is placed in a carboy with a per- forated cork, in which two tubes are fitted. One of these is a funnel tube, reaching nearly to the bottom ; the other is a bent delivery .tube, reaching a little way below the cork. By pour- ing water through the funnel tube the oil is delivered bright and clear. It is colorless and odorless. Solidification of Liquid Hydrocar- bons. The liquid hydrocarbon, such as crude petroleum, refined petroleum, etc., is mixed with some melted fat, after which the mixture is acidulated, and in the form of a spray introduced into an alkaline solution. The mass coagulates and is mechanically sepa- rated from the aqueous solution. The coagulum thus obtained is made still more resisting to the influence of heat, etc., by mixing with water-glass solu- tion to which has been added burnt lime, gypsum, or magnesia. To regain the hydrocarbons the melted mass is compounded with dilute sulphuric or hydrochloric acid, whereby fat and hy- drocarbon are separated on the surface. By using ammonia for coagulating the hydrocarbon the dried mass after heat- ing can be formed into candles or torches. For preparing solid fuel the coagulum is mixed with powdered eoke, etc. The same method can also be used for the solidification of volatile oils, fat oils, etc. It is best not to add the acid at one time, but in several portions, and to stir thoroughly after each addi- tion. If crude petroleum is to be solidi- fied to be used for candles or torches, it is previously purified by treatment with oxidizing agents, such as potas- sium manganate and permanganate, etc. Substitute for Linseed Oil. Melt 5J parts of light Burgundy pitch and mix with 2| parts of crude cotton-seed oil and £ part of fat oil, both previously heated to 176° F. Then add 3i parts of petroleum heated to the same tem- perature and heat the mixture. When cold add a trace of a mixture of oil of valerian and essence of mirbane, and allow the mixture to clarify. By boil- ing the cotton-seed oil before use with 3 per cent, of gold litharge a mass is obtained which can be used as a sub- stitute for boiled linseed oil in prepar- ing paints, varnishes, etc. To Purify Oils. Heat the oil with 2 to 3 per cent, of sodium di-sulphide to 77° to 95 J F., and stir until all the sul« phurous acid has escaped. The following method is especially used for rancid and bitter peanut oil and oil of almonds: Make an emulsion of the oi! with a base (good results have been obtained with potash dissolved in twenty times its weight of water), add PAPER. 453 about double the volume of oil of water and agitate. In an hour the emulsion is destroyed with sulphuric aeid and diluted with ten times its weight of water. The reforming process com- mences immediately; the oil appears on the surface, and after a few hours of rest is completely separated. The oil is then decanted and filtered. White Vaseline Oil. To 100 parts of yellow Russian mineral oil add with constant stirring 25 parts of fuming sulphuric acid in a thin stream. Con- tinue the stirring for 30 minutes and allow the mixture to rest 4 to 5 hours. Then draw the supernatant oil from the black tar-like sediment into another boiler, and add gradually and in small portions 30 per cent, of best well-dried decolorizing powder (residue from the manufacture of potassium ferrocy- anide.) Continue the stirring with constant heating for 2 hours and then let the oil rest 4 to 6 hours. Draw the oil off and bring it into a double walled filter heated by steam and filled J with decolorizing powder. Should the oil coming from the filter not be entirely white, pass it through a second filter and if necessary through a third until the desired whiteness is attained. The major portion of the oil retained by the decolorizing powder can be re- gained by pressing the latter in a filter- ing press, and by boiling the pressed powder with water acidulated with 5 per cent, of sulphuric acid nearly all the remainder of the oil is obtained. Solvent Power of Glycerine. Al- though not used to a great extent in the chemical industries as a solvent, glyc- erine is of considerable service for this purpose in pharmacy. Below is a table showing the solvent power of this sub- stance. It is found that, 100 parts (by weight) of glycerine will dissolve: s by weight. Substance. 20 ... . Arsenious acid. 20 ... . Arsenic acid. 10 ... . Benzoic acid. 10 ... . Buracic acid. 15 ... . Oxalic acid. 50 ... . Tannic acid. 40 ... . Alums. 20 ... . Ammonium carbonate 20 ... . Ammonium chloride. 5% . . . . Tartar emetic. 10 ... . Barium chloride. 30 27 2 50 3^ 25 32 40 8 60 98 20 50 35 50 Cupric sulphate. Mercuric chloride. Mercuric cyanide. Iodine. Phosphorus. Plumbic acetate. Potassium arsenate. Potassium chlorate. Potassium bromide. Potassium cyanide. Potassium iodide. Hydrogen sodium carbonate!. Borax. Sodium carbonate. Sodium chlorate. Sulphur. Zinc chloride. Zinc sulphate. Urea. Morphine. Quinine. Strychnine. t only to paper but to all materials containing 40 or more per cent, of cotton. To make Parchment Paper Imperme- able to Oil. Dip the parchment in a hot solution of gelatine to which has been added 2£ to 3 per cent, of glycerine and dry. To make the same parchment water-proof soak in a solution of 1 per cent, of linseed oil and 4 per cent, of caoutchouc in carbon di-sulphide. Straw, Bleaching and Dyeing of. Before straw is available for the many industrial purposes for which it is used it is subjected to a bleaching process, which is generally preceded by a cleansing bath. For the purpose of dissolving the natural coloring matter the straw is steeped in hot water and then treated with alkaline lye, consist- ing of 50 parts of water, 8 of potash, and 12 of soda. When taken from this bath it is successively immersed in two or three of weaker lye, and finally rinsed in boiling water. The bleaching process commences in a chlorine bath and is finished in one of sulphuric acid. Good results are also obtained by treating the straw, after the cleansing process, with sulphur vapors, but in order to obtain beautiful shades of color it is advisable in this case to color the straw after the treatment with a little picric acid by immersing it in a bath consisting of 24 pounds of water and f drachm of crystallized picric acid. Besides, with sulphur va- pors, the straw can also be bleached in the following manner: Immerse 30 pounds of straw in warm water for a few hours, then treat it with a soda solu- tion of 40° B. for 6 hours, and boil it for 1 hour with 1 pound of chloride of lime. Then add to the bath 1 ounce 12 drachms of hydrochloric acid diluted with 3 gallons of water and allow the 456 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. straw to remain in it for £ hour, after which it is placed in a 1 per cent, soda bath, and finally rinsed it) water. By this method the straw acquires a beau- tiful white color and great suppleness and elasticity. Before dyeing it is advisable to thoroughly soak the straw in order to fix the color uniformly. The most im- portant colors are black, brown, and gray. Black for 22 Pounds of Straw. Boil the straw for 2 hours in a dye-bath of 4 pounds of logwood and 1 pound of su- mach or gall nuts, and then place it in a bath of nitrate of iron (best 4° B.), rinse and dry. Black for 22 Pounds of Straip. Boil for 2 hours with logwood 4 pounds, su- mach i pound, and fustic or turmeric 1 pound. Then darken with green vit- riol, »-inse and dry. Black for 22 Pounds of Straw. Boil for 2 hours with green vitriol 4 pounds, tartar 2 pounds, and blue vitriol 1 pound. Finish in a bath of 8 pounds •of logwood, with an addition of some turmeric. Gray for 22 Pounds of Straw. Soak the straw in a solution of sodium car- bonate, with an addition of some lime to remove the sulphur. Then boil for 2 hours in a dye-bath consisting of alum 4 pounds, tartaric acid 3£ ounces, and, according to the desired shade, some cochineal or indigo carmine. To neutralize the cochineal add some sul- phuric acid. After boiling wash the straw in slightly acidulated water. Brown for 22 Po u nds of Straw. Boil for 2 hours in a dye-bath of 1 pound 10 ounces of sanders wood, 2 pounds of turmeric, J pound of sumach, and 1 pound 5 ounces of logwood. Then rinse and darken according to the de- sired shade with 3 to 4 per cent, of green vitriol. Chestnut-brown for 22 Pounds of Straw. Catechu 1 pound 10 ounces, turmeric 2 pounds, gall nuts 6 ounces, and logwood 1 ounce. Boil for 2 hours, rinse, and finally treat with nitrate of iron of 4° B. and rinse again. Ha en in/ Brown for 22 Pounds of Stratc. Soak the straw in solution of 4i to 6V pounds of alum, then dye in a bath of 13 ounces of sanders wood, 1 pound of turmeric, 3 ounces 8 drachms of sumach, and 12.1 ounces of logwood. and rinse. Violet for 22 Pounds of Straw. Boil for 2 hours with alum 4 pounds, tar- taric acid 1 pound, and tin salt 1* pound. According to the shade de- sired add some extract of logwood or indigo. After dyeing, wash in water compounded with alum. Bed for 22 Pounds of Straw. The mordant consists of tartar 1 pound and some tin salt. Boil for two hours. Then boil for one hour with fustic 1 pound, turmeric 7 ounces, madder 7 ounces, cudbear 1 pound, and logwood 1 pound. Then add, according to the shade desired, cudbear, archil, or madder. Green for 22 Pounds of Straw. Boil for 2 hours in a mordant of sumach 7 ounces, alum 2 pounds, and tartar 1 pound, and then add some picric acid, turmeric, and aniline green. Straw can also be dyed with aniline colors, the manipulation of which pre- sents no difficulties. To give lustre to the articles manu- factured from the dyed straw, gum or gelatine is frequently used. Strength of Materials. Autographic Torsion Testing Ma- chine, made by the Pratt & Whitney Co., Hartford, Conn. This instrument has been devised by Prof. R. H. Thurston for the special purpose of determining the torsional strength of materials of con- struction. It gives the investigator an autographic accord of the values of elasticity, ductility, homogeneity, and ultimate resistance of the various met- als, alloys, woods, etc., used in engi- neering constructions, enabling him to pass a sound judgment upon the rela- tive usefulness of such materials for the various purposes in construction for which they may be intended. The machine is constructed with special reference to convenience of operation, and provides improved methods of sub- jecting specimens to torsional strains, either continuously or intermittingly, through all degrees of strain to final rupture; and the autographic recording device with which the same is pro- vided exhibits graphically throughout STRENGTH OF MATERIALS. 45? the entire investigation the relation be- tween the moment of torsion and the angle of torsion. The following de- scription will make its construction and operation clear: men to the weighted pendulum on the opposite side of the frame. A yoke, carrying a pencil, is attached or pivoted to the pendulum, and i« guided at its upper cud by a brass semi-circular tern- Fig. 78. The jaws (Fig. 78) which receive the specimen each have their axis in the same plane horizontally and verti- cally, and motion given to the worm wheel is imparted through the speci- plate or "curve of lines," its inner edge being made to represent a curve, the ordinates of which correspond to the torsional resistance of the weighted pendulum while moving through an 458 TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. arc to which the corresponding abscissa? are proportional ; while the rotation of the jaw attached to the worm wheel causes the pencil to be moved forward by the action of the guide curve. Upon the shaft connecting the worm wheel and the jaws which receive the end of the specimen is a brass drum 5£ inches wide, and circumference equal t<> 36 inches; upon this drum is stretched a special blank of section- lined paper, upon which strain dia- grams are thus autographic-ally traced. The motion of the pencil in the direc- tion of the axis measures the torsional moment, from which the tensile strength of the specimen may be de- duced ; while the rotation of the drum carrying the diagram represents the angle of torsion, from which is deduced the ductility of the specimen. By an improved device the worm can be readily disengaged from the worm wheel, and by carefully allowing the pendulum to swing back to its normal position the limit of elasticity may be determined. By placing a number of the diagrams representing strains or tests of various metals, alloys, etc., upon the same sheet, the results obtained may be read- ily compared. (W.) Willow-wake. Bleaching Willow-ware. This can be effected either by means of sulphur- ous acid, chlorine, or peroxide of hy- drogen. The latter process, though but little practised, is preferable to the others, as no unwholesome gases or bad odors are evolved. For bleaching with sulphurous acid place an iron dish filled with flowers of sulphur in the bleaching room, and, jifter igniting the sulphur, leave the door open until the sulphur burns freely. Then close the door all but a small crack, and only shut it entirely when the sulphur is nearly consumed. Leave the articles 5 to 6 hours in the room. For bleaching with chlorine mix 1 part of chloride of lime with 15 parts of water, acidulate the mixture with sulphuric acid and place the vessel in the bleaching room, which should be air-tight and previously filled with the articles to be bleached so arranged that they are not in contact with the floar or the walls. Peroxide of hydrogen, which is now an article of commerce, is the most ef- fective and harmless bleaching agent. It is entirely odorless, bleaches the ar- ticles in less time than the others, and no special bleaching room is required. Place the articles in a bath of com- mercial peroxide of hydrogen for \ hour, then take them out and expose them to the sun. By this treatment even yellowish and brownish willow- ware is bleached snow-white. Stains for Willow-ware. All kinds of osiers take stains remarkably well, but in order that they may penetrate deeper and remain more constant when exposed to air and light it is advisable to treat the osiers first with a chemical agent, lime-water being especially adapted for the purpose. It is pre- pared by gradually slaking fresh-burnt lime with lukewarm water until it falls to a fine powder, and stirring 1 part of this with 15 to 16 parts of soft water, allowing it to settle and pouring off the supernatant fluid. The osiers are placed in this for i to 6 hours, accord- ing to their thickness. They are then taken out and dried at about 96° to 104° F. The warm wood eagerly ab- sorbs every kind of stain. The osiers are generally colored be- fore working them into articles by boiling in the stain for a shorter or longer time, according to their thick- ness and the depth of the color desired. Small finished articles are, however, sometimes colored by applying the hot stain by means of a brush or dipping them in the boiling stain. For the latter process large vessels and considi erable quantities of stain are, of course, required. Black Stain. Place the osiers in a boiling solution of 100 parts of aniline nitrate and 5 parts of cupric chloride in 1500 parts of water for 1 hour. Then take them out, dry thoroughly and place them for i hour in a boiling bath of 100 parts of potassium bichro- mate in 2000 parts of water. iVo. 2. Boil 250 parts of logwood ex- tract with 2500 parts of rain-water and 15 parts of alum. After straining the WILLOW- WARE. 459 liquid to remove the impurities con- tained in the logwood extract, immerse the osiers for 2 to 6 hours, according to their thickness, keeping the bath constantly boiling to effect a thorough penetration of the stain. After taking them out and drying place them for 2 to 4 hours in a boiling solution of 150 parts of sulphate of iron in 1500 parts of rain-water. A very beautiful black color is ob- tained by placing the osiers in the above-mentioned decoction of logwood extract, and, after drying, bringing them for 4 to 6 hours in a boiling solu- tion of 130 parts of cupric sulphate in 201 M » parts of rain-water. Blue Stain. Boil 200 parts of indigo with 4000 parts of soft water and leave the osiers 5 to hours in the boiling stain. Brown Stains. Place the osiers in a solution of 10 parts of potassium per- manganate in crystals in 300 parts of water. By taking them out imme- diately and allowing them to drain as quickly and uniformly as possible a pale yellow-brown color is obtained ; by allowing them to remain i hour a somewhat darker color, which, by an immersion of 2 to 3 hours, may be made a dark chestnut-brown. No. 2. Place the osiers for 2 hours in a boiling solution of 15 parts of pot- ash in 200 parts of water, and, after drying, place them for 2 hours in 'a boiling solution 'of 5 parts ofpyrogallic acid in 200 parts of water. The color thus obtained is a beautiful light chest- nut-brown and very constant. No. 3. Place the osiers for 4 hours in a strained decoction of 15 parts of prepared catechu and 3 parts of soda with 200 of water, and, after drying, for 1 hour in a solution of 10 parts of potassium bichromate in 250 parts of water. Gray Stains. Blue-gray. Place the osiers for 2 hours in a boiling solution of 35 parts of sulphate of iron in 150 parts of water, and, after drying, J hour in a boiling solution of 3 parts of pyro- gallic acid in 100 parts of water. Dark Gray. Place the osiers for 2 to 6 hours, according to the depth of color required, in a boiling solution of 45 parts of sulphate of iron in 150 parts of water, and, after drying, for the same length of time in a boiling solution of 20 parts of pyrogallic acid in 100 parts of water. For the production of beautiful pure gray colors only fine green sulphate of iron is to be used, while for yellowish- gray shades the weathered, rusty mate- rial is employed. Green Stain. Place the osiers for 3 to 4 hours in a boiling solution of 20 parts of indigo and 10 parts of picric acid in 500 parts of water. The shades of green can be varied at pleasure by using different proportions of the two coloring matters. Bluish-green and blue-green shades are obtained by taking more indigo and yellowish-green and yellow-green by adding more picric acid. Yellow Slain. Boil 20 parts of Avignon berries, powdered or ground as fine as possible, and 2J parts of soda with 200 parts of water, strain, and. after boiling the clear liquor, place the osiers in it for 2 to 4 hours. Yellow Stain from Picric Acid. Dis- solve 10 parts of crystallized picric acid in 200 parts of boiling water. By treat- ing the osiers for 2 hours in this solu- tion a beautiful yellow color, of great constancy, is obtained. Coloring Osiers with Aniline Colors. It is best, as a general rule, to produce only black, brown, gray, and yellow colors by means of stains, and the more vivid colors, such as red, blue-green, etc., with aniline colors. In coloring with aniline colors the treatment of the osiers with lime-water is omitted, as in the presence of the smallest quantity of quicklime the aniline colors frequently undergo a change. The osiers are instead treated in a bath prepared by boiling 12 parts of Marseilles soap in 500 parts of water until the soap is dissolved. After suf- ficient soaking in the soap-bath the osiers are thoroughly dried in a heated room. Aniline colors soluble in water should be used, though such as are soluble in water and alcohol may also be employed by dissolving them in a small quantity of alcohol and diluting with water. The colors soluble in water are mixed with the required quantity of water, best heated from 86° to 140° F., and, after stirring for a few 460 TECHNO CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK. minutes, the osiers are kept in the bath until they are sufficiently colored. Blue Stains. Dark Blue. Fifteen parts of Bengal blue (deep blue) and 350 parts of water. Greenish-blue. Fifteen parts of bleu tre-s vert and 30' » parts of water. Light Blue. Fifteen parts of bleu de lumiere and 400 parts of water. Sky-blue. Fourteen parts of bleu de del and 400 parts of water. Brown Stains. Bismarck Brown. Fifteen parts of Bismarck brown and 400 parts of water. Chestnut Brown. Eighteen parts of maroon and 450 parts of water. Dark Brown. Eighteen parts of leukaniline brown and 350 parts of water. Gray Stains. Blue-gray. Fifteen pans of gris-bleu and 350 parts of water. Iron-gray. Twenty parts of gris- rouge and 350 parts of water. Gray. Fourteen parts of gris and 300 parts of water. Yellowish-gray. Fifteen parts of gris-jaune and 300 parts of water. Green Stains. Dark Green. Fifteen parts of methyl green, 3 parts of bleu de lumiere, and 400 parts of water. Leaf-green. Fifteen parts of mala- chite green, 4 parts of naphthaline yellow, and 300 parts of water. Dark Leaf-green. Fifteen parts of malachite green, 3 parts of bleu de lumiere, and 300 parts of water. Light Green. Fifteen parts of methyl green and 300 parts of water. Malachite Green. Fifteen parts of malachite green and 300 parts of water. Red Stains. Crimson. Tw T elve parts of rouge cochenille and 400 parts of water. Coral Red. Twelve parts of coral- line and 400 parts of water. Dark Red. Twelve parts of fuchsine, 4 parts of orange, and 400 of water. Delicate Pale Red. Five parts of eosine and 400 parts of water. Ponceau Red. Twelve parts of pon- ceau and 400 parts of water. Rose Color. Twelve parts of rose bengale and 400 parts of water. Violet Stains. Bluish-violet. Fif- teen parts of methyl violet, 30 parts of bleu d e lumiere, and 500 parts of rain- water. Dark Violet. Fifteen parts of methyl violet and 40(1 parts of water. Light Violet. Fifteen parjs of methyl violet and 400 parts of water. Reddish-violet. Fifteen parte of methyl violet, 3 parts of fuchsine, and 400 parts of water. Yellow Stains. Dark Yellow. Eigh- teen parts of phosphine and 300 parts of water. Pure Yellow. Fifteen parts of naph- thaline yellow and 400 parts of water. Reddish-yellow. Twenty parts of orange, 50 parts of fuchsine, and 550 parts of water. Saffron Yellow. Eighteen parts of saffronine and 300 parts of water. By mixing several colors an innu- merable variety of shades can be pro- duced; but, to avoid mistakes, it is best to always experiment first with small quantities. Varnishing, Gilding, and Painting Willow-ware. If willow-ware is to ht varnished without staining, it is best^ after bleaching the articles, to' give them a coat of a hot solution of white glue. This closes the pores and makes the coat of varnish more uniform and more lustrous. Dammar varnish and cheap copal varnish should never be used. For white ware use colorless spirit lacquer; for dark ware, light and dark brown spirit lacquer or quick-drying copal varnish ; and for black, deep- black spirit lacquer or quick-drying asphaltum lacquer. If the ware is to be painted, give two coats of good oil paint, and when thor- oughly dry a coat of varnish. For gilding, apply first a coat of well-covering pale yellow oil paint (white lead and ochre), and when dry a coat, of gilders' varnish. Before the latter is entirely dry lay on the gold or silver-leaf cut into suitable pieces, and press it down with a cotton pad. When dry remove the superfluous leaf with a soft brush. Bronzing is done by applying a coat of good copal varnish, and before the latter is entirely dry dusting over the bronze powder by means of a soft brush. To avoid unnecessary loss, place the article upon a sheet of clean white paper, so that superfluous bronze powder can be saved. APPENDIX Testing for Adulterants. Tenting Lubricating Oils for Acids. That a small quantity of fatty acid in oil renders it unfit for lubricating purposes is too well known to need repeating, hut how to ascertain its presence before irreparable injury lias been done is a more difficult problem. The following is a sim- ple method of testing for acids, namely, its action upon sub-oxide of copper, or red oxide. If the red oxide is not at hand, the copper scale or ash of the coppersmith may be employed, as it contains this sub- oxide. Either of these substances is placed in a white glass vessel, and covered with the oil to be treated. If the latter contains a trace of acid, or any resinous acid from rosin oil, with which it may have been adulterated, the oil soon turns green, and that too nearest the cop- per scales. A gentle heat hastens the reaction, which, in the cold, re- quires from 15 to 30 minutes. The test is extremely delicate, and can- not result in any doubt or error to those who use it for the first time. An oil which is not turned green by the copper scale can unhesitatingly be pronounced absolutely free from acid. If there be but little acid present the green color is fainter, by more acid, intenser, and if rosin has been added it is bluish. The chemical reaction is this : The free vegetable and fatty acids separated the sub-oxide into oxide and metallic copper ; the former then combines with the acids to form greenish blue salts, that dissolve more or less in the oil and impart their color to it. The oxide of copper does not answer as well as the sub-oxide. Tests for Determining Wool, Sill:, and Cotton. A short process to de- tect or separate these fibers, suffices for ordinary purposes. The fabric to be examined is first dipped, for fifteen minutes, in boiling water con- taining five per cent, of hydrochloric acid, for the purpose of removing coloring matter and sizing ; it is then washed and dried. If at all possible, the woof is then to be separated from the warp, and each examined separately, according to the following scheme : 1. Burn a few fibers. An odor' of burnt urine is developed. If this is the case, heat a few fibers with solu- tion of soda, and examine the vapor given off; if ammonia is present, this indicates the presence of an animal fiber, A. Dip a few fibers into a boil- ing solution of basic chloride of zinc. a. The fiber dissolves com- pletely. — Silk. b. On the addition of hydrochloric acid, an abundant flocculent precipitate is produced. — Silk mixed with wool or vegetable fiber, c. The chloride of zinc does not dissolve it. Remove the fiber to a boiling moderately dilute solution of soda. It dissolves completely. — TT'oo?. It dissolves partially. — Wool and, cotton. 2. No odor of burnt urine is developed. — Vegetable fiber. Distinguishing Butter from Lard, Beef Fat, etc. The sample to be examined (if in the form of butter) must be first melted and rendered pretty free from water and salt, by filtration if necessary ; ten grains are then to be put into a test tube and liquefied by placing the tube in hot water at about 150° F. ; remove the tube when ready, and add thirty minims of carbolic acid (Calvert's No. 2 acid, in crystals, one pound ; distilled water, two fluid ounces). Shake the mixture, and again place it in the water bath until it is trans- parent. Set the tube aside for a (461) 462 APPENDIX. time. If the sample thus treated be pure butter, a perfect solution will be the result ; if beef, mutton, or pork fat, the mixture will resolve itself into two solutions of different densities, with a clear line of de- marcation ; the denser of the two solutions, If beef fat, will occupy about 49.7 ; lard, 49. G ; mutton, 44 per cent, of the entire volume ; when sufficiently cooled, more or less de- posit will be observed in the upper- most solution. If olive oil be thus tested, the substratum will occupy about 50 per cent. ; with castor oil, there is no separation. With some solid fats (not likely to be used fraudulently) no separation what- ever takes place ; the addition of a minute portion of alkanet root will render the reading of the scale ex- tremely distinct by artificial light. The author states that the above method (although not intended to surpass other processes) is capable of wide application, the saving of a large amount of time, and the re- liability of its results will at once recommend it as a "first step" in butter analysis. Testing Olive Oil. The test is simple, and can be performed by any one capable of reading a chemi- cal thermometer. About a teaspoon- ful of oil is put in a test tube, and a thermometer suspended in the oil, which is now to be heated to 250° C. (472° F.°). For a comparison a second test tube of pure oil may be treated in like manner. Olive oil, when heated, grows rather lighter in color, but most other oils, like cotton seed, peanut oil, etc., grow darker. The latter, also, evolve a penetrating and disagreeable odor, but olive oil has a pleasant smell not unlike strawberries. Tests for Flour Adulterations. A method by which any person of ordinary intelligence may test the amount of adulteration of flour is based upon the fact that chloro- form is specifically lighter than nearly all the substances usually employed for these adulterations, such as lime, chalk, barytes, plaster, marble, bone-powder, etc., while the genuine flour is again lighter than chloroform, in which none of the above-named substances are soluble. The testing process is simple. The apparatus required is a small test tube about three-eighths inch in diameter, and five indies long. A teaspoonl'ul of the flour to lie teste. 1 is placed in the tube and chloroform supplied to fill the vessel to about three-uuarters of its length. It is well shaken and then placed in an upright position, so as to remain undisturbed until the various sub- stances mixed togetner have had time to find the level assigned them by their specific gravity, tne flour swimming near the surface at the top of the vessel, while the mineral bodies will sink to the bottom. It should be noted that unadulterated flour often shows a slight filmy de- posit of a grayish or brownish color, which is stone-dust, produced in grinding. A white deposit, however, will invariably indicate an adultera- tion with one or another of the sub- stances mentioned above. If the ma- terials are weighed before and after separation, the amount of adultera- tion may be determined with a fair degree of accuracy. Lead in Enamels. A very rapid method of testing the enamel or tin- ning of cooking vessels, etc., for lead is recommended by M. Fordoz. The vessel is carefully cleaned to remove all grease, etc. A drop of strong nitric acid is then placed on the enamel or tinning, and evapo- rated to dryness by gentle heat. The spot where the action of the acid has taken place is now wetted by a drop of solution of potassium iodide (5 parts iodide to 100 of water), when the presence of lead is at once shown by the formation of yellow lead iodide. Tin present in the enamel, etc., does not give a yellow spot when the potassium iodide is added. Test for Bad Water. For detec- tion of animal decomposition prod- ucts in water, a watery extract of gall nuts was used by M. Faure. It has also been recommended to use tannic acid for improvement of bad drinking water. M. Kamrneren has recently advised the use of tannin for discovering putrefying animal products in water. He considers that the presence of gelatine in ground water can no longer be APPENDIX. 46c doubted, and it is often found in comparatively large quantities. The presence of salt and other com- pounds in water may delay the pre- cipitation by tannin ; hence the purity of water should not be affirmed, as regard* tannin reaction, till after 24 hours of this. Every water which becomes troubled in a considerable degree through tannin must be held dangerous as drink- ing water. For this judgment it is all the same whether a precipitate occurs at once or only after a long time ; for the time depends less on the nature of the precipitated body than on the dissolved substances which retard precipitation. Test for Sulphuric Acid in Vine- gar. The impression prevails that vinegar is sometimes strengthened by the addition of sulphuric acid, hence numerous tests for this adul- terant have been proposed. Natural vinegar contains sulphates, hence chloride of barium always forms a precipitate, whether sulphuric acid has been added or not. The simpl- est test for free acid is methyl- aniline violet. Acetic acid has no effect upon this dye, but the small- est trace of free mineral acid, hydro- chloric, sulphuric, or nitric, changes it to green or bluish green. To make the test 1 part of methyl-aniline is dissolved in 2,000 parts of water (5 centigrams to 100 c. c.) and a single drop of this solution as added to about 25 c. c. (5/6 ounce) of the vinegar to be tested. If the slight- est amount of sulphuric acid has been added to the vinegar the color will change. Metals and Alloys. Imitation Gold and Silver. There have been a great number of alloys resembling gold and silver patented. The last which has come to our knowledge is a patent recently granted in England to one Thomas Meiffrer, of Marseilles, France, for the following ingredients : Gold Alloy. 800 parts of copper. 28 of platinum, and 20 of tungstic acid are melted in a crucible under a flux, and the melted mass poured out into alkaline water, so as to granulate it. It is then melted to- gether with 170 parts of gold. Silver Alloy. 05 parts of iron and 4 parts of tungsten are melted to- gether and granulated; also 23 parts nickel, 5 of aluminum, and 5 of cop- per, in a separate crucible, to which is added a piece of sodium, in order to prevent oxidation. The two granulated alloys are then melted to- gether. Both alloys resist the action of sulphureted hydrogen. A Soft Alloy Solder. A soft alloy which attaches itself so firmly to the surface of metals, glass, and porcelain that it can be employed i > s ounce quicksilver and pounds melted copper. 464 APPENDIX. Cleaning, Polishing and Renovating Agents. Cleansing Fluid. For washing alpaca, camel's hair, and other woolen goods, and for removing marks made on furniture, carpets, rugs, etc., make up the following : Four ounces ammonia, four ounces white Castile soap, two ounces al- cohol, two ounces glycerine, two ounces ether. Cut the soap fine, dis- solve in one quart water over the fire, add four quarts water. When nearly cold add the other ingredi- ents. This will make nearly eight quarts and will cost about 75 cents. It must be put in a bottle and stop pered tight. It will keep .good any length of time. To wash dress goods, take a pail of lukewarm water, and put in a teacupful of the fluid, shake around well in this, and then rinse in plenty of clean water, and iron on wrong side while damp. For washing grease from coat collars, etc., take a little of the fluid in a cup of water, applying with a clean rag, and wipe well with a second rag. It is good for any woolen goods. Harness Blacking. For a harness blacking, use bo.ne black, 4 ounces ; linseed oil, 2 ounces ; sulphuric acid, y-2 ounce ; treacle, 2 ounces ; gum- arabic, 1 ounce; vinegar, 1 pint. Stove Blacking. The following receipt makes a fine black polish, which will neither burn off nor give out an offensive smell : Lampblack is mixed with water-glass (a solu- tion of silicate of soda) to the con- sistency of syrup and applied with a brush as a thin and even coating, then left twenty-four hours to dry. Afterwards graphite, or black lead mixed with gum water, is applied, and a polish obtained by rubbing in the usual manner. Glycerine Polish for Leather. Three or 4 pounds lampblack and % pound of burned bones are mixed intimately with 5 pounds glycerine and 5 pounds syrup. Then gently warm 2% ounces of gutta percha in an iron kettle until it flows easily, then add 10 ounces of olive oil, and, when completely dissolved, 1 ounce stearine. This solution while still warm is poured into the former and well mixed. Then add f> ounces gum Senegal dissolved in 1 \' 2 pounds water, and % ounce of lavender or other oil to flavor it. For use it is diluted with 3 or 4 parts of water. It is said to give a fine polish, is free from acid, and the glycerine keeps the leather soft and pliable. French Shoe Dressing. Vinegar, 2 pints ; soft water, 1 pint ; glue (fine), 4 ounces; logwood chips, 8 ounces; powdered indigo, - drachms; bichromate potass., 4 drachms ; gum tragacanth, 4 drachms ; glycerine, 4 ounces. Boil, strain, and bottle. Glove Cleaner. White Castile soap, 3 troy ounces ; Javelle water, 2 fluid ounces ; water, 2 fluid ounces ; water of ammonia, 1 drachm. Dis- solve the soap by heating the water, and when nearly cold add the Javelle water and the water of am- monia. The preparation should form a paste when cool and is to be applied to the soiled part of the glove with a piece of flannel. Pharmaceutical Preparations. Theatrical Grease Paints. Grease paints used in make-up should be easy to remove and should not in- jure the skin. Lard or cocoanut fat is usually the base and with either of these, naif as much white wax or petroleum wax is mixed. The stick is about 4 inches by 3 of an inch. Zinc white and vermillion in varying proportions are used for flesh tints, the quantity being about half a thimble full for each stick. The color is worked into the grease by a palate knife, or when produced in quantities, by a special machine. Burnt umber is used for brown, carmine for deep red, madder lake for rose, yellow ochre and zinc white for yellow, lamp black made from burnt cork for black and zinc white for white. Oil of peppermint, almond oil or essence bouquet are added for perfuming. Litmus Test Papers. Litmus test papers are widely used in the chemi- cal industry for indicating acid or alkaline reactions. Litmus paper may be prepared by rubbing good litmus with a little hot water in a mortar, pouring the mixture into an APPENDIX. 4C5 evaporating basin ; add water until tue proportion is half pint \>ater to 1 ounce litmus ; cover up so as to keep warm for an hour, then filter the liquor and pour fresh hot water on the residue. This is boiled, covered as before, and allowed to stand. The operation is repeated a second time and if much color comes, a third time. The first solu- tion is kept separate from the sec- ond and the third, which may be mixed together. The first one will not require evaporation, but the others may be so far reduced in quantity that when a piece of blot- ting or filtering paper is dipped into them and dried they will impart a blue color of sufficient intensity for use. Blotting paper or any un- sized paper of good color and mod- erate thickness may be used. The paper is cut into convenient size and dipped into the solution. The paper used should be free from earthly matter or carbonate of lime. Pour the litmus solution in a plate and draw the slips of paper through it so the liquid will coat both sides, allow excess liquid to drip and hang across thread lines to dry. The tint should be a distinct blue. When the paper is dry it should be tied up in bundles and preserved from both air and light. A glass stop- pered bottle is best suited for the purpose of holding test papers and if a piece of black paper is pasted around the outside of the bottle, the light will be excluded. White Fillings. There are several white fillings for dentists which con- tain neither mercury nor silver. They are compounded by mixing oxide of zinc with impalpable glass powder in small proportion, and just before using, after the cavity of the tooth is prepared, a small quantity of deliquesced chloride of zinc is placed on a glass slab, and enough powder added to make a thick paste, mixed rapidly. It "sets" very quickly, and forms a good tempor- ary stopping. It is slightly irri- tating to the "nerve" of a tooth, and should not be inserted directly in a cavity in which caries has far advanced without placing a little solution of guttapercha in chloro- form over the region of the pulp. A less irritating filling is made by mixing the same powder of oxide of zinc with pyrophosphoric acid ; this is a more permanent white stopping. Oil of Wintergreen for Acute Rheumatism. In the oil of winter- green we possess a most efficient salicylate in the treatment of rheu- matism. In its efficiency in controll- ing the pyrexia, the joint-pains, and the disease, it at least ranks with any of the salicyl compounds. The best method of its administration is in frequently repeated doses, con- tinued in diminished doses through- out the convalescence. Its use pos- sesses the advantages of being un- attended with the occasional toxic effects, the frequent gastric disturb- ance produced by the acid or its sodium salt, even when prepared from the oil of wintergreen ; its agreeable taste, and finally its com- parative cheapness, are further recommendations in favor of its employment. A liniment of equal parts of oil of wintergreen and olive oil, or soap liniment, is said to afford almost instant relief from pain in acute rheumatism. Palatable Cod Liver Oil. The fol- lowing forms a not unpalatable mixture, which is seldom objection- able to the patient : Liebig's extract, i ounce ; extract of celery seeds, £ fluid drachm ; vinegar, 1 fluid ounce ; water, 2 fluid ounces ; cod liver oil, 5 fluid ounces. The extract of beef is dissolved in water, and the oil and vinegar are added and shaken well together with the extract of celery. Mosquito Oil. One who ought to know vouches for the effectiveness of the following mixture for keep- ing off mosquitoes : Olive oil 3 parts Oil of pennyroyal. . 2 " Glycerine 1 " Ammonia 1 " To be well shaken before applying to the face and hands. Avoid get- ting the mixture into the eyes. Hair Tonics. For falling out of the hair, use a lotion composed of water of ammonia, almond oil, and chloroform, one part each, diluted with five parts alcohol, or spirits of 466 APPENDIX. rosemary, the whole made fragrant with a drachm of oil or lemon. Dab it on the skin, after thorough fric- tion with the hair brush. It may be used sparingly or abundantly, daily or otherwise. Both baldness and grayness de- pend on defective powers of the scalp skin, and are to be treated alike. What is needed is moderate stimulation, without any irritation. The following is good : Rub into the bare places daily, or even twice a day, a liniment of camphor, am- monia, chloroform, and aconite, equal parts each. The friction should be very gentle. To prevent the hair falling out, the common application, in Oriental countries, is the bruised bulbs of the Asphodelus bitlbosus, garlic, or onions, mixed with gunpowder. An infusion of the small leaves of the orange or lemon tree in red wine, containing 20 grains of tannin per liter, has also proved serviceable. Amalgams for Filling Teeth. — Arrington amalgam : silver, 40 per cent. ; tin, 00 per cent. Diamond amalgam : silver, 31.70 ; tin, 60.74 ; gold, 1.50. Hood's amalgam : silver, 34.04 ; tin, 00.37 ; gold, 2.70 ; iron, 2.90. Johnsohn & Lund's amalgam : silver, 38.27; tin, 59.58; platinum, 1.34 ; gold, 0.81. Lawrence's amal- gam : silver, 47.87 ; tin, 33.68 ; cop- per, 14.91 ; gold, 3.54. Moffitt's amalgam : silver, 35.17 ; tin, 02.01 ; gold, 2.82. Townsend's amalgam : silver, 40.21 ; tin, 47.54 ; copper, 10.65 ; gold, 1.6. Townsend's im- proved amalgam : silver, 39.00 ; tin, 55.65 ; gold, 5.31. Walker's amal- gam : silver, 34. S9 ; tin, 60.01 ; plati- num, 0.90 ; gold, 4.14. Removing Odor from Petroleum. Into a vessel containing 225 lbs. of petroleum are separately introduced, by means of a long funnel, 2 oz. each of sulphuric and nitric acid, and 1.1 pound of absolute alcohol are carefully poured upon the sur- face of the petroleum. The alcohol gradually sinks to the bottom, and when coming into contact with the acids, heat is developed and some effervescence takes place, but not in proportion to the quantity of the liquids. Products of a very agree- able odor are formed, and the sub- stances thus treated acquire an analogous odor, at the same time be- coming yellowish in color. The operation requires about an hour, after which the liquids are thor- oughly agitated for some minutes with water, and, after settling for ten hours, the purified petroleum' is drawn off. The lower stratum, which is a mixture of the acids, water, and alcohol, may be used in deodorizing the heavy oils of petro- leum by agitating them well for twenty minutes, and, after twelve hours' washing the oil with milk of lime, to remove the acids. Petro- leum thus purified has the charac- teristic disagreeable odor removed and may be used for many purposes. All the tinctures for external use may be prepared with it, like the tincture of arnica, alkanet, and camphor, and it may also be used for dissolving ether and chloroform, like alcohol ; and, combined with fats or glycerine, it promises to be of great utility in the treatment of skin diseases, etc. A Cure for Right Sweats. A pow- der composed of 3 parts salicylic acid and S7 parts silicate of mag- nesia, is used as a remedy for sweating of the feet. Its efficiency is such that it may be used in cases of night sweating. The powder may be rubbed over the whole body. To prevent any breathing of the dust and consequent coughing a handkerchief must be held over the patient's mouth and nose while the powder is being applied. Treatment of Boils. The follow- ing, application is recommended : Tannic acid, 1 part ; powdered gum acacia, 1 part ; tincture of arnica flowers, 2 parts. This is painted over the boil and for a little dis- tance around it, several coats being applied until it forms a thick and firm covering. This mode of treat- ment quickly relieves the pain and diminishes the swelling. When ap- plied in time, the boil disappears without the formation of pus ; and when this has already occurred, the coating causes the extrusion of the core and prompt healing of the furuncle. APPENDIX. 467 Uses of Glycerine. — One hundred parts of glycerine will dissolve : Parts. Acid arsenious 20.00 " Arsenic 20.00 " henzoic 10 to 20.00 " boracic 10.00 " oxalic 15.00 tannic 50.00 Alum 40.00 Ammonia carbonate 20.00 " muriate 20.00 Antimony tartrate 5.50 Atropia 3.00 " sulphate 33.00 Barium chloride 10.00 Borax G0.00 Brucia 2.25 Cinchona 0.50 " sulphate 6.70 Copper acetate 10.00 Sulphate 30.00 Iron lactate 1G.00 " sulphate 25.00 Iodine 1.90 Lead acetate 20.00 Mercury bichloride 7.50 " bicyanide 27.00 " arseniate 50.00 Potassium chlorate 3.59 " and iron tartrate. . S.00 " bromide 15.00 " cvanide 32.00 iodide 40.00 Morphia 0.45 acetate 20.00 " muriate 20.00 Sodium arseniate 50.00 " bicarbonate 8.00 " carbonate 9s. 00 Phosphorus 0.20 Sulphur 0.10 Strychnia 4.00 " nitrate 0.25 sulphate 22.40 Veratria 1-00 Zinc chloride 50.00 " iodide 40.00 " sulphate :... 35.00 Glycerine is particularly valuable as a solvent for gum-arabic, as also in paste. Glue, by continued diges- tion, is soluble in glycerine, gela- tinizing on cooling. Glycerine dis- solves aniline violet, alizarin, and alcoholic madder extract. A solu- tion of aniline color in glycerine is often used for stamping with rub- ber hand stamps. Glycerine is em- ployed to extract the perfume from flowers, and the aromatic principle of red peppers. Deodorizing Petroleum Benzine. The disagreeable odor of petroleum benzine is, according to the experi- ments of Fred. Grazer, not removed by percolation through wood or animal charcoal, or by treatment with car- bonate of sodium or lead carbonate. Agitation with potassium plumbate removed a portion of the odor, but satisfactory results were obtained by using two ounces of potassium bi- chromate, twelve ounces of water, and three ounces of sulphuric acid, and when cool agitating with this a pint of benzine ; finally, washing with water is ' necessary. A very useful method for disguising the re- maining odor is to shaKe the product with a portion of cologne water ahd setting aside for. two or three weeks, when it may be decanted ; the odor of the perfume will predominate. Saiv Dust Soap. A soap manufac- facturer, instead of adding infu- sorial earth or ground quartz to the soap mass and thus producing a sapolio, introduces a considerable quantity of very fine saw dust, pre- viously ground and sifted. The wood fiber acts mechanically as a detergent, and besides cleaning rapidly and thoroughly, occasions a saving of one-third in the consump- tion of soap. The soap does not contain an excess of soda, and has no ill effect on the hands. An analysis of a specimen eight days old yielded, grouse, 44 per cent. ; soda, G per cent. ; wood, glycerine, coloring matter, 10 per cent. ; water, 40 per cent. Dandruff Remover. Take of borax one drachm, rose water one-half pint, tincture or cantharides one- half drachm, cologne water one-half pint. Mix, and apply night and morning. Coloring and Silvering. Silvering Glass. To carry out my invention I thus prepare the in- gredients. I. first take eighty grammes of nitrate of silver (either lunar caustic or the crystallized salt), and dissolve it in ten ounces 468 APPENDIX. of water, preferably distilled or rain water. To this I add two ounces of alcohol and two ounces of aqua am- monia. The ammonia is added to the solution drop by drop, until the precipitate at first formed is dis- solved. The solution is then allowed to settle for three or four hours, when it is ready for use, and forms solution No. 1. I then take six ounces of water and dissolve it in twenty-four grammes of nitrate of silver, and add to the same thirty grammes of arsenite or tartrate of copper, and then add, drop by drop, sufficient aqua ammonia to dissolve tlie precipitate of oxide of silver at first formed, and the aryenite or tartrate of copper, after which I add two ounces of alcohol. I then make a . separate solution of rorty-eignt grammes of potassa in sixteen ounces of water. This last-mentioned solu- tion is brought to a boiling tempera- ture in an evaporating-dish, after which the solution of nitrate of silver and arsenite or tartrate of copper is added, drop by drop, to the boiling solution of potassa, and the boiling is continued for about an hour, or until a white film col- lects on the surface, after which it is allowed to cool and filter, when it is ready for use, and forms solution No. 2. In depositing the alloy upon the glass, I take a suitable quantity of filtered water, preferably rain or dis- tilled water, and add to it equal parts of solutions Nos. 1 and 2, and mix the whole thoroughly, and apply this solution in any convenient man- ner to the glass to be coated, and the deposition immediately com- mences, and is allowed to continue, say for about ten minutes, until the metal in solution is entirely ex- hausted, when the glass will be covered with a coating of the alloy, having a brilliant reflecting surface adjoining the glass. In order to increase the durability of the coating, I prefer to deposit a second coating upon the first, which is done by repeating the operation before the first coating is dry, and after the coating is completed I generally cover the whole with a heavy coat of asphaltum varnish, although this is not absolutely necessary, as the metallic alloy is sufficiently hard to stand ordinary wear without it. By the above-described process an alloy having all the qualities of hardness and durability of the ordi- nary alloys of copper and silver . is deposited upon the glass, and the degree of hardness may be varied or modified by varying the propor- tions of the different ingredients em- ployed. Other salts of copper be- sides the arsenite or tartrate may be employed in conjunction with the nitrate of silver. — A. Laval, St. Louis, Mo. Silvering Glass. No. 1. Reducing solution: In 12 ounces of water dissolve 12 grains Rochelle salts, and boil. Add, while boiling, 1G grains nitrate of silver, dissolved in 1 ounce of water, and continue the boiling for 10 minutes more ; then add water to make 12 ounces. No. 2. Silvering Solution: Dis- solve 1 ounce nitrate of silver in 10 ounces water ; then add liquid ammonia until the brown precipitate is nearly, but not quite, all dis- solved ; then add 1 ounce, alcohol and sufficient water to make 12 ounces. To Silver: Take equal parts of Nos. 1 and 2, mix thoroughly, and lay the glass face down, on the top of the mixture while wet, after it has been carefully cleaned with soda and well rinsed with clear water. Distilled water should be used for making the solutions. About 2 drachms of each will silver a plate 2 inches square. The dish in which the silvering is done should be only a little larger than the plate. The solution should stand and settle for two or three days before being used, and will keep good for a long time. Another Method. Solution 1 : Nitrate of silver, 1 ounce ; water, 10 ounces. Solution 2 : Caustic potash, I ounce ; water, 10 ounces. Solution 3 : Glucose, one-half ounce ; water, 10 ounces. The above quantities are those estimated for 250 square inches of surface. Add ammonia to solution No. 1 till the turbidity first pro- duced is just cleaved. Now add No. APPENDIX. 4C9 2 solution, and a sain ammonia to clear; then a little solution, drop by drop, till tlio appearance is The strength of the cement is rather increased by the addition of ultramarine pigments, but somewhat diminished by the others. The ill effects of the latter may be some- what removed by grinding the cement again after the pigment has been added, whereby it gains in fine- ness, and the strength is so much increased that no difference is ob- servable between this and the ordi- nary cement. The black and red cements for making tiles and arti- ficial stone show a strength by normal tests after twenty-four hours' drying of 20 kilos per square centimeter, or about 275 pounds per square inch — a very respectable strain for such work. Miscellaneous. Outline Drawings on Glass Slides. The stereopticon is now so largely used at technical and popular lec- tures that a simple method of mak- ing line drawing slides to exhibit various forms of mechanism and present tabular matter may be of interest. All that are needed are some ground glass squares of the required size, these being ground on APPENDIX. 479 one side only, a drawing is made with a hard load pencil on the ground surface and when the outline is fin- ished properly, a coat of varnish is spread over the ground surface, which at once converts it into a clear glass with a fixed drawing upon it. Xiifct;/ Matches. A dipping solu- tion recommended for safety matches consists of chlorate of potash l part by weight, 2 parts glue, 1 part sul- phide of antimony and 12 parts of water. For the friction material on the box, two parts of amorphous phosphorus and one of powdered glass are mixed with a solution of glue, and painted on the box. An- other dipping composition is made of 4 parts chlorate of potash, 4 parts red lead, 1£ parts bichromate of potash, 3 parts sulphite of anti- mony and enough glue and water to make a creamy paste. The same friction material recommended above can be used. Another dipping com- position is made of lead binoxide 115 parts, chlorate of potash 200 parts, antimony tri-sulphide 125 parts, gum-arabic G7 parts, red lead 250 parts, kerosene 25 parts, bichro- mate of potash 132 parts. In com- pounding, rub the antimony and kerosene together, then add the other ingredients, and add enough water to make the whole of the proper consistency when heated in water bath. The friction material to he used on the box with this composition is made of 9 parts red phosphorus, 7 parts powdered iron pyrites, 3 parts powdered glass and enough liquid gum-arabic or glue to make a paint. Swedish Safety Matches. On chemically analyzing Swedish safety matches, they were found to be tipped with an ignition composition made up of the following substances: Clue, 7.12 parts ; glass, 8.77 parts ; potassic chloride, 40.76 parts ; potas- sic bichromate, 5.59 parts ; ferric oxide, 4.09 parts, sulphur, 7.41 parts and manganese, 13.07 parts. It is be- lieved that the following proportions were employed in the manufacture if the tipping composition: Glue, 1 pound; powdered glass, 1J pounds; P t.Ksic chlorate, 62 pounds; potas- sic bichromate, 4/5 of a pound: fer- ric oxide, i pound ; sulphur, 1 pound ; manganese, 2 pounds. An- other Swedish composition was found to be 1 part sulphur and 21 of potassic chlorate. Fusees. These are also called Vesuvians and are made up of powdered charcoal and saltpetre in some such proportions as the follow- ing : 19 parts charcoal, 18 parts saltpetre, G parts gum-arabic, 7 parts powdered glass. To these ingredi- ents are added a scent in the form of satin wood, gum benzoin or cas- carilla bark which render them fragrant while burning. The ignit- ing composition is made of 2 parts of phosphorus and 1 of powdered glass mixed with glue to form a paint. Champagne Cider. Some makers sweeten their cider by additions, before fining, of sugar or glucose, the quantity of the former varying from three-quarters of a pound to one and a-half pounds, while about three times this quantity of glucose is required as a substitute. Sweet- ened cider develops by ageing a flavor and sparkle resembling some champagnes. Such ciders should be bottled when fined. The following are the methods by which some of the beverages called "champagne cider," are made : 1. Cider (pure apple).... 3 barrels Glucose syrup (A) 4 gallons Wine spirit 4 " The glucose is added to the cider, and after twelve days storage in a cool place the liquid is clarified with one-half gallon of fresh skimmed milk and eight ounces of dissolved isinglass. The spirit is then added and the liquor bottled on the fourth day afterward. 2. Pale vinous cider. . . 1 hogshead Wine spirit 3 gallons Glucose, about 30 pounds The liquid is stored in casks in a cool place for about one month, when it is fined down with two quarts of skimmed milk and bottled. 3. Fine apple cider 20 gallons Wine spirit 1 gallon Sugar G pounds Fine with one gallon of skimmed milk after two weeks' storage in wood, and bottle. INDEX. Ahbi elixir, 16. Absinthe tincture, 13. veritable extract, 25. Acetate of indigo, 184, 185. potassium, to prepare, 74. Acetic acid, pure, to prepare, 73. acid, to prepare, 360. ether, to prepare, 358. Acid, acetic, 360. acetic, to prepare, 73. molybdic, to prepare, 73, 74. nitric, detection of in vinegar, 2. oleic, to prepare, 73. oxalic, preparation of, 73. snlphocyanic, to prepare, 73. sulphuric, detection of in vinegar, 2. tartaric, detection of in vinegar, 2. tar, to extract oil from, 251. Adrielle's process of silvering metals, 112. Adulterations, imitations, etc., how to detect them, 1-3. in beer, 223-226. Agate, how to imitate, 11. Schrader's formula, 12. to convert into onyx, 177, 178. Agents, cleansing, polishing, and renovating, 75-78. Air, compressed, blowing glass by means of, 426-430. Alabaster glass, 144. soap, 333. to cleanse, 78. Albumen, from blood, 324, 325. natural, manufacture of, 324, 325. patent, 325. Alcohol, absolute, to prepare, 227. amyl, 229, 230. and compressed yeast from uncrushed cereals, 226. of 70 per cent, to convert to 90 per cent, in the cold way, 226. to purify, 226, 227, 230. use of in detecting adulteration of wax, 2. Alfieri's receipt for removing incrustations, 40. Alizarine, artificial, 186. dyeiri Turkey red with, 106, 107. inks, 196, 197. liquor, 187. oil, English patent, 107. preparation of, 184-187. process of obtaining, 185-187. Alkaline copying ink, 198. gelatine developer, 298. tooth-powder, 94. Allataim du Harem, 58. Alloy for imitation of gold and silver wires, 8. for music printing plates, 6. for soldering aluminium, 4. Alloy, new, for silvering, 404. new nickel, 5, of copper, platinum, and palladium. 403. resembling gold, 8. resembling silver, 8. Robertson's, for filling teeth, 3. unalterable, 7. which will not oxidize, 5. Alloys, 3-8, 403-406. aluminium, 3, 4. available for spoons and forks, 6. density of, 405. English copper, 7, 8. exhibiting greater density than the mean of their constituents, 405. exhibiting less density than the mean of their constituents, 405. for dental purposes, 6. for journal-boxes, 6. for taking impressions of coins, medals, etc., 3. fusibility of, 405. manganese, 403, 404. resembling silver, 5, 403. silver and aluminium, 4. table of composition of, 8. which can be rolled at red heat, t. Almond, bitter, essence, 13. Almonds, glazed, 84. roasted, 83. Altars, to cleanse and renovate, 260. Altvater's process of manufacturing vinegar, 355-358. Alumina and iron mordants on cotton-prints, linen, etc., fixing of by water-glass, 379. Aluminium acetate, 187. alloy for soldering aluminium, 4. alloys, 3. and gold alloys, 4. and iron alloy, 4. and silver alloys, 4. and tin alloys, 4. and zinc alloys, 4. bronze, 404. bronze, solder for gold on, 339. bronzes, 4. flux for soldering, 4. hydrate, 187. nitrate, 187. palmitate, its uses in industrial works, 211,212. plating with, 111. Alum in red wine, 3. manufacture of, from residues from shale oil. 247. Ambergris essence, 13. water, 18. Ambrosia, a new nourishing flour food, 133. (481) 4S2 INDEX. American nickelling, 109. sleigh-bells, 5. woods, strength of some, 396. Amethyst, formula for, 11. Amianthus paper, 277. Ammoniacal liquor from coal-tar, utilization of, 373, 374. Ammonia, from gases of coke ovens, 374, 375. from nitrogeneous organic substances, 377. liniment, 167. Ammonium, cupio, 453. nitrate, to protect from moisture, 32. Amorces d'Allumettes, 237. Amorphous phosphorus, preparation of, 237, 238. Amyl alcohol, 229, 230. Anatomical specimens, fluids for preserving, 310,311. Angel elixir, 17. Angelica cordial, 18. essence, 13. sweetmeat, 82. Anhydrous glucose, 341. Aniline colors, coloring osiers with, 459, 460. colors, to dye buttons with, 184. colors, to dye feathers with, 122. colors, to dye wool, silk, and cotton with, 100-105. inks, 198. Animal charcoal, furnace for continuous manu- facture of, 444, 445. charcoal, to detect adulterations of, 1. oils, to purify, 251, 252. skins, dyeing and patterning, 219. skins, preparation, free from arsenic, for preserving, 408. skins, to preserve, 161. Animal waste, manure from, 169. Animalizing of hemp and jute, 105. Animals, stuffed, to preserve, 161. Anise-seed cordial, 17. essence, 13. extract, 13. tincture, 13. Anisette cordial, 17. French, 17. Holland, 18. Annotto and turmeric, the least stable yellow dyes, 3. Antarthritic papers, 298. Anthoine and Genaud, process for dynamite, 29. Antifriction brasses, 7. Antiphosphorus matches, 237. Antique green, 44. Antiscorbutic sweetmeat, 83. Antiseptic agents, effective power of different, 407. and preservative agents, 405—408. Antiseptics, new, 406, 407. Ants,- to drive from closets, etc., 162. Apoenite, Ransome's patent, 50, 51. Apparatine sizing, 327. Apparatus for purifying water, 72. for testing percentage of nicotine in to- ^ bacco, 74. Appert's method of blowing glass by means of compressed air, 426-430. Apple champagne. 158. ratafia, 26. wine, 158. Aqua Bianca, 18. marine, formula for, 1L reale, 18. Turco liqueur, 18. Aquaria, cement for, 64. Armenian glue, 66. Aromatic balsam, 295, 296. cordial, 18. tincture, 13. Arsenical enamel, 144. Artificial alizarine, 186. building stone, 49. butter, 130-133. butter, to distinguish from genuine, 'A chalk, 174. cognac, 227. ebony, 177. eyes, manufacture of, 408, 409. flowers, mass for, 157. flowers, stains for paper for, 279. fruits, mass for, 157. gems, minerals for coloring, 12. gems, pearls, and Turkish beads, 9-12 gems, Wagner's formula for, 12. grindstones, 51. ivory, 43, 416. ivory for photographic purposes, 43. ivory, new, 43. leather, 174. marble, 51. millstones, 51. pearls, Geissler's process, 12. sandstone for filtering, 71. sharpening stone for pencils, 177. whalebone, 178. wines, 230, 231. wood for ornaments, 93. wool, 175. yeast, 401, 402. Artists' colors, 271, 272. Asbestos and its uses, 409. and rubber packing, 62. industry in England, 409. Ash and blood cement, 65. Asiatic dentifrice, 94. Asphaltum, adulteration of, 2. for paving, 53. Lyon's, 54. pitch, lampblack from, 371, 372. Asthma and colds, balsam for, 294. Astronomical instruments, lubricating oil for, 234. Atmography, 87. Atmosphere, window panes to indicate the moisture of, 447. Aubriat's process of decorating glass, 92. Augender's white powder, 30. Autogenous soldering, 337. Autographic ink, 192. method of printing, 86. Automatic gas-lighter, 173. Aventurine glass, 144. Axle boxes, Fenton's alloy for, 7. Axles, lubricants for, 232, 233. Backing glass signs with shades, pearl inser- tions, and with tinfoil, 148. Bacteria, to produce vinegar with, 358-360. Baeder, Adamson & Co.'s process of extracting castor oil, 247. INDEX. 4,s:i Bags, to water-proof, 385, 386. Baking powders, 85, 86. Ballatschano and Trenck's new tanning pro- cess, 214. Balling's method of preparing caustic soda- lye, 335. Balloon varnish, 207, 208. Hulls, billiard, composition for, 62. Bain of Gilead, 294. Balsam, aromatic, 295, 296. for colds and asthma, 294. for sprains, 296. for wounds, etc., 167, 168, 296. fumigating, 293. Bandage, plastic, 297. Bandoline, receipts for, 85, 86. Barbadoes essence, 13. ratafia, 25, 26. BSrenburg snuff, 353. Barium, sulphate of, for sizing, 327. Barff's preserving compound, 405,406. Barley, germinating the, for brewing, 221. kiln-drying for brewing, 221. steeping the, for brewing, 221. Barrels and wooden articles, to preserve by use of water-glass, 382. leaky, cement for, 6t'.. new glaze for, 223, 396, 397. to cleanse, 76. Baths, coppering, for iron and steel articles, 115. for coating wire, 114. for nickelling iron, steel, brass, copper, tin, Britannia metal, lead, zinc, and tinned sheet metal, 109-111. for photographic purposes, 300, 301. nickel, 109. Batiste, to wash, 363. Baudet's preventive of incrustations, 40. Beads, Turkish, 9-12. Turkish, formula for, 12. Becker, Delivaire & Co.'s process of water- proofing fabrics, 385. Bed-bugs, to destroy, 162. Beef's gall, as a varnish for oil paintings, 259. Beef, to smoke, 315. tea, to prepare, 165, 166. Beer, adulterations in, 223-226. brewing, 221-226. cooling, 222. flaxseed pulp for clarifying, 222, 223. ginger, 160. malt, 295. root, 160. spruce, 160. tests for, 223-226. to clarify, 222, 223. yeast, to prepare pressed yeast from, 402. Beeswax, to bleach, 387. Belladonna ointment, 166. Bell metal, best quality, 8. Bells, alloy for, 5. American sleigh, 5. and gongs, metal for, 8. metal for large and small, 8. Belmontine and Sherwood oils, 254. Belt grease, 435. Belts, caoutchouc lubricant for, 436. leather, cements for, 64. lubricant for, 233. Bending of glass tubes, 146. Bengal lights, 124. Benzine, in the extraction of fat of bones, 250. substitute for, in cleansing gloves, etc., 254. test of, 254, 255. Benzole, test of, 254, 255. Bergamot essence, 13. snuff, 353. Berlin bitters, 18. Beryl, formula for, 11. Bessemer steel, to silver, 112. Betton's cattle liniment, 167. Bianca, aqua, 18. Billiard balls, composition for, 62. Birch wine, 158. Birdlime, description of, 156. Bird of Paradise plumes, 118. Biscuit, meat, 130. Bismuth and platinum alloy, 4. lustre, 422. solder, 337. to silver wooden figures with, 91. Bisulphide of carbon in extracting oils, 247. of carbon, to purify, 77. of carbon, use of in determining oils in seeds, 1. Bitter almond essence, 13. almond soap, 331. elixir, 294. rossoli, 18. Bitters, Berlin, 18. coloring substances for, 12, 13. cordials, elixirs, liqueurs, ratafias, and essences ; extracts, tinctures, and waters used in their manufacture, and tne man ner of coloring them, 12-27. English, 22. Greek, 22. Griinewald, extract for, 14. Hamburgh, 22. Spanish, 24. Stettin, 24. stomach, 24, 25. Thiem's, 25. Vienna, 25. Vienna stomach, 25, Bitumen mortar, 53. Black and colored drawings upon ivory, 4t. Blackboards, artificial slating for, 177. coating for, 266. Blackberry wine, 158. Black bronze, 46. bronze on brass, 46. colors, test for, 3. crayons, 79. gloss for leather, 215. ground for lacquering, 392. inks, 194, 195. mustard seed, yield of, in oil, 2. pigments, various kinds of, 266, 267. polish on iron and steel, 210. varnishes, 208. Blacking, new receipts for, 438, 439. Blacksmiths' pitch from coal tar, 257. Blasting cartridges, 424. compound, Faure & French's, 32. compound from potato-starch, 31. compound of honey and glycerine, 32. compounds by nitrating crude-tar oils. S3* IS) INDEX. Blasting compounds, blasting powder, dyna- mite, gun-cotton, gunpowder, nitro- glycerine, fulminates, etc., 27-34. compounds, new, 32, 33. compounds, nitro-glycerine, fulminates, etc., 27-34. paper, 424. powder, by Martinsen, 32. powder, Green's, 31. powder, new, 425. powder, Trets', 30. under water with compressed gun-cotton, 424, 425. Bleach and harden tallow, to, 37. Bleaching, 34-39, 409, 410. bones and ivory, 41. bones for turners' use, Hedinger's method, 40. bristles, 37. copper plate engravings, 37. cotton, Frohnheiser's method, 34. cotton goods with woven borders, 34. cotton piece goods, 34. David's new process for, 38, 39. ivory articles, 43. ivory turned yellow, 40. muslin, 34. novelties in, 410. of bone fat, 447. of clothes which have turned yellow, 366. of oils and fats , 447, 448. of paraffine and similar substances for the manufacture pf candles, 447. of silk, 36. of sponges, 37. straw, 455. shellac, 37, 38. stained marble, 39. tallow, 448,449 willow-ware, 458. without chlorine, 409, 410. wool without sulphur, 36. with water-glass, 379, 380. yarns and fabrics, 410. blistering ointment, 294. Blood albumen, to prepare, 324, 325. and ash cement, 65. from meat cattle, to prepare as a food, 312. manure powder from, 169. Blotters, porous substitute for, 178. Blue bronze, 46. chalks, 79. dyes, boiled with hydrochloric acid, 3. dyes, effect on alcohol, 3. pigments, 267. prints, 87. stamp color, 80. washing, manufacture of, 368-370. Bobbinet, size for, 325. Boegel's quick process of tanning, 216. Bohemian crystal and other glasses, 142, 143. Boiler for glue, 150. incrustations, 39, 40. Boilers, paper for covering, 455. Bolts, screw, zincing of, 443, 444. Bone and ivory, cement for, 65. and ivory dyeing, 41. and ivory glue for, 66. fat, bleaching of, 447. glass, 144. Bone glue, 154. horn, and ivory, to bleach and dye ihem, and make imitations and compositions, 40-44. Bones and ivory, bleaching, 41. fat of, to bleach and purify, 250. receipts for coloring, 41, 42. Bon-bons, carrot, 81. cream, 81. malt, 81. of caramel sugar with soft filling, to pre- pare, 81. pectoral, 81. raspberry, 81. Bonnet-frames, size for, 326, 327. Bookbinders' lacquer, 210, 412. Bookbinding, gilding and ornamenting, 410- 412. Book covers, improvement in the manufacture of, 412. Books, glue for, 154. to remove stains from, 77. Boots and shoes, French process of water- proofing, 385. to make water-proof, 322. to prevent squeaking in, 322. Bordeaux wines, 230. Borlinetto's gunpowder, 31. Boro-glyceride, 405, 406. Boro-glycerine, for preserving organic sub- stances, 310. Boro-tartrate for preserving meat, etc., 310. Bottger, process for nitro-glycerine, 29. Bottger's process of making petroleum clear as water without distilling, 252. water-glass and lime cement, 382. Bottle-glass, 142, 143. Bottles, manufacture of, from paper, 455. transparent lacquer for closing, 211. Bouilhet and Christofle, recipe for nickel alloy, 5. Bouquets, 284. Bouquet soap, 331. Brass, bath for nickelling, 109. black bronze on, 46. coatings, salts for, 114. cold black stain for, 413. dead black bronze on, 48. fire-proof bronze on, 45. for turned articles, 7. gold and orange stain for, 414. hard solder, 337. malleable, receipt for, 241. phosphorizing, 442, 443. steel-blue bronze on, 46. to cleanse, 415. to coat wire with, 114. very tenacious, 241. with zinc and copper, 7. Brasses, anti-friction, 7. table of metal for, 406. Bread for horse-feed, 130. Breslau bitter cordial, 18, 19. Brewing beer, 221-226. improved processes of, 222. . Brewers' pitch, 223. Brianchon's process of painting glass, etc., • 137. Brick and stone walls, to protect from moist ure, 164. INDEX. 185 Brick masonry made impervious to water, 55. work, cheap paint for. 263, 264. Bricks, enamelled, 415,416. red wash for, 'Ji'.4 size and weight of, 56. Bridges, iron, to protect from rust, 243. Bright lustre, 91. Brise-rocs, by Robaudi, 30. Bristles, to bleach, 37. substitute for, 174. Britannia metal, bath for nickelling, 109. metal, Roller's preparation of, 3. metal, solder for, 339. Brocade, to wash, 362. Bronze alloy, platinum, 5. aluminium, 4o4. at time of Louis XIV., 7. black, 46. blue, 46. brown, 46. Chinese. 44. color for direct printing upon paper, oil- cloth, etc., 190, 191. colors, substitute for gum-Arabic in mak- ing, 48. fire-proof, 45. for cocks, 8. for medals, 8. for objects of art, 7. for ornaments, 8. for plaster of Paris figures, 45. for rivets, 8. gold, on iron, 46. • green, for brass, 44. lacquer, 210. manganese, 6, 405. monuments, 48, 49. phosphor, 404,405. phosphorizing, 442, 443. powder, copper colored, 45. powders, 45. red, for turned articles, 8. statuary, 8. surface on iron, process for producing, 414. Walker's, 46. Bronzes, aluminium, 4. Chinese and Japanese, 7. commercial, 45. for castings, 8. Bronzing and coloring of metals, 44—49. copper, 413. gilding, silvering, 412-415. Gourlier's salt mixtures for, 114. green, 414. in Paris mint, 44. liquids, Graham's, 47, 4S. on iron, new process of, 414. willow-ware, 460. Brown bronze, 46. crayons, 79. dyes, test for, 3. Brunswick black, 2G7. Brush, for marking boxes, 201. Brushes, paint, 260. paint, to cieanse,76. Buck-horn jelly, 85. Buffalo-skin, as substitute for horn, 178. Building materials, 415, 416. 30 Building materials, artificial stones, mortars, etc., 19-65. materials, fire-resisting properties of, 415. stone, artificial, 4'J. stones, 51. Burgundy wines, 230. Busks for corsets, artificial whalebone for, 178. Busts, composition for, 62. marble, to cleanse, 78. Butcher's fire-extinguishing powder, 124. Butter, artificial, 13G-133. rancid, to purify, 168. to distinguish genuine from artificial, 3. to pack for ocean transportation, 312. to preserve, 312. Vienna, 133. Buttons, compound for, 43. from pulverized leather, 176. from waste of horn, 44. to color with aniline colors, 184. to dye, 183, 1S4. Cafe, creme du, 83. Calamus liqueur, 19. tincture, 14. Calcium acetate, 187. and sodium glyceroborates, 406, 407. chloride, concentration of vinegar with, 358. silicate, use of in fixing mordants on cot- ton prints, linens, etc., 379. Calf-kid, manufacture of in Philadelphia, 214, 215. Calf leather, with a white flesh-side, smooth, 217. Calfskin, gilding on, 412. Callograph, Jacobsen's, 88. Cameos, how to produce, 202. Camphor and sulphur soap, 331. ice, 294. liniments, 167. powdered, 298. soap, 331. Canaster tobacco, 350. Candied cherries, 83, 84. fruits, 84. oranges, 84. Candle materials, coloring, 172. Candles, bleaching of paraffine and similar substances for manufacture of, 447. colored firework, 124. " Melanyl," 171. stearine, cheap mode of making, 173. tallow, Junemann's process of making, 172, 173. tallow, to coat with a hard substance, 171, 172. wax, 388. wick-consuming, 172, 173. wicks for, 171. Cane-heads, composition for, 183. Canes, walking, stain for, 392. Canned vegetables, new process of greeciing, 407. Cantharides, ointment, 166. Canvas, cordage, etc., to preserve, 169. paint for, 263. Caoutchouc blackings, 320. cements, 61. cement, transparent, 61. 486 INDEX. Caoutchouc composition for sharpening and polishing knives, 60. dried, to remove stickiness from, 60. how to color green or black. 60. impregnating cloth with, 385. lubricant, 232. lubricant for driving-belts, 436. metallized, 60. new substitute for, 417, 418. oil, 320. solutions for photographers, 299. substitute for, 61, 02, 182. vulcanized cement for, 60. vulcanized, utilization of waste of, 60. Capsules, gelatine, 296. Capuchin cordial, 19. Caramel sugar bon-bons with soft filling, 81. Caraway essence, 14. Carboazotine, 29, 30. Carbolic acid paper, 275. preparation of lustre-colors with, 422. Carbon, bisulphide of, to purify, 77. bisulphide of, used in determining oils in seeds, 1. pencils, manufacture of, 430, 431. Cardamon, extract, 14. Cardinal de Rome, 19. water, 19. Carding engines, oil for, 234. Cards, enamel for, 421. to gild and silver, 91. Carlsbad water, artificial, 294. Carminative cordial, 19. Carmine and lake pigments, 268. indigo, 184, 185. indigo, to make, 269. Carpets, Clark's wash for, 366. Carriage lacquers, 214. Carrot bon-bons, 81. Cartridges, blasting, 424. for extinguishing fire, 124. Cartridge shells of easily combustible sub- stances, 33. Cartwnght's tooth powder, 94. Carved work, to polish, 209, 210. Case-hardening compound, 240. Caseine cements, 65. Cast-iron, substitute for, 176. tinning of, 113, 114. to enamel, 115, 116. to harden, 238. welding to steel, 238. Cast-steel, to restore burnt, 238. Castings, cement for repairing, 64. copper, dense and flexible, 242. mitis, 441. to obtain smooth, 240. wrought-iron, 441. Casts, plaster, which can be washed, 308-310. Castor oil, to make, 247. Cattle feed, from alcohol and yeast waste, 313. feed, to prepare, 312. liniment, 167. Caustic, lunar, to prepare, 73. potash, to purify water with, 72. soda-lye, to prepare, 335. soda to purify water, 72. Cedar wood, imitation of, 396. Ceilings, plaster for, 416. Celery ratafia, 27. Celluloid, caoutchouc, gutta-percha.and similar compositions, 58-63, how to work and treat, 5'.>. imitations, substitutes, etc., 416-418. new, 59. preparation of, 58. preparation of, Magnus & Co.'s formuia for, 58. printing plates, 416, 417. substitute for, 43. Cellulose dynamite, 29. Cement, artificial, SchOttler's, 52. blood and ash, 65. for glass retorts, 63. Chinese blood, 65. Davy's universal, 64. fire and water-proof, 63. for aquaria, 64. for fastening iron in stone, 64. for fastening rubber upon metal, 64. for filling teeth, 68, 69. for horses' hoofs, 61. for injured trees, 69. for iron stoves, 66. for ivory and bone, 65. for leaky ban els, 66. for leather, 05. for leather belts, 64. for meerschaum, 65. for mending enamelled dial-plates, 421. for petroleum lamps, 65. for porcelain, 63. for repairing defective castings, 64. for repairing sandstone, 64. for rubber combs, 61. for rubber shoes and boots, 61. for steam-pipes, 63. for stone troughs, 64. for tortoise shell, 65. for vulcanized caoutchouc, 60. for wooden vats, 64. from blast-furnace slag, 51, 52. glycerine, 65. gutta-percha and linseed oil, 61. hard and durable, 52. hydraulic water-glass, 382. iron to iron, 63. jewellers', 66. mastic, 63. substitute for, 176. to harden, 52. water-glass, for glass and porcelain, 382. water-glass, with zinc and pyro'.usite, 382. white, 52. work, 418. work, weather-proof, 418. Cementing cracked bottles with water-glass, 382. of metals, 116, 117. Cements, caoutchouc, 61. colors, enamels, glue, varnishes, water- proofing substances, etc., 421-423. for fastening metal letters upon glass, marble, etc., 64. gutta-percha, 61. pastes, and putties, 63-69. water-glass, 381, 382. water-glass and caseine, for glass and porcelain, 382. water-glass and lime, 382. Cerate, lead, 167. INDEX. is? Chalk, artificial, 174. precipitated, preparation of, for tooth powder, 44(5. Chalks, blue, 79. Chamois skins, dyeing, 217. Champagne from fruits and berries, 157, 158. powder, 157. wines, 230. • Champagnes, artificial, 230, 231. Charcoal, animal, furnace for continuous manu- facture of, 444, 4 15. animal, to detect adulterations in, 1. tooth powder, 95. Chartreuse, l'.t. Cheese, English Stilton, 129. Cheltenham salts, 294. Chemical and techno-chemical expedients, preparation^, 70-75, bronze. Walker's, 46. test of written documents, 201. Cherries, candied, 83, 84. Cherry cordial, 19, 20. extract, 14. liqueur, 19. marmalade, 8A, 85 sweetmeat, 82 water, 14. wine, 159. Chestnuts, coated, 83. Chicken feathers, utilization of, 165. Chilblains, remedy for, 160. Children, milk foods for, 132. Chinese blood cement, 65. bronze, 44. bronze, imitations of, 7. bronzes, 7. drying oil, 248. liqueur, 26. lozenges, 84. silver alloy, 7. silver, preferable to pure or German silver for utensils, 7. varnish, 208. Chip-hats, to wash, 366, 367. Christofle and Bouilhet, recipe for nickel alloys, 5. Chlorine, fumigating with, 293. gas, to prepare, 72. Chloride of gold, to prepare, 73. of silver and gelatine emulsion, 298. of sulphur ointment, 166. of zinc, to prepare, 72. Chocolade, creme du, 83. Chocolate and cocoa, 55-5S. essence, 14. hygienic, 57. Iceland moss, 57. iron, 57. liqueur, 20. lozenges, 57. machines for manufacture of, 55, 56. Milan, 57. ordinary, 56. Paris, 57. Spanish spiced, 57. spiced, 56, 57. sweetmeat, 81. Vienna, 67. white, 58. with carbonate of iron, 57. with meat extract, 57. Chrome-red, 269. yellow, 209, 270. Chromium glue, 67. Chrysolite, formula for, 11. Chrysoprase, dark, formula for, 10. formula for, 10, 11. light, formula for, 11. Chrysorine, composition and use of, 3. Cider, 158. Cigarette paper, 274. Cigars, perfumes for, 354. Cinnabar, imitation of, 421, 422. Cinnamon essence, 14. sweetmeat, 82. Circassian tooth powder, 95. Citrate of magnesium, 296. Citronat ratafia, 26. Citronelle, 20. Claret ratafia, 26. Clarifying of beer, 222, 223. of varnishes and liquids, 205. olive oii, 449. slime in sugar houses, white or black pig ment from, 376. the glue, 151. CJay plaster, 53. Clay, substitute for, 176. Cleaning compound for cloth, 419. glass, silverware, and marble, 420, 421. powder for show windows, 419. smoky walls, 421. Cleansing and washing clothes with the Pana ma essence, 368. brass, 415. cotton and other vegetable fibres, 34. fluid for tissues, 368. mixture for glass plates, 298, 299. oil paintings, 257. polishing, and renovating agents, 75-78 419-121. rags for polishing metal, 419. silk, cloth, and hats, 76. silver dial plates, 42. wash leather, 419. woollen tissues, 35, 36. Cloth as a substitute for leather, 383. cleaning compound, 419. down, 345. impregnating with caoutchouc, 385. Johnson's varnish for water-proofing, 423, oil, 345, 346. water proof, which is not impervious to the air, 383. Cloths, red, cleansing salt for, 365. scouring soap for, 76. Clove essence, 14. Coach varnishing, 212-214. Coal and rosin, fuel from, 137. Coal ashes and blood, black pigment from, 267 Coal ashes, manure from, 169. Coal dust fuel, 137. Coal-tar, ammoniacal liquor from, utilization of, 373, 374. blacksmiths' pitch from, 257. for printing ink, 190. lampblack from the resinous sodic residues of, 372. manures from the residues of, 373. naphtha, test of, 254, 255. oil, process of producing in England, 256 257. 48S INDEX. Coal-tar oils, shoemakers' wax from, 257. oil, to deodorize, 252. varnish oil, 190, 256. varnish oil, lubricating oils from, 234. varnish oil, varnishes with, 212. waste, lampblack from, 370-372. Coated chestnuts, 83. filberts, 83. orange blossoms, 84. Cobalt, 111. blue for crayons, 79. electroplating metal with, 111. Cochineal syrup, 136. Cockroaches, to destroy, 162. Cocks, bronze for, 8. Cocoa and chocolate, 55-58. Cocoanut oil and molasses soap, 329, 330. oil soap, 328, 329. Cocoa ratafia, 26. Cod-liver-oil and iodide of iron, 294, 295. to disguise the taste of, 166, 296. Coffee and tea trays, to clean, 78. essence, 14. malt as a substitute for, 157. substitute for, 169. to regain the volatile products developed in roasting, 377, 378. Cognac, artificial, 227. essence, 14. manufacture of, 227. Coignet's artificial stone, 49. Coin metal, 8. Coke ovens, to preserve the ammonia, tar, and other products from, 374, 375. Cold tinning, 114. watet soap, 329. Colds and asthma, balsam for, 294. Collodion emulsion, 306. for plant slips, 165. glycerine, 295. styptic, '^95. varnish for water-proofing fabrics, prepa- ration of, 383. Cologne waters, 282. Colombat elixir, 17. Colored chalks (crayons), pencils, and inks for marking linen, etc., 78-80. designs upon glass, 145. enamels, 117. fluids for paper and foils, 202. glass, compositions for, 144, 145. indelible inks, 80. sands, 201. Coloring materials for wood, 391, 392. metals, 46, 47. substances for cordials, bitters, etc., 12, 13. Colorless varnish, 210. Colors, artists', 271, 272. enamels, cements, glue, varnishes, water- proofing substances, etc., 421-423. fireproof, 454. for painting, receipts for, 262, 263. lusible, for porcelain painting, 137-141. grinding of, 260. lustre, preparation of with carbolic acid, 422. new, on wood, 398, 399. printing, German patent, 190. printing in, 86, 87. sympathetic, 273. Colors, water, 272, 273. Combs, horn, manufacture of, 435. horn, to make elastic, 446. Combustion, spontaneous, experiments with oils in regard to, 438. Commercial bronzes, 45. Composition for billiard balls, 62. for ornaments, etc. ,62. for picture frames, 62. for razor strops, 63. for rollers, 62. Compound for buttons, dice, etc., 43. water-glass, preparations of, 378, 379. Compressed yeast, to make, 227-2^9. Concrete marble, 54. Condensed milks, 132. Conductors, electrical, insulating material for; 417. Confectionery, 80-86. Cooking utensils, tinning of, 114. Copal varnish, to make, 202-205, 208. varnishes with coal-tar varnish oils, 212. Copper alloys, 7, 8. as a solder for iron, 337. bath for nickelling, 109. bronzing on, 413. castings, dense and flexible, 242, cold silvering of, 112, 113. fireproof bronze on, 45. gilding of, by boiling, 111. plate engravings, to bleach, 37. platinum and palladium alloy, 403. steel, receipt for, 242. sulphate of, to prepare, 74. to give it a durable lustre, 46. to weld, 241. vessels, to enamel, 116. Coppering bath for iron or steel articles, lib. galvanic, Gourlier's salt mixture for, 114. Copying, 423. and printing, 86-89. drawings in black lines on white ground, 87. inks, 193, 196-198. paper, that can be washed, 276. polygraphic method of, 87, 88. Corals, to dye imitations of, 105. Cordage, to preserve, 169. Cordial, Angelica, 18. anisette, 17. anise seed, 17. aromatic, 18. Breslau bitter, 18, 19. capuchin, 19. carminative, 19. cherry, 19, 20. cumin, 20. kiimmel, 20. orange-peel, 23. peach, 23. peppermint, 23. quince, 23. quittico, 23. rosemary, 23, 24. Swiss, 25. Tivoli, 25. vanilla, 25. wormwood, 25. Cordials, bitters, liqueurs, and ratafias, 17-27. coloring substances for, 12, 13. liqueurs, etc., mode of coloring, 12. INDEX. !S!( Cordova blacking, 320. Cork, gas from. 170. paper, 275. stone, 415. waste, utilization of in the manufacture of vinegar, :ir>s. Corks, rubber, to cut and pierce, 164. rubber, to restore, '.ill. Corn oil from corn mash, 251. Corns, remedy fur, 100. Corset busks, artificial whalebone for, 178. Cosmetic and medicated waters, 290-292. powders, rouges, 292. Cosmoline, to prepare, 248, 249. Cotton and linen goods, finishing of by water- glass, 880. and muslin prints, to wash without injury to the colors, 368. and silk goods, soap for removing stains from, 76. and vegetable fibres, cleansing of, 34. fabrics, to tan, 220. goods and yarns, 20. goods, sizing for, 322, 323. goods with woven borders, to bleach, 34. Cotton, gun, 32. Cotton piece goods, to bleach, 34. prints, dressing for, 3i5, 326. Cotton-seed hulls, utilizing, 451. oil in olive oil, 1. oil, manufacture of, 449, 450. oil, production of soap and sebacic acids from crude, 451. oil, refining, 251, 451. Cotton tissues, to compress and give more lustre to, 345. to bleach as it comes from the spinning- machine, 34. to gild, 91, 92. wool, and silk, to dye with aniline colors, 10U-105. yarns and tissues, Banes' and Grisdaie's method for bleaching, 34. yarn, size for, 325. Cowles' electric furnace, 440, 441. Crambambuli, 20. Cramer's process of preparing pressed yeast from beer yeast, 402. Crape, white silk, to wash, 363. Crayons, black, 79. brown, 79. crimson, 79. green, 79. materials, how to select, 78, 79. red, 79. white, 79. yellow, 79. Cream bon-bons, 81. of tartar, to prepare, 73. shaving, 446, 447. walnuts, 81. Creams, soap, 332, 333. Creme du cafe, 83. du chocolade, 83. Fondant, 85. ground mass for, 85. Creosote ointment, 166. to prepare from wood-tar oil, 255. Creuzburg's process of making water-glass paint more durable than oil or varnish, 381. Crimson crayons, 79. dye starch, 365. Crock, W. G., process for detecting artificial/ butter, 3. Crocus vermis, adulteration of saffron with, 2. Crown glass, 143. Cryolite glass, 142. Crystal glass, 142. Crystalline coating for wood or paper, 421. Crystallized indigo, 184. Cumin cordial, 20. essence, 14. liqueur, 20. Cupro-ammonium for rendering paper and textile fabrics water-, rot-, and insect- proof, 453, 454. Curacoa, 20. French, 20. Holland, 20. Currant wine, 159. Currier's black gloss, 215. Cutlery, fluid for hardening, 240. Cyanide of potassium, from nitrogeneous or. ganic substances, 377. Cyanotype, 87. Cyclostyle, the, 88, 89. Cypre, eau de, 21. D'Absynth Citronne, eau, 21. D'Amour parfait, 23. Damask, genuine, 89. imitation of, 89. silk, to wash, 362. Damaskeening steel, 89. steel with gold or silver, 89. Damp walls, glue for, 235. walls, how to dry, 54. walls, plaster for, 53. Damson wine, 159. Danzig crambambuli, 2o. Darcet's metal, 337. Dauphin, eau de, 21. David's new process for bleaching, 38, 39. Davy's universal cement, 64. Dead black bronze on brass, 48. Dead lustre, 91 . Debray on the effect of iron in aiuminium, 5. Decoration, ornamentation, etc., 89-94. Decorations, to make incombustible, 124. wood-tar for, 93. Denninger's process of staining wood for fine cabinet work, 391. Density of alloys, 405. Dental purposes, alloys for, 6. Dentifrice, Asiatic, 94. Quillaya, 95. Dentifrices and mouth washes, 94, 95. Depilation of hides, 215, 216. Deschamp's tooth powders, 94. Designs, to copy, 86, De Soulages and Cahuc, process for carbo&- zotine, 29, 30. Detection of water in essential oils, 449. Developer, alkaline gelatine. 298. for photographic dry plates, 301. Sutton's new, 306. Developers, photographic, for hot weather, 306, 307. Dextrine and sugar in malt, 221. milk adulterated with, 2. 490 INDEX. Dextrine, to prepare, 325. Dextrose, 341,342. Dial-plates, enamelled, cement for mending, 421. silvered, to cleanse, 421. Dials, watch, enamel for, 117. Diamond glue, best quality, 66, 67. Dice, compound for, 43. Dictamia, composition of, 129. Disinfectants, 163, 1iA. Dittmar's dualin, 29. Documents, chemical test of written, 201. papers for, 274. Dolls' heads, mass for, 62, 63. Dominos, compound for, 43. Donault-Wieland's flux, 10. Dougal's powder for purifying air in stables, 168. Doumesnil's process of platinizing metals, 110, 111. Down cloth, 345. Drawing-paper that can be washed, 276. Drawings, lacquer for, 211. new method of copying, 423, 424. to copy, 86. to copy in black lines on white ground, 87. to duplicate, 86. to make black and colored on ivory, 42. Dressing cotton prints, 325, 326. for dancing shoes, 320. for Panama hats, 326. for shoes free from sulphuric acid, 320. Dried caoutchouc, to remove stickiness from, 60. Drops, peppermint, 84. punch, 84. Dryers for oil colors and varnish, 266. receipts for, 266. .Drying oil, 266. oil, Chinese, 248. wood, new method of, 397. Dry pocket paste, 68. Dualin, Dittmar's, 29. Dupasquier's process of preparing bone glue as a substitute for isinglass, 155. 156. Durability of mine timbers, 395, 396. Durable paste, 69. Dutch Musino snuff, 353. Dye, new, from shoots of poplar tree, 107. starch, 365. Dyeing and printing, inspissation for, 323, 324. bone and ivory, 41. cotton yarn Turkey red with alizarine, 106, 107. leather, 217-221. naturally white skins, 220. rabbit skins, 219. sheepskins, 219, 220. straw, 455, 456. woollen and cotton goods and yarns, silk, straw hats, felt hats, kid gloves, horse- hair, etc., etc., 107. wool, silk, and cotton with aniline colors, 100-105. Dyes for straws, 456. hair, 289, 290. testing of, for adulteration, 3. Dynamite, A. Nobel's process, 29. by Anthoine and Genaud, 29. cellulose. 29. Dynamite, frozen, 30. giant, 31. gun-cotton, gunpowder, nitro-glycerinm fulminates, etc., 27-34. Norbin and Ohllson's patent, 29. properties of, 29. Sobrero's process, 29. Earthenware, fire and water-proof cement for, 63. glazes for, 146. to give it a marbled or granite appearance, 147. varnish for, 208. Eau Americaine, 20. D' Amour, 21. D'Absynih CitronnS, 21. D'Ardelle, 21. D'Argent, 21. d'Or, 21. d'Orient, 21. de Cologne, 282. de Cypre, 21. de Dauphin, 21. de Lavande Ambra, 282. de Napoleon, 21. de paradise, 22. de Paris, 282. de Sante, 22. de Sept Graines, 22. des Alpes, 282. des Princesses, 22. precieuse, 22. royal, 22. Ebony, artificial, 177. stains, 393. Edinburgh ink, 196. Edison's electric pen, 88. Effervescing vinegar, 361. r.gg syrup, 136. Eggs, to preserve, 312, 313. yelks of in tawing, to preserve, 217. Elaeosaccharum, 80. Elaine soap, 329. Elastic lacquer, 211. Elderberry ointment, 166. wine, 159. Elder blossoms, extract of, 166. Electrical conductors, insulating material for, 417. Electric furnace, Cowles', 440, 441. pen, Edison's, 88. Electricity, 110. Electro-plating, galvanoplasty, gilding, nick. elling, silvering, tinning, etc., 107-115. Elemi ointment, 166. Elixir, Abbe., 16. Angel, 17. Colombat, 17. de St. Aur, 17. des Troubadours, 17. juniper, 17. Monpou, 17. of life, 17. Tabourey, 17. vital, 17. Elixirs, 16, 17. Email photographs, 300. Embossing, preparation of surfaces for. 345. Embroidered fabrics woven with gold . to wash, 364. INDEX. 191 Embroidered linen, to wash, 364. muslin, to wash, 364. Embroideries, pearl, t<> wash, 886. Embroidery, silver, to polish, :n>4. Emerald, formula for, 10. green fur gems, formula of. 10. Emery paper, 278, 279. Emulsion, for photographers, 298. sensitive collodion, 806. Emulsions, gelatine, photographic, 300. Enamel, arsenical, 144. for fine cards, etc , I -1 . - t-iron, 1 16. fir watch dials, 117. free from lead and metallic oxides for iron and sheet-iron, and utensils manufact- ured from them, 422, glass for iron, 118. opaque white. 1 18 phosphorescent, 422. tin, 144. Enamelled bricks, 415, 416. dial-plates, cement for mending, 421. photographs, 300. Enamelling and cementing of metals, etc., 116, 117. cast-iron utensils, 115, 116. of copper vessels, 110. of iron, 116. of pasteboard, 277. Enamels and enamelling, 115-118. colors, cements, glue, varnishes, water- proofing substances, etc., 421-423. colors for, 117, 118. imitations of, 179. English bitters, 22. bitters essence, 14. bitters ratafia, 26. copper alloys, 7, 8. inks, 196. method of varnishing coaches, 212-214. Stilton cheese, 129. Engraving on glass, 145. Engravings, to copy, 86. Erasing powder, 295. Esprit de Pachouli, 282. de rose triple, 282. de toilette Franchise, 282, 283. Essence, ambergris, 13. angelica, 13. , anise-seed, 13. Barbadoes, 13. bergamot, 13. bouquet, 283. chocolate, 14. cinnamon, 14. clove, 14. coffee, 14. cognac, 14. « cumin and caraway, 14. de Goudron, 231. English bitter, 14. extracts, tinctures, and waters, 13-16. fennel, 14. gold water, 14, 15. herb cordial, 15. juniper berry, 15. lavender, 15. lemon, 15. • marjoram, 15. musk, 15. Essence, nut, 15. nutmeg, 15. Panama, for washing, 368. Parfait d'Amour, 15. peach, 15. peppermint, 16. quince, 16. rose, lii. rosemary, 16. sage, 16. Spanish bitter, 16. vanilla, 16. wormwood, 16. Essential oils, detection of water in, 449. Estragon vinegar, 361. Etching ground, printing ink which can be used as, 191. ink for glass, 431. on glass, 147. Ether, acetic, to prepare, 358. naphtha, 170. Eugenie's nosegay, 282. Expedients, preparations, 70-75. Explosive agents, 424-426. and pyrotechnic substances, 424. combination, 424. substances, 424. substances, use of hyponitric acid for, 425, 426. Exterminator, moth and roach, 446. Extract, anise-seed, 13. cardamon, 14. Koch's herb, 23. mace, 13. of elder blossoms, 166. orange blossom, 15. orange peel, 15. raspberry, 16. soup, 129. strawberry, 16. Extracts, 283, 284. essences, tinctures, and waters, 13-16. malt, 296. Eyes, artificial, manufacture of, 408, 409. Fabrics, colored, to give a lustre to, 346. double, water-proof not impermeable to air, 385. linen, hempen, and cotton, to tan, 220. metallic lustre upon, 348. new process for water proofing, 3S5. textile, to render water-, rot-, and insect- proof, 453, 454. textile, to water-proof, 384. textile, to water-proof and give greater con- sistence to, 386. to water-proof and protect against moths, 386, 387. water-proof and incombustible, new method for the production of, 422. woollen, to water-proof, 384. Facon rum, 229. Faded manuscripts, to restore, 74, 75. Falcon plumes, 118. Fancy articles, alloy for, 5. Fat, bone, bleaching of, 447. from sheep's wool, 450. of bones, to utilize in the manufacture of soap, 250. oils, vegetable, French process of cleans- ing, 247. 492 INDEX. Fat, to recover from waste wash liquors, 376, 377. rancid, to purify, 108. Fats, separating and purifying, 255, 256. and oils, 247-267, 447-453. and oils, bleaching of, 447, 448. new process of treating, 334, 335. Faure & French's blasting powder, 32. Feather plush, ?Ai. Feathers, chicken, utilization of, 165. how to restore and dye, 118-122. to bleach, 119. to cleanse, 305. to dye with aniline colors, 122. to restore crushed and bent, 119. to wash, restore, and dye ostrich mara- bouts, etc., 118-122. Fecal substances, to work in a rarefied space, 376. Feed, pressed horse, 129. Felted fabrics, to dye with aniline colors, 103, 104. Felt, to water-proof, and give greater con- sistence to, 384. hats, to water-proof, 3S6. substitute for,- 176. roofing, oil paint for, 52. Female pills, 294. Fennel essence, 14. ratafia, 26. Fenton's alloy for axle boxes, 7. Fermentation, 222. Ferrocyanide, potassium, 70. Ferrous nitrate syrup, 136. Fibres from nettles, hemp, jute, etc., to pre- pare, 340, 347. vegetable, improved treatment of, 345. vegetable, to animalize, 340. vegetable, to water-proof, 384. Fibrous substances, to gain from different plants, 274. Field rats and mice, to destroy, 162. Filberts, coated, 83. roasted, 83. Filbert sweetmeat, 82. Files, to cleanse, 76. to harden, 239. to resharpen, 239, 240. Filling for caramel sugar bon-bons, 81. Filtering, artificial stone for, 71. of varnishes, 205, 206. Fire and water-proof cement, 63. cartridges for extinguishing, 124. extinguishing agents and means of mak- ing tissues, wood, etc., incombustible, 122-124. extinguishing hand grenades, 124. extinguishing powders, Munich and Vi- enna, 123. plating for iron, 115. Pire-proof bronze, 45. ceilings, mass for, 416. floors, mass for, 416. papers, colors, and printed matter, 454. wood, preparation of, 399. resisting properties of building materials, 415. Fires, white, 125. Fireworks, 124-129. for rooms, 128. Fish t fluids for preserving, 311. Fish oil, new process cf extracting, 451. to preserve, 313. Fixateur, receipts for, 85,86. Flaxseed pulp, for clarifying beer, 222, 223. yield of oil in, 2. Flax yarn, C. Hartmann's quick method ol bleaching, 36, 37. Fleas on animals, to destroy, lt.2. Fleece, to remove oil from, 346. Fleitmann's process of refining nickel, 441. Flexible insulating mass, 417. mirrors, 178. Flint glass, 143. Floating soap, 329. Floor covering, new, 445. wax, 389. Floors, cheap paint for, 203. fire-proof, mass for, 410. new compound for waxing, 389. stain for, 393. Flour, meat, 129. potato, for soups, 130. potato, to prepare, 157. Flowers, artificial, mass for, 157. artificial, paper stains for, 279. extraction of perfume from, 282. guano solution for, 169 lacquer for, 209. on glass, 94. Fluid hydrastis, 297. le Francois, scouring, 75. paste, 08. Fluids for making tissues incombustible, 123. Flux, Donault-Wieland's, 10. for soldering aluminium, 4. Schrader's, components of, 9. Fluxes, components of, for artificial gems, 9, 10. for enamels, preparation of, 117. Fly glue, composition for, 156, 157. paper, to prepare, 161. Focal distances for enlarging photographic pictures, 299. Foils, gelatine, 181, 182. jewellers', 202. Folbacci's process of rendering wood Incom« bustible and impermeable, 390. Food and food preparations, 129-133. Foods, strengthening, 129. Forcite, 33. Forks, alloys for, 6. Foul air in wells, to remove, 168. Fountain, table, to construct, 157. Fournaise's water-proofing compound, 386. Frames, gilding, 90, 91. Frame work of old altars, to cleanse and reno« vate, 260. Frankfort black, 267. snuff, 354. Franzl, process for cellulose dynamite, 29. Frear's artificial stone, 51. Freckles, vinegar to remove, 285. Freezing mixtures, 133, 134. salt, 133. French anisette, 17. curacoa, 20. putty for wood, 07. Frohnheiser's method of bleaching cotton, 34. Frosted glass, orrwmenting, 434. limbs, soap for, 332. Frozen dynamite, 30. INDEX. 493 Frozen ground, to thaw,. 70, 71. Fruit and other syrups, 134-136. -drying apparatus, new, 407. jellies, to prevent moulding, 315. stains, to remove, 75. to dry by cold air blast, 312, to pack for transportation, 312. wines, 158-160. « rapping paper for, 276. Fruits, artificial, mass for, 157. candied, si. fluids for preserving, 311. to keep, in ice-houses, 169. to preserve, 314, 315. Fulminate, 33, 34. of mercury, 33. of silver, 33. Fulminating gold, 34. platinum, 33, 34. Fumigating articles, 292-294. furnace, continuously working, for manufact- ure of animal charcoal, 444, 445. Cowles' electric, 44 jects, 68. liquid steam, 154. liquid, to prepare, 66. Maclagan's apparatus and process foi making, 153. manufacture of, 149. marine, 235. moulding, 1 mouth, 67. new liquid, 154. parchment, 411. stock, materials of, 149. stock, steeping in lime, 149,150. taking it from the moulds, 152. to color yellow, 151. to make from tannery waste, 152. to whiten, 151. water-proof, 154, 423. Glutine, for wall papers and for dyeing and printing purposes, 323, 324. thickening of, 323, 324. Glycerine cement, 65. collodion, 295. glue for enclosing microscopic objects, 68, soap, 331,332. solvent, power of, 453. to gain from soapboilers' lye, 250, 201. use in sizing and dressing, 323. Wilson's process for preparing, 74. Glyceroborates, calcium and sodium, 406, 407. Gold, alloy resembling, 8. and aluminium alloys, 4. and orange stain for brass, 414. and silver lace, to wash, 362, 363. and silver wires, alloys for imitating, 8. bronze on iron, 46. chloride of, to prepare, 73. color, brilliant, on plated articles, 111. for illuminating, 90. fulminating, 34. polishing powder for, 76. size, 149. solders, 338. substitute for, 4. to cleanse, 78. to regain from old toning baths, 304. varnish on iron, 208. INDEX. I '.!.-, Gold wall paper, new process of manufacturing, •14."., 440. water, 21. water essence, 14, 15. Gongs and bells, metal for, 8. Goudron, essence do, 231, Gourlier's salt mixtures for galvanic cop- pering, bronzing, etc., 114. Grafting wax, 69. Graham's bronzing liquids, tables, 47,48. Graining, 261. Grease, Belgian wagon, 233. belt, 435. carriage, excellent, 233. for machine belts, 231. for water-proofing leather, 231. French's machine, 233. harness, 436. stains, to remove from paper, 75. stains, water for removing, 75. to remove from silk, 75. wagon, Persoz's patent, 234. Greases, patent, 232, 233. Greek bitters, 'J2. Green, antique, 44. bronze for brass, 44. bronzing, 414. color, innoxious, for candies, 85. crayons, 79. for artificial gems, formula for, 10. marble, to grain imitation of, 262. paint' for outside work, 204. pigments, 268, 269. Green's blasting powder, 31. Grenades, hand, 124. Grenoble, ratafia de, 26. Grinding colors, 260. Grindstones, artificial, 51. plastic water-proof, 51. Ground mass for creme, 85. Griinewald bitters, extract for, 14. Guano, solution for flowers, 169. substitute for, 169. Gum-Arabic, artificial substitute for, 324. Gum, artificial, 324. substitute for in making bronze colors, 48. Gun and blasting powder of Hafenegger, 30. barrels, English process of staining, 244. . barrels, processes for staining, 244. barrels, to harden, 240. -cotton, 32. -cotton,- compressed, blasting under water with, 424, 425. -cotton, gunpowder, nitro-glycerine, fulmi- nates, etc., 27-34. stocks, composition for, 183. Gunpowder, Borlinetto's. 31. Sharp and Smith's patent, 31. Guns, cleaning with petroleum. 243. Gutta-percha and linseed oil cement, 61. blacking, 321. cement for horses' hoofs, 61. cements, 61. composition, 60. how to color green or black, 60. solution of, for shoemakers, 60. substitute for, 182, 418. Gvpsum, to remove from solutions of glucose, 342. Hafenegger's gun and blasting powder, 30, 31. Hager's composition for the destruction of vea min, 162, 163. tooth paste, 96. tooth powder, 95. Hair dyes, 289, 290. in tanneries, to preserve, 217. oils, 2S6-288. restorers, tonics, washes, etc., 288, 289. short, utilization of, 348. Hamburgh bitters, 22. Hand grenades, 124. Hard coating for wood, 396. nut shell buttons, to dye, 183, 184. solder, 337. water, to soften, 168. Hardened steel, mechanically, 441. Hardening and welding compounds, 238-24!. cement, lime, 52. composition for steel, 439. Harness grease, 436. lacquer for, 211. polish, 436. Hartmann's quick method of bleaching flax yarn, 36, 37. Hats, felt, to water-proof, 386. scouring soap for, 76. straw and chip, to wash, 366, 367. straw, to cleanse, 76. white straw, washing, 447. Heat, effect of on textile fabrics, 344. insulation, 137. Heating and fuel, 137. Hedinger's method of bleaching bones, etc., 40. Heel leather, imitations of, 183. Heels of boots and shoes, 176. Heinzerling's quick process of tanning, 215, 216. Hektograph, the, 88. Heliotrope sweetmeat, 82. Hemlock ointment, 166. Hempen fabrics, to tan, 220. Hemp seed, yield of oil, 2. to dye, 105. to prepare for spinning, 346, 347. Heptane, from California digger or nut pinq tree, 2.">4. Herb cordial essence, 15. extract, Koch's, 23. soap, Swiss, 333. Heron plumes, 118. Heterogeneous alloy (Jean's), 6. Hides and skins, to improve, 217. to depilate, 21ft, 216. Hoarseness, remedy for, 166. Hoff's malt beer, 29<. Holland, anisette, 18. curaeoa, 20. gin, receipt for, 229. Hollow articles, mass for. 63. Honey and glycerine compound for blasting, 32. from beets and carrots, 129, 130. wine, 159. Hop stalks, to make cloth from, 349. Hops, to preserve, 313, 314. Hbrmann's experiments with tin salt, 368. Horn combs, manufacture of, 435. combs, to make elastic, 446. new method of treating, 43. process of joining two pieces of, 4415. 49(> INDEX. Horn, substitute for, 174, 178 to imitate tortoise-shell, 43, 44. treatment of for manufacture of combs, 435. waste of, for buttons, 44. Horse feed, bread for, 130. feed, pressed, 129. Horsehair, to dye with aniline colors, 105. Horses' hoofs, cement for, 61. Hose, rubber, how to soften, 60. rubber, to render odorless, 447. Household and rurai economy, 157-170. Hufeland's tooth powder, 95. Huilard's substitute for tartar in dyeing, 105. Hyacinth, formula for, 11. Hydraulic mortar, 53. motors, oil for, 234. water-glass cement, 382. Hydrocarbons, liquid, solidification of, 452. Hydrochloric acid, used in the manufacture of gelatine, to regain, 375. Hydroleine, 133, 290. Hygienic chocolate, 57. Hyponitric acid, preparation of, and use for explosive and illuminating substances, 425, 426. Iceland moss chocolate, 57. moss jelly, 85. Ice, to keep, without an ice-house, 168, 169. Illuminating, gold for, 90. materials, 170-173. oil, to purify, 251. substances, use of hyponitric acid for, 425, 426. Imitation of cedar wood, 396. of cinnabar, 421, 422. of ivory, new, 417. Imitations, adulterations, etc., how to detect them, 1-3. of mother-of-pearl and marble, with glue, 178-181. substitutes, etc., 174-184. Incombustible fabrics, new method for the pro- duction of, 422. ink and paper, 200. tissues, 123, 124. torches, material for, 170. varnish for wood, 208. wicks, 170. Incrustations, Alfieri's receipt for removing, 40. Baudet's preventive, 40. boiler, 39, 40. Roger's preventives, 40. Saillard's receipt for removing and pre- venting, 39. Indelible marking inks, 80. Indestructible inks, 193, 198, 199. India-rubber goods, to prevent becoming hard and cracking, 447. hose, to render odorless, 447. Indigo, acetate of, 184, 185. carmine, 184, 185. carmine, to make, 269. crystallized, 184. indigotine, and alizarine, 184-187. to cleanse, 76. to regain from residues of colors, 377. violet, 185. Indigotine, indigo, and alizarine, 184-187. Indigotine, Kopp's process of obtaining, 18S- 187. Infants' foods, 132. Inflammable compounds, 236. Infusorial earth for insulating steam-pipes, 131. Ink, alkaline, 198 autographic, 192. cake, 199, 200. etching, for glass, 431. for bleached cotton and woollen goods, 200 incombustible, 200. lithographic, English, 192. lithographic printing, 192. marking, 200. pale writing, to make black, 200. powders, 194. powder in capsules, 199. printers', with coal-tar varnish oil, 190. printing and stamping, containing iron, 190. printing from coal-tar, 190. printing, good, the properties which it must possess, 187, 188. printing, the manufacture of, 187-190. stains, to remove, 75. stains, to remove from silk, 75. stones, 194. vanadium, 196. yellow, 198. Inks, alizarine, 196, 197. aniline, 198. black, 194, 195. blue, 198, 199. colored indelible, 80. fire-proof, 454. for marking glass and metal labels, 200. for steel pens, 195, 196. for writing on glass, 200. green, 198. indestructible, 193, 198, 199. lithographic, 191, 192. lithographic, printing, and writing, 187* 202. not acted upon by acids, 200. patent copying, 193. printing, new process for, 190. red, 198-200. solid, 194, 199. stamping and sympathetic, 200. violet, 198, 199. writing, 192-198. Innoxious green color for candies, 85. Insects and worms, to destroy, 161, 162. Insect powder, Persian, 161. Insole leather, imitation of, 183. Insulating mass, flexible, 417. material for electrical conductors, 417. Insulation, heat, 137. Intensifier, Davanne's, for spoiled photographic plates, 299. Intensifying bath, Abney's photographic, 3C7 Iodide of lead ointment, 166. of mercury ointment, 166. of potassium ointment, 166. of sulphur ointment, 166. soap, 332. Iodine pastils, 293. solution of, to detect dextrine in milk, 2. Iodoform, 295. pencils, 295. Iridescent glass, 145. paper, 277. xrfDEX. 497 Iridiunii its preparation and use, 439, 4-10. phosphor, casting of, 440. phosphor, properties of, 44(1. points for pens, 439, 44o. Irish moss jelly, 85. Iron, 238. and alumina mordants on cotton prints, linens, etc., fixing of by water-glass, 379. and aluminium alloy, 4. and steel, black polish for, 210. and steel, silvering of, 113. and steel, solder for, 339. and steel, staining, 243, 244. and steel, to cleanse from rust, 76. bath for coppering, 11 .*>. bath for nickelling; 109. carbonate of, with che'ilate, 57. cast, substitute for, 176. cast, to harden, 238. chocolate, 57. constructions, paint for, 265. enamelling of, 116. fire-plating for, 115. galvanizing, 114. galvanizing and nickelling of in Cleveland, 413. glass enamel for, 118. gold bronze on, 46. gold varnish for, 208. injurious effect on aluminium, 5. lacquers, 205. lustre, 422. new process of bronzing on, 414. in stone, cement for fastening, 64. rods, effect of aluminium on, 4. separation of, from aluminium, 5. stoves, cement for. (i6. to convert into steel, 241. to give it a bright lustre, 238. to iron, to cement, 63. to prevent rust on, 164. to protect from rust, 242. Isinglass, composition of, 156. glue, substitute for, 156. jelly, 85. Italian government, process of testing olive oil for cotton-seed oil, 1, Ivory and bone, cement for, 65. and bone, dyeing, 41. and bone, glue for, 66. and bones, bleaching, 41. articles, how to bleach, 43. artificial, 43, 416. black, 267. bleaching, Peineman's method, 40. new imitation of, 417. receipts for coloring, 41, 42. substitute for, 43, 174, 175. to make it soft and flexible, 40, 41. to produce black and colored drawings upon, 42, vegetable, 174. 'aline, 32. Japanese bronzes, 7. matches, 128. transparent varnish, 208. Japan gold size, 149. Jasmine sweetmeat, 82. Jellies, red color for, 85. to prevent the moulding of, 315. Jelly, buck-horn, 85. gelatine, 85. Iceland moss, 85. Irish moss, 85. isinglass, 85. sago, 85. tapioca, 85. Jepp's apparatus and process of manufacturing starch, glucose, and dextrose, 341-343. Jewellers' cement, 66. foils, 202. rouge, 77. Jewelry, alloy for, substitute for gold, 4. Jewreinoff on platinizing copper and brass, 111. Johnson's process for potassium ferrocyar.ide, 70. Journal-boxes, alloys for, 6. Juice, orange, 15. Jungschlager's quick process of tanning, 216. Juniper berry essence, 15. Juniper elixir, 17. liqueur, 22. Juneman's process for wick-consuming can- dles, 172, 173. Jute, to dye, 105. to prepare for spinning, 346, 347. working of, 348, 349. Kahl's patent plaster, 416. Kid, calf, manufacture of in Philadelphia, 214, 215. leather, dyes for, 218, 219. leather, to make soft, 232. Kindling compound, 137. King's patent fuel, 137. Knife-sharpeners, caoutchouc composition for, 60. Knives and forks, alloy for, 5. Koch's herb extract, 23. Koeben's healing powder, 57. Kolbe's mouthwash, 95. Kopp's process of obtaining alizarine and in- digotine. 185-187. Koumiss, artificial, 294. Krebs & Co., process for dynamite, 29. Kuhr's receipt for water-proofing linen, 386. Ktimmel cordial, 20. Labels, glue for, 66. ' inks for, 200. on machines, paste for, 69. Lace, point, to wash, 365. silver and gold, to polish, 364. silver and gold, to wash, 362, 363. to whiten, 365. Laces, size for, 326. to wash, 364, 365. Lacquer and varnish, German patent process of making, 212. bookbinders', 210, 412. bronze, 210. elastic, 211. for closing bottles, 211. for drawings, 211. for flowers, maps, playing cards, prints, etc., 209. for harness, etc., 211. for leather, 209, 210. ms INDEX. Lacquer for spring steel, 211. spirit, for wax tapers, 389. Lacquered wood, to cleanse, 1(54. Lacquering, background for, 392. of sheet metal, 244, 245. Lacquers and varnishes, 202-214. for carriages, 214. iron, 205. photographic, 308. spirit, 205. Lactopepsin, 297. Lake pigments, carmine and others, 2G8. Lampblack, 26(5. from the resinous sodic residues in the working of coal-tar, 372. Lampblacks, manufacture of, from asphaltum pitch or blacksmiths' pitch, 371, 372. manufacture of, from waste in working coal-tar, 370-372. Lamps, cement for, 65. Lange & Son's patent aluminium alloys, 4. Lanolin, Liebreich's process of preparing, 450. Lapis lazuli, formula for, 11. Lard and tallow, to prevent becoming rancid, 168. and tallow, to purify, 169. Lavender, essence, 15. l^ad, adulteration of vinegar with, 2. and aluminium, do not alloy, 4. bath for nickelling, 109. crystal glass, 143. ointment, 166. pencils, black apd colored, for glass and porcelain, 432. pipes, to protect, 242. plasters, 297. Leaden water-pipes, coating of, 445. Leather, artificial, 176, 177 artificial, for lithographers' rollers, 174. belts, cements for, 64. black gloss for, 215. calf, with a white flesh-s>'dt-, smooA, 215 cement for, 65. cloth, 176. dyeing of, 217-221. elastic mass resembling, 417. fine, glue for, 66. from seaweeds, 177. gilding and silvering, 445. grease for water-proofing, 231, 232. gutta-percha cements for, 61. Hall's substitute for, 176. imitations of, 183. lacquer for, 209, 210. marbled and dark of one color, gilding on, 411, 412. ointments, 321. ornaments, to fasten, on metal, 94. prepared cloth as a substitute for, 383. pulverized, for boot heels \'6. Reichard's and Reber's processes for gild- ing, 411. tanning and dyeing, including furs, etc., 214-221. to give it the smell of Russia leather, 220, 221. to water-proof, 384. transparent, to prepare, 216. vegetable, 418. wash, cleansing of, 419. waste, use of in manufacture of paper, 277. Lemonade powders, 157. syrups for, 134, 135. Lemon essence, 15. juice, to preserve, 312. lozenges, 84. soap, 332. sweetmeat, 82. Levulose, to prepare, 342. Liebreich's process for preparing lanolin, 430. Life, elixir of, 17. Light blue ultramarine colors with potask water-glass, 380. Lightning-rods, to protect from rust, 242. Lights, Bengal, 124. Ligroin and air, gas from, 171. Lily soap, 332. Lime and sugar paste, 68. burnt, to preserve, 312. liniment, 167. putty for wood, 67. to harden, 52. Linen and cotton goods, finishing of, by waten glass, 380. fabrics, to tan, 220. gold embroidered, to wash, 364. goods, sizing for, 322, 323. Ruhr's receipt for water-proofing, 386. marking ink for, 79, 80. pencils for marking, 79 sizes for, 326. to wash, 363. tracing, 276. Liniments, various, 167. Linseed oil and gutta-percha, cement, 61. oil, substitute for, 452 Lipowitz, fusible alloy of 5. Liqueur, calamus, 19. cherry, 19. Chinese, 26. chocolate, 20. cumin, 20. juniper, 22. Liqueurs, bitters, cordial*, ratafias, 17-27. cordials, etc., mode of "X>tor!n£, IS*. Liquid cement for coating metals, oapiei mache, etc., 414. glue, cold, 154. glue, to prepare, 66. Graham's bronzing, 47, 48. wash blues, 370. water-glass, Kuhlmann's process at l-'l'e 379. Liquids, hermetically closing bottles con- taining, 311. Liquor, Geitner's alizarine, 187. Liquors and beverages, beer, brandy, gin whiskey, wines, etc, 221-231. to purify, 230. Litharge ointment, 166. Lithium glass, 432. Lithofracteur made by Rrebs & Co., of Deutz, 29. Lithographers' rollers, artificial leather for, 174. Lithographic ink, English, 192. inks, 191, 192. printing ink, 192. Lithomarlite, Garvey's, 51. Litmus, tincture of, to prepare, 71. Liver-of-sulphur, to prepare, 74. London purple for the destruction of insects,162. INDEX. 499 Love sweetmeat, 82, 83. Lowget's polishing powder, 76. Lozenges, s4. Chinese, S4. chocolate, 57. ginger, 84. lemon, 8 I. peppermint, 84, 295. sptee for, 84. stomachic, 84. Lubricant, caoutchouc, 232. caoutchouc, for driving belts, 436. for axles, shafts, etc., 232. for lielts, 233. for imlustri.il purposes, 232. from oil residues, 233. from paraffine residues, 232. from seaweed, 231. pulverulent, 232. pyroleine, 233. Lubricants, 438. blacking, etc., 435-439. for machines, wagons, etc., 231-235. mixtures of mineral and animal oils for, 438. purification of, after use, 438. Lubricating oil for astronomical instruments, 234. oils, Thurston's machine for testing, 436- 438. Lumber, terra-cotta, 416. Luminous paper, 4o4, 455. Lunar caustic, to prepare, 73. Lustre, bright, 91. colors, V4(). colors, preparation of with carbolic acid, 422. dead, 91. durable on copper, 46. Lustres, bismuth, tin, uranium, and iron, 422. metallic, upon fabrics, 348. Lustrine, Alsacienne, 370. Lutecine, components of, 5. Lye, caustic soda, Balling's method of pre- paring, 335. Lyes, percentage of soda and potash in, 335. Lyons asphaltum, 54. Mace extract, 15. Machine oil, consistent, 232, 233. Machines for manufacture of chocolate, 55, 56. lubricants for, 231-235. Machinery metal for various purposes, table of, 400. Mackinnon pen, iridium points for, 439. Madder, yellow, the most stable yellow dye, 3. Madeira wine, 231. Magnesium, neutral extract of, 296. Magnus' patent to polish slate, 78. Mahogany, to grain imitation of, 261. Malachite, imitations of, 180. Malaga wine, 231. Malleable brass, receipt for, 241. nickel, receipt for, 241, 242. Malt beer, 295. bon-bons, 81. extracts, 296. fabrication of, 221. mashing, 221, 222. mashing the, for brewing, 221, 222. sugar, 80. Malt with pepsin wine, 207. Manganese alloys, 4u3, 404. bronze, 6, 405. Mannite, 342), 343 Manure for meadows, 373. from animal waste, 109. from coal-ashes, 169. powder from blood, 169. salt from urine, 169. Manures, artificial, from residues in the work- ing of coal-tar, :S7'J. for meadows, S73, for turnips, etc., 169. Manuscripts, faded, to restore, 74, 75. Maple, to grain imitation of, 262. Maps, lacquer for, 209. Marabouts, how to restore and dye, 118, 122. Maracaibo tobacco, 350. Maraschino, 23. Marble, artificial, 51. bleaching stained, 39. busts, to clean, 78. concrete, 54. imitation of, 178. imitation of for plastic ornaments, 183. to clear,, 420, 421. to grain imitation, 262. variegated, to imitate, 51. Marbleizing sandstone, 53. Margarine, 131-133. Marine glue, 235. Marjoram essence, 15. Marking brush for boxes, 201. ink for linen, 79, 80. inks, 200. tools, 443. Marmalade, cherry, 84, 85. Marmorin, 63. Martin and Delamotte's process of nickel plating, 108. Martinsen's blasting powder, 32. Masonry, brick, made impervious to water, S-^ Mass, flexible insulating, 417. for hollow articles, 63. for plastic models, 417. for roofing, fire-proof ceilings, etc., 416. for toys, vessels, dolls' heads, etc., 62. resembling leather, 417. Mastic cement, 63. Matches, 236-238. antiphosphorus, 237. inextinguishable in the wind, 237. Japanese, 128. parlor, 236, 237. quick, 125. Swedish, 236. without phosphorus, 237. without sulphur, 236. Materials, strength of, 456-458. Meat biscuit, 130. English pickle for, 310. extract with chocolate, 57. flour, 129. preservatives of, 310, 311. quick process of corning, on a small scale 312. to preserve, 314. Medals, bronze for, 8. Medicated and toilet soaps, 331-335 waters, 290-292. Medicinal sweetmeats, 83. 500 INDEX. Medicines, new patent, 296, 297. Meerschaum, caseine cement for, 65. substitute for, 176, 170. Mege's process for oleomargarine, 131. Meiflfren's patent alloy, 8. Melanyl candles, 171. Mercury, fulminate of, 33. Metal, cement for fastening rubber upon, 64. coin, 8. electroplating with cobalt, 111. fire and water-proof cement for, 63. for brasses, table of, 40'i. for gongs and bells, 8. industry, 238-245, 430-444. letters, cement for fastening on glass, etc., 64. machinery for various purposes, 406. new solder for, 441. polishing powder for, 76. rags for polishing, 419. Spence's, 6, 405. stop-cocks, composition for, 7. surfaces, ornamenting, 92. to lacquer, 244, 245. type, components of, 6. water-proof paint for, 266. Metals, and glass, painting with vater-glass, 381. bronzing and coloring. 44-49. caseine cement for, 65. coloring, 46, 47. glazes for, 244, 245. liquid coating for, 414. platinizing. 110, 111. polishing pastes for. 77. polishing rags for, 77. preparation of. for nickelling, 110. staining, 243, 244. to enamel and cement, 116, 117. Warne and Trabak, 403. Metallic colors, zinciferous, 137, 138. lustre, to impress upon fabrics, 346. sulphides as mordants, 106. surfaces, paint for, 264. wicks, 170. Metalline, manufacture of, 234. Metallique, moire, 45, 46. Metallized caoutchouc, 60. Meters, dry gas, 170, 171. Mice, paste for destroying, 162. Microscopic objects, paste for, 68. preparations, 68. Mignonette soap, 332. Mildew stains, to remove, 75. Milk, adulterations of, 2. foods for children, 132. sugar, 340, 341. to keep from souring, 157. to preserve, 314. Milks, condensed, 132. Millstones,'artificial, 51. Minargent, 8, 403. Mineral oils, to purify, 247. oils, to free from sulphuric acid and sul- phur, 256. waters, syrups for, 134, 135. Mine timber, preparation of, 395, 396. Mint, Paris, bronzing in, 44. Mirror-glass, 142. Bohemian, 142. Mirrors, flexible, 178. Mirrors, polishing powder for, T7, silvering of telescopic, 113. Mitis castings, 441. Modelling wax, 3S9. wax, superior, 418. Models, plastic mass for, 417. Mogador, 23. Moire metallique, 45, 46. Molasses soap, 320. Moleskin, a substitute for leather, 383. Molybdic acid, to prepare, 73, 74. Monpou elixir, 17. Monuments, bronze, 48, 49. to repair with water-glass paste, 379. Moody's, new polish for wood, 394. Mordants, 105, 106. iron and alumina, fixing of by water glass 379. Morocco paper, stains for, 280, 281. Mortar, bitumen, 53. hydraulic, 53. requisites for, 52. water-proof, 53. water-glass and chalk, 382. Mosaics, staining wood for, 393, 394. Mosquitoes and gnats, to destroy, 162. Moth and roach exterminator, 446. Mother-of-pearl, imitation of, 178. Moths, packing paper to protect cloths, fi:r», etc., from, 408. receipts for destroying, 161, 162. to protect furs from, 220. Moulding figures, pasteboard mass for, 60. the glue, 151. Moulds for galvano-plastic deposits, 115. taking glue from, 152. Mouth glue, 67. paste, antiseptic, 95. washes, 95. Mowbray's process for nitro-glycerine, 27-29. Mulberry ratafia, 26. Munich fire-extinguishing powder, 123. Musical instruments, steel wire for, 241. Music printing plates, alloy for, 6. Musk extract, 283, 284. essence, 15. soap, 332. Muslin and cotton prints, to wash without ir* jury to the color, 368. fine, to wash, 363. gold embroidered, to wash, 364. to bleach, 34. Mustards, 245-247. Mustard-seed, yield of oil by, 2. Must, wine, to improve, 231. Naples yellow, 270. Naphtha, ether. 170. test of, 254, 255. Naphthaline colors, to dye with, 103. to prepare, 248. Napoleon, eaude, 21. Nectar, 23. Negative layer, to remove from glass-plate in photography, 305. process, Wothly's, without intensifying bath, 308. Nettles, to prepare for spinning, 346, 347. Neutral soaps, 330. Nicotine in tobacco, apparatus for testing per« centage of, 74. INDEX. 501 Nickel alloy, prepared by Christofle and Bouilhet, 5. baths, 109. Fleitmann's process of refining, 441. malleable, receipt for, 241, 242. waste, utilization of, 443. Nickelhng, American, 109. and ga'vanizing of iron in Cleveland, O v 413. latest Anglo-American, 109, 110. preparation of the metals for, 110. Nukel-phting, 107-109. Niello, lis. Nitric acid, adulterating vinegar with, 2. Nitrogeneous organic substances, productions made from, 377. Nitro-glycerine, 27-34. Bbttger's process, 29. gelatinous, 33. to protect from moisture, 32. Nobel's process for dynamite, 29. Non-explosive powder, 31. Norbin & Ohlsson's patent for dynamite, 29. Nut essence, 15. Nutmeg essence, 15. Nutritive substances, fluids containing, to pre- serve, 313. Nuts, pea, yield of oil by, 2. Oak furniture, to cleanse and beautify, 78. to grain imitation of, 261. Offal and waste, utilization of, 370-378. Oil and wood putty, 67. a new, from California, 254. Belmontine and Sherwood. 254. castor, manufacture of, 247. cement paint for felt roofing, 52. -cloth, 345, 346. -cloth, bronze color, for printing on, 190, 191. coal-tar, process of producing in England, 256, 257. coal-tar varnish, 256. colors, dryer for, 266. corn, from corn mash, 251. cotton-seed, manufacture of, 449, 450. cotton-seed, refining, 451. crude cotton-seed, production of soap or scbacic acids from, 451. drying, Chinese, 248. fish, new process of extracting, 451. for pumicing wood, 252. for watchmakers, 235. from acid tar, 251. from sunflower seed, 252. illuminating, to purify, 251. linseed, substitute for, 174, 452. machine, consistent, 232, 233. machine, from coal-tar varnish oil, 234. neat's-foot, manufacture of, 248. of lemon, effect of on oil paintings, 258. of turpentine, effect of on oil paintings, 258. of turpentine, substitute for, 174. olive, clarifying, 449. oxidized, 412. painting, green borate of copper for, 268. painting, to transfer from an old to a new canvas, 259. paintings, effects of different solvents on, 257-259. 31 Oil paintings, how to cleanse, pack, and var- nish, and to restore gilt-work, 257-260. paintings, how to pack, 259. paintings, special instructions for cleansing, 258, 259. paintings, to lacquer and cleanse, 259. paintings, to paste on wood, 259. paintings, varnishing of, 259, 260. poppy-seed, to purity, 251. rape-seed, to detect, 252, 253. residues, lubricant from, 233. rosin, and its uses, 248, 249. shale, residues of, 247. sugar, to prepare, 80 to disguise the taste of, lBti. to make parchment paper impermeable to, 455. to remove from fleece, wool, silk, and woollen fabrics, 346. to remove from silk, 75. train, to purify, 251. Vulcan, 234. white vaseline, 453. wood-tar, purification of, 255. Oils and fats, 447-453. and fats, animal, vegetable and mineral, 247-257. and fats, bleaching of, 447, 448. and parafhnes, from petroleum residues, 451, 452. animal and mineral, lessening of the lia- bility to spontaneous combustion by mixing, 438. animal, to purify, 251, 252. coal-tar, shoemakers' wax from, 257. cruciferal, to detect, 252. essential, detection of water in, 449. hair, 286-288. light, to distinguish from petroleum and tar-oils, 254. lubricating, machine for testing, 436-438. mineral and animal, lessening of the lia- bility to spontaneous combustion by mixing, 438. mineral, to purify, 247. mineral, to remove sulphuric acid and sul- phur from, 256. mineral, to solidify, 248. percentage of, in seeds, 12. purification of, 452, 453. testing, 257. to deodorize, 252. vegetable fat, French process of cleansing, 247. Ointment, blistering, 294. Ointments, leather, 321. various, 166, 167. water-proof, for shoes, 321, 322. Oleic acid, purified, to prepare, 73. Oleomargarine, 131-133. separating and purifying the fats for, ZM>. Oleum aromaticum, 297. Olive oil, clarifying, 449. oil, effect of on oil paintings, 258. process of testing for cotton-seed oil, L Onyx, to make from agate, 177. Opal, formula for, 11. glass, 144. Opaque glass, composition for, 144. glass, substitute for, 178. Opera glasses, alloy for, 6. 502 INDEX. Opium liniment, 167 ointment, 167 Opodeldoc, 297. Orange and gold stain for brass, 414. blossom extract, 15 blossom sweetmeat, 82. blossom water, 15. Orange blossoms, coated, 84. blossoms, preparation of, 15 dyes, test for, 3. juice, 15. peel cordial, 23 peel extract, 15. ratafia, 26 soap, 332 sugar, 80. sweetmeat, 81 wine, 159. Oranges, candied, 84. Oranienburg soap, 330. Ordway's artificial stone, 50. Ores, refractory, Cowles' electric furnace for reducing, 440, 441. Organic substances, novelties in preserving, and apparatus used, 407, 408. Orient, eau d', 21. Ornamentation, decoration, etc , 89-94. Ornamenting frosted glass, 434. Ornaments, artificial wood for, 93. bronze for, 8. composition for, 62 imitation of marble for, 183. leather, to fasten upon metal, 94. wood mass for, 93, 94. Oroide, composition of, 3. Osiers, coloring with aniline colors, 459, 460. how they can be peeled in winter, 391. Ostberg's process of making wrought-iron cast- ings, 441. Ostrich feathers, 118. Otto's process of manufacturing pressed yeast, 401. Ott's artificial stone, 50. Oxalic acid, preparation of, 73 Oxidized oil, 412. silver, 44, 441, 442. Ozotine, from woolly fibre, 274. Packing, asbestos and rubber, 62. Painters' cream, 273. Paint brushes, to clean from dried paint, 76. cheap, for outside work, 264. flexible, 263. for constructions of iron, 265 for metallic surfaces, 264. for outside walls, 264. for outside work, 265, 266. for roofs, 265. for tin roofs, 264. for vessels, submarine works, etc., 263, 264 for wooden posts, etc., 397. for wood or stone which resists moisture, 264. green, for outside work, 264. oil cement, for roofing, 52. parafine, receipt for, 265. quickly drying, 265. Swedish, for wood work, 265. universal, for oil or water, 264. water-proof, 263 Paint, water-proof, for metals, 2845. white, for metallic surfaces, 264. whitewash closely resembling, 165. Painting on zinc, 414, 415. receipts for colors for, 262, 263. sign, 148, 14i). water-glass in, 381. willow-ware, 460. Paints and pigments, grinding and mixing colors, graining, imitation of marbles, paints, and washes for various purposes, 260-273 cheap, for floors, stone-work, etc., 263, 264. for various purposes, 263-266. poisonous, 271. Palamaud, 58. composition of, 129 Palladium, platinum and copper alloy, 403. Palmgrene, 58. Palm oil wagon grease, 232. Panama essence, 368. hats, dressing for, 326. Paper, 453-455. amianthus, 277. and paper materials, manufacture, stain- ing, etc., glass, sand, and emery papet 273-281. blasting, 424. cigarette, 274. carbolic acid, 275. colored, for tying up bottles, 277. crystalline coating for, 421. electro-chemical telegraph, 277. emery, 278, 279. fly, to prepare, 161. for artificial flowers, stains for, 279. for covering boilers, 455 r documents, 274. •or wrapping fruit in, 276. gas-pipes, 454. glazed, stains for, 279, 280. gold wall, new process of manufacturing, 445, 446. how to split, 281. imitation of mother-of-pearl on, 277, 278. incombustible, 200. iridescent, 277. Johnson's varnish for water-proofing, 423. luminous, 454, 455. manufacture of bottles from, 455. matrices for stereotype plates, 115 morocco, stains for, 280, 281. parchment, 275. parchment, to make impermeable to oil, 455. photo-lithographic transfer, 276. pulp, new process of manufacturing, 455. raw materials for, 273, 274. Reichardt's process of gilding, 411. safety, 274, 275. soap, preparation of, 455. tar, 276, 277. to free from fatty substances, 77. to make incombustible, 124. to make transparent, 278. to protect cloth, furs, etc., from moths 408. to remove grease stains from, 75. to render water-, rot-, and insect-proot 453, 454. INDEX. 503 Paper, to water-proof, 384. tracing, 276. wall, paste for, 68. water-proof 275. waxed, to prepare, 388. writing and drawing, which can be washed, 27C. l'apt rs, cork, 275. fire-proof, 4">4. Papier mache, from flour, 63. machG, liquid cement for coating, 414. Paradise, eau de, 22. water, 22. Paraffine and heavy oils from petroleum resi- dues, 451, 452. bleaching of, for manufacture of candles, 447. paint, receipt for, 265. preparation and uses of, 253, 254. purifying, 259. residues, lubricants from, 232. Parasol ribs, artificial whalebone for, 178. Parchment, fabrication of, 454. fluid, 211. glue, 411. paper, 275. paper, to make impermeable to oil, 455. to gild and silver, 91. Parfait.D' Amour, 23. Paris green, to make, 268. metal, components of, 5. mint, bronzing in, 44. tooth powder, 95. Parisian rappee snuff, 354. wood varnish, 209. Parlor matches, 236, 237. Pasteboard, for moulding large figures, 63. plastic, for surgical bandages, 276. to enamel, 277. to make water-proof, 277. Paste, durable, 69. dry, 68. fluid, 68. for fixing printed labels on machines, 69. for microscopic objects, 68. for patent leather, 321. for postage stamps, 68. for wall-paper, 68. lime and sugar, 68. safety for post-office packages, 69. I' istes, cements and putties, C3-69. polishing, for metals, glass, etc., 77, 420. Pastiles, 293, 294. Patchouli soap, 332. Patent dynamite, Norbin and Ohlsson's pro- cess, 29. leather, paste for, 321. medicines, 296, 297. Paving, asphaltum for, 53. Peach cordial, 23. essence, 15. Peanuts, yield of oil in, 2. Pear ratafia, '2G. Pearl embroideries, to wash, 366. imitations of, 178-181. imitation of on paper, 277, 278. lustre, to imitate, 182. mother-of, to dye with aniline colors, 104. veneers, to imitate, 179. varn, 345. Pearls, artificial, 9-12. Pearls, artificial, Geissler's process, 12. genuine, to wash, 365. Pectoral bon-bons, 81. troches. So. Peineman's method of bleaching ivory turned yellow, 40. Pencils for marking linen, 79. for writing on glass, 79. iodoform, 295. sharpening stone for, 177. Pens, iridium points for, 439. Peppermint cordial, 23. drops, 84. essence, 16. lozenges, 84, 295. sweetmeat, 82. Pepsin, lacto. 297. wine, with malt, 297. Peralite, 32. Perfume from flowers, extraction of, 282. Perfumes for cigars, 354. Perfumery, aromatic vinegars, cosmetics, ex- tracts, hair oils, pomades, powders, washes, fumigating articles, etc., 282- 294. Permanent inks, 198, 199. Perron's fireworks for rooms, 128. Persian insect powder, 161. Persimmon seeds, substitute for coffee, 169. Petroleum, cleaning guns with, 243. lamps, cement for, 65. residues, heavy oils and paraffine from, 451, 452. to clarify without distilling, 252. to detect, 254. to solidify, 248. Petum optimum, 351. Pewter, solder for, 339. Pfauth's process of preparing pressed yeast from beer yeast, 402, 403. Pharaoh's serpents, 128. serpents, substitute for, 129. Pharmaceutical preparations, 294-298. Phosphor bronze, 404, 405. iridium, casting of, 440, iridium, properties of, 440. Phosphorescent enamel, 422. illuminating powder, 70. mixtures, 446. Phosphorizing bronze or brass, 442, 443. Phosphorole, 296. Phosphorus, amorphous, preparation of, 231 238. Photo-diaphanic process of transferring, 302. -emulsions, Vogel's improvements in, 302 Photographic baths, 300, 301, 305, 307. developers, 298, 299, 301, 305-307 developing solution, 299. emulsion, 301. emulsions, 298, 300-302, 306. lacquers, 308. negatives, varnish for, 212. plates, intensifier for, 299. plates, new developer for, 301. purposes, artificial ivory for, 43. process with phosphorescent substances, 303. reproduction. 303, 304. varnishes, 307. Photographs, email, 300. enamelled, 300. 504 INDEX. Photographs on wood, 308. transferring to glass, 434. Photography. 298-303. rapid method for, 304, 305. use of gelatine in, 298-305, 307. various practical receipts for, 306-308. Photo-lithographic transfer paper, 276. -negatives, fluid for, 301. -negatives, reproduction ot, 3(15, oim. -operating room, painting the, 301. -paper, sensitive, 306. -plates, Petchlers' new method of prepar- ing, 302. -printing receipts, 301. -printing without a press, 302, 303. Phylloxera, to destroy, 163. Phytochromotypy, 423,424. Picture frame composition, 62 frames, imitation of marble for, 183. Piffard's galvano-plastic silvering, 112 _ Pigment, white or black, from the clarifying slime in sugar-houses, 376. Pigments, 266-272. innoxious for toys, 270, 271. Pills, female, 294. Pinchbeck, composition of, 3. origin of name, 3. . Pine needles, a substitute for hair, etc., 157. Pins with glass heads of a coppery appear- ance, 431, 432. Pipes, leaden water, to coat, 445. steam, cement for, 63. Pistol-stocks, composition for. 183. Pistons, from buffalo skins, 178. asphaitum, lampblack from, 371, 372. blacksmiths', from coal-tar, 257. brewers', 223. hop, 223. ointment, 167. varnish for buildings, 208, 209. Plant slips, collodion for, 165. Plaster, clay, 53. for ceilings, 416. for damp walls, 53. galbanum and saffron, 297. gelatine, 296. Kahl's patented 416. of Paris casts which can be washed, 308- 310. ■ , of Paris figures, bronzes for, 40. soap, 298. Plasters, lead, 297. sticking, 297. Plastic bandage, 297. . masses, treatment of pyroxyhne in tne manufacture of, 58, 59. models, mass for, 417, Plated ware, solder, silver, for, 339. Plate glass, manufacture of, 432-434. glass of the mirror manufactory at Aix la Chapelle, 142. Plates, developers for, 299. Piating with aluminium, 111. with nickel, 107-109. . Platinizing copper and brass, Jewreinoff on, 111. glass and porcelain, 434. metals, 110, 111. . Platinotypy, recent improvement in, 3U4. Platinum and bismuth alloy, 4. bronze, alloy, 5. fulminating, 33, 34. palladium, and copper alloy, 4S8. Playing cards, lacquer for, 209. Plumes, description of, 118. Plush, feather, 344. restoring of, 420. Poch's pudrolith,30. Poisonous paints, 271. Polish for carved work, 209, 210. for wood, 394. French, 209, 210. harness, 436. liquid, for silver-plated ware, 419. new, for wood, 419. water, 23. whiskey, 23. Polishing agents, 75-78. metal, rags for, 419. of wood, 211. pastes for metals, 77. powder for glass and metal, 76. powder for plate, 77. powder for silverware, 78. powder, Louget's, 76. rags for metals, 77. soaps and pastes, 420. substances for glass, 433, 434. wax, 387. wax for woods, 398. wax, Wabeck's, 77. Polygraphic method of copying, 87, 88. Pomades, 287, 288. Poplar tree, new dye from shoots ot, 1U-'. Poppy seed oil, to purify, 251. seed, white, yield of oil, 2. Porcelain and glass, water-glass and casein* cement for, 382. and glass, water-glass cement for, 38Z. black and colored lead-pencils for, 432. cement for, 63. fire and water-proof cement tor, 06. gilding of, 90. new solder for, 441. painting, fusible colors used in, 137-141. painting, green borate of copper for, ^b8. platinizing, 434. to give it a marbled or granite appearance, 147. Portocarero tobacco, 351. Porto Rico tobacco, 351. Port wine, 231. Positive paper for photographers, Z98. Postage stamps, paste for, 68. Posts, wooden, new paint for, 397. Potash, caustic, to purify water, 72. Potash, effect of on oil paintings, 258. from sheep's wool, 450 percentage of in lye, table of, 335. water-glass as a binding and fixing me- dium for ground colors on cotton goods, 380. , ,, water-glass, substitute for albumen in printing with ultramarine, 380. water-glass, to prepare, 378. Potassium acetate, to prepare, 74. ferrocyanide, Johnson's process and ap- paratus for manufacturing, 70. Potatoes and other tubers, to preserve, 311, 312. INDEX. 505 Potatoes, pressed yeast from, 401 Potato flour for soups. 130. flour, to prepare, 157. starch, blasting compound from, 31. Powder, Augendre s white, 30. blasting, Green's, 31. blasting, new, 425. cleaning, for show windows, 419. copper colored bronze, 45. for cannon of large calibre — Spence's, 31. for polishing silver, 78. giant, 32. giant, new method of preparing, 425. Koeben's healing, 57. non-explosive, 31. tooth, preparation of precipitated chalk for, 446. Powders, bronze, 45. cosmetic, 292. pudding, 130. sneezing, 354. washing, 370. Powell's improvements in nickel-plating, 108, 109. Precious stones, to cleanse, 78. Preservative agents, 405—408. papers, 315. salt, to prepare a, 311. Preserving meat, milk, vegetables, vegetable substances, wood, etc., and preserva- tives, 310-316. Pressed yeast from potatoes, 401. yeast, Otto's method of manufacturing, 401. Prince's metal, composition of, 3. Princesses, eau des, 22. Printed matter, fire-proof, 454. Printers' ink with coal-tar varnish oil, 190. rollers, 201 , 202. rollers, from glue and glycerine, 156. varnish, with coal-tar varnish oil, 190. Printing and copying, 86-89. autographic method of, 86. bronze color, for direct upon paper, oil- cloth, etc., 190, 191. colors, German patent, 190. colors, paste for, 187. in colors, 86, 87. ink containing iron, 190. ink from coal-tar, 190. ink, good, the properties which it must possess, 187, 188. tnk, new process for, 190. ink, the manufacture of, 187-190. plates, celluloid, 416, 417. preparation of surfaces for, 345. Prints, lacquer for, 209. Prinze's soap-boiling tables, 336. Prismatic colors, 140. Pudding powders, 130. Puddings, vanilla, almond, and chocolate, 130. Pudrolith. Poch's, 30. Pulverize glass, to, 146. Pumice soap, 332. Pump pistons, to make from buffalo skins, 178. Punch drops, 84. Purple colors, how composed, 3. colors, test for, 3. , Putties, pastes, and cements, 63-69. 1 Putty for wood floors, 67. for wood lime, 87. wood, and glue, 67. wood, and oil, 67. Pyrogallic acid, to prepare, 306. Pyroleine lubricant, 2.'!;',. Pyrolith, Wattlen's, 30. Pyrotechnic and explosive substances, 424. Pyroxyline, treatment of, in the manufacturi of plastic masses, 58, 59. Quesnot's artificial stone, 49. Quillaya dentifrice, 95. Quince essence, 16. Quittico cordial, 23. Rabbit skins, to dye, 219. Racachout des Arabes, 57. Raisin wine; 159. Rancid butter, to purify, 168. fat, to purify, 168. Ransome's artificial stone, 50. patent apoenite, 50, 51. Rape seed, yield of oil in, 2. Rappee snuff, 354. Raspberry bon-bons, 81. extract, 16. vinegar, 362. water, 16. wine, 160. Ratafia, apple, 26. Barbadoes, 25, 26. celery, 27. chinoise, 26. citronat, 26. claret, 26. cocoa, 26. de Grenoble, 26. English bitters, 26. fennel, 26. ginger, 26. mulberry, 26. orange, 26. pear, 26. Scotch, 27. stomachic, 26, 27. vanilla, 27. wormwood, 27. Ratafias, 25-27. bitters, cordials, and liqueurs, 17-27. Ratan, to substitute for whalebone, 183. Rats, paste for destroying, 162. to clear from buildings, 162. Razor strops, composition for, 63. Reale aqua, 18. Receipts for coloring bones, horn, ivory, etc. 41,42. Red bronze for turned articles, 8. chrome, 269. cloths, cleansing salt for, 365. color for jellies, 85. color for sweetmeats, 85. copper bronze on tin, 46. crayons. 79. dyes, affected by boiling, 3. dyes, effect upon soap solution and upon lime-water, 3. . Roger's preventive of incrustation, 40. Rollers, printers', 156, 201,202. Roofing, mass for, 416. oil cement paint, 52. Roofs, glass, to make water-tight, 55. paint for, 265. Root beer, 160. Ropes, to make incombustible, IM. Rose essence, 16. leaves, preservation of, 15. soap, 332. sweetmeat, 82. Rosemary cordial, 23, 24. essence, 16. Rosewater, 16. ... , , .„ Rosewood, to grain imitation ot, 2bl, ix>i. Rosin as protection against moisture in walls, 164. oil and its uses, 248 249. oil, to deodorize, 252. soap, 327, 328. Rosoli, bitter, 18. Rossolio de Turin, 24. R istopschin, 24. Rotting, to prevent, 164. Rouge for jewellers, 77. Rouges, 292. Rough-cast walls, water-glass for, 381. Rubber and asbestos packing, 62. combs, cement for, 61. corks, to cut and pierce, 164. corks, to restore, 377. hose, how to soften, 60. hose, to render odorless, 447. shoes and boots, cement for, 61. stamps, manufacture of, 59, 60. substitute for hard, 174. upon metals, cement for fastening, 64. Pubv. Schrader's mixture for, 10. Splittgerber's mixture for, 10. Rum, to manufacture, 229. Russia leather, to imitate the smell of, 2 M, ' m - . « Rust and ink stains, to remove, io. Rust on iron, to prevent, 164. . stains, to remove from clothes by tin salt, 368. to protect iron metal roofs, wire, etc., from, 242, 243. to remove from iron and steel, 7b. Rusting in of screws, preventing, 443. Rutabagas, manure for, 169. Ruthay's process for making glue from tap. nery waste, 152. Sable skins, imitation of, 220. Sacking, to make water-proof, 383. Safety paper, 274, 275. paste for post-office, 69. Saffron plaster, 297, 298. Sage essence, 16. Sago jelly, 85. , . Sail-cloth, to make pliable and water-proof, 265. water-proof, 386. Saillard's receipt for removing and preventing incrustations, 39. Salt mixtures for galvanic coppering, bronzing, ' etc., 114. preservative, 311. Saltpetre, use of to separate iron from alumin- ium, 5. Sands, colored, 201. Sand soap, 330, 331. _ Sandstone, cement for repairing, 64. marbleizing, 53. steps, to repair, 54. to make tough and impermeable, 54. Sapphire, formuia for, 10. Satin, to wash, 362. wood to grain imitation ot, Mi. Satori's process of silvering Bessemer steel 112. Saucers and glasses, to cleanse, 76. Savin ointment, 167. Savon de Riz, 332. ess. bouquet, 332. orange, 332. Sawdust, utilization of, 416. Saws and springs, to harden, 240, 241. to solder, 340. Schaeffer's artificial stone, 49 Schrader's flux, components of, 9. mixture for ruby, 10. School slates, artificial slating for, 177. Schottler's artificial cement, 52. . Schubert's method of manufacturing pressed yeast, 399, 400. Scotch ratafia, 27. Scouring and washing, 362-370. fluid, le Francois, 75. soap, 76. soap for cotton and silk goods, 76. soap for glass mirrors, 77. soap, green, 76, 77. soaps, black and green, ib. water for removing grease stains, 7S. Scubac, 24. Scurvy grass sweetmeat, 83. Screw bolts, zincing of, 443, 444. Screws, to prevent from rusting-in, 443. Sealing' wax and wafers, 316-319. Seaweed leather, 177. lubricant, 234. soap, 177. INDEX. 507 Seaweeds for leather, soap, anil glue, 177. Sebacic acids, production of, from crude cot- ton-seed oil, or from its residues, 451. Seed, black mustard, yield of oil by, 2. flax, yield of oil by, 2. hemp, yield of oil by, 2. rape, yield of oil by, 2. watermelon, yield of oil by, 2. white mustard, yield of oil by, 2. white poppy, yield of oil by, 2. Seeds, percentage of oil in, 1, 2. yield of per cent, of oil, 2. Sensitive photo-paper, 300. Sept graines, eau de, 22. Serpents, Pharaoh's, 128, Serviette magique, for metals, 77. Sevilla snuff, Shafts, lubricants for, 232. Shale oil, residues of, 247. Sharp and Smith's patent gunpowder, 31. Sharpening stone for pencils, 177. Shaving cream, 446, 447. soap, 334. Sheepskins, to dye, 219, 220. Shellac, to bleach, 37, 38. Shell, tortoise, cement for, 65. tortoise, dyeing, how to imitate, 43, 44. Shellinger's artificial stone, 50. Sheet-iron, enamel for, 110. Sheet-metal, to lacquer, 244, 245. Ships' bottoms, to protect, 266. Shoddy, how made, 347, 348. Shoe blacking, dressings, etc., 319-322. blacking, good, requirements for, 319, 320. dressings, 319-322. Shoes and boots, French process of water- proofing, 385. Shoemakers, gutta-percha solution for, 60. Shoemakers' wax from coal-tar oils, 257. Short hair, utilization of, 348. Show windows, cleansing powder for, 419. windows, gilding on, 148. Shrinking of wood; 396. Sign painting, 148, 149. Signs, glass and other, 147-149. Silex soap, 328. Silica-hydrate, purification of sugar beet juice by, 344. Silicium, 242. Silk and cotton goods, soap for removing stains, 76. and silk fabrics, to wash, 363. and woollen fabrics, to restore the color of, 366. bleaching of, 36. cleansing old, 95, 96. cloth, and hats, scouring soap for, 76. cotton, and wool, to dye with aniline colors, 100-105. damasks, to wash, 362. dresses, to wash, 366. dyeing of, 95, 90. gauze, 348. gilding on, 412. goods, soap for washing, 334. ribbons mixed with gold and silver thread, to wash, 302. ribbons, to wash, 362. silvering or gilding, 92. stockings, to wash, 364. to remove ink stains from, 75. Silk, to remove oil from, S46. to remove tar, grease, oil, and varnish from, 75. Silver, alloys resembling, 8, 403. and aluminium alloys, 4. and gold lace, to polish, 364. and gold lace, to wash, 302, 363. bath, Sutton's, 306. Chinese, alloy, 7. fulminate of, 33. hard, receipt for, 241. oxidized, 411, 442. polishing powder for, 78. size, preparation of, 91. solder, 338. to cleanse, 78. to regain from gelatine emulsions, 305. to restore the lustre of, 260. Silvered dial plates, to cleanse, 421. telescopic mirrors, 113. Silvering, 91. and gilding, detection of imitations, 2. and gilding leather, 445. and gilding silk, cotton, and woollen yarns, 92. galvano plastic, 112. gilding, bronzing, etc., 412-415. iron and steel, 113. metals, Adrielle's process, 112. new alloy for, 404. of copper, 112,113. of steel, 112. on glass, 148. steel, Satori's process, 112. tincture, 112. Silver-plated ware, liquid polish for, 419. Silverware, to clean, 420. Size, a new, from starch, 324. for bonnet frames, 326, 327. foi laces, 326. for woollen goods, 327. Sizes for linen, 326. Sizing and dressing for cotton, wool, straw, etc., 322-327. Skins and hides, to improve, 217. animal, dyeing and patterning, 219. animal, preparation, free from arsenic, tor preserving, 408. animal, to preserve, 161. naturally white, to dye, 220. to preserve and make water-proof, 216, 217. Slag, cement from, 51 , 52. Slate, substitute for, 182. to polish, 78. Slating for blackboards, etc., 177. Sleigh bells, American, 5. Smoked beef, 315. Smoking tobacco, Turkish, 354, 355. Smoky walls, to clean, 421. Sneezing powders, 354. Snuff manufacture, 353, 354. Soap balsam for sprains, 296. Soap-boiling table, Prinz's practical, 336. Soap, cocoanut oil and molasses, 329, 330. cold water, 329. creams, 332, 333. effect of, on oil paintings, 258. elaine, 329. fat of bones for, 250, 251 floating, 329. for frosted limbs, 332. 508 INDEX. Soap for washing silk goods, 334. for water-proofing woollen cloth and other fabrics, 383. from cotton-seed oil, to remove the disa- greeable odor of, 451. from seaweeds, 177. hard and soft soaps, medicated and toilet soaps, etc., 327-336. liniment, 167. molasses, 329. Oranienburg, 330. paper, preparation of, 455. plaster, 298. preparation of, from crude cotton-seed oil, or from residues obtained bj its purifica- tion, 451. rosin, 327,328. sand, 330, 331. scouring, 76. silex, 328. soft, 329. varnish for gilding, 423. varnishes, 423. wax, 387, 388. Soaps, American, 327, 328. medicated and toilet, 331-335. neutral, 330. polishing, 420. scouring, 76, 77. water-glass, 330. Sobrero's process for dynamite, 29. Soda, caustic, to purify water, 72. lye, caustic, to prepare, 335. percentage of, in lyes, tables of, 335. water-glass for protecting white colors in printing fabrics, 379. water-glass, preparations of, 378. Soft solder, 337. Solder, brass, hard, 337. copper as a, for iron, 337. for argentan, 337, 338. for brass and sheet tin, 339. for Britannia metal, 339. for German silver, 337, 338. ftfr gold on aluminium bronze, 339. for iron and steel, 339. for pewter, 339. for sleel on sheet-iron, 340. hard, 339. hard, containing tin, 337. hard, soft, and bismuth, 337. hard white, 339. liquefiable, 338. new, for metal, glass, and porcelain, 441, refractory, 338. silver, 338. silver, for plated ware, 339. soft, 339. soft, to color yellow, 415. Soldering and solders, 336-340. autogenous, 337. liquid, causing no rust, 340. liquid, free from acid, 340. small articles, 340. saws, 340. without a soldering iron, 340. Solders for articles to be enamelled, 338. for gold, 338. hard, 337-339. hard yellow, 339. •oft, 337, 339. Solders, tables of, 337-339. Sole leather, imitations of, 183. Soles, shoe, to improve the appearance of, 32J Solid inks, 194, 199. Soluble glass and its uses, 378-382. Solutions, caoutchouc, 299. Sorel's artificial stone, 50. Sounding-board wood, extraction and impreg. nation of, 389. Soup extract, 129. tablets, 129. Soya aqua vitse, 24. Spanish bitters, 24. bitters essence, 16. Spavin, remedy for, 294. Spence's metal, 405. powder for cannon of large calibre, 31. Spermaceti ointment, 167. Spiced chocolate, 56, 57. vinegar, 361. Spice for lozenges, 84. Spindles, oil for, 234. Srjirit gold lac varnishes, 206, 207. lacquers, 205. of wine, to produce from wine-lees 375. 376. Splittgerber's mixture for ruby, 10. Sponges, to bleach, 37. Spontaneous combustion, experiments with oils in regard to, 438. Spoons and forks, alloys for, 6. Spoonwort sweetmeat, 83. Sprains, balsam for, 296. Springs and saws, to harden, 240, 241. Spring steel, lacquer for, 211. Spruce beer, 160. Stables, to purify the air in, 168. Stained wood, to cleanse, 164. Stain for walking canes, 392. Staining maple wood silver-gray, 392, 393. metals, receipts for, 243, 244. wood for fine cabinet work, 391. wood for veneers, mosaics, etc., 393, 394. Stains, ebony, 393. for papers, 279-281. for veneers, 393. for willow-ware, 458-460. ink, to remove, 75. ink, to remove from silk, 75. means of removing, 369. mildew, wine, or fruit, to remove, 76. rust, to remove from clothes, 368. to remove from books, 77. wine and vinegar soap for, 76. Stamp color, blue, 80. Stamping ink, 200. ink, containing iron, 190. Stamps, postage, paste for, 68. rubber, manufacture of, 59, 60. Starch, crimson dye, 365. dye, 365. gloss, 370. glucose and dextrose, Jepp's process d manufacturing, 341-343. sugar, refining of, 341. Statuary bronze, 8. St. Vincent Rappee snuff, 354. Steam glues, 154. pipes, cement for, 63. pipes, earths for insulating, 137. pipes, heat insulating coverings for, 137. INDEX. -jii'.i Stearine candles, cheap mode of making, 173. Steel and iron, black polish for, 210. and iron, silvering of, 113, and iron, solder for, 339 and iron, staining, 243, 244. and iron, to cleanse from rust, 76. bath for coppering, U5. bath for nickelling, 109, blue bronze on brass, Hi. cast, to restore burnt, 238. copper, 242. damaskeening, 89. etched with sulphuric acid, 5. gilding of, 413, 414. hardening composition for, 439. hardening water for, 240. instruments, to harden, 239. mechanically hardened, 441. on sheet-iron, solder, 340. pens, inks for, 195, 196. Poncelet's fluids for hardening, 240. silvering of, 112. thin, Hartmann's hardening compound for, 240. to convert iron into, 241. to harden in sealing wax, 240. to soften, 238. welding, 239. wire for musical instruments, 241. Stein's receipts for compositions of glass, as actually used in various glass works, 142-144. Steps, sandstone, to repair, 54. Stereotyping, paper matrices for, 115. Sternutative powders, 354. Stettin bitters, 24. Stickiness of dried caoutchouc, how to re- move, 60. Sticking plasters, 297. Stockings, silk, to wash, 364. Stomach bitters, 24, 25. bitters, Vienna, 25. Stomachic elixir, 295. lozenges, 84. ratafia, 26, 27. Stone and brick walls, to protect from moist- ure, 164. and wood, wash for, 164, 165. artificial building, 49. artificial, for filtering, 71. cement for fastening iron on, 64. cheap paint for, 263. cork, 415. substitute for, 176. troughs, cement for, 64. walls, water-glass for, 3S1. water-proof paint for, 264. Stones, building, 51. porous, to make tough and impermeable, 54. precious, to cleanse, 7S. silicifying of, by water-glass, 379. Stonework, to prevent disintegration of, 264, 265. Stop cocks, metal, composition for, 7. Storax pills, 295. Stove polish, 169. Stoves, iron, cement for, 66. Stramonium pastils, 293. Strass, basis of artificial gems, 10. compositions for, 143, 144. Strawberry extract, fS. vinegar, .'It'.'J. Straw, bleaching and dyeir.g of, 455, 456. dyes, 456. goods, to dye, with aniline colors, 104. hats, to cleanse. 76. hats, washing, 366, 367, 447. preparation of, in making paper, 273. 271 to bleach, 38. to make incombustible, 124. Strengthening tincture, 16. Strength of materials, 456-458. Strontia sugar from treacle and syrup. 344. Strops, razor, composition for, 63. Stumps, tree, to destroy, 165. Submarine works, paint for, 263. Substitute for caoutchouc, new, 417, 418. for gutta-percha, 418. Substitutes, imitations, etc., 174-184. Sudorate, potassic, in sheep's wool, 450. Sugar and dextrine in malt, 221. and lime paste, 68. beet juice, clarification of, 344. beets, to preserve, oil. house clarifying slime, pigments from. 376 malt, 80. of milk, 340, 341. oil, to prepare, 80. orange, 80. strontia, preparation of, from treacle and syrup, 344. syrups, to clarify, 135. Sugars, glucose, etc., 340-344. Suint, 450. Sulphate of barium, preparation of, for sizing, 327. of copper, to prepare, 74. Sulpho-cyanic acid, to prepare, 73. Sulphur, from gas lime, 376. liver of, to prepare, 74 ointments, 167. soap, 333. Sulphuric acid, adulterating vinegar with, 2. acid and sulphur, to remove from refine^ oils, 256. acid, from gas lime, 376. Sunflower seed oil, 252. Surgical bandage, plastic pasteboard for, 2')6. Swedish matches, composition of, 236. matches, striking surface, 236. Sweetmeat, Angelica, 82. antiscorbutic, 83. carnation, 82. cherry, 82. chocolate, 81. cinnamon, 82. filbert, 82. heliotrope, 82. jasmine, 82. lemon, 82. love, 82, 83. orange, 81. orange-blossom, 82. peppermint, 82. rose, 82. scurvy grass, 83. spoonwort, 83. sweet smelling, 83. vanilla, 82. violet, 83. water-cress, 83. 510 INDEX. Sweetmeats (conserves), 81. medicinal, 83-86. red color for, 85. Sweet smelling sweetmeat, 83. Swicent tobacco, 351. Swiss cordial, 25. herb soap, 333. Sympathic colors, 273. Sympathetic ink, 200. Syrups for lemonades and mineral waters, 134, 136. fruit and other, 134-136. how to clarify, 135. Tables, Graham's bronzing liquids, 47, 48. Tablets, soup, 129. Tabourey elixir, 17. Taffeta, black, to wash, 364. to wash, 3C4. Tallow, adulteration of wax with, 2. and lard, to prevent becoming rancid, 168. and lard, to purify, 169. bleaching, 448, 449. candles, Juneman's process of manufact- ure, 172, 173. candles, to coat with a hard substance, 171, 172. to bleach and harden, 37. Tannery waste, Ruthay's process for making glue from, 152 Tannin black, for printing ink, 191 method of extracting, 71. plates, 299. • soap, 333. solution of, 299. Tanning linen, hempen and cotton fabrics, 220. liquor, heating, 215. new process of Ballatschano and Trenck, 214. processes, quick, 214-216. Tapers, wax, 388. Tapioca jelly, 85. Tar, from gases of coke ovens, 374, 375. from nitrogeneous organic substances, 377. oils, nitrating for blasting compounds, 33. ointment. 167. paper, 276, 277. soap, 333. to extract oil from, 251. to remove from silk, 75. varnish, 211. wood, for decorations, 93. Tartar, cream of, to prepare, 73. emetic ointment, 167. substitute for, in dyeing wool, 105. Tartaric acid, adulterating vinegar with, 2. Tartrate of calcium, to produce from wine lees, 375, 376. Tawed leather, to dye, 217, 218. Tawing, yelks of eggs in, to preserve, 217. Tea and coffee trays, to clean, 78. beef, to prepare, 165, 166. Teapots, alloys for, 3. Teeth, cement for filling, 68, 69. Robertson's alloy for filling, 3. Telegraph paper, electro-chemical, 277. Telescopes, alloy for, 5. Telescopic mirrors, silvered, 113. Terracotta lumber, 416. Test for detection of water in essential oils 449. Testing lubricating oils, 436-438. oils, Maumene's process of, 257. Tests for foreign substances in beer, 223-226 Textile fabrics and tissues, 344-349. fabrics, effect of heat upon, 344. fabrics, to coat with metallic substances. 344. fabrics, to render water-, rot-, and insect proof, 453, 454. fabrics, to water-proof, 384. Thaw, frozen ground, to, 70, 71. Theatre scenes, to make incombustible, 124. Thermaline, 297. Thiem's bitters, 25. Thurston's autographic torsion testing ma- chine, 456-458. machine for testing lubricating oils, 436- 438. Tiles, to paint red, 266. Timbers, mine, preparation of, 395, 396. relative durability of mine, 395, 396. Tin and aluminium alloys, 4. bath for nickclling, 109. enamel, 144. red copper bronze on, 46. roofs, durable paint for, 264. salt, for removing rust stains, 368. to decorate with copper plates and fitho- graphs, 94. Tincture, absinthe, 13. anise-seed, 13. aromatic, i3. calamus, 14. of litmus, to prepare, 71. silvering, 112. strengthening, 16. vanilla, 16. Tinctures, extracts, essences, and waters, 13-16- Tinfoil, substitute for, 178. Tinning, cold, 114. cooking utensils, 114. of cast-iron, 113, 114. of tissues, 348. Tin-plates, bath for nickelling, 109/ Tinsmiths, varnish for, 208. Tissier on the effect of iron in aluminium, 5. Tissues and fabrics, 344-349. bleaching woollen, 35, 36. cleansing fluid for, 368. incombustible, 123, 124. tinning of, 348. to make incombustible, 122-124. to size with alkaline solutions of silk, wool, or feathers, 325. to water-proof, 382. various processes of water-proofing, 383. Tivoli cordial, 25. Tobacco, American, to give it the flavor oi Havana, 354, 355. apparatus for testing percentage of nicotine in, 74. Brazilian, 349. canasters, 350. Chinese or star, 350. improvement of inferior qualities of, 352 353. " Legitimo," 349. new process of preparing 355. petum optimum, 351. Portocarero, 351. Porto Rico, 351. INDEX. 511 Tobacco, preparation of leaf, for cigars, 355. smoking tobacco, snuff, sternutative pow- ders, etc., 349-355. Sweet scented, 351. Swicent, 351. to remove disagreeable smell from, 353. Varinas, 351. Tobaccos, smoking. 349. Toilet and medicated soaps, 331-335. soaps, to gloss, 334. Tonics, hair, 288-290. Toning bath for photography, Parkinson's, 306. baths, to regain the gold from, 304. Tools, apparatus for coating, 412. marking, with a name, 443. protecting from acids, 412, 413. Toothache, elixir fur, 2'.i">. Tooth paste, Hager's, 95. powder, American, 94. powder, Cartwright's, 94. powder, charcoal, 95. powder, Circassian, 95. powder, Hager's, 95. powder, Hufeland's, 95. powder, Paris, 95. powder, preparation of precipitated chalk for, 446. powder, red, 95. powders, Deschamps, 94. Topaz, formula for, 11. Torches, incombustible, 170. Torsion testing machine, 456-458. Tortoise-shell, cement for, 65. dyeing horn to imitate, 43, 44. Toughened glass, 434, 435. Tourmaline, formula for, 11. Toys, innoxious paints for, 270, 271. mass for, 62. Trabak metal, 403. Tracing linen, 276. paper, 276. Train oii to purify, 251. Transferring photographs to glass, 434. Transfer paper for lithographic wcrk, 276. paper with collodio-chloride of silver for photography, 306. Transparent glass signs, 148. lacquer for closing bottles, 211. varnish, 208. Trappistine, 25. Trays, to clean, 78. Trees, cement for injured, 69. Tree stumps, to destroy, 165. wax, German, 69. Tret's blasting powder, 30. Troches, pectoral, 80. Troughs, stone, cement for, 64. 1 unnermann's tables of percentage of soda, and of anhydrous potash in lyes, 335. Turco liqueur aqua, 18. Turin, rossolio de, 24. Turkey-red, dyeing with alizarine, 106, 107. oil, to prepare, 107. Turkish beads, 9-12. beads, formula for, 12. smoking tobacco, 354 355. Turnips, manure for, 169. Turpentine liniment, 167. substitute for, 174. Type metals, composition of various, 6. Ulcers and wounds, balsam for, 296. Ultramarine, artificial. 267, Umbrella ribs, artificial whalebone for, 178. Umbrellas, varnish for, 208. Unalterable alloy, 7. Universal Cement. Davy's, 64. Upholstering, pine needles in, 157. Uranic oxide lor yellow colors for gems, 10. Uranium lustre, 422. Urine, manure salt from, 169. Utilizing cotton-seed hulls, 451. Vakaka indorum, 58. Vanadium ink, 196. Vandyke red, receipt for, 270. Vanei's water-proof composition, 385. Vanilla cordial, 25. essence, 16. ratafia, 27. sweetmeat, 82. tincture, 16. vinegar 362. water, 16. Varnish, balloon, 207, 208. black, for zinc, 209. Chinese, 208. colorless, 210. copal, to make, 202-205, 208. copal, with coai-tar varnish oil, 212. dryer for, 266. for fancy articles, 208. for photographic negatives, 212. for tinsmiths, 208. for umbrellas, 208. for violins, etc.. 209. for water-proofing paper or cloth (Joha son's), 423. for wood, 209. furniture, 2(17-209. glass-like, 210. gold, for iron, 208. gold, without lac, 206. incombustible, for wood, 208. linseed oil, 207. oil from coal-tar, 256. pitch, for buildings, 208, 209. printers', with coal-tar varnish oil, 190. soap, for gilding, 423. tar, 211. to remove from silk, 75. transparent, 208. Varnishes and lacquers, 202-214. black, 208. filtering, 205, 206. for earthen-ware, 208. for wood, not affected by fire or boiling water, 208. photographic, 307. soap, 423. spirit gold lac, 206, 207. to clarify, 205. Varnishing coaches, English method of, 212- 214. gilding, and painting willow-ware, 460. Variegated maible, to imitate, 51. Varinas tobacco, 352. Vaseline oil, white, 453. soap, 333. to prepare, 248, 249. Vats, new glaze for, 396, 397. wooden, cement for, 64. 512 INDEX. Tegetable fat oil, process cf cleansing, 247. fibres, improved treatment of, 345. fibres, to animalize, 346. fibres, to water-proof, 384. ivory, 174. leather, 418. Vegetables, garden, manures for, 169. new process for greening, 407. preserved, to give a natural color, 311. to preserve, 314. Vegetaline, 174. Veils, to wash, 363, 364. Velvet, to gild, 412. to remove wax from, 75. to wash, 363. which has become hard, to soften, 363. Veneers, drying, 181. imitations of, 179, 180. staining wood for, 393, 394. stains for, 393. Verdigris liniment, 167. to make, 269. Veritable extrait d' Absinthe,^. Vermin, destruction of, 162, 163. Hager's composition for the destruc- tion of, 162, 163. Vessels, paint for, 263. Vibrotypes, 308. "Victoria" stone, Highton's, 50. Vienna butter, 25, 133. fire-extinguishing powder, 123. pressed yeast, 400. pressed yeast, Zettler's process of manu- facturing, 400, 401. stomach bitters, 25. Vinaigre k la Bordin, 362. a la Ravigote, 362. Vinegar, adulterations of, 2. Altvater process of manufacturing, 355- 358. anise, 360. aromatic, 360, 361. by means of bacteria, 358-360. concentration of, 358. dragonswort, 361. estragon, 361. from cork waste, 358. herb, 361. lemon, 361. manufacture of ordinary and fine table vinegars, 355-362. ©range, 362. pine-apple, 362. producers, plunging, 358. quick process, 358. raspberry, 362. stains, soap for, 76. strawberry, 362. vanilla, 362. white wine, 360. yellow coloring for, 358. Vinegars, fine table, 360-362. from raisins, potatoes, and rice, 360. spiced and effervescing, 361. toilette, 284, 285. Vine props, to preserve by impregnation, 315, i>:6. Violet indigo, 185 soaps, 333. sweetmeat, 83. Vioiins, varnish for, 209. Vital elixir, 17. Volatile products developed in roasting coffee to regain, 377, 378. Vulcanized caoutchouc, cement for, 60. caoutchouc waste, utilization of, 60. Vulcan oil, 234. Wabeck's polishing wax, 77. Wafers and sealing wax, 316-319. white and colored, 318, 319. Wagons, lubricants for, 231-235. Walker's chemical bronze, 46. Wall-paper, gold, new process of manufactur. ing, 445, 446. paste for, 68. Wall-papers, glutine for, 323, 324. to give a gloss to, 323, 324. damp, glue for, 235. Walls, damp, how to dry, 54. damp, plaster for, 53. rough-cast and stone, water-glass for, 381. smoky, to clean, 421. to protect from moisture, 164. Walnut, cream, 81. to grain imitation of, 262. Warne metal, 403. Warts, remedy for, 160. Wash blues, liquid, 370. for carpets, Clark's, 366. for wood and stone, 164, 165. leather, cleansing of, 419. process, new, 366. red, for brick pavements, 264. Washed silk, to make glossy, 366. Washes, hair, 288, 289. Washing and scouring, manufacture of wash- ing blue, etc., 362-370. blue, manufacture of, 368-370. crystal, 370. machines, composition of rollers for, 62. Palmer's process of, 366. powders, 370. silk goods, soap for, 334. with water-glass, 365, 366. woollen goods, 367, 368. Waste and offal, utilization of, 370-378. caoutchouc, utilization of, 60. nickel, utilization of, 443. of sheep wool, to utilize, 377. wash liquors, to recover fat and color from. 376, 377. woollen, to cleanse, 377. Watch dials, enamel for, 117. -makers, oils for, 235. -makers' oils, test for, 235. Water, ambergris, 18. and fire-proof cement, 63. apparatus for purifying, 72. blasting under, with compressed gun-c«t ton, 424, 425. cardinal, 19. cherry, 14. colors, 272, 273. -cress sweetmeat, 83. detection of in essential oils, 449. essences, extracts, and tinctures, 13-16. gold, 21. -melon seed, yield of oil, 2. hard, to soften, 168. orange blossom, 1& paradise, 22. INDEX. >13 Water pipes, leaden, to coat, 445. Poli-h, 23. raspberry, 16. rose, 16. to prevent contamination of, in leaden pipes, -145. vanilla . L6. Waters, cosmetic and medicated, 290-292. Water-glass and caseine cement for glass and porcelain, 382. and chalk mortar, 382. and lime cements, 382. as a bleaching agent, 379, 380. as a substitute, for cow-dung in fixing alumina and iron mordants on cotton- prints, linen, etc., 379. as a substitute for borax and boracic acid in soldering and welding, 381. cement for glass and porcelain, 382. cement, hydraulic, 382. cement with zinc and pyrolusite, 382. cements, 381, 382. cementing cracked bottles with, 382. characteristics of, 378. compound, to prepare, 378, 379. for coating rough-cast and stone walls, 381. for finishing linen and cotton goods, 380. for preserving barrels and other wooden articles, 382. for silicifying stones, 379. from infusorial earth (Liebig), 378. in painting, 381. in painting metals and glass, 381. paint, Creuzburg's process of making more durable than oil or varnish, S81. potash, as a binding and fixing medium for ground colors on cotton goods, 380. potash, cheap substitute for albumen ia printing with ultramarine, 380. potash, to prepare, 378. preparation of fixing, 379. soaps, 330. soda, for protecting white colors in print- ing fabrics, 379. soda, preparations of, 378. (soluble glass) and its uses, 378-382. to paint wood with, 381. washing with, 365, 366. Water-proof and incombustible fabrics, new method for the production of, 422. blacking, 320, 321. boots, 322. cloth which is not impervious to the air, 383. compounds, of Zwillings, Fournaise's, 386. glue, 154, 423. glue for wooden utensils, 66. mortar, 53. grindstones, 51. ointments for shoes, 321, 322. paint, 263. paper, 275. sail-cloth, 386. skins, to make, 216, 217, Water-proofing boots and shoes, French pro- cess, 385. compound, English patented, 386. compound, new, 383. compounds, 382-387. ipbrics, new process for, 386. Water-proofing linen, Kuhr's receipt, 386. sugar bags for transportation, 385, 386. textile fabrics and paper, and giving them greater consistence, 386. textile fabrics, and protecting them against moths, 386, 387. tissues, preparations for, 382. tissues, various processes for, 383. Wattlen's pyrohth, 30. Wax, adulterated with tallow, 2. and wax preparations, 387-389. candles, 388. floats in alcohol, 2. floor, 389. for modelling, 389. for polishing furniture, 387. for threads to be woven, 388. from velvet, to remove, 75. grafting, 69. modelling, superioi, 418. polishing, 387. soap, 387, 388. tapers, 388. tapers, spirit lacquer for, 389. tree, German, 69. yellow, for shoemakers, from coal-tar oils 257. Waxed paper, to prepare, 388. Waxes, coloring of, 387-389. Waxing floors, new compound for, 389. threads, to be wove] , 388. Weather-proof cement work, 418 Welding and hardening compounds, 238-241. Wells, to remove foul air from, 168. Westermeyer's artificial stone, 49. Weston's process of nickel-plating, 108. Whalebone, artificial, 178. ratan as a substitute for, 183. Whiskey, Polish, 23. to remove the taste cf the barrel from. 230. White cement, 52. chocolate, 58. crayons, 79. fires, 125. metal, components of, 5. mustard seed, yield of oil in, 2. poppy seed, yield Df oil in, 2. powder, Augendre's, 30. wine vinegar, 360. Whitewash closely resembling paint, 16&. Wickerscheimer's fluids for preserving corpses, anatomical specimens, etc., 810, 311. process of preserving meat for food, 314. Wicks for stearine candles, 171. incombustible, 170. metallic, 170. Willesdenizing, 453, 454. Willow-ware, 458-460. stains for, 458-460. varnishing, gilding, painting, and bronz- ing, 460. Wilson's preparation of glycerine, 74. Window glass, 142-144. Window-panes which indicate the moisture of the atmosphere, 447. Windows, gilding on, 148. Windsor soap, 334. Wine and vinegar stains, scouring soap fo| 76. apple, 158. 514 INDEX. >Tine barrels, to preserve by impregnation, 315, 316. blackberry, 158. birch, 158. lees, for production of tartrate of calcium and spirit of wine, 375, 376. must, to improve, 231. port. 231. red. alum in, 3. stains, scouring soap for, 76. stains, to remove, 75. to remove the taste of the barrel from, 231. Vines, artificial, 230,231. Bordeaux, 230. Burgundy 230. from fruits, 158-160. Madeira, 231. Malaga, 231. remedy for ropiness or viscidity, 231. Wire for musical instruments, 241. to coat with brass, 114. to protect from rust, 242,243. 'Vires, gold and silver, alloys for imitating, 8. l Vood, American process of preserving, 395. and glue putty. 67. and oil putty, 67. and stone, wash for, 164, 165. artificial, for ornaments, 93. cedar, imitation of, 396. cheap paint for, 263. coloring materials for, 391, 392. cuts, to bleach, 39. crystalline coating for, 421. Denninger's process of staining, for fine cabinet work, 391. -nller, American, 421. floors, putty for, 07. floors, to restore the original color vt, 316. fire-proof, preparation of, 399. gilding on, 394, 395. gilding, polishing, staining, etc., 389-399. hard coating for, 396. how to make almost incombustible, 54. how to preserve, 55. maple, to stain silvc-gray, 392, 393. mass for ornaments, 93, 94. method of gilding, 91, 92. Moody's new polish for, 394. new colors on, 398, 399. new method of drying, 397. new polish for, 419. new process of preserving, 397, 398. painted with water-glass, 381. -polishing, 211. polishing-wax for, 398. shrinking of, 396. -tar creosotes, 255. -tar for decorations, 93. -tar oil, purification of, 255. to cleanse lacquered and stained, 164. to glass, joining, 66. to make flexible and fire-proof, 389. to make incombustible, 122-124. to prevent from rotting, 315, 316. to render incombustible and impermeable 390. to remove ink-stains from, 75. ,o render fire-proof, 390. Wood, to render impermeable to water, 590. varnishes, 208. water-proof paint for, 264. Wooden labels, preservation of, 16?. posts, new paint for, 397. posts, to prevent from rotting, 164. utensils, water-proof glue for, 66. vats, cement for, 64. Woods, American, strength of some, 396. Wood's metal, components of, 5. Wool, artificial, 175. sheep's, fat from, 450. sheep's, potassic sudorate in, 450. to bleach white, 36. to bleach without sulphur, 36. to remove oil from, 346. to utilize waste of, 377. Woollen and half-woollen fabrics, to water, proof, 384. fabrics, to remove oil from, 346. fabrics, to restore the color of, 366. fabrics, to water proof, 384. goods and yarns, dyeing of, 96-99. goods, sizing for, 322, 323. goods, to keep white, 36. goods, to protect, 161. goods, washing, 367, 368. tissues, bleaching, 35. tissues, cleansing of, 35, 36. waste, to cleanse, 377. yarns, size for, 325. Woolly fibre, precipitation of, 274. " Wootz," or Indian steel, 5. Worms and insects, to destroy, 161, 162. Wormwood cordial, 25. essence, 16. ratafia, 27. Wort, boiling of, with hops for brewing, 222 ■""■^nnds and ulcers, balsam for, 296. oalsam for, 107, 168. Wringers and washing-machines, composit.on of rollers for, 62. Writing inks, 192-198. paper which can be washed, 276. Writings, to duplicate, 86. Wrought-iron castings, 441. Yarn, a new French, 349. flax, Hartmann's quick method of bleach- ing, 36, 37. pearl, 34V Yarns, cotton, size for,325. silvering or gilding, 92. woollen, size for, 325. Yeast, American dry, 401. artificial, 401,402. compressed, from uncrushed cereals, 226. compressed, to make, 227-229. improvements in treating. 402. manufacture of pressed, bakers' and brew- ers', etc., 399-403. pressed, from beer yeast, 402, 403. pressed, Schubert's method of manufact- uring, 399, 400. Vienna pressed, 400. Yelks of eggs in tawing, to preserve, 217. Yellow crayons, 79. dyes, boiled with alcohol, water, an^ lime water, 3. dyes, the least stable '. INDEX. 515 Yellow dyes, the most stable, 3. pigments, 269, 270. Viang, ylang, 284. Zeiodelite, preparation of, 178. Zettler's process of manufacturing Vienna pressed yeast, 400, 401. Zinc and aluminium alloys. 4. bath for nickclling, 109. Zinc, black varnish for, 209. chloride of, to prepare, 72. ointment, 167. paint, dryer for, 2GG. painting on, 414, 415. wash, to prepare. 2(14. Zinciferous metallic colors, 137, 138. Zincing screw-bolts, 443, 444 Zwilling's water-proofing compound, 386. INDEX TO APPENDIX. Acid, in oil, 461. Acid, sulphuric in vinegar, 463. Adulterants, testing for, 461. Adulterations, flour. 462. Agents, cleansing, 464 Alloys, gold and silver, 463. imitation gold, 463. soft solder. 463. bell metal, 463. Amalgams for filling teeth, 466. Backing formula, 473. Bad water, test for, 463. Bell metal alloy, 463. Belts, testing quality of, 477. Bicycle oil, 470. Black finish on iron and steel, 469. Blacking, harness, 464. stove, 464. Boils, treatment for, 466. Butter, distinguishing from lard, 461. Castings, pickling, 475. Cement for holes in castings, 477. for leather belting, 478. Champagne cider, 479. Cleaner, glove, 464. Cleaning fluid, 464. Cod liver oil, palatable, 465. Colored films on metals, 469. Coloring cements, 478. Creosote-zinc process, 472. Dandruff remover, 467. Deodorizing petroleum benzine, 467. Developers, tank, 473. Drawings, outlines on glass slides, 478. Dressing, French shoe, 464. Drilling glass, 476. Dubbin for leather, 471. Ebony, imitation, 469. Enamels, lead in, 462. Flour adulterations, test for, 462. Flour paste, 477. Fluid, cleansing, 464. Flux, soldering, 463. French shoe dressing, 464. Furs, preserving, 471. Fuses, 479. Glass, transparent paint for, 478. Glass, silvering, 467. Glass, writing on, 474. Glove cleaner, 464. Gold alloy, 463. Gold imitations, 463. Glycerine, uses of, 467. Grease Paint, theatrical, 464. plumbago, 470. wagon, 469. Hair tonics, 465. Hardening steel, 477. Harness blacking, 464. Imitation ebony, 469. gold and silver, 463. Incombustible wood, 472. Iron paint, 478. Lacquer for bright steel, 478. zapon cold, 478. Lead in enamels, 462. molten, protecting from explosion, 477. Litmus test paper, 464. Lubricant, bicycle chain, 470. wagon grease, 469. Matches, safety, 479. Swedish, 479. Metals and alloys, 463. Metal, bell, 463. Metals, colored films on, 469. writing on, 474. Mosquito oil, 465. Night sweats, cure for, 466. Oil, bicycle, 470. cylinder, 470. heavy shop, 470. mosquito, 465. olive testing, 462. palatable cod liver, 465. testing lubrication, 461. sewing machine, 470. of wintergreen for rheumatism, 465. Olive oil, testing 462. Paint, iron, 478. Paints, theatrical grease, 464. 516 1 iper packing. 475. .safety, 475. wax, 475. Paste. Hour, 475. Petroleum, benzine deodorizing, 467. Photographic formulae, 473. Tickling castings, 475. Polish, glycerine for leather, 464. Preserving leather, 471. skins and furs, 471. woxl, 471. Printer's rollers, 475. Removing odor from petroleum, 466. scale in boiler, 476. Rollers, printer's, 475. Safety matches 479. paper, 475. Saw-dust soap, 467 Sewing-machine oil, 470. Silver alloy, 463. Silve ing glass, 467. Skins and furs, preserving, 471. INDEX. Soldering flux, 463. Solder, soft alloy, 463. Steel hardening, 477. Stove blacking, 461. Swedish matches, 479. Tank developers, 473. Test papers, litmus, »64. Testing quality of leather belting, 477. Toni:s, hair, 463. Toning an 1 Fixing bath, 474. Transparent paint for glass, 478. Wagon grease, 469. Water, tests for bad, 462. Wax paper, 475. White fillings, 465. Wood, preserving, 471. rendering incombustible, 472. Workshop hints, 477. Writing on glass, 474. Zapon cold lacquers, 478. Zinc creosote process, 472. CATALOGUE OF Practical Scientific, Mechanical and Industrial Books PUBLISHED BY HENRY CAREY BAIRD & CO., Inc. 110-116 Nassau Street NEW YORK, N. Y. Any of the books listed in this catalogue will be forwarded, transpor- tation charges prepaid, to any address in the world, at the published price. Our large descriptive catalogue will be sent free on request. AGRICULTURE Guide to the Scientific Examination of Soils. By Felix Wahn- schaffe. This volume will prove of interest to those engaged in scien- tific agriculture and the investigation of agricultural problems, and contains select methods of mechanical and chemical analysis of soils and their physical investigation. Only those methods yield- ing scientifically useful results and of comparatively easy and rapid execution have been selected. 5% by 7J/2 Inches. Cloth Binding. 177 Pages. 25 Illustrations. Price $1.50 ALCOHOL Practical Treatise on Distillation and Rectification of Alcohol. By William T. Brannt. Covers the raw materials; production of malt; preparation of mashes and of yeast; fermentation; distillation and rectification HENRY CAREY BAIRD & CO., INC. and purification of alcohol ; preparation of alcoholic liquors ; liqueurs, cordials, bitters, fruit essences, vinegar, etc. ; examination of ma- terials for the preparation of malt, as well as of the malt itself; examination of mashes before and after fermentation ; alcohol- ometry, with numerous comprehensive tables, and an appendix on the manufacture of compressed yeast and the examination of alco- hol and alcoholic liquors for fusel oil and other impurities. (New edition preparing.) ALLOYS Metallic Alloys. By William T. Brannt. This volume is a complete and practical guide for the manu- facture of all kinds of alloys, amalgams and solders used by metal- workers, and describes their chemical and physical properties and their application in the arts and industries. An appendix on the coloring of alloys and the recovery of waste metals is included. In the preparation of this work it has been endeavored to make it popu- lar in character so that it can be easily understood by those read- ers who have not made metallurgy and its kindred arts subjects of special study. The object aimed at has been to present a reliable guide to all persons professionally interested in the manufacture and use of alloys, amalgams and solders. The present edition, which is the third, has been revised and rewritten and considerable new matter added, including the composition of a number of new alloys. It is the most complete and practical book published on alloys in any language. 6% by gli Inches. Cloth Binding. 549 Pages. 45 Illustrations. Price $6.00 ALUMINIUM Aluminium. By Joseph W. Richards. The most complete and authoritative book published on alumin- ium in any language. It covers its history, occurrence, properties, metallurgy and applications including its alloys. A new fourth re- vised and enlarged editfon is in course of preparation. ARCHITECTURE AND BUILDING Architect's and Builder's Pocket Companion and Price Book. By Frank W. Vogdes. A compact and handy volume, consisting of a short but com- prehensive epitome of decimals, duodecimals, geometry, and men- suration ; with tables of U. S. measures, sizes, weights, strengths, etc., of iron, wood, stone, brick, cement and concretes, quantities of materials in given sizes and dimensions of wood, brick and stone ; and full and complete bills of prices for carpenter's work and painting, also rules for computing and valuing brick and brick work, stone work, painting, plastering, with a vocabulary of techni- cal terms, etc. s l / 2 by 3 l / 2 Inches. Cloth Binding. 368 Pages. Illus- trated. Price $1.50 MECHANICAL AND INDUSTRIAL BOOKS. 3 ASSAYING Assayer's Guide. By Oscar M. Lieber. A practical guide in the art of assaying, containing full direc- tions to assayers, miners and smelters for the tests and assays, by heat and by wet processes, of the ores of all of the principal metals ; of gold and silver coins and alloys ; and of coal, etc. The imple- ments and utensils used are fully described, and approved methods given. 5J4 by 7^2 Inches. Cloth Binding. 283 Pages. Illustrated. Price $1.75 CABINET MAKING Cabinet-Maker and Upholsterer's Companion. By J. Stokes. A book of useful information to the apprentice, of real utility to the workman and experimental reference to the trade generally. Contains instructions on the art of drawing as applicable to cabinet work; veneering, inlaying and buhl-work; the art of dyeing and staining wood, ivory, bone, tortoise-shell, etc. ; directions for lac- quering, japanning, and varnishing; to make French polish, glues, cements and compositions; with numerous receipts, useful to work- men generally. An appendix upon French polishing, staining, imi- tating, varnishing, etc., has been added to the present edition. 5% by 8 Inches. Cloth Binding. 190 Pages. Illustrated. Price $1.50 CELLULOSE Cellulose, Cellulose Products and Artificial Rubber. By Joseph Bersch. Comprising the preparation of cellulose from wood and straw ; manufacture of parchment ; methods of obtaining sugar and alcohol, and oxalic acid; production of viscose and viscoid, nitro-celluloses and cellulose esters, artificial silk, celluloid, rubber substitutes, oil- rubber and factis. Authorized translation by William T. Brannt. (New edition preparing.) CHEMISTRY Chemistry Simplified. By George A. Koenig. This volume, which is designed primarily for engineers, consists of a course of lectures on the non-metals, based upon the natural evolu- tion of chemistry, and opens a new era in the study of chemistry. The fundamental idea has been to unroll before the student the knowable nature of bodies as an ever-growing and spreading pic- ture, and in following this idea the usual systematic classification had to be abandoned. The beginning is made with bodies of familiar acquaintance, such as the common metals, as objects of experimentation in allowing the equallv familiar bodies of air and water to act upon them under the familiar impulse of heat. In the HENRY CAREY BAIRD & CO., INC. chapteas on green vitriol and on common salt, as well as on potash, the reader will find the fundamental idea fully elaborated. S l A by 7J/2 Inches. Cloth Binding. 430 Pages. 103 Illustrations. Price $1.75 COAL MINING Mine Foreman's Handbook. By Robert Mauchline and F. Ernest Brackett. This volume, which is arranged in question and answer form, contains much practical and theoretical information on the open- ing, ventilating and working of collieries and is designed to assist students and others in passing examinations for mine foremanships. To the third edition, which has been thoroughly revised and en- larged, much new matter has been added on safety lamps, coal dust explosions, size of ventilating fans, boilers, haulage, flow of water in pipes, culm flushing, etc. Those whose ambition is to become mine foremen will find in this volume much that would be of as- sistance to them. 6^4 by g%. Inches. Cloth Binding. 360 Pages. 134 Illustrations. Price $3-75 Coal Mining: Described and Illustrated. By Thomas H. Walton. Prepared for students of coal mining, operators of coal mines, owners of coal lands and the general reader. It describes and illus- trates the methods of coal mining as practiced in this country and abroad. 9% by 12 Inches. Cloth Binding. 175 Pages. 24 Full- Page Plates. Price $3.00 CONFECTIONERY Treatise on the Art of Sugar Boiling. By Henry Weatherley. A useful book on confectionery, to the latest edition of which has been added an appendix in which have been included some of the most popular confections of the day. It contains full instruc- tions on crystallizing, lozenge-making, comfits, gum goods and other processes for confectionery, etc., including the various methods of manufacturing raw and refined sugar goods. The appendix treats on cocoa, its varieties and their characteristics ; chocolate and its manufacture, including chocolate confections ; caramels ; nougats, marshmallows, burnt almonds, candied nuts and other confections. Receipts and processes of manipulation are given. 5 by 8 Inches. Cloth Binding. 196 Pages. 8 Illustrations. Price $1.50 DRAWING Mechanical Drawing Self -Taught. By Joshua Rose. The object of this book is to enable the beginner to learn to make simple "mechanical drawings without the aid of an instructor and to create an interest in the subject by giving examples such as the machinist meets with in every-day workshop practice. Full MECHANICAL AND INDUSTRIAL BOOKS. 5 practical instructions in the selection and preparation of drawing instruments and elementary instruction in practical mechanical drawing are given, together with examples in simple geometry and elementary mechanism, including screw threads, gear wheels, me- chanical motions, engines and boilers. By a careful study of this volume the learner can obtain an excellent practical knowledge of the subject. 6% by g l /i Inches. Cloth Binding. 303 Pages. 330 Illustrations. Price $3.50 DRY CLEANING Practical Dry Cleaner, Scourer and Garment Dyer. By William T Brannt, New revised edition, edited by J. B. Gray. The manner in which this volume has been received by those engaged in the cleaning and dyeing industry is evidenced by the rapid sale of the previous editions and necessitated the preparation of a new fifth revised and enlarged edition. The new edition has been brought strictly up to date, all discoveries and improvements in cleaning and garment dyeing since the fourth edition was pub- lished being incorporated in it. It treats fully on cleaning plant design and construction; purification' of benzine; dry cleaning; spot and stain removal ; wet cleaning, including the cleaning of Palm Beach suits and other summer fabrics ; finishing cleaned fabrics ; cleaning and dyeing fur skins, rugs and mats ; cleaning and dyeing feathers ; cleaning, dyeing and blocking straw, felt and Panama hats ; cleaning and dyeing rugs and carpets ; bleaching and stripping garments ; bleaching and dyeing straw and straw hats ; cleaning and dyeing gloves; garment dyeing; analysis of textile fabrics ; practical chemistry for the dry cleaner and garment dyer. It is the most comprehensive and complete reference and text-book for cleaners and dvers now on the market. 5 T 4 by 7^2 Inches. Cloth Binding. 375 Pages. 41 Illustrations. Price $3.00 DYEING Wool Dyeing. By Walter M. Gardner. 2 Volumes. 8 by 11 Inches. Cloth Binding. Part I. — Covers wool fibre ; wool scouring ; bleaching of wool ; water ; mordants ; assistants and other chemicals. 91 Pages. 13 Illustrations. Price $2.00 Part II. — Explains the natural and artificial dyestuffs as well as practical dyeing complete. 140 Pages. Price $3.00 ELECTRO-PLATING Complete Treatise on the Electro-Deposition of Metals. By George Langbein and William T. Brannt. A comprehensive and complete treatise, written from a scien- tific as well as practical standpoint and especially intended for the practical workman, wherein he can find advice and information HENRY CAREY BAIRD & CO., INC. regarding the objects to be plated while in the bath as well as before and after electro-plating. It is the foremost book on the subject in the English language and covers electro-plating and galvanoplastic operations, the deposition of metals by the contact and immersion processes, the coloring of metals, lacquering and the methods of grinding and polishing, as well as descriptions of the voltaic cells, dynamo-electric machines, thermopiles, and of the materials and processes used in every department of the art. Par- ticular attention has been paid to all important innovations, and it has been endeavored to include all of the latest practical methods of plating, as well as the most recent machinery and apparatus. In this, the seventh edition, a thorough revision has been made and considerable new matter added. It is a ready book of reference and a practical guide to the workshop. 6% by 9^4 Inches. Cloth Binding. 720 Pages. 155 Illustrations. Price $6.00 FATS AND OILS Practical Treatise on Animal and Vegetable Fats and Oils. By William T. Brannt. This most complete and exhaustive work, which comprises both rixed and volatile oils, treats of their physical and chemical proper- ties and uses, the manner of extracting and refining them and practical rules for testing them. The manufacture of artificial butter and lubricants is also described. The book is divided into three parts — Part I, dealing with fixed fats and oils ; Part II, con- taining volatile or essential oils, and Part III, the appendix devoted to lubricants. The object aimed at in the preparation of this sec- ond revised and enlarged edition has been to make it useful to all persons in any way interested in fats and oils, and especially so to analysts, pharmaceutists, chemists, manufacturers and chemical stu- dents. 2 Volumes. 6% by g%. Inches. Cloth Binding. 1256 Pages. 302 Illustrations. Price, the set $10.00 Practical Treatise on Friction, Lubrication, Fats and Oils. By Emil F. Dieterichs. A practical up-to-date book by a practical man, treating in con- densed and comprehensive form the manufacture of lubricating oilc, leather oils, paint oils, solid lubricants and greases, together with numerous formulas, modes of 'testing oils and the application of lubricants. It is written for the mechanic and manufacturer in language easily understood, technical terms and theories being avoided. sVa by 7 l /z Inches. Cloth Binding. 137 Pages. Price, $1.50 GEARS AND GEARING Treatise on Gear Wheels. By George B. Grant. The object of this volume is a practical one, to reach and in- terest all those who make the gear wheels, as well as the drafts- man or foreman who directs the work First, the odontoid or pure MECHANICAL AND INDUSTRIAL BOOKS. 7 tooth curve as applied to spur gears is taken up', then are described the involute, cycloid and pin tooth, special forms in which it is found in practice; the modifications of the spur gear, known as the spiral gear and elliptic gear; bevel gear and skew bevel gear. The subject is treated in as simple and direct a manner as possi- ble, the method that is plainest to the average intelligent and edu- cated mechanic having been selected. 6^4 by 9 Inches. Cloth Bind- ing. 105 Pages. 169 Illustrations. Price $1.00 GLUE Glue, Gelatine, Animal Charcoal, Phosphorus, Cements, Pastes and Mucilages. By F. Dawidowsky and William T. Brannt. The progress that has been made in the manufacture of glue and allied products since the first edition of this volume was issued has necessitated the preparation of a new second revised edition, which has been largely rewritten. Old and wasteful methods have been replaced by. more approved processes and in the present edition it has been endeavored to place before those in- terested in these industries a practical and comprehensive account of modern methods of operation. This volume covers fully the raw materials and manufacture of skin and bone glue, different varieties of glue, animal charcoal, phosphorus, gelatine and products prepared from it; isinglass and fish-glue, methods of testing glue and gelatine, and the preparation and application of cements, pastes and mucilages for use in the workship, laboratory and office. 6 by g l A Inches. Cloth Binding. 282 Pages. 66 Illustrations. Price $3-oo HOROLOGY Watch-Repairer's Hand-Book. By F. Kemlo. A guide for the young watch-repairer and the watch owner, con- taining clear and concise instructions on taking apart, putting to- gether and thoroughly cleaning American watches, the English lever and other foreign watches. 5 by 8 Inches. Cloth Binding. 93 Pages. Illustrated. Price $1.25 INK Manufacture of Ink. By Sigmund Lehner. Most of the receipts in this volume have been practically tested so that good results should be obtained if the work is carried on strictly in accordance with the directions. A detailed account of the raw materials required and their properties have been given, together with formulas and instructions for the preparation of writ- ing, copying and hektograph inks, safety inks, ink extracts and pow- ders, colored inks, solid inks, lithographic inks and cray- ons, printing ink, ink or analine pencils, marking inks, ink special- ties, sympathetic inks. st?mr> and stencil inks, wash blue, etc. 5*4 by 7^4 Inches. Cloth Binding. 22Q T, -" T "S Price $2.00 HENRY CAREY BAIRD & CO., INC. LATHE WORK Manual of the Hand Lathe. By Egbert P. Watson. Contains concise directions for working in the lathe all kinds of metals, ivory, bone and precious woods ; dyeing, coloring a"nd French polishing; inlaying by veneers, and various methods prac- ticed to produce elaborate work with despatch and at small expense. 5 by 8 Inches. Cloth Binding. 136 Pages. 78 Illustrations. Price $1.25 Turner's Companion. The primary object of this volume is to explain in a clear, concise and intelligent manner the rudiments of turning. It con- tains instructions in concentric, elliptic and eccentric turning, with directions for using the eccentric cutter, drill, vertical cutter and circular rest. Patterns and instructions for working them, are included. 5 by 8 Inches. Cloth Binding. 135 Pages. 14 Plates. Price $1.25 LEATHER Practical Tanning. By Louis A. Flemming. As its title indicates, this volume is a practical and not a theoretical or technical treatise, and the tannery processes are so clearly described and with such precision that nothing further in the way of explanation is required. It is the foremost book on that subject published in any language, and describes fully the Ameri- can practice for the treatment of hides, skins and pelts of every description. It is a veritable cyclopedia of helpful and reliable information on all branches of tanning, dressing and dyeing leather and furs and allied subjects. 6 l A by 9^4 Inches. Cloth Binding. 594 Pages. 6 Full-Page Plates. Price $6.00 LOCOMOTIVES American Locomotive Engines. By Emory Edwards. This volume is a compilation of information and data on the design, construction and management of the locomotive. It is a practical book for the practical man. 5% by 8 Inches. Cloth Bind- ing. 383 Pages. 78 Illustrations. Price $1.50 MARBLE WORKING Marble-Workers' Manual. By M. L. Booth. Designed for the use of marble-workers, builders and owners of houses. Containing practical information respecting marbles in general; their cutting, working and polishing; veneering of mar- ble; painting upon and coloring of marble; mosaics; composition and use of artificial marble, stuccos, cements ; receipts, secrets, etc. SVa bv -jVi Inches. Cloth Binding. 254 Pages. 1 Folding Plate containing 77 Illustrations. Price $i-75 MECHANICAL AND INDUSTRIAL BOOKS. 9 MARINE ENGINEERING American Marine Engineer. By Emory Edwards. The writer of this volume has endeavored to prepare a clear, concise and thoroughly practical work for marine engineers and students; to treat each subject in as brief and concise a manner as possible, and yet preserve that clearness and fullness of state- ment so desirable in a work of this description. zVa by 8 Inches. Cloth Binding. 440 Pages. 85 Illustrations. Price $2.00 Catechism of the Marine Steam Engine. By Emory Edwards. A practical work for marine engineers and firemen, written in simple, concise language by one of their number, who, knowing from his own experience what they needed, knew also how to supply that want. s l A by 8 Inches. Cloth Binding. 414 Pages. 60 Illustrations. Price $2.00 MECHANICS English and American Mechanic. By B. Frank Van Cleve and Emory Edwards. The purpose of this volume is to serve as a handy reference book for the manufacturer and to supply the intelligent workman with information required to conduct a process foreign, perhaps, to his habitual labor, but which at the time it may be necessary to practice. It is an every-day handbook for the workshop and factory, containing several thousand receipts, rules and tables indispensable to the mechanic, the artisan and the manufacturer. It is, in fact, an encyclopedia of useful technical knowledge, its pages present- ing an array of information indispensable not only to the practi- cal manufacturer and mechanic, but also to the amateur workman. S l A by y l / 2 Inches. Cloth Binding. 476 Pages. 85 Illustrations. Price $2.50 METAL-WORKING Complete Practical Machinist. By Joshua Rose. One of the best-known books on machine shop work, now in its nineteenth edition, and written for the practical workman in the language of the workshop. It gives full practical instructions on the use of all kinds of metal-working tools, both hand and machine, and tells how the work should be properly done. It covers lathe work, vise work, drills and drilling, taps and dies, hardening and tempering, the making and use of tools, tool grinding, marking out work, machine tools, etc. No machinist's library is complete with- out this volume. 5% by 8 Inches. Cloth Binding. 504 Pages. 395 Illustrations. Price $2.50 Metal Worker's Handy-Book of Receipts and Processes. By Wil- liam T. Brannt. A valuable reference book for all engaged in the working of HENRY CAREY BAIRD & CO., INC. metals, being a collection of formulas and practical manipulations for the working of all the metals and alloys, including the decora- tion and beautifying of articles manufactured therefrom, as well as their preservation. It treats on alloys and amalgams ; harden- ing, tempering, annealing; bronzing and coloring; casting and founding; cements; cleansing, grinding, pickling, polishing; decorat- ing, enameling, engraving, etching; electro-plating, (brassing, cop- pering, galvanizing, gilding, nickling, silvering, tinning, etc.; fluxes and lutes; lacquers, paints and varnishes; solders and soldering; welding and welding compounds. To the new edition has been added several new chapters on die-casting, thermit, oxyacetylene and electric welding, galvanizing, sherardizing, etc.. 5^ by 7^2 Inches. Cloth Binding. 575 Pages. 82 Illustrations. Price. . .$3.00 Practical Metal-Worker's Assistant. By Oliver Byrne. Comprising metallurgic chemistry, the arts of working all metals and alloys, forging of iron and steel, hardening and tem- pering, melting and mixing, casting and founding, works in sheet metal, the processes dependent on the ductility of the metals, solder- ing and the most improved processes, and tools employed by metal workers, with the application of the art of electro-metallurgy to manufacturing processes. An appendix, describing the manufacture of Russian sheet iron, manufacture of malleable iron castings and improvements in Bessemer steel, is included. 6^2 by 9% Inches. Cloth Binding. 683 Pages. 609 Illustrations. Price $3.50 Practical Tool-Maker and Designer. By Herbert S. Wilson. An elementary treatise upon the designing of tools and fixtures for machine tools and metal working machinery, comprising mod- ern examples of machines with fundamental designs for tools for the actual production of the work. The almost limitless varia- tions in tool construction are based on a few fundamental forms, and an effort has been made to present basic ideas in the design of dies, jigs, special fixtures, etc., to serve as a groundwork for elaboration and variation according to conditions. 6% by 934 Inches. Cloth Binding. 209 Pages. 189 Illustrations. Price.. $2.50 Modern Practice of American Machinists and Engineers. By Egbert P. Watson. Including the construction, application and use of drills, lathe tools, cutters far boring cylinders and hollow work generally, with the most economical speed for the same ; the results verified by actual practice at the lathe, the vise, and on the floor. 5% by 8 Inches. Cloth Binding. 276 Pages. 86 Illustrations. Price. . .$2.00 MINERALOGY Mineralogy Simplified. By Henry Erni and Amos P. Brown. A handy volume, pocket size and form, for the prospector and general mineralogist, giving easy methods of identifying minerals, including ores, by means of the blowpipe, by flame reactions, by MECHANICAL AND INDUSTRIAL BOOKS. n humid chemical analysis and by physical tests. To the fourth re- vised edition has been added much entirely new matter, including crystallography, tables for the determination of minerals by chemi- cal and pyrognostic characters and by physical characters. 4^ by 634 Inches. Flexible Leather. 414 Pages. 123 Illustrations. Price $2.50 MINING AND PROSPECTING Prospector's Field Book and Guide. By H. S. Osborn. The remarkable sale of this volume, now in its eighth edition, indicates unmistakably the firm hold which it has on the confi- dence of prospectors. It is a complete and thoroughly reliable guide and companion to the intelligent and enterprising searcher after ores and useful minerals, including gems and gem stones. Instructions on the blowpipe and its uses and the analysis of ores are given. A chapter on petroleum, ozokerite, asphalt and peat is included, together with a glossary of terms used in connection with prospecting, mining, mineralogy, geology, etc. It is the best book that has been published on prospecting in any language. 5% by 7^2 Inches. Cloth Binding. 377 Pages. 66 Illustrations. Price. . .$2.00 Underground Treasures: How and Where to Find Them. By James Orton. This little work was written expressly for the landholder, the farmer, the mechanic, the miner, the laborer, and even the most unscientific. It is designed to enable such persons to discover for themselves minerals and ores and thus develop the resources and ascertain the value of any particular farm or region. To enhance the value and popularity of the book an appendix on ore deposits and testing minerals with the blowpipe has been added to the pres- ent edition. 5 by 6^> Inches. Cloth Binding. 211 Pages. Illus- trated. Price $1.50 Practical Manual of Minerals, Mines and Mining. By H. S. Osborn. A practical manual for the mineralogist and miner, containing suggestions as to the localities and associations of all the useful minerals, full descriptions of the most effective methods for both the qualitative and quantitative analyses of each of these minerals and instructions on the various methods of excavating and timbering, including all brick and masonry work during driving, lining, brac- ing and other operations. The practical work of digging and boring artesian and other deep wells is fully described in an ap- pendix. 6 l A by 9% Inches. Cloth Binding. 369 Pages. 171 Illus- trations. Price $450 MOLDING AND FOUNDING Practical Treatise on Foundry Irons. By Edwark Kirk. In this volume it has been endeavored to give all useful, up- 12 HENRY CAREY BAIRD & CO., INC. to-date data on the manipulation of foundry irons as actually prac- ticed in foundries by both the old and new methods, and thus place before the foundry, foundry foreman, molder and melter such a variety of methods that he cannot fail to obtain the desired results under any and all of the various conditions met with in the manipu- lation of these irons. It is a practical book for foundrymen, treat- ing fully on pig iron and fracture grading of pig and scrap irons ; scrap irons, mixing irons, elements of metalloids, grading iron by analysis, chemical standards for iron castings, testing cast iron, semi-steel, malleable iron, etc. 6% by 9*4 Inches. Cloth Binding. 276 Pages. Illustrated. Price $3.00 Practical Brass and Iron Founder's Guide. By James Larkin. A handy book for the use of the practical workman, treating on brass founding, molding the metals and their alloys, etc. The subjects covered include the properties of metals; behavior of metals and alloys in melting and congealing; malleable iron castings; wrought iron castings; manufacture of steel castings; casting of brass; casting of bronze; modern methods of founding statues; bell founding; chill-casting; new process of casting; autogenous soldering; some modern bronzes. A complete and useful guide for the workshop. S l A by 7J-4 Inches. Cloth Binding. 394 Pages. 11 Illustrations. Price $2.50 Moulder's and Founder's Pocket Guide. By Fred Overman. A practical treatise on molding and founding in green-sand, dry-sand, loam and cement; the molding of machine fn nes, mill- gear, hollow ware, ornaments, trinkets, bells and statues ; descrip- tion of molds for iron, bronze, brass and other metals ; plaster of Paris, sulphur, wax, etc. ; the construction of melting furnaces ; the melting and founding of metals ; the composition of alloys and their nature, etc. To the latest edition has been added a supplement on statuary and ornamental molding, ordnance, malleable iron cast- ings, etc., by A. A. Fesquet. 5% by 7^2 Inches. Cloth Binding. 342 Pages. 44 Illustrations. Price , .$2.00 Cupola Furnace. By Edward Kirk. A practical treatise on the construction and management of foundry cupolas ; comprising improvements on cupolas and meth- ods of their construction and management ; tuyeres ; modern cupo- las ; cupola fuels ; fluxing of iron ; getting up cupola stocks ; run- ning a continuous stream; scientifically designed cupolas; spark- catching devices ; blast-pipes and blast ; blowers ; foundry tram rail, etc. 6% by 9% Inches. Cloth Binding. 459 Pages. 106 Illus- trations. Price $4.00 PAINTING AND PAPER HANGING Painter, Gilder and Varnisher's Companion. By William T. Brannt. This volume gives a clear, concise and comprehensive view of MECHANICAL AND INDUSTRIAL BOOKS. 13 the principal materials to be used and the operations to be con- ducted in the practice of the various trades of painting, gilding, varnishing, etc. It describes the manufacture and test of pigments, the arts of painting, graining, marbling, staining, lacquering, japan- ning, bronzing, polishing, sign-writing, varnishing, glass-staining and gilding on glass, together with coach painting and varnishing and the principles of the harmony and contrast of colors. Many useful receipts on miscellaneous related subjects are included. S J A by 7I/2 Inches. Clo^h Binding. 395 Pages. 9 Illustrations. Price $1.75 Paper-Hanger's Companion. By James Arrowsmith. A very useful and practical handbook for the householder, as well as for the paper-hanger, treating fully on the tools and pastes required for paper hanging; preparatory work; selection and hang- ing of wall papers; distemper painting and cornice-tinting; stencil work; replacing sash-cord and broken window-panes, and useful wrinkles and receipts. A new, thoroughly revised and much en- larged edition. 5 by 7^2 Inches. Cloth Binding. 150 Pages. 25 Illustrations. Price $1.25 Complete Guide for Coach Painters. By M. Arlot. A practical guide for the practical man, containing full instruc- tions on the painting and varnishing of coaches, cars, etc., as prac- ticed in this country and abroad. (New edition preparing.) PERFUMERY Practical Treatise on the Manufacture of Perfumery. By C. Deite. Contains directions for making all kinds of perfumes, sachet powders, fumigating materials, dentrifices ; hair pomades, tonics, dyes, etc. ; cosmetics and other toilet preparations, together with a full account of the volatile oils and their testing; balsams, resins and other natural and artificial perfume-substances, including the manufacture of fruit ethers and tests of their purity. S l A by 7 l /t Inches. Cloth Binding. 358 Pages. 28 Illustrations. Price $3.00 RAILROADS Pocket-Book for Railroad and Civil Engineers. By Oliver Byrne. Contains exact and concise methods for laying out railroad curves, switches, frog angles and crossings ; the staking out of work, leveling; the calculation of cuttings and embankments, earthwork, etc. 4 by 6^4 Inches. Flexible Leather. 163 Pages. 79 Illustra- tions. Price $i-75 Street Railway Motors. By Herman Haupt. A brief review of plans proposed for motive power on street railways, their merits and defects, with data on the cost of plants 14 HENRY CAREY BAIRD & CO., INC. and operation of the various systems in use. Sl4 by 7J/2 Inches. Cloth Binding. 213 Pages. Price $1.50 RECEIPTS Techno-Chemical Receipt Book. By William T. Brannt and William H. Wahl. The principal aim in preparing this volume has been to give an accurate and compendious collection of approved receipts and processes of practical application in the industries and for general purposes. In the laborious task of compilation only the latest and best authorities have been resorted to, and whenever different pro- cesses of apparently equal value of attaining the same end have been found more than one has been introduced. Every care has been taken to select the very best receipts of each kind and there are few persons, no matter in what business or trade they may be engaged, who will not find in this volume something of use and benefit to them. It is a compact repository of practical and scientific informa- tion, containing thousands of receipts and processes covering the latest and most useful discoveries in chemical technology and their practical application in the useful arts and industries. Most of the receipts have been" practically tested by competent men before being given to the public. It is one of the most valuable handbooks of the age and indis- pensable for every practical man. 5% by 7^2 Inches. Cloth Bind- ing. 495 Pages. 78 Illustrations. Price $2.50 RUBBER India Rubber, Gutta-Percha and Balata. By William T. Brannt. Covers the occurrence, geographical distribution, and cultiva- tion of rubber plants ; manner of obtaining and preparing the raw materials; modes of working and utilizing them, including washing, loss in washing, maceration, mixing, vulcanizing, rubber and gutta- percha compounds, utilization of waste, balata and statistics of com- merce. (New edition preparing.) SCIENCE Home Experiments in Science. By T. O'Conor Sloane. The experiments in this volume are such as can be performed, with but few exceptions, with home-made apparatus. The book is intended for both the young and old, and the experiments, which are entertaining and instructive, cover mechanics, general and mole- cular physics, soap bubbles and capillarity. Detailed instructions in the necessary mechanical operations and illustrations of the experiments and apparatus are given. 5% by 7 J /i 'Inches. Cloth Binding. 261 Pages. 96 Illustrations. Price $1.50 MECHANICAL AND INDUSTRIAL BOOKS. 15 SHEET-METAL WORKING Practical Work-Shop Companion for Tin, Sheet-Iron and Copper- Plate Workers. By Leroy J. Blinn. This is one of the most popular books on sheet-metal working that has ever been published. It is a practical work, of instruc- tion and reference and contains rules for describing various kinds of patterns used by tin, sheet-iron and copper-plate workers ; practi- cal geometry; mensuration of surfaces and solids; tables of the weights and strength of metals and other materials ; tables of areas and circumferences of circles ; composition of metallic alloys and solders, with numerous valuable receipts and manipulations for every-day use. in the workshop. $*A by 7^4 Inches. Cloth Bind- ing. 296 Pages. 170 Illustrations. Price $2.50 Sheet Metal Worker's Instructor. By Reuben H. Warn. This volume, which has been well tried and well proven, still enjoys great popularity among zinc, sheet iron, copper and tinplate workers and others. It contains a selection of geometrical problems, also practical and simple rules for describing the various patterns required in the different branches of the above trades. To the latest edition has been added considerable new matter of great practical value on sheet metal work processes, including tools, joints, solders, fluxes, etc., as well as geometry applied to sheet metal work, which increases very much the usefulness of the book. The appen- dix contains instructions for boiler making ; mensuration of sur- faces and solids ; rules for calculating the weight of different figures of iron and steel ; tables of the weights of iron, steel, etc., and much other valuable data. 6 by 9^4 Inches. Cloth Binding. 252 Pages. 22 Plates. 96 Illustrations. Price $2.50 SIGN WRITING Sign Writing and Glass Embossing. By James Callingham. A complete, practical, illustrated manual of the art as prac- ticed by the leading sign writers. The chief object of the book is to assist the beginner in acquiring a thorough knowledge of sign writing and glass embossing and to aid, with suggestions and in- formation, those who, having had some practice, fall short of that excellence which it is desirable to attain. The latest edition has been enlarged by the addition of a new chapter on "The Art of Let- ter Painting Made Easy," by James G. Badenoch, in which all the necessary details in drawing letters are given with care and pre- cision. 554 by 7H Inches. Cloth Binding. 258 Pages. Fully Illus- trated. Price $1.75 SOAP Soap Maker's Hand Book. By William T. Brannt. The latest and most complete book published in the English language on the art of soap making, and covers the materials, 16 HENRY CAREY BAIRD & CO., INC. processes and receipts for every description of soap. Practical and comprehensive instructions on the modern methods employed in their manufacture are given. In addition to the exhaustive direc- tions for the manufacture of all kinds of soap both by boiling and the cold and semi-warm processes, numerous formulas of stocks available for the purpose are also included, as well as receipts for washing powders, liquid soaps, medicated soaps and other soap specialties. Nothing has been omitted in the preparation of this comprehensive and exhaustive work. Everyone connected in any way with the soap and allied industries should have this volume. 6J4 by 9^4 Inches. Cloth Binding. 512 Pages. 54 Illustrations. Price $6.00 STEAM BOILERS Steam Boilers. By Joshua Rose. A practical treatise on boiler construction and examination for the use of practical boiler makers, boiler users and inspectors, and embracing in plain figures all the calculations necessary in design- ing and classifying steam boilers. A study of this book will enable any engineer, having an ordinary knowledge of decimal fractions, to thoroughly understand the proper construction and determine the strength of a modern steam boiler. 6 T 4 by g% Inches. Cloth Bind- ing. 258 Pages. 73 Illustrations. Price $2.50 STEAM ENGINEERING Practical Steam Engineer's Guide. By Emory Edwards. A practical guide and ready reference for engineers, firemen and steam users, treating on the design, construction and management of American stationary, portable and steam fire engines, steam pumps, boilers, injectors, governors, indicators, pistons and rings, safety valves and steam gauges. s T A by 8 Inches. Cloth Binding. 420 Pages. 119 Illustrations. Price $2.50 900 Examination Questions and Answers for Engineers and Fire- men. By Emory Edwards. This little book was not gotten up for the use of "experts" or educated engineers, but, on the contrary, it was written for the use and benefit of that great number of worthy and ambitious men of limited education who run steam engines and desire to increase their knowledge and better their positions by obtaining a U. S. Gov- ernment or State License. The author has used the plain, every- day language of the engine and fire-room in a conversational way so that anyone can understand it. 3 l / 2 by 5^2 Inches. Flexible Cloth. 240 Pages. 15 Illustrations. Price $1.50 American Steam Engineer. By Emory Edwards. A theoretical and practical treatise for the use of engineers, machinist?, boiler makers and students, containing much informa- t : ^n ?nd data on the design and construction of engines and boilers. MECHANICAL AND INDUSTRIAL BOOKS. 17 5l4 by 8 Inches. Cloth Binding. 419 Pages. 77 Illustrations. Price $2.00 Slide Valve Practically Explained. By Joshua Rose. Contains simple and complete practical demonstrations of the operation of each element in a slide-valve movement, and illus- trating the effects of variations in their proportions, by examples carefully selected from the most recent and successful practice. The object of this book is to present to practical men a clear ex- planation of the operations of a slide valve under the conditions in which it is found in actual practice. 5 X 4 by 7^2 Inches. Cloth Binding. 100 Pages. 35 Illustrations. Price $1.25 STEEL AND IRON Tool-Steel. By Otto Thallner. A concise handbook on tool-steel in general, its treatment in the operations of forging, annealing, hardening, tempering, etc., and the appliances therefor. It is chiefly intended as a guide to the master-workman and the intelligent tool-maker, and, in ac- cordance with this object, is exclusively adapted to practical needs. The directions and working appliances collected in this vol- ume have all been taken from actual practice and tell exactly how the work is to be done. 6% by 9^4 Inches. Cloth Binding. 180 Pages. 69 Illustrations. Price $2.00 Tables Showing the Weight of Different Lengths of Round, Square and Flat Bar Iron, Steel, etc. This little book gives tables showing the weight of square iron from % inch to 5 inches square, 1 to 18 feet long; weight of round iron *4 inch to 5 inches diameter, 1 to 18 feet long; weight of flat iron % inch to 1 inch thick, 1 to 18 feet long, and other tables. 524 by 3*4 Inches. Cloth Binding. 83 Pages. Price 75c SURVEYING Practical Surveyor's Guide. By Andrew Duncan. A concise and practical work containing the necessary infor- mation to make any person of common capacity a finished land sur- veyor without the aid of a teacher. It gives to the learner the re- quired instructions in a clear and simple manner, unburdened with unnecessary matter. 5*4 by 7^2 Inches. Cloth Binding. 214 Pages. 72 Illustrations. Price $i-75 TEXTILES Manufacture of Narrow Woven Fabrics. By E. A. Posselt. Gives description of the various yarns used, the construction of weaves and novelties in fabric structure, descriptive matter as to looms, etc. 5 by 7^2 Inches. Cloth Binding. 198 Pages. 247 Illustrations. Price $2.00 HENRY CAREY BAIRD & CO., INC. Recent Improvements in Textile Machinery Relating to Weaving. By E. A. Posselt. A treatise giving descriptive illustrations of the construction and operation of various looms, jacquards, warpers, beamers, slash- ers, spoolers, etc., also illustrating and explaining different makes of shuttles, temples, pickers, reeds, heddles, harness, etc. Designed for the use of manufacturers, mill managers, designers, boss weav- ers, loom fixers, students and inventors. 2 Volumes. 8 by n Inches. Cloth Binding. Part I, 184 Pages. 600 Illustrations. Part II, 174 Pages. 600 Illustrations. Price, per volume $3.00 Wool, Cotton, Silk. By E. A. Posselt. This work contains detail information as to the various ma- chines and processes used in the manufacture of either wool, cot- ton or silk from the raw material to the finished fabric, and covers both woven and knit goods. 8 by 11 Inches. Cloth Binding. 409 Pages. Fully Illustrated. Price $5.00 Textile Calculations. By E. A. Posselt. A complete guide to calculations relating to the construction of all kinds of yarns and fabrics, the analysis of cloth, speed, power and belt calculations. 8 by 11 Inches. Cloth Binding. 138 Pages. 74 Illustrations. Price $2.00 Dictionary of Weaves. Part I. By E. A. Posselt. A collection of all weaves from four to nine harness. The weaves, which number two thousand, are conveniently arranged for handy use. 5 by 73^2 Inches. Cloth Binding. 85 Pages. Fully Il- lustrated. Price $2.00 Technology of Textile Design. By E. A. Posselt. A practical treatise on the construction and application of weaves for all kinds of textile fabrics, giving also full particulars as to the analysis of cloth. 8 by 11 Inches. Cloth Binding. 324 Pages. 1,500 Illustrations. Price $5.00 Cotton Manufacturing. By E. A. Posselt. A complete treatise on modern processes and machinery used in connection with cotton spinning, including all calculations. Part I. — Gives a complete description of the manufacture of cotton yarns from planting the seed to the sliver, ready for the drawing or combing; covering; fibre, ginning, mixing, picking, scutching and carding. 190 Pages. 104 Illustrations. Part II. — Covers combing, drawing, roller covering and flv frames. 292 Pages. Fully Illustrated. 6^2 by 9^2 Inches. Cloth Binding. Price, per volume $300 MECHANICAL AND INDUSTRIAL BOOKS. 19 VARNISHES Varnishes, Lacquers, Printing Inks and Sealing-Waxes. By Wil- liam T. Brannt. The manufacturer, skilled mechanic, amateur and others de- siring detailed and reliable information regarding the preparation of fat and volatile varnishes, lacquers, printing inks and sealing- waxes will find the required instructions in this volume. A de- scription of the properties of the raw materials used and simple methods of testing them are given. An appendix on the art of varnishing and lacquering has also been added in which will be found a large number of valuable receipts for putties, stains for wood, bone, ivory, etc. 5% by 7^2 Inches. Cloth Binding. 338 Pages. 39 Illustrations. Price $3.00 VINEGAR Practical Treatise on the Manufacture of Vinegar. By William T. Brannt. In this, the third edition, while the same arrangement of the book has been adhered to as in the previous edition, it has been thoroughly revised and largely rewritten, obsolete matter having been entirely eliminated and new matter introduced. It is the most complete and up-to-date book published on the subject, and de- scribes fully and in detail the various present-day processes for the manufacture of vinegar, with special reference to wood vinegar and other by-products obtained in the destructive distillation of wood, as well as the preparation of acetates. It also treats fully on the manufacture of cider and fruit-wines ; preservation of fruits and vegetables by canning and evaporation; preparation of fruit- butters, jellies, marmalades, pickles, mustards, etc., and the preser- vation of meat, fish and eggs. A practical and indispensable book for everyone connected in any way with these industries. 6^4 by 9*4 Inches. Cloth Binding, 543 Pages. 101 Illustrations, Price. . $6.00 GETTY CENTER LIBRARY 3 3125 00029 5093